LIBRARY OF THE % £ vc>N FOR THE ^ PEOPLE < FOR _ EDVCATION O *77 FOR . J O SCIENCE Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2017 with funding from I MLS LG-70- 15-01 38- 15 https ://arch ive.org/detai Is/asbbul leti n4243asso The ASB BULLETIN Volume 42, Number 1 January 1995 QH301 . A7S* v. 42 no. 1 January 1995 A microspore of Michelia fuscata Blame with nuclear division in progress to establish the generative and tube cells, photo graphed from a hand section of an anther cleared in BB-4*/2 clearing fluid. After the microspore was photographed to show a side view of the metaphase figure (right) it was rotated to show a polar view (left) and the 19 chromosomes of the haploid set, the base number for Magnoliaceae. X 1,313. The Official Quarterly Publication of The Association of Southeastern Biologists ASB Bulletin (ISSN 0001-2386) The ASB Bulletin (ISSN-000 1-2386) is published quarterly in January, April, July, and October by the Association of Southeastern Biologists, Department of Botany, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, NC 27695-7612. Second class postage paid at Morehead City, NC and additional office. Postmaster: send address changes to the business manager, J. Hull, Dept. Biol. Towson St. Umv., Baltimore, MD 21204. All contributions should be sent to the Editor. News items should be sent to the News Editor. Inquiries about missing numbers and other matters should be addressed to the Editor, 3431 Arendell Street, Morehead City, NC 28557. Printed by Allen Press, 1041 New Hampshire St., Lawrence, KS 66044. Editor: Frank J. Schwartz, Institute of Marine Sciences, University of North Carolina, 3431 Arendell Street, Morehead City, NC 28557, 919/726-6841; Fax 919-726-2426 Associate Editor: Beverly Collins, Savanah Riv. Ecol. Lab., Aiken, SC 29801, 803-725-2472 Business Manager: J. Hull. Dept. Biol. Towson St. Univ., Baltimore, MD 21204, 410-830-41 17 News Editor: Jon Fortman, Division of Science and Mathematics, Mississippi University for Women, Columbus, MS 39701 Officers of the ASB President — Michael Baranski, Catawba College, Salisbury, NC 28144, 704-637-4442 President-elect — James W. Ross, Cumberland College, Williamsburg, KY 40769, 606-549-2200 Vice-President — Patricia Parr, Oak Ridge Nat. Lab., Oak Ridge, TN 37831, 615-576-7123 Past President — Ken Marion, Dept. Biol. Univ. Alabama-Burmingham, Birmingham, AL 35294, 205-934-3582 Secretary — Beverely Collins, Savannah Riv. Ecol. Lab., Aiken, SC 29801, 803-725-2472 Treasurer — James Hull, Dept. Biol. Townson St. Univ., Baltimore, MD 21204, 410-830-41 17 Archivist — Donald J. Shure, Emory Univ., Atlanta, GA 30322 Executive Committee Members-at-Large: 1995: Cliff R. Hupp, U.S. Geological Serv., Suite 160, Norcross, GA 20092, 404-409-7700 Geraldine W. Twitty, Howard University, Dept. Biology, Washington, DC 202-636-6953 1996: Claudia L. Jolls, East. Carolina Univ., Greenville, NC, 919-757-6295 Howard S. Neufeld, Appalachian St. Univ., Boone, NC, 704-262-2683 1997: Mary U. Connell, Dept. Biol. Appalachian St. Univ., Boone, NC 28608, 704-262-2671 James F. Matthews, Dept. Biol. Univ. No. Car. -Charlotte, Charlotte, NC 28223, 704-547- 4061 The ASB encourages, in the broadest and most liberal sense, the advancement of biology as a science by: the promotion of research, the increase and diffusion of knowledge of biology, emphasis of the relationship of fundamental knowledge of biology to the solution of biological problems, the preser¬ vation of biological resources, and by its meetings, reports, discussions, and publications to promote scientific interests and inquiry, thereby adding to the health, happiness, and knowledge of all peoples. The Association meets annually on campuses of universities and colleges located throughout the southeast. Affiliated organizations meeting with the Association are: Southern Appalachian Botanical Society, Southeastern Section of the Botanical Society of America, Southeastern Region of Beta Beta Beta, SE Div. Amer. Microscopical Society, Southeastern Chapter of the Ecological Society of America, Southeastern Division of the American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists, Southeastern Fishes Council, and Southeastern Society of Parasitologists. The ASB has representation in Section G Committee of the AAAS. Varying types of membership are available to individuals and institutions. Members receive the Bulletin. Time and Place of Future Meetings 1995 April 19-21 1996 April 10-13 1997 April 1998 April University of Tennessee, Knoxville, TN Ga. Southern College, Statesboro, GA Furman University, Greenville, SC Northeast Louisiana Univ., Monroe, LA Patron Members Breedlove, Dennis and Associates, Inc., Orlando, FL W. B. Brown Publ. Co., Dubuque, IA Carolina Biological Supply Co., Burlington, NC Martin Marietta Energy Corp., Oak Ridge, TN Martin Microscope Co., Easley, SC © This paper meets the requirements of ANSI/NISO Z39.48-1992 (Permanence of Paper). PRESIDENT’S CORNER A VIEW FROM HERE Unless you’ve been here, you probably can’t truly appreciate the view of ASB that this vantage point affords. At the time of this writing, I have been privileged to occupy this position for only five months, but a perspective of ASB and a respect for its traditions have been quickly impressed upon me. I would like to bring you up to date on some important developments and share with you my sense of where we are as an organization. The 1995 annual meeting in Knoxville promises to be an extraordinary and heavily attended affair. The University of Tennessee Local Arrangements Committee has been busily preparing for this meeting and anticipating every need and concern that might arise. Meeting information is contained elsewhere in this issue. Please note the meeting theme: Applications of Biotechnology to Environmental Restoration. Several symposia will be announced in the April issue of the Bulletin, including one developed by the Education Committee and supported by the ASB Enrichment Fund entitled Environmental Education: Training and Careers. Both the meeting theme and the symposium topic are indicative of the ASB commitment to environmental concerns, but they also demonstrate the effort to broaden our appeal and include other disciplines in our sphere of interests. In April of 1995 we will begin a time of transition in the editorship of The ASB Bulletin. Frank Schwartz, soon completing nine years of service (three terms) as editor, will be retiring from that position. Frank has cheerfully, faithfully and tirelessly served ASB in this thankless task. We are all indebted to him for his service. The Publications Committee (Cliff Hupp, Chair) is currently involved in the selection process of finding and reviewing prospective candidates for the editorship. The Executive Committee will receive the Publication Committee’s recommendations and appoint a new bulletin editor in April. Persons interested in this position should contact me or Cliff Hupp before February 1. I am most pleased to announce that the Southeastern Regional Division of the American Microscopical Society has become our newest affiliate, bringing to nine the number of affiliates under the ASB umbrella. This group of active invertebrate zoologists will be meeting with us for the first time in Knoxville. The rest of us should make them welcome. Their participation in ASB should do much to alleviate the continuing concern that zoologists are not proportionately represented at the annual meeting or in ASB governance. We will initiate a new fund-raising campaign to build the ASB Enrichment Fund. It is a distinct pleasure to report that the generosity of one of our mvn, long-time member Jim Fralish, has made it possible to significantly increase the principal in 1 2 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 1, 1995 {lie Fund. Jim contributed a lump sum of $1500 at the 1994 annual meeting. In addition, he has pledged another $1000 contribution at the 1995 annual meeting if we can secure matching contributions from the membership by the date of the 1995 meeting. The Executive Committee and the ASB Enrichment Fund Board of Trustees sincerely hope that the Fralish Matching Fund Challenge (see description elsewhere in this issue) that we are now undertaking will be the stimulus to develop the Fund to the level where it can support the activities for which it was intended. Please try to contribute at whatever level is comfortable for you. ASB may be without peer in service to its members through the sponsorship of exciting and interesting annual meetings that are conducted in an atmosphere rich in collegiality. However, I hope we think that ASB is more than just an annual meeting and a news outlet. I firmly believe that we should become more proactive in public affairs. We are the only southeastern organization representing a biological constituency that is situated in such a position of potential influence and responsibility. We should take advantage of the opportunity thus presented to be involved in as much as we can that can shape the future of biology, education, biological resources, and the human society that depends upon them. Some of our committees, in particular the Conservation Committee, the Priorities in Public Affairs Committee (ad hoc), the Education Committee, and the Committee on Women, Minorities and Handicapped (ad hoc), are especially critical in the role they can play in furthering our work in the public interest area. We must support their efforts, not only at the annual meetings, but also as individuals working at the local level. I urge you to become involved and share your insights and concerns with the committee members. I see a continuing bright future for ASB, but we also have some trying times ahead. We have been "living on the edge" for too long in balancing our budget. We have learned to depend on the annual meeting to produce operational income. Annual cash flows are a serious problem. We have no working margin. We exist in a situation where virtually all of our income from membership dues goes to publication of The ASB Bulletin (please see any recent financial report). For the most part, the rest of our activities depend in some way on income generated in connection with the annual meeting. This should not be the case. We have to ask some serious questions about what we want the Bulletin to be. To that end, the Executive Committee has already considered or taken some actions to reduce the printing costs and increase efficiency, and the Publications Committee has been charged with recommending other significant measures. Your ideas are welcome. ASB is blessed with members, officers and committee persons committed to the ideals of the organization and willing to dedicate the effort necessary to accomplish our work. We will continue to serve our mission advancing the interests of biology in the southeast and in the nation. As always, all the officers and members of our many committees stand ready to serve you. Please contact them and let them know how you feel about things. Offer them your comments and criticisms. Help them make ASB what you want it to be through your active member participation. Consult the July issue of the Bulletin for name and address information for those persons involved in the affairs of ASB. I am eagerly anticipating an exciting spring meeting in Knoxville, and I look forward to seeing many of you there. I want to thank every one of you who works on behalf of our organization and helps make us the best regional biology group in the country. 56TH ANNUAL MEETING in KNOXVILLE, TENNESSEE The University of Tennessee, Knoxville, welcomes the 56th Annual Meeting of the Association of Southeastern Biologists to Knoxville, Tennessee, 19-22 April 1995. All activities, except field trips, will be held at the Holiday Inn-World’s Fair and Convention Center. The theme of the 56th Annual Meeting is: Applications of Biotechnology to Environmental Restoration. SOCIETIES MEETING WITH ASB IN KNOXVILLE American Microscopical Society, Southeastern Division (AMS) American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists, Southeastern Division (ASIH) Beta Beta Beta (BBB) Botanical Society of America, Southeastern Section (BSA) Ecological Society of America, Southeastern Chapter (ESA) Society of Wetland Scientists, South Atlantic Chapter (SWS) Southeastern Fishes Council (SFC) Southeastern Society of Parasitologists (SSP) Southern Appalachian Botanical Society (SABS) Knoxville is located in the Valley and Ridge Province of East Tennessee. Topographical diversity and strong seasonality contribute to high diversity of natural and human resources. The valley is flanked by the Cumberland Plateau and Mountains to the west and the Blue Ridge to the east. The Big South Fork National Recreation Area in the Cumberlands and the Great Smoky Mountains National Park in the Blue Ridge provide exciting opportunities for ASB field trips, as do nearby facilities of the Tennessee Valley Authority, Oak Ridge National Laboratory and The University of Tennessee. Weather in April is mild with frequent showers. The annual meeting coincides with the peak of the Dogwood Arts Festival which provides tours and programs of special interest to spouses and families. 3 4 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 1, 1995 The Holiday Inn-World’s Fair is located in the business district only two blocks from The University of Tennessee and 20 minutes from the airport. The scientific program, exhibits and catered meetings will be held in the Holiday Inn Convention Center while Wednesday and Thursday night socials will be just outside the center in the Court of Flags. The University of Tennessee-Knoxville is the official land- grant institution of the State of Tennessee. Approximately 20,000 undergraduates may choose among 100 undergraduate majors. Eighty-five master’s programs and 52 doctoral programs have attracted nearly 8,000 graduate students to the campus. The University of Tennessee is celebrating its 200th year of higher education. The Division of Biology includes Departments of Biochemistry, Botany, Microbiology, and Zoology as well as Graduate Programs in Ecology and Life Sciences, the Division is served by more than 100 faculty. POINTS OF INTEREST IN THE KNOXVILLE AREA Enclosed in this issue of the ASB Bulletin is a multicolor brochure which describes "The Land of Smoky Mountain Magic." The brochure includes a picture of the Holiday Inn Convention Center and Court of Flags as well as maps guiding you to Knoxville and the Convention Center. An extensive list of points of interest and entertainment will be provided at registration. ENTERTAINMENT IN THE KNOXVILLE AREA The middle of April is typically a beautiful time of the year in Knoxville, especially for people with biological interests. In addition to the points of interest mentioned above, there are numerous restaurants within walking distance of the Convention Center, especially near our meeting site at the World’s Fair Site, in the Old City, and along the "strip" on Cumberland Ave. just west of the University. Our meeting will coincide with Knoxville’s annual PROGRAM INFORMATION 5 Dogwood Arts Festival, and numerous driving and walking routes called Dogwood Arts Trails will be marked that wander through scenic and historic areas of Knoxville. The profusion of flowers will be amazing. The Knoxville newspaper will publish lists of open trails and gardens, and special entertainment events. WEDNESDAY SOCIAL The ASB mixer will be at the Foundry at the World’s Fair Site from 8-10 PM. Hors d’oeuvres will be provided by ASB and a cash bar will be available. THURSDAY EVENING BARBEQUE The Thursday evening gathering (6-10 PM) at the Court of Flags/World’s Fair Site will feature an all-you-care-to-eat barbeque buffet (pork, chicken, cole slaw, potato salad, baked beans) catered by a local favorite, Buddy’s Barbeque. Live music, a bottomless beer truck, soft drinks, and a tent to huddle under in case of rain, are also included in the package. TRAVEL TO AND WITHIN KNOXVILLE Automobile. Knoxville is conveniently situated for access by major interstate highways. 1-75/275 South, 1-40 East and 1-40/75 West intersect in downtown Knoxville. The Holiday Inn is located ca. 1/4 mile south of their intersection. Traveling South 1-75 continue on I- 275 ramping east on 1-40 (Asheville) to Exit 388A to Cumberland Ave., right on Henley St. Traveling East 1-40/75 take Exit 388 to 2nd traffic light, turn right onto Henley St. through 1st traffic light. Traveling West 1-40 take Exit 388A to Cumberland Ave., right on Henley St. Air Travel. Knoxville’s McGhee-Tyson airport is a full facility air hub serving many southeastern cities through direct or connector flights. The airport is located ca. 12 miles from downtown Knoxville. Carlson Travel Network (tel. 1-800-654-7086) has arranged for fare discounts additional to published super saver or 6 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 1, 1995 nonrestrictive coach fares on either Delta or U S Airlines. Window dates qualifying for special fares are April 16-24, 1995. This allows an option to stay over Saturday night for an additional reduced fare. For reservations: (1) Call the toll free number, (2) Ask for the ASB Knoxville Meeting desk, (3) Payment is accepted only by credit card. Carlson Travel will send you a travel itinerary to verify booked flights. They will issue and hold your ticket until boarding passes are assigned; then send your travel documents at least three weeks prior to departure date. Ground Transportation. There are no courtesy limousine services between the airport and downtown Knoxville. A-B-C Airport Limousine Service provides a 24 hour limousine shuttle and has agreed to honor a preferred round-trip rate @ $ 10/person for ASB travelers. A-B-C ’s information /ticket desk is located in the airport terminal at the baggage claim court. A-B-C welcomes advance notice (tel. 615-970-4545 or 970-4600) of your flight arrival for prompt limousine transfer to the Holiday Inn. Upon arrival, go to the A-B-C desk and identify yourself as an ASB traveler qualifying for special round trip fare. For your return to the airport, A-B-C requests a pick up call at the Holiday Inn at least two hours before flight departure with previous day notice preferred. Besides A-B-C Limo, there are other shuttle/taxi services available at the airport or by telephone paging. Major car rental agencies staff reservation desks at the airport if you prefer to make your own arrangements. We suggest 1-800-numbered vendors. Parking. The Holiday Inn Hotel provides complimentary parking to each registered guest in an adjacent parking garage. Access to the garage is through a staffed pass-through gate during the day and evening. Night security inspection is provided between 10 PM and 6 AM during hours when no gate security is maintained. Parking space accommodations consist of 2 1/2 covered decks and 1 surface deck. Oversized vehicles will need to utilize the surface deck. No bus parking will be available. If you are staying in overflow rooms of the Radisson or Hilton Hotels, they will provide you with details for guest parking. Either hotel is convenient for walking to the Holiday Inn. Several pay-for-parking lots are located near the PROGRAM INFORMATION 7 Holiday Inn for those lodging elsewhere and driving to the meeting. If you are not staying at one of the reservation hotels do not plan to park in their lots. Parking on the UT campus is strictly regulated by permit. Visitors to campus should plan to park only in metered streetside spaces or in the University Center Parking garage at the corner of Stadium Drive and Andy Holt Avenue. Knoxville Municipal Transportation. Downtown Knoxville is served by two lines: (1) K-Trans Buses that feed to and from the greater Knoxville community, and (2) Motor Trolley that circulates through the Downtown- UT campus community. Specific operating schedules, fares, and destination brochures are available at the Holiday Inn lobby desk. ACCOMMODATIONS A block of 225 rooms is available at special convention rates at the Holiday Inn World’s Fair. Please plan to stay there and be at the center of the meeting’s activities. The hotel provides complementary parking for all hotel guests. Reservations must be made directly with the hotel by March 5, 1995. After that date requests will be handled on a space available basis. All reservations must be secured by a first night’s deposit in the form of a check, money order, or major credit card. Special convention rates are $78. 00/room/night with one to four people/room. To insure that you receive the special rate be sure to indicate that you are attending the ASB meeting. ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 1, 1995 Holiday Inn World’s Fair 525 Henley Street Knoxville, Tennessee 37902 Toll Free Reservations Call: 1-800 Holiday OR 1-615-522-2800 FAX 1-615-523-0738 When the Holiday Inn is full, overflow requests will automatically be transmitted to the Hilton. Note: You must specify that you are an ASB registrant when you make reservations for the meeting. REDUCED RATES FOR STUDENTS PROVIDED BY THE RADISSON HOTEL A block of 50 rooms is available for STUDENTS only (except Tri-Beta) at special rates at the Radisson Hotel. Rates are $54.00/room/night with one to four students/room. Confirmation of student status is required to reserve these rooms. For reservations send a photocopy of your student I.D., phone number, and a check made payable to ASB for $162.00 (three nights lodging for one to four people) to the following address: Dr. Sharon Patton, P. O. Box 1071, Dept, of Comparative Medicine, University of TN College of Veterinary Medicine, Knoxville, TN 37901-1071 (Phone 1-615-974- 5645). Requests will be handled on a first come/first serve basis. You are responsible for finding roommates. One check will secure the room; however, each student should send an I.D. with the reservation request. Reservation requests must be received by March 10, 1995. After March 10th, remaining rooms will be open to all ASB registrants. All three hotels, Holiday Inn, Hilton, and Radisson are located within comfortable walking distance of one another. PROGRAM INFORMATION 9 PRE-REGISTRATION AND REGISTRATION A pre-registration form is provided with this copy of the Bulletin. THE DEADLINE FOR RECEIVING PRE-REGISTRATION MATERIALS IS 31 MARCH 1995. Your pre-registration will allow us to plan facility needs and services for the meeting. Pre¬ registration packets and late registration will be at the Knoxville Convention Center on Wednesday from 12:00 noon until 9:00 p.m., on Thursday from 8:00 a.m. until 5:00 p.m. and on Friday from 8:00 a.m. until 12:00 noon. PRE-REGISTRATION IS NECESSARY TO ENSURE THE MOST EFFECTIVE PLANNING FOR FIELD TRIPS, SPECIAL MEALS, AND SOCIAL EVENTS. NOTE THAT COSTS FOR STUDENTS ARE MUCH LOWER THAN COSTS FOR NON¬ STUDENTS. Late tickets for social events and special meals may not be available at the meeting. Pre-registration fees are fully refundable PROVIDED we receive notification of cancellation by 5:00 p.m. on 31 March 1995. Please bring your April 1995 ASB Bulletin containing the detailed program and abstracts to the meeting. Copies will be sold at the registration desk for $3.50. TENTATIVE GENERAL SCHEDULE ALL EVENTS AT THE KNOXVILLE CONVENTION CENTER EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE NOTED WEDNESDAY, 19 APRIL Field Trips: Depart from the main lobby entrance of the Knoxville Convention Center (see times below) 12 Noon-9: 00 PM Registration ASB Executive Committee Meeting 3:00-7:00 PM 10 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. I, 1995 SABS Council Meeting 4:00-7:00 PM SSP Executive Committee Meeting 4:00-5:00 PM SSP: The Presidential Symposium 5:00-7:00 PM ASB Mixer: Foundry-Court of Flags (Cash Bar) 8:00-10:00 PM Continuation of ASB Executive Committee Meeting (if necessary) 8:30-10:30 PM THURSDAY, 20 APRIL Past Presidents’ Breakfast 7:00-8:00 AM Registration 8:00 AM-5:00 PM Placement Service 8:00 AM-5: 00 PM General Plenary Session: 8:30-9:45 AM Welcome by Dr. William T. Snyder, Chancellor, University of Tennessee, Knoxville Announcements by Local Committee Speaker - Dr. Gary S. Sayler, University of Tennessee Exhibits 9:45 AM-5: 00 PM Paper and Poster Sessions 10:00 AM-5: 00 PM SWS Luncheon 12:00 Noon-1 :30 PM BBB Field Trip 1:00-5:30 PM ASIH Business Meeting 4:00-5:00 PM PROGRAM INFORMATION SFC Business Meeting 5:00-6:00 PM AMS Social 5:00-6:00 PM ASB Social & Supper: BBQ, Beer, & Bluegrass- COURT OF FLAGS 6:00-10:00 PM FRIDAY, 21 APRIL SABS & BSA Breakfast & Business Meeting 7:00-8:30 AM Placement Service 8:00 AM-5:00 PM Registration 8:00 AM-12 NOON Exhibits 8:00 AM-12 NOON Paper and Poster Sessions 8:00 AM-5: 00 PM BBB Book Display 8:00 AM-5: 00 PM BBB Business Meeting 11:00 AM-12 NOON ASB Business Meeting & Election of Officers 11:30 AM-12:30 PM BBB Luncheon 12 NOON-1 :30 PM ESA Luncheon & Business Meeting 12:30-2:00 PM SSP Luncheon & Business Meeting 12:30-2:30 PM AMS Business Meeting 12:30-2:00 PM BBB Paper Sessions 1:30-5:00 PM Social Hour: Court of Flags (Cash Bar) 6:00-7:30 PM 6:00-7:30 PM 12 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 1, 1995 ASB BANQUET & AWARDS 7:30 10:00 PM SATURDAY, 22 APRIL ASB Executive Committee Meeting 7:00-9:00 AM Field Trips: Depart from the main lobby entrance of the Knoxville Convention Center (see times below) FIELD TRIPS Transportation and lunch (except for Beta Beta Beta) are provided for all field trips. Departure will be from the main lobby entrance of the Knoxville Convention Center. 1. CUMBERLAND GAP NATIONAL HISTORIC PARK Wednesday, April 19, 8:00 AM-4:00 PM The trip will view the historic migration corridor for plants, animals and humans in Cumberland Gap National Historic Park. Participants will also visit the massive tunnel construction project underway and view the stream monitoring program implemented to assess the impacts of construction activities on stream chemistry and biota in Cumberland Gap National Park. Led by: Jack Collier and Ron Caldwell, Cumberland Gap National Historical Park and Cumberland Mountain Research Center. Limit 25. Cost: $18.00. 2. KNOXVILLE ZOO Wednesday, April 19, 12 NOON-4:30 PM The trip will begin with lunch at the Tiger Tops Cafe in the Knoxville Zoo. The Endangered Species Breeding Program at the Knoxville Zoo will be examined and trip participants will tour the zoo. Free time will be available for rides, visits to the gift shop and individual viewing of the zoo residents. The Knoxville Zoo has a nationally recognized collection of big cats, including a White Tiger. Other attractions include a newly opened Gorilla Valley and savanna¬ like cougar run. Led by: The Knoxville Zoo Staff Members. Limit 25. Cost: $18.00. PROGRAM INFORMATION 13 3. SEQUOYAH HILLS DOGWOOD LESTIVAL Wednesday, April 19, 8:30 AM-1:30 PM The trip will tour the scenic Sequoyah Hills Dogwood Arts Lestival Trails. This is a beautiful time of the year for Knoxville’s flowering Dogwood trees. Emphasis will be on tree growth behavior, deep shade vs. full sun physiognomy, reproduction rate, pathogens (especially Dogwood anthracnose problems), insects and plant physiology. Led by: Dr. Mark Windham, The University of Tennessee. Limit 20. Cost: $13.00. 4. BIG SOUTH LORK NATIONAL RIVER AND RECREATION AREA Saturday, April 22, 8:00 AM-5:00 PM The trip to the Big South Fork National River and Recreation Area, 123,000 acres of river and backcountry in its natural state, allows the visitor to look through millions of years of laborious geological activity. The rugged gorge, smooth rippling water alternating with frothing rapids, giant boulders strewn along the riverbed and the sound of rapids remind the visitor of the amazing power of nature’s vital force. Led by: Ron Cornelius, Resource Manager, National Park Service. Limit 25. Cost: $18.00. 5. MOREL MUSHROOM HUNT Saturday, April 22, 9:00 AM-4:00 PM The trip will begin with a 30 minute slide show, then proceed to the Great Smoky Mountains area where participants will identify and gather edible morel mushrooms. Led by: John Shubzda, Cooperative Park Studies Unit, The University of Tennessee, Fred Bradley, Retired, National Park Service, and Gwinn Evans, Statistician. Limit 25. Cost: $18.00. 6. GREAT SMOKY MOUNTAINS VEGETATION PATTERNS Saturday, April 22, 8:00 AM-4:00 PM The virgin forests of Great Smoky Mountains National Park are unsurpassed in the eastern U.S., but they are subject to increasing numbers of threats. The field trip will include a stop at the exhibits at Sugarlands Visitor Center and several stops to see the vegetational pattern on the Smokies and examples of several communities. 14 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 1, 1995 Discussions will include management issues and values of the park. Emphases will be floristic, vegetational, environmental, and natural history. Led by: Dr. Edward E. C. Clebsch, Emeritus Professor of Botany and Ecology, The University of Tennessee. Limit 25. Cost: $18.00. NOTE: Native Gardens, a native plant nursery operated by Ed and Meredith Clebsch at Columbine Farm, will be open for visitation and tours on Wednesday afternoon and again on Saturday morning. The nursery is located 32 miles SW of Knoxville in Loudon County. Allow 45 minutes for travel each way. Maps are available by contacting the owners in the exhibits, by telephone (615-856-0220), or at the Field Trip desk during registration. NOTICE OF AWARDS FOR 1995 Please note the following deadlines which are to be met before our 56th Annual Meeting. Refer to the October 1994 issue of the Bulletin for application information. 15 Feb 1995 Cell and Molecular Biology Award (see below) 1 Feb 1995- "Travel" Support Awards for Graduate Student Members of ASB 1 Feb 1995- 1 Feb 1995- 1 Feb 1995- 1 Feb 1995- 1 Feb 1995- 15 Nov 1994 ASB Student Research Award Manuscript ASB Research Award Manuscript ASB Student Research Award in Aquatic Biology Manuscript "Travel" Support Awards for SEASIE1 Students Meritorious Teaching Award Nomination ASB Student Research Award Abstract PROGRAM INFORMATION 15 Nov 1994- ASB Research Award Abstract 15 15 Nov 1994- ASB Student Research Award in Aquatic Biology Abstract 15 Nov 1994- Eugene P. Odum Award 15 Nov 1994- The North Carolina Botanical Garden Award 15 Nov 1994- SEASIH Student Paper Awards AWARD FOR RESEARCH IN CELL AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY- Plaque and $500 voucher from the Fisher Scientific Co. Catalogue. This award recognizes outstanding research in the areas of cell biology, molecular biology, or genetics presented at the annual meeting of the Association of Southeastern Biologists. The papers will be evaluated by a panel of judges at the time of presentation on the following points: 1. Significance of the research to the field of molecular biology, cell biology or genetics; 2. Validity of hypothesis(es) tested; 3. Validity of conclusions; 4. Innovativeness and appropriateness of research methods; 5. Clarity and presentation of results; 6. Ability of the presenter to answer questions concerning the research. Eligibility Requirements: (a) All researchers are eligible, (b) The presenter must be an author and member of the Association of Southeastern Biologists, (c) The paper must deal with a topic clearly in the field of cell biology, molecular biology or cell/molecular genetics or cytogenetics, (d) The paper must be presented in a poster session or paper session, preferably, but not necessarily in the molecular biology and genetics session, (e) by 15 February a copy of the title and abstract must be received by Dr. J. Kenneth Shull, Jr., Dept, of Biology, Appalachian State University, Boone, NC 28608. 16 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 1, 1995 GUIDELINES FOR POSTER SESSIONS Poster sessions have been incorporated as a regular means of scientific presentation at the annual ASB meetings. This type of presentation provides a more informal environment that encourages a direct interchange of ideas and discussion between presenter and audience. Adherence to the following guidelines will help ensure the effectiveness of poster sessions. Posters will be organized by subject matter and numbered sequentially in accord with abstract listings in the ASB Bulletin. Posters will be on display all day, although authors are required to be with their posters only from 3-4 PM. Thumb tacks, velcro, tape, backing paper, scissors, and other display material must be provided by each presenter. Posters will be displayed on existing walls. In some cases, velcro will be the only option. Posters should be carefully planned to maximize clarity and simplicity in conveying information. Poster boards four feet in height and eight feet in width will be available for each paper. Arrange for a heading including a title, author(s) name, and author(s) institution(s) to be placed at the top in letters no less than three cm high. The body of the poster should be self-explanatory and should include figures, tables, graphs, maps, or photographs displayed in a well organized and coherent sequence from top to bottom. Do not crowd the display. All materials, including text legends and captions on figures or tables, should be legible from a distance of about two meters. Each illustration should be captioned. A limited degree of text can be included, but care should be taken not to overwhelm the audience. Authors may choose to post a large typeset copy of the abstract at the top of the poster and include a clear listing of specific conclusions at the bottom. PROGRAM INFORMATION 17 LOCAL ARRANGEMENTS COMMITTEE CHAIR: Frank McCormick PROGRAM: B. Eugene Wofford Patricia B. Cox REGISTRATION: James D. Caponetti ACCOMMODATIONS: Sharon Patton AUDIOVISUALS: Sandy Echternacht EXHIBITS: Sandy Coward FIELD TRIPS: Steve Nodvin TRANSPORTATION: David K. Smith SOCIAL ACTIVITIES: David Etnier RESOLUTIONS: Hal DeSelm HOST INSTITUTION: The University of Tennessee Knoxville, Tennessee 37996 (615) 974-5217 FAX (615) 974-3067 MEETING HEADQUARTERS: Holiday Inn-World’s Fair Convention Center (615) 522-2800 18 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 1, 1995 ASB ANNUAL MEETING 19-22 APRIL 1995 PRE-REGISTRATION FORM (Type or print; one form per registrant; duplicate as needed) Name _ Social Security Number (Office Use Only) _ Mailing Address _ Institution _ City _ State _ Zip Office Phone ( _ ) _ Pre-registration deadline is 31 March 1995 Affiliation (Check where appropriate): AMS _ ASB ASIH BBB BSA ESA SABS SFC SSP SWS Name If you desire vegetarian meals, please check Registration: Regular: $50.00 . $ Student: $20.00 . $ (Late registration: Regular $60.00; Student $25.00) PROGRAM INFORMATION 19 Thursday Night: BBQ, Beer, and Bluegrass: Regular: $20.00 x tickets . . . . . . $ Student: $10.00 x tickets . . . . . . $ Friday Night: ASB Banquet: Regular: $26.50 x tickets . . . . . . $ Student: $15.00 x tickets . . . . . . $ Breakfasts: ASB Past Presidents: $9.50 x _ tickets $ SABS/BSA: $9.50 x _ tickets $ Executive Committee: $9.50 x tickets $ Luncheons: BBB: $12.00 x tickets . . . . . . . . $ ESA: $12.00 x tickets . . . . . . . . $ SSP: $12.00 x tickets . . . . . . . . $ SWS: $12.00 x tickets . . . . . . . . $ Field Trips No. 1 $18.00 x tickets . . . . . . . . $ No. 2 $18.00 x tickets . . . . . . . . $ No. 3 $13.00 x tickets . . . . . . . . $ No. 4 $18.00 x tickets . . . . . . . . $ No. 5 $18.00 x tickets . . . . . . . . $ No. 6 $18.00 x tickets . . . . . . . . $ TOTAL AMOUNT ENCLOSED: . . . . . . . $ Make checks payable to University of Tennessee; print your name, address, SSN, and phone number on front of check. Mail forms and check to: ASB MEETING c/o Dr. James D. Caponetti Department of Botany The University of Tennessee Knoxville, TN 37996-1100 NOTE: To become a member of ASB, please complete the application form in the back of this issue and send to the ASB treasurer with the appropriate dues. ANNOUNCEMENTS HIGHLANDS BIOLOGICAL STATION 1995 Instructional and Research Programs The Highlands Biological Station, located in the Blue Ridge Mountains of southwestern North Carolina, will offer the following courses in field biology in 1995: Biology of Plethodontid Salamanders. 5-16 June. Stephen G. Tilley (Smith College). Research on Plethodontid Salamanders. 19-30 June. Stephen G. Tilley (Smith College). Conservation Biology with Special Reference to Old-Growth Forests. 19-30 June. Peter S. White (University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill). Fleshy Fungi of the Southern Appalachians. 3-14 July. Ronald H. Petersen (University of Tennessee). Research on Fleshy Fungi. 17-28 July. Ronald H. Petersen (University of Tennessee). Ecological Research Techniques. 1 7-29 July. Team taught by Jack Webster (VPI and State University) and Thomas R. Wentworth (North Carolina State University). Grasses, Sedges, and Rushes. 31 July-1 1 August. Jon Stucky (North Carolina State University). All courses are taught at the advanced undergraduate-graduate level. Credit (three semester hours) is available for each course through either Western Carolina University or the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. Financial aid may be provided to qualified students through a scholarship program of the Highlands Biological Foundation, Inc. The Station offers research grants and scholarships to graduate students and postdoctoral investi¬ gators for research in all aspects of field biology pertaining to the southern Appalachians. Stipends are based on weeks of residency at the Station. Rates in 1995 are $250/week predoctoral and $400Aveek postdoctoral. The awards carry a waiver of laboratory fees. The deadline for application is March 1. For further information and application forms contact the Highlands Biological Station, P.O. Drawer 580, Highlands, North Carolina 28741. Tel. 704-526-2602. FAX 704-526-2797. MOUNTAIN LAKE BIOLOGICAL STATION SUMMER PROGRAM 1995 MLBS, located at an elevation of 4,000 feet in the mountains of southwestern Virginia, supports a summer community of diverse biologists. Courses may be taken for undergraduate or graduate credit. Students may pursue the master’s degree in biology by summer study, a program that is particularly suitable for teachers in secondary education. Scholarships for tuition and service awards for room and board are available. FIRST TERM 1 1 June-1 5 July Course Title Instructor Home Institution THE ECOLOGY OF MAMMALS Jack Cranford Assoc. Prof, of Biology VASCULAR PLANT SYSTEMATICS Spencer Tomb Professor of Biology NATURAL HISTORY OF THE Philip Shelton APPALACHIANS (2-15 July) VPI&SU Kansas State University Clinch Valley College UVA 20 ANNOUNCEMENTS 21 SECOND TERM 1 5 July- 19 August CONSERVATION BIOLOGY Peter Kareiva Prof, of Zoology and University of Washington Martha Groom Research Associate University of Washington BEHAVIORAL ECOLOGY Alistar Innman Asst. Prof, of Biology and Wesleyan College Anne Houtman Asst. Prof, of Biology Wesleyan College Research Fellowships are available for post-doctoral and doctoral students. A ten-week program supports Research Experiences for Undergraduates in which students carry out independent projects in collaboration with research biologists from a variety of universities. Further information: Director, Mountain Lake Biological Station, Gilmer Flail, University of Vir¬ ginia, Charlottesville, VA 22903-2477. 22 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 1, 1995 JOIN YOUR FELLOW ASB MEMBERS IN THE ASB ENRICHMENT FUND MEMBER MATCHING FUND CAMPAIGN The ASB Enrichment Fund was created to support educational activities of ASB. It’s time for our membership to support this education program. One of our own, Jim Fralish, demonstrated his commitment to ASB educational programs by contributing $1,500 to the fund at the Orlando meeting. He also pledged an additional $1,000 contribution at the 1995 annual meeting if we can match this amount from our membership. Please do two things: 1. Contribute what you can ($5, $25, $50, $100 or more). 2. Call two (only two) of your ASB friends and challenge them to match your contributions. Contributions should be sent to: James Hull, ASB Treasurer Department of Biological Sciences Towson State University Baltimore, Maryland 21204 Indicate on your check you are an ASB Enrichment Fund Supporter and Thank you for your support! REVIEWS Jefferson , T. A., S. Leatherwood, and M. A. Webber. 1993. Marine Mammals of the World. FAO, Species Identification Guide. Rome, Italy. $55 paperback. 320 p. Jefferson et al.’s Marine Mammals of the World is a guide to the 1 1 9 species that inhabit the world's oceans. The title is somewhat misleading as four cetaceans, two seals, and one siren spend all or parts of their lives in freshwater. Since all other members of their group are marine, these six species are included to make the compilation complete. An introduction treats: general researches on oceanography and marine mammal distribution, ma¬ rine mammal identification and how to use the guide, FAO codes, illustrated glossary of technical terms, and dorsal, ventral, and lateral views of the skulls of each species. A general line drawing or picture and key to each species (p. 12-34) and their skulls (p. 35-39) is given to the members of the major order Cetacea. Where necessary additional keys to the Sirenians (p. 204-205) and Pinnipeds (p. 214-225) round out the keys. Two suborders comprise the Cetacea: Mysticeti, baleen whales, with four families and 1 1 species, and the Odontoceti, toothed whales, with nine families and 67 species, the biggest being the dolphins (Delphinidae, 12 sp.) and beaked whales Ziphiidae (19 species). The order Sirenia is comprised of two families: Trichechidae, manatees (three species) and Dugongidae (one species). The order Carnivora consists of the suborders Pinnipedia, seals, sea lions, and walrus (34 species) and the marine Fissipedia, sea otters and polar bear (three species). Each species is treated in the familiar FAO identification fact sheet format (p. 42-301) by a: general description. FAO name, a picture of the species, its skull in dorsal, ventral, and lateral views, distinctive characters, can be confused with, size, geographic distribution on a worldwide basis, biology and behavior, exploitation, and IUCN status. A table (p. 304-309) of all species refers to where found, by page in the text, as well as major fishing areas in the world for them. Key references are cited on p. 310-31 1; a detailed index (p. 316-320) rounds out the guide. FAO has again produced a major work on a group, the marine mammals, that has often been confused as well as the information about their identification and biology was scattered throughout the world's scientific literature. This clearly written and succinct production joins other outstanding productions of FAO such as CLOFETA, specific species catalogues, and fish species synopses, or CLOFFA (Orstom, Paris) and CLOFNAM (UNESCO). Frank J. Schwartz, Institute of Marine Sciences. University of North Carolina. Morehead City. NC 28557. Davis, W. E. Jr. 1994. Legendary Field Ornithologist, Dean of Bird Bird¬ watchers: A Biography of Ludlow Griscom. Smithsonian Institution Press, Wash¬ ington, DC. $29.95 hardbound. 336 p. Everyone who has read the introduction to their copy of Roger Tory Peterson's Field Guide to the Birds knows who Ludlow Griscom is. He is the one who receives credit for originating the modem approach to field identification of birds, by means of binoculars and spotting scopes rather than shotguns. Peterson's adulation has turned Griscom into a nearly mythical figure from the heroic age of birding. This biography seeks to bring Griscom back to life. We learn of his childhood in a wealthy but eccentric New York family (he was well-traveled and well-connected long before he left college), his brief career in graduate school (he was the first of Arthur Allen’s long list of ornithology students at Cornell, but one that did not finish a dissertation), and his long apprenticeship at the American Museum of Natural History and subsequent shift to Harvard University’s Museum of Comparative Zoology (he authored numerous avifaunal monographs of tropical American regions). His wife was 23 24 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 1, 1995 also a New York socialite, whom he met, in true heroic fashion, on a botanizing expedition in a remote village in Newfoundland. Together they traveled widely, including ventures into remote regions of South America with their children. His charismatic, dominating personality and quick, but sure judgment left an indelible impression on nearly everyone he met. Perhaps the most significant accomplishments of his life were his contnbutions to revitalizing the Boston Museum of Science and the National Audubon Society. Yet today he is hardly remembered by the thousands upon thousands of people whose introduction to natural history and conservation has come through those pioneering institutions. Everyone interested in the history of conservation and environmental education in the United States should read these chapters. In the end, however, there is an unresolved dilemma about his place in ornithology. His enthusiasm for field identification no doubt infected the many early amateurs who became his devotees. At the same time, his relationships with professional ornithologists were apparently strained. Was it his lack of a doctoral degree? Was it his enthusiastic consorting with amateurs? It could not have been his boisterous, argumentative nature, because he also excoriated careless amateurs, who seemed only more devoted to him as a result. It also could not have been any dearth of professional publications, because his voluminous monographs, all patterned after those of his mentor, Frank Chapman, were highly regarded. Was it his late books, in particular the Birds of Concord! It is ironic that this book was the least well received of his publications. To me it seems the most modem, a study of changes in bird populations in relation to human alterations of the landscape. It is a tenuous bridge between William Brewster’s Birds of the Cambridge Region and the recent flourish of similarly motivated volumes. The Birds of Concord was based on field work, not museum work, unlike his other major monographs. At the same time that field identification of birds was spreading among amateurs, field studies of behavior and ecology were overtaking museum studies among professional ornithologists. Here this biography leaves us with unexplored issues. Did Griscom lose contact with his early associates who became pioneers of scientific field studies, Arthur Allen at Cornell or Joseph Hickey at Wisconsin? Did Griscom’s new approach to field identification affect the growth of scientific field ornithology? This historical context is missing. After the lively procession of anecdotes that makes this book so delightful to read, Ludlow Griscom still remains a creature of myth. R. Haven Wiley, Department of Biology, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, NC 27599. Heyer, W. Ronald, M. A. Donnelly, R. W. McDiarmid, L. C. Hayek, and M. S. Foster (eds). 1994. Measuring and Monitoring Biological Diversity— Standard Methods for Amphibians. Smithsonian Institution Press, Blue Ridge Summit, PA. $49.00 cloth, $17.95 paper. 384 p. This book is the first of a planned series of publications on standard methods for monitoring animal populations. Also, it is the first broad overview of techniques for sampling amphibian populations. The goal of the book is to provide standardized methods for measuring biological diversity of am¬ phibian populations. A Foreword by David Wake sets the stage by describing the climate of concern over apparent declining amphibian populations around the world that led to the formation of the Declining Am¬ phibian Populations Task Force (DAPTF), a world-wide initiative of the Species Survival Commission of the International Union for the Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources. An early need realized by the DAPTF was for establishment of research methods and protocols that would promote credible, repeatable, and comparable sample results from amphibian population monitoring projects. Wake stresses the value of amphibians as biological indicators of environmental health, the need to move quickly in the face of the biodiversity crisis at hand, and the value of standardized methodology for gathering needed information on natural populations. This book is a product of the DAPTF and the efforts of about 50 biologists who contributed to its production. The book’s Preface describes the processes through which the manuscript was initiated, produced, refined, and completed. The central role played by the Biological Diversity in Latin American program at the National Museum of Natural History in producing this work is recognized. REVIEWS 25 The Introduction details the value of the world's biodiversity and the great losses to scientific knowledge and the functioning of ecosystems that will result if appropriate information on species and populations is not gathered by the scientific community and communicated to society. Critical problems exist in many areas now. and there is a great need to apply standardized methodology that guarantees comparability of results. A quantitative sampling strategy is forwarded as the best method for better understanding of amphibian diversity in particular and overall diversity in general. The authors hope the book will . . meet the needs of conservation organizations, environmental con¬ sultants, government agencies, wildlife managers, and scientists.” A chapter introducing basic amphibian diversity and natural history is presented in a condensed style, and will be helpful to users of the book who are not well versed in amphibian biology. A table lists the families of amphibians occurring on each continent and the principal habitats they use. Basic design considerations for projects are introduced in chapters three and four. Topics such as scale, randomness, assumptions, and reporting data are discussed, and basic definitions of inventory and monitoring are given in Chapter 3. Construction of definitions and hypotheses, threats to validity, data accuracy, measurement scales and statistical analysis, randomness of samples, independence of samples, sample size, testing errors, and statistical and substantive significance are discussed in Chapter 4. Chapter 5 goes into great detail describing the planning of projects and types of data that should be taken during field activities. Specific equipment is recommended for some types of data gathering. Major areas covered in this chapter include climate and environment, automated data acquisition (data loggers), data standards, microhabitat description, voucher specimens, and permits. The voucher specimens discussion should be of particular interest to biologists with concerns about "taking” animals from wild populations. Proper taking and documentation of voucher specimens is a critical element of many studies, and failure to do this properly can seriously damage project results. Selection of appropriate vouchers to document a project includes selection of". . . a secure institutional collection with a documented long-term commitment to conserving specimens and making them available for study by qualified researchers” for permanent housing of the vouchers. The 10 standard techniques recommended for inventory and monitoring projects are presented in Chapter 6. These include complete species inventories, visual encounter surveys, audio strip transects, quadrat sampling, transect sampling, patch sampling, straight-line drift fences and pitfall traps, surveys at breeding sites, drift fences at breeding sites, and quantitative sampling of amphibian larvae. The major types of information gained by each method are listed as species richness, relative abundance, and density. Also, commitments in time, costs, and personnel are approximated for each technique. This probably will be the part of the book read in most detail by many persons contemplating projects. Enough detail is provided to enable a researcher to judge the potential effectiveness of a technique if he or she has a good knowledge of the area to be sampled and a working knowledge of amphibian natural history. References to other studies using a given technique or with relevant information are scattered throughout. A number of additional techniques are identified and described in Chapter 7 that may be useful in certain circumstances, and may prove to be worthy of recommendation for standard use in the future. Approaches described include artificial habitats, acoustic monitoring at fixed sites, tracking, night driving, geographic information systems, and group activities and field trips. Included near the end of this chapter is a sample amphibian survey data sheet recommended by DAPTF that could be quite helpful to someone trying to organize a field survey. Chapter 8 describes two approaches (mark-recapture and removal sampling) for estimating popu¬ lation size. Various methods and the requirements for use of those methods are presented, including 1 1 population estimator models. Chapter 9 is devoted to analysis of biodiversity data. Many examples are given for statistical approaches to interpret data gathered to demonstrate species richness, species abundance, species density, and species diversity. An extensive table detailing associations between 46 coefficients includes references, formulas, descriptions, and more. Properties of these coefficients are listed in an appendix at the end of the chapter. Conclusions and recommendations made in Chapter 10 include an important recommendation for the permanent archival of raw distribution and abundance data from inventory and monitoring projects for future use by qualified researchers and resource managers. Also, agencies supporting amphibian studies need to realize and accommodate the seasonal- and weather-related nature of these studies in order to avoid invalidation of results caused by non-science related factors. The compilers of this book recommend that researchers adhere to the exact methodologies proposed to promote compar- 26 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO 1, 1995 ability of results between studies, and to alter the procedures only when the change is a real improve¬ ment to the technique. The main text is followed by a number of appendices with important information on handling live amphibians, techniques for marking amphibians, recording frog calls, preparing amphibians as sci¬ entific specimens, collecting tissue for biochemical analysis, and vendors for equipment and supplies. Also included is a table of random numbers. A brief Glossary defines terms that are used consistently through the book. Many other definitions are given in the text and can be accessed via the Index. The fairly extensive Literature Cited section should be very useful and the editors should be commended for their avoidance of abbreviations. The Index appears to be inclusive of the important subjects and terms, and logically constructed. Addresses of authors and contributors are provided in the back of the book to facilitate correspondence. In conclusion I would like to commend the many people that worked to produce this indispensable reference volume. They did a good job standardizing the formats of products from many different authors. I believe they have taken an important and difficult step toward providing a means for standardizing techniques for inventorying and monitoring amphibians. Anyone conducting field re¬ search on amphibians should have a copy. The book is well thought out, well constructed, and remarkably free of errors. Its success will depend on the ability and willingness of the scientific and resource management communities to adopt and improve, when appropriate, the recommended tech¬ niques. I encourage all persons involved with amphibian surveys to study and incorporate this book’s recommendations into their research whenever possible. There is a great need to increase our knowledge of local and world biodiversity and to understand the role that biodiversity plays in environmental health. This book should also be used as a supplemental text in herpetology, ecology, and resource management courses. Alvin L. Braswell, N. C. Stale Museum of Natural Sciences, Raleigh, NC 27626. Zepp, Richard G. (Editor). 1994. Climate-Biosphere Interactions: Biogenic Emissions and Environmental Effects of Climate Change. John Wiley & Sons, NY. $90.00 hard cover. 303 p. A week before I read this book I had the opportunity to attend a seminar given by a former advisor to President Reagan. This advisor had been on the White House staff for environmental issues. He said that he was more concerned about the effects of global warming when he was at the White House than he was now because of what he was reading in the scientific literature. At the time, I thought that his current attitude was due to partisan politics. However, after I read “Climate-Biosphere Interactions” I had to agree with him. Dire effects from global warming were not predicted in this series of papers. As I read, I listed observations and predictions about the effects of climate change and global warming. Here is a partial list: (1) concentrations of C02, CO, and methane are steadily increasing in the atmosphere and will continue to increase in the near future; (2) doubling of CO, by 2030; (3) warming trend in air temperature; (4) increase on global surface temperature of 1 to 5°C over the next 100 yr (Ch. 13) or a rise of 1°C (from 0.2 to 2°C) on average by 2030 (Ch. 15); (5) the average temperature change was only about 1°C from 1860 to 1980; (6) temperature predictions for global change are not yet very reliable; (7) known periods of warmer climate in the earth’s past relative to current climate; (8) relative magnitudes of combined CO, and temperature effects will likely be different in different places; (9) regional response to global warming will be variable; (10) central regions of continents will possibly be warmer in summer and high-latitude regions of continents will be warmer in winter; (11) increase in warming and aridity in northern China during the past 100 yr, but southern China is becoming cooler and wetter; ( 1 2) the most significant change in surface temperatures in China is a large wintertime warming of >5°C; (13) uncertainties exist in current general circulation models (GCM); (14) soil processes are only rarely integrated into GCMs; (15) factors influencing climate change are very complex; (16)“[a]t this point, an assessment of the effects of deforestation on soil emissions of N,0 would be nothing more than a wild guess.”; (17) past release of C02 from human disturbances to the biota have been about equal to the release from burning fossil fuels; (18) emissions from biomass burning have increased over the last 1 30 yr and may be a significant driver for global change; (19) fossil-fuel burning is currently the most important source of CO,; (20) depletion of stratospheric ozone and increase in UV-B; (2 1 ) increase on tropospheric ozone; (22) soil moisture will REVIEWS 27 likely decrease in summer at mid-latitudes; (23) increased rate of skin cancer, but relatively low at 0.27 to 0.34 x 10 5; (23) lower productivity of plants and phytoplankton may occur; (24) physiological effects of CO: on crop plants is uncertain; (25) changes in global hydrological regimes are largely uncertain but effects are likely to be regional in scale; (26) higher air temperature will cause higher soil temperatures; (27) increase in mean global precipitation of about 10%; (28) increased demand for irrigation water; (29) decline in soil organic matter; (30) decrease in C:N ratio in soil; (31) sea-level rise of 20 cm by 2030; (32) increase in pests, especially at higher latitudes; and (33) warmer temperatures may aid crop production. As you can see. dire effects are not predicted. All predictions appear to be linear extrapolations of current situations and all seem manageable. What surprised me was no discussion of possible non¬ linear effects. For example, could a small rise in ocean temperatures cause a rapid reversal in ocean currents? A significant change in ocean currents would result in dramatic changes atmosphere circu¬ lation patterns. Could changes in ocean currents and atmospheric circulation result in a rapid melting the ice caps? The flux of methane from ricefields and its control (Chapters 5, 6, and 7) was very interesting, especially, facts like (a) up to 90% of the methane released from the soil to the atmosphere is emitted through the rice plant and (b) how changes in rice cultivation practices can significantly reduce methane emissions without reducing yields. Compared to this set of chapters, Ch. 8, “Effects of Tropical Deforestation,” wasn't very' interesting. Another interesting chapter is Ch. 1 1 by Zepp which is about photodegradation of organic matter. This topic is not frequently seen in climate change literature. Sections on CO and carbonyl sulfide were well written and held my attention, however, these trace gases are obviously not major players in the climate change. As 1 compared chapters I made the following observations. (A) I was surprised that there wasn't more discussion of the potential impact of the future Chinese economy on trace gases in the atmosphere. The news media have mentioned the construction of numerous new coal-fired power plants by the turn of the century by the Chinese government to stimulate economic growth. In spite of the large number of contributors from China there was no discussion of this future loading of CO,. (B) I was also surprised that some authors ( e.g . Congbin, Ch. 1) cited predictions from older, 1983, models. Most contributors, e.g. Wang et al., Ch. 2, referenced current, e.g. 1990, models. (C) In Ch. 10, Skole et al. reported that Brazil’s contribution of C to the atmosphere via biomass burning was 24% of the global total. I took Skole et al.’s estimate for Brazil’s contribution, i.e. 1.233 x 1 01 5 g C, and calculated Brazil's percentage contribution to the global total using data in Table 8 of Ch. 9. I calculated a 13% contribution for Brazil which I thought was surprisingly close. (D) Chapter 16 is closely related to Ch. I. They both deal with climatic change in China during this century. Likewise, Ch. 4 reported on the Chinese Ecological Research Network (CERN) and is closely related to Ch. 1 7 which consisted largely of recommendations for research. Both Chapters 1 6 and 4 appear to be out of place. Chapter 1 6 should have been grouped with Ch. 1, and Ch. 4 should have been placed near Ch. 17 or in an appendix. Overall, recommendations for research are strongly emphasized and calls for governmental and societal action are weak. For example, Keller in Ch. 8 concluded that “(t]he countries of the world must reexamine their biomass burning practices with the goal of a significant reduction. The role of human-initiated biomass burning as a driver of global atmospheric change must be reduced.” Elowever. Keller called for more research over the next 50 yr. Skole et al. (Ch. 10) concluded that the causes of land-cover change in Brazil “are complex” and “making future projections and policy options difficult to determine.” The most concerned author was Su (Ch. 13). Su stated that problems associated with changes in concentrations of atmospheric trace gases “are so important as to become one of the most vital policy items for most of the governments in the world." However, he ended by recommending “. . . systematic research work and high-quality data . . .” Furthermore, Rosenzweig (Ch. 1 4) concluded that “[cjritical uncertainties remain, as does the question of appropriate action in light of uncertain but potentially important economic effects” and “[b]oth experimental and simulation studies must be continued and improved.” In conclusion, I commend Zepp for assembling an interesting book, however, this volume will be used as a technical source rather than a catalyst for the development of governmental policy and regulatory action. In fact, it may very well be cited as support for inaction by governmental policy¬ makers until research can reduce some of the uncertainties in current models. J. Vincent Nabholz, Environmental Effects Branch. Health and Environmental Review Division (7403), Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics, United States Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M St., S. 11., Washington, DC 20460. 28 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 1, 1995 Bhatla, Satish C. 1994. Moss Protonema Differentiation. Research Studies Press Ltd., Taunton, Somerset, England. Distributed by John Wiley & Sons Inc., NY. $79.95. xviii + 296 p. The germinating spores of most mosses produce filamentous protonema from which gametophore buds are initiated. The most protonemal system possesses great potential for the understanding of basic cell biology in plants. According to the author, S. C. Bhatla, an experimental system for the study of cell differentiation should be easy to maintain in the lab, grow rapidly, and have sharply and easily defined stages of differentiation. The moss protonemal system displays these characteristics. Studies of the physiological and biochemical events associated with protonemal differentiation and the initiation of gametophore buds have been extensive, especially in recent years, and have produced some extremely interesting data. Bhatla is well-qualified for the task of summarizing and evaluating this vast literature on moss protonemal growth and development, having studied and worked with both R. N. Chopra and Martin Bopp, two leading researchers in the field and to whom the book is dedicated. His insight, based on personal experience, is invaluable. The aim throughout the volume is to provide a critical and thorough analysis of the data currently available for the moss protonemal system with a goal of stimulating new research. The book begins with descriptions of basic aspects of spore germination, chloronema development, caulonema differentiation and bud initiation, followed by discussions of factors that influence these stages of development. The first three chapters — Structure and germination of spores; The first formed protonema; and Structure and development of caulonema— cover morphological, ultrastructural, and physiological details of the systems. The next four chapters— Orientation of protonema by light and gravity; Regulation of caulonema formation by auxins; Auxin-cyclic adenosine monophosphate (cAMP) interaction in protonemal differentiation; and Cytokinin action on caulonema cells— describe envi¬ ronmental and hormonal effects and interactions that influence development and differentiation. The eighth and ninth chapters— Calcium mediation of cytokinm-induced bud formation and Nucleic acid and protein synthesis in relation to protonema differentiation — summarize research on cellular and molecular events associated with differentiation. In the final chapter— Concluding remarks— Bhatla gives his overall assessment of the current status of the study of moss protonemal systems and also comments on the potential for future research. In addition, there is an extensive reference list including over 400 citations. The standard experimental organisms for the study of moss protonemal differentiation are Funaria hygrometrica, Physcomitrella patens, and Ceratodon purpureus, although about a dozen or so other mosses have been utilized in various studies. In addition to the wild types, a variety of developmental mutants are available for these three. While there is value in concentrating on a few systems, differences in development may well be expected when other organisms are studied in detail also. Since the completion of this book, several studies of protonemal differentiation in a number of other taxa have reported baseline information which hopefully will stimulate additional experimental research on these mosses as well. One of the most interesting aspects of the moss system is the presence of both filamentous chloronema and caulonema with noticeably different ultrastructural and developmental features. Each has been well-characterized, at least in Funaria and Physcomitrella, and is easily recognized. The transition between systems and the interactions of each with environmental and hormonal factors is the subject of many studies. The influences of plant hormones and the interactions among hormones, environ¬ mental factors, and other cellular components can result in an extremely complex system, however. Bhatla has made an effort to critically evaluate the often confusing and sometimes contradictory array of studies that have been attempted. Also useful are the comparisons with fungi, algae, and vascular plant developmental studies. Throughout the volume and especially in Chapter 10, Bhatla gives recommendations on potential areas for future research and emphasizes that understanding the events associated with differentiation at the subcellular and molecular levels should be the goal of future research efforts. This volume will be a valuable addition to the library of both bryologists and plant developmental biologists. As usual, the cost is high for this type of book but, for someone contemplating using the moss protonemal system, the critical evaluation of the literature provided by Bhatla will be worth the price. Ann E. Rushing, Department of Biology, Baylor University, Waco, TX 76798. REVIEWS 29 Hardin, James W. and Cecil F. Brownie. 1994. Plants Poisonous to Livestock and Pets in North Carolina. North Carolina Agricultural Res. Serv. Bull. no. 414 (revised). $5.00 paper. 165 p. This booklet (6" x 9") provides a wealth of information on poisonous plants commonly encountered in North Carolina and covers the various types of vascular plants. Nonvascular plants, fungi, and bacteria are not covered, as is typical for this type of book. The layout makes it ideal for use by professors, naturalists, and in many cases informed farmers. The index is helpful for relating common names to the proper genus or species. For those who are not overly familiar with the poisonous plants an excellent introduction helps bring the reader up to speed on such topics as: what is a poisonous plant?, what types of plants are poisonous?, what conditions lead to poisoning (especially for livestock)?, what are the poisonous substances?, and how to control the harmful plants. Those already familiar with the above can jump straight into the listings which are presented by family in phylogenetic order. Under each species listed (or genus for similar species) is a short diagnostic description (in relatively simple English), its characteristic habitat, overall distribution, poisonous chemicals and the parts in which such are found, types of animals harmed with their symptoms, treatment, and necropsy. Along with each species (or genus) is a distribution map for North Carolina. One category present which is at first confusing is that of Group number. These represent the general threat of a plant to animals, varying from severe problems (possible death) to minor irritation, with a last group for house and garden plants typically not available to livestock, but of concern to pets. The category might be better renamed "general threat” or "level of toxicity.” The listings themselves appear to be accurate and are concise, as they should for a reference book. The species descriptions are diagnostic and are not burdened down with technical terms. The somewhat technical descriptions of symptoms, treatment and necropsy make this a useful reference for a veterinarian and others wishing to treat animals. A glossary at the back defines many of the technical botanical and medicinal terms. Beware to those who do not know the flora and wish to use this book to identify a species: no keys are included! Hence to determine the harmful effect of a plant on your livestock or pet you must know either the common or scientific name ahead of time. A mixture of illustration types are included within the book. In some cases photographs are present, which are mostly nice to help with confirmation of identification. However, for other species line drawings are present, some of which were poorly reproduced. Overall, this is a nice and handy reference book to learn more about the harmful effects of the poisonous plants of North Carolina (and surrounding states) on livestock and pets. Charles N. Horn, Biology Department, Newberry College, Newberry, SC 29108. Pettit, George R., Fiona H. Pierson, and Cherry L. Herald. 1994. Anticancer Drugs from Animals, Plants, and Microorganisms. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., NY. $89.95. 670 p. Because the focus of research funds at the federal and state levels continues to shift toward inter¬ disciplinary and inter-institutional programs and product-oriented research, biological scientists need to be aware of the potential uses of the “living resources” they study. High on the list of tangible benefits of many microorganisms, algae, higher plants, insects, and marine invertebrates are potential biomedical applications of the unusual compounds these organisms commonly produce. Toward the goal of informing the chemical, biological, and clinical communities about the value of “chemically prospecting” Earth's biota, Pettit and co-authors provide a tabular account of the chemical richness of plants and animals and the potential for this chemical diversity to provide promising leads in the search for new drugs to treat cancer and viral diseases such as HIV. The preface of the book begins with a brief, but impassioned, account of the predicted cancer death toll in the U.S. for 1991 and cancer’s enormous dollar cost to society. Pettit describes how the use of new and established anticancer drugs has lead to remarkable increases in the cure rate for cancer in the U.S. The reader is then introduced to several of the most useful and curative anticancer drugs derived from natural sources. Despite the enormous cost of discovering and developing new anticancer drugs, Pettit presents data showing that over the past 10 yr National Cancer Institute (NCI) funding necessary to develop NCI anticancer drug leads has decreased roughly 50%. Pettit uses this information to call for increased financial support of the “conquest” of cancer. 30 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. I, 1995 Chapter 1 opens with a brief survey of cancer-causing and related lethal viral diseases that are appearing with increasing frequency. The authors briefly review (up to January 1991) several of the most effective antiviral drugs in current use and express the opinion that plant and animal constituents represent the best prospects for new antiviral drugs. In Chapter 2, many known tumor promoting and carcinogenic substances are presented. Included among these are many of the “first generation” an¬ ticancer drugs and radiation therapy. Patients receiving these treatments stand a moderate risk of developing secondary cancers. The authors point out that many of the new anticancer drugs derived from plants and animals are not known to produce such side effects. Thus, natural products of plants and animals represent the best hope of discovering improved chemotherapeutic agents to treat cancer victims. Chapters 3-12 provide the information that the authors state is the major focus of this book. In these chapters, natural products or their derivatives appearing in the literature between January 1986 and January 1989 and reported to have antineoplastic or cytotoxic properties are presented. These and all chapters of the book contain the citations necessary to gain access to the primary chemical and biomedical literature. Additionally, individual compounds are cross referenced by compound name, molecular formula, and source organism. These features make these chapters of the book a useful reference for persons wishing to survey the great diversity of naturally-occurring cytotoxic compounds and to find structural, spectral, and bioactivity data for specific compounds. The remaining chapters (13-20, p. 218-501) list metabolites from marine plants and animals also appearing in the literature between January 1986 and January 1989, but for which no cytotoxicity data were reported. These chapters comprise over 50% of the text and are not relevant to the charge of this book even though the authors believe many of these compounds will ultimately prove to inhibit cell growth. Inclusion of these data greatly detract from the book by substantially increasing its size (and likely its cost) and cluttering the index and reference sections with entries unrelated to the book’s stated purpose. Because all the compounds contained in these chapters and nearly all their known bioactivities were reviewed in a more timely fashion in an excellent series of review articles by Faulkner (1987, 1988, 1990, 1991), these chapters should not have been included in this book. The title of the book is misleading in that relatively few drugs are presented. It is largely devoted to presenting compounds that inhibit the growth of cancer cells in vitro and/or compounds with in vivo activity in animal models. Their cytotoxic properties only suggest that these compounds have a remote chance of being successfully developed in useful anticancer drugs. Overall the authors do a good job of surveying cytotoxic compounds from plants and animals described between January 1 986 and January 1989 and providing access to the primary literature. This book would be a valuable reference for researchers focused on drug development, but its use to biologists and ecologists is likely limited to an occasional citation in a paper or proposal regarding the biomedical potential of novel natural products from plants and animals. Without effective measures to protect our biological heritage worldwide, the raw material for future tabulations of medicinally important natural products is endangered. Although, in my opinion, this book helps to illustrate the need to preserve the biodiversity of both terrestrial and marine communities, it is unlikely to be an important reference book for biologists and ecologists. Literature Cited Faulkner, D. J. 1987. Marine natural products. Natural Products Report 4: 539-577. - . 1988. Marine natural products. Natural Products Report 5: 613-664. - . 1990. Marine natural products. Natural Products Report 7: 269-309. - . 1991. Marine natural products. Natural Products Report 8: 97-147. Niels Lindquist, Institute of Marine Sciences, University of North Carolina, Morehead City, NC 28557. de Waal , L. C„ L. E. Child, P. M. Wade, and J. H. Brock (Editors). 1994. Ecology and Management of Invasive Riverside Plants. John Wiley and Sons, Chichester, UK. $95, 217 p. The book Ecology’ and Management of Invasive Riverside Plants is a compilation of 20 relatively short papers by mostly European experts, concentrating on five invasive plants with a few chapters REVIEWS 31 of a general nature on pest-plant control. With the exception of one chapter on Tamarix (salt cedar) in western United States, all other contributions concern pest-plant problems in Europe. This book should be of value, however, to anyone interested in the ecology and management of riparian areas, because most invasive plants have similar ruderal or r-selected characteristics. The book attempts to maintain a landscape ecology perspective, but many chapters, after introductory ecology discussions and invasion histories, concentrate on bioengineering and pest management. Thus, the book would be most beneficial to riparian zone and floodplain managers. Two chapters are concerned with the spread and use of herbicides on Crassula helmsii in Britain. Another paper analyzes historical dynamics of four species alien to central Europe during their in¬ vasions in the Czech Republic, with special attention to their invasive performance in riparian habitats. The chapter on Tamarix addresses the taxonomy, ecology, and management of the species and provides a comprehensive literature review of Tamarix as an economic and ecological problem. Giant hogweed, Heracleum mantegazzianum, drew the attention of seven papers. This species is a significant pest in many European areas, replacing native plants and injuring human skin with phototoxic chemicals; it is most successful in riparian areas. The dynamics of spread, role of climatic conditions, general ecology, impact on native species, long-term control, effects of sheep grazing, and the use of several herbicides are discussed in the seven chapters, which cover Great Britain, Denmark, Sweden, and the Czech Republic. One chapter investigates the ecology and seasonal dynamics of the riparian herb, Impatiens glandulifera. The predicted range extension of I. glandulifera and Fallopia japonica in northern Europe in response to climatic change is the subject of another chapter. Four more chapters are exclusively devoted to the notably invasive Fallopia japonica covering its spread, colonization dynamics, and control in Wales. One decidedly different, genetic chapter discusses the reproductive biology, fertility, and hybrids of F. japonica. Use of the herbicide glyphosate is presented by, inter¬ estingly, two employees of Monsanto. In equanimity, biological control of several of the above species is also the subject of one paper. This book is not one that would typically be used in standard plant ecology courses. However, it does rather thoroughly cover the ecology and management of several important European pest plants and. in this respect, would be a valuable reference for those concerned with environmental manage¬ ment. Cliff R. Hupp, Regional Biologist, U.S. Geological Survey, Norcross, GA 30092. Kosinski, Robert J. 1993. The Student Handbook for Fishfarm: A Simulation of Commercial Aquaculture. Benjamin/Cummings Publishing Company, Inc. Redwood City, CA. $8.75. 98 p. The handbook is designed primarily as a guide and instructional tool for a computer simulation program of commercial aquaculture operations in both tank and pond scenarios. However, it transcends many computer manuals and guides as it is user friendly and easily understandable. It not only tells and shows students how to present and analyze data, but how to write results and discussions for reports. The book is divided into five chapters (1, an introductory guide and familiarization exercise with the computer program; 2, background and instructions on how to perform indoor tank experiments and culture conditions; 3, directions on how to present data in tabular and graphic forms; 4, application of indoor experimental results to pond systems and further testing of optimum conditions for grow th and profits; and 5, instructions and examples on how to write reports). Having used the computer simulation and a working copy of the student handbook in classes ranging from aquaculture principles to non-majors biology for the past four years, I have found that students are better able to understand how to systematically solve complex problems by reducing them into a series of smaller experiments. The compact (98-page) paperback handbook with an attractive and relevant cover design is set in large readable print. Punctuated with a handful of clever yet pertinent cartoons, the book (with few typographical errors), contains nine tables, 20 figures, a list of aquaculture references, an appendix (including brief synopses on the history, recent developments, and production yields in aquaculture, and the American catfish culture industry), and numerous blank data tables and worksheets that sen e as instructional materials for students using the computer simulation. It also has quality line drawings of four important aquacultural fishes. The handbook and accompanying computer simulation program for commercial aquaculture op- 32 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 1, 1995 erations is an excellent teaching and learning tool not only for students in introductory aquaculture courses, but those in ecology and introductory biology courses, including non-majors biology. Eugene G. Maurakis, Science Museum of Virginia, Richmond, VA 23220. Matsuo, T. 1994. Biological Mass Spectrometry: Present and Future. J. Wiley Sons, NY. $180. 310 p. This book resulted from the Kyoto ’92 International Conference on Biological Mass Spectrometry, which was held in September of 1992 in Kyoto, Japan. This book is not a proceeding of that meeting although certainly a few of the chapters appear to be narrowly focused on what was specifically presented at the conference. In general though, the chapters are overviews of topics written by leaders in the field. The main goal of this book, according to the editors, is for it “to be relevant to the experienced mass spectrometrist as well as to newcomers to the field.” In general, this goal has been achieved. The book is well organized and of above average quality for this type of text (i.e. resulting from a scientific meeting). The book is divided into three sections: “Introduction to Modem Biological Mass Spectrometry,” “New Instrumentation and Methodologies,” and “New Applications.” The latter two sections are divided into several parts. The first section of the book contains just one chapter, written by two of the editors and provides a brief historical backdrop. This backdrop is related to the subsequent contents in an effort to show how, in the authors’ view, everything fits into the overall picture. The real substance of the book begins with the second section, “New Instruments and Methodol¬ ogies.” This section is divided into three parts: “Ionization,” “Mass Analysis,” and “Structure Meth¬ ods.” In general, this section provides wide ranging overviews with significant reference to research other than from just the authors’ laboratories. There are five chapters in part A. they cover the three dominant ionization techniques in biological mass spectrometry, fast atom bombardment, electrospray ionization, and matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization, along with chapters concerning on-line LC/MS and CE/MS, and neutralization-reionization. These are all excellent chapters although the electrospray chapter seems a bit narrowly focused on work from the authors’ laboratory. Neutralization- reionization is a technique that has seen very little application in biological mass spectrometry but it was nice to see it in this book. However, it probably would have been more appropriately located in the later part on Structure Methods. Part B of the second section covers mass analyzers and includes chapters on four sector mass spectrometers, tuple quadruples and hybrids, quadrupole ion traps, fourier transform ion cyclotron resonance, and tandem time-of-flight. These chapters give the reader a good overview of the current and developing instrumentation for biomolecule analysis. Some of these chapters are a bit too focused on the authors’ work, which may give the novice reader an erroneous perception of the relative importance of some aspects of biological mass spectrometry. Other chapters give excellent, broad coverage of the topic. The chapter on tandem time-of-flight is probably a bit premature and the readers would have been better served if the editors had the author of this chapter concentrate on general time-of-flight instead of an instrument still under development. The last part of the second section covers structure methods, including collision induced dissociation (CID), surface induced dissociation (SID), and the fragmentation chemistry of different biomolecules ions. These chapters give good overviews of the current (CID) and emerging (SID) techniques for obtaining structure information from biomolecules. To make use of the data provided by CID and SID one has to understand the chemistry and the chapter focusing on this aspect does a good job of illustrating some of the vast range of ion chemistry that is pertinent to biological mass spectrometry. The last section of the book, “New Applications,” covers a broad range of applications of mass spectrometry to biological problems. It is divided into six parts: Peptides and Proteins (7 chapters); Oligosaccharides and Lipids (5); Nucleic Acids (1); Xenobiotics and Metabolites (2); Environmental and Endogenous Toxic Compounds (1); and Analytical and Organic Chemistry (4). In general this section will be of interest to the person who doesn’t care about the specific details of how to obtain data but wants to know how mass spectrometery might be applicable to their problem and the general approaches that can be taken. There are a number of excellent overviews in this section and a number of good specific examples of applications of mass spectrometry in the biological area. Over half of this section is devoted to peptides, proteins, and oligosaccharides. Peptide and protein analysis is probably the area in which mass spectrometry is currently making its greatest contribution to the biological field and analysis of REVIEWS 33 oligosaccharides is a rapidly developing area. Non-mass spectrometrists working on biological prob¬ lems in these areas will probably find most of the chapters related to these topics very useful. Mass spectrometry has been much less applied to nucleic acids but this is changing and the chapter on nucleic acids pros ides an excellent overview of this area. The two chapters on mass spectrometry applied to the area of metabolism show the potential that mass spectrometry has to enhance the capabilities for metabolic profiling. The last two parts of this section touch on a variety of loosely related topics, of which some, such as chiral recognition, are emerging as new frontiers in biological mass spectrometry. The field of biological mass spectrometry is rapidly developing. As such there are certain areas in which this book is already out-of-date. Much current work involves low energy CID of electrosprayed ions. Post source decay of ions generated by matrix-assisted laser desorption is another exciting new area. Neither of these are covered in this volume. This is not to be taken as a criticism but just an example of how quickly this field is advancing. It is worth noting that there is an extensive index although the same general topic discussed in different chapters may not be found under the same headings (e.g. electrospray ionization combined with a fourier transform ion cyclotron resonance instrument is discussed in two different chapters with each listed under a different heading in the index). This suggests that the index is only a compilation of key words submitted by the chapter authors and thus not quite as useful as one might expect. Overall this is a useful book. That makes it more unfortunate that the price is as high as it is. It is certainly not reasonable to suggest this book for addition to a personal collection. However, it would be a good reference to have in libraries in departments and facilities in which biologically related research is performed. Gary L. Glish, Department of Chemistry, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, NC 27599. NEWS OF BIOLOGY IN THE SOUTHEAST Jon R. Fortman— News Editor Division of Science and Math Mississippi University for Women Columbus, MS 39701 ABOUT PEOPLE AND PLACES GEORGIA The University of Georgia, Savannah River Ecology’ Laboratory. Dr. Michael Smith, Professor of Ecology and Director of the Laboratory, presented his findings of a long-term study of possible genetic etfects on deer related to reactor operations, to the Third International Congress on the Biology of Deer in Edinburgh, Scotland. He has studied the genetics of more than 15,000 white-tailed deer on the Savannah River Site over a 20-yr period, and his conclusions are that the population is very healthy and shows no evidence of any genetic effects related to reactor operations on site. Dr. Smith’s research program is one of the longest-running genetic studies of any non-human vertebrate. Agnes Scott College, Department of Biology. Dr. David Cotter joined the staff for a one-year ap¬ pointment in botany and field biology. Dr. Cotter has recently retired from Georgia College at Mil- ledgeville where he has been chair of the Department for the past 28 yr. MISSISSIPPI Gulf Coast Research Laboratory, Ocean Springs. Dr. Jesus B. Tupac is the new executive director of the Mississippi-Alabama Sea Grant Consortium headquartered on the GCRL campus. Dr. Tupaz received his M.S. and Ph.D. from the Naval Postgraduate School and a B.S. from the U.S. Naval Academy. Dr. Donald R Cotten has succeeded Dr. Thomas D. Mcllwain as GCRL’s director on an interim basis. Dr. Cotten served the Univ. of Southern Mississippi as assistant vice president for research and planning and director of the university’s Office of Research and Sponsored Programs. Dr. Thomas Gilmour, professor of biology at the University of Saskatchewan in Saskatoon, Canada spent two weeks in August at the laboratory studying feeding in larval lancelets. He was the guest of Dr. Stuart Poss, curator of the ichthyological museum. GCRL’s Project Pathfinder, an introduction to oceanography and coastal processes for elementary and middle school teachers, has been funded by the Mississippi-Alabama Sea Grant Consortium. The project budget is $69,035. Dr. Sharon H. Walker will direct the program. Mississippi University for Women, Division of Science and Math. Dr. Brian Odom has joined the faculty at Georgia Southern College. Diane Sklensky joined the faculty this Fall from Cornell University where she is completing her Ph.D. in plant physiology. She teaches general biology, cellular biology, and botany courses. Dr. Judy Marsh (Ph.D., Mississippi State University) is also new to the faculty. Her postdoctoral work was with National Institute of Health and USDA. She teaches general biology, genetics, and biochemistry. Margaret Ma^eyjoined the Division as General Biology Lab Coordinator. She received her M.S. degree in botany and has taught high school biology for several years. Dr. Lam Lyman-Henley, who taught the past two years in a temporary position, has been hired into a tenure track position of Assistant Professor of Biology. NORTH CAROLINA East Carolina University, Department of Biology’. Mrs. Martha Noblitt Jones (retired), former Di¬ rector of the Biology Department’s Central Environmental Lab, has had the Martha N. Jones Fellow¬ ship Endowment Fund established in her honor to assist a graduate student working in the field of Ecology and Environmental Biology. Miss Debbie Daniel is the new director of the Central Environ¬ mental Lab. Dr. Kenneth R. Morgan has received an NSF grant for Instrumentation and Laboratory Improvement. Dr. Thomas R Jones accepted a position at Grand Canyon University, Phoenix, AZ. 34 NEWS OF BIOLOGY IN THE SOUTHEAST 35 Dr. Graham Davis, retired professor and former chairman, has moved to Wasilla, Alaska. Dr. Jonathan I. Morris is now at Middlesex Community and Technical College. Dr. William G. Ambrose, Jr. has left for Bates College in Lewiston, Maine. The Biology auditonum has had a major renovation for $198,000 with micro-computer equipped projection systems, student input modules, etc. Dr. Edmund J. Stellwag was a runner up for the LIniversity Teaching Award. Dr. Cindy Putnam-Evans has received a grant to study the role of N-terminal phosphorylation of the photosystem II proteins as probed by site-directed mutagenesis. Dr. Claudia Jolls was awarded a college internship for 1995 in Academic Administration Training. Dr. Thomas McConnell. Dr. Donald Hoffman (Medicine) and Dr. Margit Schmidt (Biol & Medicine) received a grant to study the expression of recombinant imported fire ant venom allergens. Dr. Phil Evans has been hired to teach Biodiversity 1201 labs. Dr. Mary Farwell, a molecular biologist from the LIniversity of NC is teaching Basic Laboratory Methods for Biotechnology. Dr. Richard Rheinhardt. Visiting Research Assistant Professor, has a post doctorate position working with Dr. Mark Brinson in Ecology. Pfeiffer College. Department of Biology’. Dr. John G. Haesloop has retired after 34 yr of service. He will continue to work with the greenhouse. The University of North Carolina at Charlotte, Department of Biology. Jonathan B. Ertelt, lecturer and supervisor of the McMillan Academic Greenhouse complex has recently been included in the Who's Who Among American Educators. Jonathan was nominated by one of his students for his influence and effectiveness as a teacher. Dr. James F. Matthews has recently been named chairman of the Biology Department where he has been a member of the faculty since 1965. Dr. Matthews also received the Governor's Award for Excellence for 1 994. He is one of 1 0 recipients out of 7 1 nominations state-wide. It is the highest honor that a State employee may receive. The department has recently received the entire herbarium collection from Davidson College. The 20,000 specimen collection was personally developed over the 40 yr career of Dr. Tom Daggy. It will be added to the 23,000 specimen UNCC herbarium already designated a National Resource Collection. SOUTH CAROLINA Winthrop University, Biology Department. Dr. Elizabeth King has retired. She served from 1969 to 1994. Dr. Dwight Dimacidangan joined the faculty in August 1994. Dr. Dimaculangan received his Ph.D. from the University of South Carolina, and he was a post-doctoral fellow at the University of Pennsylvania Medical School in Philadelphia. TENNESSEE The University of Tennessee, Knoxville, Department of Botany. Dr. A. J. Sharp reached his 90th birthday on 29 July 1994. Several receptions were held by family, friends, and colleagues to celebrate this event including two during the annual meeting of the A.I.B.S. sponsored by the University of Tennessee at Knoxville. The University of Tennessee Arboretum Society invited A.I.B.S. members and guests to a reception at the University of Tennessee Arboretum and Forestry Experiment Station at Oak Ridge. The Torrey Botanical Club invited A.I.B.S. meeting attendees to a reception at the University of Tennessee Conference Center in Knoxville. University of Tennessee at Chattanooga. Department of Biological and Environmental Sciences. Dr. Timothy J. Gaudin (Ph.D., University ofChicago) has joined the department as an Assistant Professor filling the position in Vertebrate Zoology. Also joining the faculty is Dr. Henry G. Spratt. Jr. (Ph.D.. University of Georgia) as an Assistant Professor in Microbiology. These individuals are replacing Drs. John R. Freeman and N. Gene Vredeveld who retired after a combined service record to the department of over 65 yr. VIRGINIA University of Richmond. Department of Biology. Dr. Bradley Goodncr (Ph.D., Purdue), Dr. James Beets (Ph.D., UGA) and Dr. Krista Fischer-Stenger (Ph.D., MCV-VCU) are new additions to the 1994-95 faculty. Dr. Goodner will teach plant physiology and other botany courses. Dr. Beets is a visiting assistant professor and will teach non-major’s biology. Dr. Fischer-Stenger will coordinate and teach laboratories in cell-molecular biology and genetics. Dr. Valerie Kish has assumed the duties as Chair of the department. Virginia Commonwealth University, Department of Biology. Dr. Miles Johnson, botanist, is retiring 36 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 1, 1995 in December 1994 after 26 1/2 yr of service on the VCU biology faculty. Dr. F. S. Wu has been awarded a Jeffress Trust Research Grant to study induction of gene expression for binding proteins by calcium perturbation. Recently Dr. Wu was invited to participate on a review panel in Taiwan, Republic of China for a two-week nationwide review of agricultural biotechnology research in Taiwan. Lynchburg College. Biolog y Department. Dr. J. Clancy Leahy (Ph.D., neurobiology, SUNY Health Science Center) is a new tenure track faculty member. He also did postdoctoral work in neurobiology at SUNY HSC. His specialty is the NMDA class of receptors in synaptogenesis during neuronal development. MUSEUMS AND BOTANICAL GARDENS GEORGIA The Columbus Museum. Columbus. The Museum opened an original exhibition in October 1994 entitled The Beauty in the Beast: American Artists Observe the Horse. The exhibition is comprised of paintings, sculptures, drawings, and photographs from many distinguished artists that constitute a survey of their aesthetic and intellectual responses to the horse as subject and inspiration. P< LL L . Schwartz J4J1 Arendcll ! . Morehead City, t a ToUJ No Copes (Nef Press «i at) o Pad endfo* Requostoo Circulation j ol nsiOquanen or General Business OH» ASB MEMBERSHIP DUES STRUCTURE Please complete the information below, enclose check or money order payable to Association of Southeastern Biologists, and mail to Janies C. Hull, Department of Biological Sciences, Towson State University, Towson, MD 21204. The mailing label shows the year you are paid through — for example, if the date is 1994, you need to pay for 1995 and 1996. Please contact Jim Hull if there is an error (410-830-41 17; Email E7B2HUL@TOE.TOWSON.EDU). Thank you for your support. Name _ Address _ Address _ City _ State _ Country _ Zipcode _ - _ Telephone ( _ ) _ _ Regular— $20; or Regular for 3 years— $50 _ Family — $25 _ Student — $ 1 0 _ Emeritus — $ 10 _ Contributing— $50 _ Sustaining— $100 _ Patron — $500 _ Library — $30 or Library for 3 years— $85 - Enrichment Fund Contribution - Total Enclosed: Paid for 1 995 _ ; 1 996 _ ; 1 995-97 _ The ASB bulletin AM. KUS. NAT. HIST. LIBRARY Received on: 01-20-95 59. 06 CONTENTS THE ASB BULLETIN Volume 42, Number 1, January 1995 President's Corner . 1 Program Information . 3 Announcements . 20 Reviews . 23 News of Biology in the Southeast . 34 Ownership Statement . 36 Cover photo by Dr. John M. Herr Jr., Dept. Biol. Sci., University South Carolina, Columbia, SC. The ASB BULLETIN olume 42, Number 2 April 1995 QH301 . A78* v. 42 no. 2 The University of Tennessee, Knoxville Host of the 56th Annual Meeting The Official Quarterly Publication of The Association of Southeastern Biologists ASB Bulletin (ISSN 0001-2386) The ASB Bulletin (ISSN-0001-2386) is published quarterly in January, April, July, and October by the Association of Southeastern Biologists, Department of Botany, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, NC 27695-7612. Second class postage paid at Morehead City, NC and additional office. Postmaster: send address changes to the business manager, J. Hull, Dept. Biol. Towson St. Umv., Baltimore, MD 21204. All contributions should be sent to the Editor. News items should be sent to the News Editor. Inquiries about missing numbers and other matters should be addressed to the Editor, 3431 Arendell Street, Morehead City, NC 28557. Printed by Allen Press, 1041 New Hampshire St., Lawrence, KS 66044. Editor: Frank J. Schwartz, Institute of Marine Sciences, University of North Carolina, 3431 Arendell Street, Morehead City, NC 28557, 919/726-6841; Fax 919-726-2426 Associate Editor: Beverly Collins, Savanah Riv. Ecol. Lab., Aiken, SC 29801, 803-725-2472 Business Manager: J. Hull, Dept. Biol. Towson St. Univ., Baltimore, MD 21204, 410-830-41 17 News Editor: Jon Fortman, Division of Science and Mathematics, Mississippi University for Women, Columbus, MS 39701 Officers of the ASB President — Michael Baranski, Catawba College, Salisbury, NC 28144, 704-637-4442 President-elect — James W. Ross, Cumberland College, Williamsburg, KY 40769, 606-549-2200 Vice-President — Patricia Parr, Oak Ridge Nat. Lab., Oak Ridge, TN 37831, 615-576-7123 Past President — Ken Marion, Dept. Biol. Univ. Alabama-Burmingham, Birmingham, AL 35294, 205-934-3582 Secretary — Beverely Collins, Savannah Riv. Ecol. Lab., Aiken, SC 29801, 803-725-2472 Treasurer — James Hull, Dept. Biol. Townson St. Univ., Baltimore, MD 21204, 410-830-41 17 Archivist — Donald J. Shure, Emory Univ., Atlanta, GA 30322 Executive Committee Members-at-Large: 1995: Cliff R. Hupp, U.S. Geological Serv., Suite 160, Norcross, GA 20092, 404-409-7700 Geraldine W. Twitty, Howard University, Dept. Biology, Washington, DC 202-636-6953 1996: Claudia L. Jolls, East. Carolina Univ., Greenville, NC, 919-757-6295 Howard S. Neufeld, Appalachian St. Univ., Boone, NC, 704-262-2683 1997: Mary U. Connell, Dept. Biol. Appalachian St. Univ., Boone, NC 28608, 704-262-2671 James F. Matthews, Dept. Biol. Univ. No. Car. -Charlotte, Charlotte, NC 28223, 704-547- 4061 The ASB encourages, in the broadest and most liberal sense, the advancement of biology as a science by: the promotion of research, the increase and diffusion of knowledge of biology, emphasis of the relationship of fundamental knowledge of biology to the solution of biological problems, the preser¬ vation of biological resources, and by its meetings, reports, discussions, and publications to promote scientific interests and inquiry, thereby adding to the health, happiness, and knowledge of all peoples. The Association meets annually on campuses of universities and colleges located throughout the southeast. Affiliated organizations meeting with the Association are: Southern Appalachian Botanical Society, Southeastern Section of the Botanical Society of America, Southeastern Region of Beta Beta Beta, SE Div. Amer. Microscopical Society, Southeastern Chapter of the Ecological Society of America, Southeastern Division of the American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists, Southeastern Fishes Council, and Southeastern Society of Parasitologists. The ASB has representation in Section G Committee of the AAAS. Varying types of membership are available to individuals and institutions. Members receive the Bulletin. Time and Place of Future Meetings 1995 April 19-21 1996 April 10-13 1997 April 1998 April University of Tennessee, Knoxville, TN Ga. Southern College, Statesboro, GA Furman University, Greenville, SC Northeast Louisiana Univ., Monroe, LA Patron Members Breedlove, Dennis and Associates, Inc., Orlando, FL W. B. Brown Publ. Co., Dubuque, IA Carolina Biological Supply Co., Burlington, NC Martin Marietta Energy Corp., Oak Ridge, TN Martin Microscope Co., Easley, SC © This paper meets the requirements of ANSI/NISO Z39.48-1992 (Permanence of Paper). Program of the 56th ANNUAL MEETING of the ASSOCIATION OF SOUTHEASTERN BIOLOGISTS Hosted by THE UNIVERSITY OF TENNESSEE at Holiday Inn World’s Fair and Convention Center Knoxville, Tennessee SOCIETIES MEETING WITH ASB IN KNOXVILLE American Microscopical Society, Southeastern Division American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists, Southeastern Division Beta Beta Beta Botanical Society of America, Southeastern Section Ecological Society of America, Southeastern Chapter Society of Wetland Scientists, South Atlantic Chapter Southeastern Fishes Council Southeastern Society of Parasitologists Southern Appalachian Botanical Society MEETING HEADQUARTERS HOLIDAY INN WORLD’S FAIR & CONVENTION CENTER 37 Holiday Inn— World’s Fair Convention center ANNUAL MEETING 39 GENERAL INFORMATION Registration - Registration information and pre-registration forms appear in the January issue of the ASB Bulletin. Pre-registrants may pick up their registration packets at the ASB registration desk. Tickets for social events, banquets, luncheons and breakfasts will be in registration packets. A limited number of tickets will be available to registrants upon arrival. The ASB registration desk will be located in the lobby of the Holiday Inn. The desk will be staffed from noon to 9:00 p.m. Wednesday, April 19, from 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. on Thursday, April 20, and from 8:00 a.m. to noon on Friday, April 21. If you fail to bring the January issue of the ASB Bulletin to the annual meeting, copies will be for sale at the ASB information desk near the exhibitors. If further information is desired, contact Dr. James D. Caponetti, Department of Botany, The University of Tennessee, Knoxville, TN 37996-1100 (615-974-2256). Ground Travel - Traveling 1-275 South, Exit 40 East/441 South, Exit immediately Western Avenue, first traffic light turn left onto Western Avenue, next traffic light turn right onto Henley Street, 1 block from Holiday Inn. Traveling 1-40 East, Exit 387 17th Street, third traffic light turn right onto Western Avenue, second traffic light turn right onto Henley Street, 1 block from Holiday Inn. Traveling 1-40 West, Exit 387 17th Street/2 1 st Street, bear to right on exit, go past first traffic light to stop sign, turn right onto Western Avenue at stop sign, third traffic light turn right onto Henley Street, 1 block from Holiday Inn. Air Travel - Knoxville’s McGhee-Tyson Airport is a full-facility air hub serving many southeastern cities through direct or connector flights. The airport is located ca. 12 miles from downtown Knoxville. A-B-C Airport Limosine Service (615-970-4545) provides 24-hour service and has agreed to an ASB special roundtrip rate of only $10. Parking - Complimentary parking is provided by the Holiday Inn, Radisson and Hilton hotels. Those who chose not to stay at designated hotels should expect considerable difficulty in locating satisfactory parking. This is intentional. Support the ASB and register at designated hotels. Job Placement and Message Boards - Job placement and message boards will be located near the ASB information desk, near exhibitors in the Grand Ballroom. 40 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 Dining Facilities - Meals are available in the Holiday Inn and a special fast- service luncheon service will be provided for the ASB. Your registration packet will identify a plethora of fine restaurants within walking distance. Social Activities and Events - Check your registration packet for tickets to the events for which you have pre-registered. Consult the program schedule for time and place of various events, meetings, and meals. A limited number of tickets may be available at the registration desk for those who did not pre-register. In order to encourage participation, student costs have been significantly reduced. Wednesday Evening at the Foundry - The Wednesday night mixer is an ASB tradition worthy of being reinstituted. Join us at the Foundry on the World’s Fair Site, from 8 to 10. Hors d'oeuvres are provided by ASB and a cash bar will be available. Thursday Evening - Barbecue, Beer and Bluegrass. The Thursday evening gathering (6-10 p.m.) at the Court of Flags/World’s Fair Site will feature an all- you-care-to-eat barbecue buffet (pork, chicken, cole slaw, potato salad, baked beans) catered by a local favorite. Buddy’s Barbecue. Live music, a bottomless beer truck, soft drinks, and a tent to huddle under in case of rain, are also included in the package. Special low rates are available to students. Friday Evening Banquet - The banquet will be held in the Holiday Inn, World’s Fair Convention Center in the Tennessee Ballroom. Special low rates are available to students. Field Trips - All field trips depart from the front entrance to the Holiday Inn. Details regarding each trip appear in the January 1995 ASB Bulletin. Useful Phone Numbers (area 615) - Frank McCormick, Local Arrangements Eugene Wofford, Program Patricia B. Cox, Program Holiday Inn Radisson Knoxville Hilton A-B-C Airport Limo Service Knoxville Convention and Visitors Bureau Carlson Travel Network 974-5217 974-2256 974-2256 522-2800 522- 2600 523- 2300 970-4545 523-7263 800-654-7086 ASB CANDIDATES FOR OFFICE- 1995 The nominating committee composed of Rudolph Prins, Stewart Ware, and Ross Hinkle (chair) has selected the following slate of nominees for ASB offices to be filled in 1995. Additional nominations will be received from the floor. The election will take place at the Annual Business Meeting in April 1995. Please plan to attend. President-Elect: James Fralish, Southern Illinois Univ., Carbondale, IL James Wallace, Western Carolina Univ., Cullowhee, NC Vice-President: Cliff Hupp, U.S. Geological Survey, Norcross, GA Geraldine Twitty, Howard Univ., Washington, DC Executive Committee: Andrew Ash, Pembroke State Univ., Pembroke, NC (Two persons) Robert Haynes, Univ. Alabama, Tuscaloosa, AL Gerhard Kalmus, Eastern Carolina Univ., Greenville, NC Philip Robertson, Southern Illinois Univ., Carbondale, IL PRESIDENT-FEECT James Fralish James Wallace James S. Fralish is an Associate Professor of Forest Ecology in the Department of Forestry, Southern Illinois University, Carbondale. He received the B.S. degree in forestry and the M S. degree in forest ecology from Michigan State University. Before receiving a Ph.D. in botany from the Uni¬ versity of Wisconsin-Madison, Fralish worked with the Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources, and taught at The University of Wisconsin-Stevens Point. At Southern Illinois University, Fralish has taught courses in forest ecology, forest ecosystems, forest ecology field studies, forest site rela¬ tionships and woody plant identification. He has guided nearly 30 students through the M.S. program. His research has centered on the study of forest community composition, succession and environ¬ mental/disturbance relationships within relatively large natural regions primarily in southern Illinois and western Kentucky and Tennessee. Since 1987, he has been associated with the Center for Field 41 42 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 Biology, Austin Peay State University, Clarksville, TN, researching the forest communities and en¬ vironment at Land Between The Lakes, KY and TN. Since 1978, his graduate students have presented summaries of their research at ASB meetings. In 1986, and again in 1990, Fralish received the ASB Faculty Research Award for manuscripts subsequently published in The American Midland Naturalist. He has served two terms on the ASB Board of Directors and on several committees, compiled and edited the 1993 ASB Membership Directory, and was ASB Vice President in 1993-94. He has authored or coauthored over 25 refereed articles, three book chapters, 12 book reviews, and over 70 papers on ecology. He has edited a book and several proceedings. Fralish was an Associate Editor (Vegetation Ecology) for The American Midland Naturalist and Ecology Book Review Editor for the Journal of Forestry. In 1978, he and George Weaver developed the Central Hardwood Forest Conference. He is a Certified Senior Ecologist of the Ecological Society of America. He was State Conservation Chair¬ person of the Illinois Audubon Society, and a founding member and former President of the Southern Illinois Audubon Chapter. In 1 983, he developed Carbondale Soccer, Inc., a corporation which operates a youth soccer program that serves 1 500 youngsters each year. He is a certified soccer referee and coaches the high school girls soccer team. Fralish continues to serve as Secretary-Treasurer of The Center for Comprehensive Services, an internationally recognized rehabilitation center for people who have experienced traumatic brain injuries. James W. Wallace, Jr. — Dr. Wallace is Professor of Biology at Western Carolina University, Cullowhee, NC. He earned his B.S. in Pulp and Paper Technology (1962) and M.S. in Botany (1964) at Miami University, Oxford, OH and his Ph.D. in Botany at the University of Texas at Austin (1967). Subsequently he was a post-doctoral fellow at the University of British Columbia ( 1 969) and a National Research Advisory Council Senior Research Fellow in New Zealand (1975-77). He has been a member of ASB since 1977, has served on the ASB Executive Committee (1990-93), and is currently serving on the ASB Enrichment Fund Board. He served two terms as Chair of the Faculty at WCU ( 1988— 92) and was elected as a Fellow of the Explorers Club and the Indian Fern Society. He is a member of the Botanical Society of America and has chaired both the Southeastern Section (twice) and the Phytochemical Section (twice); he was Secretary (1971-74) and Editor-and-Chief (1974-76) of the Phytochemical Society of North America and organized their 1 3th international meeting. He is also a member of the American Fern Society, Southern Appalachian Botanical Society, Wellington Bo¬ tanical Society, International Association of Pteridologists, and The Society of Sigma Xi. His teaching bridges both classical and biochemical approaches to the various botanical disciplines at both the undergraduate and graduate levels. His research interests include medicinal plants of the Southern Appalachians and the biogenesis, physiology, and distribution of plant secondary compounds. His current research emphasizes the polyphenolics of filmy ferns. His publications include both books and journal articles. He has made numerous presentations at regional, national, and international scientific meetings during the previous 30 yr. He has traveled widely and has presented invited papers on his research in Germany (International Botanical Congress), China, India, Japan, and at several universities in the U.S. He has had leadership roles in several community organizations, in addition to his professional activities. VICE-PRESIDENT Cliff R. Hupp — Dr. Hupp is the Southeast Region, Regional Biologist, U.S. Geological Survey in Norcross, GA directing biological activities (riparian and aquatic invertebrate, fish, algal, and vegetal community assessments) associated with the National Water Quality Assessment and maintains a National Research Program, Research Project in Vegetation and Geomorphic Relations at the U.S.G.S National Center in Reston, VA. He received his B.A. and M.S. in biology from George Mason University, Fairfax, VA and his Ph.D. in Plant Ecology and Geomorphology from the George Wash¬ ington University, Washington, DC. His research interests include the plant ecology of the riparian zone, vegetation and geomorphic relations, wetland sedimentation and vegetation, stream ecology, and tree-ring studies. In addition to teaching at George Mason University (1978-86) he has published over 45 research papers. Dr. Hupp is the recipient of the 1993 W. S. Cooper Award of the Ecological Society of America for his paper on the ecology and fluvial geomorphology of channelized streams. He is presently on the Executive Committee of the Association of Southeastern Biologists (1993-95) CANDIDATES FOR OFFICE 43 and Chair of the Publications Committee, ASB and has served on the ASB Nominations Committee and as Chair of the Conservation Committee, ASB (1991-93). He has served as Secretary (1992-94) of the Southeastern Chapter of the Ecological Society of America, as Chair of the Bartholomew Award Committee ( 1 992-94) of the Southern Appalachian Botanical Society, and on the Steering Committee of the Binghamton Geomorphology Symposia Series. In addition to the above organizations, he is a member of the American Geophysical Union, American Water Resources Association, British Geo- morphic Research Group, Geological Society of America, Society of Wetland Scientists, and the Torrey Botanical Club. Geraldine W. Twitty — Geri is a Professor in the Department of Biology at Howard University, Washington, DC. She received her doctorate in Biochemical Genetics at Howard. Additional studies have taken her to UCLA, University of Pennsylvania, Cold Spring Harbor, and the Bermuda Biological Research Station. She teaches entry-level courses for both Biology majors and for Health Science majors. Her primary research interests include investigations on invertebrate phylogeny, environ¬ mental stress on invertebrate communities, and curriculum development. During a recent sabbatical leave with the Environmental Protection Agency in Washington, she was actively engaged in estab¬ lishing relationships between EPA and various academic institutions and co-authored a paper on Endangered Communities published in the Fordham Law Journal. She continues to serve as a liaison between the EPA Academic Relations Program and Howard University. Her contributions to ASB include a number of years service as the ASB representative to AIBS, membership on the Executive Committee and Chair of the Committee on Women, Minorities and the Handicapped. Her other professional associations include both national and local office in Sigma Xi as a member of the Qualifications Committee and as Secretary to the Howard University Chapter, former member of the AIBS Board of Directors, current member of the AIBS Council and several committees of the Council. EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE Andrew N. Ash — Dr. Ash is Professor of Biology at Pembroke State University, Pembroke, NC. He has received an undergraduate degree in biology from the Virginia Military Institute, a M.S. in plant ecology from North Carolina State University, and a Ph.D. in wildlife biology from the University of Toronto. His research has focused on the effects of clearcutting on Southern Appalachian sala¬ manders. He is a member of the Ecological Society of America, the Association of Southeastern Biologists, the Southern Appalachian Botanical Society and other organizations. He currently serves on the following committees: N.C. Non-game Wildlife Advisory Committee, N.C. State Parks Natural Heritage Advisory Committee, ASB Patrons and Exhibitors Committee, SABS Endowment Com¬ mittee, SABS Membership Committee, ESA Odum Award Committee (chair the last four years). Highlands Biological Station Board of Scientific Advisors, Highlands Biological Station Board of Trustees. He is a past member and chair of the ASB Education Committee. Robert R. Haynes — Dr. Robert Haynes is Professor of Biological Sciences at The University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa, Alabama. He earned his B.S. in Botany from Louisiana Polytechnic Institute (Louisiana Tech University), his M.S. in Biology from the University of Southwestern Louisiana, and his Ph.D. in Botany from The Ohio State University. Haynes taught two years at Louisiana State University in Shreveport before moving to Alabama. His research interests are in the systematics of aquatic vascular plants. Techniques utilized for his systematic studies include morphology, phyto- geography, ecology, cytology, phytochemistry, and, more recently, chloroplast DNA sequences. Haynes has been an active member of ASB since 1977 and has served the Association in several capacities. He currently serves on the Place of Meetings Committee. In addition, he is a long time member of the International Association of Plant Taxonomists, American Society of Plant Taxonomy, Botanical Society of America, and Southern Appalachian Botanical Society. He has served on one or more committees for all of the above organizations except the IAPT. In addition, he was elected as a Fellow of the Linnean Society of London in 1987. Haynes has authored one book and more than 60 publi- 44 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 cations in scientific journals. He also has prepared one or more aquatic families for many floras, ranging from the American tropics of North America. His research has been funded by several sources, but mostly by the National Science Foundation, from which he has received more than six grants. Haynes is the program director for SERFIS, a computer database that when complete will house label data for most herbarium specimens stored in herbaria of the Southeastern United States. Gerhard W. Kalmus — Dr. Kalmus is Professor and Director of Graduate Studies in the De¬ partment of Biology at East Carolina University, Greenville, NC. He received his B.A. degree in German from the University of California at Berkeley (1967), his M S. in Biology from Rutgers University at Camden, NJ (1974) and his Ph.D. in Zoology from Rutgers University at New Brunswick, NJ (1977). His research interests include mechanisms of neurulation, the effect of alcohol on growth parameters during embryonic development, and expression of cell surface molecules during morpho¬ genesis. He has been an active member of the ASB since 1977 and has served on the Graduate Student Support Award Committee and the Patron Members and Exhibitors Committee. He is a member of Sigma Xi, AAAS, American Society of Zoologists, Society for Developmental Biology, Society for In Vitro Biology, and other professional societies. He serves as secretary of the North Carolina Academy of Science and Editor of the Collegiate Academy’s journal CANCAS. Most recently he coordinated the annual undergraduate research workshop sponsored by the Collegiate Academy of the North Carolina Academy of Science. Philip A. Robertson — Dr. Robertson is Professor of Plant Biology at Southern Illinois University, Carbondale. He received his B.S. in Forestry and Range Management (1962), his M.S. in Range Science (1964) and Ph.D. in Plant Ecology (1968) from Colorado State University. He taught at the State LJniversity of New York at Oneonta before becoming a faculty member at SIUC. His research interests lie in the areas of soil/site relationships of trees in both upland and lowland hardwood forests, dendrochronology, effects of fire on oak-hickory forests and characteristics of old-growth forest in the midwest and rocky mountain regions. He has published in the American Midland Naturalist, Ecology, Ecological Monographs. Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, Castanea, Vegetatio and the Journal of Vegetation Science. He is a member of the Ecological Society of America, Sigma Xi, the International Association for Vegetation Science, the Torrey Botanical Club and the Illinois Academy of Science. He has been a member of ASB since 1971. PROGRAM SUMMARY All events are at the Knoxville Convention Center except where noted. See map of floorplan in this issue of the Bulletin. WEDNESDAY, 19 APRIL 1995 8:00AM-4:30PM 12:00PM-9:00PM 3:00PM-7:00PM 4:00PM-7:00PM 4:00PM-5:00PM 5:00PM-7:00PM 8:00PM-10:00PM 8 :30PM- 10: 30PM Field Trips: Departure from the main lobby entrance of the Knoxville Convention Center. See January 1995 issue of ASB Bulletin for details and exact times for each trip. REGISTRATION, Lobby-Holiday Inn ASB Executive Committee Meeting, Room 8 Southern Appalachian Botanical Society Council Meeting, Room 9 Southeastern Society of Parasitologists Executive Committee Meeting, Room 7 Southeastern Society of Parasitologists Presidential Symposium, Cumberland ASB Mixer with Cash Bar, Foundry -Court of Flags Continuation of ASB Executive Committee Meeting, (if necessary) Room 8 THURSDAY, 20 APRIL 1995 7:00AM-8:00AM 7:00AM-5 :00PM 7:00AM-8:30AM 8:00AM-5:00PM 8:00AM-5:00PM 8:30AM-9:45AM 9:45 AM-5 :00PM 10 : 00 AM-5 :00PM 3:00PM-4:00PM 10:00AM- 12:00PM 10:00AM- 12:00PM 10:00AM- 12 :00PM 10:00AM-12: 15PM Past Presidents’ Breakfast, Salon D Slide Preview, Room 5 Poster Session Set-up, Pre-function Area LATE REGISTRATION, Lobby-Holiday Inn Placement Service, with Exhibits PLENARY SESSION, Exhibit Hall I Exhibits, Salons A, B, C Poster Session, Pre-fimction Area Presenters with Posters MORNING PAPER SESSIONS Symposium: Environmental Education: Training and Careers, Room 6 Animal Ecology, Summitt Invertebrate Zoology, Room 2 Microbial, Molecular, & Genetic Biology, Room 3 45 46 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 10:00 AM- 12:00PM 10:00AM- 12:00PM 10:00AM- 12:00PM 10:00 AM- 12 :00PM 10:00AM- 12 :00PM 12:00PM-1 :30PM 1 :00PM-5:30PM l:00PM-5 :00PM 1 :30PM-5: 15PM 1 :30PM-4:45PM l:30PM-4 :00PM 1 :30PM-5:00PM 1 :30PM-5:00PM l:30PM-5 :00PM 4:00PM-5:00PM 5:00PM-6:00PM 5:00PM-6:00PM Plant Ecology, Exhibit Hall 1 Ichthyology, Cumberland Parasitology, LeConte Teaching Biology, Room 4 American Microscopical Society, Room 1 LUNCHEON MEETING Society of Wetland Scientists, Salon D SPECIAL EVENT Beta Beta Beta Field Trip to River Bluff Trail, Norris, TN AFTERNOON PAPER SESSIONS Symposium: Invasion of the South: The Ecological Impact and Control of Exotic Weeds in the Southeastern United States, Exhibit Hall 1 Plant Ecology I, Cumberland Cryptogamic Botany, Room 4 Ichthyology, Summitt Parasitology, LeConte Plant Ecology II, Room 6 American Microscopical Society, Room 2 BUSINESS MEETINGS American Society of Ichthyologists & Herpetologists, Summitt Southeastern Fishes Council, LeConte SPECIAL EVENTS American Microscopical Society Social, Pre-function Area ASB Social & Supper: BBQ, Beer, & Bluegrass, COURT OF FLAGS 6 :00PM- 10:00PM PROGRAM SUMMARY 47 FRIDAY, 21 APRIL 1995 7:00AM-8:30AM Breakfast and Business Meeting, Southern Appalachian Botanical Society & SE Section, Botanical Society of America, Salon D 7:00AM-4:00PM 8:00AM-5:00PM 8 :00AM- 12 :00PM 8 :00AM- 12 :00PM 10:00AM-5 :00PM 3:00PM-4:00PM 8:00AM-5:00PM Slide Preview, Room 5 Placement Service, with Exhibits LATE REGISTRATION, Lobby, Holiday Inn Exhibits, Salons A, B, C Poster Session, Pre-fnnction Area Presenters with Posters Beta Beta Beta Book Display, Room 7 MORNING PAPER SESSIONS 8: 15AM-1 1 : 15AM 8:45 AM-1 1:15AM 8:00AM- 11 :30AM 8 :00AM- 12 :00PM 8:00AM-1 1:30AM 8:00AM-1 1:30AM 9:00AM-1 1:30AM Herpetology, Room 6 Plant Systematics, Room 4 Aquatic Ecology, Room 1 Parasitology, Cumberland Wetlands Ecology, Room 2 Plant Ecology, Exhibit Hall 1 Workshop: Investigative Laboratories to Teach Evolutionary Concepts, Room 3 BUSINESS AND LUNCHEON MEETINGS 11:00AM-12:00PM 11:30 AM-1 2 :30PM Business Meeting, Beta Beta Beta, Room 6 ASB Business Meeting and Election of Officers, Exhibit Hal! 1 12:00PM-1 :30PM 12:30PM-2:00PM Luncheon, Beta Beta Beta, LeConte Luncheon and Business Meeting, Ecological Society of America, Salon D 12:30PM-2:30PM Luncheon and Business Meeting, Southeastern Society of Parasitologists, Summitt 12 :30PM-2 :30PM Business Meeting, American Microscopical Society, Room 4 AFTERNOON PAPER SESSIONS l:30PM-3 :30PM Workshop: The Use of Ceratopteris , the Rapid Cycling Fern, in Teaching Plant Biology, Room 3 1 :30PM-4:30PM 1 :30PM-4:30PM Beta Beta Beta, Room 4 Beta Beta Beta, Room 8 48 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 1 :30PM-4:30PM l:30PM-4 :15PM 1 :30PM-4: 15PM 2:00PM-5:00PM 3:30PM-5:00PM 4: 15PM-5 :00PM 4:30PM-5:30PM 6:00PM-7:30PM 7:30PM- 10:00PM 7:00AM-9:00AM 8:OOAM-5:OOPM Beta Beta Beta, Room 9 Ichthyology, Room 6 Plant Systematics, Room 2 Plant Ecology, Cumberland Workshop: "Conversations at 3:30", Room 3 Curators Meeting, Room 2 Beta Beta Beta Business and Awards Meeting, Room 4 SPECIAL EVENTS ASB Social Hour, Court of Flags (Cash Bar) ASB BANQUET, Tennessee Ballroom SATURDAY, 22 APRIL 1994 ASB Executive Committee Breakfast Meeting, Summitt Field Trips: Departure from the main lobby entrance of the Knoxville Convention Center. See January 1995 issue of ASB Bulletin for details and exact times for each trip. ASB PAPER AND POSTER SESSIONS WEDNESDAY EVENING, 19 APRIL PARASITOLOGY PRESIDENTS SYMPOSIUM - Cumberland AN ECLECTIC SYMPOSIUM OF PARASITOLOGY Sponsored by the Southeastern Society of Parasitologists Presiding: Leon Duobinis-Gray , Murray State University 5:00 1 Font, William F. (Southeastern Louisiana University) Parasites in paradise: Conservation of native Hawaiian stream fishes. 5:40 2 Shoop, Wesley L. (Merck Research Laboratories) Structure and activity of avermectins and milbemycins in animal health. 6:20 3 Benz, George W. (Tennessee Aquarium) It’s a copepody world. 8:30 THURSDAY MORNING, 20 APRIL PLENARY SESSION - Exhibit Hall 1 William T. Snyder, Chancellor, The University of Tennessee, Knoxville. Welcoming remarks. Michael J. Baranski, ASB President. Response. Gary S. Sayler, The University of Tennessee, Knoxville. Invited plenary speaker. POSTERS - Pre-function Area Presenters with posters 4:00-5 :00PM, 20-21 April 10:00 4 Adams, Harold S., Steven L. Stephenson, David M. Lawrence, Mary Beth Adams, and John D. Eisenback. (Dabney S. Lancaster Community College, Fairmont State 49 50 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 College, University of Virginia, USDA Forest Service, and Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University) Gradient analysis of the spruce/hardwood ecotone in the central Appalachians. 5 Awl, Deborah J, and Larry R. Pounds, (Oak Ridge National Laboratory) Rare plant surveys on the Oak Ridge Reservation. 6 Baron, Lisa A., Charles T. Garten, and Tom L. Ashwood. (Oak Ridge National Laboratory) Heavy metal bioaccumulation in vegetation and small mammals inhabiting a coal ash disposal site. 7 Barrows, Vince, Robert Walker, and William Farrar. (Eastern Kentucky University) Multiple molecular forms of enolase from pig tissues. 8 Caspa, Judith, Barbara Bell, and Daniel A. Wubah. (Towson State University) Characterization of bacteria from a microbial bloom in a domestic pond. 9 Carroll, Jennifer L., Virgil J. Granada, Tanya L. Kowalczyk, and Irene Kokkala. (Furman University) Determination of /3-glucuronidase and acid phosphatase in trophotaenial cells of goodeid fishes. 10 Chen, Dillion T., L. Frederick, P. C. Wang, W. R. Gordon, and H. F. Song. (Floward University) NMR observations on water distribution in American elms infected with the Dutch elm disease. 1 1 Dunlap, John R. and Patricia L. Walne. (University of Tennessee) Biogenesis of the lorica in Pteromonas protracta (Chlorophyta). 12 Edwards, Lonnette G.1,2, Timothy P. Spira2, and Joan L. Walker.1 (USDA Forest Service1 and Clemson University2) Seed production and germination ecology of Echinacea laevigata : a federally endangered species. 13 Farrar, Gabert and William Farrar. (Eastern Kentucky University) Purification and properties of pig brain pyruvate kinase. ASB PAPER AND POSTER SESSIONS 51 14 Funderburk, E. L. and W. H. Conner. (Clemson University) Growth and survival of forested wetland species planted in Pen Branch delta on Savannah River Site, S.C. 15 Joplin, Karl H.1, Ronald D. Flannagan2, and David L. Denlinger^East Tennessee State University'and Ohio State University2 ) Cloning of diapause specific genes of the flesh fly, Sarcophaga crassipalpis. 16 Lane, Joshua E., Rodrigo Ribeiro-Rodrigues, Clint E. Carter, Burton J. Bogitsh, Pramod K. Singh, Lisa J. Zimmerman, and Mark M. Jones. (Vanderbilt University) Inhibition of Trypanosoma cruzi epimastigotes in vitro with tetraethylthiuran disulfide. 17 Loughry, W. J. and Colleen M. McDonough. (Valdosta State University) Are road-kills valid indicators of armadillo population structure? 18 McDonough, Colleen M. (Valdosta State University) Mating behavior in the nine-banded armadillo, Dasypus novemcinctus . 19 Madsen, Dana L.1, Timothy P. Spira1, Joan L. Walker2, and John E. Fairey1. (Clemson University1 and US Forest Service2) Germination ecology of Macbridea alba Chapm. 20 Miller, Marjorie B., Timothy P. Spira, Albert G. Abbott, and Sriyani Rajapaske. (Clemson University) Risk of gene escape from cultivated to wild strawberries ( Fragaria spp.). 21 Parr, Patricia D. and Linda K. Maim. (Oak Ridge National Laboratory) The Department of Energy’s Oak Ridge Reservation: A resource for the future? 22 Proseus, Timothy E. and Daniel B. Pyler. (University of North Carolina at Wilmington) A comparison of the seed dormancy characteristics of Spartina patens and Spartina alterniflora. 23 Query, Joseph and Edward Mills. (Wingate College) Effects of summer stratification on aquatic life in Lake Wingate, NC. 24 Reed, Michael R., Victor H. Parrish, Thomas G. Ciravolo, and Kenneth W. McLeod. (Savannah River Ecology 52 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 Laboratory, University of Georgia) Experiences in restoration of a thermally degraded bottomland forest. 25 Ribeiro-Rodrigues, Rodrigo, Joshua E. Lane, Clint E. Carter, Burton J. Bogitsh, and Mark M. Jones. (Vanderbilt University) In vitro inhibitory activity of anti-malarial drugs on the replication of Trypanosoma cruzi epimastigotes. 26 Ritland, David B. (Erskine College) Dynamic chemical defense of the Florida queen butterfly ( Danaus gilippus) and implications for its mimic, the viceroy ( Limenitis archippus). 27 Rosensteel, Barbara A. (Oak Ridge National Laboratory) Wetlands on the Oak Ridge Reservation. 28 Sievert, Lynnette M. and Mark A. Paulissen. (Maryville College and McNeese State University) Temperature selection and thermoregulatory precision of bisexual and parthenogenetic Cnemidophorus lizards from southern Texas. 29 Smith, Michael E. (Valdosta State University) Prey captured in Georgia pitcher plants. 30 Solada, Steven W., Sue A. Perry, and William B. Perry. (West Virginia University) Dynamics of organic matter decomposition in three upper perennial Appalachian streams. 31 Steed, C. L., L. R. Jones, and M. A. Harrison. (Marshall University) Effect of red light on ethylene biosynthesis and peroxidase/invertase activity during gravitropism in pea stems. 32 Stevens, Monica A. and Ronald E. Berry. (Frostburg State University) Distribution, habitat, and home range of the New England cottontail, Sylvilagus transitionalis, in western Maryland. 33 Valluri, Jagan V., Jason Barnett, John Campbell, and H. Wayne Elmore. (Marshall University) Protein synthesis and regulation of ethylene production in sandalwood callus cultures exposed to heat shock. 34 Van Houten, R. S. and C. A. Sundermann. (Auburn University) Fine structure of the oocyst wall of Caryospora bigenetica. ASB PAPER AND POSTER SESSIONS 53 35 Watts, Julie A. (Oak Ridge National Laboratory) Environmental education at Oak Ridge National Laboratory. 36 Wilker, John R., Scott B. Franklin, and Steve L. Morton. (Southern Illinois University) The spiral model of community dynamics. 37 Wubah, Daniel A. and David S. Kim. (Towson State University) Fiber degradation by anaerobic zoosporic fungi from the rumen and dung of the same cow. 38 Young, Allison R. and James C. Hull. (Towson State University) Photosynthetic responses to sunflecks in early and late successional tree seedlings. SYMPOSIUM - Room 6 ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION: TRAINING AND CAREERS Sponsored by the Education Committee of ASB and organized by Charles N. Horn, Newberry College Presiding: Charles N. Horn , Newberry College 10:00 39 McKeown-Ice, Rosalyn. (University of Tennessee) Environmental education in the United States: A survey of teacher education programs. 10:40 40 Golley, Frank. (University of Georgia) A graduate level survey course in ecology. 11:20 41 Carter, M. Eloise Brown. (Oxford College, Emory University) Improving science education: Opportunities and responsibilities. ANIMAL ECOLOGY - Summitt Presiding: Frank J. Schwartz , Institute of Marine Sciences, University of North Carolina 10:00 42 Barry, Ronald E. (Frostburg State University) Differential predation by black eagles Aquila verreauxii on two species of hydra 54 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 10:15 43 Brewer, Gwenda L. (Frostburg State University) Use of monk parakeet nests by speckled teal, Anas flavirostris , in Argentina. 10:30 44 Williams, Ray S. and David E. Lincoln. (University of South Carolina) The global change arms race-plants vs. herbivorous insects. 10:45 45 Carswell, M. L., W. B. Worthen, and K. Kelly. (Furman University) Species-area relationships and nested subset structure in mycophagous fly communities. 11:00 46 Dateo, Dorothy and Ronald Barry. (Frostburg State University) Movements and habitat use of black bears in western Maryland. 11:15 47 Huang, Min T. and David Morton. (Frostburg State University) Reproduction, age structure, and condition of white-tailed deer in western Maryland. 11:30 48 Greenberg, Cathryn H. and Michael C. Thomas. (USDA Forest Service and Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services) Effects of forest management practices on terrestrial coleopteran assemblages in sand pine scrub. 11:45 49 Schwartz, Frank J. (Institute of Marine Sciences, University of North Carolina) Status of the Florida manatee, Trichechus manatus latriostris , in North America. INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY - Room 2 Presiding: Diane R. Nelson , East Tennessee State University 10:00 50 Scholtens, Brian G. and Warren H. Wagner, Jr. (College of Charleston and University of Michigan) Clinal variation in eastern North American buckmoths (Lepidoptera: Saturniidae: Hemileuca. 10:15 51 Hall, Adrienne A. and Joseph C. Mitchell. (University of Richmond) Ground beetle biodiversity in old field and hardwood forest communities in northern Virginia. ASB PAPER AND POSTER SESSIONS 55 10:30 52 Adkins, Rebecca G. and Diane R. Nelson. (East Tennessee State University) An ecological survey of tardigrades from Greene Mountain, Tennessee. 10:45 53 Tarter, Donald C.'and Diane Nelson2. (Marshall University1 and East Tennessee State University2) Preliminary observations on the relationship of tardigrade species and moss species in the Monongahela National Forest, West Virginia. 11:00 54 Dimock, Ronald V., Jr.1, Nancy A. Maclaurin1, and Malcolm F. Vidrine2. (Wake Forest University1 and Louisiana State University at Eunice2) Genetic data for symbiotic water mites support original species descriptions and not a host- induced morphology hypothesis. 11:15 55 Poliill, James B., V and Ronald V. Dimock, Jr. (Wake Forest University) Effects of temperature and oxygen tension on the heart rate of juvenile and adult Utterbackia imbecillis. 11:30 56 Wright, Andrew H. and Ronald V. Dimock, Jr. (Wake Forest University) Particle selectivity of in vitro and in vivo transformed juvenile Utterbackia imbecillis. 11:45 57 Harrison, Frederick W., Stephen L. Gardiner, Klaus Ruetzler, and Charles R. Fisher. (Western Carolina University, Bryn Mawr College, National Museum of Natural History and the Pennsylvania State University) On the occurrence of endosymbiotic bacteria in an undescribed species of sponge from hydrocarbon seep communities in the Gulf of Mexico. MICROBIAL, MOLECULAR, & GENETIC BIOLOGY - Room 3 Presiding: Jim Ross, Cumberland College 10:00 58 Dailey, Don C. (Austin Peay State University) Chondroitinase is an inducible enzyme in Edwardsiella ictaluri. 10:15 59 Kennedy, Suzannah and Laura K. Thompson. (Wofford College and Furman University) Effect of ammonium chloride, ammonium sulfate, and ammonium nitrate on degradation of colloidal polyester polyurethane by Pseudomonas chlororaphis . 56 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 10:30 60 Cowart, Lauren Ashley and Laura K. Thompson. (Furman University) Mutagenesis of polyurethane-degrading bacteria for enzyme overproduction: pH and temperature effects on growth and degradation. 10:45 61 McAfee, K. Jill. (University of Tennessee and Oak Ridge National Laboratory) Development and applicability of artificial reference sediments for evaluation of toxicity with the Microtox Solid-Phase Bioassay. 11:00 62 Spratt, Henry G., Jr. (University of Tennessee at Chattanooga) Seasonal lignocellulose (Quercus alba ) mineralization in Missouri Ozark forest A-horizon soils. 11:15 63 Buckley, Kevin S., David C. Nieman, Dru A. Henson, Beverly J. Warren, Jill Suttles, Jennifer C. Ahle, Stephen Simandle, Omar R. Fagoaga, and Sandra L. Nehlsen- Cannarella. (Appalachian State University, East Tennessee State University, and Loma Linda University Medical Center) Natural killer cell cytotoxic activity is higher in marathon runners versus sedentary controls. 11:30 64 Ball, Donna, Jim Ross, and Jim Hicks. (Cumberland College) An analysis of monogalactosyl diacylglycerol from chilling-injury sensitive and chilling-injury resistant plants under differing temperature conditions. 11:45 65 Davis, Elaine J. (Howard University) Partial characterization of balsam woolly adelgid mitochondrial DNA. 12:00 66 Stoll, Syam, Michael Little, Alan Tennant, Jonathan Burton, and Mary Susan Noll. (Marshall University) The effects of antibiotics and collagenase on cultured fibroblasts of the genera Cottus, Nocomis and Rhinichthys . PLANT ECOLOGY - Exhibit Hall 1 Presiding: Edward R. Buckner , University of Tennessee 10:00 67 Strazzante, Lisa and James Fralish. (U. S. Forest Service and Southern Illinois University) Projected time of replacement of the Quercus-Carya community by Acer saccharum stands in the Illinois Ozark Hills. ASB PAPER AND POSTER SESSIONS 57 10:15 68 Stephenson, Scott and James Fralish. (Southern Illinois University) The effect of invading mesophytes on the herbaceous understory of Quercus-Carya stands in the Illinois Ozark Hills. 10:30 69 Hockenberry, Anne W.1, Frank S. Gilliam1, and Mary Beth Adams2. (Marshall University1 and Timber and Watershed Laboratory2) Seasonal changes in herbaceous layer species composition and cover in hardwood stands of the Fernow Experiment Forest, West Virginia. 10:45 70 Battaglia, Loretta L. and Rebecca R. Sharitz. (University of Georgia, Savannah River Ecology Laboratory) Hurricane- induced spatial heterogeneity of an old-growth bottomland hardwood forest. 11:00 71 DeCoster, James K. (University of North Carolina) An empirical model for predicting hurricane damage to trees in Southeastern coastal plain forests: the influence of wind speed, tree architecture and topography. 11:15 72 Turrill, Nicole L. and Edward R. Buckner. (The University of Tennessee) The loss of southern Appalachian Pinus pungens Lam. habitat due to fire suppression. 11:30 73 Howe, Gena and James Fralish. (Southern Illinois University) The effect of clearcutting and fire on forest diversity and composition in the Ozark Hills of southern Illinois. 11:45 74 Franklin, Scott B., Philip A. Robertson, and James S. Fralish. (Southern Illinois University) Small-scale fire temperature heterogeneity in an upland hardwood forest. ICHTHYOLOGY - Cumberland Presiding: Carol Johnston, U. S. Forest Service, Oxford, Miss. 10:00 75 Strange, Rex Meade. (Southern Illinois University) Reconsideration of the taxonomic status of the Cumberland johnny darter, Etheostoma nigrum susanae : mtDNA analysis and the importance of speciation concepts for conservation biology. 58 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 10:15 76 Burr, Brooks M.1, Kenneth M. Cook1, and Melvin L. Warren, Jr.2 (Southern Illinois University1 and U. S. Forest Service2) Systematics and conservation status of the palezone shiner (Notropis albizonatus), a federally endangered species. 10:30 77 Skelton, Christopher E. (University of Tennessee) Preliminary evaluation of a new dace ( Phoxinus : Cyprinidae) endemic to Tennessee. 10:45 78 Burton, Jonathan and Michael Little. (Marshall University) Electrophoretic analysis of isozymes of Cottus bairdi and C. ccirolincie. 11:00 79 Tennant, Alan and Michael Little. (Marshall University) Isozyme analysis of nine populations of Rhinichthys atratulus in north-central West Virginia. 11:15 80 Kuhajda, Bernard R. and Richard L. Mayden. (University of Alabama) Discovery of a new species of snubnose darter (Percidae, Etheostoma) endemic to the Cumberland Plateau in Alabama. 11:30 81 Jones, Dale E. B., Bernard R. Kuhajda, and Richard L. Mayden. (University of Alabama) Status of the Tuscumbia darter from 10 springs in northern Alabama. 11:45 82 Blanchard, Thomas A. (Louisiana State University) Reproductive isolating mechanisms between Fundulus olivaceus and F. euryzonus. PARASITOLOGY - LeConte Byrd-Dunn Student Paper Competition Presiding: Gayle Pittman Noblet & Fance Fontenot, Clemson University 10:00 83 Fontenot, Lance W., Corie Rockett, Whitney Mashburn, Jennifer Gottschalk, Gayle P. Noblet, and R. L. Dickerson. (Clemson University) Effect of Aroclor 1254 exposure on bullfrog ( Rana catesbeiana) helminth parasite burden and CYP1A1 enzyme activity. 10:15 84 Smedley, Kristy L. and George W. Benz. (University of Tennessee at Chattanooga and Tennessee Aquarium) Resource ASB PAPER AND POSTER SESSIONS 59 partitioning of scalloped hammerhead sharks by two genera of parasitic copepods. 10:30 85 Otting, Ryan L. and George W. Benz. (University of Georgia and Tennessee Aquarium) "Ye crowlin ferlie" II: or on revisiting the morphology of Argulus. 10:45 86 Kohl, Josh W. and George W. Benz. (University of Tennessee at Chattanooga and Tennessee Aquarium) Ecological analysis of copepods that live up a shark’s nose. 11:00 87 Backer, Jennifer C. and George W. Benz. (University of Tennessee at Chattanooga and Tennessee Aquarium) Investigation of the distribution of copepods on shortfin mako sharks, with special reference to copepod ecology and life history. 11:15 88 Rashleigh, Brenda. (University of Tennessee) Simulation modeling of competition between freshwater mussels for fish hosts. 11:30 89 Smith, Jason and Leon F. Duobinis-Gray. (Murray State University) Population dynamics and histopathology of parasites from freshwater mussels in Kentucky Lake. 11:45 90 Diderrich, Vina R. and Sharon Patton. (University of Tennessee College of Veterinary Medicine) Spore morphology and ultrastructure of Myxobolus sp. from the Red Line Darter, Etheostoma rufilineatum. TEACHING BIOLOGY - Room 4 Presiding: Patricia B. Cox, University of Tennessee 10:00 91 Jolls, Claudia L. (East Carolina University) Incorporating ethics into biological education. 10:15 92 Perry, James D. and Michael D. Stuart. (The University of North Carolina at Asheville) Desert ecology: A multidisciplinary field experience. 10:30 93 Kelly, Holly P. (The University of Tennessee) Plant nutrition: using Wisconsin fast plants. 60 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 10:45 94 Cox, Patricia B. (The University of Tennessee) DNA isolation: a fast method to use in general biology labs. 11:00 95 Ramp, Paul F. (The University of Tennessee) Molecular biology in a general biology course. 11:15 96 Collins, Linda T. (University of Tennessee at Chattanooga) Population biology: the Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium. 11:30 97 Nussbaum, Francis E. (Kent State University) Effective use of customized guide books for teaching introductory biology. 1 1 :45 98 Risk, Patricia W. (Peace College) Dynamic ecosystem modeling in undergraduate laboratories using Stella II software. THURSDAY AFTERNOON, 20 APRIL SYMPOSIUM - Exhibit Hall l INVASION OF THE SOUTH: THE ECOLOGICAL IMPACT AND CONTROL OF EXOTIC WEEDS IN THE SOUTHEASTERN UNITED STATES Organized by Nancy C. Coile, Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services- Sponsored by Southern Appalachian Botanical Society Presiding: Nancy C. Coile, Florida Department of Agriculture & Consumer Services 1:00 99 Leppla, Norman C. (USDA-APHIS PPQ) Keynote speaker. Environmentally friendly methods for reducing the damage caused by exotic weeds in natural habitats. 1:20 100 Jubinsky, Greg and Loran C. Anderson. (Florida Department of Environmental Protection and Florida State University) The invasive potential of Chinese tallow-tree (Sapium sebiferum) in the Southeast. ASB PAPER AND POSTER SESSIONS 61 1:40 101 Buckingham, Gary. (USDA-ARS) Biological control of alligatorweed, Alternanthera philoxeroides , the world’s first aquatic weed success story. 2:00 102 Oliver, J. Douglas. (Florida Department of Environmental Protection) Mile-a-minute weed and Salvinia molesta, potential invasives of southern natural and restoration sites. 2:20 103 Bodle, Michael J. (South Florida Water Management District) The establishment, strategies, and status of the Exotic Pest Plant Councils of North America. 2:40 104 Mullahey, J. Jeffrey. (University of Florida) Tropical soda apple ( Solatium viarum Dunal), a biological pollutant threatening Florida. 3:00 BREAK 3:20 105 Bryson, Charles T. (USDA-ARS) The role of USDA, ARS in the control of introduced weeds. 3:40 106 Musselman, Lytton J. (Old Dominion University) Parasitic weeds of southeastern United States-immigrants, indigents, invaders. 4:00 107 Langeland, Ken A. (University of Florida) Hydrilla verticillata (L. f.) Royle, the perfect aquatic weed. 4:20 108 Westbrooks, Randy G. (USDA-APHIS-PPQ) Regulatory exclusion of harmful non-indigenous weeds from the United States by USDA APHIS PPQ. 4:40 109 Pemberton, Robert W. (USDA-ARS) Summary: The potential of biological control for suppression of invasive weeds of Southern environments. PLANT ECOLOGY I - Cumberland Presiding: Gary L. Walker, Appalachian State University 1:30 110 Lickey, Edgar B. and Gary L. Walker. (Appalachian State University) An allozyme analysis of bald and pond cypress: further investigations. 62 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 1:45 111 Young, John M.1, Edward E. C. Clebsch1, and Gary L. Walker2. (University of Tennessee1 and Appalachian State University2) The genetic architecture and ecology of cliff-side northern white cedar (Thuja occidentalis L.) from its southern disjunct range. 2:00 1 12 Yurish, Bradley M.\ Frank S. Gilliam1, and Mary Beth Adams2. (Marshall University and Timber and Watershed Laboratory) Nitrogen changes in a nitrogen-saturated central Appalachian hardwood forest. 2:15 113 Fisher, Mark A. and Frank Gilliam. (Marshall University) Nitrogen transformations following wetland creation in the Green Bottom Wildlife Management Area, West Virginia. 2:30 114 Crawford, E. R. and D. R. Young. (Virginia Commonwealth University) Microclimate comparison of gaps and intact shrub thickets on a Virginia barrier island. 2:45 115 Martin, D. W. and D. R. Young. (Virginia Commonwealth University) Small-scale distribution and salinity tolerance of Juniperus virginiana on a Virginia barrier island. 3:00 116 Tolliver, Kathryn S., David W. Martin, and Donald R. Young. (Virginia Commonwealth University) Differential tolerance to freshwater and saltwater flooding of five woody species common to barrier island swale habitats. 3:15 BREAK 3:30 117 Livingston, Gayle and Gene S. Van Horn. (University of Tennessee at Chattanooga) A seed bank study of cedar glades in northwest Georgia. 3:45 118 Basinger, Mark A., Scott B. Franklin, and Jody P. Shimp. (Southern Illinois University) Classification of a mesic sandstone outcrop community along the Ohio River in Hardin County, Illinois. 4:00 119 Newell, Claire, L. and Robert K. Peet. (University of North Carolina) Vegetation of the Shining Rock Wilderness, North Carolina. ASB PAPER AND POSTER SESSIONS 63 4:15 120 Emrick, Verl R., Robert J. Proffitt, Tina O. Southall, and Lisa M. Boyte. (Fish & Wildlife Management Branch, Fort Pickett) The community ecology of Michaux’s sumac (Rhus michauxii Sargent), a globally endangered species occurring at Fort Pickett, Virginia. 4:30 121 Jarrett, Robert J.1, Frank S. Gilliam1, Jeffrey D. May1, and Paul J. Harmon’. (Marshall University1 and West Virginia Natural Heritage Program2) Population ecology of shale barren rock-cress ( Arabis serotina Steele). 4:45 122 Thunhorst, Gwendolyn A. (University of North Carolina) Biology of Rhexia aristosa at Antioch Church Bay in North Carolina and implications for conservation efforts. 5:00 123 Huxel, Gary R. (University of Tennessee) Spatial and temporal dynamics in a metacommunity assembly model. CRYPTOGAMIC BOTANY - Room 4 Presiding: David K. Smith, University of Tennessee 1:30 124 Frederick, L., Monde Imoh, and Michael Blakey. (Howard University) Fungi associated with soil and skeletal remains from a New York City African burial ground. 1:45 125 McCleneghan, S. Coleman. (University of Tennessee) Systematics of Pholiota alnicola and P. spumosa complexes (Basidomycetes, Strophariaceae). 2:00 126 Johnson, James E. (University of Tennessee) Mating systems in the genus Xeromphalina Kiihner & Maire. 2:15 127 Risk, Allen C. (University of Tennessee) New records for Fissidens hyalinus from eastern Kentucky and eastern Tennessee. 2:30 128 Davison, Paul G.\ Raymond Stotler2, and Barbara Crandall-Stotler2. (University of North Alabama1 and Southern Illinois University2) Two interesting liverwort morphotypes from Cave Spring, Mississippi. 2:45 129 Taylor, David D.1 and James D. Kiser2. (Daniel Boone National Forest' and Eastern Kentucky University2) Bryophyte 64 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 diversity in Kentucky RNA’s: a function of geography or available habitat? 3:00 130 Caponetti, James D. (University of Tennessee) The effect of microgravity on the development of fern leaves and plantlets in sterile tissue culture. 3:15 BREAK 3:30 131 Wallace, James W. and Minghua Chen. (Western Carolina University) Flavonoids of Trichomanes s.l. and their phylogenetic implications. 3:45 132 Duff, Robert J. and Edward E. Schilling. (University of Tennessee) Structural analysis of the chloroplast genome of Isoetes. 4:00 133 Bray, Rebecca D., Cynthia A. Caplan, and Surbala Chowdhury. (Old Dominion University) Cytological studies on southeastern quillworts (Isoetes). 4:15 134 Caplen, Cynthia A.1, Rebecca D. Bray1, Lytton Musselman1, and David Knepper2. (Old Dominion University1 and U. S. Army Corps of Engineers2) An unusual Isoetes from the Shenandoah Valley-A glacial relict? 4:30 135 Musselman, Lytton J.1, David A. Knepper2, Rebecca D. Bray1, Cynthia A. Caplan1, and Charles Ballou1. (Old Dominion University' and U. S. Army Corps of Engineers2) Two new Isoetes hybrids from Virginia. ICHTHYOLOGY - Summitt Presiding: Bernard R. Kuhajda , University of Alabama 1:30 136 Jackson, Helen H.1, Mary L. Moser1, and Fred C. Rohde2. University of North Carolina at Wilmington' and North Carolina Division of Marine Fisheries2) Abiotic factors affecting stream fish abundance and diversity in the lower French Broad River, North Carolina. 1:45 137 Britson, Carol A. (University of Memphis) Feeding responses of largemouth bass (Micropterus salmoides ) to aposematic and cryptic hatchling turtles. ASB PAPER AND POSTER SESSIONS 65 2:00 138 DeVivo, Joseph C. and Byron J. Freeman. (The University of Georgia) Impact of introduced Cyprinella lutrensis on stream fish assemblages in Georgia. 2:15 139 Hill, Lane. (Auburn University) Life history and habitat use of the Halloween darter, Percina sp. 2:30 140 Piller, Kyle R. (Southern Illinois University) Distribution, reproduction and recovery of the federally endangered Relict Darter, Etheostoma chienense (Percidae). 2:45 BREAK 3:00 141 Eisenhour, David J.1, Brooks M. Burr', and James M. Grady2. (Southern Illinois University and University of New Orleans) Status and identification of the "chucky madtom", Noturus ( Rabida ) sp. 3:15 142 Cook, Kenneth M.1, Christopher A. Taylor2, and Brooks M. Burr1. (Southern Illinois University1 and Illinois Natural History Survey2) Status survey of the Coppercheek Darter ( Etheostoma aquali ) and Striated Darter ( Etheostoma striatulum), in the Duck River Drainage, Tennessee. 3:30 143 Heacock, Charles. (University of Tennessee) Underwater assessment of habitat quality using highly visible and sensitive Percina species. 3:45 144 Thompson, Bruce A. and Robert C. Cashner. (Louisiana State University and University of New Orleans) Rare and endangered freshwater fishes in Louisiana. PARASITOLOGY - LeConte Byrd-Dunn Student Paper Competition Presiding: Charles Faulkner & Vina Diderrich, University of Tennessee College of Veterinary Medicine 1:30 145 Labeau, Marc R. (Northern Michigan University) An undescribed species of Proterometra (Digenea: Azygiidae) from Michigan’s upper peninsula. 1:45 146 Zelmer, Derek A. and H. P. Aria. (University of Calgary) The effect of lake size on the determination of the parasite 66 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 component community of yellow perch, Perea flavescens (Mitchill). 2:00 147 Tucker, Robert B. and James E. Joy. (Marshall University) Population dynamics of the digenetic trematode, Glypthelmins pennsylvaniensis , in the Northern Spring Peeper, Pseudacris c. crucifer , from West Virginia. 2:15 148 Bunten, Carole A. and James E. Joy. (Marshall University) The intestinal nematode parasites of Bufo a. americanus at the marsh area in Cabell County, West Virginia. 2:30 149 Crank, Anna G., C. Bryan Moore, and James E. Joy. (Marshall University) Mosquitoes of the Green Bottom Wildlife Management Area, Cabell County, West Virginia. 2:45 150 Siefert, Reigh A., Leon Duobinis-Gray, and Edmund Zimmerer. (Murray State University) Detection of Borrelia burgdorferi in ticks of various species from western Kentucky utilizing the polymerase chain reaction technique. 3:00 151 McSpadden, E. G., M. P. Jones, E. C. Ramsay, and S. Patton. (University of Tennessee College of Veterinary Medicine) Filariasis in non-canine hosts: A dilemma for immunodiagnosis. 3:15 152 Meader, Lisa L. and Sharon Patton. (University of Tennessee College of Veterinary Medicine) Prevalence of gastrointestinal parasites in a stray dog population from Knox County, Tennessee. 3:30 BREAK 3:45 153 Schmidhauser, Carol1, Gayle P. Noblet1, and Sharon Patton2. (Clemson University1 and University of Tennessee College of Veterinary Medicine2) Seroprevalence of Toxoplasma gondii in swine from South Carolina. 4:00 154 Jackson, J. S., J. J. O’Brien, and S. G. Kays. (University of South Alabama) The effect of naked DNA vaccination on the granulomatous response to Schistosoma mansoni eggs in the livers of infected mice. ASB PAPER AND POSTER SESSIONS 67 4:15 155 Ribeiro-Rodrigues, Rodrigo1, Daniel G. Colley2, and Clint E. Carter1. (Vanderbilt University1 and Division of Parasitic Diseases, CDC2) Idiotypic antibodies to Trypanosoma cruzi epimastigote or amastigote antigens can differentiate between indeterminate and cardiac forms of the disease. 4:30 156 Sleeman, J.1, E. Ramsay1, G. Mason1, R. Gamble2, D. Zarlenga2, and S. Patton1. (The University of Tennessee College of Veterinary Medicine1 and Livestock and Poultry Sciences Institute, USD A2) Trichinosis in wild and captive polar bears ( Ursus maritimus ): A case report. 4:45 157 Lindsay, David S., Paul C. Smith, and Byron L. Blagburn. (Auburn University) Trichinella pseudospiralis infection in a black vulture. PLANT ECOLOGY II - Room 6 Presiding: Edward E. C. Clebsch , University of Tennessee 1:30 158 Herr, J. M., Jr. (University of South Carolina) The phenology of Ginkgo biloba in Columbia, South Carolina. 1:45 159 Porcher, Richard D. (The Citadel) Notes on the status of American chaffseed ( Schwalbea americana L.) as an endangered species and studies of its ecology. 2:00 160 Zettler, Lawrence W.1 and Thomas M. Mclnnis2. (Furman University1 and Clemson University2) The life history of the endangered Monkey-face orchid (Platanthera integrilabia). 2:15 161 Wagner, Lisa K. and Timothy P. Spira. (Clemson University) Germination behavior of Harperocallis flava, an endangered Florida endemic. 2:30 162 Stich, Thomas J. and Simon Dabydeen. (Frostburg State University) Status and reproductive biology of Platanthera grandiflora (Bigelow) Lindley, a threatened terrestrial orchid of Maryland. 2:45 163 Stich, Thomas J. and Simon Dabydeen. (Frostburg State University) Isolation of the endomycorrhizal fungus and light enhanced seed germination of Platanthera grandiflora (Bigelow) Lindley. 68 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 3:00 164 Fore, Stephanie and Sheldon Guttman. (Savannah River Ecology Laboratory and Miami University) The spatial scale of genetic differentiation of Helianthus occidentalis and Asclepias verticillata in a preserve with fragmented habitat. 3:15 BREAK 3:30 165 Cook, R. A. and P. D. Parr. (University of Tennessee and Oak Ridge National Laboratory) Dynamics of a Delphinium exaltatum population. 3:45 166 Cook, R. A. and E. E. C. Clebsch. (University of Tennessee) Demography and size classification in two populations of Cimicifuga rubifolia Kearney. 4:00 167 McCall, Robin K., David J. Gibson, and K. Andrew West. (Southern Illinois University and Trail of Tears State Lorest) A comparison of the soil seed bank from restored and unrestored portions of a threatened shale barren. 4:15 168 Campbell, Jonathan E.1, David J. Gibson1, and K. Andrew West2. (Southern Illinois University1 and Trail of Tears State Lorest2) Survey of exotic seedlings in horse dung. 4:30 169 Wein, Gary R. and Beverly Collins. (Savannah River Ecology Lab) Effect of shoreline topography on seedbank and vegetation development in a planted cooling reservoir. 4:45 170 Spira, Timothy P., Allison A. Snow, and Mary N. Puterbaugh. (Clemson University, Ohio State University, University of Missouri) Sequential pollen arrival and fertilization success: does the early grain get the egg? Presiding: FRIDAY MORNING, 21 APRIL HERPETOLOGY - Room 6 A. Floyd Scott, Austin Peay State University 8:15 171 Turner, Mark C. and Thomas K. Pauley. (Marshall University) Northern range extension of Desmognathus quadramaculatus in West Virginia. ASB PAPER AND POSTER SESSIONS 69 8:30 8:45 9:00 9:15 9:30 9:45 10:00 10:15 10:30 10:45 11:00 172 Dodd, C. Kenneth, Jr. and Linda LaCIaire. (National Biological Survey and U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service) Biogeography of the striped newt in Georgia. 173 Thompson, James F. (Austin Peay State University) The use of discriminant analysis in the systematic study of the Arizona mountain kingsnake, Lampropeltis pyromelana. 174 Parkinson, C. L. (University of Louisville) Is the genus Agkistrodon (Serpent es: Viper idae) monophyletic? 175 Campbell, Todd S. (University of Tennessee) A novel approach to studying interactions between introduced and native Anolis lizards in Florida using dredge spoil islands. 176 Brophy, Timothy R. and Thomas K. Pauley. (Marshall University) Larval periods, metamorphosis and egg-laying in Eurycea cirrigera from southern West Virginia. BREAK 177 Barron, James W. and Thomas K. Pauley. (Marshall University) Natural history of the anurans in the Green Bottom Wildlife Management Area, Cabell County, West Virginia, with special consideration for Rana palustris and Rana pipiens. 178 Barrett, Barbara A. and G. A. Middendorf. (Howard University) Herpetofaunal succession in the Monongahela Forest in West Virginia. 179 Link, Catherine E. and James H. Howard. (Frostburg State University) A study of amphibian colonization of artificially created wetlands on Maryland’s Eastern Shore. 180 Good, John A. and James H. Howard. (Frostburg State University) Effects of clearcutting on herpetofaunal abundance and diversity in western Maryland. 181 Orr, Deborah K. and James H. Howard. (Frostburg State University) Herpetofaunal diversity among three forest community types in Dorchester County, MD. 70 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 PLANT SYSTEMATICS - Room 4 Presiding: Ross C. Clark , Eastern Kentucky University 8:45 182 Thompson, Ralph L., J. Richard Abbott, and Andrew E. Shupe. (Berea College) Vegetation and vascular flora of an abandoned limestone quarry, Clark County, Kentucky. 9:00 183 Coile, Nancy C., Flewellyn W. Podris, and Debora A. Bivins. (Florida Department of Agriculture & Consumer Services, Division of Plant Industry) The flora of the Theodore Roosevelt Area. 9:15 184 Moretz, C. Craig and Gerald L. Smith. (University of North Carolina-Greensboro and High Point University) Lilium gazarubriun Roane & J. N. Henry discovered in North Carolina. 9:30 185 Suiter, Dale W. and Dan K. Evans. (Marshall University) Vascular flora of New River Gorge National River, West Virginia - rare species and plant migrations. 9:45 186 Jones, Ronald L. (Eastern Kentucky University) Preliminary observations on the flora and vegetation of coastal Mississippi 10:00 BREAK 10:15 187 Burks, K. C. (Florida Department of Environmental Protection) An update on the distribution of naiads ( Najas spp.) in Florida. 10:30 188 Allawos, Joseph G. and B. E. Wofford. (North Greenville College and University of Tennessee) The vascular flora of North White Oak Creek gorge, Scott and Fentress counties, Tennessee. 10:45 189 Hyatt, Philip E. (USDA Forest Service, Savannah River Forest Station) Arkansas Carex : a briefly annotated list. 11:00 190 Haynes, Robert R. and Zhaoran Xu. (University of Alabama) SERFIS, a regional approach to herbarium database management. ASB PAPER AND POSTER SESSIONS 71 AQUATIC ECOLOGY - Room 1 Presiding: Peggy Shiite, Tennessee Valley Authority 8:00 191 Harris, Richard A. (Automated Services Group) Clinch River remedial investigation: site history and regulatory context. 8:15 192 Field, Jennifer M. and Dan A. Levine. (Oak Ridge National Laboratory) Benthic macroinvertebrate communities of the Clinch River and Poplar Creek. 8:30 193 Gonzalez, Adrian M. (Advanced Sciences, Inc.) Sediment toxicity testing in the Clinch River and Poplar Creek-Watts Bar Reservoir. 8:45 194 Phipps, Terry L. (Advanced Sciences, Inc.) Ambient water toxicity testing in the Clinch River and Poplar Creek-Watts Bar Reservoir. 9:00 195 Campbell, Kym Rouse, Clell J. Ford, and Daniel A. Levine. (Oak Ridge National Laboratory) The distribution of mercury in Poplar Creek. 9:15 196 Peterson, Mark J., George R. Southwort, and Roger B. Petrie. (Oak Ridge National Laboratory) Mercury contamination in fish near industrial facilities in Oak Ridge, Tennessee. 9:30 197 Yokum, Kevin A.1, Donald C. Tarter1, and Ted Angradi2. (Marshall University1 and Northeastern Forest Experiment Station2) A comparative study of Peltoperla arcuata and Tallaperla maria (Plecoptera: Peltoperlida) regarding life history, secondary productivity and environmental habitat parameters. 9:45 BREAK 10:00 198 Lobinske, Richard J. (University of Central Florida) Population estimates of mayfly larvae in the sediments of two tributaries of the Wekiva River, central Florida. 10:15 199 Beard, Charles E., Peter H. Adler, and John McCreadie. (Clemson University) Trichomycete fungi in black flies in North America. 72 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 10:30 200 Sellers, Clay L. (Broadway High School) Effect of low salinity on Perkinsus marinas isolates from Gulf and Atlantic coasts. 10:45 201 Nelson, Diane R. and Eugenie Clark. (East Tennessee State University and University of Maryland) Feeding behavior of juvenile whale sharks in the Sea of Cortez. 11:00 202 Jones, Thomas G.1, William Pearson1, Charles Boston1, and Thomas L. Poulson2. (University of Louisville1 and University of Chicago2) Preliminary development of biomonitoring protocol for subterranean streams in Mammoth Cave National Park. 11:15 203 Etnier, David A. (University of Tennessee) Benthic invertebrates along a proposed extension of the GSMNP Foothills Parkway, Tennessee. PARASITOLOGY - Cumberland Presiding: William B. Lushbaugh , The University of Mississippi Medical Center 8:00 204 Joy, James E.1, Ernest M. Walker2, Sukjung G. Kolr, James M. Bentley2, and Anna G. Crank1. (Marshall University1 and Marshall University School of Medicine2) Histopathology of larval Agamascaris odontocephala (Nematoda) infections in the Spring Peeper, Pseudacris c. crucifer (Anura: Hylidae), in West Virginia. 8:15 205 Conn, David Bruce. (The University of the South) Histology and ultrastructure of aberrant acephalic metacestodes (Platyhelminthes: Cestoda) from the southern United States. 8:30 206 Kayes, S. G.1, J. W. Tracy2, and J. A. Wolff2. (University of South Alabama1 and University of Wisconsin2) Vaccination against Schistosoma mansoni using naked DNA: Creation of an eukaryotic expression vector encoding a parasite-specific glutathione S-transferase. 8:45 207 Faulkner, Charles T. and Sharon Patton. (University of Tennessee College of Veterinary Medicine) Evaluation of whole blood stored on filter paper for use in seroepidemiologic surveys. ASB PAPER AND POSTER SESSIONS 73 9:00 9:15 9:30 9:45 10:00 10:15 10:30 10:45 11:00 11:15 208 Blagburn, Byron L., David S. Lindsay, Lisa C. Parsons, and Natasha S. Rippey. (Auburn University) Cryptosporidium parvum: Removal or inactivation of oocysts from potable water using coagulation/flocculation/filtration or heat. 209 Rohrbach, B. W., Karrie Brenneman, C. T. Faulkner, and Sharon Patton. (University of Tennessee College of Veterinary Medicine) Investigation of mortality in quail on a commercial quail farm in Tennessee. 210 Acholonu, Adw1, W. B. Lushbaugh2, S. Franzblau3, and L. J. Udeinya4. (Alcorn State University1, University of Mississippi Medical Center, GWL Hanson’s Disease Center3, and Howard University4) Trichomonacidal activity of some medicinal herbs on Trichomonas vaginalis in vitro. 211 Stamper, S. and D. E. Granstrom. (University of Kentucky) Equine protozoal myeloencephalitis (EPM). BREAK 212 Lyons, E. T., T. W. Swerczek, S. C. Tolliver, J. H. Drudge, S. Stamper, D. E. Granstrom, and R. E. Holland. (University of Kentucky) A clinical study of encysted small strongyles in equids. 213 Reinemeyer, Craig R. and A1 A. Tineo. (University of Tennessee) A modified egg-hatch assay to detect pyrantel resistance in strongylid nematodes of horses. 214 Davis, Ila A. and Janet Sears. (University of Tennessee and Iowa State University) Clinical signs, case management and outcome of suspected verminous meningitis due to Parelaphostrongylus tenuis in llamas. A review of 36 cases. 215 Flowers, James R. and Grover C. Miller. (North Carolina State University) Notes on the life cycle of the giant American liver fluke, Fascioloides magna. 216 Crews-Oyen, Amy E. and Michelle L. Valentine. (University of North Alabama) Seasonal dynamics of two larval trematodes in Physa gyritia in King Spring Wildlife Sanctuary. 74 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 11:30 217 Mars, Chrystal L. and William F. Font. (Southeastern Louisiana University) Source communities of heterophyid trematodes in estuarine fishes in Louisiana. 11:45 218 Benz, George W. and Janine N. Caira. (Tennessee Aquarium and University of Connecticut) Eels from the heart of a mako shark. WETLANDS ECOLOGY - Room 2 Presiding: Donald C. Tarter , Marshall University 8:00 219 Myers, Randell S.1, Gary P. Shaffer2, and Daniel W. Llewellyn2. (Louisiana Department of Wildlife and Fisheries' and Southeastern Louisiana University2) Baldcypress [Taxodium distichum (L.) Rich.] regeneration in southeast Louisiana: the relative effects of herbivory, flooding, competition, and macronutrients. 8:15 220 Basinger, M. A., B. A. Middleton, and P. A. Robertson. (Southern Illinois University) Community classification and water variables in baldcypress swamps along the Cache River in southern Illinois. 8:30 221 Wilker, John R. and Beth A. Middleton. (Southern Illinois University) Spatial patterns of seed densities within an alluvial cypress-tupelo swamp in southern IL. 8:45 222 Fredenberg, Stacey C. and Howard S. Neufeld. (Appalachian State University) The effects of soil cadmium on the growth of bald cypress seedlings under flooded and non- flooded conditions. 9:00 223 Johnson, Brent and Donald Tarter. (Marshall University) Ecological observations on Callibaetis fluctuans (Ephemeroptera: Baetidae) in a newly mitigated wetland in the Green Bottom Wildlife Management Area, West Virginia. 9:15 224 Emery, Erich and Donald Tarter. (Marshall University) Seasonal variation in the diversity of the macrobenthos in the Green Bottom Wildlife Management Area, Cabell County, West Virginia, in relationship to the water quality and vegetation types. ASB PAPER AND POSTER SESSIONS 75 9:30 225 Tipton, Ronald C. and Donald C. Tarter. (Marshall University) Reproductive biology of the grass pickerel, Esox americanus vermiculatus , from the Green Bottom Wildlife Management Area, West Virginia. 9:45 BREAK 10:00 226 Pauley, E. F., B. P. Allen, M. B. Dietsch, and R. R. Sharitz. (Savannah River Ecology Laboratory) Post-hurricane changes in old-growth floodplain forests of the Congaree Swamp National Monument, South Carolina. 10:15 227 Allen, B. P., E. F. Pauley, and R. R. Sharitz. (Savannah River Ecology Laboratory) Hurricane Hugo’s impacts on liana density and distribution in the Congaree Swamp National Monument, South Carolina. 10:30 228 McLeod, Kenneth W.1, James K. McCarron1, and William H. Conner2. (Savannah River Ecology Laboratory, University of Georgia1, and Baruch Forest Science Institute, Clemson University2) Effects of inundation and salinity on three woody coastal species. 10:45 229 McCarron, James K.1, William H. Conner2, and Kenneth W. McLeod1. (Savannah River Ecology Laboratory1 and Baruch Forest Science Institute2) Inundation and salinity stress of a wetland woody species, buttonbush ( Cephalanthus occidentalis) . 11:00 230 Jones, David H., Robert B. Atkinson, and John Cairns, Jr. (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University) Macroinvertebrates of accidental wetlands in surface mined areas of southwestern Virginia. 11:15 231 Atkinson, Robert B., David H. Jones, and John Cairns, Jr. (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University) Structural and functional characteristics of accidental wetland flora on surface-mined lands. PLANT ECOLOGY - Exhibit Hall 1 Presiding: Sally P. Horn, University of Tennessee 8:00 232 Moorhead, Kevin K. (University of North Carolina at 76 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 8:15 8:30 8:45 9:00 9:15 9:30 9:45 10:00 10:15 Asheville) Hydrology and soils of a Southern Appalachian swamp-bog complex. 233 Yorks, Thad E. and Simon Dabydeen. (Frostburg State University) A modification of Whittaker’s sampling technique for sampling forest vegetation. 234 Held, Michael E.1, Susan Jones-Held2, and Joe E. Winstead3. (Saint Peter’s College1, King’s College2, and Western Kentucky University3) Recovery dynamics of a tornado-damaged forest in Boone County, Kentucky. 235 Robertson, Philip A. and Yvonne E. Hall. (Southern Illinois University) Characteristics of coarse woody debris in mature ponderosa pine stands in Colorado. 236 Hall, Yvonne E. and Philip A. Robertson. (Southern Illinois University) Characteristics of crown architecture in mature ponderosa pine stands in Colorado. 237 DeSelm, H. R. (University of Tennessee) Preliminary results of a study of forest vegetation in West and western Middle Tennessee. BREAK 238 Chester, Edward W.1, Sallie M. Noel1, Jerry Baskin2, Carol C. Baskin2, and Mary L. McReynolds3. (Austin Peay State University1, The University of Kentucky2, and Hopkinsville (KY) Community College3) Analysis of an old- growth upland wet woods on the Pennyroyal Plain in south- central Kentucky. 239 Crouch, Virginia E. and Michael S. Golden. (Auburn University) Herbaceous layer vegetation in artificial canopy gaps in comparison to surrounding hardwood forest in a Tombigbee River floodplain. 240 Schmalzer, Paul A. (The Bionetics Corporation, NASA, Biomedical Operations and Research Office, John F. Kennedy Space Center) Reestablishing Florida oak-saw palmetto scrub species in abandoned agricultural land. ASB PAPER AND POSTER SESSIONS 77 10:30 241 Pyne, Milo and Brian Bowen. (Tennessee Natural Heritage Program) May Prairie State Natural Area: brief history and summary of recent management and monitoring efforts. 10:45 242 Kirkman, L. Katherine1,2 and Mark B. Drew1. (Joseph Jones Ecological Research Center, Ichauway1 and University of Georgia2) Population responses of the federally endangered Schwalbea americana to experimental fire management regimes - a 2 year assessment. 11:00 243 Horn, Sally P. (University of Tennessee) Postfire resprouting of Hypericum irazuense Kuntze following high elevation fires in Costa Rica: Asuncion revisited. 11:15 244 Pounds, Larry. (University of Tennessee) Optimal spatial arrangement of habitat for species preservation. WORKSHOP - Room 3 Sponsored by Southeastern Section, Botanical Society of America 9:00 245 Sundberg, Marshall. (Louisiana State University) Investigative laboratories to teach evolutionary concepts. FRIDAY AFTERNOON, 21 APRIL WORKSHOP - Room 3 Sponsored by Southeastern Section, Botanical Society of America 1:30 246 Renzaglia, Karen. (East Tennessee State University) The use of Ceratopteris , the rapid cycling fern, in teaching plant biology. ICHTHYOLOGY - Room 6 Presiding: Brooks M. Barr , Southern Illinois University 1:30 247 Lancaster, Johnny F., Scott Johnson, and Steve W. Ross. (North Carolina National Estuarine Research Reserve) The summer surf zone ichthyofauna of nourished and unnourished 78 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 beaches on the Masonboro Island, NC National Estuarine Research Reserve. 1:45 248 Bichy, John B., Kevin D. E. Stokesbury, and Steve W. Ross. (University of North Carolina at Wilmington) Comparison of two trawl nets used to survey estuarine fish communities. 2:00 249 Lasher, Ann E. and Jay A. Nelson. (Towson State University) Determination of facultative air breathing in wood eating catfishes of the loricariid genus, Panaque. 2:15 250 Brown, Laurel and Bruce A. Thompson. (Louisiana State University) Age and growth of the Atlantic spadefish, Chaetodipterus faber , in coastal Louisiana waters. 2:30 251 Fisher, Andrew and Bruce A. Thompson. (Louisiana State University) Examination of southern flounder, Paralichthys lethostigma, otoliths: Questions of symmetry and aging accuracy. 2 45 BREAK 3:00 252 Rohde, Fred C. and Rudolf G. Arndt. (North Carolina Marine Fisheries and The Richard Stockton College of New Jersey) Distribution of fishes in the upper Dan River, NC and VA. 3:15 253 Buckley, Joseph P. and Henry L. Bart, Jr. (Tulane University Museum of Natural History) Changes in fish species representation and community structure under impoundment in the Alabama River: 1967-1985. 3:30 254 Little, Michael, Douglas Chambers, and Alan Tennant. (Marshall University) Fish species diversity in the tributaries of the Cheat River. 3:45 255 Boone, Edwin A. and Tom J. Timmons. (Murray State University) Density and natural mortality of paddlefish, Polyodon spathula , in an unfished Cumberland River subimpoundment. South Cross Creek Reservoir, Tennessee. ASB PAPER AND POSTER SESSIONS 79 4:00 256 Guill, J. Michael and David C. Heins. (Tulane University) Clutch and egg size variation in the banded darter, Etheostoma zonal e , from three sites in Arkansas. PLANT SYSTEMATICS - Room 2 Presiding: Zack E. Murrell , Western Kentucky University 1:30 257 Mellichamp, T. Lawrence1 and Frederick W. Case, II2. (University of North Carolina at Charlotte1 and Cranbrook Institute of Science2) Taxonomic treatment of Sarracenia in the southeastern United States for Flora North America. 1:45 258 Matthews, Christopher1, Thomas Stich1, James Howard1, and James Matthews2. (Frostburg State University1 and University of North Carolina at Charlotte2) Tetraploidy and population characteristics of the federally endangered Schweinitz’s sunflower, Helianthus schweinitzii. 2:00 259 Murrell, Zack E. and Billy T. Dye. (Western Kentucky University) Examination of morphological intermediacy in a subgeneric hybrid dogwood. 2:15 260 Puckett, Charles E. and Dan K. Evans. (Marshall University) Origin and status of the sterile hybrid Carex X deamii (Cyperaceae). 2:30 261 Clark, Ross C. (Eastern Kentucky University) Studies in North American Aquifoliaceae. 2:45 BREAK 3:00 262 Musselman, Lytton J. (Old Dominion University) Floral biology and propagation of Buckleya distichophylla (Santalaceae). 3:15 263 Mohamed, Kamal I.1, Lytton J. Musselman2, and Dana K. Berner3. (State University of New York at Oswego1, Old Dominion University2 and International Institute of Tropical Agriculture3) The North American witchweed ( Striga asiatica ) and its wild relatives. 3:30 264 Garland, Mark A., and Gerald L. Smith. (Florida Department of Environmental Protection and High Point 80 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 University) A new subspecies of the hawkweed Hieracium venosum. 3:45 265 Evans, Dan K. and John B. Walden. (Marshall University) Plants used as sources of curare among the indigenous Shuar and Achuar of southeastern Ecuador. 4:00 266 Mickle, James E.\ Paolo de Luca2, Maria Rosaria Barone Lumaga2, and Manuela de Matteis Tortora2. (North Carolina State University1 and Universita di Napoli2) Development of a three-dimensional phylogenetic tree of the plant kingdom at the University of Naples, Italy. PLANT ECOLOGY - Cumberland Presiding: William H. Martin, Department for Natural Resources, KY 2:00 267 Horton, Jonathan L. and Howard S. Neufeld. (Appalachian State University) Photosynthetic responses of Microstegium vimineum , a C4 shade-tolerant grass, to variable light environments. 2:15 268 Morrison, Shannon L., Everett P. Weber, and Frank P. Day. (Old Dominion University) Effects of nitrogen fertilization on root longevity and occurrence of fine white roots over a 3 year period on barrier island dunes. 2:30 269 Conn, Christine E., Mark J. Stevenson, and Frank P. Day. (Old Dominion University) Effects of nitrogen amendment on dune grass communities across a barrier island chronosequence. 2:45 270 Funderburke, Lisa M. and Raymond L. Petersen. (Howard University) A history of ozone pollution in New Jersey and in Maryland based on analysis of herbarium specimens. 3:00 271 Kendall, Jacquelyne L. (University of North Carolina at Asheville) Ambient ozone pollution in Buncombe County, North Carolina: concentrations, sources, visible vegetative damages, and future projections. 3:15 BREAK ASB PAPER AND POSTER SESSIONS 81 3:30 272 Hinote, Hubert. (SAMAB) The Southern Appalachian Man and the Biosphere Program: Building cooperative, integrated regional resource management. 3:45 273 Radenbaugh, Todd A. (United States Peace Corps, Jamaica) Major plant community types of Duncan Bay, Jamaica, West Indes. 4:00 274 Porcher, Richard D. (The Citadel) Inventory of botanical natural areas in Berkeley, Charleston and Dorchester counties. South Carolina. 4:15 275 Yorks, Thad E. and Simon Dabydeen. (Frostburg State University) Seasonal floristics of clearcut areas in western Maryland. 4:30 276 Coxe, Robert B.1, Steven L. Stephenson2, Harold S. Adams3, Beth R. Brokaw3, Sherida L. Feazell3, Stephen P. Hudman4, Robert V. Raftovich4, Rebecca E. Sanders2, and Gary W. Miller3. (University of North Carolina at Charlotte1, Fairmont State College2, Dabney S. Lancaster Community College3, West Virginia University4, and USDA Forest Service5) Distribution pattern of woody and herbaceous plants in the Fernow Experimental Forest and adjacent Otter Creek Wilderness Area of Tucker County, West Virginia. 4:45 277 Stalter, Richard1 and Eric E. Lamont2. (St. John’s University1 and The New York Botanical Garden2) Some ecological observations on the plant communities of Fisherman Island, Virginia. WORKSHOP - Room 3 Sponsored by the Committee on Women, Minorities and the Handicapped 3:30 Twitty, G. W. (Howard University) "Conversations at 3:30. 82 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 BETA BETA BETA The following papers are not listed in the order in which they will be presented. The schedule for these presentations will appear in the Beta Beta Beta program available at the meeting. SOUTHEASTERN DISTRICT 1-Location to be announced Scearce, Gina W. (Tau Eta, Catawba College) Management of sweet potato white fly, Bemisia tabaci, on poinsettia. Jones, Tammy Jo. (Tau Eta, Catawba College) The geometry of the yeast- pseudohyphal transition. Estep, Bret. (Tau Eta, Catawba College) Isolation and characterization of creosote degrading bacteria. Flatter, Julie. (Tau Eta, Catawba College) Complexity of Physarum polycephalum cytoplasmic streaming in the cell cycle. Khan, Ritindra N. and Michael G. Frick. (Tau Chi, Armstrong State College) The phoretic association of leech Erpobdella punctata on salamander Amby stoma maculata. Hegler, Jonathan H. (Tau Nu, The Citadel) A laboratory investigation of factors affecting oviposition in Aedes taeniorhynchus (The Black Salt Marsh Mosquito). Huyvaert, Kathryn P. (Beta Rho, Wake Forest University) Exploitation competition in ground-nesting Galapagos seabirds. Hall, Jeff. (Beta Rho, Wake Forest University) Allometric engineering of chicken embryos. Kaiser, Elke Angela. (Beta Psi, Appalachian State University) Color morphology and birth behavior in the scorpion Centruroides vittatus. Clark, Jay P. (Sigma Gamma, Erskine College) Annual home ranges of the eastern box turtle, Terrapene Carolina Carolina , on a residential habitat island. Shults, Amber M. (Sigma Gamma, Erskine College) In vitro generation of callus from petal explants of Camellia japonica. McDaniel, Sharon E. (Tau Tau, Queens College) Optimization of growth conditions for human vertebral disk cells. ASB PAPER AND POSTER SESSIONS 83 SOUTHEASTERN DISTRICT 2-Location to be announced Neal, Chris L. (Pi Delta, East Tennessee State University) Spatial and temporal structuring of chloroplast genomes in Phacelia dubia. Pass, Jason. (Pi Delta, East Tennessee State University) The role of actin in spermatogenesis of Conocephalum conicum. Oakley, Jaime. (Pi Delta, East Tennessee State University) Ultrastructure of the mature spermatozoid of Haplomitrium mnioides. Zikovich, L. M. and Clark R. Smith. (Mu Theta, Belmont University) Fecal coliform bacteria and water chemistry in the Little Harpeth River. Sowders, Aaron B. and Robert G. Hancock. (Beta Sigma, Cumberland College) Facultative cannibalism after food deprivation by larvae of the neotropical mosquito Sabethes cyaneus. Rao, Aravinda, Robert M. Vezzetti, and Pedro Cuartas. (Eta Lamba, Loyola University) Molecular taxonomy of scorpions (Arachnida: Scorpiones): Application of polymerase chain reaction. Nguyen, Kim. (Eta Lambda, Loyola University) Phylogeny of selected Synurophyceae inferred from internal transcribed spacers (ITS) of ribosomal DNA. Vu, Quang. (Eta Lambda, Loyola University) Chromosomal analysis through the examination of synaptonemal complex spreads. Lobrano, Amy. (Eta Lambda, Loyola University) Fluctuating asymmetry in Ondatra zibethicus skulls as wetland quality indicators. Brantley, Dana M. (Eta Phi, Maryville College) Apolipoprotein E synthesis by transplanted bone marrow-derived cells in apoE-deficient mice. Nuchols, Beth. (Eta Phi, Maryville College) A nine-month comparative investigation of Fort Loudon and Tellico Lakes using selected trophic parameters. 84 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 $»± ww RAMP DOWN PA RK INC CxL < o _ AGE : II II I I I [ I ffl ; SERVICE? EGRESS CQRRlDOlT ENIRAN I EXHIBIT HALL AREA- 18,480 SF CAPACITY -1,800 120' x 154' UTILITY BOX (30 FT ON CENTER) 1 EXHIBIT HALL AREA -14,014 SF CAPACITY -1,500 91x154 T | STORAGE | | TQjjETS ROMENADE T — A — SKSAGE 310 T 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b GRAND BALLROOM m SALON SALON SALON SALON MOON A B C . D riOfLETsT 1EIEPHONES nr Hf.C. ]P much DOCK ■ - a - a - 1 i N wistp M£CH CUMBER- teCONfr SUMMIT I-N4D „ o * ’ TB4NESSEESAUROQM jHORA.GE S 1 ESCALATOR LOBBY PUBLIC ACCESS ROAD Floor plan of the Convention/Exhibition Center UU PLENARY SPEAKER Gary S. Sayler, Ph.D., The University of Tennessee, Knoxville Dr. Sayler received the B.S. from the Department of Bacteriology at North Dakota State University in 1971, followed by the Ph.D. in Microbial Ecology, 1974 from the Department of Bacteriology and Biochemistry at the University of Idaho. After postdoctoral study at the University of Maryland in Marine Microbiology and Biodegradation, he joined the University of Tennessee’s Department of Microbiology and the Graduate Program in Ecology in 1975, becoming a full professor in 1985. Dr. Sayler is the founding director of the University of Tennessee Center for Environmental Biotechnology and is Acting Director of Waste Management Research and Education Institute, Tennessee Center of Excellence at the University. He was named a Chancellor’s Research Scholar in 1988. His research encompasses a broad spectrum of investigations on the microbial degradation of hazardous chemicals and environmental contaminants. Dr. Sayler received a five-year Research Career Development Award from N1EHS in 1980 for research on PCB biodegradation. In 1985 Science Digest named him one of its Top 100 Innovators in Science for research on plasmid mediated total degradation of PCB residues, and for pioneering environmental applications of gene probe technology to biodegradation of aromatic hydrocarbons. Dr. Sayler serves on the editorial boards of four journals and was a consulting editor on the McGraw Hill Environmental Biotechnology Series. He has published 140 technical articles and has made more than 140 invited presentations at national and international conferences and meetings. He has served on EPA and DOE program and peer review panels and is the past Chairman of the Environmental and General Applied Microbiology Division of the American Society for Mi¬ crobiology. He is a subcommittee member of the ASM Public and Scientific Affairs Board, a Fellow of the American Academy of Microbiology, a member of EPA’s Bioremediation Action Committee, and past Chairman of the EPA Environmental Biology Peer Review Panel and is currently Chairman of the University of Chicago Review Committee for the Environmental Research Division of Argonne National Laboratory. He is the 1994 recipient of the ASM/AAM Procter and Gamble award for Applied and Environmental Microbiology. 85 Author Index for Paper, Poster, and Abstract Number Only first authors are indexed Acholonu, Adw - 210 Adams, Harold S. - 4 Adkins, Rebecca G. - 52 Allawos, Joseph G. - 188 Allen, B. P. - 227 Atkinson, Robert B. - 231 Awl, Deborah J. - 5 Backer, Jennifer C. - 87 Ball, Donna - 64 Baron, Lisa A. - 6 Barrett, Barbara A. - 178 Barron, James W. - 177 Barrows, Vince - 7 Barry, Ronald E. - 42 Basinger, M. A. - 220 Basinger, Mark A. - 118 Battaglia, Loretta L. - 70 Beard, Charles E. - 199 Benz, George W. - 3, 218 Bichy, John B. - 248 Blagburn, Byron L. - 208 Blanchard, Thomas A. - 82 Bodle, Michael J. - 103 Boone, Edwin A. - 255 Bray, Rebecca D. - 133 Brewer, Gwenda L. - 43 Britson, Carol A. - 137 Brophy, Timothy R. - 176 Brown, Laurel - 250 Bryson, Charles T. - 105 Buckingham, Gary - 101 Buckley, Joseph P. - 253 Buckley, Kevin S. - 63 Bunten, Carole A. - 148 Burks, K. C. - 187 Burr, Brooks M. - 76 Burton, Jonathan - 78 Campbell, Jonathan E. - 168 Campbell, Kym Rouse - 195 Campbell, Todd S. - 175 Caplen, Cynthia A. - 134 Caponetti, James D. - 130 Carroll, Jennifer L. - 9 Carswell, M. L. - 45 Carter, M. Eloise Brown - 41 Caspa, Judith - 8 Chen, Dillion T. - 10 Chester, Edward W. - 238 Clark, Ross C. - 261 Coile, Nancy C. - 183 Collins, Linda T. - 96 Conn, Christine E. - 269 Conn, David Bruce - 205 Cook, Kenneth M. - 142 Cook, R. A. - 165, 166 Cowart, Lauren Ashley - 60 Cox, Patricia B. - 94 Coxe, Robert B. - 276 Crank, Anna G. - 149 Crawford, E. R. - 1 14 Crews-Oyen, Amy E. - 216 Crouch, Virginia E. - 239 Dailey, Don C. - 58 Dateo, Dorothy - 46 Davis, Elaine J. - 65 Davis, Ila A. - 214 Davison, Paul G. - 128 DeCoster, James K. - 71 DeSelm, H. R. - 237 DeVivo, Joseph C. - 138 Diderrich, Vina R. - 90 Dimock, Ronald V., Jr. - 54 Dodd, C. Kenneth, Jr. - 172 Duff, Robert J. - 132 Dunlap, John R. - 1 1 Edwards, Lonnette G. - 12 Eisenhour, David J. - 141 Emery, Erich - 224 Emrick, Verl R. - 120 Etnier, David A. - 203 Evans, Dan K. - 265 Farrar, Gabert - 13 Faulkner, Charles T. - 207 Field, Jennifer M. - 192 Fisher, Andrew - 251 Fisher, Mark A. - 1 13 Flowers, James R. - 215 Font, William F. - 1 Fontenot, Lance W. - 83 Fore, Stephanie - 164 Franklin, Scott B. - 74 Fredenberg, Stacey C. - 222 Frederick, L. - 124 Funderburk, E. L. - 14 Funderburke, Lisa M. - 270 Garland, Mark A. - 264 Golley, Frank - 40 Gonzalez, Adrian M. - 193 Good, John A. - 180 Greenberg, Cathryn H. - 48 Guill, J . Michael - 256 Hall, Adrienne A. - 5 1 Hall, Yvonne E. - 236 Harris, Richard A. - 191 Harrison, Frederick W. - 57 Haynes, Robert R. - 190 Heacock, Charles - 143 Held, Michael E. - 234 Herr, J. M., Jr. - 158 Hill, Lane - 139 Hinote, Hubert - 272 Hockenberry, Anne W. - 69 Horn, Sally P. - 243 Horton, Jonathan L. - 267 Howe, Gena - 73 Huang, Min T. - 47 Huxel, Gary R. - 123 Hyatt, Philip E. - 189 Jackson, Helen H. - 136 Jackson, J. S. - 154 Jarrett, Robert J. - 121 Johnson, Brent - 223 Johnson, James E. - 126 Jolls, Claudia L. - 91 Jones, Dale E. B. - 81 Jones, David H. - 230 Jones, Ronald L. - 186 Jones, Thomas G. - 202 Joplin, Karl H. - 15 Joy, James E. - 204 Jubinsky, Greg - 100 Kayes, S. G. - 206 Kelly, Holly P. - 93 86 AUTHOR INDEX 87 Kendall. Jacquelyne L. - 271 Kennedy, Suzannah - 59 Kirkman, L. Katherine - 242 Kohl. Josh W. - 86 Kuhajda. Bernard R. - 80 Labeau, Marc R. - 145 Lancaster. Johnny F. - 247 Lane, Joshua E. - 16 Langeland, Ken A. - 107 Lasher. Ann E. - 249 Leppla. Norman C. - 99 Lickey, Edgar B. - 110 Lindsay, David S. - 157 Link, Catherine E. - 179 Little, Michael - 254 Livingston, Gayle - 117 Lobinske, Richard J. - 198 Loughry, W. J. - 17 Lyons. E. T. - 212 Madsen, Dana L. - 19 Mars, Chrystal L. - 217 Martin, D. W. - 1 15 Matthews, Christopher - 258 McAfee, K. Jill - 61 McCall, Robin K. - 167 McCarron, James K. - 229 McCleneghan, S. Coleman - 125 McDonough, Colleen M. - 18 McKeown-Ice, Rosalyn - 39 McLeod, Kenneth W. - 228 McSpadden, E. G. - 151 Meader, Lisa L. - 152 Mellichamp, T. Lawrence - 257 Mickle, James E. - 266 Miller, Marjorie B. - 20 Mohamed, Kamal I. - 263 Moorhead, Kevin K. - 232 Moretz, C. Craig - 184 Morrison, Shannon L. - 268 Mullahey, J. Jeffrey - 104 Murrell, Zack E. - 259 Musselman, Lytton J. - 106, 135, 262 Myers, Randell S. - 219 Nelson, Diane R. - 201 Newell, Claire, L. - 1 19 Nussbaum, Francis E. - 97 Oliver, J. Douglas - 102 Orr, Deborah K. - 181 Otting, Ryan L. - 85 Parkinson, C. L. - 174 Parr, Patricia D. - 21 Pauley, E. F. - 226 Pemberton, Robert W. - 109 Perry, James D. - 92 Peterson, Mark J. - 196 Phipps, Terry L. - 194 Piller, Kyle R. - 140 Pohill, James B. - 55 Porcher, Richard D. - 159, 274 Pounds, Larry - 244 Proseus, Timothy E. - 22 Puckett, Charles E. - 260 Pyne, Milo - 241 Query, Joseph - 23 Radenbaugh, Todd A. - 273 Ramp. Paul F. - 95 Rashleigh, Brenda - 88 Reed, Michael R. - 24 Reinemeyer, Craig R. - 213 Renzaglia, Karen - 246 Ribeiro-Rodrigues, Rodrigo - 25, 155 Risk, Allen C. - 127 Risk, Patricia W. - 98 Ritland, David B. - 26 Robertson, Philip A. - 235 Rohde, Fred C. - 252 Rohrbach, B. W. - 209 Rosensteel, Barbara A. - 27 Schmalzer, Paul A. - 240 Schmidhauser, Carol - 153 Scholtens, Brian G. - 50 Schwartz, Frank J. - 49 Sellers, Clay L. - 200 Shoop, Wesley L. - 2 Siefert, Reigh A. - 150 Sievert, Lynnette M. - 28 Skelton, Christopher E. - 77 Sleeman, J. - 156 Smedley, Kristy L. - 84 Smith, Jason - 89 Smith, Michael E. - 29 Solada, Steven W. - 30 Spira, Timothy P. - 170 Spratt, Henry G., Jr. - 62 Stalter, Richard - 277 Stamper, S. - 21 1 Steed, C. L. - 31 Stephenson, Scott - 68 Stevens, Monica A. - 32 Stich, Thomas J. - 162, 163 Stoll, Syam - 66 Strange, Rex Meade - 75 Strazzante, Lisa - 67 Suiter, Dale W. - 185 Sundberg, Marshall - 245 Tarter, Donald C. - 53 Taylor, David D. - 129 Tennant, Alan - 79 Thompson, Bruce A. - 144 Thompson, James F. - 173 Thompson, Ralph L. - 182 Thunhorst, Gwendolyn A. - 122 Tipton, Ronald C. - 225 Tolliver, Kathryn S. - 116 Tucker, Robert B. - 147 Turner, Mark C. - 171 Turrill, Nicole L. - 72 Valluri, Jagan V. - 33 Van Houten, R. S. - 34 Wagner, Lisa K. - 161 Wallace, James W. - 131 Watts, Julie A. - 35 Wein, Gary R. - 169 Westbrooks, Randy G. - 108 Wilker, John R. - 36, 221 Williams, Ray S. - 44 Wright, Andrew H. - 56 Wubah, Daniel A. - 37 Yokum, Kevin A. - 197 Yorks, Thad E. - 233, 275 Young, Allison R. - 38 Young, John M. - 1 1 1 Yurish, Bradley M. - 112 Zelmer, Derek A. - 146 Zettler, Lawrence W. - 160 ABSTRACTS 1 FONT, WILLIAM F Southeastern Louisiana University— Parasites in Paradise ; Conservation oFNative Hawaiian Stream Fishes The Division of Aquatic Resources, State of Hawai'i, has initiated a research program to study the biology of the 5 species of native Hawaiian freshwater fishes in order to develop a management plan for the conversation of these species. These amphidromous gobioid fishes are parasitized by 10 species of helminths Most of these parasites, including the 3 most abundant species have been introduced into the archipelago by exotic fish hosts. These 3 allogenic parasites, the roundworm Camallanus cotti. the tapeworm Bothriocephalus acheiloanathi and the leech Mvzobdella luaubris used both native gobioid fishes and introduced poeciliid fishes as definitive hosts. A survey of native and exotic fishes from Hakalau Stream, Hawai'i, and Nu’alolo Stream, Hanakapi’ai Stream, and Wainiha River, Kaua’i conducted in 1993 showed a complete concordance of the occurrence of these 3 helminths in native and exotic hosts. Low prevalence and abundance of fish helminths in streams where exotic fishes were absent indicated that parasitism was insignificant in native fishes prior to the arrival of Europeans in the Hawaiian Islands. In 1994, a survey of streams on Hawai'i determined that C. cotti was the most widely distributed helminth, occurring in 14 of 15 aquatic habitats. The sleeper Eleotris sandwicensis harbored a species of Spirocamallanus which may be considered native, but that host was also parasitized by Ascocotvle tenuicollis which was introduced to Hawai’i with imported snails Melanoides tuberculata and mosquitofish Gambusia affinis. Human activity is clearly implicated as the most significant factor responsible for parasitization of Hawaii’s native stream fishes. 2 SHOOP, WESLEY L. Merck Research Laboratories- Slructure and Activity of Avermectins and Milbemvcins in Animal Health. The avermectins and milbemycins are molecules that have revolutionized antiparasitic control over the last decade. Both avermectins and milbemycins have macrocyclic lactone structures that are superimposable, they are produced by the same genus of soil dwelling organisms, they have the same mode of action, they exert this action against the same nematode/acarine/insect spectrum of targets, and they show the same mechanism-based toxicity in mammals. An intense structure/activity search optimizing helminth and arthropod efficacy data on the one hand and safety data on the other yielded the semi-synthetic known as ivermectin, the first commercialized avermectin or milbemycin. Newer avermectin and milbemycin compounds that have appeared claim niches in the market place based on emphasis of certain narrow parts of the overall spectrum, but none has exceeded the original avermectin in any fundamental way. Consequently, there are no second generation avermectins and milbemycins at present and all newer compounds from this mode of action class are viewed as siblings of the first generation. 3 BENZ, GEORGE, W. Tennessee Aquarium- Ills a copepodv world. Eighteen of 40 siphonostome families (Copepoda: Siphonostomatoida) hold species considered exclusive parasites of fishes, and when lumped together these 18 families represent the most successful crustacean group parasitic on vertebrates. If a hypothesis of monophyly for the siphonostomes of vertebrates is endorsed and used as a coat rack on which various other biological characteristics can be arranged, some interesting evolutionary trends emerge. Data suggest the branchial chamber was the first region of the body to be colonized, and that the olfactory capsules of vertebrates may have originated from some premanidular gill arch which caused an evolutionary split in the copepod fauna infecting the branchial chambers of noseless and jawless vertebrates. The general body surfaces of vertebrates were probably colonized by taxa infecting the gills and olfactory capsules, and perhaps this was facilitated by a new type larva possessing a frontal filament. Adults of these larvae appear to have 88 ABSTRACTS 89 developed two modes of extending this progress in attachment security. One involved new methods of permanent attachment of mature females, while a second allowed both powerful swimming and efficient suctoral attachment. Reduction in the number of molts required to reach adulthood is exhibited by some lineages, and seems to have been realized through amalgamation of free living nauplius and/or parasitic copepodid stages. The evolution of two host life cycles by some siphonostomes perhaps was facilitated by a highly mobile young adult capable of infecting another host, and by the close ecological association of the intermediate and definitive hosts. 4 ADAMS, HAROLD S., STEVEN L. STEPHENSON, DAVID M. LAWRENCE, MARY BETH ADAMS, and JOHN D. EISENBACK. Dabney S. Lancaster Community College, Fairmont State College, University of Virginia, USDA Forest Service, and Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University-Gradient analysis of the spruce /hardwood ecotone in the central Appalachians . We are currently using techniques of direct gradient analysis to investigate patterns of species composition and distribution, ecologically important population processes, and microenvironmental gradients along ten permanent transects (each consisting of a series of contiguous 100 m2 quadrats) established across the typically abrupt and narrow spruce /hardwood ecotones in the mountains of eastern central West Virginia and western Virginia. Data obtained for three growing seasons at two transect localities show that, except for the episodic nature of seedlings, densities of species present as saplings and trees exhibit no definite directional change. In most segments of the transects, however, coniferous species have exhibited the greatest increase in basal area. In general, changes in both density and basal area were most apparent in the ecotone segment of each transect. For those soil chemical factors analyzed, there are no consistent general trends yet detectable along the transects. Preliminary data for plant parasitic nematode populations suggest the presence of much larger populations (mainly Macropostonia spp.) in the coniferous community with lowest numbers found in the hardwoods. In summary, we are still uncertain as to any definitive directional trends along the ecotonal boundary between the red spruce and surrounding hardwood communities . (Supported in part by funds provided by the USDA Forest Service.) 5 AWL, DEBORAH J. and LARRY R. POUNDS. Oak Ridge National Laboratory*, Environmental Sciences Division-Rare Plant Surveys on the Oak Ridae Reservation. The U.S. Department of Energy's Oak Ridge Reservation (ORR) encompasses approximately 15,000 ha in the Ridge and Valley physiographic province of Tennessee. Although the original forests had been cleared and the land was in agriculture at the time the ORR was purchased by the U.S. government in 1942, much of the ORR has been relatively undisturbed since 1942, and many areas have been allowed to undergo natural succession. In contrast, the land surrounding the ORR has either remained in agriculture, or been developed for commercial, industrial, and residential purposes. Consequently, the natural vegetation on the ORR has become increasingly significant in relation to regional biodiversity. A comprehensive rare plant survey of the ORR has been initiated by the U.S. Department of Energy's Environmental Restoration Program, and is currently in progress; the project includes field surveys, collection of baseline population data for selected rare plant species, mapping, and database development. Over 1,000 species of vascular plants have been identified on the ORR. Twenty State and/or Federally listed plant species have been found on the ORR to date. Rare plant habitats on the ORR include cedar barrens, rock outcrops, limestone river bluffs, hardwood forests, and wetlands. "Managed by Martin Marietta Energy Systems, Inc., under contract DE-AC05-840R21400 with the U.S. Department of Energy. 6 BARON, LISA A., CHARLES T GARTEN, and TOM L. ASHWOOD. Oak Ridge National Laboratory -Heavy metal bioaccumulation in vegetation and small mammals inhabiting a coal ash disposal site. Coal ash is exempted from treatment as a hazardous waste under RCRA Subtitle C. The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency justifies this exemption contending that coal ash does not possess any of the four RCRA hazardous properties (ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity1, or toxicity). However, metals in coal ash max accumulate to toxic levels in biota on ash disposal sites. Between 1955 and 1989, the Department of Enercx 's Oak Ridge Y-12 Plant sluiced coal ash within an impounded watershed on the Oak Ridge Reservation, creating the 3.6 ha - Filled Coal Ash Pond (FCAP). The site has subsequently become revegetated, providing habitat for wildlife. Vegetation and small mammals were collected from the FCAP and a nearby reference site in September 1992, and June-September 1993. Vegetation and small mammals were analyzed for As, Cd. Cr. Ph. 90 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 Se, Tl and Hg. Mean (± SD) concentrations of Se and As for FCAP vs. reference site samples were significantly higher in deciduous tree foliage (18.9 ± 19.1 Se/g and 1.6 ± 0.69 As/g) and small mammals (2.4 ± 1 .4 ptg Se/g and 0.16 ± 0.1 As/g) inhabiting the FCAP. Thus, biota living on or near the ash disposal site have bioaccumulated Se and As. Concentrations of these metals in ash, vegetation, and small mammals are sufficient to cause toxic effects in both herbivorous and carnivorous wildlife ( i . e . , mice, shrews, deer, and fox). 7 BARROWS, VINCE, ROBERT WALKER, and WILLIAM FARRAR. Eastern Kentucky University - Multiple molecular torms ol enolase from Dig tissues Enolase is a dimeric enzyme that catalyzes the only dehydration reaction in glycolysis, and in doing so generates phospho(enol)pyruvate, the metabolite with the highest phosphate bond energy in the cell. For the rat, ion-exchange column chromatographic results led to proposing the existence of three enolase genes, designated as a, |), and y Each gene codes for a subunit Rat liver enolase is considered to be the homodimer uu, muscle enolase as the homodimer pfi, and the neuron-specific enolase as the homodimer y y. Isoelectric focusing of centrifuged crude homogeneates of pig liver, muscle, kidney, heart, and brain reveal the existence of multiple molecular forms of enolase in this organism Pig liver, muscle, and kidney each contain their own unique form of enolase with isoelectric points (plo) of approximately 6.4, 9.0, and 7.1, respectively However, ventricular musculature contains apparently the muscle enolase as its ma|or form plus a minor form having a plo ol about 6.0, while brain has two forms with pio's of approximately 6.1 and 5.6 Although these isoelectric focusing data support the presence of multiple molecular forms of enolase in the pig, they reveal little concerning the number of genes involved. Comparison of the amino acid analyses of pig liver, muscle and kidney enolases support the plo data and suggest that there may be three genes involved for their expression, notwithstanding the intermediate plo of the kidney enolase between those of liver and muscle. If the acidic brain enolase is a distinct enolase. as it is in the rat and mouse, then there may be four genes involved with the enolase system in the pig 8 CASPA JUDITH, BELL, BARBARA and DANIEL A. WUBAH. Towson State University. Characterization of bacteria from a microbial bloom in a domestic pond. The pure culture technique was used to isolate bacteria from a domestic pond in which a microbial bloom killed the fish within a short period. Water samples were streaked on trypticase soy agar plates and isolated colonies were subcultured. Biochemical tests were done to determine oxygen requirement, carbohydrate utilization, motility and the presence of selected enzymes in each of the isolates. The enzymes tested include catalase, gelatinase, oxidase and urease. Three Gram positive, aerobic, spore-forming, motile rods and two Gram negative, facultatively anaerobic rods were identified. The three Gram positive isolates were Bacillus sphaericus, B. macquariensis, and B. schlegelii. Bacillus sphaericus is pathogenic to mosquito larvae and it is used as biological control agent. Bacillus schlegelii is a hydrogen-oxidizing thermophilic bacteria that is frequently isolated from industrial ponds. Bacillus macquariensis is a psychrotroph which occurs in sub- Antarctic soils. The two Gram negative rods were Rahnella aquatilis and Cedecea davisae . Rahnella aquatilis is normally a non-pathogenic bacterium, but recently it was isolated from the bronchial washings of an AIDS patient. Other species of Bacillus can cause diseases in fish, but none of the three speceis isolated from this study is a known pathogen of fish. Further studies are being done to determine the possible link between these bacteria and the microbial bloom that killed the fish in the pond. 9 CARROLL, JENNIFER L„ VIRGIL J. GRANADA, TANYA L. KOWALCZYK, and IRENE KOKKALA. Furman University-Determination of 13-glucuronidase and acid phosphatase in tronhotaenial cells of goodeid fishes. Goodeid fishes have trophotaeniae which are placental analogs; they are perianal processes which are externalized derivatives of the embryonic hindgut. Trophotaenial cells are epithelial in nature, transporting small molecules or endocytosing macromolecules during gestation. The activity of two endosomal-lysosomal enzymes, 13-glucuronidase and acid phosphatase, was determined in trophotaeniae of three species of goodeid fishes, Ameca splendens, Ilyodon furcidens, and Goodea atripinnis. Derivatives of 4-methylumbelliferone, 4-methylumbelliferyl 13-D-glucuronide and 4-methylumbelliferyl phosphate, were used as substrates. The specific activity of 13-glucuronidase was determined to be 37.31 units/mg protein for A. splendens, 77.09 units/mg protein for / . furcidens, 79.20 units/mg protein for G. atripinnis. For acid phosphatase the specific activity was determined to be 87.49 units/mg protein for A. splendens, 98.60 units/mg protein for I. furcidens, and 453.64 units/mg protein ABSTRACTS 91 for G. atripinnis . While 13-glucuronidase showed no significant differences between the specific activities of the different species, the specific activities of acid phosphatase were statistically different between G. atripinnis , as compared to the other two species. No differences were shown between the specific activities of acid phosphatase of A. splendens and I. furcidens. 10 CHEN, DILLION T. , L. FREDERICK, P.C. WANG, W. R. GORDON, and H. F. SONG, Howard Uni¬ versity — NMR Observations on Water Distribution in American Elms Infected with the Dutch Elm Disease. Water distribution in 1/4" to 1/2" dia. branches removed from Dutch elm disease (DED) in¬ fected American elm trees has been studied with the NMR imaging technique. This non-in- vasive technique enables water flow and distribution to be observed in the intact stem. The main water flow in elm branches occurs through the ring-porous layer of the outermost annual ring. When uninfected branches are imaged water presence is of uniform intensity in all vessels in this layer. In DED-infected branches water presence intensity varies in the springwood vessels with the intensity low in some and high in others. Microtome transections through the same region of the branch imaged reveal the presence of discrete discolored areas in the ring-porous layer. It is in these areas that the intensity of wa¬ ter presence is markedly reduced. Light microscope and scanning electron microscope ob¬ servations of these transections reveal the presence of occlusions in vessels in the dis¬ colored zones. Reduced water presence in these vessels can be attributed to the inter¬ ference of water flow by these occlusions. Although NMR imaging of branches with DED re¬ veals that water flow is reduced in these stems, the extent of the reduction, at the ana¬ tomical sites imaged, appears insufficient to account for the often rapid wilting of lea¬ ves of infected plants. Therefore, for leaf wilt to occur, substantial blockage of water flow to leaves must take place at another anatomical site. Further studies will explore this possibility by imaging the primary xylem in nodal regions of infected stems. 11 DUNLAP, JOHN R. and PATRICIA L. WALNE. University of Tennessee, Knoxville— Biogenesis of the lorica m Pteromonas protracta (Chloroph\ta). The unicellular, biflagellated green alga, Pteromonas protracta (Stein) Lemm., is characterized by a mineralized, bivalved extracellular lorica with compressed lateral wings and a hexagonal surface pattern. Early lorica development is visualized by transmission electron microscopy as a thin, pliable, mucilaginous film that surrounds the cell and is subsequently mineralized. Both the mucilaginous and the mineralized components of the lorica are processed via an endomembrane system, including the endoplasmic reticulum and the Golgi apparatus, and are transported to the cell surface in Golgi-derived vesicles. Each Golgi apparatus in a given cell consists of about 10 cistemae, and all appear to participate in the simultaneous production of lorica components, which are first readily observed in the medial/trans cistemae as filmy filaments and electron-opaque spheres. Inflated peripheries of the medial cistemae contain mostly filmy filaments, whereas those of the trans cistemae may contain only the dense spheres or a mixture of the two components. The inflated cisternal peripheries subsequently abscise and serve as transport vesicles. Preliminary STEM x-ray analysis and other microanalytic procedures suggest the spheres are calcium-containing structures that may also form the basis of the hexagonal surface pattern of the lorica. 12 EDWARDS, LONNETTE G . , 1,2 TIMOTHY P. SPIRA,2 and JOAN L. WALKER.1 USDA FOREST SERVICE1 AND CLEMSON UNIVERSITY2-Seed production and germination ecology of Echinacea laevigata : a federally endangered species . Echinacea laevigata . smooth conef lower, is a perennial herb whose current range is limited to Virginia, the Carolinas and Georgia. Habitats include forests; in gaps; under power lines; along roadside or forest edges; and in glades or glade-like areas. Research objectives include determining the potential and actual contribution of seeds and seedlings to the growth and/or maintenance of populations of E. laevigata as well as providing information on the environmental variables that are conducive to successful germination, seedling establishment, and growth. Flowering rosettes usually produce a solitary head of florets from May through August. Single-seeded fruits (achenes) in a population mature in fall and are dispersed through winter. Preliminary data from several populations on the Sumter National Forest (SC) indicate that Echinacea laevigata seed set in 1994 averaged 45%. Seeds produced and tested in fall 1993 and 1994 had low germination rates ( < 1 0 % ) . Tests are underway to assess germinability following stratification. 92 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 13 FARRAR, GABERT, and WILLIAM FARRAR. Eastern Kentucky University - Puriticatinn and properties of pig brain pyruvate kinase. Pyruvate kinase (PyK) catalyzes the last reaction in glycolysis, which results in the production of ATP and pyruvate from phospho(enol)pyruvate (PEP) and ADP Both Mg2+ and K+ are required for catalysis There are four known isozymic forms of PyK in vertebrates, designated as L (liver form), Mi (muscle form), M2 (or A) (kidney form, but widely distributed), and R (erythrocyte form) The PyKs studied thus far have all proven to be tetramers of molecular weights between 200,000 - 240,000, and although there is some overlap these forms nevertheless differ in their chemical, physical, kinetic, electrophoretic, and immunological properties. The L, R, and M2 forms are each activated by fructose-1 ,6-diphosphate (FDP), but the Mi form is not. Moreover, the isoelectric points (plo) of the L. M2, and R types are substantially lower than the plo of 8. 5-8, 9 found for the Mi form. Pig PyKs have been isolated and characterized from liver (L), heart (M2), kidney (R), and muscle (Mi ). We undertook the purification of pig brain PyK in an effort to characterize its properties, and to determine its isozymic category. Using a combination of phosphocellulose, gel filtration, and blue-dextran agarose column chromatography, pig brain PyK was purified 382-fold, to a specific activity of 191 U/ mg protein, and about 98% purity. Sucrose density gradient ultracentrifugation shows that pig brain PyK has a native MW of approximately 237,000, and SOS - PAGE reveals a subunit MW of about 60,000 showing that the enzyme Is a tetramer. The pH optimum (pHo) tor activity is 7.4 which excludes this PyK as a type L isozyme (pHo = 6.5). but cannot distinguish between Mi and M2 isozymes. A plo of 8.0, as well as hyperbolic kinetics and the lack of activation by FDP, are consistent with pig brain PyK being categorized as a type M 1 isozyme 14 FUNDERBURK, E. L. and W. H. CONNER. Clemson University — Growth and survival of forested wetland species planted in Pen Branch delta on Savannah River Site, S . C . Flooding of Pen Branch delta by thermal effluents resulted in death of most existing vegetation with little reestablishment in the past two decades on some sites. Undisturbed swamps on the delta are dominated by Taxodium distichum and Nyssa aquatica. Likelihood of the disturbed swamp returning to original species composition is low due to low seed production, viability, and dispersal, lack of suitable microsites for germination, unnatural fluctuations in water levels, alteration of soils, and competition from herbaceous plants and Sallx and Cephalanthus stands. Reestablishment of desirable tree species may require planting. Species chosen for planting are T. distichum, N. aquatxca, N. sylvatlca var. biflora, and Fraxlnus pennsylvamca . Objectives include: determining above- and below-ground biomass changes in planted seedlings with time, determining growth and survival rates, and using these data to develop planting guidelines for future restoration efforts. On four sites, seedling roots were pruned to compare responses to unpruned roots. Additionally, tree shelters were placed on a portion of the seedlings to evaluate effects on seedling response. Light quality differences were measured. 15 JOPLIN. KARL H. >. RONALD D. FLANNAGAN2 AND DAVID L. DENLINGER2 >Dept Biological Sciences. East Tennessee State University. Johnson City. TN 37614 and 2Dept Entomology, Ohio State University, Columbus, OH 43210. Cloning of diapause specific genes of the flesh fly, Sarcophasa crassipalpis.. Insects in temperate climates use diapause as an overwintering strategy. This developmental state is signalled by environmental cues, primarily photoperiod. In the flesh fly, Sarcophaga crassipalpis , a faculative diapause occurs that is induced by photoperiod, and is centered in the brain. Previous work has shown that brains from diapausing pupae express a set of diapause-specific proteins, as determined by 2D PAGE. We have created a cDNA library from RNA isolated from the brains of diapausing pupae and screened these clones for diapause-specific genes using an elimination hybridization technique. The result of these procedures is 30 clones that are apparently specific for RNA from diapausing pupae or are up-regulated in diapause. Partial sequences (expression tagged sequences) are presented for some of these clones and show homology to proteins of neural origin or protein kinases associated with developmental pathways. We also present preliminary data on the use of differential display as a means of isolating additional genes involved in diapause. Further characterization of these clones will allow us to begin analysis on the molecular controls of diapause. 16 Lane, Joshua E. 1 , Rodrigo Ribeiro-Rodrigues', Clint E. Carter', Burton J. Bogitsh 1 , Pramod K. Singh2, Lisa J. Zimmerman2 and Mark M. Jones2 Dept of Biology1 and Dept of Chemistry2 - Vanderbilt University, Nashville, TN. -Inhibition of Trypanosoma cruzi epimastigotes in vitro with Tetraethvlthiuran disulfide. Several Chelating agents were tested for their ability to inhibit the growth of Trypanosoma cruzi epimastigotes in vitro. These compounds were initially tested at a final concentration of 5 pg/ml ABSTRACTS 93 Benzmdazole (BNZ) and Amphotericin B (AMPB) were used as controls. The most effective compounds included N.N.N'.N' - tetrakis (2-pyridylmethyl)ethylediamine, sodium diethylamine - N - carbodithioate , piperidine carbodithioate and several of its analogs, and tetraethylthiuran disulfide (TETD). The IC50 of the most active drugs was determined The proposed mechanism of inhibitory action of these compounds is based on their ability to chelate essential metals such as copper, zinc, and iron. TETD proved be more effective than BNZ and AMPB TETD is metabolically converted into diethyldithiocarbamate (DEDTC), which showed similar inhibitory activity to TETD. After 72 hours, both compound displayed 70-80% growth inihibition. Since TETD is converted to DEDTC, it is possible that the latter is the actual inhibitory constituent TETD may also act on the cytochrome P-450 system of the epimastigote 17 W. J. LOUGHRY and COLLEEN M. MCDONOUGH. Valdosta State University, — Are road-kills valid indicators of armadillo population structure? We examined three years worth of data on road-killed nine-banded armadillos (Dasvpus novemcinctus) to determine if these individuals were representative of the population as a whole. Demographic attributes of the road-killed population were compared with data from three different live-trapped groups. Live-trapped populations did not differ from one another demographically. Comparisons of live-trapped with road-killed populations revealed no differences in sex-ratios or the reproductive condition of adult females. There was a significant difference in the age structure of the two groups, with juveniles almost completely absent from road kills. Our data suggest that road-killed armadillos provide a representative picture of the demography of the adults in a population, but that information on age structure is misleading. MCDONOUGH, COLLEEN M. Valdosta State Universitv--Matina behavior in the nine- banded armadillo, Dasvpus novemcinctus. Although nine-banded armadillos, Dasvpus novemcinctus. are ubiquitous throughout Texas and the southeastern US, only anecdotal accounts are available on mating behavior. Results of a four year study of a population of individually marked animals in south Texas suggest that males mate polygynously, using mate guarding and resource defense to monopolize receptive females. The breeding season occurs from June through November with the majority of pairs observed between June and through August. Behaviors performed during mating include dorsal touches, sniffing, tail wagging, tail lifts, retreats, approaches, marking and vigilance. Dorsal touches by males elicit tale wagging in females which may allow males to monitor female receptivity by olfaction. In females, tail wagging is positively correlated to the amount of contact that occurs during courtship. Males are responsible for maintaining proximity and perform the majority of marking behavior. Low vocalizations also occur and may indicate receptivity and help coordinate mating behavior. 19 MADSEN, DANA L.1, TIMOTHY P. SPIRA1, JOAN L. WALKER2, and JOHN E. FAIREY1. Clemson 1 2 University and US Forest Service — Germination ecology of Macbridea alba (Chapm. ) Macbridea alba (Chapm. ) is a Federally threatened mint native to a few counties in the panhandle of Florida. Demographic studies show that Macbridea alba (Chapm.) individuals persist at least 4 years, but few seedlings have been observed. It is not known if this is due to inadequate seed set (involving fertility, pollination, or seed damage), seed viability, or seedling establishment. This study investigates the viability and germinability of Macbridea alba (Chapm.) seeds collected in the summer of 1994. At least 50 inflorescences from each of 7 populations were bagged with bridal veil in July 1994, after flower abscission and before seed dispersal. Seeds were collected in August and kept in an unheated greenhouse approximating field conditions. Seeds were germinated on sand in petri dishes under an alternating day and night temperature regime and a 12 hour photoperiod. Six replicates of 25 seeds each were subjected to one of several temperature, stratification, and/or storage conditions. Macbridea alba (Chapm.) seeds show no innate dormancy. We observed seedlings within the calyces of mother plants in natural populations in late August. The percentage of seeds germinated prior to harvest ranged from 8.9 % to 39.1% (mean=23.8%) across the 7 populations. Preliminary germination studies indicate germinability rates of filled nutlets are greater than 70%. Seed viability and germinability are apparently not the sole variables limiting seedling establishment in Macbridea alba (Chapm.). 94 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 20 MILLER, MARJORIE B , TIMOTHY P SPIRA, ALBERT G ABBOTT, SRIYANI RAJAPASKE Clemson University— Bisk of gene escape from cultivated to wild strawberries (Frag aria spp4 Bioengineering is a technique increasingly used in commercial crops and ornamental plants to increase disease and pest resistance and to enhance plant tolerance to stress. Engineered genes that are beneficial to plant production, if allowed to escape into related wild species, could be detrimental both to crops and to natural ecosystems Many commercial crops and related wild species are inter-fertile thereby providing an avenue for gene escape from the crop to the wild congener Eragaria ananasaa, the cultivated strawberry, is an important commercial crop in the Southeastern United States, The wild species, E, virginiana, frequently grows along roadsides, open fields, and in woodland borders surrounding commercial strawberry operations Both the cultivar and the wild species share pollinators, have overlapping flowering periods and are cross-compatible, making them candidates for transgene escape The objectives of our research are to (1) quantify the extent of gene flow via pollen from the cultivated to the wild strawberry, (2) investigate ecological factors that may influence hybrid seed formation and (3) assess the relative vigor of hybrid vs, non-hybrid progeny 21 PARR, PATRICIA D. and LINDA K. MANN. Oak Ridge National Laboratory*— The Department of Energy's Oak Ridge Reservation: A resource for the future i* Over the last 50 years, the Department of Energy's Oak Ridge Reservation has evolved into a nationally valuable natural resource. Occupying about 35,000 acres of mostly contiguous native forest, it contains relatively undisturbed ecosystems which are important habitats for many species now uncommon or unknown in surrounding areas. It has experienced natural processes with minimal impact from traditional human land use in the region since government acquisition, providing an invaluable reference point for determining effects of human development on natural resources. Increasingly uncommon communities such as cedar barrens, river bluff communities, forests, and wetlands occur. Over 1,000 species of vascular plants occur (20 on the state list, 4 on the federal candidate list). Checklists include 60 reptilian and amphibian species; 63 fish species; more than 120 species of terrestrial birds; 32 of water fowl, wading birds, and shore birds; and about 40 mammalian species Twenty-three wildlife species are state or federally listed, and habitat exists for at least 20 more species whose presence has not yet been confirmed. As urban and agricultural development in the ridge and valley continues, the Oak Ridge Reservation will play an increasingly important role in the understanding and protection of regional ecosystems. ‘Managed by Martin Marietta Energy Systems, Inc., under contract DE-AC05-840R21400 with the U.S Department of Energy. 22 PROSEUS, TIMOTHY E and DANIEL B PLYLER University ol North Carolina at Wilmington— A comparison of the seed dormancy characteristics of Spartina patens and Spartina alterniflora Site-specific seed dormancy in Spartina patens was studied in comparison to earlier work with S n a r 1 1 n a alterniflora (Plyler and Carrick. 1993, American Journal of Botany 80 752-756) The sue of the dormancy mechanism was determined by assessing the germinability of surgically altered dormant seeds Other dormancy characteristics were determined by assessing the germinability of intact and surgically altered seeds following treatment with gibherellic acid, lusicoccin, or abscisic acid. Surgical injury to the sculellum and the endosperm gave mean germination percentages in S . patens of 75% and 80%, respectively. In S . alterniflora. scutellum punctures are effective, but endosperm punctures are not effective As observed in S. alterniflora. exogenously applied abscisic acid was highly effective in maintaining dormancy following both types of injury to seeds of S_. patens, and gibberellic acid was ineffective in eliciting germination Fusicoccin, a strong stimulator of germination in 3_ alterniflora. produced no significant germination in seeds of S_. patens at concentrations up to 100 mg/liter. Seeds stored in water at 2 C prior to incubation at 26 C showed significant germination (54%), suggesting a vernalization requirement. This was not observed in S-. alterniflora. It is concluded that differences in the germination response of these two closely related species indicate the presence of important differences in the dormancy mechanisms. These differences may be manifestations of different environmental requirements of young seedlings. 23 QUERY, JOSEPH and EDWARD MILLS. Wingate College — Effects of summer stratification on aquatic life in Lake Wingate. NC. Lake Wingate, a eutrophic lake in central North Carolina, experiences a very apparent temperature stratification during summer. Maximum Secchi readings of 0.5 meters during summer 1994 indicate suspensions of clay and dissolved compounds strongly attenuate light available to benthic macrophytes. Results from the dissolved oxygen and depth measurements ABSTRACTS 95 taken throughout the summer indicate that the hypolimnion of this eutrophic lake becomes almost anoxic (late July, 0.4 ppm dissolved 02), and comprehensive sampling indicated that most fish moved into the deeper, cooler, and more highly oxygenated water near the dam. Most turtles, birds, and snails remained in shallow areas. Analysis of Van Dorn samples revealed that nutrient levels (N and P) decreased rapidly during early summer in the epilimnion (probably due to algal photosynthesis), and increased later in the hypolimnion as nutrients were liberated from decaying material. Sediments under the hypolimnion were stirred by the actions of an estimated >50 turtles/hectare. REED, MICHAEL R., VICTOR H. PARRISH, THOMAS G. CIRAVOLO and KENNETH W. MCLEOD. Savannah River Ecology Laboratory, University of Georqia-Experiences in restoration of a thermally degraded bottomland forest. In 1985, following the termination of thermal effluent release into a third order South Carolina coastal plain stream, secondary succession of bottomland vegetation began. The natural recovery has been dominated by early successional communities (broomsedge ( Andropogon virginicus ) in dry sites to black willow ( Salix nigra) in wetter sites), but more rapid community development was desired. Therefore, a bottomland restoration program was begun in 1990. Over the past 5 years, a dozen experiments using over 4500 individuals of 24 tree species have been conducted, investigating various aspects of species selection, size and type of planting stock, method of reintroduction, protection from herbivory and control of competing vegetation. While subtle differences exist in the specific plans for successful restoration of diverse bottomland habitats, some generalities can be made from our studies. The most important factors to be considered are accessibility to herbivores and species selection, with the greater flood tolerant species being the most successful in our experience. Thus, our experiments have reinforced the need to know the characteristics of the site, particularly the hydrology and potential herbivore pressure, in developing a restoration plan. 25 Ribeiro-Rodrigues, Rodrigo', Joshua E Lane1, Clint E. Carter , Burton J Bogitsh1 and Mark M, Jones’ Dept of Biology1 and Dept of Chemistry2 - Vanderbilt University, Nashville, TN -In vitro inhibitory activity of anti-malarial drugs on the replication of T rypanosoma cruzi epimastiqotes. The treatment for Chagas’ disease is a problem to be solved. Complete cure has not been attained and drugs currently used have considerable side-effects and/or limited action, A series of anti-malarial drugs, Primaquine (Pq), Amodiaquine (Aq), Chloroquine (Cq), Qumacrine (Qc), Pentamidine (Pm) and Quinine (Qn), were evaluated for their ability to inhibit in vitro the replication of Trypanosoma cruzi epimastigotes (Y strain). The inhibitory activity of these drugs was compared to the activity of Benznidazole (BNZ) and Amphotericin B (AMPB). Epimastigotes were incubated with drugs or controls at a final concentration of 10 and 50 pg/ml for 72 hours, at 28°C. The inhibition/ activity was evaluated via a non-radioactive cell proliferation assay. Primaquine, Aq, Qc and Pm inhibited 65-75% of the replication of epimastigotes with both concentrations, Qn and Cq presented a lower inhibitory acitivity ranging from 8 to 32%. Benznidazole activity varied from 16.1% to 74.7%, and AMPB inihbited about 71% with both concentrations. These preliminary results show the potential of Pq, Aq, Qc and Pm as possible drugs for chemotherapy. Partially supported by CNPq, PHS-NIAID and ES. RITLAND, DAVID B. Erskine College — Dynamic chemical defense of the Florida queen butterfly (Danaus gilippus) and implications for its mimic, the viceroy (Limenitis archippu.s). Queen butterflies sequester toxic cardenoLides from their larval hostplants (milkweeds), and are traditionally considered unpalatable “models” for the mimetic viceroy butterfly in Florida. This study tests the hypothesis that queens exhibit hostplant-related variation in palatability (a “palatability spectrum”). Queens were reared on four larval foodplants--5,d;rosrem/nq clausum, Asclepias tuberosa, A. incamata and A. curassavica (all Asciepiadaceae)-and their palatability was assessed in a laboratory bioassay using red-winged blackbirds as generalist avian predators. Reared queens varied significantly in cardenolide content and palatability; birds ate from 8% to 85% of butterflies offered, depending upon larval hostplant. However, unpalatability did not directly parallel butterfly cardenolide content, suggesting that other milkweed phytochemicals, or compounds synthesized autogenously by the butterflies, contribute to queen unpalatability. The demonstrated variation in queen palatability is predicted to affect the dynamics of mimicry between queens and viceroys; as a consequence of regional differences in asclepiad floras, the viceroy-queen mimicry relationship in Florida is predicted to switch between the Batesian (unilateral) and Mullerian (mutual) mimicry modes. In the extreme, queens feeding on certain foodplants may be palatable Batesian mimics of sympauic, moderately unpalatable viceroys, reversmg the traditionally cited mimicry roles of these butterflies. 96 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 27 ROSENSTEEL, BARBARA A Oak Rjdge National Laboratory*, Environmental Sciences Division — Wetlands on the Oak Ridge Reservation. Surveys to identify and characterize wetlands on the Department of Energy's Oak Ridge Reservation (ORR) have been ongoing since 1990. The most common wetland classes are Palustnne Emergent Persistent fPEMl), Palustrinc Scrub- Shrub Broad-Leaved Deciduous (PSS1), and Palustnne Forested Broad-Leaved Deciduous (PFOl). The PEM1 and PSS1 wetlands have been found most frequently in disturbed or altered environments such as Clinch River embayments, and in npanan areas in utility line nghts-of-way The PFOl wetlands are the largest wetland class on the ORR, occurring in the floodplains of the major Clinch River tributaries and in small, headwater catchments on the valley sides. Most of the wetlands on the ORR are "flow-through" systems located in headwater positions. In flow-through systems, the direction of runoff and groundwater flow is one-way, through the wetland to the stream, and overbank flooding, in which stream water flows into the wetlands, is rare. Although there are an estimated 500-600 acres of wetlands on the ORR, individual wetlands are not large, with most being less than one or two acres. Collectively, however, the effects of the biogeochemical functions of these wetlands on stream chemistry and aquatic life could be significant. Although wetlands are a minor, and often overlooked, component of watersheds in the Ridge and Valley Province in east Tennessee, it is likely that they are important to stream ecology and both biological and landscape diversity. * Managed by Martin Marietta Energy Systems, Inc , under contract DE-AC05-840R21400 with the U S Department of Energy. 28 SI EVERT , LYNNETTE M. AND MARK A. PAULISSEN. Maryville College, and McNeese State University - Temperature selection and thermoregulatory precision of bisexual and parthenoaenetic Cnemidophorus lizards from southern Texas . Temperature selection and thermoregulatory precision of male and female Cnemidophorus qularis and females of two clonal complexes of the parthenogenetic species Cnemidophorus laredoensis (LAR-A and LAR-B) in a linear thigmothermal gradient were measured over a 24-h period. All 4 groups of Cnemidophorus select similar Tbs over the 24-h period. Male and female C. qularis and LAR-A select higher T_s during some hours of photophase than during some hours of scotophase. The pattern of temperature selection during photophase by LAR-A and LAR-B differed in ways that parallel the differences in the diel activity cycle of these two parthenogens . Cnemidophorus qularis is a more precise thermoregulator than either clonal complex of C. laredoensis . SMITH, MICHAEL E. Valdosta State Universitv-Prev captured in Georgia pitcher plants. Sarracenia flava and Sarracenia minor were collected from a single location in Clinch County, Georgia during July 1 993. Morphological characteristics and composition of prey were determined for twelve individual pitchers from each species. Prey resource partitioning was evident between the two species. Sarracenia minor collected a significantly higher (PcO.OOl ) mean percentage of Formicidae as prey (88.2% vs. 38.8%), while Sarracenia flava collected a significantly higher ( P < 0 . 00 1 ) mean percentage of the winged insect orders Diptera (19.3% vs. 2.3%), Coleoptera (18.4% vs. 2.4%) and Lepidoptera (1 7.0% vs. 0%). In addition, there was a greater (P<0.001 ) number of detached wings in S. flava pitchers. Mean prey biomass in 5. flava pitchers was significantly greater ( P < 0 . 0 1 ; 90.2 mg) compared to S. minor (20.9 mg), Sarracenia flava pitcher morphological characteristics, aperture height, aperture diameter, aperture area, and pitcher volume were significantly correlated to several prey parameters; thus, it appears that morphological variation in certain 5. flava pitcher parameters has functional significance. There were no significant correlations of S. minor morphological characteristics to prey parameters. Authorization to collect pitcher plants was granted under permit number 932 of the Georgia Depatment of Natural Resources Protected Plant Program, 30 SOLADA, STEVEN W.,1 SUE A. PERRY,2 WILLIAM B. PERRY,1 Division of Forestry, West Virginia University1 and National Biological Survey, West Virginia Cooperative Fish and Wildlife Research Unit, West Virginia Universitv2-Pvnamics of organic matter decomposition in three upper perennial Appalachian streams ■ The decomposition of leaf litter provides the primary nutrient source for many of the headwater mountain streams in forested catchments of West Virginia, thus, an investigation of the factors which influence organic matter decomposition is important in understanding the dynamics of these systems. We conducted a study of leaf litter decomposition in three upper perennial streams within or near the Fernow Experimental Forest, Monongahela National Forest, West Virginia. Three leaf species, placed ABSTRACTS 97 in individual leaf bags, were placed in three streams of differing pH. Microbial biomass, measured as ATP, was significantly lower in detritus from the low pH stream (4.70 ug/g) as compared to that collected from the more neutral streams (15.9 ug/g) . The rates of decomposition for white oak and red maple were significantly lower (0.0062 and 0.0037, respectively) in the acidic stream as compared with the more neutral streams (0.0128 and 0.0072, respectively). Detrital decomposition, microbial biomass, and the accumulation of phosphorus, calcium, and magnesium were inhibited in the low pH stream. STEED, C.L., L. R. JONES and M. A. HARRISON. Marshall University— Effect of red light on ethylene biosynthesis and peroxidase/i nvertase activity during gravitropism in pea stems. Red light causes a shift in the cellular growth pattern during gravistimulation in etiolated stems. Ethylene and cell wall enzymes (e.g. invertase and peroxidase) are known to regulate cellular growth processes. For this study, we evaluated ethylene precursor levels and peroxidase and Invertase activities after red-light treatment in gravistimulated stems. Etiolated (receiving dim green light daily) pea seedlings were given red light 18 hours prior to gravistimulation. Subapical stem sections were analyzed for aminocyclopropanecarboxyl ic acid (ACC), its malonyl conjugate (MACC), invertase and peroxidase activities during curvature. In red-i rradiated seedlings, decreased ACC was paralleled by increased MACC levels during the later phases (90-120 min) of bending. Prel iminari ly, ACC and MACC levels did not change in upper or lower stem sections. Peroxidase and invertase activity both increased in lower stem sections at 60 min gravistimulation independent of light treatment. In conclusion, red-light pretreatment appears to stimulate conjugation of ACC during gravitropism in pea stems. Also, gravistimulation may alter the lateral distribution of peroxidase and invertase activities. (Supported by NASA: NAGW-3859 and WV Space Grant Consortium) . 32 STEVENS, MONICA A. and RONALD E. BARRY. Frostburg State University— Distribution, habitat, and home range of the New England cottontail. Svlvilagus transitionalis, in western Maryland Populations of New England cottontails ( Svlvilagus transitionalis) have recently declined, reportedly due to invasions by eastern cottontails (S. floridamts) and habitat destruction and fragmentation. Recent studies suggest that S. transitionalis may actually be two morphometrically and genetically distinct taxa, with the Hudson River separating the northern S. transitionalis from the southern S. obscums. This would compound the vulnerability of the species to extinction due to a smaller population size than previously believed. This study examined the distribution, habitat, and home range of S. transitionalis in western Maryland. Cottontails were located using radio-telemetry, and home ranges were determined using the minimum convex polygon method. Selection indices and compositional analysis were used to compare use to availability of vegetation types and percent cover. Preliminary results from a New England cottontail population at an elevation above 860 m indicate that S. transitionalis selects locations associated with Kalnua and Vaccinium that have 90-100% canopy closure and over 80% visual obstruction. Home ranges were between one and two hectares The habitats selected by the rabbits provided both maximum escape cover and saplings and herbaceous vegetation for forage. VALLURI , JAGAN V., JASON BARNETT, JOHN CAMPBELL, and H. WAYNE ELMORE. Marshall University — Protein synthesis and regulation of ethylene production in sandalwood callus cultures exposed to heat shock. Heat shock in higher plants induces synthesis of a unique group of proteins, the heat shock proteins (HSP). In plants, the major group of heat shock proteins has a molecular weight of 15 to 25 kilodaltons. A knowledge of the molecular responses such as gene expression during cellular adaptation would be helpful and might lead to the identification of the altered putative genes. Sandalwood callus was maintained on Murashige and Skoog medium supplemented with 1 mg/L 2,4-D and 1 mg/L benzyladenine. Rapidly growing sandal callus was exposed to elevated temperatures ranging from 32C to 45C. Protein synthesis induced by heat shock was assessed by SDS-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis. After 48 h of exposure to stress, a 30% reduction in callus volume was observed. Silver staining and incorporation of radio-label revealed a diverse array of low molecular weight proteins at 36, 40 and 45C after 6 to 8 hours of 98 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 heat shock. Although most appeared to be synthesized only during heat shock, some were detectable at low levels in control tissue. At elevated temperatures ethylene production was greatly inhibited. However, recovery from heat shock is relatively rapid and is followed by stimulated ethylene production. 34 VAN HOUTEN, R.S. AND C.A. SUNDERMANN. Auburn University-Fine Structure of the Oocyst Wall of Caryospora biqenetica Caiyospora biqenetica, a facultatively heteroxenous coccidian, uses viperid snakes as primary hosts and various mammalian species as secondary hosts. Both sexual and asexual development occur in the primary host within the intestinal epithelium resulting in the formation of oocysts that are passed to the external environment where sporulation occurs. To examine the fine structure of the oocyst, several methods were employed to prepare both in vivo and in vitro grown stages for transmission electron microscopy. In vitro, a thin-walled oocyst predominated at 37°C; however, at 29°C both a thin-walled and a thicker-walled oocyst were common. Thicker-walled oocysts possessed an electron-lucent outer layer bordered by a thicker electron-dense inner layer. The sporocyst wall appeared as a thin non-layered membrane. An electron-dense region bordered internally by a thinner electron-lucent region characterized the oocyst wall of the in vivo-produced oocysts and a multi-layered sporocyst wall was present. In vitro- produced oocyst walls differed from those produced in vivo by possessing an electron-lucent outer region. This is the first report on oocyst wall ultrastructure of C. biqenetica from cell culture and primary hosts. Supported by the Alabama Agricultural Experiment Station. WATTS, JULIE A. Oak Ridge National Laboratory — Environmental education at Oak Ridge National Laboratory. The Environmental Sciences Division (ESD) has been involved in environmental education activities since its inception. Trends showing declines in the numbers of students entering science programs has prompted increased efforts to encourage students to pursue a career in the sciences, introduce students to environmental research, and provide research opportunities at Oak Ridge National Laboratory (ORNL). Programs such as the U.S. Department of Energy High School Science Honors Program, Ecological and Physical Sciences Study Center, ScienceQuest, and teacher workshops and research experiences provide opportunities for K-12 students and teachers. ESD continues to develop and maintain strong relationships with undergraduate and graduate institutions through internships and work-study programs. Post-masters and post-doctoral appointments and faculty research appointments for summer research or sabbatical leave are available. Recently, ESD has increased its efforts to attract students and faculty from under-represented groups. The enthusiasm, fresh insight, and expertise of our educational guests provide a continuing source of research creativity, benefiting both ESD and research program sponsors. In return, participation in ongoing research in ESD provides our guests with opportunities to apply their textbook knowledge, expand their areas of expertise, and play a role in solving major environmental problems. Research funded by US Department of Energy under contract No. DE-AC05-84OR21 400 with Martin Marietta Energy Systems, Inc. 36 WILKER, JOHN R , SCOTT B FRANKLIN, and STEVE L MORTON Southern Illinois University— The spiral model of community dynamics. Succession is one of the central tenets of community ecology yet general models for succession have been debated since the origination of the term. Successional models have become increasingly complex with consideration of multiple pathways, vital attributes, population processes, competition and environmental influences, and the incorporation of scale into ecological studies. The spiral model represents an abstract framework reflecting the complex nature of community dynamics by integrating simultaneous processes operating at different scalar domains (hierarchy theory). The model takes a three-dimensional form of community composition, environmental constraints, and time. Intrascale and interscale influences may be separated and addressed with the spiral model through the use of nested domains. Studies of community composition, processes, and interactions at the most appropriate scale will foster a better understanding of community phenomena. For instance, the scale of the study relative to disturbance may elucidate the affinity between cyclic and linear vegetation trends. We propose this model to replace simplistic models found in current general ecology texts. ABSTRACTS 99 WUBAH, DANIEL. A. and DAVID S. KIM. Towson State University Fiber degradation by anaerobic zoosporic fungi from the rumen and dung of the same cow. Obligately anaerobic zoosporic fungi that inhabit the rumen of herbivores were discovered recently. These fungi have been isolated from rumen fluid as well as cow dung. Fungal thalli colonize fiber and produce enzymes that are able to degrade plant structural carbohydrates such as lignocellulose. Several reports have addressed the activities of isolates obtained from rumen fluid, but no definitive study has been carried out to determine the degradative activities of isolates in dung. The objective of this project was to compare the fiber degrading ability of a mixture of anaerobic zoosporic fungi from rumen fluid of a cow with the activities of fungi present in the fecal sample of the same cow. Fungi were maintained in cultures with Streptomycin, Penicillin and Chloramphenicol. Fiber-degradation was determined by a gravimetric method and a quantitative protein assay using coastal Bermudagrass (CBG) and sisal fiber (Agave sp.) as the carbon source. Observations were made in fungal cultures that had been incubated for 48, 96, 120 and 144 h. Mixed fungal cultures from the dung degraded CBG and sisal fiber faster than the rumen cultures. The order of degradation of plant fiber from the dung and rumen was CBG>CBG and sisal fiber > sisal fiber. Further studies will be done to determine the activities of individual isolates from the dung and rumen and also to obtain pure cultures for characterization. 38 YOUNG, ALLISON R. AND JAMES C. HULL. Towson State University — Photosvnthetic responses to sunflecks in early and late successional tree seedlings. Plant photosynthetic responses to sunflecks were investigated in seedlings of early and late successional tree species, with Lir iodendron tulipif era representing early successional plants and Ouercus rubra representing late successional plants. Three individuals of each species were grown at 150 and 330 mmoles m'2 s'1. Photosynthetically active radiation (PAR) response curves were determined for each treatment and species. To simulate sunfleck events, photosynthetic responses for each treatment were measured by exposing plants equilibrated at low light to a rapid change to high light conditions. Photosynthetic rates were measured at 10 second intervals for 30 seconds prior to the simulated sunfleck and for 120 seconds following the light increase. rubra responds more rapidly to a sunfleck event than L^_ tulipifera as evidenced by the initial slope of the response and the time to reach 90% maximum photosynthesis. Shading had a greater effect on L^_ tulipifera than 0 ■ rubra as evidenced by the slopes of sun and shade plant photosynthetic rates . MCKE0WN-ICE, Rosalyn R. University of Tennessee, Knoxville — Environmental education in the United States: A survey of teacher education programs. Little is known about the environmental education component of pre-service teacher preparation programs in the United States. A mail survey of 715 member institutions of the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education from across the nation was undertaken. The survey inquired about number of faculty involved in environmental education, state mandates, institutional requirements, and the teacher preparation curriculum at the elementary and secondary levels. Over 60% of the surveys were completed and returned. The survey results showed the following: many institutions are interested in environmental education; some are in the process of making changes to include more environmental education; state mandates for teacher preparation programs drive the curriculum and often do not include environmental education; often one person in the college, school, or department of education champions environmental education; and students are often advised to enter science education if they want to teach environmental education at the secondary level. 40 G0LLEY, FRANK B. University of Georgia A graduate level survey course in ecology. A graduate level survey course on ecological science is described. This course has been created to give graduate students from all disciplines in the university 100 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 an introduction to ecology. It also serves as a core course in the universities environmental ethics certificate program. The course is founded or based on three introductory concepts; environment, system and hierarchy. It then treats 26 concept clusters, each the focus of an hours discussion and an indepth field exercise. The concepts are arranged hierarchically, from the earth as a system to the individual organism. All subdivisions of ecology are included in the course . CARTER, M. ELOISE BROWN. Oxford College, Emory University- Improving Science Educa t ion : Opportunities and Responsibilities. Ecologists are uniquely positioned to enhance and improve the quality of science education in elementary and secondary programs. Ecology is an integrated science that can be utilized to meet wide ranging curricular goals in a variety of math and science areas. The subject matter can be integrated across diverse disciplines and can be inexpensive and accessi¬ ble when utilizing the school yard habitat. Nationwide ecologists are improving science education through partnerships with teachers, develop¬ ment of workshops for teacher recertification credit, contributing to the design and use of school yard habitats and creation of investigations in ecology. A summary of the efforts will be presented, followed by discussion of the concerns of teachers and ecologists who have forged networks in the Southeast and nationally. 42 BARRY, RONALD E. Frostburg State University — Differential predation by black eagles (Aquila verreauxii) on two species of hyrax. Black eagles (Aquila verreauxii) prey almost exclusively on two species of hyrax (Mammalia: Hyracoidea) in the Matobo National Park (MNP), Zimbabwe. We collected skull fragments of rock hyrax (Procavia capensis) and yellow-spotted hyrax (Heterohyrax brucei) from 40 black eagle nests from October 1991-May 1992 to determine if eagles preyed differentially on hyrax by species or age class. Age class of hyrax was determined by greatest length of the skull (GL) or mandibular length (ML) . Regressions (R^ = 0.756—0.951) were used to estimate body mass from GL or ML. We determined species ratios and age distributions of hyrax in the MNP from observations made from September 1991-May 1992, April-May 1993, and July-August 1993. Skulls of yellow-spotted hyrax were found significantly more often than expected (P< 0.01) at eagle nests. Fewer adult (55Z of the population) and more subadult and juvenile Procavia were taken than expected (P< 0.01). In contrast, more adult (88%) and fewer juvenile Heterohyrax than expected (P*3 0.01) were retrieved to eagle nests. Estimated body masses of individuals taken by eagles were greater but more variable (X + 1 S.D. = 2.71 + 1.43 kg) for the more nocturnal Procavia than for Heterohyrax (2.35 + 0.50 kg). Collectively, these observations suggest that black eagles select adult Heterohyrax and younger (smaller) Procavia , foraging optimally according to the availability and size of their prey. 43 BREWER, GWENDA L. Frostburg State University-Use of Monk Parakeet Nests by Speckled Teal, Anas f lavirostris , in Argentina. Tree nesting by Speckled Teal, Anas f lavirostris , a South American dabbling duck, has long been known but its characteristics have not previously been studied. During a 2-year study in Buenos Aires province, Argentina, Speckled Teal were observed visiting, defending, and laying in the colonial stick nests of Monk Parakeets, Myopsitta monachus ■ These woven, covered nests were 3-17 m above the ground and contained 1-5 individual nest cavities. During frequent nest-searching flights, pairs competed with each other and sometimes with parakeets for access to favorite nests. Interest shown in a particular nest by a pair often attracted other pairs to the nest and intense competition for limited sites resulted. Near nests, males were especially aggressive towards females other than their mates. Several females successfully incubated clutches in stick nests, but the intense competition for tree nesting sites limited the reproductive activity of many females. The use of arboreal, colonial nests by Speckled Teal may explain the frequency of extra-pair courtship in wild birds and bigamy in captives, as well as other features of Speckled Teal breeding behavior. ABSTRACTS 101 WILLIAMS, RAY S. and DAVID E. LINCOLN . University of South Carolina— The Global Change arms race-planCs vs. herbivorous insects. The recent interest in how global climate change due to production of greenhouse gasses will effect terrestrial ecosystems has generated many questions. How will the direct result of increased CO? (reduced plant nutritional quality) alter plant-insect inter¬ actions, and hence carbon flow through forest ecosystems? Will insects remove more bio¬ mass or will insect populations decline? We provide evidence that in two large scale forest-herbivorous insect systems, increased biomass removal by insects is observed, but reduced insect population levels based on lower fecundity is not. Both Red-headed Pine Sawfly and Gypsy Moth consume more foliage on plants grown under elevated CO2 growth conditions but neither shows statistically significant reductions in larval growth and developmental rates nor adult fecundity. Compensatory mechanisms, particularly increases in nitrogen utilization efficiencies by the larvae (Sawfly, P<0.04; Gypsy Moth P=0.1) are in part, responsible for these observed responses. Even though increases in leaf biomass consumed is observed, a lack of substantial affects on insect population levels makes predictions of large alterations in carbon flow within forest ecosystems untenable at this time. 45 CARSWELL, M L , W B WORTHEN, AND K KELLY Furman Universitv-Species-area relationships and nested subset structure in mycophagous fly communities. Species diversity usually increases with habitat area, and the species persisting in small habitats often represent a non-random subset of the community maintained in larger habitats. Most studies describing nested subset structure have targeted vertebrate or plant communities. In this experiment, we tested the effect of habitat area on mycophagous fly communities, and examined whether this community had a nested subset structure. We assigned 20 Agaricus bisporus mushrooms to each of three size categories: small (4.8-6g), medium (10- 15g) or large (22-33g). Mushrooms were placed on potting soil in plastic treatment cups, which were placed in 3 x 10 grid (10m between cups) in a mixed oak hickory forest and a pine stand on the Furman campus. After 4 days, the mushrooms and soil were collected and incubated in the lab. Fly metamorphs were collected as they emerged. The effects of mushroom size on metamorph abundance, species richness, and Simpson’s diversity were measured with ANOVA tests. Mushroom size had significant, positive effects on all three variables, confirming species-area effects. Also, communities on small mushrooms represented a particular two-species subset of the communities that developed on large mushrooms. Communities of small invertebrates that are not resource limited can demonstrate nested subset structure. 46 DATEO, DOROTHY and RONALD BARRY. Frostburg State University — Movements and habitat use of black bears in western Maryland . Maryland's relatively small black bear population (150-200 individuals) has been pro¬ tected since 1954 and appears to be growing. The increasing population has drawn attention to the need for additional information for management. In 1991, cooperative research efforts were initiated by Maryland's Department of Natural Resources (MDNR) , and the Departments of Biology and Geography at Frostburg State University. Four bears were radio-tracked in 1993 and 1994, three of which were monitored both years from shortly after den emergence to den entrance. Radio-locations of bears were entered into three Geographic Information System data bases (MIPS, PC ARC/INFO, and IDRISI) to generate seasonal and annual home ranges and enable analysis of habitat use. Important habitat parameters of locational data included stand age, size, and composition, elevation, and proximity to roads and streams. Preliminary analysis revealed that annual home ranges for three bears ranged from 22.5- 45.5km^; similar patterns of space use were noted in 1994. Mature deciduous forest appears the most important habitat for black bears in Maryland. Results of this study will aid MDNR in determining critical bear habitat so proper management decisions can be made ensuring continued existence of bears in Maryland. HUANG, MIN T. and DAVID MORTON. Frostburg State University — Reproduction , age structure , and condition of white-tailed deer in western Maryland . Differential hunting pressure and/or differences in habitat quality can lead to marked demographic differences within contiguous deer herds. In western Maryland differential 102 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 yearling buck weights indicate that such conditions may exist. The present study was undertaken to test the hypothesis that differences in age structure and reproductive rates exist between white-tailed deer (Odocoileus virginianus) in Allegany and Garrett counties. Samples were obtained from twenty road-killed deer. Age was determined by tooth replacement and wear, along vith cementum annuli counts. Physical condition was determined through femur fat analysis. Reproductive tracts were removed and the sex of macroscopic fetuses determined. Ovaries were examined histologically for the presence of corpora rubra and albicantia. Preliminary results indicate that the age structures between the two counties are different (p<0.05) , with proportionately younger deer in Garrett. The mean number of fetuses/doe did not differ between the two counties (2.0 fetuses/doe in Allegany and 1.3 fetuses/doe in Garrett). Marginally insignificant differenses in fetal sex ratios between the two counties were found (p=0.08), with a preponderance of males in Allegany and females in Garrett. These preliminary observa¬ tions may be attributable to differential hunting pressure and/or habitat quality. The results of this study indicate that deer managers may need to consider smaller scale demographic differences between contiguous deer herds. 48 GREENBERG, CATHRYN H. and MICHAEL C. THOMAS. USDA Forest Service, Southeastern Forest Experiment Station, and Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services, Division of Plant Industry- -Effects of forest management practices on terrestrial coleopteran assemblages in sand pine scrub . Coleopteran assemblages can be useful indicators of ecosystem health. Monthly we sampled coleopteran assemblages for 1 year using pitfall traps in replicated sites of three 5- to 7-year-old disturbance treatments and mature forested sand pine scrub in the Ocala National Forest, Florida. Disturbance treatments were (1) burning at high intensity and salvage logging; (2) clearcutting, roller chopping, and broadcast seeding; and (3) clearcutting and bracke seeding. Community similarity of coleopterans was high. No differences in species richness, diversity, density, or evenness were detected. Of 40 species captured only seven were common (n > 50) . Predaceous beetles were numerically dominant followed by scavengers. Few xylophagous or herbivorous coleopterans were captured, probably due to trap bias. Peaks of annual aboveground terrestrial activity varied among species. An absence of differences among treatments may reflect similar plant communicies or structural habitat features. Additionally, a dearth of mature forest specialists might be predicted in systems where mature forest was historically rare due to large-scale, high- intensity , and low- f requency wildfire. 49 SCHWARTZ, FRANK J. Institute of Marine Sciences, University of North Carolina --Status of the Florida manatee , Trichechus manatus latriostris , in North Carolina . Florida manatees are perceived by the public to occur mainly in Florida, yet during the period 1919-1994, 64 individuals have been sighted at 54 inland and ocean localities in North Carolina. Forty- four of the specimens, usually subadults or young (2), were sighted during the 17 year period 1977-1994. Manatees are now known from 11 coastal North Carolina counties. Occurrences have been noted during any nine months of a year. Most sightings have been in Carteret County (13), especially Pelletier Creek, a short polluted coastal creek while most repeated occurrences (7) have been at the same Trent River sites (7+) near New Bern, NC, especially in 1993 and 1994. Inland river penetrations have been up to 94.4 km in the Cape Fear River (Pender Co.) and 88 km in the Tar River (Pitt Co.). It remains unresolved whether the increased recent year sightings of manatees indicate an increasing-expanding population or increased public awareness of this federally protected species. SCHOLTENS, BRIAN G. and WARREN H. WAGNER, JR. College of Charleston and University of Michigan — Clina 1 variation in eastern North Ame rican buckmot hs ( Lepidoptera : Satumiidae : Hemileuca) . Morphological variation in populations of eastern North American buckmoths was examined. 25-specimen samples of males were analyzed from four points along a north-south line approximately 800km long from Schoolcraft Co. , Michigan to Vinton Co., Ohio. Clinal variation was demonstrated from higher to lower latitudes: (1) forewing length from smaller to larger; (2) forewing white band width from wider to narrower; and (3) darkness of the black background of the wing from ABSTRACTS 103 lighter to darker. No logical way was found to separate these four populations inco subspecies or species. The conclusion that best fits our data is that only a single species, H. maia, is involved. 51 HALL, ADRIENNE A. and JOSEPH C. MITCHELL. University of Richmond — Ground beetle biodiversity in old field and hardwood forest communities in Northern Virginia . The objective of this project was to compare the biodiversity and structure of ground beetle communities between deforested sites in early stages of succession and different types of hardwood (deciduous) forests that have regrown on former farmland. Samples of invertebrates were collected in pitfall trap arrays at six sites in Quantico Marine Corps Base, Virginia in two six-week sampling periods, one each in 1990 and 1991. Ground beetles in these samples were identified by species. Microhabitat data (e.g., canopy cover, percent herbaceous and woody cover, rocks, leaves, and bare ground) were also collected to determine the relationships between species richness and several measures of habitat diversity. Our results suggest that carabid species richness is reduced in deforested areas but recovers in late successional habitats. Such habitats tend to harbor more species and more individuals than mature hardwood forests. Elimination of canopy cover appears to decrease prey specialist populations, such as snail predators. Supported by John Neasmith Dickinson Undergraduate Research Award. ADKINS, REBECCA G. AND DIANE R. NELSON. East Tennessee State Uni vers i ty--An ecological survey of tardiqrades from Greene Mountain, Tennessee . Few ecological studies of tardi grades have been conducted in Tennessee. The purpose of this study was to survey the tardigrades in different habitats on Greene Mountain, Greene County, Tennessee. Samples were collected in May 1993 from mosses, lichens, and pine needles at three sites: a mixed hardwood-pine forest (8 samples), a har dwood/rhodendron forest (8 samples), and a rock cliff (2 samples). These sites were located at different altitudes and exposures. The samples were soaked in water for 24 hours and preserved with boiling ethyl alcohol. Up to 100 tardigrades were removed from each sample. Specimens were mounted individually on slides in Hoyer's mounting medium. The tardigrades were identified and photographed under an Olympus BH-2 phase/differential interference contrast microscope at a magnification of 40X-100X (oil immersion). Eleven genera were represented in the samples: Pseudechiniscus, Echi n i scus , Hypechiniscus, Milnesium, Macrobiotus , Minibiotus, Hypsibius , Isohyps i bi us , Pi phascon , I taguascon , and Rama zzot t ius ■ Species diversity was compared within the three sites and with previous studies of tardigrades from other mountains in Tennessee. TARTER, DONALD C. and DIANE R. NELSON*. Marshall University1 and East Tennessee State University2 — Preliminary observations on the relationship of tardigrade species and moss species in the Mononqahela National Forest. West Virginia. Mosses were collected from a variety of habitats at the following locations in the Monongahela National Forest: (1) Seneca Rocks, (2) Dolly Sods Wilderness Area, (3) Spruce Mountain, and (4) Cranberry Glades. Nineteen moss species were positive for 24 tardigrade species. An attempt was made to determine any preference pattern for the tardigrades. The following tardigrade species were found on only one moss species: Macrobiotus pseudofurcatus/Polytrichum juniperinum, M. tonol 1 i i/Hedwigia ci 1 iata. Isohypsibius sattleri/Thuidium recognitum. I. pappi/Endodon cladorrhizans. Hypechiniscus gladiator/Oicranum fulvum. Pi phascon prorsi rostre/Dicranum ful vum. and D. scoticum/Thuidium del icatulum. Macrobiotus hufelandi was found in eleven different moss species and Mi lnesium tardigradum in six moss species. Some investigators have reported a positive correlation between tardigrade species and moss species, while other investigators have found no relationship. Subsequent studies will include a preference index to determine if tardigrade distribution is dependent on the moss species. 104 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 DIMOCK, RONALD V., JR., ■ NANCY A. MACLAUR1N, 1 and MALCOLM F. VIDRINE.2 Wake Forest University ^ and Louisiana State University at Eunice2— Genetic data for symbiotic water mites support original species descriptions and not a host-induced morphology hypothesis. The water mite genus Unionicola contains over 200 species, the majority of which occur as symbionts of freshwater unionid mussels. Species descriptions in this taxon traditionally have been based on often subtle morphological criteria. While such designations may suggest taxonomic splitting based on seemingly minor morphological evidence, the morphology has for the most part been viewed in a broader context including the pattern of host associations of the species, as well as what few data may exist on the ecology or behavior of the respective mite. The subgenus Unionicolides is especially species-rich, with many highly host-specific species. Recently, Unionicola poundsi from the mussel Villosa villosa and U. lasallei front Uniomerus declivis have been challenged as constituting single-species morphs. Anatomical dissimilarity between these nominal species is claimed to derive from association with a particular mussel host. To test this host-induced morphology hypothesis, we used cellulose acetate electrophoresis to examine 5 enzyme loci with a minimum of 20 adult female mites of U. poundsi and U. lasallei from northern Florida, together with the con-subgener U. hoesii from Lampsilis hvdiana from two locales in Louisiana. The results revealed fixed allelic differences among all three species for the enzymes PG1, PGM, 6PGDFI and MPI. All three species shared one allele for the enzyme APK. It is concluded that the three species are valid biological species whose morphology cannot be ascribed to some inductive influence of a host mussel during some unknown stage in the mite's life cycle. POLHILL, JAMES B,, V AND RONALD V. DIMOCK, JR. Wake Forest University— Effects of temperature and oxygen tension on the heart rate of juvenile and adult Utterbackia imbecillis. The limited evidence available proposes that juvenile freshwater mussels are especially sensitive to changes in the environment. The physiological responses of juvenile and adult mussels were compared by monitoring heart rate during experimental manipulation of temperature and P02. Animals were acclimated to 15 and 25’C for one week prior to experiments that exposed mussels to an ascending series of temperatures (10, 15, 20, 25, and 30 C). The effects of oxygen tension on the heart rate of animals was assessed by subjecting mussels to a descending series of oxygen tensions ( 100, 75, 50, 25, 5, and 0% air saturation). Results indicate the heart rate of both juvenile and adult mussels to be a function of environmental temperature. Acclimation had no effect on the response of adult mussels. However, juveniles show inverse acclimation, with cold acclimated animals having lower heart rates at all exposure temperatures. During manipulation of P02 adults maintained a constant heart rate until a significant increase in heart rate was observed at 25% air saturation which suggests oxyregulation by adult mussels. This increase in heart rate was followed by a significant decrease at 5 and 0% air saturation. When exposed to a descending series of oxygen tensions juveniles maintained their heart rates until presented with Po2's of 5 and 0% air saturation. The response of juvenile mussels to acclimation and their inability to oxyregulate suggest juveniles do not utilize the same physiological mechanisms that adults employ to contend with changes in the environment. WRIGHT, ANDREW H. AND RONALD V. DLMOCK, JR. Wake Forest University-Particle selectivity of in vitro and in vivo transformed juvenile Utterbackia imbecillis. The mechanisms of feeding by juvenile freshwater mussels are almost completely unknown. In vitro culturing techniques have promoted the experimental study of juveniles less than 1 month old. However, questions remain about whether these in vitro transformed juveniles are as competent as juveniles that have metamorphosed during their normal parasitism on fish (i.e., in vivo transformed). This study compared aspects of the morphology and feeding biology of 1 week old juvenile Utterbackia imbecillis obtained by both in vitro and in vivo techniques. Juveniles were presented with 2 and 10 |am polystyrene beads in procedures that would test whether ( 1 ) they are deposit or filter feeders, (2) they exhibit a preference for either size class of particles, and (3) beads 'flavored' with algal exudates are selected differentially. Gill morphology was examined using SEM. The SEM data indicate that the gills of juveniles are not well suited to particle filtration. Although the capture of particles was highly variable, the results of the bead ingestion trials indicate that in vivo juveniles are deposit feeding, but are unable to select particles according to their size. The separation of feeding modes was inconclusive for in vitro transformed mussels although they ingested more 2 than 10 pm beads. No juveniles preferentially ingested algal-flavored beads. It is hypothesized that 1 week old U. imbecillis live in a 3 dimensional space composed of a silt/ interstitial water slurry that enters the mantle cavity whenever the valves gape. Particles which then impinge on the palp are ingested. Thus, juvenile freshwater mussels do not possess an elaborate particle capture system, but simply deposit feed on the surrounding silt slurry. ABSTRACTS 105 HARRISON, FREDERICK W„ STEPHEN L. GARDINER. KLAUS RUETZLER, and CHARLES R. FISHER. Western Carolina University, Bryn Mawr College, National Museum of Natural History and The Pennsylvania State Universitv-On the occurrence of endosvmbiotic bacteria in an undescribed species of sponge from hydrocarbon seep communities in the Gulf of Mexico. During recent explorations by manned submersible, a previously undescribed sponge, Hvmedesmia sp.. was discovered in association with hydrocarbon seep communities at approximately 600 m depth, Louisiana Slope, Gulf of Mexico. Individuals are usually attached to tubes of vestimentiferan worms, often in areas where methane is being actively released from the sea floor. Examination by TEM revealed numerous endosymbiotic bacteria, especially in the sponge mesohyl. Frozen samples of sponge tissue displayed significant activities of methanol dehydrogenase, an enzyme diagnostic of methylotrophic bacteria, and low activities of RuBP carboxylase/oxygenase, an enzyme diagnostic of bacterial autotrophy (when found in deep-sea organisms). This is the first known occurrence of a sponge that lives in a hydrocarbon seep community and that possesses endosymbiotic chemoautotrophic and/or methanotrophic bacteria that, presumably, assist in providing the host with organic carbon compounds. DAILEY, DON C Austin Peay State Universitv-Chondroitinase is an inducible enzyme in Edwardsiella ictaluri Edvvardsiella ictaluri is a significant burden on catfish aquaculture. The bacterium causes a highly infectious and fatal disease, enteric septicemia of catfish Chondroitinase enzyme activity has been hypothesized as a major component in initiating the disease process. This project investigates chondroitinase expression in E ictaluri Edvvardsiella ictaluri was cultured in brain-heart infusion broth, cells were collected by centrifugation, washed and then assayed for enzyme activity Only cultures ofE. ictaluri induced with chondroitin sulfate contained enzyme activity Culture supernatants and detergent extracts of whole cells had chondroitinase activity. The addition of glucose to the culture prevented induction of chondroitinase activity In addition, the inclusion of a protein synthesis inhibitor during induction resulted in a significant decrease in enzyme activity. It is important to note not ali enzyme activity was inhibited suggesting that control mechanisms other than protein synthesis are present 59 KENNEDY, SUZANNAH and LAURA K. THOMPSON Wofford College, and Furman University -Effect of ammonium chloride, ammonium sulfate, and ammonium nitrate on degradation of colloidal polyester polyurethane by Pseudomonas chlororaphis. Pseudomonas chlororaphis was cultured in yeast extract salt (YES) medium supplemented with colloidal polyester polyurethane to determine the optimum cultural conditions for polyurethane degradation. Source and concentration of nitrogen were varied with filter sterilized solutions of ammonium chloride, ammonium sulfate or ammonium nitrate at 0.0, 0,25, 0.5, 1.0, 2.0, and 5.0 times the concentration of nitrogen typically used in YES medium Bacterial growth was analyzed for each nitrogen source and concentration by determining bactenal growth in liquid culture at 25 °C using absorption measurements of 600 nm. The growth of the bacteria was not affected by the differences in ammonia concentrations or sources. It was noted that bacteria growth was similar in all nitrogen concentration including the 0.0X concentration. This indicated that the bacterium was utilizing the nitrogen available in the polyester polyurethane as the nitrogen source. Since the polyester polyurethane is opaque in culture, degradation could be determined by measuring the amount of clearing in culture tubes to which the bactenum had been inoculated. The bactena cleared each of the ammonia YES/polyester polyurethane media in discrete bands or layers. The upper layer was called a-clearing and lower layer was called p-clearing. The a-clearing was much more distinct than the p-clearing. During a five day culture period the a-clearing region would over take the p-clearing layer. The duel bands of polyurethane clearing indicate that at least two enzymes are being produced by Pseudomonas chlororaphis to degrade the polyester polyurethane. COWART, LAUREN ASHLEY and LAURA K. THOMPSON. Furman University -Mutagenesis of polyurethane - degrading bacteria for enzyme overproduction: pH and temperature effects on growth and degradation. A species of Pseudomonas had been obsen/ed to degrade polyester polyurethane in what is thought to be a hydrolytic enzymatic process. Induction for enzyme production is necessary in the wild type; subsequently, constitutively producing mutants were made using the transposable element Tn5 for insertional mutagenesis. 106 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 Mutants were then screened for constitutive production and overproduction. One mutant was selected along with the parent species for further study of the degradation mechanism and process. Optimum pH and temperature conditions were determined using a crude measurement of observing cleared polyurethane in agar that had been pH adjusted to 4, 5, 6, 7, 7,2, or 8, or incubated at 20 °C, 25 °C, or 30 °C, and inoculated with the species and an overproducing mutant. Growth curves were taken in experimental conditions as well to separate the effects of increased growth from increased enzyme activity or stability. Two pH optima were observed (pH 4 and 8), suggesting a dual enzyme process. Though growth was similar at all three temperatures, a marked decrease in clearing was observed at 30°C, suggesting a temperature effect on enzyme activity or production. MCAFEE, K. JILL University of Tennessee, Knoxville, Graduate Program in Ecology, and Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Environ¬ mental Sciences Division — Development: and applicability of artificial reference sediments for evaluation of toxicity with the Microtox Solid-Phase Bioassay. The Microtox Solid-Phase Bioassay estimates the toxicity of sediments by measuring the light reduction of the pho t ol umi nescent bacteria, Photobacterium phosphoreum, upon exposure to the sediment. However, particles less than 45 microns in diameter often remain suspended in the diluent during testing and pass through the filter with the bacteria, scattering the luminescence of the bacteria and giving the illusion of toxicity. In order to determine the extent of this scattering effect, artificial reference sediments were constructed from non-toxic components to provide a baseline of light inhibition by clay. In these reference sediments, the measurable light output of the bacteria was found to be inversely related to the concentration of clay. A model was created to predict baseline light inhibition for test sediments given the physical parameters of each sediment. Measurable light inhibition beyond that predicted by the model for a given sediment can be attributed to particle- bound contaminants in the sediment, thus indicating the actual toxicity. 62 SPRATT, HENRY G., Jr. University of Tennessee at Chattanooga - Seasonal lignocellulose (pitercus dibits) mineralization in Missouri Ozark forest A-honzon soils. Rates of lignocellulose degradation were determined for A-honzon soils collected from sites within the Missoun Department of Conservation's (MDC) Missouri Ozark Forest Ecosystem Project (MOFEP) on four sample dates (Aug. and Dec. 1993, and Mar. and Jun. 1994). Triplicate soil samples were collected from three permanent plots in each of the nine MOFEP sites by discarding the overlying litter layer and removing the A-honzon soil below. The soils were transported to a laboratory where they were sieved and stored refrigerated. Within one week of collection, one gram soil samples were placed in 200 ml microcosms and incubated at field temperature with approximately 10 mg of i4C-ligmnor i-C-cellulose. Radiolabeled lignocellulose was produced by incubating Quercus albiis (White Oak) cuttings with either 14C-phen_vlalanine (to specifically label the lignin fraction) or 14C-glucose (to specifically label the cellulose fraction). Mineralization of the 14C-lignocellulose added to soil in the microcosms was quantified by trapping the released i-KJOj in 0. 1 N NaOH. Maximum rates of mineralization for both the cellulose and lignin fractions were observed in Aug. 1993 (32°C, 355 + 14 SE, and 171 + 7 SE ug/g moist soil/da, respectively), and lowest in Mar. 1994 (7°C, 28 + 5 SE, and 10 + 0.2 SE ug/g moist soil/da, respectively). The 14C-cellulose was mineralized from 1.8 to 2.5 times faster than the * 1 -KT-Ugnm throughout the sampling period. This research has been supported by a grant from MDC. 63 1 BUCKLEY, KEVIN S„ DAVID C. NIEMAN, DRU A. HENSON, BEVERLY J. WARREN, JILL SUTTLES, 1 JENNIFER C. AIILE, STEPHEN SIMANDLE, OMAR R. FAGOAGA, AND SANDRA L. NEHLSEN- | CANNARELIvV Appalachian Slate University, East Tennessee State University, and Loma Linda University | Medical Center-Natural killer cell cytotoxic activity is higher in marathon runners versus sedentary controls. Whether marathon runners engaging in repeated race events and regular long distance training have altered immunity relative to sedentary controls is largely unknown, and was the question addressed in the present study. Marathon runners (N=22) who had completed at least 7 marathons (mean of 23.6+5.7) and had been training lor marathon race events for at least 4 years (mean of 12.3± 1.3) were compared with sedentary controls (n = l8) of similar age (38. 7± 1.5 and 43.9±2.2 years, respectively), and height. Although neutrophil counts tended to be lower in the group of marathoners, other leukocyte and lymphocyte subsets were similar to the sedentary controls. ConA- and PHA-induced lymphocyte proliferation did not differ between groups. Natural killer cell cytotoxic activity (NKCA) was significantly higher in the marathoners versus sedentary controls (I>=:0.02). For all subjects combined (N = 40) and within the group of marathoners (N— 22), percent body fat was negatively correlated with NKCA ( r =-0.48 , P=0.002; r=-0.49, P=0.019, respectively), and age was negatively correlated with CouA-induced (20(rg/ml) lymphocyte proliferation (r=-0.4I, P=0.009; r=-0.53, P=O.OU, ABSTRACTS 107 respectively). These data indicate that NKCA but not mitogen -induced lymphocyte proliferation is higher in marathon runners relative to sedentary controls and that older marathoners experience an age-related decrement in T cell function similar to that of sedentary controls. Ball, Donna, Jim Ross, and Jim Hicks. Cumberland College. An Analysis of Monogalactosvl diacvlglvcerol From Chilling-Iniurv Sensitive and Chilling-Injury Resistant Plants Under Differing Temperature Conditions. The purpose of this project is to determine if differences exist in the concentration and fatty acid saturation levels of monogalactosyl diacylglycerol (MG) in chilling injury sensitive and chilling- injury resistant plants grown under chilling and non-chilling conditions. MG is a unique lipid found specifically in the chloroplast of plant cells. MG will be isolated from plant chloroplasts using Bligh and Dyer extraction and acid- washed florisil adsorption column chromatography. The purity and concentration of MG will be determined by TLC and galactose concentration assay. Its fatty acid composition will be determined by methanolysis and analysis of the resulting methyl esters by gas chromatography. The results should provide evidence to whether or not MG plays a role in chiding injury damage. DAVIS, ELAINE J. Howard Universitv-PARTIAL CHARACTERIZATION OF BALSAM WOOLLY ADELGID MITO¬ CHONDRIAL DNA. Balsam woolly adelgids (Adelqespiceae) are tiny sucking insects which are strongly suspected of causing damage and destruction of Fraser, Balsam and subalpine fir in the US and other fir species around the world. Since the organisms reproduce parthenogenetically, are not indigenous to the US and were introduced in the early 1900's into Maine and Nova Scotia followed by detection in the Appalachians and northwest (1950's), this study was initiated to determine its origin based upon the maternal lineage of the organism. Thus, mitochondiral DNA was isolated from two geographically located insects and cloned independently into the Hindi 1 1 site of pBR322. Three fragements were recovered from transformed cells with kilobase (Kb) sizes of 9.55, 2.73 and 1.74 Each fragment was subjected to restriction endonuclease analyses to determine fragment polymorphosim between the two samples (samples acquired from Mt. Rogers, VA and two miles from Elk River, ID) Based upon the data gathered to date, there appears to be no difference between the fragments examined from both Balsam samples. A physical restriction map was generated. Preliminary studies using DNA-DNA hybridization, currently underway and nucleotide sequencing will perhaps demonstrate subtle differences thus far not detected Eventual comparison of mitochondrial DNA samples used in this study and samples obtained from Europe, the originating locale, will allow for determination of maternal lineage and any change(s) that may have occurred over the years. (Research supported, in part, by a USDA Cooperative Grant) 66 STOLL, SYAM, MICHAEL LITTLE, ALAN TENNANT, JONATHAN BURTON and MARY SUSAN NOLL. Marshall University — The effects of antibiotics and collaqenasa on cultured fibroblasts of the genera Cottus, Nocomis and Rhinichthys. Systematic studies using karyological data require consistent high-quality metaphase chromosomes. The karyotypes of many fishes contain large number of small chromosomes that can be reliably differentiated only from cultured cells. A method Is described here that improves yields of cells from cultured fibroblasts. As directed in methods previously published, tissues were initially obtained from sections of caudal fins of species of Cottus . Nocomis . and Rhinichthys. treated with 70% ethyl alcohol, and cultured in 25 err/ flasks treated with penn-strep antibiotic. However, initial tests indicated that 40% of all cultures treated with this method were contaminated with Pseudomonas aeruginosa and many cultures that were free of contamination failed to produce mitotic fibroblasts. A susceptibility test was conducted to determine the effects of thirteen antibiotics on P. aeruginosa: three produced positive results with gentamicin most effective. Mitotic rates of fibroblasts were increased by treating tissues with collagenase, dispase, and/or trypsin prior to implantation in culture flasks. After three days cultures were treated with 0.5 ml trypsin. This treatment removed epithelium which may impede fibroblast growth as well as aided in the dispersal of fibroblasts in the culture. Cells were harvested for karyotypic analysis within three weeks of initiating the culture. 67 STRAZZANTE, LISA and JAMES FRALISH. U S. Forest Service and Southern Illinois University-Projected time of replacement of the Quercus-Carva community bv Acer saccharum stands in the Illinois Ozark Hills Mesophytes are becoming the dominant species in Quercus-Carya stands of the Illinois Ozark region. To examine the rate of replacement, tree, seedling and sapling data were collected from 108 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 46 permanent and 48 temporary plots located in mature Quercus-Carya communities. A stand table (number of stems by diameter size class and species) projection was carried out on a PC using EXCEL. Average annual shoot growth and diameter data of Acer saccharum, Fagus grandifolia and Acer rubrum seedlings and saplings were used to estimate the time required for the present population to obtain tree size (DBH > 10 cm). Diameter growth data were obtained from the US Forest Service. Annual mortality rate varied with species but the lowest rate of 1 .0% was used for A. saccharum and F. grandifolia . Acer rubrum had a relatively high mortality rate as physical damage to seedlings and saplings apparently prevents this species from obtaining overstory status. Maximum DBH for "black oak" species was set at 90 cm and 110 cm for "white oak." Using these parameters, stand table data were projected by 30 year intervals. Relative basal area (importance value) was used to estimate the time at which the present population (mostly seedlings and saplings) of mesophytes collectively would replace various Quercus and Carya species. Projection indicates that the Quercus community an its associated mammals, insects ana herbs will be replaced by shade-tolerant mesophytes within 55 to 65 years. "STEPHENSON, SCOTT and JAMES FRALISH. Southern Illinois University, Carbondale- The effect of invading mesophytes on the herbaceous understorv of Quercus-Carva stands in the Illinois Ozark Hills. The effect of reduced PAR (photosynthetically active radiation) and increased litter on the richness and composition of the herbaceous understory was studied along a gradient from relatively open Quercus stellata stands to somewhat closed Quercus vetutina-Quercus alba stands lacking a midcanopy, to completely closed stands of Quercus velutma-Quercus alba containing a dense midcanopy of mesophytic species primarily Acer saccharum, Fagus grandifolia and Acer rubrum. The 10 study stands were restricted to southeast, south or southwest facing mid-slopes. In each stand, species and density data for trees, saplings and seedlings were obtained from nested circular plots (0.04, 0.006 and 0.003 ha, respectively). Herbaceous cover was estimated on each of ten 1 m x 1 m quadrats systematically located within each 0.04 ha plot. Litter was collected from each quadrat, dried and weighed. PAR reaching each quadrat was measured between 10 AM and 2 PM on two cloudless, non-hazy days. Regression analysis indicated that total herb cover was most strongly related to leaf litter weight, (r = 0.67). The relationship between PAR and herbaceous species characteristics is being analyzed. However, a problem in defining the relationships using regression analysis centers on the normal-curve type response of species to extremely low and high PAR levels. 69 HOCKENBERRY, ANNE W ', FRANK S GILLIAM1, and MARY BETH ADAMS2 Marshall University1 and Timber and Watershed Laboratory '—Seasonal changes in herbaceous layer species composition and cover in hardwood stands of the Femow Experimental Forest. West Virginia The herbaceous layer of forest ecosystems represents a complex assemblage of vascular plant species with a variety of patterns of life history and phenology The purpose of this study was to examine seasonal patterns of change in herb layer species composition and cover in three stands of mixed hardwood forest Sampling was conducted within seven circular plots (0.04 ha) in each of three watersheds of the Femow Experimental Forest, Parsons, WV WS3 (24-yr old stand), WS7 (24-yr old stand), and WS4 (>85 yr-old stand) .All vascular plants 1.0") substrates. Allozyme analyses using starch gel electrophoresis have yielded 18 loci from 1 1 enzyme systems. Initial interpretation of allozyme data from 4 populations indicates genetic differences among physiographic regions. 112 YURISH. BRADLEY M FRANKS GILLIAM1, and MARY BETH ADAMS’ Marshall University 1 and Timber and Watershed Laboratory '-Nitroeen changes m a nitrogen-saturated central Appalachian hardwood forest. The potential for excess nitrogen (N) deposition to disrupt biogeochemical cycles, reduce water quality, and perhaps induce forest decline has been recognized. This study examined soil N dynamics in three watersheds of the Femow Experimental Forest. West Virginia: WS7 (23 yr-old "control,"); WS4 (mature "control"); WS3 (23 yr-old "treatment"). WS3 has received aerial applications of (NFL) ;S04 smee 1989 (54 kg N/ha/yr). Mineral soil was incubated in situ, being placed in bags and buried every' -30 d during the growing season in each of seven sample plots in each watersheds. Moist samples of soil from the bags were analyzed for extractable N. Available N pools were determined from pre-incubation analyses, whereas rates of net mineralization and nitrification were determined by comparing pre-incubation to post- incubation amounts of extractable N. Forest floor material and foliage of an indicator species (Viola blancla, present on all 2 1 plots) were also taken on each plot and analyzed for N and other nutrients. Soil organic matter and total soil N were also determined for a one-time sample Although there were no significant differences among watersheds for total soil N, soil organic matter, and net nitrification and mineralization, available N pools were significantly higher on WS3 than on the control watersheds. Seasonal patterns of N pools were significantly higher on WS3 than on WS4 and WS7 from August to the end of the growing season. N availability indices were poorly correlated for WS3, whereas there were numerous correlations among indices for WS4 and WS7 Results of this study support earlier conclusions that WS3 has become N-saturated following 5 yr of treatment, and show that N saturation can increase both NFL' and N03 in the mineral soil Data also suggest that increased atmospheric inputs of N may. in effect, bypass the organic recycling of N by plant uptake of N, litter and fine root turnover, organic matter decomposition, and N mineralization and nitrification FISHER, MARK A. and FRANK S. GILLIAM Marshall University. Nitrogen transformations following wetland creation in the Green Bottom Wildlife Management Area, West Virginia. Soil nitrogen (N) dynamics have been shown to be quite sensitive to the hy drologic status of soils. Creation of a mitigation freshwater wetland from an old-field provided an opportunity- to examine changes in N dynamics in terrestrial vs. aquatic (but formerly terrestrial) soils. This study determined N availability using in situ incubations of soils taken from three distinct habitat conditions, based on degree of inundation following wetland creation 1 ) old-field (no inundation), 2) transition (seasonally inundated, initially beneath 10-20 cm of water), and 3) mitigation wetland (permanently inundated) Sample plots were located along five parallel transects with one plot of each transect located in each of these three site txpes for a total of 15 plots in the study Mineral soil was incubated withm polyethylene bags and buried in the ground for 28 d N dynamics were assessed by comparing pre- vs. post-incubation values of extractable NCL and NH4 In addition soils were analyzed for organic matter Although the sites were quite similar with respect to soil organic matter (the main source of N for these soils), sites differed substantially in the predominant form of available N. with NO? dominating in the old-field and late season transition soils and NH4 dominated in the mitigation wetland and early season transition soils. Similar patterns of contrast were found for net mineralization and nitrification. NO, pools decreased significantly in old- field soils, likely related to plant uptake. Inundated soil showed no change in NO-, pools, but instead showed substantial increases in NFL pools. Seasonal draw-down of the water table exposed the transition area in June and by July N dynamics of transition soils were similar to those of the old-field sites. These results suggest that N dynamics of these alluvial soils change rapidly toward those of txpical hydromorphic soils following inundation, but that this change is reversible. CRAWFORD, E. R. and D R. YOUNG. Virginia Commonwealth University -Microclimate comparison of gaps and intact shrub thickets on a Virginia barrier island Shrub thicket (Mvrica cerifera) gaps were quantified on a Virginia barrier island to elucidate successional processes. Thicket microclimate and edaphic characteristics within canopy gaps, as well as for intact thicket understories, were compared for productive and aging thickets to discern if gap characteristics vary with thicket age. Light levels in the gaps and adjacent thickets were highly variable. In productive thickets, midday incident quantum flux ranged from 5-700 pmol m~2 s~l while levels in the aging thicket ranged from 10-1000 ptnol nr- s'* Further, midday light levels recorded in the center of the gaps were as much as 1 5% higher for the aging thicket. Within gap air and soil temperatures were generally a few degrees C warmer than adjacent thickets, aging thicket gap temperatures were 2-8 C warmer. Gap edaphic 122 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 characteristics, (e g. available NH3, organic matter content, pH, bulk density, and litter depth), generally increased with thicket age. Not only is the collection of gaps within a thicket heterogeneous, but each gap is a microenvironmental mosaic. Relative to intact thickets, gaps enhance environmental variability and provide a diversity of microsites suitable for the establishment of later serai species, thus, potentially accelerating barrier island successional processes. 115 MARTIN, D W and D R YOUNG. Virginia Commonwealth University — Small-scale distribution and salinity tolerance of Jwuperus virginiana on a Virginia barrier island. The small-scale distribution of Junipenis virginiana, eastern red cedar, was related to spatial/temporal variations in salinity and to salinity tolerance. Juntperus virginiana is common on Virginia barrier islands and in coastal areas throughout the eastern United States. Field measurements quantified total soil chlorides within tree rhizospheres, as well as total chloride content of leaf tissue collected from trees on Hog Island, a Virginia barrier island. Soil chlorides ranged from 1 1 to about 12,000 pg/g while the tissue chlorides ranged from 100 to over 9,000 pg/g. Additionally, the temporal and spatial variability in ground water availability, ground water salinity, and total soil chlorides were quantified on three island transects differing in exposure to the ocean. There was significant variation in both ground water depth and salinity throughout the summer in response to evapotranspiration and precipitation patterns. Moreover, microtopographic position and location on the island directly affected salinity levels. Laboratory studies on germination and growth of young trees indicated that J. virginiana was significantly affected only at high salinity levels ( between 10 and 20 ppt), when salinity levels were maintained for less than 30 days. Juniperus virginiana is more tolerant to salinity than two other woody species commonly found on barrier islands, Baccharis halimifoha and Myrica cenfera , but much less tolerant than the halophyte, Iva frutescens. A broad tolerance to salinity may account for the abundance of J virginiana in coastal environments, especially on barrier islands TOLLIVER, KATHRYN S , DAVID W MARTIN, and DONALD R YOUNG Virginia Commonwealth University-Differential tolerance to freshwater and saltwater flooding of five woody species common to barrier island swale habitats Woody species often exhibit distinct zonation in barrier island swale habitats. Swales are subject to winter and early spring flooding, while storm overwash may occur in sites of initial colonization nearer the ocean side beaches. Potential mechanisms affecting small-scale distribution of woody species common to swale habitats were examined in a glass house study. The relative flood tolerance of five species were quantified. Short-term (30-day) freshwater flooding and saltwater flooding at five salinity levels were included as treatments. Differential tolerance to freshwater flooding and saltwater flooding was exhibited across all five species The trend for both freshwater and saltwater flooding, in order of increasing tolerance, was Finns taeda and Juniperus virginiana, Myrica cenfera, Baccharis hahmifolia, and Iva frutescens. Stomatal conductance was significantly decreased for species at the lower end of this trend Mortality was greatest in flooding treatments with 20 and 30 ppt salinity Differential tolerance to freshwater and saltwater flooding may be a mechanism affecting the small-scale distribution of woody species in barrier island swales. LIVINGSTON, GAYLE and GENE S. VAN HORN. University of Tennessee at Chattanooga— A Seed Bank Study of Cedar Glades in Northwest Georgia. In February of 1994, transects were established across two cedar glades in northwest Georgia. Soil samples were collected at 2.0 meter intervals. Each sample was placed in a separate pot on top of potting soil and placed in an unheated greenhouse. Samples were watered and seedlings were removed and transplanted upon emergence and grown to maturity for identification purposes. The data was analyzed as to the number and type of seedlings at a given sampling point in each cedar glade. Some of the more commonly occurring genera were Sporobolus. Panicum. Crotonopsis and Euphorbia. ABSTRACTS 123 118 BASINGER, MARK A., SCOTT B FRANKLIN and JODY P SHIMP Southern Illinois University at Carbondale— Classification of a mesic sandstone outcrop community along the Ohio River in Hardin County, Illinois. Sandstone outcrop communities are characterized by a xeric to near-xeric substrate with shallow, nutrient poor soils, dominant vegetation consisting of herbaceous angiosperms and cryptogams (lichens-mosses) and a sparse to non-existent woody component. This study describes the vegetation and physical environment of a sandstone outcrop that is unique due to its proximity along the Ohio River, east-facing aspect, hydrologic regime, and vegetation composition. Forty-nine 1-rrr quadrats were sampled to characterize the vegetation and physical environment. Six vegetation-environment types were identified by COMPAH, an agglomerative clustering technique. These include a bare rock -Rinodina-Psorotrichia- Endocarpon lichen type, sand fill -Panicum-Amorpha type, talus rock -Amorpha-Spartina- Sporobolus type, a bare rock-seepage rock -Endocarpon lichen type, a leaf litter-bare soil-loess soil -Atrichum moss type and a seepage rock -Dermatocarpon-Endocarpon-Psorotrichia lichen type This is the only known assemblage of mesic grasses, shrubs, and crustose lichens on a sandstone outcrop community in Illinois. 119 NEWELL, CLAIRE, L. and ROBERT K. PEET. University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill -Vegetation of the Shining Rock Wilderness. North Carolina. Shining Rock Wilderness, part of the Great Balsam Mountains of North Carolina, consists of a series of high ridges which range in elevation from 970 to 1825 meters. Vegetation of the wilderness was sampled using a nested quadrat sampling method. Species composition and abundance were analyzed using cluster analysis techniques, to identify the major vegetation communities, and Detrended Correspondence Analysis and Canonical Correspondence Analysis, to determine their distribution in relation to topographic and edaphic variation. Sites were distributed across a broad range of topographic and edaphic conditions, and this was reflected in the diversity of plant communities identified. At high elevations Picea forests, grassy balds and heath balds inhabit the more exposed sites, with Betula allegheniensis and Fagus dominated forests present in less exposed positions. Quercus dominated forests occupy dry, open slopes, while evergreen shrub- dominated forests occur on shaded, moist slope positions. Species-rich forests inhabit the coves below. Preliminary analyses indicate that the communities in this once highly disturbed wilderness are compositionally less distinct from one another and inhabit broader topographic ranges than the old-growth forests of the Linville Gorge and Joyce Kilmer/Slickrock Wildernesses. 120 EMRJCK, VERL R. , ROBERT J. PROFFITT , TINA 0 SOUTHALL, and LISA M BOYTE Fish & Wildlife Management Branch, Fort Pickett-The community ecology of Michaux's Sumac ( Rhus michauxii Sargent! a globally endangered species occurring at Fort Pickett. Virginia. Rhus michauxii is a federally listed (Gl), globally endangered species discovered at Fort Pickett, Virginia in 1993. Current estimates place the population at around 50,000 plants, making it by far the largest population in the world. During the summer of 1994 Fish & Wildlife Management personnel, supported by the Virginia Natural Heritage Program, set up a series of permanent vegetation plots to study the ecology of Michaux's Sumac. Rhus michauxii populations primarily occur inside a 10,500 acre "controlled access area" (CAA) that serves as a buffer zone for artillery and tank ranges. Due to tactical firing much of the CAA burns every 1-2 years, leading to a mosaic of pyric disclimax plant communities. Eleven long-term research plots were established at Fort Pickett For comparative purposes three R. michauxii plots were also established at Fort Bragg, N C A releve' analysis was conducted in concert with the Braun-Blanquet cover abundance scale to describe the plant communities. Michaux's Sumac occurrs in at least three distinct plant communties, but is not limited to any particular community. Instead its distribution and occurrence appears to be linked to soil disturbance, light availability and fire. Rhus michauxii , along with other remnant fire-dependent species and plant communities, persist and are enhanced by military training at Fort Pickett 124 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 121 JARRETT, ROBERT J ', FRANK S GILLIAM1, JEFFREY D MAY1, and PAUL J HARMON2 Marshall University1 and West Virginia Natural Heritage Program 2 -Population ecology of shale barren rock-cress (Arabis serotina Steele) The shale barren rock-cress (Arabis serotina Steele) is an endemic species of the mid- Appalachian shale barrens, recently listed as endangered by the U S, Fish and Wildlife Service The purpose of this study was to provide baseline information on the population dynamics of this species The study site was Little Fork Shale Barren (LFSB), a 1 6-ha south-southeast facing slope located within Naval Security Group Activity, Sugar Grove, West Virginia Population dynamics were assessed by periodic (weekly and monthly) observations of A. serotina individuals within 40 sample plots (2-m2) located randomly within the barren Data were taken from 4 August to 6 October 1994 Based on comparisons with a previous survey of LFSB, A serotina showed a marked decline from 1 173 individuals in 1992 to 307 individuals in 1994 Of the individuals in 1992, 880 were in the rosette stage, whereas 293 were in the bolting stage For 1994 there were 187 rosette individuals and 120 bolting individuals. Seed production, not measured in 1992, appeared quite low in 1994 Lack of successful seed production by bolting plants appeared to be related to herbivory and delayed onset of bolting. These preliminary data suggest that this species is highly sensitive to annual changes in environmental conditions and to predation pressure by herbivores. This research was supported by the U S. Navy. 122 THUNHORST, GWENDOLYN A. University of North Carolina— Biology of Rhexia aristnsa at Antioch Church Bay in North Carolina and implications for conservation efforts. Rhexia aristosa is a rare herbaceous perennial found in wet habitats from New Jersey to Georgia and Alabama. As a rare species it is part of a Center for Plant Conservation program to collect and store seed from endangered and threatened plants to buffer against extinction risk. Because understanding the biology of Rhexia aristosa is important for this program to be effective, I studied life history traits including germination biology, seed bank dynamics, and genetic structure at a Nature Conservancy owned pond cypress savanna in Hoke County, North Carolina. Germination treatments were attempted on seed collected from the 1993 and 1994 populations with limited success. Soil cores were removed and planted in a greenhouse under flooded and non-flooded conditions to study the spatial distnbution of the seed bank. The seed bank was found to be ubiquitous throughout the area sampled but at varying densities. Germination from the seed bank differed significantly between flooding conditions. Adult and seedling distribution were recorded in 1993 and 1994 to measure spatial relationships in comparison to the seed bank. Genetic analysis using allozyme techniques was performed on adult plants from the 1994 population and plants from the seed bank to compare allele frequencies and heterozygosity. 123 HUXEL, GARY R. University of Tennessee - Knoxville - Spatial and temporal dynamics in a metacommunitv assembly model. Assembly or succession of communities may lead to complex dynamics across both spatial and temporal scales that are not equivalent. Spatial patterns have been substituted for temporal patterns in various studies, however these patterns may differ greatly. A metacommunity assembly model is used to examine these differences. Spatial sampling at a given time appears to underestimate the number of species found in a given habitat as the degree of rarity of species increases and as temporal variability increases. Temporal patterns of single or few plots may overestimate the number of species across communities at a given time. These two results may lead to incorrect conclusions concerning community dynamics and regional diversity. 124 FREDERICK, L. , MONDE IMOH. and MICHAEL BLAKEY. Howard University - Fungi Associated with Soil and Skeletal Remains from a New York City African Burial Ground. In 1991, skeletal remains from ca. 400 graves were removed from an 18th century African Burial Ground in New York City. The grave sites were at depths of 16 to 28 feet below street level. Initially stored at Lehman College, these remains were transferred in 1993 ABSTRACTS 125 to the Biological Anthropological Laboratory at Howard University for recordation and study. Although maintained under controlled temperature and humidity conditions, a mold problem has recurrently developed on skeletal surfaces of the collection. In June 1994 the Anthropology Laboratory requested a study of the problem in order to identify infes¬ ting molds, ascertain the extent to which soil associated with the skeletal remains might harbour infesting fungi, and to recommend measures for alleviating the problem. Preliminary studies of soil and bone scrapings of skeletal surfaces where mold presence was evident have resulted in the isolation of 14 genera that represent at least 19 species. Although some of the isolates could be chance airborne contaminants of the remains, the marked diversity and regularity in occurrence of the species in the samples thus far an¬ alyzed suggests that most isolates are probably of grave site origin. Species of Chae- tomi um have been the most common isolate. The cloth shroud originally associated with each body may account for the Chaetomi um abundance. Other genera isolated include Asper¬ gillus, Trichoderma, Penici 1 1 i um, Geotrichum, Syncepha last rum, Gi lmaniel la, A1 ternari a. Trie hoc! adi um, Paeci lomyces, a teleomorph of Penici 1 1 ium, Uloc 1 adi um, Epi coccum, and an isolate that may be a species of B1 astomyces. The latter genus has been isolated twice. 125 McCLENEGHAN, S. COLEMAN. University of Tennessee— Svstematics of the Pholiota alnicolci and P. spumosa complexes (Basidiomvcetes. Strophariaceae). Pholiota alnicola and P. spumosa are species names central to two morphospecies complexes as defined by Smith & Hesler (1968). The Pholiota alnicola complex consist of 3 species with 2 varieties and the P. spumosa complex comprises 9 species. Selected taxa are being examined to provide information on sexual compatibility, morphological and enzymatic variation. These characters are being analyzed for each species complex using collections with cultures (monokaryons and dikaryons) from North America and Europe. To date they exhibit a variety of intercontinental sexual compatibility patterns, from complete intercompatibility or complete interincompatibility, to several intersterility groups within and between North .America and Europe. Electrophoretic data (ACO, ADH, EST, HEX, PGM, SOD, and extracellular laccase) show some geographical variation and some correlation with mating incompatibility, but are overall consistent within the species complexes. Morphological variation also shows some correlation with mating incompatibility and electrophoretic banding patterns. These results suggest a possible contraction of the number of acceptable names proposed by Smith & Hesler. Funding for this research came from the Highlands Biological Station Research Grant-In-Aid and a travel grant from The DeSelm Fund. 126 JOHNSON, JAMES E. The University of Tennessee— Mating systems in the genus Xeromphalina Kiihner & Maire. Mating systems represent an important character for studies of the systematics and biology of the basidiomycetes. For these fungi, there are three described mating types: 1) homothallic, self compatible; 2) bipolar or unifactorial, those that behave as if there were a single compatibility gene; and 3) tetrapolar or bifactorial those that behave as if there were two separate compatibility genes. In the genus Xeromphalina, there are reports of tetrapolar mating systems for X. brunneola O. K. Miller, X. kauffmanii Smith, X. cauticinalis (With.) Kuhner & Maire, and conflicting reports for X. campanella (Batsch: Fr.) Kuhner & Maire. In order to clarify the mating system operating in X. campanella, crosses of 12 single-basidiospore isolates from a single basidiocarp, when available were made in all possible combinations for selected collections from diverse geographic origins. In all cases this revealed a tetrapolar mating system. In addition, the following members of subgenus Xeromphalina ; X. brunneola, X. cauticinalis, X. cornui (Quel.) Farve., X. halbergeri Sing, and X. kauffmanii and the following members of subgenus Heimiomyces, X. fulvipes (Murr.) Smith and X. tenuipes (Schw.) Smith were tested. In all cases a tetrapolar mating system was revealed This represents the first report on mating systems in subgenus Heimiomyces . The tetrapolar mating system appears to be highly conserved in this genus and therefore mating systems cannot be used to separate X. campanella from other taxa as had been indicated previously. 127 RISK, ALLEN C. University of Tennessee -New records for Fissidens hvalinus from eastern Kentucky and eastern Tennessee. Fissidens hyalinus Wils . & Hook, is generally considered to be one of the rarest mosses in North America. Previous reports of the species for the continent are based on a small number of collections from Louisiana, Kentucky, Ohio, and 126 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 Pennsylvania. This paper reports thirty-four collections of F. hyalinus from a total of twenty-one localities in eastern Kentucky and eastern Tennessee. The species was consistently found on bare clay-rich streambanks of first and second order streams in calcareous areas of the Cumberland Plateau, Cumberland Mountains, Ridge and Valley, and Blue Ridge In these regions, Fissidens hyalinus appears to prefer cool shady ravines with relatively undisturbed forests dominated by various combinations of Lir lodendron tul ioi f era , Tsuga canadensis , Acer saccharum , Fagus grandifolia , and Quercus alba . The species generally was not found in young forests or forests whose understory or ground layer was dominated by non-native species . DAVISON, PAUL G.,1 RAYMOND STOTLER,2 and BARBARA CRANDALL - STOTLER . 2 University of North Alabama1 and Southern Illinois Uni vers i tv2 --Two interesting liverwort morphotvpes from Cave Spring , Mississippi . As part of a survey of rare bryophytes in the southeastern U.S., sponsored by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and the N. C. Natural Heritage Program, in 1994 Cave Spring, a sinkhole-like natural depression in extreme northeastern Mississippi was investigated. The sandstone walls of the depression support a diverse bryoflora, which includes 20 hepatic and 34 moss species. Of particular interest were the discovery of a population of Telaranea nematodes (Gottsche ex Austin) M. Howe, bearing asexual, tuberiferous bulbils, and a unique, hitherto undescribed Pel 1 ia morphotype. The sandstone crevices of the depression which are also populated by Vittaria appalachiana Farrar & Mickel, are atypical habitats for T^ nematodes . a taxon normally of wet, shaded, peaty sites of the Coastal Plain; as in Vittaria. the reliance of this population on asexual reproduction may be an adaptation to this "rockhouse" type habitat. The Pellia populations differ from all described species in bearing completely exposed archegonia in slightly elevated clusters on the dorsal surface of the thallus, with no trace of an overarching or encircling perichaetial flap. In other features, these dioicous female plants approach the FL_ appalachiana/ P . nees iana morphotypes, which develop perichaetia to varying degrees. Isozyme studies of this complex are ongoing to determine the final taxonomic disposition of this unique Pellia . TAYLOR, DAVID D. and DAMES D. KISER1: Daniel Boone National Forest and Eastern Kentucky University^ — Bryophyte diversity in Kentucky RNA's: a function of geography or avail a bl e habitat?- Collections od bryophytes were made from one established RNA and two proposed RNA's Species determinations were made and lists compared. Many species are found in all three areas. Some were found in only one or two areas. Information on available habitat and geographic location were considered as factors in area diversity. Both appear to contribute to differences in diversity among the three areas. 130 CAPONETTI, JAMES D. University of Tennessee-- The effect of microeravitv on the development of fern leaves and plantlets in sterile tissue culture. The optimum conditions for the sterile culture of Boston fern stolon tips, button fern leaf buds, and cinnamon fern leaf primordia under stationary conditions have been determined. Stolon tips of Boston fern fNephrolepis spp.) placed on Murashige Fern Multiplication Medium (MFMM) produce shoots from terminal and lateral buds. These shoots can be transferred to fresh MFMM for further shoot growth and root development with eventual transfer to greenhouse propagation. These shoots can also be transferred to fresh MFMM containing high concentrations of naphthaleneacetic acid and kinetin for induction of multiple shoots each of which can be cultured for further development before transfer to greenhouse propagation. Button fern (Tectaria gemmiferal leaf bud development on MFMM with or without naphthaleneacetic acid and kinetin is greatly reduced. Apparently, the high "salts" content of MFMM and the growth regulators inhibit the growth of the leaf buds. The best growth of the buds occurs on low "salts" media such as K.nop's or Knudson’s. Cinnamon fern (Osmunda cinnamomea) leaf primordia develop into mature fronds when cultured on Knop’s medium without growth regulators. Stolon tips of Nephrolepis pendula on basal MFMM, leaf buds of Tectaria gem m i fera on Knudson's medium, and leaf primordia of Osmunda cinnamomea on Knop's medium were exposed to microgravity by placing cultures on a tissue rotator beside stationary controls. The growth and development of stolon tips, leaf buds, and leaf primordia on the tissue rotator were similar to those cultured under stationary conditions. These results are the stimulus for future research on the effects of microgravity on ferns. ABSTRACTS 127 131 WALLACE, JAMES W. and MINGHUA CHEN. Western Carolina University — Flavonoids of Trichomanes s.l. and their phylogenetic implications. The filmy fems (Hymenophyllaceae) represent a well defined group of plants primarily distributed throughout the tropics and subtropics. Even though the group is well defined there is little, if any, agreement as to how to classify the 600-800 recognized species. In the most inclusive sense all of the species have been placed within two genera, either Hvmenophvllum or Trichomanes: the artificiality of this classification has been recognized for decades. Preliminary phytochemical work basically supported the existence of two large groupings, those that sequester flavonol derivatives belonging to Hvmenophvllum and those that accumulate flavone and C-glycosylflavone derivauves belonging to Trichomanes: exceptions were noted. The current study is a report identifying the flavone and C-glycosylflavone derivauves and their distribution within Trichomanes s.l. All of the 20 species examined accumulate C- glycosylflavones; in addition to these compounds, those species representing Copeland's Didvmoglossum and Pleuromanes and Morton's Microgonium and Gonocormus also accumulate flavone-O-glycosides. 132 DUFF, ROBERT J.* AND EDWARD E SCHILLING. Department of Botany, University of Tennessee, Knoxville. TN 37996-1100 - Structural analysis of the chloroplast genome of Isoetes. Results of the structural analysis of the chloroplast genome of Isoetes represent the first detailed characterization of a lycopod chloroplast genome It has been demonstrated that the Isoetes chloroplast genome is very similar to that of Marchantia, a non-vascular plant. Both contain a 30 kb inversion, found in the bryophytes and other lycophytes, relative to other vascular plants (Raubeson and Jansen, 1992). In addition Isoetes is characterized by several features: a large insertion found in the small single copy region (SSC) of the chloroplast molecule, an inverted repeat which is approximately 2 kb larger than either Marchantia or Phvscomitrella but still significantly smaller than most vascular plants, and the likely presence of a small inversion found in the large single copy region (LSC). The inserted DNA lies at the edge of IR in the SSC. This extra genetic material is of uncertain origin, and there is no demonstrable hybridization to any chloroplast probes Only through the construction of many restriction maps was it possible to recognize that a large segment on the cpDNA was not being detected It is possible that the DNA in the insertion has come from the nucleus, mitochondria, or virus in each case this would represent an event undocumented for the chloroplast genome The insertion is present in all species of Isoetes from North America surveyed to this point and may become a potentially useful phylogenetic character within the genus given further exploration of its presence among other species. BRAY, REBECCA D., CYNTHIA A. CAPLEN and SURBALA CHOWDHURY . Old Dominion Universitv--Cvtoloaical studies on Southeastern cmillworts (Isoetes). In North America, the genus Isoetes reaches its greatest diversity in the southeastern United States. We have studied the cytology of nine species and three hybrids from different populations in Vir¬ ginia, North Carolina, and Kentucky. Wittman's hematoxylin was used to obtain counts from root tip squashes from field grown plants and laboratory cultures maintained at 16.5 C with 12 hrs light/dark. Consistent with earlier reports, the base number is n=ll. In Isoet¬ es engelmannii, I. caroliniana, I. melanopoda ( =1. virginica) , 2n=22 . Isoetes hvemalis fl. riparia in part) , I. riparia ftidal form) , I. piedmontana (non sensu FNA) and I_^_ butleri have 2n=44. This is the first report of 44 for I. butleri. In I. lacustris, 2n=110. The only diploid hybrid is I . caroliniana X I . engelmannii which is 2n=22. Research supported in part by a grant from the U S Fish and Wildlife Service. CAPLEN, CYNTHIA A.,1 REBECCA D. BRAY,1 LYTTON J. MUSSELMAN,1 AND DAVID A. KNEPPER2. Old Dominion University1 and U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Norfolk District2--An unusual Isoetes from the Shenandoah Vallev-A glacial relict? The flora of the Maple Flats area, Augusta County, VA, has both coastal plain endemics and glacial relicts. Recently we collected a unique Isoetes here with a chromosome number of 2n=2 2. The cytology is similar to the widespread Appalachian endemic I_i. 128 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 caroliniana but the megaspores bear resemblance to Isoetes echinospora (2n=22) , a boreal species absent from the Southeast but well represented in the palynological record of the Pleistocene at Maple Flats. Isoetes caroliniana. common Appalachian endemic, has never been reported from this county. _Preliminary allozyme work suggests a relationship with I. caroliniana. Isoetes enqelmannii and I. hvemalis have both been collected here. This is also the region of the I. virqinica type collection. Our studies indicate this species is identical with I. melanopoda. Supported by a grant from the U S Fish and Wildlife Service. _ JJ MUSSELMAN, LYTTON J.,1 DAVID A. KNEPPER,2 REBECCA D. BRAY,' CYNTHIA A. CAPLEN1 , and CHARLES BALLOU1. Old Dominion University1 and U.S. Army Corps of Engi¬ neers, Norfolk District2 — Two New Isoetes Hybrids from Virginia. Isoetes enqelmannii is the most widespread quillwort in Virginia being found in all physiographic provinces. Based on spore and chromosome studies, we report for the first time the hybrids between I. enqelmannii and I. hvemalis and between I. enqelmannii and I. caroliniana. Isoetes hvemalis is a common but newly recognized tetraploid (2n=44) formerly included in and closely related to I. riparia. Its hybrid with I. enqelmannii (2n=22) is frequent in parts of the inner Coastal Plain and outer Piedmont of Virginia and is to be expected elsewhere where these species overlap. Parents and hybrid are similar in vigor. The diploid number is 2n=33. The I. enqelmannii X I. caroliniana (2n=22) hybrid is known from only two mountain counties and exhibits hybrid vigor. The chromosome number is 2n=22. Both hybrids have the variation in size and ornamentation of spores typical of quillwort hybrids. 13 6 i i , JACKSON, HELEN H.,1 MARY L. MOSER,1 and FRED C. ROHDE. University of North Carolina at Wilmington1 and North Carolina Division of Marine Fisheries2 - Abiotic factors affecting stream fish abundance and diversity in the lower French Broad River . North Carolina . Increasing development of North Carolina's mountain watersheds can result in modification of flow and increased sedimentation. Stream fish abundance and diversity may be significantly altered as a result of such changes in the abiotic environment. To test this hypothesis we collected fish at 26 sites in the lower French Broad River drainage and measured current velocity, depth and silt at each site. Fish were sampled using a backpack electroshocker and a 4.6 m seine. Replicate samples of silt were taken using a modified syringe, filtered, dried and weighed. In addition, the degree of siltation at each site was qualitatively assessed. Five of the sites were selected for detailed measurement of water current and depth. At each site we chose four, 20 m stations representing either riffle (shallow, rapid) or run (deep, slow) habitats and determined species abundance, biomass and richness at each station. There was a positive correlation between fish abundance and current velocity, as well as fish biomass and depth. However, species richness decreased with increasing velocity and depth. We found no significant effect of siltation on either fish abundance or species richness, perhaps because the sites we sampled did not show large differences in silt load. 137 BR1TS0N, CAROL A. University of iVlem phis— Feeding responses of largemouth bass (Micropterus salmoides) to aposematic and cryptic hatchling turtles Pnor research on the antipredator mechanisms of hatchling, freshwater turtles discovered a previously unknown defense associated with aposematic coloration. The defense usually associated with warning coloration is either chemical or morphological, and now behavioral mechanisms have been added to the list. Hatchling painted turtles (Chrvsemvs pictal and red-eared sliders (Trachemvs scnpta) are able to avoid being preyed upon by largemouth bass through the use of escape behaviors such as biting, clawing, etc., within the mouth and upper digestive tract of the bass upon being engulfed. Results for this research suggest that largemouth bass are associating the aposematic plastral colors of the hatchlings with the potentially damaging escape behavior. Two experiments were performed ABSTRACTS 129 to answer the follow ing questions regarding this phenomena: (1) Are there differences in the feeding responses of largemouth bass when presented with dead, anesthetized, and active aposeinatic and cryptic [e g., common snapping turtles (Chelvdra serpentina)! hatchlings'1 and (2) Is the "memory” of past feeding experiences on aposematic hatchlings retained over seasons in largemouth bass? In the first experiment, there was a greater number of attacks on snapping turtles (after expenence with a live snapping turtle hatchling) indicating that bass are unable to associate the cry ptic appearance of the hatchling with past predation experiences For the second experiment, it appears that largemouth bass do not retain the memory of past feeding experiences as evidenced by an increase in the initial attack rate from fall to spring testing. This result supports the validity of using wild- caught bass as "naive" predators in these experiments. 138 DEVIVO, JOSEPH C„ AND BYRON J. FREEMAN. The University Of Georgia-Impact of introduced Cyprinella lutrensis on stream fish assemblages in Georgia. Cyprinella lutrensis , the red shiner, is native to watersheds in the south- and central- plains states west of the Mississippi River, but its use as a bait fish for sport fishing has resulted in its introduction in many watersheds across the country. Cyprinella lutrensis is a tolerant generalist that when introduced outside of its range, frequendy displaces native fishes or hybridizes with native congeneric fishes. Cyprinella lutrensis has been introduced into the Ocmulgee, the Coosa and the Chattahoochee river systems in Georgia. Each of these systems has populations of an imperilled endemic species of Cyprinella that is potentially threatened by C. lutrensis. Cyprinella lutrensis is best established in the Chattahoochee River system, where it particularly thrives m impacted streams near Atlanta. Fish samples collected by the National Water Quality Assessment Program of the U.S. Geological Survey between 1993 and 1994 have shown C. lutrensis to be the dominant or co-dominant species in degraded streams of urban watersheds, representing up to 77 % of individuals and 12.5 % of species at a site. The continued use of C. lutrensis as a bait fish, and the continued degradation of stream systems where it is introduced constitute serious threats to native fish assemblages. HILL, LANE. Auburn University-Life history and habitat use of the Halloween darter, Percina sp. The Halloween darter, Percina sp., is a little known and undescribed species endemic to the Apalachicola River System. Life history aspects were examined from January to December 1994 in Potato Creek, Upson County, Georgia. Maximum sizes for males and females were 91 and 80 mm SL. Maximum age was 3+ years. Sex ratio of males to females was 1.00:1.05. Spawning occurred from early May to early June. Mean clutch size was 101 and the mean diameter of mature ova was 1.22 mm. Diet for all size classes consisted almost exclusively of immature insects, primarily Chironomidae, Simuliidae, Hydropsychidae, Baetidae, and Ephemerellidae. Habitat use data were collected from Potato Creek and the Flint River, Upson County, Georgia between June and December 1994. Adults were exclusively found in run and riffle habitats with velocities of 26 to 78 cm/s and depths of 15 to 56 cm. They were collected over rocky substrates (bedrock, boulder, and cobble) with Podostemum as cover. Juveniles were collected in habitats with adults with the exception of a few which were found in pools. 140 PILLER, KYLE R. , and BROOKS M. BURR. Southern Illinois University at Carbondale — Distribution, reproduction, and recovery of the federally endangered relict darter, Etheostoma chienense fPercidae) . The relict darter, Etheostoma chienense (Percidae) , is endemic to the Bayou du Chien system of western Kentucky, where it is known from only nine sites. The relict darter and all other members of Catonotus are characterized by egg clustering behavior, where males make and guard nests under rocks. In January of 1994 the relict darter was listed as federally endangered because of its limited distribution and lack of spawning substrate. Only one spawning site for the relict darter was known prior to 1994, when seven additional spawning sites were discovered. We are presently working on the recovery and ecology of this endangered species, while making population estimates, improving spawning habitat, and investigating mate choice. 130 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 141 EISENHOUR, DAVID J.,1 BROOKS M. BURR,1 and JAMES M. GRADY.2 Southern Illinois University at Carbondale1 and University of New Orleans2-Status and identification of the "chucky madtom," Noturus (Rabida) sp. Two specimens of an unidentified madtom were collected in May 1991 from Little Chucky Creek, Green County, Tennessee. During a status survey for this madtom, conducted from May 1993 to September 1994, ten additional specimens were collected from a 3.1-km stretch of lower Little Chucky Creek. All specimens were taken in areas of slow current over a substrate of gravel and slabrocks. General morphology, pigmentation, and meristics of the chucky madtom are most similar to the Green/Barren River form of Noturus elegans. Allozyme analysis revealed the presence of several alleles unique to the chucky madtom. The chucky madtom differs from N. elegans in having a more posterior dorsal fin, a wider head, and large melanophores on the cheek. Results of sheared principal component analyses of 24 morphometric variables show complete separation between the chucky madtom and both the Duck River and Green/Barren River forms of N. elegans. Additional records of specimens of N. elegans from the middle and upper Tennessee drainage may represent the same taxon as the chucky madtom. 142 'COOK, KENNETH M.,1 CHRISTOPHER A. TAYLOR,2 and BROOKS M. BURR.1 Southern Illinois University at Carbondale1 and Illinois Natural History Survey2— Status survey of the coppercheek darter fEtheostoma aquali) and striated darter (Etheostoma striatulum). in the Duck River drainage. Tennessee. Over 50 sites were sampled or reconnoitered in the Duck and Buffalo rivers, Tennessee, during May, July, and October 1992, in an effort to find sites of occurrence of both Etheostoma aquali and E. striatulum. Etheostoma aquali was collected from 7 of roughly 20 identifiable historical localities and 7 new localities encompassing both drainages. Of the 18 historical sites sampled for E. stiatulum. 10 yielded the species. An additional 20 sites within the known range of both species were sampled that did not yield either species. Reproduction was confirmed at 10 of 10 sites for E. striatulum as judged from males guarding nest rocks and/or nest rocks with eggs. Nests of E. aquali were not found. Essential habitat of E. aquali includes moderate to swift riffles in water averaging 0.35 m deep, usually with loose boulder and cobble substrate in mainstem habitats. In contrast, E. striatulum generally occupies small headwaters with abundant slabrock over bedrock having little flow; it was rarely found in mainstem habitats. Potential threats to the continued existence of these species include the proposed Columbia Dam Project and present land use practices in the Duck River watershed. JHEACOCK , CHARLES H. University of Tennessee-- Underwater assessment of habitat quality using highly visible and sensitive Perema species A recent apparent decline of darter species in the Little River, Blount County, Tennessee, suggested a deterioration in habitat quality was taking place. The objective of this study was to determine a baseline of the abundance and longitudinal distribution of three large and easily observed darter species ( Perema auranziaca , P. burzeni , P. macrocephala ) believed to be very intolerant. The study area included 27 river miles with 20 accessible sices. Each site was surveyed 6 times between July and September, 1993. This visual study was set up to be repeatable for future monitoring of the fish populations. Information gained included the unique type of stream habitat utilized by each of the darters. 144 THOMPSON, BRUCE A. and ROBERT C. CASHNER. Louisiana State University, and University of New Orleans-Rare and endangered freshwater fishes in Louisiana. Louisiana has a rich and varied fish fauna inhabiting its rivers, lakes, and swamps. Over 160 native species of freshwater fishes have been recorded from the state, but the total is probably higher. We have developed a comprehensive list of Louisiana’s freshwater fishes in need of protection or conservation due to their imperilment within the state. Forty-three species from eleven families were placed in six categories: 1) endangered - 6 species, 2) threatened - 13 species, 3) vulnerable - 2 species, 4) special concern - 5 species, 5) rare - 10 species, and 6) status uncertain - 9 species. Two families, Cypnnidae (15) and Percidae (10) have 25 of the 43 imperiled species. The Pearl River contains the most imperiled species (11), followed by the Ouachita (10), and Sabine (5). Synthesis of ABSTRACTS 131 collections over time shows four of the five endangered species not having been collected for 7 to 21 years: 1) Percina (Cottogaster) - 1973, 2) P. lenticula - 1982, Alosa alabamae - 1984, and Phenacobius mirabilis - 1988. Only Scaphirhvnchus albus has been collected recently (1994). Many major fish museums have been used to computerize, using the MUSE system, almost 3,000 entries. This research was funded by the Louisiana Water Resources Research Institute. 195 LABEAU, MARC R. Northern Michigan University — An undescrihed species of Proterometra (Digenea: Azvgiidael from Michigan's upper peninsula. A new species of Digenea belonging to the genus Proterometra is found in the Au Train River, a tributary to Lake Superior, in the upper peninsula of Michigan. The trematode infects the gastropod Elimia livescens as its intermediate host. The furcocystocercous cercariae are large and strong swimmers, with actions possibly mirroring those of aquatic insect larvae. Natural and experimental infections demonstrated that the cercariae are ingested by several piscine definitive hosts, including Cottus bairdi .Lota lota, and Ambloplites rupestris. with adults found attached to the anterior esophagi of these fish. Like Proterometra dickermani. the cercariae of this species display an extreme degree of progenesis; that is, while still within the secondary germinal sac, they contain fully developed eggs. Surveys of the rivers in the central upper peninsula indicate that the geographical range of the parasite is limited to less that half of the Au Train River. Eight species of Proterometra. all indigenous to North America east of the Mississippi River, have previously been described. Morphological differences in the cercarial stage, including circadian emergence period, relationship of body to tail, degree of progenesis displayed, and number of and shape of spines on the mammilations, distinguish this species from others in the genus. 14 6 ZELMER, DEREK A. and H.P. ARAI . University of Calgary- -The effect of lake size on the determination of the parasite component community of yellow perch, Perea f lavescens (Mitchill ) . Perea f lavescens from 5 Alberta lakes known to contain natural perch populations were examined for metazoan parasites. The species richness, the number of autogenic parasite species, and the number of larval parasites harbored by perch in a given lake were found to be significantly correlated with lake surface area by regression analysis. To determine whether these regression lines could be taken as equilibrium values, perch from 10 lakes that had been stocked from these natural populations were examined. The predictions held for all equations in the central and northern lakes, but only the relationship between the number of autogenic parasite species and lake surface area was supported by the data from the southern lakes. The combined data support a succession of colonizing parasites from those that are allogenic to those that are autogenic, with autogenic species dominating perch parasite component communities that are at or near equilibrium levels. 147 TUCKER, ROBERT B. and JAMES E. JOY. Marshall University-Population dynamics of the di qeneti c trematode , Glypthe Imins pennsy l van i ens i s , i n the Northern Spri nq Peeper, Pseudacris c. cruci fer, from West Virginia. Five sample populations of spring peepers, Pseudacris c. crucifer (Wied-Neuweid) , were collected from 3 different marshes in southwestern West Virginia (Cabell and Wayne Count¬ ies), and examined for Glypthelmins pennsy Ivani ens is Cheng infections. The five host sample populations (with dates of collection and sample sizes) were designated as: [1] Beech Fork (April '92, n = 43 males & 3 females); [2] Shoals '93 (April '93, n = 50 males & 0 females); [3] Shoals '94 (April '94, n = 34 males & 3 females); [4] Green Bottom (early March '94, n = 79 males & 2 females); and [5] Green Bottom (early April '94, n = 32 males & 0 females). Prevalence of infection ranged from a low of 50.02 (Shoals '93) to a high of 86.5% (Shoals '94). Infected hosts — di scounti ng gravid females --were smaller (as mean weight in grams) than their uninfected counterparts in all 5 sample populations, however, differences in weight (i.e. infected vs. uninfected) were significant in only 2 populations. The number of trematodes declined as infected host weight increased in all 5 sample populations, but this negative correlation was not significant (i.e. b = 0) for 4 of the 5 populations. As the number of trematodes increased in a given host, their 132 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 mean length decreased in that host, suggesting a "crowding effect." This phenomenon was observed in infected hosts from all 5 populations. Linear regressions revealed that this "crowding effect" was significant (i.e. b f 0) in all 5 host populations. 148 BUNTEN, CAROLE A. and JAMES E. JOY. Marshall Uni vers i ty--The intestinal nematode parasi tes of Bufo a. ameri conus at a^ marsh area i n Cabel 1 County , West Virginia. A sample of 50 (28 females and 22 males) Easter American toads, Bufo a. americanus Holbrook, was collected at the Green Bottom Wildlife Management Area in northern Cabell County, West Virginia. Host individuals of that sample were taken, by hand, on the evening of April 5th, 1994, and examined for intestinal nematodes within a 48 hour period Two nematode species, Cosmocercoid.es variabi l is and Oswaldocruzia pipiens , were recovered. The former species was found in 100% of the host sample, while prevalence for 0. pipiens was 38.0%. Intensity of C. variabi l is infection (as mean number of nematode individuals per infected host) was relatively high at 53.6 and 24.9 for female and male hosts, respectively. Cosmocercoides variabi l is females outnumbered males by a ratio of 1. 6:1.0. Intensity of O. pipiens was 1.9 and 1.8 for female and male hosts, respectively. Oswaldocruzia pipiens males outnumbered females by a ratio of 1. 5:1.0. 149 CRANK, ANNA G. , C. BRYAN MOORE, and JAMES E. JOY. Marshall University--Mosquitoes of the Green Bottom Wi 1 dl i fe Management Area , Cabel 1 County , West V i rq i n i a . Thirteen species of larval mosquitoes have been identified from the Green Bottom Wildlife Management Area in northern Cabell County, West Virginia during the breeding seasons of 1992 (1 collection), 1993 (8 collections), and 1994 (23 collections). Seven of those species were recovered from May 3rd to October 23rd, 1994. Culex territans and Anopheles punct ipennis were the most commonly encountered species in 1994, appearing every month in 23 and 19 (of the 23 collections), respectively. Uranotaenia sapphirina (7 collections), Gr. restuans (6), Psorophora ciliata (5), and Cx. pipiens (4), were collected only in July and August of 1994. Aedes vexans was recovered only once, in July. The recovery of Cx. errat icus , in September of 1993, represents only the second report of this species from the state. 150 SEIFERT, REIGH A., LEON DUOBINIS-GRAY, and EDMUND ZIMMERER. Murray State University— Detection of Borrelia burgdorferi in ticks of various species from western Kentucky utilizing the polymerase chain reaction technique. Ticks of various species from western Kentucky were examined for the presence of Borrelia burgdorferi, the causative agent of Lyme disease, employing the polymerase chain reaction technique (PCR). Nine tick species were examined: Amblyomma americanum. A, maculatum, Dermacentor albipictus, D. variabil is. Haemaphvsalis leporispalustris. Ixodes brunneus, L cookei. L dentatus. and L texanus. All ticks were removed from mammals and birds suspected as potential reservoir hosts and analyzed for the presence of B, burgdorferi. Hosts included coyotes, gray foxes, rabbits, raccoons, turkeys, white-footed mice, white-tailed deer, and woodchucks. SLxty-nine of the 959 ticks were positive for B, burgdorferi. The majority of positive samples were detected in Amblyomma and Dermacentor consisting of 18 and 50 positives, respectively. Only one sample of H. leporispalustris was positive. This resulted in a prevalence of 7.2% for B, burgdorferi in ticks from western Kentucky. These results indicate that multiple tick genera, primarily Amblyomma and Dermacentor. harbor B. burgdorferi in the southeastern U.S. and may be potential vectors of Lyme disease. MCSPADDEN, E.G., M.P. JONES, E.C. RAMSAY, and S. PATTON. University of Tennessee College of Veterinary Medicine- -Fi lar ias is in Non-Canine Hosts : A Dilemma for Immunodiagnosis . Three river otters ( Lut ra canadensis ) from the Knoxville Zoological Park (KZP) presented for routine screening for infection with Dirof i lar ia immi t is were positive for D^_ immi t is antigen with a commercially available enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (DiroCHEK, Synbiotics Corp) . Microfilariae were also seen on Knott's test in blood ABSTRACTS 133 drawn from each otter. The microfilariae averaged 425 x 5 micrometers, and were identified as Dirof i laria lutrae , a common subcutaneous filarial worm of otters. When tested with another commercially available ELISA test, CITE Semi-Quant ( IDEXX Corp) , ail samples were negative. A serum sample from a dog positive for Dirof i laria repens also tested positive for D_^ immi t is antigen on DiroCHEK, but negative on CITE. Serum from the dog was negative on both tests, 6 months later. The antigen tests are approved for detection of CL_ immi t is adults in dogs and cats in the United States. Diagnosticians using these tests in other animal species or in animals from areas where D . reoens is endemic should interpret results with caution. A blood examination for microfilariae is essential for a complete evaluation of filarial worm infection in these cases . 152 MEADER, LISA L. and SHARON PATTON. University of Tennessee College of Veterinary Medicine --Prevalence of Gastrointestinal Parasites in a Stray Dog Populat ion from Knox Countv , Tennessee . The prevalence of gastrointestinal parasites in a stray dog population from Knox County, Tennessee were determined by fecal examinations. Fecal samples collected from a local animal shelter were examined by centrifugal flotations using Sheather's Sugar Solution (Sp.G.= 1.275), and/or saturated zinc sulfate solution (Sp.G.= 1.180). The dogs ranged in age from one month to adult (> 1 year of age) . Of 442 samples examined, 77% were positive for one or more parasites. Diagnostic stages of the following parasites were identified: Ancvlos toma can inum (48.2%), Tr ichur is vulpis (32.6%), Toxocara canis (21.9%) , Unc inaria stenoceohala (11.3%) , Capi 1 lar ia sp . (1.3%), Dipvl idium caninum (0.5%), Taenia sp . (2.7%), Isospora sp . (7.2%), and Giardia sp . (8.6%). Diagnostic stages of these parasites were observed less frequently: Paraaonimus sp . , Hammondia sp . , Sarcocvs t is sp . , and Otodectes sp. SCHMIDHAUSER, CAROL,1 GAYLE P. NOB LET,1 AND SHARON PATTON.2 Clemson University1 and University of Tennessee College of Veterinary Medicine2— Seroprevalence of Toxoplasma gondii in swine from South Carolina. Toxoplasma gondii is an obligate intracellular protozoan parasite which infects all species of birds and mammals, including humans. Because of the potential impact (both medical and economic) of infections, a survey was undertaken to determine the geographical distribution of Toxoplasma gondii and to evaluate factors contributing to infections in South Carolina swine. Seroprevalence in blood samples obtained from the S.C. State Diagnostic Laboratory (1992-94) was determined by use of the modified direct agglutination test (MDAT). Preliminary studies involving 1044 samples from 68 farms suggest an overall seroprevalence of 13.5%. A request for information was mailed to each swine producer, the survey form/questionnaire addressed geographical location, size of farm, management/feeding practices, presence of cats, rodents control, and age of pigs. Upon return of survey forms, statistical analyses (chi-square) were performed to identify those individual factors which potentially influence the presence of T. gondii. The same analyses were performed for groups of factors in order to determine degree of interaction between factors. JACKSON, J, S.. J J. O’BRIEN, and S. G KAYES. University of South Alabama-The effect of naked DNA vaccination on the granulomatous response to Schistosoma mansoni eggs jn the livers of infected mice. Our laboratory is beginning experiments using naked DNA gene transfer technology to see if these methods can be adapted for use in vaccinating against helminthic infections. This method is based on the observation that plasmid DNA containing a foreign gene can be expressed from within mammalian striated muscle and elicit an immune response against the foreign gene product. A eukaryotic expression plasmid in which a Schistosoma mansoni glutathione S-transterase (SmGST) cDNA was placed downstream from an immediate early CMV promoter. Groups of mice were left untreated, injected im with either a control plasmid expressing the firefly luciferase gene (Lux), or 2 concentrations of the SmGST plasmid. A conventional vaccine group was injected subcutaneously with affinity-purified GST adsorbed on an alum adjuvant and 2 wk later all mice were infected with 200 cercaria. After 6'A more wk the mice were sacrificed and livers fixed in formalin for histologic examination. Sections taken from livers of each group were examined to determine the number of granulomas present (with or without eggs), the percentage of eosinophils per granuloma, and the number of eggs breached by inflammatory cells. Based on the slides examined to date, it appears that mice receiving the lowest concentration of SmGST DNA had approximately a third of the number of granulomas that were seen in other groups. The number of eggs also appeared to be reduced. Thus, naked DNA vaccination can affect the hepatic inflammatory response around newly deposited S. mansoni eggs and may reduce the fecundity of female worms 134 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 Ribeiro-Rodrigues, Rodrigo', Daniel G. Colley2 & Cimt E. Carter '-jdiotygic antibodies to Trypanosoma cruzi epirnastiqote or amastigote antigens can differentiate between Indeterminate and Cardiac forms of the disease. Dept, of Biology - Vanderbilt University, Nashville, TN, 37205' Division of Parasitic Diseases, CDC, Atalanta, GA.2 Our studies defines differences in the expressed Ids from both anti-epimastigote and anti-amastigote antibodies from both asymptomatic(IND) and severe cardiac (CD) Chagas' disease patients. Idiotypic antibodies (Ids) from patients with IND or CD clinical form were immunoaffinity-purified using either T. cruzi epimastigote or amastigote antigens. A pool of Ids from either IND or CD were used to immunize rabbits and generate anti-idiotypic antibodies (Al). Analysis of idiotypic antibodies of each clinical form (AI-IND and AI-CD) based upon specific competitive ELISA using AI-IND and AI-CD, showed that rabbit Al antibodies are capable of discriminating the Ids from different clinical forms of the disease Idiotypic antibodies purified from from IND patients share many common Ids with CD patients. IND patients express lower levels of the distinctive Ids characteristic of CD patients. Therefore, the concentration of IND Ids required to compete out with CD Ids for rabbit AI-CD was 4-5 fold higher than the concentration of Ids from CD serum. Supported by CNPq and PHS-NIAID. 156 SLEEMAN, J.,1 E. RAMSAY,1 G MASON,1 R GAMBLE,2 D ZARLENGA,2 S. PATTON,1 Departments of Comparative Medicine and Pathology, The University of Tennessee, College of Veterinary Medicine1 and Livestock and Poultry Sciences Institute, Agricultural Research Service, USDA.2 - Trichinosis in Wild and Captive Polar Bears (Ursus MaritimusY A Case Report A twenty-eight year old, wild caught, female polar bear housed at the Knoxville Zoological Gardens developed partial anorexia, weight loss and a stiff gait. Blood work revealed a leucopaenia, profound hyperglobulinaemia and an anaemia. A bone marrow aspirate showed there to be megakaryocytic and myeloid hypoplasia with a marked plasmacytosis. Electrophoresis of serum proteins demonstrated a polyclonal gammopathy. It was concluded that the changes were due to chronic inflammation, however, the source of the inflammation could not be identified. Despite treatment her condition deteriorated, and she was euthanized. The most notable necropsy finding was a moderate, multifocal, granulomatous myositis with intralesional encysted Trichinella species. Some larvae were alive and identified by genomic characterization as most probably the species Trichinella nahva or possibly phenotype T6, There have been five case reports of trichinosis in captive polar bears around the world since 1950. Trichinosis has also been reported in free ranging polar bears; the prevalence of infection being around 45%. This was probably an old infection acquired in the wild, particularly as Trichinella nahva is the Arctic species. On serologic surveying for trichinosis, three captive bom polar bears at the Knoxville Zoo were negative for the parasite whilst two from the wild were positive. Trichinosis was confirmed at necropsy in one other wild caught polar bear at the Knoxville Zoo 157 LINDSAY, DAVID S., PAUL C. SMITH, AND BYRON L. BLAGBURN. Auburn University — Trichinella pseudospiral is infection in a black vulture . Trichinella pseudospiral is is unusual in that unlike other members of the genus its muscle larvae do not evoke the production of a nurse cell and that it occurs naturally in birds. There is only 1 documented report of this parasite in North America and no North American isolates are available for study. A male black vulture was submitted to the Southeastern Raptor Rehabilitation Center, College of Veterinary Medicine, Auburn University, Alabama suffering from fractures of the mandible and left femur. The bird was treated surgically for its fractures and placed on an antibiotic regimen for 14 days after which it died. A necropsy was conducted. The bird most likely died from airsacculitis caused by Aspergillus fumiqatus . Coiled nematode larvae were observed in tissue sections of breast muscle and muscles surrounding the trachea but not in the heart. No nurse cell was present and the larvae were identified as T. pseudospiralis . Acid-pepsin digestion of breast and heart muscles produced coiled larvae that were motile. These larvae were inoculated orally in to mice and the isolate is presently being further characterized. 158 HERR, J. M., JR. University of South Carolina - The phenology of Ginkgo biloba in Columbia. South Carolina. In an extensive study of the phenology of Ginkgo biloba in Paris, France, Favre-Duchartre (1958, Phytomorphology 8: 377-390) reports that pollination, maturation of the gametophytes, and fertilization occur ABSTRACTS 135 in one season, April to September. Fertilization takes place either before or after the ovules are shed, and embryogeny is not completed until the following mid-May or later. This study has led to a general consensus that seed development in this species requires over 13 months. However, in casual observation of several Ginkgo stands cultivated in Columbia, SC, attached seeds were consistently found to contain mature or nearly mature embryos. During the 1994 growing season, seed development was examined more precisely in two trees growing under different conditions in adjacent stands. Tree # 1 was younger, larger, and more robust than Tree #2 and produced significantly larger seeds. The initial changes toward fall coloration, apparent in Tree #2 in early September, had not appeared in Tree # 1 by late October. Pollination in both trees occurred in late March, and, differences in stress conditions for the two plants notwithstanding, virtually all seeds contained mature embryos prior to their being shed. Fertilization likely occurred by mid-May, and embryogeny was complete by the close of the season in September. Variation in the time required for female gametophyte development, largely under the control of temperature, determines whether fertilization and embryogeny occur prior to or after shedding of the ovules. The delay of embryogeny, whether frequent or rare, is not regarded to have the phylogenetic significance proposed by other investigators. 159 PORCHER, RICHARD D. The Citadel- Notes on the status of American chaffseed (Schwalbea americana L.) as an endangered species and studies of its ecology. American chaffseed was designated a Federally Endangered Species in 1990. Since its listing numerous studies on its species biology have been conducted throughout its range to aid in development of a recovery plan. Field work in South Carolina from 1992-94 increased the number of historic populations from 19 to 54 and the number of extant populations from 11 to 44. In coastal South Carolina chaffseed' s habitat is primarily sandy, longleaf pine flatwoods that a frequently burned and kept free of dense shrubs! only in two sites does it occur in longleaf pine savannas. Seven populations were found under powerlines that are frequently mowed. Chaffseed did respond positively to a growing- season burn; stem height, stem number and number of flowers and/or fruits all increased. An experiment comparing a growing season burn to a non-growing season burn was inconclusive. Fire during the peak time of flowering appears not to be detrimental; two populations that burned during flowering were in full flower a month later. Five coastal counties have significant acerage of sandy, longleaf flatwoods where additional populations of chaffseed may occur. 160 ZETTLER, LAWRENCE W. ' and THOMAS M. MciNNIS, JR. 2 - Furman University 1 and Clemson University 2 -The life history of the endangered Monkev-face Orchid (Platanthera integrilabia). The terrestrial Monkey-face Orchid, Platanthera integrilabia, is a C2 candidate for federal protection as an endangered species. Once locally common on the Cumberland Plateau, only a single large (ca. 500-3,000 flowering individuals) population currently remains located in McMinn Co., TN. The species' preferred habitat consists of wet and level seepage areas (bogs) shaded by Acer rubrum and Nyssa sylvatica, and often grows in association with related orchids P. clavellata and P. cristata. Flowering, (in late July to early September), is limited to about 4% of individuals in a population per given year. Cross pollination is frequently accomplished by butterflies (Epargyreus clams, Papilio spp ), most notably in McMinn Co.. TN. Over half (56.9%) of all available flowers developed mature fruit at that population in 1992. Fruit maturation was completed two months (mid-October) after pollination. On average, fewer than 3,500 seeds were shed from capsules shortly after first frost. Seed germination is dependent on the availability of symbiotic fungi in a substrate. Germination of P. integrilabia seeds in vitro was stimulated when seeds were initially exposed to white light photopenods. We speculate that seeds germinate between late fall and early spring, shortly after dispersal from capsules, when light is more available to the understory. Symbiotic fungi obtained from root cortical cells of adult plants and from seedlings germinated in situ have been identified as a single undescnbed species of Epulorhiza. Because fungi from adult plants were successful at seed germination and the establishment of a stable symbiosis in vitro, P. integrilabia appears to retain its fungi throughout its life. Similar fungi have been isolated from P. clavellata and P. cristata growing adjacent to P. integrilabia and are probably symbiotic with all three species based on in vitro germination trials. Thus, the removal of these more common Platanthera species my adversely affect seed germination of P. integrilabia in such areas. We suggest that P. integrilabia is capable of colonizing areas containing either P. clavellata or P. cristata, and that the species may be limited in its distribution by its inability to introduce seed into suitable areas WAGNER, LISA K. and TIMOTHY P. SPIRA. Clemson University - Germination behavior of Harperocallis flava. an endangered Florida endemic Harperocallis flava (Liliaceae) is a federally endangered perennial species endemic to Franklin and Liberty Counties in the Florida panhandle. Harperocallis flava appears to be restricted to seepage bog sites in the moist gradient between permanent bog and drier pine flatwoods, although exact habitat requirements are not curTendy known. Littie is known about its reproductive biology, life history, and population biology 136 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 As part of a preliminary study, we collected mature fruits of Harperocallis (containing numerous seeds) in mid-September 1994 to investigate seed germination behavior and seedling establishment. The small seeds (approximately 2 mm long and 0.25 mm wide) are produced within largely indehiscent capsules, which develop slowly over a period of months following flowering in April and May. Seed dispersal probably occurs through gradual breakdown of capsules through the fall and winter. Many fruits were still immature and green in late September. Freshly collected seeds sown on a moist sand:peat moss mixture in petri dishes at 21/IOC germinated at high rates (75-85%), indicating that seeds are not dormant when produced. Emergence of the cotyledon from the seed coat first indicates germination, with little root development evident until the first true leaves appear. Seeds incubated at 5C for 3 and 6 week intervals under light exhibited "greening", but did not germinate until transfer to 21/IOC . Germination of seeds kept under dark conditions was delayed, indicating that tight may enhance germination in Harperocallis. Seeds subjected to two wet-dry cycles retained viability and germinated following rehydration. Future research will include investigation of the effects of different environmental factors on seedling establishment as well as additional work on germination characteristics. STICH, THOMAS J. and Simon Dabydeen. Frostburg State University — Status and reproductive biology of Platanthera grandif lora (Bigelow) Lindley , a threatened terrestrial orchid of Maryland . Platanthera grandif lora (Bigelow) Lindley is a threatened terrestrial orchid of dwindling numbers within the State of Maryland. Records indicate that there are 400 to 500 plants scattered among 14 populations in Allegany and Frederick Counties, Maryland. This study involved field observations of four populations of P. grandif lora in Frederick County. Populations numbered between 4 and 45 sexually mature plants. Flowers appeared during the first week of June and mature capsules were harvested from September 11 through October 1, 1994. Observations showed that there was an average of 11 flowers per raceme and 7 seed capsules per raceme. Also, among populations, there was an average of 5 vegetative (sexually immature) plants per population. Seed counts indicated that there was an average of 843 seeds per capsule. Evidently, there must be some factor (other than those affecting reproductive biology) responsible for the decline in population numbers. Possible factors contributing to the decrease in numbers include deer browse, absence of an appropriate mycorrhizal fungus (to initiate seed germination), and loss of habitat. STICH, THOMAS J. and SIMON DABYDEEN. Frostburg State University — Isolation of the endomycorrhizal fungus and light enhanced seed germination of Platanthera grandif lora (Bigelow) Lindley. Platanthera grandif lora (Bigelow) Lindley is a threatened terrestrial orchid within the State of Maryland. Like many other terrestrial orchid species P. grandif lora requires an endomycorrhizal fungus to stimulate successful seed germination. In this study, the endomycorrhizal fungus was isolated from the rootstock of an orchid specimen obtained from the Catoctin Mountains and cultured on Potato Dextrose Agar. Seed capsules were collected September 11 through October 1, 1994. The capsules were dehisced over CaSO^ for three days and then incubated at 3 C for three weeks over said dessicant. Sterile PDA plates were innoculated with the fungal isolate one week prior to attempted symbiotic germination. Seeds were placed on the PDA plates and incubated in the dark at 23 C for one week. Those seedlings showing sufficient development were then sub¬ jected to one of three light treatments: 16 hr. per day photoperiods for one week followed by one week of darkness; one week of darkness followed by 16 hr. per day photoperiods for one week; and two weeks of continuous darkness. The resulting seedlings were scored according to cotyledon length and comparisons were made among light treat¬ ments. Seedlings under the first light treatment (16 hr. photoperiods for one week followed by one week of darkness) showed significantly greater development than those subjected to the other treatments. Fore, Stephanie and Sheldon Guttman. Savannah River Ecology Laboratory and Miami Universitv-The spatial scale of genetic differentiation of Helianthus occidentalis and Asclepias verticillata in a preserve with fragmented habitat. We examined populations of two perennial forbs, Helianthus occidentalis (western sunflower) and Asclepias verticillata (whorled milkweed), in a landscape where suitable habitat is fragmented to determine if distance between habitat patches increases genetic differentiation. Although both of these species are insect-pollinated, potential seed dispersal distance is different; H. occidentalis is gravity-dispersed whereas A. verticillata is wind-dispersed. In the Edge of Appalachia Preserve System in Adams Co., Ohio, these two species are restricted to the small prairie openings in the ABSTRACTS 137 woodlands. The distribution of these prairies is clumped, with several patches in regions located <200 m apart and regions separated by >1.5 km. Genotypes were inferred from allozyme phenotypes revealed by starch gel electrophoresis. Observed heterogeneity was not significantly different among the barrens for either species even though some populations of A. verticillata were small. Data indicated that genetic differentiation of H. occidentalis was greater among patches within a region whereas genetic differentiation of A. verticillata was greater among regions. These data indicate that gene flow is lower for H. occidentalis than A. verticillata and that conservation and management strategies should be different for plant species with different dispersal capabilities. i65 COOK., R.A. and P.D. PARR, University of Tennessee and Oak Ridge National Laboratory-Dynamics of a Delphinium exaltatum population. Long-term monitoring of Delphinium exaltatum Ait. (tall larkspur), a federal C2 candidate, was begun in 1985 at Oak Ridge National Laboratory where one of the world’s largest populations occurs. Success of this herbaceous perennial in a variety of habitats is evaluated by monitoring changes in size, class structure, and geographic size of the population. Permanent plots (100) were established on a grid in 0.5 km2 area, an area larger than the population encompasses. Plots were identified as one of five habitats. All individuals in a plot were classified as juvenile, immature, or flowering and the total number in each class was recorded. Plots were revisited annually, excluding 1992, with individuals being classified and counted. Total plants in the permanent plots varied from a high of 292 in 1990 to a low of 40 in 1988. Juveniles (including seedlings) were consistently the largest size class comprising from 51.6 to 92.5% of the population. Approximately 75% of the individuals were in 38 plots from 2 habitats, an open slope and the old roadbed adjacent to it. The mean number of plots containing D. exaltatum in a year was 22.6. Data from this study provide information that can be helpful in the development of management plans for this species. Research sponsored by the National Environmental Research Parks, Office of Health and Environmental Research, U. S. Department of Energy under contract DE-AC05-840R21400 with Martin Marietta Energy Systems, Inc. COOK. R.A. and E.E.C. CLEBSCH. University of Tennessee-Demographv and size classification in two populations of Cimicifuga rubifolia Keamev. Cimicifuga rubifolia Kearney (Ranunuculaceae) is a herbaceous perennial found primarily in the Ridge and Valley of Tennessee and Virginia with disjuncts in Alabama, Virginia, Illinois, and Indiana. A demographic study of two populations was conducted as a preliminary step in understanding the population biology of this species. One of the main purposes of the study was to develop a size classification model for C. rubifolia and to use the model to determine if the size structures of the study populations were stable. Recruitment capability was also investigated. A simple leaf area model was constructed using field measurements. Size was considered to be the sum of the areas of all leaves of an individual. Populations were monitored with plants being relocated and measured yearly (for 3 and 4 years) with missing individuals being noted. Recruits were marked and measured. Populations were divided into four classes based on size. Another class was added for those individuals not present in a year. Seedlings were excluded. Seed production was estimated. Germination of collected seeds was tested. One year transition probabilities of an individual staying in the same size class ranged from 0.219-0.833. Probabilities of an individual going to a smaller size class (0,030-0.158) or of an individual going to a larger class (0.073-0.644) also varied greatly. Tests of one >ear and two year transition matrices showed that the transition probabilities are not constant through time. Germination in the greenhouse was 31.5% while germination observed in the field ranged from 0.2-4. 9%. Plant dormancy was frequent and the number of seedlings noted yearly varied widely. The population projection matrices produced were not temporally constant and the projected stable size structures of the populations differed from the observed structures. 167 ROBIN K. McCALL, DAVID J. GIBSON and K. ANDREW WEST. Southern Illinois University at Carbondale, and Trail of Tears State Forest -- h comparison of the soil seed bank from restored and unrestored portions of a threatened shale barren. A study was conducted to determine the regenerating capacity of Brown Barrens, a shale barren in southern Illinois threatened following an extended period of fire suppression. Soil samples were taken from sixteen 50m circular plots located on restored and unrestored portions of the barren. Forty-two vascular taxa were identified from the seed bank representing only a small proportion of the taxa reported growing at the site. One-way ANOVA and Detrended Correspondence Analysis showed significant differences in seed bank composition between the restored and unrestored portions. If restoration efforts continue it is expected that 138 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 the floristic composition of the glade will shift from the present mesic association to one characteristic of xeric, presettlement conditions. The composition of the soil seed bank is expected to change accordingly. 168 CAMPBELL, JONATHAN E 1 , DAVID J GIBSON', K. ANDREW WEST2 Southern Illinois University at Carbondale1 and Trail of Tears State Forest2-Survev of exotic seedlings in horse dung The spread of exotics as seeds through horse dung is a growing concern in Southern Illinois' natural areas. Some groups feel that horse dung is a major source of exotic seedlings and a danger to the few remaining natural areas. Others perceive the problem to be greatly exaggerated and exclusion of horse travel from the areas would be unjustified. Unfortunately for park managers, there are a limited number of studies available to direct impartial decisions. To address this dilemma, a baseline study of the germinable seed bank in horse dung was conducted to quantify the number and type of seeds passing through the horses’ digesta. Eighty samples were collected during Fall 1994 and Spring 1995. Each 400 ml sample was placed in a 12.7 x 17.8 cm greenhouse flat. All seedlings emerging in the flats were identified, counted, and recorded. A preliminary examination of the Fall 1994 germinable seed bank produced 507 seedlings per m2 after only five weeks. Among these seedlings, 71% of which are dicotyledonous, are species of Trifolium, Daucus, and Kummerowia. 169 WEIN, GARY R. and BEVERLY COLLINS. Savannah River Ecology Lab-- Effect of shoreline topography on seedbank and vegetation development in a planted cooling reservoir . We examined vegetation, seedbank, and sediment characteristics of unplant¬ ed and planted coves, points, and straights in a cooling reservoir 5 yr after planting to determine if shoreline convolutions or water depth affect either the physical environment or the potential or extant plant communities. Plant species composition of emergent communities (< 33 cm) did not differ with shoreline type or planting. The vegetation was a subset of the seedbank community. Submergent vegetation (66-100 cm) did differ with type and planting; planted coves had higher abundances of Vallisneria americana and Nelumbo lutea, whereas unplanted points and straights had either no vegetation or were dominated by Potomogeton diver- sifolius . The dominant submergent plants were not in the seedbank, which had low similarity (4-7 %) with the vegetation and did not differ with shoreline type or planting. Sediment percent solids, pH, organic matter, texture, and CEC of coves were significantly different from points or straights. Planted locations and deeper water had greater percent silt and clay particles than unplanted and shallower water positions. After 5 yr, planting L-Lake has interacted with physical differences among shore¬ line locations to affect vegetation, but not seedbank development. 170 SPIRA, TIMOTHY P., ALLISON A. SNOW, MARY N. PUTERBAUGH. Clcmson University, Ohio Slate University, University of Missouri -Sequential pollen arrival and fertilization success: does. tile early grain get the .c.gg? In many species with animal-pollinated (lowers, pollen arrives on the stigma in pulses and latc-arnving pollen may be precluded I mm fertilizing o\ tiles When seed set per fruit is not pollen-limited, the l ate of pollen from later cohorts is affected by' the time between pollinator \ isils, variation in pollen tube growth rates, and the amounts ol pollen deposited relative to the availability of sligmatic area and unfertilized ovules. In a natural population ol Hibiscus muschculos, we lound that consecutive pollinator v isits to individual (lowers occurred within 1 5 minutes of each other in more than half of our obscrv alums. We then conducted hand-pollination experiments using equal doses of early and late pollen bearing unique alloxymc markers lor paternity analysis (each dose was more than sufficient to result in full seed set). When pollen was applied 15 or 30 nun after an earlier pollen load, the proportions ol seeds sired by late-arriving polien were reduced by 7-17% and 12-33%, respectively A few pollen lubes from the late pollen load sired seeds even when a large dose ol pollen was applied 1-2 hrs earlier, suggesting that the performance of polien grains within each cohort was highly variable. The advantage of arriving early was greater when the first pollen load was applied at 0930 hrs as compared to 1 130 hrs We found no effect of previous pollination on the growth rales ol late-arnving pollen tubes. Taken together, these results demonstrate that pollen from later visits can compete with pollen from earlier visits, but the success of late-arnving pollen typically declines to very low ABSTRACTS 139 levels after an interval of about 2 hrs. Given that "surplus" pollen often arriv es on stigmas by mid-morning, we conclude that male reproductive success is more likely to be affected by the timing of pollen dispersal and pollen tube competitive ability than by the total amount of pollen that is exported from (lowers. TURNER, MARK C. and THOMAS K. PAULEY. Marshall University — Northern range extension of Desmognathus guadramaculatus in West Virginia. Desmognathus guadramaculatus is a large aquatic salamander of cascading streams in the southern Appalachian Mountains. It follows the New River as a corridor into West Virginia where it is known to occur in Fayette, Raleigh, Summers, Mercer, and Monroe counties. Surveys conducted along the New River in 103 tributaries from 1989 through 1992 showed that D. guadramaculatus occurred in 50. In 1994, a preliminary study of the Gauley River watershed which confluences with the New River to form the Kanawha River was conducted. This is the first documented study of the aquatic salamander fauna for the Gauley River. To-date, surveys have been conducted in 45 streams in Fayette, Nicholas, Webster, and Greenbrier counties and D. guadramaculatus has been located in three. This is the first report of this species for Nicholas County. DODD, C. KENNETH, JR.1 and LINDA LACLAIRE . 2 National Biological Survey1 and U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service2 — Biogeography of the striped newt in Georgia. A total of 108 ponds and wetlands throughout the Atlantic Coastal Plain of Georgia were sampled to determine the distribution of striped newts ( Notophthalmus perstriatus ) . Sampling was concentrated at or near sites where striped newts had been reported historically. Several historical sites could not be located because of vague collection data; at least one pond has been destroyed. Striped newts presently are known from five widely separated locations, including a pond near the type locality where the newt was discovered in the 1920's. All sites are associated with well-drained sandy uplands and terraces adjacent to rivers and large streams. Two routes of Pleistocene colonization are hypothesized, one following river terraces in the west and the other following marine and river terraces in the east. The extent of past and continuing habitat alteration suggests that remaining populations are highly isolated. We recommend initiation of immediate efforts to monitor, conserve and manage known striped newt breeding ponds and adjacent uplands . 173 THOMPSON, JAMES F. Austin Peay State University— The use of discriminant analysis in the systematic study of the Arizona mountain kingsnake. Lampropeltis pvromelana. Kingsnake (Lampropeltis) taxonomists have often emphasized color pattern over meristic data, though many other morphological characters are available. When used, meristic data have frequently been analyzed only by univariate statistics. 1 used multivariate statistics to investigate putative specific and subspecific taxa in six of the seven species of Lampropeltis for which adequate data sets were available (a seventh species lacked such a data set). Discriminant analysis proved to be the most useful of several multivariate techniques. Several analyses confirmed the validity of D pvromelana as a species. The final analysis of 4162 Lampropeltis. of which 32 were L_ pvromelana. using twenty- one characters, yielded an "overall F" which was highly significant (P< 0.0001). Eight Canonical Discriminant Functions (CDFs) were derived and with them individual specimens were classified from their individual discriminant function scores as L. pvromelana with a 93.8% success rate. In a separate analysis of the four H pvromelana subspecies, the three CDFs. derived from nineteen characters, were highly significant (P<0.01), and individuals were classified into subspecies with a success rate of 96.0%. 140 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 174 PARKINSON, C.L., University of Louisville- Is the genus Askistrodon (Serpentes: Viperidae) monophvletic? New and Old World pit vipers with nine large symmetrical head shields and which lack a rattle are placed in the genus Agkistrodon or closely allied genera ( Calloselasma , Deinagkistrodon, Hypnale). The genus Agkistrodon is the only pit viper found in both the New and Old Worlds and the affinities of these snakes are poorly known. Many morphological studies have been published on the relationships of the species found within the genus Agkistrodon, but only a few molecular studies. Based on morphology, Hoge and Romano-Hoge (1980) erected a new generic name, Gloydms for the species of Agkistrodon found in the Old World. However, this name was not recognized by many systematists, including Gloyd and Conant in their monograph on the Agkistrodon Complex (1990). To test the monophyly of the genus Agkistrodon I sequenced 510 bp of the mitochondrial 16s ribosomal gene for five species of Old World Agkistrodon, and all the New World Agkistrodon I also included two members of the genus Trimeresurus and a member of the genus Bothrops as in-group taxa. Preliminary results suggest the genus Agkistrodon as it now stands is paraphyletic Therefore, the genus should be split, recognizing the Old World members as the genus Gloydius and the New World species as Agkistrodon. 175 CAMPBELL, TODD S. University of Tennessee--A novel approach to studying interactions between introduced and native Anolis lizards in Florida using dredge spoil islands . A number of tropical reptiles and amphibians have been introduced to Florida, including at least five species of Anolis lizards. Of these, only the Cuban brown anole (Anolis sagrei) is significantly expanding its range. The native green anole (Anolis carolinensis) is being replaced by the brown anole in many Florida locations. Competition has been implicated, but the mechanism has not been clearly demonstrated in the field. Over the next three years, introductions of both species will be staged on dredge spoil islands along the Intracoastal Waterway near Cape Canaveral, Florida. Islands will be used to stage invasions of brown anoles onto islands occupied by green anoles, and vice versa. Both species occur naturally on some spoil islands, providing preliminary data. On islands without brown anoles, green anole populations include large numbers of hatchlings in various age classes, but on islands containing brown anoles, hatchling green anoles are extremely rare. Though predation by adults on hatchlings has been demonstrated under laboratory conditions, this study implicates predation by brown anoles on green anole hatchlings under natural conditions . 176 BROPHY, TIMOTHY R. and THOMAS K. PAULEY. Marshall University — Larval periods, metamorphosis and egg-laying in Eurycea cirrigera from southern West Virginia, Larval periods, metamorphosis and egg-laying were studied in populations of Eurycea ci rrigera from southern West Virginia. Seasonal collections from a first order stream and a permanent farm pond provided larval size class data. The larval period of E. ci rrigera was about one year in the two populations studied, although growth rate was higher in the pond. Metamorphosed salamanders were found migrating out of the farm pond between July 13 and August 3. These individuals had an average snout-vent length of 22.33 + 1.95mm ("x + 1 SO). Two egg masses were found in late March and early April at an additional first order stream. The masses were made up of 55 and 42 eggs respectively. The March eggs were removed to the laboratory and maintained in a finger bowl with aerated spring water (13-210). Hatchling larvae had an average snout-vent length of 7.73 + 0.23mm. BARRON, JAMES W. and THOMAS K. PAULEY. Marshall University — Natural history of the anurans in the Green Bottom Wildlife Management Area, Cabell County. West Virginia with special consideration for Rana palustris and Rana pipiens. A natural history study was conducted on all anuran species at the Green Bottom Wildlife Management Area, Cabell County, West Virginia, from May 1993 to May 1994. An ABSTRACTS 141 established wetland site was compared to a recently constructed man-made wetland. Emergence from hibernation and calling period (breeding period) were determined for the following eight species of toads and frogs: Bufo a. ameri canus . Hyla chrvsoscel is, Pseudacris c. crucifer. Rana catesbeiana, Rana clamitans melanota, Rana palustris. Rana pipiens. and Rana svlvatica. Rana catesbei ana and R. c. melanota were found to call earlier than previously reported in the state. Rana palustris and R. pipiens, found sympatric in only a few localities in West Virginia, were the major study species. Rana pipiens emerges from hibernation in mid February and calls from early March to early April. Rana palustris emerges in early to mid March and calls from early April to mid May. Rana pipiens deposits eggs from early March to early April. Egg deposition was correlated with air and water temperature. The egg masses averaged 1,937 eggs and 36% were attached to grasses. In the old swamp R. palustris called from relatively deep water dominated by woody shrubs. In the new swamp R. palustris called on or near the submerged levee bank. Rana pipiens called and deposited eggs in relatively shallow water that was dominated by grasses and rushes in both sites. BARRETT, BARBARA A. and G.A. MIDDENDORF Howard University-- Herpetof aunal Succession in the Mononqahela Forest of West Virginia. Herpetof aunal succesion was studied in five areas of the Monogahela Forest in West Virginia. The areas surveyed were characterized as early to late succession based on time since last harvesting of timber which ranged from 24 years to over 85 years. Two survey methods were used: 1) drift fences with pit fall traps and 2) 250 meter transects were walked throughout the areas. More species were found in mid-succesional forest areas than later succesional areas. Data collected on ground vegetation, canopy cover, and microhabitat features suggests that, especially for amphibians, species richness increases with vegetative cover. Reptiles also appear to be associated with mid-successional forests, particularly those that retain open patches which are presumably used for thermoregulation. [Funded by the U.S. Forest Service.] 179 LINK, CATHERINE E. and JAMES H HOWARD Frostburg State University-A study of amphibian colonization of artificially created wetlands on Maryland's Eastern Shore. This study focuses on amphibian colonization of artificially created wetlands Nine pond sites (3 less than one year, 3 between one and two years, and 3 greater than two years of age) were sampled between 2 May and 15 October 1994, utilizing three drift fence and funnel trap arrays per site A total of 1465 individuals, comprising nine species was captured. Preliminary analyses indicate that the abundances of five species examined were significantly different among treatments (G value, P < 0 001 for Bufo woodhousei fowleri, Rana catesbeiana , Rana clamitans , and Rana utricularia and P < 0.0 1 for Act is crepitans). Numbers of Ambystoma opacum , Hyla cinerea , Hyla chtysoscelis and Scaphiopus holbrooki were not sufficient for testing. Species found only at middle and old-aged ponds were Act is crepitans and Rana clamitans. Ambystoma opacum and Scaphiopus holbrooki were found only at old-aged sites Significant differences were found between mean abundance of all amphibians, mean abundance of adults and mean abundance of juveniles relative to pond age (G value P < 0.001). Brillouin, Shannon-Wiener and Simpson diversity indices were highest in middle-aged ponds The association of amphibians with specific age classes of ponds suggests that the characteristics of the aquatic and terrestrial habitat arc important determinants of the resident amphibian community Also, some species are more able to colonize newly created wetlands. 180 GOOD. JOHN A and JAMES H HOWARD. Frostburg State Universitv-Effccts of clcarcutting on heroctofaunal abundance and diversity jn western Maryland. Arrays of sampling units consisting of aluminum flashing, funnel traps, and pitfalls were used to sample hcrpctofnunal assemblages in western Maryland Three treatment types, clearcuts, pole stands, and mature stands were selected and each treatment was replicated three times for a total of nine sites At each site, three sampling units were included for a total of 27 sampling units. Hcrpetofauna were collected through four 6-week seasons (spring 1993 through spring 1994) and 173 animals were captured A total of 22 species, 13 amphibian and nine reptilian, was collected. Hie results of a Kruskal-Wallis test indicate that there were significantly more (/’ = 0.03) animals collected in clearcuts Ilian in pole or mature stands. There were no significant differences (/' = 0.32) for amphibian abundances among treatments, but more reptiles (/’ = 0.03) were found in clearcuts than in pole or mature stands. Brillouin, Shannon-W lencr. and Simpson diversity indices were generally highest for reptiles in clearcuts and amphibians in mature stands though not 142 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 significant!) different among treatments. Shannon-Wiener diversit\ estimates for amphibians were positivch correlated with the number of wood) stems (rs = 0.78). while reptilian diversity was positively correlated with the percent of nonwoody stems (rs = 0 7s). in each treatment I ligher abundances and diversities in recent clcarcuts may he attributable to the relatively small size of the clcarcuts and the ability of herpetofauna to effectively forage in, or migrate through, these areas. Additionally, clcarcutting may provide reptilian species with a preferred environment, thus accounting for the high proportion of these animals captured in clcarcuts 181 ORR, DEBORAH K. and JAMES H. HOWARD. Frostburg State University. Herpetofaunal diversity among three forest community types in Dorchester County, MD . Heipetofaunal diversity was compared among three forest types (loblolly pine, beech, and mixed deciduous) on Maryland's eastern shore. Preliminary findings from the first field season suggest that mean abundance does not differ among the three plant communities for either reptiles or amphibians. However, the mean number of reptile species differed significantly among all forest types (Kruskall-Wallis, P<0.05). Beech forests supported significantly fewer reptile than amphibian species (Marrn- Witney, /’<0.01). The most abundant species were southern leopard frog (Rana utricularia ) and Fowler's toad (Bufo woodhousei), and these were found in all plant communities. Red-backed salamanders (Plethodon cinereus) were only captured in beech stands, while five-lined skinks (Eumeces fasciatus) were absent from this forest type. Box turtles (Terrapene Carolina) were absent from loblolly stands. Diversity indices (Shannon-Weiner- H', Brillouin's- H) were not significantly different, however inspection of rarefaction curves suggests that mixed deciduous forests contain the most diverse herpetofaunal community. 182 THOMPSON, RALPH L„ J. RICHARD ABBOTT, AND ANDREW E. SHUPE. Berea College— Vegetation and vascular flora of an abandoned limestone quarry, Clark County, Kentucky. A descriptive study ot the vegetation and flora of a 0.65 ha limestone quarry inactive since 1960 was conducted during 1993-1994 The quarry site lies within the Kentucky River Palisades of the Outer Bluegrass Physiographic Province Limestone-dolomite bedrock belongs to the Oregon Formation within the High Bridge Group of the Middle Ordovician System A rock highwall is contiguous on three sides of the quarry and a paved road borders the fourth side. Based on the major dominant repetitious species, floristic composition, physiognomy, and habitats, three plant community types were delineated: A hydric shrub fen (Salix/Tvpha-Juncus-Scirpus) community, a mesic highwall talus (Acer saccharum/ Cornus drummondii) community, and a xeric ruderal (Juniperus virgimana) community A total of 228 specific and infra¬ specific taxa in 160 genera from 58 families were documented. Taxa consisted of four Pteridophyta, one Pinophyta, and 222 Magnoliophyta (174 Magnoliopsida, 49 Liliopsida), The six largest families, Asteraceae (33), Poaceae (27), Fabaceae (14), Cyperaceae (12), Rosaceae and Apiaceae (9 each), comprised 45.8 % of the total plant species. Fifty- seven species (25.0 %) were non-indigenous Forty-four species (19.3 %) were new Clark County distribution records Liparis loeselii and Spiranthes lucida. are on the 1991 plant status list of the Kentucky State Nature Preserves Commission. 183 COILE, NANCY C„ FLEWELLYN W. PODRJS and DEBORA A. BIVINS. Florida Department of Agriculture & Consumer Services, Division of Plant Industry— The flora of the Theodore Roosevelt Area. The Theodore Roosevelt Area is an approximately 600 acre unit of the Timucuan Ecological and Historic Preserve which along with Fort Caroline National Monument is part of the National Park Service in Duval County/Jacksonville, Florida. Theodore Roosevelt Area was formerly a preserve of The Nature Conservancy. Theodore Roosevelt Area has on its west the easternmost of several bands of turkey oak/longleaf pine sandhills which stretch north and south through Florida. On the eastern side of the Area is an extensive saltmarsh whose tributaries feed into the St. Johns River. Through the center of the Area there is typical hammock vegetation. Other major habitats are pine flatwoods, rosemary scrub, a shallow pond with large Gordonia lasianthus-Pimis serotina trees, and a fresh water swamp. Theodore Roosevelt Area with its diverse habitats will be compared with the floristic survey of a nearby area, St. Georges Island, and with floristic surveys of some other areas of similar size. ABSTRACTS 143 184 MORETZ, C. CRAIG1 and GERALD L. SMITH2. University of North Carolina-Greensboro' and High Point University:-Lilium gazarubrum Roane & J.N. Henry discovered in North Carolina. In 19S5 the first author discovered morphologically intriguing populations of Lilium growing in the sandhills of North Carolina. During a later discussion with fellow botanist Steve Leonard, it was suggested that what I had found might be Lilium iridollae M.G. Henry which had only been reported from the western panhandle of Florida and adjacent southeastern Alabama. In the years that followed, several trips were made throughout the eastern United States to locate and study additional populations of the various Lilium species and to visit herbaria. Further research led to my association with Gerald Smith, and we visited the North Carolina sandhill populations to observe, photograph, and collect specimens. The information obtained has led us to identify the sandhill lily as Lilium gazarubrum. We remain firmly convinced that Lilium iridollae is a rare endemic of the western Florida panhandle and adjacent southeastern Alabama. 135 SUITER, DALE. W. and DAN K. EVANS. Marshall University — Vascular flora of New River Gorge National River. West Virginia - rare species and plant migrations. New River flows northwestward from its headwaters in the Blue Ridge Mountains of North Carolina eventually forming the Great Kanawha River at its confluence with the Gauley River. In 1978, a 53 mile section of the New River flowing through southern West Virginia was designated New River Gorge National River (NRGNR). The vascular flora of selected sites proposed for development was surveyed from September 1992 to October 1994. Previous unpublished floristic work by Grafton and McGraw (1976) and Phillips (1969) did not specifically include areas within the present boundaries of NRGNR. A total of 769 taxa representing 119 families of vascular plants have been determined in this study. While cumulative research currently documents over 1070 species from New River Gorge. Many historical populations of species considered rare in West Virginia were relocated. These and an additional 25 new populations of rare species were found and mapped. New River is believed to be a corridor allowing southern plant and animal species to move into West Virginia. Examples of plants believed to have migrated into the state via the New River include Halesia Carolina and Sida hermaphrodita. The flora of New River Gorge was compared to floras of other river gorges in the Appalachian Mountains to determine floristic origin and affinities. New River Gorge is believed to be, f loristically, the most diverse river in the Appalachians. Funding for this research was provided by the National Park Service. 186 JONES, RONALD L. Eastern Kentucky University — Preliminary observations on the flora and vegetation of coastal Mississippi ■ A preliminary survey of the flora and vegetation of coastal Mississippi was conducted during the summer of 1994. The study was done as part of a class being offered at the Gulf Coast Research Laboratory in Ocean Springs. Methods included floristic and canopy composition studies. Sites on both the mainland and on barrier islands were included. Diagnostic species were determined for each major community type: beach and foredunes, older dunes, salt flats, freshwater marshes, brackish marshes, salt marshes, and maritime forests. The most important species at 2 sample sites were Pinus taeda , Quercus laurif olia , Q. virginiana, and Q. nigra . These oak-pine communities show some differences from similar communities along the Atlantic coast. The maritime communities on the barrier islands and some sites along the mainland are receiving some protection, but much of the remaining natural vegetation of coastal Mississippi is rapidly disappearing. 187 BURKS, K C. Florida Department of Environmental Protection— An update on the distribution of naiads ( Najas spp ) in Florida Five of the nine Najas species known to occur in North and Central America have been documented for Florida However, some of the herbarium records for these submersed aquatics date back several decades, and v arious sight records of more recent years present the confusion of possible misidentifications. Based on taxonomic clarity provided by Haynes in 1979 and 1985, additional field observations have been undertaken, along with an analysis of ten years' worth of unpublished state survey records for plants in Florida waterbodies Initial results include a range extension for the rare native, N. filifolia, a candidate for federal listing as threatened or 144 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 endangered. Other natives are apparently less frequent in occurrence than earlier records suggest, and the introduced Eurasian species, N. minor, does not appear to be spreading in the state. Natural variation in the occurrence of naiads is discussed, as well as the impact on naiad distribution of state and local management practices in Florida's aquatic ecosystems. -i OQ ALLAWOS, JOSEPH G. and B. E. WOFFORD North Greenville College, and University of Tennessee— The vascular flora of North White Oak Creek gorge. Scott and Fentress counties. Tennessee . A vascular plant inventory of the North White Oak Creek watershed, Scott and Fentress counties, Tennessee was conducted between March and October of 1992 and 1993. The 5.467 hectare study area is located within the political boundaries of the Big South Fork National River and Recreation Area of north central Tennessee and south central Kentucky. Five hundred twenty six species and lesser taxa in 323 genera and 109 families were documented, representing approximately 19 percent of the total known flora of the state of Tennessee. Two hundred forty seven taxa were determined to be county records (TENN county dot maps, 1993). Fourteen taxa are listed as either endangered, threatened, or special concern in Tennessee (Tennessee Dept, of Environment and Conservation, 1993) and (or) Kentucky (Kentucky State Nature Preserve Commission, 1992). An analysis of distribution trends revealed a strong influence of northern intraneous taxa in the flora. Plants endemic to the Appalachian Plateau and Blue Ridge Physiographic Provinces (sensu Fenneman, 1938) were also well represented. 189 HYATT, PHILIP E. USDA Forest Service, Savannah River Forest Station — Arkansas Carex: a briefly annotated list . Recent collections and a review of herbarium specimens resulted in this review of the status of 114 Carex taxa occurring within the state of Arkansas. Taxonomic placement of species within sections follows the draft treatment of this genus for the Flora of North America graciously provided by A. A. Reznicek at MICH. With each taxon, the list provides the frequency of the taxon and its habitat for Arkansas, and a generalization of its physiographic distribution as currently known. With selected taxa, the list gives additional information, especially on species perviously considered rare in Arkansas or on the four taxa listed here as new to .Arkansas. This paper treats several taxa as distinct in spite of their treatment as synonyms by some authors. 190 HAYNES, ROBERT R. and ZHAORAN XU. University of Alabama — SERFIS. a Regional Approach to Herbarium Database Management. SERFIS, SouthEast Regional Floristic Information System, is a regional multi-institutional database with an ultimate goal to contain label data of all collections of all herbaria in the Southeastern United States, totaling about 6.25 million collections in 112 herbaria. Although still far from the ultimate goal, SERFIS currently contains about 60,000 collection and 50,000 taxon name records from 14 Southeastern institutions, including ALU, AUA, FLAS, FUGR, NCU, TENN, UNA, UNCC and USF. In addition, about 40,000 collection records will be added into SERFIS as soon as our hardware is upgraded, which is anticipated by the end of 1994. In October 1994, SERFIS began offering a smooth-running on-line service that allows users from all over the world to query SERFIS through the worldwide computer network (Internet). This on-line system is user-friendly, in which users need only to press or keys to execute queries. SERFIS has also accomplished a series of applications for individual herbarium management, including data entry, data editing, loan management, invoice preparation and label printing. The SERFIS approach represents a successful example that small and medium size herbaria can join together into the race in the upcoming information era and offer quality service to the public, ultimately increasing the accessibility of collections deposited in small herbaria that scarcely have been visited by systematists or other users. 191 HARRIS, RICHARD A. Automated Sciences Group— Clinch River Remedial Investigation: site history and regulatory context. The EPA identified the U.S. Department of Energy Oak Ridge Reservation (ORR.) in eastern Tennessee as a Superfund National Priorities List site. Facilities at the ORR have released a variety of radiological, organic. ABSTRACTS 145 and inorganic contaminants to the local aquatic environment as a result of nuclear weapons production, uranium enrichment, and energy research and development activities from the mid-1940s to the present. The Clinch River Remedial Investigation was initiated to meet Resource Conservation Recovery Act and Comprehensive Environmental Response. Compensation, and Liability Act requirements to determine the nature and extent of hazardous releases to the aquatic environment. Sampling activities in support of phase 2 of the Remedial Investigation were designed to assist in defining the nature and extent of the contaminants of concern in sediment, water and biota, and to assess potential risks to human health and the environment associated with those contaminants. This talk is a preface to the related talks that follow, and will cover the history of the facilities and their contaminant releases, and the regulatory context in which the Remedial Investigation has occurred. 192 FIELD. JENNIFER M. and DAN A. LEVINE. Oak Ridge National Laboratorv-Benthic macroinvertebrate communities of the Clinch River and Poplar Creek. Two goals of the Clinch River Remedial Investigation are to determine the fate of contaminants released from the Oak Ridge Reservation in areas downstream of the reservation and to assess ecological health of the system. Benthic macroinvertebrate surveys were conducted at eight locations in Poplar Creek and five locations in the Clinch River downstream of Poplar Creek to evaluate the condition of the benthic communities. Organisms collected from each location were counted and identified. Several species diversity measures vvere used to infer the quality of the benthic community at each location. Sediment cores were also taken from each location and were analyzed for a suite of contaminants. The data were evaluated for correlations between the benthic communities and contaminant concentrations in sediments. Macroinvertebrates from each site were also submitted for organic and total mercury analysis to determine the contaminant load in tissues and to evaluate these organisms as vectors for contaminants to other organisms such as fish. 193 GONZALEZ, ADRIAN M. Advanced Sciences, Inc.— Sediment toxicity testing in the Clinch River and Poplar Creek— Watts Bar Reservoir The U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) is currently involved in Environmental Restoration activities at the Oak Ridge Reservation (ORR) designed to evaluate and, if necessary, correct the impacts of historical releases of materials from the DOE facilities. Our task consisted of evaluating the toxicity of sediments from the Clinch River/Poplar Creek arm of the Watts Bar Reservoir. A suite of whole sediment and porewater toxicity tests were conducted on sediments collected roughly seasonally from 8 sampling locations within the area of concern Toxicity test results (covering a period of about 16 months) shows no real pattern of response either spatially or temporally. They also show little difference between reference site sediments and sediments from sites of concern. These results are further supported by the presence of Chironomus spp. and Hexagenia spp. in the sediment samples. In general, conducting sediment toxicity tests is relatively straightforward. Interpretation of test results, however, presents several interesting and challenging problems, such as detection of absolute toxicity, relevance of laboratory results to actual field conditions, and use of surrogate, non-native organisms as universal bioindicators of sediment toxicity. These issues will be discussed with respect to the project. This work is supported by the U.S. Department of Energy, Office of Environmental Restoration and Waste Management under budget and reporting code EU 20. Environmental Sciences Division, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tennessee 37831-6038 managed by Martin Marietta Energy Systems, Inc. for the U.S. Department of Energy under contract DE-AC05-840R21400. PHIPPS, TERRY L. Advanced Sciences, Inc — Ambient water toxicity testing in the Clinch River and Poplar Creek-Watts Bar Reservoir The water quality of three sites in the Clinch River and six sites in Poplar Creek was evaluated by means of toxicity tests with aquatic organisms. The results of these tests will be used in an ecological risk assessment as one of the lines of evidence concerning effects and to determine if the transport of contaminants from the Oak Ridge Reservation contributes to the toxicity of surface water in the off¬ site environment. The results of the toxicity tests were summarized in terms of the reduction in survival and fecundity of C. dubia and survival and growth of P. promelas. Toxicity data will be correlated with chemical analyses to provide background data should any remedial actions be implemented. Toxicity test results showed no toxicity either spatially or temporally, There was little difference between reference sites and sites of concern identified in the study. The results of these toxicity tests will be discussed with respect to the site characterization conducted. 1'his work is 146 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 supported by the U.S Department of Energy, Office of Environmental Restoration and Waste Management under budget and reporting code EW 20 Environmental Sciences Division, Aquatic Toxicology Laboratory, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tennessee 37831-6351 managed by Martin Marietta Energy Systems, Inc. for the U.S Department of Energy under contract DE- AC05-840R21400. 195 CAMPBELL, KYM ROUSE, CLELL J. FORD, and DANIEL A. LEVINE. Oak Ridge National Laboratory -The distribution of mercury in Poplar Creek . During the mid-1950s and early 1960s, approximately 1.1 x 108 g of mercury (Hg) were released into Poplar Creek (via the East Fork) from weapons components production activity in Oak Ridge, TN. We used ultraclean sampling techniques and ultrasensitive analytical methods to determine methyl and total Hg concentrations in surface water, sediment, and pore water from Poplar Creek. Methyl and total Hg concentrations (0.076-0.664 ng/1; 5.12-555.0 ng/1) in water downstream from the East Fork confluence were significantly higher ( p< 0 . 0 5) than upstream reference sites (0.014-0.286 ng/1; 1.8-25.1 ng/1) . Sediment methyl and total Hg concentrations (1.14-12.4 ng/g; 2063.0-141052.0 ng/g) were highest near the Clinch River confluence and significantly higher than upstream reference sites and sites immediately downstream from the East Fork confluence. Mean methyl and total Hg concentrations (1.02 ng/1; 303.9 ng/1) in pore water were highest immediately downstream from the East Fork confluence. All surface and pore water methyl and total Hg values were lower than conservative ecological risk benchmarks (3.0 ng/1; 1300 ng/1) . However, sediment total Hg concentrations at all sites were much higher than the most conservative ecological risk benchmark (150 ng/g) , suggesting possible harm to benthic organisms. PETERSON, MARK J., GEORGE R. SOUTHWORTH, and ROGER B. PETRIE. Oak Ridge National Laboratory--Mercury contamination in fish near industrial facilities in Oak Ridge, Tennessee. Bioaccumulation monitoring of resident stream fish is conducted as a requirement of National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permits issued to Department of Energy (DOE) facilities in Oak Ridge, Tennessee. Mercury concentrations were measured in fish in addition to sediment and water because bioavailability was shown to be site-specific and fish can be directly used to evaluate the level of human health concern. Mercury concentrations in sunfish were highest at stream sites nearest to the DOE facilities, with concentrations in sunfish decreasing with increasing distance downstream from these facilities. Concentrations in some fish exceeded commonly-cited human health threshold limits. However, mercury concentrations in sunfish have changed significantly over time at some sites, possibly due to remedial activities at the plants. A key role of future monitoring will be to ascertain the relative role of historical sediment contamination vs. ongoing waterborne discharges. 197 Y0KUM, KEVIN A.1, DONALD C. TARTER1 and TED ANGRADI^ . Marshall University1 and 1 Northeastern Forest Experiment Station — A comparative study of Pel toper la arcuata and Tal laperla maria (Plecoptera: Peltoperl i da ) regarding life history, secondary productivity and environmental habitat parameters. Monthly samples of naiads of P. arcuata and T. maria were taken from four streams in the Fernow Experimental Forest, West Virginia. The experimental forest is in the Allegheny Mountains of the unglaciated Allegheny Plateau. The life history information of both stoneflies was done by measuring the head width and total body length of each naiad on a computer digitizer. Both species exhibited semivoltine life cycles with a seven month egg diapause. Emergence of both stoneflies occurred during the summer months. A total of 6,298 naiads were captured during the 12 month sampling. T. maria. A leaf shredding study was done to determine if food preference was responsible for distributional differences. Dogwood was the most preferred leaf species for P. arcuata while T. maria preferred tulip popular. However, leaf preference was similar between the two stonefly species as 4 of the top 5 most preferred leaf species were the same for both P. arcuata and T. maria. P. arcuata ABSTRACTS 147 seemed to prefer 1st order headwater streams: average width 4-8 ft, depth 4-7cm, flow rate 2-4 ft/s, while T. maria seemed to prefer 3rd or 4th order streams: average width 14-17 ft, depth 11-15 cm, flow rate 5-7 ft/s. P. arcuata thrived in stream areas where temperatures fluctuated 8 to 10 degrees F, while T. maria seemed adapted to stream areas where temperatures fluctuated 11 to 15 degrees F. LOBINSKE, RICHARD J. University of Central FI orida--Popul ation estimates of mayfly 1 arvae i n the sediments of two tributaries of the Weki va Ri ver , central Florida. Mayfly (Insecta: Ephemeroptera) larval densities were determined over a one year period (Feb. 1993 to Jan. 1994) in two tributaries of the Wekiva River, Blackwater Creek and Rock Springs Run. These densities were examined in relation to selected water chemistry parameters. Blackwater Creek had a mean total density of 177 larvae/m^ and a maximum of 443 larvae/m^. Rock Springs Run had a mean total density of 109 larvae/m^ and a maximum of 271 larvae/m^. The difference was not significant. Hexagenia limbata (Serville) was the most common; 99.2% in Blackwater Creek, 94.3% in Rock Springs Run. Other species in cl uded Stenonema exi quum T raver , Caeni s dimunata Walker, and Neoephemera younqi Berner. The two streams had significant ( P<0 .01) differences in mean electrical conductivity (449 pS/cm in Blackwater Creek, 281 pS/cm in Rock Springs Run), turbidity (1.4 NTU in Blackwater, 0.8 NTU in Rock Springs), nitrate-N (0.48 ppm in Blackwater, 1.5 in Rock Springs) and secchi transparency (135 cm in Blackwater, >400 cm in Rock Springs). No significant differences were noted for dissolved oxygen, temperature, current or pH. The log of larval density was inversely related to pH by regression analysis in both streams (P<0.01). All other parameters were not significantly related to larval density. 199 BEARD, CHARLES E., PETER H. ADLER and JOHN McCREADtE. Clemson University— Trichomycete fungi in black flies of North America Many aquatic invertebrates harbor commensal trichomycetes, but little is known about the ecology of these fungi. In many cases they are known only from a single host specimen. We have initiated a survey of trichomycetes in black fly larvae (Diptera: Simuliidae), with the intent of correlating tnchomycete occurrence with host ecology. We hypothesize that the presence of trichomycetes is a function of habitat, not host. Our results show that single species of trichomycetes infects a wide variety of black fly genera, suggesting that stream conditions are more important than host specificity in determining which species of trichomycetes are present. For example, we have found the trichomycete Harpella melusinae from the southeastern United States to nonhem Alaska in at least six genera of black flies. It is rare in species from lake outflows, but is common in species from forest streams. The information gathered will be useful in understanding the relationships between tnchomycete and black fly biology and distribution. 200 SELLERS, CLAY L. Broadway High School, Broadway VA* — Effect of Low Salinitv on Perkinsus marinus Isolates from Gulf and Atlantic Coasts . The protozoan Perkinsus marinus causes severe mortalities in the eastern oyster, Crassostrea virginica, along the Atlantic and Gulf coasts. The influence of salinity on the distribution of P. marinus in oyster populations is well documented. However, little is known about the direct effect of salinity on the parasite. The recent ability to propagate FL_ marinus in vitro has enabled the study of its salinity tolerance. Perkinsus marinus isolates from Texas, Louisiana, Virginia, New Jersey and Connecticut were propagated in JL-ODRP-2 medium that contained 22 g/L of sea salts. Each isolate was then exposed for one hour to modified JL-ODRP-2 media which contained 1, 3, 6, 9, 12 or 22 g/L of sea salts, and the viability of the parasites was assessed using the vital stain neutral red. The effect of low salinity on the viability of the parasites was similar between isolates. Percent mortality in media containing 1, 3, 6, 9, 12 and 22 g/L of sea salts was 100, 99, 72, 17, 2 and 0 % respectively. *research conducted as Virginia Governor's School student, Virginia Institute ol Marine Science summer 1994 148 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 201 NELSON, DIANE R. and EUGENIE CLARK. East Tennessee State University, and University of Maryland — Feeding behavior of juvenile whale sharks in the Sea of Cortez. Whale sharks were observed during an expedition to the Sea of Cortez near La Paz, Mexico, on November 1-2, 1993. Seven young sharks were feeding at the surface within 1 km of shore approximately 2 km north of the phosphate dock at San Juan. The animals were photographed and videoed from the boat and by snorkelers in the water. When the sharks were actively feeding, part of the head was out of water, with the mouth opening and closing 9-21 times per minute (mean=17). The opening and closing of the mouth was synchronized with the opening and closing of the gills. Feeding behavior occurred only in patchy areas of cloudy water. Plankton samples were collected at the surface and at a depth of 1-2 m with an innovative plankton net. Zooplankton were very dense in the surace samples; one copepod species (Acartia clausi) was dominant. This is the first record of young whale sharks feeding on a planktonic bloom of copepods. 202 THOMAS G. JONES', WILLIAM PEARSON1, CHARLES BOSTON1, AND THOMAS L POULSON2. University of Louisville1 and University of Chicagcr-Preliminary development of a biomonitoring protocol for subterranean streams in Mammoth Cave National Park. The time intensiveness of biomonitoring in aquatic cave systems, the uniqueness of the fauna, and the importance of water quality has led to the desire for a long-term, indices-based, biomonitoring program to be developed for the Flint-Mammoth Cave system. Three streams, Mystic River in Mammoth Cave, the main stream in L&N Railroad Cave, and Hidden River in Hidden River Cave represent pristine, intermediate, and heavily polluted watersheds for comparison. Two critical elements in designing a monitoring protocol are reproducibility between surveys and sensitivity to disturbances. Data for large organisms from L&N Railroad Cave exhibit reproducibility that has been typical for all locations (1993 Typhlichthys subterraneus n=19; Orconectes pellucidus n=54; Cambarus tenebrosus n=l; 1994 T. subterraneus n=13; O. pellucidus n=63; C. tenebrosus n=3). The sensitivity of the biosurveys shows a recovering troglobitic fish population in Hidden River. In 1993 72% of the T. subterraneus observed were less than 20mm TL. This cohort has now progressed to the size class 20 mm to 30 mm (64% of population). This anomaly in the size frequency of the population is probably due to the reinvading fish's first reproductive event. To date this protocol appears to meet the criteria of a long term biomonitoring program. The challenge comes from weighing the metrics appropriately. 203 "ETNIER, DAVID A. University of Tennessee. Benthic invertebrates along a proposed extension of the GSMNP Foot hi] Is Parkway , Tennessee . A proposed extension of the Foothills Parkway around GSMNP would reach from Cosby to Pittman Center and cross numerous tributaries to the Pigeon and Little Pigeon rivers. We surveyed benthic macroinvertebrates at 31 sites along this corridor in spring and fall of 1994, using a primarily qualitative sampling strategy. Noteworthy findings are that number of taxa increased with stream size up to the largest stream surveyed (mean width 17.4 m) , number of taxa vs. total specimens collected were not strongly correlated at a given site, and a single sample produced 70-75% of the taxa obtained from spring plus fall samples -combined . Noteworthy finds include what appear to be several new mayfly taxa in the family Heptageni idae , undescribed taxa of the trichopteran genera Ceratopsyche and Mystacides , and several new distributional records for Tennessee Trichoptera. The perlid Oconoperla innuvila and the gomphid Ophiogomphus incurvatus allegheniens is , both federal candidates for listing under the Endangered Species Act, were frequently encountered in a similar survey on the southwest side of the Park. The perlid has not been seen in this study, and the gomphid has been found only in lower Webb Creek. The richest site produced 136 taxa exclusive of Chironomidae (midge data to be incorporated later). ABSTRACTS 149 JOY, JAMES E.,1 ERNEST M. WALKER,2 SUKJUNG G. KOH,2 JAMES M. BENTLEY,2 and ANNA G. CRANK.'*- Marshall University*' and Marshall University School of Medici ne2--Histopath- ol oqy of larval Agannscaris odontocephala ( Nematoda ) i nfecti ons i n the Spri nq Peeper, Pseudacris c. cruet fer (Anura: Hylidae), i n West Vi rqi nia . Larval stages of the nematode Agarrascaris odontocephala were observed encysted in the livers of 30 of 82 spring peepers collected from a marsh in southwestern West Virginia (Wayne County) during the spring breeding seasons of 1993 and 1994. The mean intensity (2.03 encysted larvae per infected host) was considered low. Mean weight of infected hosts (X = 1.80 gm) was lower than uninfected hosts (X = 1.85 gm) , but the difference was not significant (t = 0.667, 80 df, P < 0.05). Both white and dark cysts were observed in infected livers; the former containing viable larvae, with the latter enveloping larvae in various stages of degeneration. An acute inflammatory response was observed within the white cysts, while a reparative zone surrounding these cysts was dominated by active fibroblasts. Walls of the darker cysts were thickly hyalinized, with fibroblast nuclei trapped in a dense collagen matrix. 205 CONN, DAVID BRUCE. The University of the South-Histology and ultrastructure of aberrant acephalic metacestodes tPlatyhelminthes: Cestoda) from the southern United States. Aberrant proliferative plerocercoid metacestodes that lack scoleces have been reported from vertebrate hosts throughout the world. Several have been reported from the southern United States, including infections of two dogs in New Mexico and southern California, a human and a cat in Florida, a snake in Texas, and a horse in Georgia. These infections are invariably fatal, frequently being identified only in post-mortem examinations. In the present study, parasites isolated from several of these cases were examined with light and transmission electron microscopy to elucidate aspects of their developmental and functional morphology. Regardless of host or locality, all specimens examined had well-defined parenchyma and tegument similar to normal metacestodes of many species. Body musculature was poorly developed, and distinct anteroposterior polarity was lacking. Numerous somatic constrictions suggested asexual budding. All worms were highly vesiculated, with dilated epithelial excretory ducts and unusually deep tegumental invaginations. Particles resembling Type-C retroviruses in the excretory epithelia suggest that these worms are of the order Pseudophyllidea. The tegumental cavities often contained host blood cells and other host tissue components. I propose that these reflect a novel feeding strategy for cestodes, whereby host tissues are enclosed prior to digestion and absorption. 206 KAYES, S. G.\ J. W. TRACYT AND J. A. WOLFFf University of South Alabama1 and University ot Wisconsin— MadisonT-Vaccination against Schistosoma mansoni using naked DNA: Creation of an eukaryotic expression vector encoding a parasite-specific glutathione S-transferase. Patients drug-treated for infection with Schistosoma mansoni are susceptible to reinfection upon subsequent contact with fresh water harboring the intermediate host snails. Because continued pharmacologic intervention is not feasible in developing countries, the development of a vaccine would be of great value in the management of schistosomiasis mansoni. Vaccination using antigenic proteins and adjuvant induce antibody responses but antibodies alone are not sufficient to confer resistance to infection. Recently, it has been shown that naked DNA that is injected into striated muscle is expressed and secreted into the circulation. Furthermore, the gene product is presented to the immune system in such a way as to favor cellular immunity rather than humoral immunity. We have cloned the gene encoding an S. mansoni glutathione S-transferase (SmGST) gene into an eukaryotic expression plasmid and tested this construct to see if it has vaccine potential. Work by others has suggested that SmGST is a good vaccine candidate antigen. To determine if the construct would be toxic to mammalian cells we transfected this construct into l-IEK 393 cells that were 50% confluent. After 48 hr the cells were confluent indicating that the construct was not toxic. Next we asked if the gene product was being made by assaying for GST activity using chlorodinitrobenzene as a substrate Mock transfected cells had significantly less GST activity than cells receiving the naked DNA Lastly, western blot analysis using rabbit anti-SmGST Ab confirmed the expression of the immunologically distinct 38 KDu protein which is SmGST. This construct was then used to vaccinate mice against a challenge infection and those results are pending 150 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 207 FAULKNER, CHARLES T. and SHARCN PATTON. University of Tennessee College of Veterinary Medicine--Evaluat ion of Whole Blood Stored on Filter Paper for use in Seroep idem io log ic Surveys . When serologic surveys are conducted in remote regions of developing countries it is difficult to keep samples at optimal temperature without electricity. Whole blood dried on filter paper has been used for the serodiagnosis of endoparas i t ic infection. Mo studies have evaluated the effects of long-term storage at ambient temperature on the immunoreact ivi ty of IgG antibodies. Whole blood samples with antibody titers against Toxoplasma qond 1 i were dried on filter paper and stored for 1, 4, 8, 12 and 20 weeks at 23° and 32° C. Samples were rehydrated and tested for anti-lh, gondi i IgG with the Modified Agglutination Test (MAT) (bioMerieux, Lyon, France). Antibody titers were transformed to Log Base 2 and analyzed by .ANOVA to evaluate the effects of storage time and temperature on immunoreact ivity . Titers of dried whole blood were 2 to 3 dilutions lower (p <.05) than control serum taken from the same source and stored at -80° C. Mean titers from whole blood samples stored for 1, 4, 8 and 12 weeks were essentially equal. Antibody titers from samples stored for 20 weeks at 23° C were 3.5 dilutions lower than control sera, and samples stored at 32° C were 7 dilutions lower. Dried blood samples stored under field conditions are suitable for testing with the MAT, although there is a slight loss in sensitivity over time. (This study was supported by a University of Tennessee Faculty Research Award) . 208 BLAGBURN, BYRON L , DAVID S LINDSAY, LISA C PARSONS, AND NATASHA S RIPPEY Auburn University —Cryptosporidium parvum Removal or inactivation of oocysts from potable water using coagulation/flocculation/filtration or heat Cryptosporidiosis is a human enteric protozoal disease of increasing prevalence and importance. Also occurring with increased frequency are reports of waterborne transmission of Cryptosporidium parvum. Because of the latter, we conducted studies to examine coagulation/flocculation/filtration (CFF ) and thermal treatments (ThT) as methods of either removing or inactivating C. parvum oocysts in municipal water, CFF studies were performed using a standard jar test and feme and aluminum sulfate as coagulants. ThT were conducted using 6 X 50 mm aluminum vials containing tap water to which oocysts were added Efficacy ofCCF was determined using flow cytometry of oocysts after labeling with an oocyst wall-specific monoclonal antibody Viability of oocysts after exposure to thermal treatments was determined using our standard in vivo suckling murine assay. As expected, results of thermal inactivation studies indicated that oocyst viability is a factor of both temperature and exposure time Temperatures of 85 C and higher were consistently effective at inactivating oocysts at incubation times as short as 3 sec. Variable results were observed at temperatures of 65 C, 70 C, 75 C, and 80 C. Analysis by response surface methodology demonstrated that both coagulant systems achieved 99.9% (3 log) or greater removal of C. parvum oocysts under certain operating conditions. In addition, the feme coagulant was found to be effective over a wider range of operating conditions. 209 ROHRBACH, B.W., KARRIE BRENNZMAN, C.T. FAULKNER, and SHARON PATTON. University of Tennessee College of Veterinary Medicine --Investigation of Mortality in Quail on a Commercial Quail Farm in Tennessee. An outbreak of histomoniasis is reported from a commercial quail farm in eastern TN. Mortality rates in birds raised from eggs purchased from a supplier ranged from 20 - 44%. Clinical signs observed included hunched, droopy birds with ruffled feathers and diarrhea. Birds were anorectic and emaciated. Many flagellated protozoans were recovered on fecal examination. At necropsy both cecae were enlarged distally and contained caseous cores. Histologically the cecal wall was infiltrated with large numbers of amoeboid organisms, and there was a severe necrotizing typhlitis. Multifocal white nodules were present on the liver, and histologically there were randomly scattered foci of necrosis. Recommendations to decrease morbidity and mortality included: Pour a concrete slab in the brooder house, leave the brooder house vacant for at least 10 days between hatches, treat birds for Heterakis aallinae . use commercial disinfectants, provide a separate room for the isolation of sick birds, and inspect all incoming eggs and remove fecal material with disinfectant. These changes could potentially yield a 276% return on the investment. ABSTRACTS 151 ACHOLONU, .ADW,1 LUSHBAUGH, \YB,2 FRANZBLAU, S,3 AMD UDEINYA LJ 4 Acorn State University1 , University of Mississippi Medical Center2, GYVL Hanson’s Disease Center3 and Howard University4 — Trichomonacidal activity of some medicinal herbs on Trichomonas vaginalis in vitro. Trichomoniasis, a sexually transmitted disease (STD) caused by the flagellated protozoan Trichomonas vaginalis (Tv), is highly prevalent in Jackson, MS. 30% of women who visited the Medical Center Emer¬ gency Department for a pelvic examination were culture positive for Tv. Trichomoniasis plays a role in preterm labor, premature rupture of membranes and decreased gestational age at delivery in often-asympto- matic infected women. Metronidazole is the only drug for treatment of this disease and its use during preg¬ nancy is questioned. We have been screening herbal preparations used in traditional medicine for treatment of STDs on Tv. Extracts of the following plants were tested: Corchoms capaulairs , Abution indicant , Bixa orellana , Carica papaya, Momordica charantia (bitter gourd), and Azadirachta indica (neem). Drugs and solvents were serially diluted with TYM medium in the horizontal rows of 96-well plates and 1000 Tv (ATCC 30235) added to all wells. After 24 hours of drug exposure (37C, 5% CO2), the plates were read for trophozoite motility using an inverted microscope. In the initial screening, only the extracts of the Nigerian neem were more toxic than the DMSO solvent controls. Neem was trichomonacidal to concentra¬ tions as low as 19 pg/ml (LD50 = 39 pg/ml). The trichomonicidal activity of the neem active ingredient, “azarachtin,” and of additional alcoholic and aqueous extracts of these plants are presently being assessed 211 STAMPER, S. and D. E. GRANSTROM. University of Kentucky -Equine Protozoal Myeloencephalitis (EPM) . Equine protozoal myeloencephalitis (EPM) was described in 1964 as segmental myelitis. In the mid-70's, organisms were found in the lesions. The organism was first cultured by S. W. Davis and J. P. Dubey, which was later named Sarcocys tis neurona . Equine protozoal myeloencephalitis only occurs in the western hemisphere with all breeds being affected. The life cycle is unknown, but probably, like other members of this genus, has a predator /prey or scavenger/carrion life cycle. The horse is an aberrant dead¬ end host, with no sarcocysts being found. Of the possible definitive hosts, only skunks so far have shown the presence of antibodies to S. neurona-specif ic proteins, but inadvertent exposure hasn't been ruled out. Immunodiagnosis is possible with Western blot using cerobrospinal fluid (CSF) or serum. Cerebrospinal fluid is far more conclusive than serum. A positive CSF indicates the parasite has crossed the blood/brain barrier with a local immune response occurring. Positive serum is an indicator of exposure only. In a study of a group of horses in Kentucky, the serum exposure was found to be greater than 40 percent. 212 LYONS, E. T., T. W. SWERCZEK, S. C. TOLLIVER, J. H. DRUDGE, S. STAMPER, D. E. GRANSTROM, and R. E. HOLLAND. University of Kentucky — A clinical study of encysted small strongyles in equids. The life cycle of small strongyles involves encystment of larvae in the wall of the large intestine of equids. Encysted stages, particularly during emergence of massive numbers, may cause adverse effects, including death of their host. An episode in horse weanlings in a herd in central Kentucky during the late fall of 1993, involving debili¬ tation and death associated with damage of the lining of the large intestine by encysted small strongyles, was studied. Four of 20 weanlings died and death was attributed, directly or indirectly, to encysted small strongyles. The 16 surviving weanlings and six of the dams were used in terminal studies involving counting the numbers of encysted small strongyles. Fifteen of the weanlings were used in a drug test, but the other weanling and all six of the dams were examined at necropsy without being used in a drug test. Activity of two compounds (given at higher than therapeutic dose rates), iver¬ mectin given at 1,000 yg/kg once and fenbendazole at 10 mg/kg once daily for Live consecutive days, was evaluated in a controlled test against encysted small strongvle larvae. Removal by ivermectin was 42% and by fenbendazole was 80%. Younger mares harbored higher numbers of small strongyle larvae in the mucosa/submucosa than older mares . 152 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 213 RE1NEMEYER, CRAIG R. and AL A. TINEO. University of Tennessee— A modified egg- hatch assay to detect pyrantel resistance in strongviid nematodes of horses. Although pyrantel-resistant populations of strongylid nematodes have been reported infrequently in horses, in-vitro assays to detect altered susceptibility to this drug class have not been adapted for equine testing. A candidate assay which measured strongylid egg hatchability in 96-well ELISA plates was evaluated for horses. Columns of wells contained either distilled water (control) or serial dilutions of pyrantel tartrate (ranging from 50 to 1.5 meg/ ml); each drug concentration was replicated in 6 to 8 wells. Each well was inoculated with approximately 100 unembryonated strongylid eggs and plates were incubated at 74°F for 22 to 26 hours. When maximal hatching had occurred in the control column, further development was halted by the addition of dilute Lugol’s iodine solution to all wells. Plates were examined with an inverted microscope at lOOx magnification. Within each well, free larvae were counted and compared to the sum of a) unhatched eggs plus b) partially emerged larvae. Control wells were corrected to 100% hatching. Hatching percentages of treated wells were calculated for each drug concentration and converted to probit values. A dose-response slope was calculated for each plate by regression analysis, and the concentration of pyrantel required to prevent complete hatching in 50% of exposed eggs (LCjq’s) was derived from the slope. This investigational egg-hatch assay demonstrated excellent intra-assay variation (coefficients of variance ranged from 1.2% to 6.1%), but differences in inter-assay variation were greater, and occasionally significant. This egg-hatch assay was used clinically to monitor drug susceptibility in strongylid populations with different levels of selection pressure, and to confirm pyrantel-resistance in the strongylid populations of two horses from the same farm. 214 DAVIS, I LA A.1 and JANET SEARS . *- University of Tennessee, Knoxville1 and Iowa State University^ --Clinical Signs . Case Management . and Outcome of Suspected Verminous Meningitis due to Parelaphostrongvlus tenuis in Llamas . A Review of 3 6 Cases . Parelaphostrongvlus tenuis . the meningeal worm of white-tailed deer ( Odocoi leus viroinianus ) , is known to cause neurologic disease in aberrant hosts. Infection 'with this parasite and resultant neurologic damage have been reported in the llama ( Lama olama ) . However, a clear disease description as well as guidelines for therapy are lacking. Historically, diagnosis of this condition in the llama was based on postmortem histopathology and identification of the parasite within neural tissue. It is currently accepted, however, that a presumptive antemortem diagnosis can be made based on history, clinical signs, and specific changes in cerebrospinal fluid parameters. Thirty-six llamas were diagnosed with fM. tenuis as the cause of their neurologic abnormalities, either ante- or postmortem, over a four year period. Information from these cases have allowed a clearer description of this disease in llamas. Additionally, a specific therapeutic regime was developed that contributed to a 75% survival rate. 215 FLOWERS, JAMES R. and GROVER C. MILLER. North Carolina State University-Notes on the life cycle nf the giant American liver fluke. Fascioloides maana. Fascioloides maona is an important digenean parasite of deer, cattle, sheep, and possibly goats. Although F. maana has a high incidence in white-tailed deer in several regions of North Carolina, little is known of the fluke’s epidemiology in this state. In 1993 an investigation was initiated to determine what native snails are important hosts for F, maana. Adult worms were collected from the livers of white-tailed deer from Halifax County, North Carolina. Fluke eggs were then collected from the uteri of the worms as well as from the melanoid fluid in the liver pockets from which the worms were excised. Eggs were incubated in the laboratory. Subsequently, snails of eight different species were exposed to the miracidia. General observations and necropsies of the snails revealed that only the lymnaeid, Pseudosuccinea columella, and the ancylid, Ferrissia fraoilis were Infected with F. maana rediae. Cercariae released from P. columella specimens were allowed to encyst on lettuce. Approximately 40 of these metacercariae were fed to a guinea pig. On ihe 74th day post exposure, the guinea pig died and was necropsied. Five immature flukes were found in the liver tissue and bile ducts, while a sixth worm was found in the muscles of the guinea pig's left hind leg. ABSTRACTS 153 216 CREVVS-OYEN, AMY E. and MICHELLE L. VALENTINE. University of North Alabama— Seasonal dynamics of two larval trematodes in Phvsa avrina in King Spring Wildlife Sanctuary. From June 1993 to November 1994, twenty to thirty Phvsa avrina were collected monthly from four sites within King Spring and examined for the presence of larval trematodes. Only two larval trematode species, a Notocotylid and a Plagiorchid, were found to infect P. avrina in King Spring. Monthly collections indicated a distinct seasonality in larval trematode infection, with peak prevalence of infection occurring in the late fall to early winter for both species of larval trematodes. The Plagiorchid larval trematode was not found in snails from sites 1 and 4 from January to May of 1994 and from site 2 from June to November 1994. In contrast, the Notocotylid larval trematode reached a peak in prevalence during the same 5 months that the Plagiorchid was absent. There were also differences in prevalence among the four collecting sites within a single collection period. Although some of these trends can be explained by the changes in the population structure of the snail host, there must be other factors at play that structure this larval trematode community within P, avrina. It is possible that a beaver dam constructed soon after the initiation of this study is altering not only the flow of water through the spring, but may also be significantly affecting the infection dynamics of the snail. Mars, Chrystal L. and William F. Font. Southeastern Louisiana University— Source communities of heterophvid trematodes in estuarine fishes in Louisiana. Heterophyid trematodes in their piscine intermediate hosts can be considered the source community for target definitive host communities in avian and mammalian hosts. The source community of heterophyid metacercariae was sampled from February through May 1994 in an estuary located in Manchac, LA, A total of 14 species of heterophyid metacercariae w_as found in five species of fishes. Highest species diversity occurred in the sailfin molly Poecilia latipinna which harbored six metacercariae and the mosquitofish Gambusia affinis which harbored five. Lowest species diversity was found in the sheepshead minnow Cvprinodon variegatus. the least killifish Heterandria formosa. and the spotted sunfish Lepomis punctatus all of which harbored three species of metacercariae. Heterophyid metacercariae displayed varied degrees of host and organ specificity. Among the most narrowly specific were Ascocotvle pachvcvstis and A. leiahi. which were found only in the conus arteriosus of their respective hosts, C. variegatus and P. latipinna. Other metacercariae such as A. mcintoshi and A. ampullacea were broadly distributed throughout hosts and organs. Ascocotvle mcintoshi was found in the fat bodies or ovaries of P latipinna, G. affinis. and H. formosa. while A. ampullacea was found in the fat bodies, musculature, and ovaries of G. affinis and H. formosa 218 BENZ, GEORGE, W. and JANINE N. CAIRA. Tennessee Aquarium, and University of Connecticut-Eels from the heart of a mako shark. Necropsy of a 395kg shortfin mako shark captured off Montauk, New York revealed 2 healthy eels within the lumen of the heart. Close examination of the shark provided no clues as to the portal of entry used by these eels to access the heart. The eels, 21 and 24cm in length and both immature females, were identified as Simenchelvs parasitica (Synaphobranchidae). The stomachs of both eels were filled with blood cells indicating that they had resided in the circulatory system at least long enough to ingest blood. Histological comparison of heart tissue from the eel inhabited shark with heart tissue collected from uninhabited makos showed alterations of the inhabited heart which might indicate that these eels resided in the heart long enough to cause histological changes. In light of this remarkable find and additional information on parasitica found in the literature, we consider this species to be a facultative parasite. This unusual finding also raises an insidious question. Why aren’t there any truly endoparasitic fishes? In reviewing the physiological and life history plasticity seen within Pisces we conclude that reproductive barriers most likely have precluded the establishment of this lifestyle. 154 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 219 MYERS, RANDELL S.,1 GARY P SHAFFER,2 and DANIEL W, LLEWELLYN.2 Louisiana Department of Wildlife and Fisheries1 and Southeastern Louisiana University2— Baldcvpress (Taxodium distichum (L.) Rich.) regeneration in southeast Louisiana: the relative effects of herbivorv. flooding. competition, and macronutrients. In the early 1900s, old-growth baldcypress ( Taxodium distichum) was completely logged out of what is now the Manchac Wildlife Management Area, located in the Lake Pontchartrain Basin, Louisiana. Natural regeneration of swamp did not occur, the area is currently dominated by bulltongue ( Sagittaria lanafolia) marsh. This study was conducted to isolate the major factors prohibiting cypress regeneration. Specifically, four hundred baldcypress seedlings were planted in a three-way factorial treatment arrangement that included nutrient augmentation (fertilized vs. unfertilized), management of entangling vegetation (clipped vs. undipped), herbivore protection (Tubex tree shelters, PVC sleeves, Tanglefoot), and elevation (included as a covariable) Highly significant differences in diameter growth were found for all main effects. For the herbivore protection treatment, relatively inexpensive PVC sleeves were as effective as Tubex Tree Shelters, unprotected trees experienced 100% mortality. Seedlings that received fertilizer showed nearly a two-fold increase in diameter growth. Similarly, seedlings that were managed grew nearly two times greater in diameter than unmanaged seedlings. This study indicates that biotic factors are primarily responsible for the lack of cypress regeneration in southeastern Louisiana, not the prevalent, but largely untested, hypothesis of salt water intrusion 220 BASINGER, M.A., B A MIDDLETON, and P.A. ROBERTSON Southern Illinois University at Carbondale— Community classification and water variables in baldcypress swamps along the Cache River in southern Illinois. The relationship of water variables and vegetation composition was studied in 13 swamps along the Cache River. From 28 sites, a total of 254 vascular plant species were identified. Classification of these sites using COMPAH revealed three swamp community types: seasonally wet/dry, permanently flooded upper Cache, and permanently flooded lower Cache. Dominant species in seasonally wet/dry swamps were Taxodium distichum, Ranunculus ftabellaris, Cephalanthus occidentalis, Nyssa aquatica, Acer rubrum and Rumex verticillatus. Dominant species in permanently flooded upper Cache swamps were Spirodela punctata, Wolffia spp., T distichum, N. aquatica, Cephalanthus occidentalis, S. polyrhiza and Ceratophyllum muricatum. Dominant species in permanently flooded lower Cache swamps were T. distichum, S. punctata, N. aquatica, Cephalanthus occidentalis, S. polyrhiza, Ceratophyllum demersum and Bidens frondosa. Stepwise discriminant analysis of the COMPAH groups showed seven water variables were significant (P < 0.05) discriminators of group structure of these swamps. These variables, from most to least important, were alkalinity, chloride, conductivity, dissolved oxygen, soil temperature, water pH and water temperature. 221 WILKER, JOHN R. and BETH A. MIDDLETON. Southern Illinois University at Carbondale- -Spatial patterns of seed densities within an alluvial cvpress-tupelo swamp in southern IL. Seed dispersal by water, hydrochory, is thought to be directional with respect to water current speed and direction and to be influenced by water surface currents and emergent stems. In this study, the hypothesis tested is that seed dispersion over the water sheet is non-random and affected by direction and speed of water and wind, emergent stem density, Lemna biomass and seed rain. Floating seeds and environmental data were collected along 5 transects at 85 permanent locations. Using spatial analysis for each seed species, the Moran’s I correlogram indicates significant anisotropic autocorrelation in a north-south direction only. Semivariograms based upon a spherical model depict domains (ranges of autocorrelation influence) of 30-40 meters. Based on trend surface analysis, space alone accounts for 28% of the total variance. An analysis of the residuals using stepwise regression indicates that stem density, seed rain, Lemna biomass and wind direction are the most significant predictors of seed densities. Water speed and direction are not significant predictors of seed density since this swamp is similar to a lake hydrologically. ABSTRACTS 155 FREDENBERG, STACEY C. and HOWARD S. NEUFELD. Appalachian State Universitv-The effects of soil cadmium on the growth of bald cypress seedlings under flooded and non-tlooded conditions. In the southeastern United States, cypress swamps have been used for tertiary waste water treatment. The sewage input to these ecosystems often contains high amounts of cadmium, which is readily taken up by the roots of plants, often resulting in accumulation to toxic levels. To date, there have been no studies of the potential effects of cadmium on the growth of the bald cypress trees ( Taxodium distichum (L.) Rich. var. distichum that dominant these systems. Seedlings were grown for 16 weeks in either sandy or organic soils amended with 0, 40, 80, and 120 ppm (mg Cd/kg soil dry wt.) under both flooded and non-flooded conditions. At the conclusion of the experiment, seedlings were harvested and separated into leaves, stems, branches, and roots, and dried at 65 C. All plants in the sandy soil died in the first two weeks except for the controls. This was perhaps a cadmium and/or a fluoride effect, since it was later found that the sand had been treated with hydrofluoric acid for cleaning. Biweekly height and diameter measurements showed no significant differences among cadmium treatments in the organic soil. There were also no significant effects on biomass either. Flooding did increase stem diameter, while decreasing height and root biomass, but it had no effect on tolerance to cadmium. The binding of cadmium to the organic soils appears to protect cypress trees from the toxic effects of this heavy metal. Although short-term growth of cypress trees may not be affected by cadmium in sewage wastes, longterm accumulation may have effects on other organisms, particularly those involved with detrital pathways. 223 JOHNSON, BRENT and DONALD TARTER. Marshall University — Ecological observations on Callibaetis fluctuans (Ephemeroptera: Baetidae) in a newly mitigated wetland in the Green Bottom Wildlife Management Area, West Virginia. The ecological life history of the mayfly Cal 1 ibaetis fluctuans (Walsh) was studied in a newly mitigated wetland in the Green Bottom Wildlife Management Area (GBWMA), Cabell County, West Virginia, from January 1993 to December 1994. The GBWMA was established to mitigate impacts to wetlands, wildlife, and associated recreation incurred by implementation of the Gallipoli's Locks and Dam Replacement project. The GBWMA contains 60 ha of wetlands and is located 26 km northeast of Huntington, West Virginia, along the Ohio River. An additional 100 acres of wetland has been added along the western border of the area by building a dyke system. The swamp is characterized by fluctuating water levels, wide ranging seasonal temperatures, and low dissolved oxygen levels. Cal 1 ibaetis naiads were collected using a modified Gerking sampler (18" X 18" X 31") (triplicate) and a long-handed D-shaped dredge. The following ecological components will be discussed and compared to other species of Call i baet is: foregut analysis, growth, voltinism, sex ratio, emergence period, fecundity, and pH and salinity tolerances. 22U EMERY, ERICH and DONALD TARTER. Marshall University — Seasonal variation in the diversity of the macrobenthos in the Green Bottom Wildlife Management Area, Cabell County, West Virginia, in relationship to the water quality and vegetation types. Seasonal variation in the diversity of the macrobenthos was compared to the water quality and habitat type at each collection site in the Green Bottom Wildlife Management Area, Cabell County, West Virginia, from January to October, 1992. The number of taxa collected ranged from 0 collected from a dry site to 14 collected from a shallow site with dense vegetation. The highest number of individuals (1000+) was collected at a site 1 during the winter. Shannon diversity values showed that shallow areas with thick vegetation are the best microhabitat and support the greatest diversity. Results of AN0VA calculations showed no significant differences In relationships between numbers of taxa and individuals collected and the site or season from which they were collected. Pearson Correlation Coefficients comparing numbers of taxa and individuals to water quality parameters showed four significant relationships and two important ones. Relationships between number of taxa and both depth and turbidity and between number of individuals and temperature and pH were found to be significant at the 0.05 confidence level. Relationships between number of taxa and pH and number of individuals and dissolved oxygen and conductivity were determined to be important although non-significant. 156 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 225 TIPTON, RONALD C. , and DONALD C. TARTER. Marshall University — Reproductive biology of the grass pickerel, Esox americanus vermiculatus, from the Green Bottom Wildlife Management Area, West Virginia. The grass pickerel, Esox americanus vermiculatus LeSueur, is mentioned as Undetermined on the Vertebrate Species List of Concern in West Virginia. The reason for the West Virginia status is that lentic, vegetated areas required for spawning are limited within the state. Green Bottom Swamp, a naturally occurring wetland of 58 hectares, provides habitat for the grass pickerel. A proposed habitat alteration to add marsh¬ land by building dykes has prompted this study. Spawning was not observed during the reproductive period. It was thought to have occurred in the aquatic vegetation associated with buttonbush (Cephalanthus occidental is) in late February or early March. One sexually mature male and female were collected on 26 February 1993. The threshold temperature for spawning is approximately 9 C. No yolk-sac or post yolk-sac larvae were found during the post spawning period. One juvenile grass picke£el (24.2 mm TL) was collected on 10 March 1993 and 43 juveniles (22.9 to 67.5 mm TL; X = 37.3 mm TL) were found on 21 April 1993. The nursery area for the juveniles was the beds of Potamogeton crispus. The estimated number of primary (mature) eggs was 3,167 (N - 1; 280 mm TL). The gonosomatic index (GSI) reached a maximum in late February_(male, 0.34% and female 4.31%). Egg diameters (N = 50) ranged from 1.40 to 2.15 mm (X = 1.79 mm). The estimated incubation time for egg development was 8-12 days. Seasonal histology of the gonads will be used to corroborate the GSI data. PAULEY, E.F., B.P. ALLEN, M.B. DIETSCH, and FT FT SHARITZ. Savannah River Ecology Laboratory — Post-hurricane changes in old-growth floodplain forests of the Conoaree Swamp National Monument, South Carolina In September 1989, old-growth forests of the Congaree Swamp National Monument in South Carolina were damaged by high winds associated with Hurricane Hugo. Shortly thereafter, ten 1-ha plots were established in bottomland hardwoods and slough forests to assess wind damage to trees. In 1994, these plots were re¬ evaluated to examine tree mortality, recruitment, and growth during the 4 years after the hurricane. In both forest types, most stems that died were <10cm diameter. However, mortality rates were higher among larger trees. Mortality of trees >10cm diameter was higher in bottomland hardwoods (13%) than in sloughs (3%). In bottomland hardwoods, mortality was highest among Quercus spp. (42%), Pmus taeda (35%), and Liquidambar styraciflua (16%). The highest mortality in sloughs was only 11 % (Fraxinus spp.). Trees that lost branches, suffered broken boles, or tipped over during the hurricane were especially likely to die Densities of saplings (< 1 0crri diameter) increased greatly in bottomland hardwoods, mostly from recruitment of Asimina triloba and Ilex decidua- Minor recruitment occurred among several taxa in sloughs ( Fraxinus , Acer spp., Ptanera aquatica, Ilex, Liquidambar). Mean basal area increase of trees >10cm diameter in bottomland hardwoods was nearly twice that of trees in sloughs. Quercus spp. were among the fastest growing trees in both forest types. Trees with some branch loss in 1990 showed slightly higher basal area increase than intact trees. Trees that either snapped or tipped up (and survived) tended to grow about 25% less than unaffected trees. ALLEN, B.P., E.F. PAULEY and R.R. SHARITZ. Savannah River Ecology Laboratory-Hurricane Hugo’s impacts on liana density and distribution in the Congaree Swamp National Monument. South Carolina. The old-growth bottomland hardwood (BLH) and slough communities of the Congaree Swamp National Monument, Columbia, SC, were in the path of Hurricane Hugo and exposed to winds of up to 155 km/h. Ten 1-ha plots were established in 1989-90 to monitor post-hurricane community dynamics. Plots were remeasured in 1994. Woody vine (liana) mortality during the four year period (stems>2.5cm dbh) was 46% in BLH and 49% in sloughs and exceeded in-growth of new stems. In 1994, new vines made up 33% of the live stems in BLH and 28% in sloughs. This net loss in liana stem density may be associated with the loss of trees in the larger size classes that were tipped over or snapped off, but the liana mortality rates do not appear to be directly related to tree mortality rates. In BLH, liana density was 139 stems/ha in 1990; lianas with increasing stem densities included Campsis radicans and Berchemia scandens where as the more common vines Rhus radicans and Vitis sp. declined. In sloughs, liana density was low (33/ha in 1990), with Campsis radicans increasing by 1994 however Vitis sp. and R. radicans again declined. Liana associations with host tree species were not random. Rhus, radicans density was positively associated with Liquidambar styraciflua density in BLH; L. styraciflua had higher vine occurrence levels than expected while Carpinus caroliniana and Ilex opaca had lower occurrence levels than expected. In sloughs, Nyssa spp. and Taxodium distichum had lower than expected vine occurrence levels. ABSTRACTS 157 223 MCLEOD, KENNETH W.\ JAMES K. MCCAFSRON1, and WILLIAM H. CONNER2. Savannah River Ecology Laboratory, University of Georgia’, and Baruch Forest Science Institute, Clemson Universitv2--Effects of inundation and salinity on three woody coastal species. The relative tolerances of several woody species to chronic exposures of increased inundation and salinity, simulating sea level rise, and acute events, simulating hurricane storm surge, were examined. When chronically inundated with 1 0 ppt salinity, mortality of bald cypress ( Taxodium distichum), water tupelo ( Nyssa aquatica) and tallow tree ( Sapium sebiferum ) occurred rapidly. Tallow tree survived the longest, but had low predawn XPP on the first sampling date. When salinity was less, photosynthesis of tallow tree was more sensitive to chronic inundation than either bald cypress or water tupelo. Only when inundation was coupled with a salinity increase was photosynthesis of water tupelo or bald cypress affected. When grown in drained conditions, acute salinity exposures reduced photosynthesis of only water tupelo. But when inundated, acute saline exposure reduced photosynthetic rates for all three species during the exposure and continuing for at least several days following the acute event. Sea level rise which moderately increases both inundation and salinity will favor water tupelo and bald cypress over tallow tree. MCCARRON, JAMES K . 1 , WILLIAM H . CONNER- and KENNETH W . MCLEOD1 . Savannah River Ecology Laboratory1 and Baruch Forest Science Institute2 . --Inundation and salinity stress of a wetland woody species, buttonbush ( Ceohalanthus occidentalis) Coastal riverine systems may experience changes in their hydrology, due to sea level rise both in increased inundation and saltwater intrusion. Buttonbush (Cephalanthus occidentalis) a coastal woody shrub, was one in a series of species used to examine the impact on growth and survival of increased inundation and salinity. Saplings were grown in either watered or inundated conditions with 0, 2, or 10 parts per thousand (ppt) salinity. Photosynthesis (A), stomatal conductance (gs) xylem pressure potential (xpp) , height and diameter were measured monthly. Biomass was determined at the end of the study. Plants inundated with 10 ppt salinity were most affected, with drastically decreased A, gs and xpp within the first day of treatment and all dying within three weeks. Inundation with 0 and 2 ppt salinity reduced A, xpp, height, stem and root biomass, but caused adventitious root development. Watering with 2 ppt salinity did not decrease A or xpp, while 10 ppt decreased both. As salinity of the watered treatments increased, biomass decreased. Buttonbush is tolerant of increased inundation but any increases in salinity will restrict the distribution of this species. 230 JONES, DAVID H„ ROBERT B ATKINSON, AND JOHN CAIRNS, JR. Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University— Macroinvertebrates of accidental wetlands in surface mined areas of southwestern Virginia Accidental wetlands are those that formed on relic surface mine benches before the passage of current surface mine regulations. Flat, compacted benches were allowed to remain and depressions filled with water due to low hydraulic conductivity Over time, macrophytes colonized these areas and hydnc soils developed The objective of the overall study was to characterize accidental wetland structure and function that would guide design specifications for wetland creation on current and future mine reclamation sites The specific design of this project was to qualify and quantify the structure of the macroinvertebrate community in accidental wetlands Nine wetlands located on three surface mine benches were investigated during four sampling periods between June 1993 and May 1994 During each period, three samples were taken from each site using a D-frame net. A 0 25 m! frame was used to maintain consistent effort. A total of 71 genera were identified, ranging from a maximum of 33 per site to 7 per site These richness values are similar to those reported in other investigations of "created" wetlands of similar age and landscape position. 158 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 231 ATKINSON, ROBERT B., DAVID H. JONES, and JOHN CAIRNS, JR. Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University — Structural and functional characteristics of accidental wetland flora on surface-mined lands Prior to the enactment of the Surface Mining Control and Reclamation Act of 1977 (SMCRA), surface coal mining had converted many mountain slopes in Appalachia to vertical "high walls" and fairly flat "benches". Wetland hydrology was established in many depressions in the benches, resulting in colonization by hydrophytic vegetation and hydric soil development. Since these wetlands have been in existence for as long as 25 years, they provide clues to the ontogeny of nontidal, emergent wetland structure and function. Twelve accidental wetlands in Wise County, Virginia were studied since 1991. Each wetland was divided into either of two communities: (1) those dominated by obligate wetland plants or (2) those dominated by facultative wetland plants. Parameters followed since fall, 1991, include various aspects of hydrology; soil and water chemistry; vegetative cover, biomass, and decomposition; macroinvertebrate richness (see Jones et al., this conference); and vertebrate richness. Several of these factors appear to influence macrophyte structure and function. In addition, time since wetland establishment, sedimentation rate and periodicity, and landscape position have exerted pronounced influence on certain accidental wetlands. MOORHEAD, KEVIN K. University of North Carolina at Asheville— Hydrology and soils of a Southern Appalachian swamp-bog complex. Little information is available on the hydrology or soils of Southern Appalachian bogs. Water-table wells and piezometers were installed in swamp-bog complex to compare water relations in different areas of a floodplain. Soils were collected during installation of the piezometers and systematically in the swamp and the bog to compare two depths, 0 to 20 cm and 20 to 40 cm. The soils were analyzed for pH, organic carbon, cation exchange capacity (CEC), exchangeable Ca, Mg, and K, and soil texture. A rapid fluctuation of the water table in response to precipitation events was noted for the swamp followed by a gradual lowering between events. The water table fluctuated less in the bog. The actual position of the water table was strongly influenced by vegetation. The water table was occasionally below 60 cm from the soil surface in the swamp compared to 10 cm from the soil surface in the bog. Tnere was a higher content of organic carbon, exchangeable Mg and K, and CEC in the surface soil, and a higher clay content in the subsurface soil of the bog. Organic carbon ranged from 6.90 to 9.25 % in the surface horizons. Clay content ranged from 5.5 to 13.9 % in the 20 to 40 cm depth. YORKS, THAD E. and SIMON DABYDEEN. Frostburg State University — A modification of Whittaker ' s Sampling Technique for sampling forest vegetation . A modification of Whittaker's Sampling Technique (Shmida. 1984. Israel Journal of Botany 33:41-46) is proposed as a method by which forest vegetation may be more effectively and efficiently sampled. Whittaker used a 0.1-hectare quadrat (20m x 50m) and a series of nested subplots to derive a species-area relationship. In this relationship, the slope served as a measure of diversity, while species richness on the 0.1-hectare quadrat was revealed. The Whittaker Sampling Technique, as originally conceived, apparently was not intended to provide measures of plant abundance such as basal area or percent— coverage . By establishing additional 1-m^ subplots in the 0.1-hectare quadrat, much additional information can be extracted. For instance, visual estimates of percent-coverage of herbaceous- and shrub-layer vegetation can provide mean percent-coverage estimates. Mean species richness per l-m^ can also be calculated. These 1-m^ subplots can be established conveniently while locating the boundaries of the 0.1-hectare quadrat. The subplots can then be sampled with relatively little additional effort. Woody stems on the 0.1- hectare quadrat can be measured for diameter at breast height (DBH) within a reasonable amount of time. The heights of dominant canopy trees can readily be estimated since sighting distances of 20m are already established across the 0.1-hectare quadrat . ABSTRACTS 159 HELD , MICHAEL E.,1 SUSAN JONES-HELD2, and JOE E. WINSTEAD.3 Saint Peter's College-*-, King's College2 and Western Kentucky University3 — Recovery dynamics of a_ tornado-damaged forest i n Boone County , Kentucky ■ Dinsmore's Woods, an old-growth decid sampled in 1973 by the authors, was r tornado in April 1974, and resurveyed patterns of recovery in this disturbe 1974 to 1985, but has not changed sig basal area, however, has declined fro 1994. Acer saccharum continued to be three surveys, but by 1994, Quercus s concurrent decline in importance of F been a reversal in the subdominant sp serot ina and T i 1 ia amer icana increasi from 1985 to 1994. Other subdominant Quercus alba showed a decline in impo increase from 1985 to 1994. After twe still alive in 1985 had died by 1994. individuals of the 1985 sapling class decline in total basal area and the d individuals in the 1994 seedling and uous forest in Boone County, Kentucky, esampled immediately following a in both 1985 and 1994, to assess the d system. Tree density declined from nificantly from 1985 to 1994. Total m 28.1 m2/ha in 1974 to 13.4 m2/ha in the dominant tree species in all p. increased in importance with a raxinus amer i cana ■ There has also ecies with the importance of Prunus ng from 1974 to 1985 and declining species, Cel t i s occidental i s and rtance from 1974 to 1985, but an nty years most of the damaged trees They are being replaced by . This would explain both the ecline in total numbers of sapling classes. 235 ROBERTSON, PHILIP A. and YVONNE E. HALL. Southern Illinois University at Carbondale— Characteristics of coarse woody debris in mature ponderosa pine stands in Colorado Three hundred and twenty nine mature or older ponderosa pine stands were sampled for composition and structure to develop a classification of the old-growth condition. Coarse woody debris was estimated in each plot according to decay class and type, i.e., branch, trunk or stump. Coarse woody debris was highly variable ranging from 0 to over 900 M3/ha. Coarse woody debris was not significantly related to site factors such as elevation, aspect, terrain shape or landform index or to physiographic region Coarse woody debris was positively correlated (p < 0.005) to average age of the trees in the stand. The most prevalent decay classes were 4 and 5 which are the oldest. The large amount of class 4 appears to be related to mortality due to the Mountain Pine Beetle. Decay class 5 likely is a result of other disturbances such as fire Because of the disturbance history of the ponderosa pine forest type, it is likely that characteristics of coarse woody debris may not be similar to those in other forest types 236 HALL, YVONNE E and PHILIP A. ROBERTSON Southern Illinois University at Carbondale— Characteristics of crown architecture in mature ponderosa pine stands in Colorado. The current definition of old-growth ponderosa pine in the Rocky Mountain Region is limited because it does not account for differences in site productivity During the summer of 1994, 329 0.01 ha plots located in mature or older ponderosa pine stands throughout Colorado were sampled to develop a functional definition of old-growth. Part of this study was to assess the crown architecture characteristics of these stands. Several indices of crown architecture were developed to quantify crown condition As ponderosa pine trees age, the crown form changes from conical to flat-topped, the proportion of needles at the end of the branches tends to increase and crown density decreases. In stands that were near or in the old-growth condition, the percentage of trees showing these conditions increased. Crown architecture characteristics will likely be included in the definition of old-growth 237 DESELM, H. R. University of Tennessee— Preliminary results of a study of forest vegetation in West and western Middle Tennessee. During the periods May through September, 1993 and 1994, a program of location and sampling of old growth forest stands was carried out. Areas so far examined are, in 1993, in 20 counties of W est 160 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 Tennessee resulted in 282 upland and 18 bottomland stands. In 1994, 18 counties in western Middle Tennessee were searched and 384 upland and 31 bottomland stands were seen. The sample area is about one-fifth acre on uniform topography and homogeneous vegetation. Hundreds of taxa have been recorded. Twelve oak species dominate 51 types in 479 of 715 stands (70 percent). Of the oak stands, only 62 (12.9 percent) are oak-hickory forests. The most obvious environmental gradients are soil moisture-aeration and soil acidity. 238 CHESTER, EDWARD W.,1 SALLIE M. NOEL.' JERRY M. BASKIN,2 CAROL C. BASKIN,2 and MARY L. MCREYNOLDS,3 Austin Peay State University,1 The University of Kentucky,2 and Hopkinsville (K Y) Community Colleqe3-Analysis of an old-qrowth upland wet woods on the Pennyroyal Plain in south-central Kentucky. The Pennyroyal Plain Subsection of the Interior Low Plateaus Physiographic Province occupies much of west-central Kentucky and north-central Tennessee. The often karstic landscape includes a complex of level-rolling to dissected uplands and nearly is coincident with the historic Big Barrens Region. The area is now mostly agricultural but formerly supported a variety of deciduous forests- barrens-xeric prairie-glade community types. Forests of flat-depressional wet uplands are of considerable interest but have been reduced to scattered remnants. We here provide sampling data from a 25-ha old-growth upland wet woods in Christian County, Kentucky. The canopy (stems >10.16 cm dbh) was dominated by a mixture of species, including Carya ovata, Acer rubrum, Quercus falcata. Liquidambar styraciflua, Q palustris, Q. michauxii , and Ulmus rubra. The sapling/small tree layer (dbh 2.54-10.15 cm) was dominated by Ulmus a/ata, U. rubra, Acer rubrum, Asimina triloba, Celtis occidentalis, Carpinus caroliniana , and Carya ovata. The shrub/wood seedling layer (dbh <2.54 cm) included mostly Fraxinus spp., Ulmus spp . and Acer rubrum . Eleven taxa of Quercus and four of Carya accounted for nearly 52% of canopy importance, but only 10% of importance in each of the sub-canopy layers. ^ CROUCH, VIRGINIA. E. and MICHAEL S. GOLDEN Auburn University— Herbaceous layer vegetation in artificial canopy gaps in comparison to surrounding hardwood forest in a Tombigbee River floodplain. Herbaceous vegetation is being assessed as part of a forest community study on effects of group selection harvesting for regeneration of bottomland oaks. Ten 0 8 acre canopy openings were made in a mixed oak-dominated floodplain forest in Choctaw County, Alabama, in June and October 1992 Summer and Fall cut treatments were randomly assigned, each to five groups. The openings were inventoried for herbaceous plant and woody vine cover, by species, in June and Aubust 1994. Five additional 0.8 acre plots, randomly located in the adjacent uncut forest, were inventoried during the same period Species richness averaged 97 (s d.=9,6) in Fall cut plots, 98 (s d =1 1 0) in Summer cut, and 57 (s d = 1 0.5) in uncut plots. In the herbaceous layer of uncut bottomlands, only Vitis rotundilolia averaged >10% in relative cover Taxa with mean relative cover >3% in uncut plots were Phaseolus polvstachios. Leersia vireinica. and Carex intumescens. In the openings, prominent vine/herbaceous taxa were Vitis and Rubus (mean relative cover 12 5 % and 10.8%, respectively); Carex intumescens, C. tribuloides and Leersia virginica showed mean relative cover values >3%. Herbaceous flora of these openings comprises three groups of species: shade tolerant plants in the forest understory which maintained or increased their absolute percent cover in openings (e g. Boehmeria cvlindnca. Dicliptera brachiataV. invading early successional species (Andropoeon virginicus. Erechtites hieracifolia) and species characteristic of open wetlands (e g. Ludwigia glandulosa. Hibiscus mililaris. Scutellaria lateriflora) An additional herbaceous vegetation inventory in September 1994, using segmented belt transects, provides further information on the drainage regime relations of species in the openings. 240 SCHMALZER, PAUL A. The Bionetics Corporation, NASA, Biomedical Operations and Research Office, John F. Kennedy Space Center-Reestablishing Florida oak-saw palmetto scrub species in abandoned agricultural land. Oak-saw palmetto scrub in Florida is habitat for the threatened Florida Scrub Jay (Aphelocoma c. coerulescens) and other rare species. On the northern part of Kennedy Space Center, some scrub was cleared for citrus before NASA acquired the land. After freezes in the 1980s, some groves were abandoned. Scrub species have been slow to reestablish. As part of a Scrub Habitat Compensation Plan, scrub species were planted in a 4 ha abandoned grove. Before planting, large Sabal palmetto were removed and glyphosate herbicide was applied to reduce weeds. One-year Quercus aeminata [Qg], Q. mvrtifolia [Qm], and Q. chapmanii [Qc] tublings were planted in Aug. 1992 at ca. 980/ha. In late Aug., 150 scrub oaks (96 Qg, 54 Qm/Qc) were tagged to follow survival. Initial survival was 66%; species differed with 74% Qg but 51% Qm/Qc alive. In April 1994 survival was 49%, 68% Qg but 15% Qm/Qc alive. A second cohort of 2000 scrub oaks was planted in late Aug. 1993. Initial survival was 56% (N=50) with 65% Qg ABSTRACTS 161 and 50% Qm alive. In April 1994 survival was 34%, 60% Qg, 17% Qm. Other scrub species were planted as 1 gal. pots in July-Aug. 1993: Serenoa repens [Sr], 120/ha, Lvonia fruticosa [Lf], 70/ha, Vaccimum mvrsinites [Vm], 45/ha, Pinus elliottii var. densa [Pe], 20/ha. Initial survival was 100% (N=50). In April 1994 survival was 94%: Sr, 100%; Pe, 100%; Vm, 75%; Lt, 67%. Qg consistently had the highest survival of all oaks probably due to its larger size at planting. PYNE, MILO AND BRIAN BOWEN. Tennessee Natural Heritage Program— May Prairie State Natural Area: brief history and summary of recent management and monitoring efforts. May Prairie in Coffee County, Tennessee is a Designated State Natural Area and National Natural Landmark. Aerial photographs from 1950 show that the present Prairie was part of a larger arc which extended onto adjacent tracts and has closed in over time. Investigations by botanists from the University of Tennessee at Knoxville began in 1947, and revealed the presence of many plant taxa widely disjunct from the Atlantic and Gulf Coastal Plains, including coastal false-asphodel (Tofieldia racemosa) and snowy orchid (Platantherci nivea), which are state-listed as Endangered. Southern prairie-dock ( Silphium pinnatifidum ) is a regional endemic which is an August aspect dominant. Adjacent tracts contain additional rare plant populations and protect the watershed of the Natural Area. The Tennessee Natural Heritage Program recommended these to the Tennessee Wildlife Resources Agency (TWRA) for acquisition as wetlands. Sporadic controlled burning was used between 1978 and 1985 to suppress woody vegetation, induce regeneration of prairie grasses and herbs, and speed up nutrient cycling in this herbaceous- dominated ecosystem. Annual fall burns were begun in 1993. Vegetation is measured on 32 permanent one meter-square plots every five years. These data will be analyzed to measure and evaluate the effects of fire management on the vegetation. 242 KIRKMAN, L. KATHERINE1 : and MARK B DREW1 Joseph Jones Ecological Research Center. Ichauway1 and University of Georgia'-- Population responses of the federally endangered Schwalbea americana to experimental fire management regimes - a 2 year assessment. Schwalbea americana (Scrophulariaceae) is a federally endangered species with a range reduced to scattered populations, primarily in the Southeastern US in fire-managed longleaf pine habitat One conservation management concern is the impact of growing season burns on population dynamics. We experimentally examined population responses to season of bum, with replications in 5 sites in Dougherty and Baker Counties, Georgia. In addition to 1993 dormant season burn, growing season burn, and control (no treatment), we applied a growing season mowing treatment to determine if mowing had similar effects. Population data were collected in 1992 prior to treatments in 1993 and recensused in spring and fall 1993 and 1994. Only the dormant season burn treatment was repeated in 1994. In 1993, percent flowering response was greater in both burned treatments than that of the control or mowed treatment No differences in flowering were detected between season of burn treatments. The change in percent flowering between 1993 and 1994 for the growing season burn treatment significantly differed from other treatments. Size class transition matrixes for 1992-1993 and 1993-1994 indicate that reproductive individuals in either 1992 or 1993 dormant season burn treatment had the highest probability of producing flowers again the next year. Although recruitment occurred in all treatments and both years, greatest recruitment was in 1994 in the growing season burn treatment. 243 HORN, SALLY P. University of Tennessee- -Postfire resproutinq of Hvnericum irazuense Kuntze following high elevation fires in Costa Rica: Asuncion revisited. Hypericum irazuense Kuntze is a common shrub within the bamboo-dominated paramos of Costa Rica's highest peaks. These areas have burned periodically in this century, and throughout the Holocene as indicated by charcoal fragments in glacial lakes. D.H. Janzen first studied postfire regeneration of H. irazuense , and associated shrubs and bamboo, following a 1969 fire on Cerro Asuncion. He did not quantify fire mortality, but his observations and photographs suggest that most H. irazuense shrubs resprouted. However, later studies on other paramo burn sites revealed consistently high (>85%) fire-induced mortality of H. irazuense . Was the lower mortality of this shrub on Cerro Asuncion perhaps related to population-level differences in fire sensitivity, or to greater stand age? I explored these possibilities by examining fire mortality of H, irazuense on Cerro Asuncion and another burn study site (Zacatales, penultimate burn 1973) two years after both sites reburned in March, 1992. Over 85% of burned plants had failed to resprout. The low mortality of H. irazuense following the 1969 Asuncion 162 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 fire seems to be a "fluke" related to atypical burning conditions. Recognizing this may be critical to the development of fire management plans in other paramo areas, where large and frequent fires burning under more typical conditions could lead to local extinction of the species. 244 POUNDS, LARRY. The University of Tennessee--Optimal Spatial Arrangement of Habitat for Species Preservation. Given limited funding to preserve a plant species, should a single large area of habitat be protected, or should two or more smaller areas be protected? This is often called the SLOSS (single large or several small) debate. A metapopulation model including seed banking, size plasticity, and demographic and environmental stochasticity was created to study this question. The model emphasizes the seed forming capabilities of the population. It was found that this seed forming capability is crucial to determining which type of spatial arrangement is optimal. With increasing seed forming capacity available, a threshold is reached above which the several small option is preferred. The threshold in seed forming capacity depends on choices for life history parameters, but appears to have a rather limited range for many parameter choices. 245 SUNDBERG, MARSHALL D. Louisiana State University-- Investigative laboratories to teach evolutionary concepts . This workshop will demonstrate the use of concept mapping and a passage illustrating common misconceptions about evolution to develop a series of three activities designed to reveal variation, heritability and natural selection. Participants will role play the hypothesis development and experimental design phases of each activity. Results of actual student investigations will be presented. Data concerning the effectiveness of this approach, compared to traditional instruction, will also be presented. 246 RENZAGLIA, KAREN A. East Tennessee State University-- The use of Ceratopteris . the rapid cycling fern, in teaching plant biology. In this workshop we will examine the uses of the rapid cycling fern, Ceratopteris richardii . in teaching plant biology. This organism is ideal for hands-on exercises in introductory courses and investigative approaches at all academic levels. Plants of Ceratopteris are readily maintained in culture and can be used to explore a wide array of biological phenomena, research tools, and techniques. This fern affords the advantage of rapid growth, especially for studies of growth regulation, development and genetics. The biology of Ceratopteris will be overviewed by observation of living cultures at varied stages of development. Protocols will be provided for media preparation, and techniques will be demonstrated for spore and whole plant culturing. Examples of in-class exercises and successful independent research projects will be presented. LANCASTER, JOHNNY F., SCOTT JOHNSON, and STEVE W. ROSS. North Carolina National Estuarine Research Reserve-The summer surf zone ichthyofauna of nourished and unnourished beaches on the Masonboro Island , NC National Estuarine Research Reserve . Beach renourishment is an established method of restoring beaches lost to erosion. Despite numerous studies of surf zone fish communities, the effects of renourishment on surf zone fishes have not been examined. As part of a project to evaluate surf zone monitoring techniques, we ABSTRACTS 163 conducted a preliminary comparison of fishes in nourished and unnourished areas of Masonboro Island. During 20-28 May 1994, about 276,900 cubic meters of sand were placed on the northern end of the island. From 20 June-2 August we conducted weekly seine sampling in the nourished area and two unnourished areas. Of the 26 species of fishes collected, juvenile Menticirrhus littoralis . Trachinotus carolinus . and Mugil curema dominated all catches. Abundance patterns of the top 3 fishes and total species compositions were similar between areas sampled, although sample variability was high. Mean standard lengths of all 3 major species were significantly lower in the renourished area. These fishes are usually opportunistic bottom feeders and as renour ishement can reduce surf zone benthic invertebrates, we speculate that smaller fish sizes may result from lower growth rates in the renourished area. 243 BICHY, JOHN B., KEVIN D. E. STOKESBURY, and STEVE W. ROSS. University of North Carolina at Wilmington — Comparison of two trawl nets used to survey estuarine fish communities . We compared the catches of two nets used to estimate estuarine fish and macro-invertebrate relative abundance, community structure and sizes; a 3 m flat otter trawl (6.4 mm mesh body, 3.2 mm tail bag; Marine Fisheries-net) and a 5 m high rise otter trawl (38.1 mm mesh body and tail bag; Environmental Monitoring and Assessment Program) . Ten 1-min trawls per net were completed within a 6 h period at Zeke's Island, North Carolina Estuarine Research Reserve. Latitude and longitude of each tow position was selected randomly and located using the Global Positioning System. The MF-net collected more fish per tow, mean=95 (SD=150.4) , than the EMAP net, mean=38 (SD=6.5). Of the 19 species collected, 12 were sampled with both nets, 4 only in the EMAP net and 3 only in the MF-net. Anchoa mitchilli comprised 85% of the MF-net catches but was absent from the EMAP net collections. The size distribution of fish was symmetrical for the EMAP net, 35% measuring 100-109 mm, and skewed for the MF-net, 51% measuring 30-39 mm. Estimates of species richness and fish abundance, from the same estuary community, differed greatly between nets, suggesting that each net provided only a partial estimate of actual community structure. 241 XASHER, ANN E. AND JAY A, NELSON. Towson State University— Determination of facultative air breathing in wood eating catfishes of the Lorieanid genus. Panaque. Catfishes of the genus Panaque possess unique dentition which allows these animals to eat wood. Recent studies indicate that the fishes are able to digest wood through the actions of a gastrointestinal microbial community which, at this juncture, appears to be aerobic. Since the majority of cellulolytic organisms are anaerobes, the presence of this community in Panaque guts raises a number of interesting evolutionary and physiological questions. Because Panaque habitat is often characterized by turbidity and anoxia, like many tropical fishes they may supplement gill breathing with opportunistic or "facultative" air- breathing. The purpose of this study was to test whether the gut of a recently described wood-eating fish, Panaque maccits (Shaffer and Stewart, 1993) is aerobic due to facultative air-breathing. Tests were conducted with marked individuals to see if facultative air breathing could be observed under conditions of anoxia and turbulence. Subjects were tested by dividing habitat tanks into control and test sections with watertight dividers. Oxygen content of the water was reduced to 75%, 50% and 25% of air saturation by bubbling N. in the test section, while air was bubbled into control portions of tanks. To simulate conditions of high sediment and turbulence, fine peat moss was added to the test portions of tanks and turbulence simulated by using large airstones to create current. Results of these tests will be discussed, as well as implications lor the microbial community in the GI tract. 250 BROWN, LAUREL and BRUCE A. THOMPSON. Louisiana State University -Age and growth of the Atlantic spadefish, Chaetodintents faber. in coastal Louisiana waters. Although the Atlantic spadefish is one of the most abundant species of fish populating the reefs and artificial structures in the northern Gulf of Mexico, it is not fished commercially nor heavily exploited recreationally. This study is based on spadefish obtained from fishing tournaments. 164 ASB BULLETIN, VOL, 42, NO. 2, 1995 SCUBA divers, state coastal monitoring and our own sampling. In order to look at different life history stages, we have grouped our data by estuarine or Gulf sources. We have examined 312 specimens collected between May and October 1994^ Estuarine caught spadefish reflect the fact that only fishj year or younger are found inshore (X body weight 97g), with the gulf yielding all large adults (X body weight 1337g). Adult females average longer (300mm vs. 279mm) and heavier (1442g vs. 908g) than males. Age estimations are being obtained from transverse sections of sagittal otoliths. Preliminary examination of the sagitta shows well defined increments which, although not yet validated, are hypothesized as annuli. Initial age estimates range from 0 to 13 with opaque edges appearing in May and June, disagreeing with findings of Hayse (1990) from the Atlantic coast. 251 FISCHER, ANDREW and BRUCE A. THOMPSON. Louisiana State University-Examination of southern flounder. Paralichthvs lethostigma, otoliths: Questions of symmetry and aging accuracy. The southern flounder, being a flatfish, displays asymmetry in many of its body structures. This study looked at otoliths and aging of the southern flounder to examine symmetry of right and left otolith structure, and compare data obtained from sectioned vs. whole otoliths. Southern flounder specimens were sampled (313 total) between November 1993 and July 1994 at various Louisiana fishing rodeos and commercial docks. The sagitta, the largest otolith which is arrowhead shaped in the southern flounder, was used. A core index, a value obtained by dividing the distance from the rostrum to the core of the otolith, by the length of the whole otolith, is proposed as a means of quantifying the growth asymmetry. Right core index values fell between 0.45 and 0.60, while the left fell between 0.60 and 0.75 with no differences for fish length. The data sets of age counts obtained from whole vs. sectioned otoliths were compared showing that reading sectioned otoliths provided more accurate age estimates. Of conflicting counts, only 17% showed an increase in annulus number when reading the otolith whole as opposed to 83% with an increase when reading the otolith section. Marginal increment analysis showed that only one increment forms each year, usually in late winter. ROHDE, FRED C. and RUDOLF G. ARNDT. North Carolina Marine Fisheries, and The Richard Stockton College of New Jersey — Distribution of fishes in the upper Dan River, NC and VA. The longitudinal distribution of the fishes in the Dan River proper was analyzed for evidence of faunal zonation or faunal 'breaks'. The Dan River heads on the Blue Ridge, flows south and cuts a gorge through the Blue Ridge Escarpment, then flows southeast into North Carolina and then turns sharply to the northeast and re-enters Virginia. Thirty-seven sites along 204 km of river were sampled by backpack electroshocker and seine. Sixty-six species of fishes in seven families were recorded from this reach of river, including five species of concern to North Carolina and one to Virginia. Longitudinal change in the distribution of fishes was evident and three faunal zones were recognized using similarity matrices. Zones are probably a result of gradient and/or local geology. 253 BUCKLEY, JOSEPH P. and HENRY L. BART, Jr. Tulane University Museum of Natural History — Changes in fish species representation and community structure under impoundment in the Alabama River: 1967-1935. Analysis of specimen data taken from the Tulane University Museum of Natural History's Alabama River survey in both pre- and post¬ impoundment flow regimes indicates changes in hierarchical dominance of several species of fish. Time adjusted rank (t.a.r.) abundance and t.a.r. occurrence of the majority of fish species show shifts after channel modification and impoundment, though between-site differences exist for a species "reaction" to these disturbances. For example, Notropis edwardranevi exhibits decreased t.a.r. abundances at both a downstream site and the site furthest upstream, but exhibits decreased t.a.r. occurrence at the former and not the latter. Conversely, N . candidus exhibits increased t.a.r. abundances and occurrences at both sites . ABSTRACTS 165 25^ LITTLE, MICHAEL, DOUGLAS CHAMBERS and ALAN TENNANT. Marshall University— Fish species diversity in the tributaries of the Cheat River. A number of investigators have described a relationship between habitat diversity and fish species diversity (FSD) and have reported significant correlations between the distribution of adult and juvenile fishes and such factors as stream depth, current, and substrate. In this study, we examined the diversity of fish species and their relative abundance in the major tributaries of the Cheat River, Monongehala River system. The Cheat River drains the higher elevations of northern West Virginia and is fed by tributaries with rocky channels, steep gradients, and high velocities. Thirty two sections of ten Cheat River tributaries were sampled by electrofishing and all fish greater than 40 mm identified on site. Fish were collected from stream sections that were transitional riffle/pools with predominantly cobble bottoms and midstream depths of .2 to .5 m at the time of sampling. The dominant species in streams surveyed were blacknose dace, Rhinichthys atratulus. mottled sculpin, Cottus bairdi, stoneroller, Campostoma anomalum, and longnose dace, Rhinichthys cataractae. Fish species diversity differed significantly between Laurel and Glady Forks and all other tributaries. Blacknose dace were 34% of Cheat River fish sampled but constituted on 3% of fish from Glady and Laurel Fork. 255 BOONE, EDWIN A. and TOM J. TIMMONS. Murray State University-Density and natural mortality of paddlefish, Polyodon spathula , in an unfished Cumberland River sub impoundment , South Cross Creek Reservoir, Tennessee ■ South Cross Creek Reservoir is a 192 hectare subimpoundment of the Cumberland River (Lake Barkley) within Cross Creeks National Wildlife Refuge, Tennessee. Between April 1989 and March 1991, 542 harvestable-sized (75 cm and greater) paddlefish, Polyodon spathula , were tagged with 22 cm locking spaghetti tags , measured from the eye to the fork of the tail, and returned to the reservoir. Using the Fisher-Ford method, the population was estimated as 1,689 paddlefish with an annual survival rate of 91%. South Cross Creek Reservoir contains a higher density of paddlefish, 8.8 per hectare, than Lake Barkley (Cumberland River). A low level of exchange occurs between paddlefish in South Cross Creek Reservoir and Lake Barkley. The mean quarterly rate of recruitment for the sub impoundment was 16. Immigration and emigration occurs during spring flooding when the Cumberland River overflows into the subimpoundment. Movement is more dependent upon the water temperature at the time of flooding than the level of flooding. If the water temperature does not exceed 10 C, the paddlefish may not be stimulated to migrate to spawning areas outside of the subimpoundment. 256 GUILL, J. MICHAEL and DAVID C. HEINS. Tulane University- -Clutch and eqq size variation in the banded darter. Etheostoma zonale. from three sites in Arkansas. We obtained data from museum specimens to estimate regional geographic variation in the reproductive traits of the banded darter Etheostoma zonale . We found significant differences in standard-length-adjusted mean clutch size and mean ovum mass among three populations from central and northern Arkansas. Clutch size varied by two to three hundred percent between sites, and egg mass by approximately twenty percent. 257 MELLICHAMP, T. LAWRENCE' and FREDERICK W CASE, IlT University of North Carolina at Charlotte' and Cranbrook Institute of Science, Bloomfield Hills, Michigan^ — Taxonomic treatment of Sarracenia in the Southeastern United States for Flora North America. The Sarraceniaceae are a family of New World carnivorous pitcher plants with two North American endemic genera. Darhngtonia (monotypic) and Sarracenia, and one genus, Hehamphora, endemic to the Guyana Highlands of Venezuela. Sarracenia may be the most primitive, with the other Two showing advanced characteristics. There are ten species of Sarracenia in the southeastern United States, differentiated by floral and leaf characters. Sarracenia purpurea has one of the widest distributions of any non-weedy vascular plant, ranging from the Gulf Coast northward to eastern Canada and westward to British Columbia. It may contain a northern and a southern subspecies and sev eral distinctive taxonomically recognized forms. Of the strictly Southeastern taxa, S. Jlava, S. oreophila * and 5. leucophylla form a complex distinguished by linear petals, broad hoods with recurved bases, and the production of 166 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 over-wintenng phyllodial leaves. The classic Sarracenia rubra complex is characterized by spathulate petals and contains the disjunct S. rubra, S. jonesii*, S. alabamensis* and the more widespread Gulf coastal S. alata Sarracerua minor , along the Atlantic coastal plain, and S. psittacina, widespread from eastern Georgia to Mississippi, are more distinctive in their adaptations for catching ants and show no affiliation with other groups. All species hybridize in the wild when growing together, sometimes obscuring distinct species characteristics. Growing in coastal fire-maintained moist savannas, and seepage slopes and bogs inland, all species are disappearing due to impact from human development. Three species(*) are endangered. Sarracemas are a national treasure and should be given more attention in their wetland environments. MATTHEWS, CHRISTOPHER', THOMAS STICH', JAMES HOWARD', and JAMES MATTHEWS2. Frostburg State University' and University of North Carolina at Charlotte2 — Tetraploidv and population charactenstics of the federally endangered Schweinitz's sunflower. Helianthus schweinitzii. Helianthus schweinitzii is a perennial wildflower only found in 60 small populations, all within 50 miles of Charlotte, NC Historically, Schweinitz's sunflower grew in open fields called Piedmont prairies; however, agriculture and development have destroyed this habitat such that primary habitats now consist of power line nght-of-ways and roadsides. In 1991, H schweinitzii was listed as a "Federally Endangered Species" and a recovery plan was drafted to conserve and manage these populations. Mitigation is involved in the recovery of this plant and therefore it is important to examine the genetic vanation of these populations. Polymorphic isoenzymatic systems were studied in six geographically distinct populations. Allelic frequencies and levels of polymorphism were calculated. Additionally, there are no published records for the chromosome number of this sunflower. In 1979, Anashchenko hypothesized that the species would be hexaploid, 2n=102, from a base of x=17. Root tip squashes have shown the number is 2n=68 and the species is tetraploid 259 MURRELL, ZACK E. and BILLY T. DYE. Western Kentucky University - Examination of morphological intermediacy m a subgeneric hybrid dogwood. Molecular and morphological evidence supports the recognition of the large-bracted tree dogwoods as a monophyletic clade. However, our understanding of relationships between the two subgenera in this clade ( Comus subg. Cynoxylon and subg. Syncarpea) has been tenuous, largely due to confusion concerning the origins of the intermediate inflorescence characters exhibited by C. nuttallii and the unique cataphyll characters exhibited by C. kousa. A putative hybrid of a cross between C. florida (subg. Cynoxylon) and C. kousa (subg. Syncarpea) is now available in the horticultural trade, and was the focus of a study of morphological and molecular character variation in the parents and hybrid of this intersubgeneric cross. The inflorescence of the hybrid is structurally intermediate between the parents, and provides some insight into inflorescence evolution within the large-bracted clade. These data are applied to analyses of character variation between woody plant hybrids and their parents, in an attempt to evaluate patterns of morphological convergence and/or divergence in an Fi cross. PUCKETT, CHARLES E. AND DAN K. EVANS. Marshall University— Origin and status of the sterile hybrid Carex X deamii (Cyperaceae) . Carex X deami i Herm. is the putative hybrid of Carex shortiana Dew. and Carex typin' na Michx. That Carex X deami i is a sterile hybrid is of little debate due to the fact that neither viable pollen or developed achenes have been observed in any specimen. Because of the close relationship of (T typhina to CL. squarrosa L., the true paternal contributor to this hybridization is unclear. This study examined 14 quantitative characters from 59 herbarium sheets representing the hybrid and three suspected parental contributors from a wide geographic range. Characters were analyzed with principal component analysis, canonical discriminate analysis, analysis of variance and Duncan’s multiple range test. Analyses demonstrated a close morphological relationship of G X deami i to CL. shortiana, thus providing evidence for the maternal relationship of the latter to the hybrid. Results also showed an overlapping ABSTRACTS 167 relationship between (L. typhi na and Ch_ squarrosa. making a statistical determination of species unclear. Thus, the paternal contributor of the cross is difficult, if not impossible, to determine using morphology alone. CLARK, ROSS C. Eastern Kentucky University — Studies in North American Aquif oliaceae ■ Students of North American Aquif oliaceae are sometimes confused by local variation patterns of widespread taxa, and by criteria used to delimit species and genera. Results from extensive field and laboratory study indicate (1) groups of taxa with similarities of origin; (2) variation patterns which can be clearly understood; (3) appropriate nomenclature; (4) geographic distribution patterns; and (5) additional questions which could be investigated. 262 MUSSELMAN, LYTTON J. Old Dominion University--Floral biology and propagation of Buckleva distichophvlla f Santalaceae) . Buckleya distichophvlla is a federally endangered, dioecious shrub endemic to the southern Appalachians. The largest populations are in Western Virginia and have been monitored for 25 years. Except for the Poor Mountain site which is a preserve, other populations have been severely reduced through road construction. Buckleva is easily grown from fruits and does not need a host for germination or seedling establishment. It will thrive on hosts other than Tsuga but favors habitats where hemlock occurs on shale slopes. Attempts have been made at asexual reproduction. Insects were collected from flowers to determine floral visitors and potential pollinators. The most frequent visitor is a soldier beetle ( Cantharidae ) . Supported by a grant from the U S Fish and Wildlife Service. 263 MOHAMED, KAMAL I.,1 LYTTON J. MUSSELMAN,2 and DANA K. BERNER,3 State University of New York at Oswego1, Old Dominion University2 and International Institute of Tropical Agriculture3 — The North American witchweed f Striga asiatica) and its wild relatives. In the 1950 's witchweed, first identified as Striga lutea. was discovered in North and South Carolina as a serious pathogen of maize and other grains. There was confusion over the correct name for this species until Hepper determined that it should be called S. asiatica (L.) Lour. Studies in Africa suggest that true S . asiatica is restricted to agroecosystems and is rarely, if ever, found in natural grasslands. Striga lutea Benth. and S. hirsuta Benth. (=S. pusilla Hochst.?), on the other hand, are common components of grasslands in West Africa and are not problems to crops. These three superficially similar taxa can be separated on the basis of their indumentum, branching pattern, and seed surface characteristics in addition to their ecology and host preferences. 264 GARLAND , MARK A.,1 and GERALD L. SMITH.2 Florida Department of Environmental Protection1 and High Point University2 — A new subspecies of the hawkweed Hieracium venosum . Specimens of Hieracium venosum L. from the southwestern part of its range, in the Cumberland and Allegheny Plateaus of Alabama, Tennessee, Kentucky, and southern Ohio, differ from eastern specimens in subtle morphological characters. In particular, they tend to be glaucous and highly branched, with long bracts subtending the branches. Cronquist suggested that these plants (which Small named IL scribneri) were hybrids between H_^ venosum and paniculatum L., but several lines of evidence strongly support the idea that they are instead a variant of venosum . First, these plants have a definite geographic range that only partly overlaps the range of H^ paniculatum . Second, the western types and eastern types of venosum have never been found in the same population. Third, the karyotype of the western plants differs from those of both 168 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 eastern venosum and paniculatum. Fourth, in characters such as head size, flowering time, and achene morphology the western plants are much closer to Jh venosum than to paniculatum. Finally, these plants differ in morphology from apparent natural hybrids between H_^ venosum and H_^ paniculatum . Further work, including artificial hybridization between eastern and western H^_ venosum and between venosum and It paniculatum. will provide more conclusive evidence of the status of these plants, but because of the weight of the evidence already gathered, we are recognizing them as H . venosum subsp. scribneri (Small) Garland. 265 EVANS, DAN K. AND JOHN B. WALDEN. Marshall University — Plants used as sources of curare among the indigenous Shuar and Achuar of southeastern Ecuador. The blowgun continues to be an important weapon for hunting among the indigenous Shuar and Achuar of southeastern Ecuador. Collections of plants used for curare from nine widespread and isolated communities revealed curare sources comprising four families, four genera and five species of vascular plants. Specific sources include bark from lianas of Strvchnos toxi fera R. Schomb. ex Benth and Strvchnos tseasnum Krukoff and Barneby (LOGANIACEAE) ; liana bark and fruit from Abuta grandifol ia (Mart.) Sandwith (MENISPERMACEAE) ; root bark and seed from the shrub Schoenobiblus daphnoides Mart, and Zucc. (THYMELAEACEAE) ; and stem secretions from small trees of Duroia hi rsuta (P. and E.) K. Schum. (RUBIACEAE). Plant parts of various species are most commonly mixed, cooked slowly to a brown or black paste, applied to the tips of flechas and allowed to dry. More potent curare is often purchased from the Achuar of nearby Peru. Evidence from all villages indicate that significant technology of curare preparation has been lost and that the blowgun is rapidly being replaced by the shotgun. 266 MICKLE, JAMES E.1 , PAOLO DE LUCA2, MARIA ROSARIA BARONE LUMAGA2, and MANUELA DE MATTEIS TORTORA2. North Carolina State University1 and Universita di Napoli, ltalv2-Development of a Three-Dimensional Phylogenetic Tree of the Plant Kingdom at the University of Naples, Italy. As part of the displays housed in a new Museum of Paleobotany and Ethnobotany, the Orto Botanico, Facolta di Scienze, Universita di Napoli, Naples, Italy has developed a three-dimensional (3 m by 3 m at its base by 2.5 m tall) phylogenetic tree of the Plant Kingdom. Branches are constructed of metal pipes covered by molded fiberglass and supported by an open frame. Branches represent clades. Rhyniophytes are at the base with radiations to modern plants at the top. Inferred ancestor-descendant relationships of major plant taxa, duration of taxa through time, diversity found within each taxon, and overall floral diversity through geological time are illustrated. Emphasis is on vascular plants to the ordinal level, although bryophytes are included. Lineages shown by the tree are color-coded to correspond to taxonomic labels of plant fossils in the museum and living plants in the garden Inclusion of the new phylogenetic tree expands the educational programs of the Orto, showing evolutionary relationships of the living plant collections to the fossils shown in the museum. HORTON, JONATHAN L. and HOWARD S. NEUFELD. Appalachian State University- Photosynthetic responses of Microsteaium vimineum, a C1 shade-tolerant grass, to variable light environments. Microstegium vimineum (Trin.) A. Camus, Japanese grass, has spread throughout the eastern United States from Florida to New York since its introduction in 1919. This species invades disturbed understory habitats along streambanks, and in mesic forests, and has become a pest in such places as Great Smoky Mountains National Park. M. vimineum is an atypical understory species because it possesses the C4 photosynthetic pathway. Most C4 plants are shade-intolerant because the pathway has a higher dependence on ATP than does the C3 pathway, which usually restricts C4 plants to high light environments. The focus of this study was characterize the photosynthetic attributes of M. vimineum, and specifically, its ability to utilize low light and sunflecks, two factors that may be critical to its survival in the understory. Plants were grown under 8%, 25%, and 50% full sunlight, and then photosynthetic responses to either steady-state or variable light were determined. Plants grown in 8% full sunlight reached maximum photosynthesis between 300-500 pmol m'2 s'1 PAR, those from 25% light between 500-600 pmol rrf2 s'1, while high light grown plants did not saturate. Maximum rates achieved were positively correlated with the amount of light received during growth. When switched from low to high light, plants grown in 8% full ABSTRACTS 169 sunlight induced within 3-5 minutes to 50% of the rates achieved at steady-state conditions, while it took 8 minutes to reach 95% of steady-state values. Rapid induction rates, and persistence of the induced state after sunflecks disappear, may enable this species to invade and dominant understory habitats. 268 MORRISON, SHANNON L. , EVERETT P. WEBER, and FRANK P. DAY. Old Dominion University — Effects of nitrogen fertilization on root longevity and occurrence of fine white roots over a 3 year period on barrier island dunes. Minirhizotrons were used to record the growth and senescence of roots over three years on a 36 year old dune on Hog Island, a barrier island in the Virginia Coast Reserve Long Term Ecological Research Site. Fertilized plots were treated three times in the first year with nitrogen in the form of urea, and every six months in subsequent years (15 g-N m'2 per treatment). Records of root growth in length and width, root death, and root appearance, reappearance and disappearance were obtained for control and experimental plots. Preliminary results show most roots live less than 4 months, and fertilized roots live longer. The occurrence of fine white roots in proportion to other roots is expected to decrease in fertilized plots. 269 CONN, CHRISTINE E., MARK J. STEVENSON and FRANK P. DAY. Old Dominion University- Effects of nitrogen amendment on dune grass communities across a barrier island chronoseauence. The dynamics of three dominant dune grasses were evaluated in response to nitrogen amendment across a barrier island chronosequence (Virginia Coast Reserve Long Term Ecological Research site) over a two year period. Community importance values indicated Spartina patens was the most important species on the three younger dunes (6, 24 and 36 year). Community importance was similar among S. patens, Ammophila breviligulata and Panicum amarum on the 120 year dune. Fertilization initially increased percent cover and density for A. breviligulata and S. patens. During the second year, continued density and percent cover increases for A. breviligulata coupled with decreases for S. patens on fertilized 24 and 36 year dune plots resulted in similar importance values between the two grasses. S. patens continued to be more important than A. breviligulata on fertilized 6 year dune plots. A. breviligulata became more important on fertilized 120 year dune plots and was probably influenced by greater pre-treatment density on fertilized plots. Community importance values for P. amarum remained constant throughout time on fertilized plots and were maintained by increases in percent cover but not in frequency or density. On the two younger dunes (6 and 24 year), P. amarum became more important on unfertilized plots due to increased frequency. 270 Funderburke, Lisa M. and Raymond L. Petersen. Howard University--A history of ozone pollution in New Jersey and in Maryland based on analysis of herbarium specimens . Separate ozone and sulphur dioxide fumigations of the fern Osmunda cinnamomea yielded distinctive visual stress symptoms for each. Plants exposed to ozone developed interveinal bronze flecking on the adaxial laminar surface. Whereas sulphur dioxide treated plants developed a generalized necrosis beginning at the margins of the pinnules and progressing towards the center. An examination of 300 herbarium specimens of O. cinnamomea collected over the past 100 years in New Jersey and in Maryland, yielded 61 specimens with visual symptoms of injury in response to ozone exposure. None of the herbarium specimens exhibited symptoms of sulfur dioxide pollution. Based on these findings and on the image analysis of cleared pinnules, to determine percent area of damage, a history of ozone pollution was generated. No signs of ozone pollution were detected prior to 1900. Thereafter the number of specimens exhibiting ozone damage increases gradually until the 1940's, when the incidence of damaged specimens increases sharply into the 1960's. 170 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 KENDALL, JACQUELYNE L. University of North Carolina at Asheville- Ambient ozone pollution in Buncombe County, North Carolina : concentrations, sources , visible vegetative damages , and future proj ections . Ambient ozone levels of 60 ppb have been linked to foliar damage of herbaceous and woody vegetation. The Buncombe County region has experienced yearly maximum ozone levels of 87 - 118 ppb since 1 987; and foliar damage of bioindicator species has been observed in this area. The topography and meteorology of the Asheville basin predisposes it to frequent air stagnation events and the accumulation of air pollutants. A study of pollutant sources, their relative contribution to the emissions inventory, and current ozone levels was conducted in order to project future ambient ozone levels. Trends in population growth, motor vehicle useage, and electrical demands, contrasted by per unit emissions reductions expected to result from the 1 990 Clean Air Act Amendments, suggest that emissions will increase, beginning in 2005, unless control measures beyond those specified by the 1990 CAAA are implemented or technology changes rapidly. Emissions inventory data also suggest that the formation of ozone is nitrous oxide (NOx) limiting in Buncombe County. 272 HINOTE, HUBERT. Executive Director, SAMAB — The Southern Appalachian Man and the Biosphere Program: Building cooperative, integrated regional resource management. The Southern Appalachian Biosphere Reserve was designated by UNESCO as the first regional reserve in the United States in 1988. The reserve’s zone'of cooperation includes portions of the southern Appalachians in Alabama, Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, and Virginia. Also, in 1988, the Southern Appalachian Man and the Biosphere (SAMAB) Program was established as a multi-organizational, interdisciplinary program. As of September 1994, a total of 11 federal agencies and 3 states have signed an Interagency Cooperative Agreement. Actions to increase public involvement and participation of colleges and universities in the program have been initiated. The coordinated, cooperative approach of SAMAB can provide many opportunities to acquire and share information, reduce duplication of effort, and expedite problem resolution for the benefit of landowners and the public in a large geographic- area. 273 RADENBAUGH, TODD A United States Peace Corps, Jamaica— Major plant community types of Duncan Bay, Jamaica. West Indies There is an urgent need to record and describe the coastal ecosystems on the North Coast of Jamaica before they are severely altered by human influences A new escalation in housing and resort developments, especially in the western parishes of St James and Trelawny, is severely threatening the extent and quality of coastal (terrestrial and marine) communities of the area. Additionally, efforts are needed to characterize what natural fragments will be left and to manage them so that the acute social and environmental problems presently occurring in the resort towns of Montego Bay, Ocho Rios, and Negnl will not be repeated Twelve major plant community types were identified, described, and mapped at Duncan Bay on the North Coast of Jamaica. The avifauna associated with each community was also assessed Since two large development projects were currently underway in the study site, these communities were rapidly assessed using aerial photographs and ground-truthing Plant communities were distributed within the approximately 500 hectare study site along topography, moisture, salt, and human influenced gradients. Communities ranged from Tropical Dry Limestone Forests to Basinal Mangrove Swamps. The study site provides habitats for a large diversity of plants and animals including many endemic, rare, and threatened species. It is hoped that this study may serve as a catalyst into further studies to manage and conserve portions of these important systems PORCHER, RICHARD 0. The Citadel- Inventory of botanical natural areas in Berkeley, Charleston and Dorchester counties, South Carolina. Berkeley, Charleston and Dorchester counties lie in the Outer Coastal Plain of South Carolina. All three counties are traversed by rivers, creeks, smaller waterways and coastal sounds and estuaries. The Cooper River and Charleston Harbor function as a major link for these waterways. Activities in the Cooper River and Charleston Harbor associated with dredging, chemical pollution, etc., could have adverse effects on these associated waterways and adjacent areas. A field inventory was conducted to identify significant ABSTRACTS 171 botanical natural areas in the Tri-county area that warrant protection. Sixty sites were identified as significant. Examples include sites for endangered and category 2 species (U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service classifications), rare communities such as marl forests and longleaf pine savannas, wetland habitats. Wilderness Areas and areas of unique natural beauty. Each site inventory includes location on a topo map, a brief description, significance, references, photographs and herbarium citations for rare and endangered species . YORKS, THAD E. and SIMON DABYDEEN. Frostburg State University — Seasonal f loristics of clearcut areas in western Maryland ■ The vascular vegetation of forested areas clearcut during the past twenty-six years was sampled three times throughout the 1993 growing season. The objective of this study was to investigate the seasonal variation of species composition and abundance of these clearcuts and variation along the chronosequence . Observations revealed that areas clearcut during the last five years had an abundance of herbaceous plants (Rub us spp., Penns taedtia punctilobula, Thelypteris noveboracensis , Poaceae , and Phytolacca americana) . Sambuscus spp. was the dominant woody plant in these areas. Recent clearcut sites had species richness values as high as eighty species 0 . l-hectare— ^ . From six to fifteen years after clearcutting, herbaceous species decreased in both abundance and diversity as the canopies of the new stands developed. Shade— intolerant herbaceous plants such as Rub us spp. and Phytolacca americana were virtually absent from these stands. Older clear¬ cuts (sixteen to twenty-six years) had herbaceous and shrub communities similar in composition and abundance to mature forested areas. Species richness values for woody plant species was relatively constant throughout the chronosequence ranging from eight to fifteen species 0 . 1-hectare-^ . Comparisons with other studies indicated that many similarities exist between the revegetation and floristic composition of clearcuts of western Maryland and those of the eastern United States. COXE, ROBERT B ,l STEVEN L. STEPHENSON,2 HAROLD S. ADAMS,3 BETH R. BROKAW,3 SHERIDA L FEAZELL,3 STEPHEN P. HUDMAN,4 ROBERT V. RAFTOVICH,4 REBECCA E. SANDERS, 2 and GARY W MILLER. 5 University of North Carolina at Charlotte,1 Fairmont State College,2 Dabney S. Lancaster Community College,3 West Virginia University,4 and USDA Forest Service 5— Distribution patterns of woody and herbaceous plants in the Femow Experimental Forest and adjacent Otter Creek Wilderness Area of Tucker County, West Virginia. During the 1994 field season, quantitative data on the composition and structure of forest vegetation were obtained from a total of 105 tenth hectare (20 x 50 m) plots in the Femow Experimental Forest and adjacent Otter Creek Wilderness Area of Tucker County, West Virginia. We are currently using these data to analyze distribution patterns of all species of woody and herbaceous plants recorded in more than a single plot. Throughout the general study area, forest communities typically contain various mixtures of such species as red oak ( Ouercus rubra), sugar maple (Acer saccharum). American beech (Fagus arandifolia). black cherry (Prunus serotina). black birch (Betula lenta). and yellow-poplar ( Liriodendron tulipifera). However, at the very highest elevations (>1067 m), red spruce (Picea rubens). yellow birch (B. lutea). and hemlock (Tsuga canadensis) become important components of the tree stratum Distribution patterns of particular plant species will be related to these differences in forest composition and also to the differences that exist for a number of environmental variables (e.g. , topographic position, elevation, and soil pH and nutrient levels) measured or determined for each plot, (Funded in part by a grant from the USDA Forest Sendee.) 277 STALTER, RICHARD1 and ERIC LAMONT2 — St. John's University1 The New York Botanical Garden2. Some ecological observations on the plant communities of Fisherman Island . Virginia . Fisherman Island, Virginia, located at the southern tip of the Delmarva Peninsula, is a dynamic everchanqing barrier Island. The island, comprising approximately 400 hectares, has shown almost continuous accretion since its formation around 1815. Five communities exist here: salt marsh, dune, swale, immature maritime forest and ruderal. The undisturbed dune, salt marsh, and immature maritime forest are almost exclusively comprised of native plants. The swale community, adjacent to the disturbed ruderal community, contains 21.7% non-native flora. The highly disturbed roadside community is composed mostly of non-native plants (62.5%). Most non-native plants in the ruderal community are represented by less than ten individuals and/or occupy an area of less than 5m2 . The rarest plants encountered are: Cvcloloma atriplici folium (swale), Festuca mvuros (ruderal), and Carex kobomuai (ruderal and swale). ANNOUNCEMENTS GUIDELINES FOR INSTITUTIONAL POLICIES AND PLANNING IN NATURAL HISTORY COLLECTIONS The Association of Systematics Collections (ASC) announces the publication of Guidelines for Institutional Policies and Planning in Natural History Collections. This book reviews current practice and suggests important elements to include in policy documents for institutions that house biological, anthropological, and geological collections. Topics range from accessions to orphaned collections. Em¬ phasis is given to topics that previously have not been the focus of in-depth policy discussions in the natural history community, including documentation, archives, ethics, health and safety, and hazardous wastes. In addition, there are guidelines for writing mission statements and developing a strategic plan. There is a bibli¬ ography for each chapter topic. References are provided to related articles that have been published by ASC. There are also references to model policy statements produced by ASC member institutions. In freestanding museums, university institutions and governmental agencies, Guidelines for Institutional Policies and Planning in Natural History Collections will serve as a standard reference for all museum professionals, including admin¬ istrators, curators, collection managers and users of biological, geological and archeological collections. NORTH AMERICAN BENTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY 43RD ANNUAL MEETING KEYSTONE RESORT, COLORADO 30 MAY-2 JUNE 1995 The 43rd-Annual meeting of the North American Benthological Society will be held at Keystone Resort, Colorado on 30 May-2 June 1995. The program features four days of invited, contributed and poster sessions and workshops on benthic communities and their role in aquatic ecosystems. The plenary session will focus on “Landscape Influences on Watersheds.” There will be two workshops entitled “The Use of Benthic Ecology in Assessing Sediment Contamination” and “Bridging the Gap: Benthos in Instream Flow Assessment.” OBITUARY Dorothy J. Hubbard, a longstanding member of ASB, died suddenly while on vacation this September. She had recently retired from the Philadelphia Academy of Sciences, where she worked in the library and with scientific exchanges, and was assistant Editor of Scientific publications for many years. ASB extended a resolution of appreciation to her in 1990, for her long tenure of service circulating, and serving as Circulation Manager of, the ASB Bulletin. We will miss Dorothy Hubbard as both a friend and a loyal supporter of ASB. 172 REVIEWS Etnier , David A., and Wayne C. Starnes. 1993. The Fishes of Tennessee. Knoxville, TN. $60.00 (hard cover). 696 p. As the old saying goes “anything worth having is worth waiting for.” The Fishes of Tennessee just reinforces the idea that patience is sometimes rewarded. The order form I received states that this book was "25 years in the making.” That’s probably not an understatement if the clock started ticking when David Etnier first arrived in Knoxville and began collecting fishes throughout the Volunteer State. The planning and effort that went into this book are evident from the breadth of coverage, current systematic treatments, and recent literature. The photographic illustrations documenting the richness of the Tennessee ichthyofauna are as useful as they are beautiful. The book’s size is impressive (it measures 1 1.5 x 8.75"), and the cover, with a striking photograph of a lake sturgeon (Acipenser fulvescens) swimming with lake trout ( Salvelinus namaycush), accurately portends the high quality illustrations within. Pages 1-84 are introductory and comprise a rather diverse selection of chapters including state hydrology and geology; general distribution of fishes; fossil fishes; history of state ichthyological investigations; general information about fishes; the science of ichthyology; collection and preservation of fishes; native fishes in aquaria; a guide to key use and family and species accounts; and a family key. The style of writing will appeal to the general audience for which the book was intended and the information content will please the scientists. The bulk of the text (517 p.) contains the accounts of the nearly 300 species treated. The sequence of orders and families follows Nelson (1994) and the taxonomy generally follows Robins et al. (1991). To conserve space the accounts are continuous. The only drawback to this style of presentation is that occasionally two species are figured on the same page along with a single distribution map (e.g., Phenacobins catostomus and P. crassilabrum, p. 240). The keys to the species should be excellent (they have been well tested) and useful to biologists needing to identify fishes not only in Tennessee but in contiguous states as well. Each account (I counted 298, twice) includes an illustration (frequently two and sometimes three); a summary from the most recent available literature on biology, distribution and systematics; etymology; and maps showing the state distribution and complete (Nearctic) geo¬ graphic range. The state map is two columns wide and specific localities within ranges are marked with easy to discern dots. The color photographs, primarily the work of Richard T. Bryant and Starnes, almost bring The Fishes of Tennessee to coffee table status. But the utility of these illustrations insure that most copies will become well worn and stained with use. The reader seeking to identify a specimen from Tennessee waters is often provided with views of nuptial males next to less highly colored females or subadults and juveniles. Black and white photos of preserved specimens are sometimes added to highlight pigmentation patterns. Only a bare handful of species are illustrated solely by black and white photos. A few of these are of poorer quality (the authors explain in the Preface that some species scheduled for color shots just didn’t cooperate) but such cases are too rare to diminish the overall quality. There are numerous line drawings in the introductory chapters and in the key to the families and species. Generally these are adequate and informative, but not quite on a par with the photographic illustrations. The authors not only provide the most recent systematic work to explain changes in more traditional nomenclature but justify their own departures from Nelson (1994) and Robins et al. (1991). They have made a tremendous effort to make their coverage as comprehensive and as current as possible. Species descriptions as late as 1992 are included and well known undescribed forms are treated like the rest of the species presented. This effort sometimes results in dot distribution maps that are not well delineated (e.g. three species of Etheostoma subgenus Catonotus are plotted on the same map, p. 507), but this is the exceptional case. I noted very few typos or other errors in the text (noting Lake Pontchartrain spelled as Lake Ponchartrain on p. 369 and p. 396 was the best I could do). References on p. 604-659 are extensive, including classic older works up to papers as recent as 1 992 (even a few are cited as In Press). The Index covers pp. 660-681. 1 found it to be extremely useful and comprehensive. A nice touch is the use of boldface to signal the pagination for primary treatment of Tennessee fishes and other groups. The Fishes of Tennessee will be a classic. Even in these tight budgetary times, the price ($60.00) 173 174 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 should not prevent it from becoming a part of every ichthyologist’s library. The only problem is being able to afford two copies, one for lab use and one to peruse and enjoy at home. Nelson, J. S. 1994. Fishes of the World. John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, 3rd ed. Robins, C. R., R. M. Bailey, C. E. Bond, J. R. Brooker, E. A. Lachner, R. N. Lea, and W. B. Scott. 1991. A list of common and scientific names of fishes from the United States and Canada. Amer. Fish. Soc. Spec. Publ. 20: 1-183. Robert C. Cashner, Department of Biological Sciences, University of New Orleans, New Orleans, LA 70148. Hildebrand, Milton. 1995. Analysis of Vertebrate Structure. Fourth Edition. John Wiley and Sons, NY. $46.00. 657 p. This book is the latest version of a well-accepted and well-respected text. The author, Milton Hildebrand, now Professor Emeritus at the University of California, Davis, is an internationally- known scholar in the area of the mechanics of vertebrate locomotion. As will be elaborated on below, his vast experience and knowledge in this discipline is a definite strength of the book. The text itself is designed primarily for a two-term course in vertebrate biology or comparative anatomy. The author recommends a “selective section” approach if the text is adopted for only a one-term course. For those already intimately familiar with the previous edition, you will find no sweeping changes in this newest version. The overall organization of the book is essentially the same. However, there have been some small changes or additions here and there that I found particularly useful or infor¬ mative. For example, the graphical outline of vertebrate evolution over geologic time, previously buried cryptically in the text, is now more detailed and conveniently placed inside the front cover for handy reference. Similarly, the vertebrate classification scheme has also been lifted from the text and positioned inside the back cover. For those of us who have difficulty keeping time frames and events straight and who also can’t remember which superorder ratite birds are in, these shifts in locations are particularly useful. Hildebrand has also expanded his reference lists, and they are now placed at the end of each chapter, which is where I think they belong. Although other changes are minor, some reflect the changing times and emphases. For instance, material has been added on cladistic classifi¬ cation, changes have been made in the taxonomic groupings within the fishes, and some terminology has changed for the turtles. Some recent references and new material have been added, mostly in Part III. Eighteen illustrations have been modified from the previous edition and 25 new ones have been added. Among these, I found the cladogram showing relationships among groups of vertebrates (p. 53) and the outline of derivatives of mesoderm (p. 84) to be particularly informative additions. For those not familiar with this excellent text, you may find it most useful for either teaching or as a dependable reference. This will be particularly true if your interests lean to the ecological or natural history arenas, due to the emphasis of this book. Hildebrand’s approach is different than the classic comparative anatomy approach. His emphasis is clearly on the functional aspect of anatomy and morphology. He stresses the interpretation of structure as an expression of physiology and neatly relates structural adaptations to both the organism’s habitat and habits. In other words, he presents vertebrate morphology as a living discipline, replete with many examples in nature of the functional uses of various structures. Whereas most texts of vertebrate structure or comparative anatomy in¬ corporate some functional aspects in their treatment of the various organ or tissue systems, Hildebrand gives the functional and adaptive aspects of morphology added emphasis by essentially separating such material from the descriptions and phylogenetic discussions of the various systems. Whole chapters are provided on topics such as running and jumping, climbing, swimming and diving, flying and gliding, and feeding. The book is organized into three distinct parts. Part I is a taxonomic survey. Part II is the organ/ tissue system approach, stressing the phylogeny and ontogeny of these systems. Part III is where structures are related to functions, with emphasis particularly on locomotor mechanics. Analysis of Vertebrate Structure has many strengths. First and foremost, in my opinion, is the clarity of the writing style. Statements are concise and points are made in logical sequence. In addition, Hildebrand’s enthusiasm and love for the functional aspects of the vertebrate body are clearly evident. He believes the vertebrate body is a wonderful machine and tells us so in ways that accentuate its REVIEWS 175 impressive capabilities. The following was particularly memorable to me: “To better appreciate the prowess of fossorial animals, imagine a sports event that would determine which human contestant could first dislodge 30 times his body weight of firm soil using only his fingernails, and then, using his hands and feet, transport all the dirt 10 m distant and pile it onto a platform that is as high as he can reach. The little tuco-tuco does this daily, not in competition but in daily activity. And, who knows, in the animal Olympics the tuco-tuco might not make it past the gophers, mole rats, and blesmols to the finals.” Other strengths include the many examples given of animals that possess specific structures and capabilities, a glossary of nearly 600 terms (complete with root word definitions), and an abundance of well-done illustrations (nearly 1 ,000 drawings). The illustrations, done by both the author and his wife, Viola, are clear, not overly detailed (in fact, some are less detailed in this edition), and effectively employed. I found the illustrations to be particularly helpful in the chapters dealing with the mechanics of locomotion. My criticisms are relatively minor. Even though some new material is worked in here and there, the book has not changed much in substance from the Third Edition. Relatively few new references have been incorporated into many of the chapters in the new edition. Most new references and material have been added to Part III. On the other hand, why “monkey” with an excellent text. My only other potential criticism is that I would have liked to have seen the classification scheme of the vertebrates broken down more finely either in the text or in a table listing. The table listing does not go as far as the order level. In summary. Analysis of Vertebrate Structure, Fourth Edition, would serve as an excellent text for vertebrate biology or comparative anatomy courses that wish to emphasize the functional aspects of vertebrate structure. In addition, the book would also be more than a worthwhile addition to the book shelves of those biologists interested in the many facets of vertebrate natural history. Ken R. Marion, Department of Biology, University of Alabama at Birmingham, Birmingham, AL 35294. Hart, C. W„ Jr. 1994. A Dictionary of Non-Scientific Names of Freshwater Crayfishes (Astacoidea and Parastacoidea), including other Words and Phrases Incorporating Crayfish Names. Smiths. Contr. Anthropology No. 38. 127 p. What do the following names refer to: lagu, crevet, clawchee, joevakk, crane, jabby, mistahle’k me’emdah, cifrarak, amerikazaragani, rak, crofts, tak potocne or astaro? No, they don’t describe fancy French crepes, Italian pizzas or imported beers, they are just some of the 1,474 vernacular, common and fabricated names various languages ( 1 2 1 ) or nations of the world use when referring to freshwater crayfishes. C. W. Hart’s Dictionary of Non-Scientific Names of Crayfish, a gem of a publication, sorts out all the worldwide confusion of names applied to freshwater crayfishes. Having visited and con¬ ducted research in 46 of the 193 countries of the world (as of 1994), I well appreciate this publication and had often hoped something like it was available long ago, for it was often difficult or exasperating to refer to or speak of a crayfish in some country or language only to finally find out later that locally it was called something else, even a lobster or shrimp. Hart’s publication also notes that even in English-speaking countries a freshwater crayfish may still be referred to as a: buster, clawchee, crawdad, crow pappy, devil’s flea, Dixie lobster, marramin, mudbug, rusty grave digger, and the names go on. Hart’s dictionary treats: what is a non-scientific name, what are crayfishes, where do crayfish live, the Australian aboriginal names, American Indian names, organization, mistaken identities, world list, sign language, references (from Aristotle 322 B.C. to Novak 1993), language index, and species index. Figures depict: 1) representative Australian, European, and North American crayfishes, 2) labeled crayfish parts for differentiation from other crustaceans, 3) natural distribution of crayfish (as opposed to introductions), 4) a representative freshwater crab, 5) representative freshwater shrimp, and 6) representative North American and Chinese crayfishes. Even a stylized crayfish ornament is depicted on pages 82, 87, 1 17, and 127. Thus, there is no reason a tourist or traveling biologist need fear a faux pas when in some country and referring to a freshwater crayfish, for flipping through Hart’s Dictionary, it’s all there— even the scientific name of the crayfish, will easily resolve the identity of the species. I know local or country diehards will resist giving up their pet names for some freshwater crayfish, but Hart has taken that giant step that brings order out of the world’s chaos of names to freshwater crayfishes. Now all that remains is for Hart to resolve the myriad of names that refer to marine crabs. 176 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 2, 1995 *Limited number copies free from author. Dept. Invertebrate Zoology, Smithsonian Inst. Wash. DC 20560 or Fax (202) 357-3043, e-mail MNH1V008 @ SIVM. SI.EDU. Frank J. Schwartz, Institute of Marine Sciences, University of North Carolina, Morehead City, NC 28557. Wellburn, A. 1 994. Air Pollution and Climate Change: The Biological Impact. Longman Sci. Tech, and J. Wiley Cos., NY. 2nd ed. $39.95. 268 p. I liked this book. So, for those of you who don’t like to wait till the end of the review to see what the reviewer thought, you now know the answer. But for those who want the details, read on. This medium-sized book, available in paperback, with an attractive cover, does a good job of summarizing a vast literature on pollution effects and climate change. Because of its size limitation, it doesn’t go into the detail that can be found in other more specialized books, but for those looking for an introduction to this field, and even for those of us doing research in this area, there is abundant useful information. The author proposes, in an interesting aside in the first chapter, that we abandon the use of the term “anthropogenic” for describing human-caused changes in the environment, since the definition of anthropogenesis is the study of the development of humankind, not their consequential actions. Wellburn introduces the term “homogenic”, meaning human-induced, as a replacement term. While I dislike the trend of creating terminology for terminology’s sake, I must admit that in this case, he has a valid point, and I actually like the term. We should use it more often. The book is divided into 1 1 chapters, and covers a wide range of subjects, including the important gaseous pollutants, such as nitrogen oxides, sulfur dioxide, ozone, PAN, along with ones that today receive less attention, such as FIF, formaldehyde, and reduced nitrogen and sulfur compounds. There are also chapters on acid deposition, and global climate change. Each chapter is divided into three main sections: physical events, vegetation effects, and human health effects. The sections on physical events, i.e., atmospheric mixing, chemical reactions, and retention times in the atmosphere, are very well documented and presented. I learned a lot about the myriad of chemical reactions that occur when these pollutants are airborne, and I have a greater appreciation of the complexity of pollutant interactions. As one example of where I learned something new: Wellburn discusses what terminology should be applied to nitrogen pollutants, and why we should refer to them as nitrogen oxides, and not nitrous oxides. This was especially illuminating for me, with my limited chemistry background. The sections on vegetation effects were balanced given the scope of the book, and the reader is left with a thorough knowledge of what each of these pollutants is capable of doing once in the plant. In places, there is an emphasis on the internal biochemical reactions, which the author specifically states was one of his goals, but which will, at times I am afraid, lose the beginning student. Also, some of the diagrams of biochemical reactions, and for that matter, atmospheric ones, are cryptic and hard to follow. Perhaps it is the style, as these are mainly line drawings, and you have to really concentrate to follow what’s going on. Of course, space limitations put quite a constraint on an author in terms of which materials to include and which to leave out. I would like to have seen a little more emphasis on the technology involved in measuring plant responses to pollutants, and on the spatial and temporal variation in pollutant concentrations, and their subsequent effects. The chapter on recent forest decline is oriented primarily to European findings, with little or no mention of the phenomenon in North America. The sections on human (animal) health are also quite informative. Again, there is an emphasis on physiological and biochemical reactions, but they are well presented, particularly in the chapters on nitrogen oxides and acid rain. This is information not usually found in a book on air pollution unless human (animal) health itself is the focus. The inclusion of these sections makes this a well-rounded, inclusive examination of the biological effects of pollutant exposure and climate change. I found only a few technical details to complain about, none of them major. The symbol a-1, which means per year, is used in the first chapter but not defined until chapter 2. The symbol CEC (Com¬ mission of European Communities) is defined twice, and, the Y-axis symbols did not print well for Figure 1.4. In addition, Wellburn states that he will use #d U1 as the standard units for pollutant concentrations in the book, yet in Figure 1.2, the units are ug g_l- To sum up, this would make an excellent text for a senior/graduate level course on pollution. However, because of its limited size and scope, it would probably best be used in conjunction with REVIEWS 177 readings from the primary literature and from more specialized texts, in order to cover those subjects the author deals with only superficially. Howard S. Neufeld, Department of Biology’, Appalachian State University, Boone, NC 28608. Stevenson, F. J. 1994. Humus Chemistry: Genesis, Composition, Reactions. 2nd ed. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York. $79.95. 496 p. One of the most complicated and perplexing components of soil is the partially decomposed and incorporated organic matter generally referred to as humus. Due to its inherent chemical constitution combined with a range of breakdown stages, this soil fraction has posed various longterm analytical problems for students and researchers alike. It is fitting and timely that this second edition should appear now with the current emphasis on soil carbon storage and its relationship to local and global environmental processes. The book was written as a reference text for graduate students and advanced undergraduates who have a background in organic and analytical chemistry. The author has achieved his goal of designing the book to fit this audience. While the author offers several chapters on the more complex aspect of humus, the writing style is straight-forward and uncluttered, thus making most of the material un¬ derstandable by anyone who has an elementary knowledge of organic chemistry. The coverage appears to be excellent and there is considerable information here for anyone dealing in soil, forestry, plant and animal ecology, biogeochemistry, geology, physiology, and environmental science. Chapters 1 and 2 include the soil organic matter pool and composition as well as its decomposition process, function, extraction, and fractionation. Five chapters deal with the chemistry of organic compounds such as amino, fulvic, and humic acids, chlorophyll, soil carbohydrates, sugars, fixed ammonium, and reaction of organic matter with ammonia, nitrite, lipids, phosphorus, and sulfur compounds. As a unit. Chapters 8 through 1 5 are written for the more advanced student although there is valuable information for the general student and scientist. Chapter 8 considers the biochemistry and formation of humic substances including lignin and humic and fulvic acids. Much of the material in the remaining chapters deals with analytical methods for determining the structural and other properties of humic substances including their effect on cation exchange capacity. The last section of 5 chapters examines the various reactions of humus with metal ions (chelating), pesticides, stability of metal complexes, naturally occurring organic ligands, modeling approaches and clay-organic complexes. The last chapter considers the role of organic matter in pedoginic processes. This is not a book that one picks out to read for relaxation before bedtime. As with most good scientific books and authors who are trying to advance science, the later chapters include relatively complicated material. References are listed by chapter and range from 17 to 102 with most chapters having between 30 and 55 references. Most scientists dealing with soil, field biology or ecosystems will find important material in this book. James S. Fralish, Department of Forestry, Southern Illinois University, Carbondale, IL 62901. NEWS OF BIOLOGY IN THE SOUTHEAST Jon R. Fortman— News Editor Division of Science and Math Mississippi University for Women Columbus, MS 39701 ABOUT PEOPLE AND PLACES GEORGIA Oxford College of Emory University, Department of Biology. The third Oxford Institute for Envi¬ ronmental Education was completed in November, 1994. Seventeen K-12 teachers participated in the workshop that stressed teaching of ecological principles and techniques to enhance environmental education in the classroom. The Institute is sponsored by the Eisenhower Program, Georgia Power Foundation, Georgia Wildlife Federation, and Oxford College. The University of Georgia. Savannah River Ecology Laboratory. Dr. Michael H. Smith, director and senior ecologist has been elected to the rank of fellow in the American Association for the Advancement of Science by its board of directors. Dr. Smith, who has conducted research at the lab for 28 yr, was honored for his work in population biology and for administration of an interdisciplinary environ¬ mental research and education program. The honor of being elected a fellow of AAAS began in 1874 and is acknowledged with a certificate and rosette. Dr. Derrick Sugg, Dr. Ron Chesser, Janet Brooks, and Brian Grasman have found that adult largemouth bass living in nuclear reactor cooling reservoirs contaminated with radioactive cesium and mercury, have significant levels of genetic damage. Previous studies have not been able to establish a mechanism for genetic damage related to mercury. The above study, however, found that mercury worsens the effects of genetic damage caused by radioactive cesium and may be affecting the DNA repair process. Columbus College, Department of Biology. William C. LeNoir retired from his position of Dean of the School of Science and Professor of Botany after 34 yr of distinguished service. He has served as interim Vice President for Academic Affairs and again as interim President. He is currently spending part of his retirement by teaching a course in the morphology of vascular plants. Walter Zack Faust also retired as Professor of Biology after 23 yr of service. Among his professional interests were sand¬ hill communities and the ferns of the Chattahoochee Valley. Rebecca A. Champion has joined the faculty as a microbiologist and Assistant Professor. Her Ph.D. in microbiology is from the Georgia Institute of Technology. Another new faculty member is Tonya L. Nichols, whose specialty is molecular biology. She has her M.S. in biology from Baylor University. Her present position is coordinator of the general biology laboratories and she teaches courses in general biology and microbiology. Jeffrey A. Zuiderveen, a toxicologist, joined the department in 1994. His Ph.D. is from the University of Kentucky. He is teaching A&P as well as toxicology courses. The last new faculty member is Julie Ballenger. A plant systematist (Ph.D. in botany from Miami Uni¬ versity), she is currently completing a term as a post-doctoral research associate at the Bailey Hor- tatorium at Cornell University. Her teaching assignments will be required and elective courses in plant biology. The Department has an opening for an Assistant Professor in genetics and developmental biology. Glenn Stokes, Associate Professor of Biology is serving as interim Dean of the School of Science while a search for that position continues. Francis E. Gardner, Jr., Professor of Biology has served for the past two years as director of the College’s “Center for Excellence in Mathematics and Science Education.” In the spring of 1994 the Mu Omicron Chapter of Beta Beta Beta was installed at the College. Flora M. Clark, Professor of Biology gave the installation and induction address. LOUISIANA Loyola University, Department of Biological Sciences. Dr. Patricia Dorn (Ph.D., University of Mary¬ land) was appointed Assistant Professor. Dr. Dorn is a molecular parasitologist working on under¬ standing the mechanisms of pathology and diagnosis and strain typing in Trypanosoma cruzi. The Department will be seeking at least one other tenure-track assistant professor for the next academic 178 NEWS OF BIOLOGY IN THE SOUTHEAST 179 year. Dr. Mia Molvray (Ph.D., Tulane University) is in her second year as a full time instructor. There has been a 60% increase in majors over the past three years. Dr. Jim Wee has been awarded a 3-year NSF-RUI grant to use rDNA sequence analysis to investigate the “Systematics of the Colonial Syn- urophyceae.” Tulane University. Department of Ecology. Evolution, and Organismal Biology. Dr. Thomas Bianchi has joined the faculty in aquatic biology, studying geochemical cycling in freshwater and marine ecosystems. NORTH CAROLINA East Carolina University. Department of Biology. Buddy Swain conducted a workshop for biology faculty about Multimedia Instruction and Computer Graphics. Mr. Swain is from Craven Community College. Dr. Mark Brinson received a $ 1 25,000 supplemental award for the second phase of his research, "Development of Assessment Methodology for Riverine Wetlands of the U.S.A.” Dr. Roger Rulifson also received a research award for studying Striped Bass egg abundance and viability in the Roanoke river and young-of-year survivorship. Miss Susan K. Dailey, a biology graduate student, was selected as the first recipient of the Martha Noblitt Jones Fellowship Award. Research awards go to Dr. Robert Christian and Dr. Joseph Luczkovich to study “Foodweb Structure of the Seagrass Community of St. Marks National Wildlife Refuge (Florida) in Winter through Network Analysis.” SOUTH CAROLINA Furman University, Biology Department. Michael J. MacLeod, a 1989 alumnus of the University, joins the department as a sabbatical replacement for Dr. William R. Teska. He received his M.S. in Wildlife Biology at the University of Montana, studying predator-prey relationships between elk, wolves, and mountain lions in northwest Montana. Larry W. Zettler joins the department as a sabbatical replacement for Dr. Joe Pollard. He received his Ph.D. in Plant Physiology at Clemson University. He is also a biological illustrator and recently completed a six-year project in which he illustrated over 120 species in full color for an upcoming book on blackflies of North America. MUSEUMS AND BOTANICAL GARDENS MISSISSIPPI Mississippi Museum of Natural History, Jackson. The U.S. Fish & Wildlife Service and the Museum have initiated the “Mississippi Colonial Waterbird Count.” The goal is to get an annual count of the number and species of breeding waterbirds in each colony throughout the State. The Museum has undertaken a study of populations of Least Terns in the lower Mississippi River Valley. The goals of this study are (1) to assess the reproductive success of nesting Interior Least Terns at a variety of sites from Memphis, Tennessee to Vicksburg, Mississippi and (2) mark adult and juvenile terns at these sites. Will McDearman has resigned from his position as Research Coordinator to join the staff of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Field Office in Jackson. FLORIDA The Marie Selby Botanical Gardens, Sarasota. Selby Gardens presently obtains a living collection of more than 6,000 orchids. Selby’s bay-front acres are an open-air and under-glass museum of more than 20,000 colorful plants, many collected in the wild on nearly 100 scientific expeditions to tropical rainforests. The Gardens maintains seven greenhouses which are the heart of the botanical research, micro-propagation and plant identification, for which Selby is internationally recognized. ASB MEMBERSHIP DUES STRUCTURE Please complete the information below, enclose check or money order payable to Association of Southeastern Biologists, and mail to Janies C. Hull, Department of Biological Sciences, Towson State University, Towson, MD 21204. The mailing label shows the year you are paid through — for example, if the date is 1994, you need to pay for 1995 and 1996. Please contact Jim Hull if there is an error (410-830-41 17; Email E7B2HUL@TOE.TOWSON.EDU). Thank you for your support. Name _ Address _ Address _ City _ State _ Country _ Zipcode _ - _ Telephone ( _ ) _ _ Regular— $20; or Regular for 3 years— $50 _ Family — $25 _ Student — $ 1 0 _ Emeritus— $10 _ Contributing— $50 _ Sustaining— $100 _ Patron — $500 - Library— $30 or Library for 3 years— $85 - Enrichment Fund Contribution - Total Enclosed; Paid for 1995 _ ; 1996 _ ; 1995-97 _ The ASB AM. mus. Received bulletin NAT. HIST, on: 03-14-9 library 59. 06 CONTENTS THE ASB BULLETIN Volume 42, Number 2, April 1995 Program of the 56th Annual Meeting . 37 ASB Candidates for Office-1995 . 41 Program Summary . 45 ASB Paper and Poster Seminars . 49 Author Index . 86 ABSTRACTS . 88 Announcements . 172 Reviews . 173 News of Biology in the Southeast . 178 The ASB BULLETIN Volume 42, Number 3 July 1995 CALL FOR PAPERS -DEADLINE: November 15 The Nembrotha sp. nudibranch (top) preys on the colonial tunicate Sigillina s ignifera (bottom left, 1 x ) and sesquesters secondary metabolites (bottom right, 1 x ) produced by the tunicate. These compounds deter potential predators of both the tunicate and the nudibranch and also may provide protection against exposure to solar ultraviolet light The Official Quarterly Publication of The Association of Southeastern Biologists ASB Bulletin (ISSN 0001-2386) The ASB Bulletin (ISSN-0001 2386) is published quarterly in January, April, July, and October by the Association of Southeastern Biologists, Department of Biology, Appalachian State University, Boone, NC 28608. Second class postage paid at Morehead City, NC and additional office. Postmaster: send address changes to the business manager, J. Hull, Dept. Biol., Towson St. Univ., Towson, MD 21204-7097. All contributions should be sent to the Editor. News items should be sent to the News Editor. Inquiries about missing numbers and other matters should be addressed to the Editor, Dept, of Biology, Appalachian St. Univ., Boone, NC 28608. Printed by Allen Press, 1041 New Hampshire St., Lawrence, KS 66044. Editor: Ken Shull, Dept, of Biol., Appalachian State University, Boone, NC 28608 (704)262-2675; FAX (704)262-2127; E-Mail SHULUK@APPSTATE.EDU Associate Editor: Beverly Collins, Savannah Riv. Ecol. Lab., Aiken, SC 29802 (803)725-2472 Business Manager: J. Hull, Dept. Biol., Towson St. Univ., Towson, MD 21204-7097 (410)830-4117 News Editor: Jon Fortman, Div. of Sci. and Math., Mississippi University for Women, Columbus, MS 39701 Book Review Editor: Frank Schwartz, Inst, of Marine Sci. 3431 Arendell St., Univ. of North Carolina, Morehead City, NC 28557 (919)726-6841 Officers of the ASB President- James W. Ross, Cumberland College, Williamsburg, KY 40769, (606)549-2200; E-mail JROSS@CC.CUMBER.EDU President-elect - James S. Fralish, Dept, of Forestry, So. Illinois Univ., Carbondale, IL 62901; (618)453-7466 Vice-President - Cliff R. Hupp, U.S. Geol. Survey, National Center, Mail Stop 430, Reston, VA 22092, (703)648-5207, CRHUPP@WRDMA1L.ER.USGS.GOV Past President - Michael Baranski, Catawba College, Salisbury, NC 28144, (704)637-4442, E-mail MMBARANSK@CATAWBA.EDU Secretary - Beverly Collins, Savannah Riv. Ecol. Lab., Aiken, SC 29802, (803)725-2472 Treasurer - James Hull, Dept. Biol., Towson St. Univ., Towson, MD 21204-7097; (410)830-41 17, E7B2HUL@TOE.TOWSON.EDU Archivist - Donald J. Shure, Dept, of Biol., Emory University, Atlanta, GA 30322 (404)727-4209. Executive Committee Members-at -Large: 1996: Claudia L. Jolls, East Carolina Univ., Greenville, NC 27858-4353 (919)328-6295 Howard S. Neufeld, Appalachian St. Univ., Boone, NC 28608 (704)262-2683 1997: Mary U. Connell, Appalachian St. Univ. Boone, NC 28608 (704)262-2671 James F. Matthews, Univ. No. Car.- Charlotte, Charlotte, NC 28223 (704)547-4061 1998: Phil Robertson, So. III. Univ., Carbondale, IL, 62901 (618)453-3236 Bob Haynes, Univ. of Alabama, Tuscaloosa, AL 354 87 (205)348-1826 The ASB encourages, in the broadest and most liberal sense, the advancement of biology as a science by: the promotion of research, the increase and diffusion of knowledge of biology, emphasis of the relationship of fundamental knowledge of biology to the solution of biological problems, the preservation of biological resources, and by its meetings, reports, discussions, and publications to promote scientific interests and inquiry, thereby adding to the health, happiness and knowledge of all peoples. The Association meets annually on the campuses of universities and colleges located throughout the southeast. Affiliated organizations meeting with the Association are: Southern Appalachian Botanical Society, SE Section of the Bot. Soc. of Amer., SE Region of Beta Beta Beta, SE Div. Amer. Microscopical Society, SE Chapter of the Ecol. Soc. of Amer., SE Div. of the Amer. Soc. of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists, SE Fishes Council, SE Soc. of Parasitologists and the SE Chapt. of the Soc. of Wetland Scientists. The ASB has representation in Section G Committee of the AAAS. Varying types of membership are available to individuals and institutions. Members receive the Bulletin. Time and Place of Future Meetings 1996 April 10-13 Georgia Southern University, Statesboro, GA 1997 April Furman University, Greenville, SC 1998 April Northeast Louisiana University, Monroe, LA Patron Members Breedlove, Dennis and Associates, Inc. Orlando, FL W. C. Brown Publ. Co., Dubuque, IA Carolina Biological Supply Co., Burlington, NC Martin Marietta Energy Corp., Oak Ridge, TN Martin Microscope Co., Easley, SC Saunders College Publishing Co., Philadelphia, PA PRESIDENT'S CORNER A VIEW FROM HERE Just back from the Knoxville meetings, I have a few reflections on the past and a few thoughts on the coming year for the ASB. The meetings in Knoxville were certainly among the most successful meetings we have had in my memory and my hat is off to Frank McCormick and the 1995 local arrangements committee for their excellent job of planning and organizing. The final attendance count is about 725, which may be an attendance record for our meetings. The paper sessions were well attended as were the various symposia and workshops. I heard particularly good reviews of the Teaching Biology session and the educational workshops. I think our society may have found an important niche to fill in this area. I congratulate all of the organizers of these functions; it was a job well done on all counts. Also, as many of you already know, the membership did meet the $1,000 Enrichment Fund challenge by Jim Fralish and I want to thank all that contributed to this challenge and applaud their commitment to the ASB. Now we have a new challenge; Jim Fralish is again challenging the membership to contribute to the Enrichment Fund and this time the challenge is $2,000. If we can raise at least $2,000 by the end of next year's annual meetings Jim will match with a $2,000 contribution. This is an opportunity to enhance what the ASB can accomplish through the enrichment fund. With a healthy, profitable enrichment fund we can better support such things as more attractive symposia at our meetings, more travel support for students attending our meetings and a myriad of other ventures that will make our society stronger and more worthwhile to our members. Jim Fralish has made a strong commitment to the future of this society and I am sure the rest of us can make a similar commitment. All contributions to the Enrichment Fund should be sent to Jim Hull, the ASB Treasurer. This next year promises to be an interesting one for the society. Some of the societal issues the Executive committee will consider this year are: cost cutting measures for the ASB Bulletin-, the role of the affiliates in ASB governance; clarifying ASB's identity (is ASB mainly an umbrella organization for the affiliate societies or does it have a unique focus and idendty?); revising the ASB Constitution and Bylaws; and reevaluating ASB's association with the AAAS. All of these issues will be dealt with this year in some way. If you have questions or input on any of these issues or have other issues you would like to bring forward to the society, let me know. My e-mail address plus other numbers and address information for the Executive Committee can be found on the inside front cover of this issue. Another matter of broader concern for us is the reauthorization of the Endangered Species Act. We encourage you to contact your U S. Representatives and Senators about this important piece of legislation. Legislators keep a running tally of the letters and 182 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 3, 1995 contacts they receive regarding these issues. Our response could be important in opposing any attempts to weaken protection for our endangered species. I want to express my appreciation to Frank Schwartz, our former Editor, for his dedicated stewardship of the ASB Bulletin over the past nine years. I have enjoyed listening to the wit and wisdom of Frank at many Executive committee meetings. I also congratulate our new ASB Bulletin editor, Ken Shull of Appalachian State University. I know Ken will continue the excellent history of all of our editors. Lastly, I thank past President Michael Baranski for all the good advice and information he has passed on to me. All ASB Presidents should be so lucky to succeed someone as well organized as Mike. The ASB is, without a doubt, one of the strongest regional scientific societies in the U.S.. Let's work hard to keep it strong. Sincerely, Jim Ross, President Association of Southeastern Biologists A Message from the Editor As of this issue I am assuming the editorial duties of the ASB Bulletin. We all owe a great debt of gratitude to the tireless efforts of the previous editor, Frank Schwartz, who served us so well for the last nine years. It is hard to even think about improving such a well established publication, especially one which has had such an outstanding series of editors. Even so, there are things that I would like to try and in future issues you will see some things that are different but many which will remain the same. Please let me know what you want to see in the ASB Bulletin, what issues concern you, and how the Bulletin can better serve you. If you like a new feature, tell me. If you want things to remain the same, tell me that. If you have an idea that you would like to see tried, please let me know, and we will see if we can accommodate you. This is your publication and, more than anything else, the Publication Committee, the Executive Committee and I want it to serve you. I look forward to serving as editor of this publication and only hope that I can maintain the standards set by the former editors. Sincerely, Ken Shull Editor ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS The 56th annual meeting of ASB was hosted by the University of Tennessee in Knoxville, Tennessee. Preliminary attendance figures indicate that 725 individuals registered for the meetings. The plenary speaker was Dr. Gary Sayler, Director of the University of Tennessee Center for Environmental Biotechnology. Two hundred and seventy seven papers and/or posters were presented along with symposia on parasitology, environmental education, and impact of introduced species. A new interest group for molecular, cell and development biology was formed during the meeting. 1995 MERITORIOUS TEACHING AWARD Dr. J. Whitfield Gibbons. The 1995 Meritorious Teaching Award was presented to Dr. J. Whitfield Gibbons during the ASB hanquet in Knoxville, TN, April, 21, 1995. This award includes a bronze plaque, the letters in support of his nomination, and a check for Si, 000 generously provided by the Carolina Biological Supply Company. Whit Gibbons is a native of Alabama. He received his B.S. and M.S. from the University of Bahama and Pti.D., in 1967, from Michigan State University. Upon graduation he went to the Savannah River Ecology Laboratory at the University of Georgia as an N1H Postdoctoral Fellow, and is now Professor of Ecology at the University of Georgia and Senior Research Ecologist at the Savannah River Laboratory. He has also been Visiting Research Scientist at the University of Michigan Museum of Zoology and Visiting Postdoctoral Fellow 183 184 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 3, 1995 at the Smithsonian Institution. Although he has a full-time research position, he has taught, since 1969, advanced undergraduate and graduate courses in ecology and herpetology at the University of Georgia and also herpetology as a Visiting Professor at the Kellogg Biological Station of Michigan State University. His classes are eagerly sought by students and are usually completely filled. His student evaluations are always excellent and his reputation as an outstanding, exciting, and very influential teacher is widespread. The following excerpts are taken from supporting letters from his students: • "Whit is a teacher who not only has a deep understanding and appreciation of his subject, he also has an... ability to present the materia] in a manner that is accessible, understandable, and enjoyable." • "The enthusiasm that he radiates for natural history is infectious." • "He is a true naturalist, always interested in everything around him, and a true scientist, always asking questions." • "I've never encountered anyone who can match his blend of genuine enthusiasm for subject matter and sincere interest in student performance." • "He, more than any other person, deserves credit for teaching me how to read critically, observe carefully, and interpret cautiously." • "...I first met Whit at a lecture., .when I was only 10 years old. By the end of his one-hour presentation, Whit had turned us all into enthusiastic junior naturalists." His outstanding teaching, however, is by no means confined to the traditional, formal classroom filled with eager university students. It is reflected in his interactions with colleagues, students at many different levels, and the general public through personal interactions, numerous books, an award-winning syndicated newspaper column, magazine articles, encyclopedia articles, popular lectures, radio presentations, and television appearances. All of these are noted for their clarity and relevance. His effectiveness is evident in his outstanding supervision of undergraduate research fellows and masters and doctoral degree students. It is also reflected in the adventurous and memorable ecological field trips he leads for students, teachers, tour groups, government officials, concerned citizens, civic groups, news media representatives, and any others interested in learning natural history. It is also evident in his work in the Environmental Outreach and Education Division at the Savannah River Ecology Laboratory, which he founded and now directs. A common thread in all these endeavors is Whit's infectious enthusiasm with which he communicates his love of, fascination with, and broad knowledge of his subject as well as his deep concern for the environment and sincere interest in all those who desire to learn. His writings on contemporary environmental issues have intrigued thousands with the excitement and complexity of nature. He is a master at communicating complex scientific concepts in a simple, understandable manner to any audience from age 8 to 80, and he has a magical ability to match his teaching to the proper level of understanding for any group. Most of us are teachers, yet few of us possess that rare, innate ability to stimulate and motivate both students and the general public as does Whit Gibbons. He truly represents the epitome of a meritorious teacher and he is an obvious choice for this highest honor the ASB can bestow upon one of its members. ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS 185 ASB Bulletin Staff Editor - J. Kenneth Shull, Jr., Department of Biology, Appalachian State University, Boone, NC 28608; (704)262-2675; E-Mail: SHULLJK@APPSTATE.EDU; FAX (704)262-2127 Associate Editor - Beverly Collins, Savannah Riv. Ecol. Lab., PO Drawer E, Aiken, SC 29802 (803)725-2472; FAX: (803)725-3309; E-mail: COLLINS@SREL.EDU Business Manager - James Hull, Dept. Biol., Towson St. Univ., Towson, MD 21204-7097 (410)830-4117; E-mail: E7B2HUL@TOE.TOWSON.EDU News Editor - Jon Fortman, Division of Science and Mathematics, Mississippi University for Women, Columbus, MS 39701; (816)373-3668. Book Review Editor - Frank Schwartz, Institute of Marine Sciences, University of North Carolina. 3431 Arendell St, Morehead City, NC 28557, (919)726-6841; FAX: (919)726-2426. ASB Officers, Committees and Representatives 1995-1996 President - James W. Ross, 7196 College Station Dr., Cumberland College, Williamsburg, KY 40769 (606)549-2200, ext 4380; FAX (606)549-4490; E-mail: JROSS@CC.CUMBER.EDU President-elect - James S. Fralish, Dept, of Forestry, Southern Illinois Univ., Carbondale, IL 62901 (618)453-7466 Vice-President - Cliff R. Hupp, U.S. Geol. Survey, National Center, Mail Stop 430, Reston, VA 22092 (703)648-5207, CRHUPP@WRDMAIL.ER.USGS.GOV Past President - Michael Baranski, Biol., Dept., Catawba College, Salisbury, NC 28144 (704)637-4442; FAX: (704)637-4304; E-Mail: MBARANSK@CATAWBA.EDU Secretary -Beverly Collins, Savannah Riv. Ecol. Lab., P.O. Drawer E, Aiken, SC 29802 (803)725-2472; FAX: (803)725-3309; E-mail: COLLINS@SREL.EDU Treasurer -James Hull, Dept. Biol., Towson St. Univ., Towson, MD 21204-7097 (410)830-4117; E-mail: E7B2HUL@TOE.TOWSON.EDU Archivist -Donald J. Shure, Dept, of Biol., Emory University, Atlanta, GA 30322 (404)727-4209. Executive Committee Members-at-Large 1996: Claudia L. Jolls, Biol. Dept, East Carolina Univ., Greenville, NC 27858-4353 (919)328-6295; E-mail: BIJOLLS@ECUVM.CIS.ECU.EDU; FAX: (919)328- 4178 Howard S. Neufeld, Dept. Biol., Appalachian St. Univ., Boone, NC 28608 (704)262-2683; FAX: (704)262-2127; E-mail: NEUFELDHS@APPSTATE.EDU 1997: Mary U. Connell, Dept. Biol., Appalachian St. Univ., Boone, NC 28608 (704)262-3026 FAX: (704)262-2127; E-mail: CONNELLMU@APPSTATE.EDU James F. Matthews, Dept. Biol., Univ. No. Car.- Charlotte, Charlotte, NC, 28223 (704)547-4061; E-mail: JMATTHWS@UNCCVM.UNCC.EDU; FAX (704)547- 3128; 1998: Robert R. Haynes, Dept. Biol., Univ. of Alabama, Tuscaloosa, AL 35487 (205)348-1826; E-mail: RHAYNES@BIOLOGY.AS.UA.EDU Phil Robertson, Dept. Plant Biol., So. Ill. Univ., Carbondale, IL 62901 (618)536-2331; E-mail: GA0182@CVMB.SIU.EDU 186 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 3, 1995 Committees AAAS Representative (Section G) - James W. Ross, Biol. Dept., 7196 College Station Dr., Cumberland College, Williamsburg, KY 40769-1382 (606)549-2200 AIDS Representative - Geraldine Twitty, Biol. Dept., Howard University, Washington, DC 20059 (202)806-6953; FAX(202)80^4564 ASB Enrichment Fund Board of Trustees - Chair: David R. Whetstone (1997), Biol. Dept., Jacksonville State University, Jacksonville, AL 36265 (205)782-5215; James W. Wallace, Jr. (1997), Biol. Dept., Western Carolina University, Cullowhee, NC 28723 (704)227-7244; Eloise B. Carter (1997), Biol. Dept., Oxford College of Emory University, Oxford, GA 30221 (404)784-8343; Charles N. Horn (1998), Biol. Dept., Newberry College, Newberry, SC 29108 (803)321-5257; Donald C. Tarter (1998), Biol. Dept., Marshall University, Huntington, WV 25701 (304)696-2706; James Hull (ex officio ), Dept. Biol., Towson St. Univ., Towson, MD 21204-7097; (410)830-4117. Auditing Committee - Chair: Donald R. Windier, Biol. Dept., Towson State University, Towson, MD. 21204-7097 (410)830-3044; Daniel Wubah, Biol. Dept, Towson State University , Towson, MD. 21204-7097 (410)830-3123; Luz P. Mangurian, Biol. Dept., Towson State University , Towson, MD. 21204-7097 (410)830-3125 Committee on Patron Members and Exhibitors (ad hoc) - Chair: Patricia D. Parr, P.O. Box 2008, Oak Ridge National Lab, Oak Ridge, TN 37831-6034, (615)576-8123, FAX: (615)576-9939; Vice-Chair: Mary U. Connell, Biol. Dept., Appalachian Sl Univ., Boone, NC 28608, (704)262-3026; Cliff R. Hupp, U.S. Geol. Survey, National Center, Mail Stop 430, Reston, VA 22092, (703)648-5207; J. Frank McCormick, Ecology Dept., 108 Hoskins, University of Tennessee, Knoxville, TN 37996, (615)974-3065. Committee on Women, Minorities and the Disabled - Chair: Beverly Collins, Savannah River Ecology Lab, P.O. Drawer E, Aiken, SC 29802, (802)725-8158; Bonnie A. Kelley, Dept, of Biol., Pembroke State University, Pembroke, NC 28372, (910)521-6000; Heather Owen, Dept, of Biol., Western Kentucky University, #1 Big Red Way, Bowling Green, KY 42101, (502)745-6501. Conservation Committee - Chair: John J. Dindo, Dauphin Island Sea Lab, PO Box 369- 370, Dauphin Island, AL 36528 (205)861-7558; Alvin L. Braswell, NC State Museum of Natural Science, PO Box 27647, Raleigh, NC 27611 (919)733-7451; David D. Taylor, USDA Forest Service, 1835 Big Hill Rd., Berea, KY 40403; (606)986-8434. Education Committee - Co-chair: Robert F. McGuire, Biol. Dept, University of Montevallo, Station 6463, Montevallo, AL 35115, (205)665-6463; Co-chair: W. Dean Cocking, Biol. Dept., James Madison University, Harrisonburg, VA 22807, (703)568- 6566; George Middendorf III, Biol. Dept., Howard University, Washington, DC 20059, (202)806-7289; James E. Mickle, Dept, of Botany, Box 7612, NC State University, Raleigh, NC 27695, (919)5 15-3341; Beverly A. Knauper, Biol. Dept., Raymond Walters College, University of Cincinnati, 9555 Plainfield Rd., Cincinnati, OH 45236, (513)745- 5608; Edward D. Mills, Wingate College, Box 2508, Dept, of Biol., Wingate, NC 28174, (704)233-8239. Finance Committee - Chair: James Hull, Dept. Biol., Towson St. Univ., Towson, MD 21204-7097; (410)830-4117; E-mail: E7B2HUL@TOE.TOWSON.EDU; Michael Baranski, Biol. Dept., Catawba College, Salisbury, NC 28144, (704)637-4442; James S. Fralish, Dept, of Forestry, Southern Illinois Univ., Carbondale, IL 62901 (618)453- 7466; David Whetstone, Biol. Dept., Jacksonville State University, Jacksonville, AL 36265, (205)782-5215. Graduate Student Support Award Committee - Chair: Carol Howel, Rt. 1, Box 1634, Hwy. 97, Clarksville, GA 30523-9760, (706)947-3710; George R. Cline, Biol. Dept., ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS 187 Jacksonville State University, Jacksonville, AL 36265, (205)782-5798; Conley K. M'Mullen, Dept. Biol, and Chem., West Liberty State College, West Liberty, WV 26074, (304)336-8070. Local Arrangements and Program Committee for 1996 - Chair: J.B. Claiborne, Dept. Biol., Georgia Southern University, Statesboro, GA 30460, (912)681-5496, FAX: (912)681-0845, E-mail: JB@GASOU.EDU; Co-Program Chair: Steven Vives, Dept. Biol., Georgia Southern University, Statesboro, GA 30460, (912)681-5954; Co-Program Chair: Lome Wolfe, Dept. Biol., Georgia Southern University, Statesboro, GA 30460, (912)681-0848; Exhibits Chair: Donald Drapalik, Dept. Biol., Georgia Southern University, Statesboro, GA 30460, (912)681-5494. Meritorious Teaching Award Committee - Chair: Anne M. Cusic, Biol. Dept., University of Alabama at Birmingham, Birmingham, AL 35294-1170, (205)934-9686; Diane R. Nelson, Box 70703, Dept, of Biol. Sci., East Tennessee State University, Johnson City, TN 37614-0703, (615)929-4376; Ken W. McLeod, Savannah River Ecology Lab, P.O. Drawer E, Aiken, SC 29802, (803)725-2472. Nominating Committee for 1996 - Chair: Ken Marion, Biol. Dept., University of Alabama at Birmingham, Birmingham, AL 35294, (205)934-3582; Lawrence J. Davenport, Dept. Biol., Samford University, Birmingham, AL 35229, (205)870-2584; Joe E. Winstead, Biol. Dept., Western Kentucky University, Bowling Green, KY 42101, (502)745-6004. Past-Presidents' Council - Chair: Michael Baranski, Biol. Dept., Catawba College, Salisbury, NC 28144, (704)637-4442. Place of Meeting Committee - Chair: Robert R. Haynes, Biol. Dept., University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa, AL 35487, (205)348- 1826; Jeffrey A. Butts, Dept of Biol., Appalachian State University, Boone, NC 28608, (704)262-2674; B. Eugene Wofford, Botany Dept., University of Tennessee, Knoxville, TN 37996, (615)974-6212. Publications Committee - Chair: Claudia L. Jolls, Biol. Dept., East Carolina University, Greenville, NC 27858-4353, (919)328-6295; James F. Matthews, Dept, of Biol., University of North Carolina-Charlotte, Charlotte, NC, 28223, (704)547-4061; Philip A. Robertson, Dept, of Plant Biol., Southern Illinois University, Carbondale, IL 62901, (618)536-2331; Ken Shull, Jr., (ex officio) Department of Biology, Appalachian State University, Boone, NC 28608, (704)262-2675; James Hull, (ex officio) Dept. Biol., Towson St. Univ., Towson, MD 21204-7097, (410)830-4117 Research Awards Committee-Faculty - Chair: Frank A. Romano III, Biol. Dept., Jacksonville State University, Jacksonville, AL 36265-9882, (205)782-5038; Lawrence S. Barden, Dept, of Biol., University of North Carolina-Charlotte, Charlotte, NC 28223, (704)547-4059; Tom J. Timmons, Dept, of Biol. Sci., Murray State University, Murray, KY 42071, (502)762-6185. Research Awards Committee-Student - Chair: Julia K. Wade, Biol. Dept., Milligan College, P.O. Box 9, Johnson City, TN 37682, (615)461-8908; Terry D. Richardson, Dept, of Biol., UNA Box 5212, University of North Alabama, Florence, AL 35632- 0001, (205)760-4429; Jeri. W. Higginbotham, Biol. Dept., Jacksonville State University, Jacksonville, AL 36265-9882, (205)782-5638. Resolutions Committee - Chair: Michael Baranski, Catawba College, Salisbury, NC 28144, (704)637-4442, Howard S. Neufeld, Dept. Biol., Appalachian State University, Boone, NC 28608, (704)262-2683; Steven Vives, Dept. Biol., Georgia Southern University, Statesboro, GA 30460-8042, (912)681-5954 188 ASH BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 3, 1995 RESOLUTION OF APPRECIATION TO THE UNIVERSITY OF TENNESSEE, FACULTY, STUDENTS, STAFF AND LOCAL ARRANGEMENTS COMMITTEE FROM THE ASSOCIATION OF SOUTHEASTERN BIOLOGISTS WHEREAS the University of Tennessee and its Chancellor, Dr. William Snyder, graciously invited the Association of Southeastern Biologists to hold its 56,h annual meeting in Knoxville, Tennessee on 19-22 April, 1995 and; WHEREAS the University and immediate community have extended to the membership of the Association Cooperation and assistance, in addition to hospitality and friendship, and; WHEREAS the Local Arrangements Committee Chair, Dr. J. Frank McCormick of the Department of Ecology, and Program Co-Chairs, Dr. B. Eugene Wofford and Dr. Patricia B. Cox of the Department of Botany, and their coworkers have given generously of their time, expertise and enthusiasm to organize and conduct a most enjoyable and productive meeting; THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED that the members of the Association of Southeastern Biologists extend their gratitude to the University of Tennessee and the many departments which cooperated in this effort for contributing to the continued success of our organization. RESOLUTION IN SUPPORT OF A STRONG ENDANGERED SPECIES ACT WHEREAS the 104th Congress is deliberating the reauthorization of the Endangered Species Act, and; WHEREAS the diversity of life is an important component in the functioning of healthy ecosystems, and; WHEREAS the Act provides for the preservation of species and habitats which are ultimately vital to the nation's economic growth and well-being, and; WHEREAS the Act protects endangered and threatened forms of life which benefit the people of the Nation by providing a sustained environment for species whose value may be as diverse as for pharmaceuticals or for genuine appreciation of nature, and; WHEREAS the United States is being asked to take a leadership role in the conservation of species, and; WHEREAS the Nation has a moral obligation to protect our natural biological heritage and ensure a healthy, diverse environment for future generations, and; WHEREAS the members of the Association of Southeastern Biologists recognize the value and necessity of maintaining a healthy environment, including the conservation of all forms of life and their environments; THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED that the Association of Southeastern Biologists reaffirms its support for a strong and effective Endangered Species Act RESOLUTION ON DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY LANDS WHEREAS the Department of Energy has established a policy to manage all of its lands as valuable national resources, and; WHEREAS many of the lands have been serving as security buffer zones around facilities for the past 50 years or more, and; WHEREAS many of such lands now represent undisturbed ecosystems while the surrounding landscape has, in many situations, undergone widespread environmental degradation and habitat fragmentation, and; WHEREAS as a consequence these security buffer zone ecosystems are presently some of the rarest and highest diversity ecosystems in North America; THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED that the Association of Southeastern Biologists endorses the policy of the Department of Energy to preserve these lands as valuable national resources. BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that the Association deplores any short-term policy of national gain through the sale or gift of such lands to the private sector. ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS 189 L n. IIL THE ASSOCIATION OF SOUTHEASTERN BIOLOGISTS TREASURER'S REPORT 1 JANUARY - 31 DECEMBER 1994 BEGINNING BALANCE $15,920.30 RECEIPTS Regular Dues $17,540.00 Patron Memberships 1,000.00 Interest 303.65 N.C. Botanical Garden 100.00 Wildco 135.00 BSA Reimbursement 0.00 Exhibitor's Fees 2,165.26 Meeting Revenue 727.63 Sales 402.17 Page Charges 200.00 Miscellaneous 12.50 TOTAL RECEIPTS 22,586.21 TOTAL RECEIPTS AND BEGINNING BALANCE $38,506.51 IV. DISBURSEMENTS 1. MEMBERSHIP 2. PUBLICATION ASB Bulletin 40( 1) ASB Bulletin 40(2) ASB Bulletin 40(3) ASB Bulletin 40(4) Miscellaneous TOTAL PUBLICATION 3. 3,707 90 9,917.69 2,885.02 2,493.91 257.45 OFFICE EXPENSES $393.43 19,261 97 259.71 4. OFFICIAL TRAVEL 195.45 5. AWARDS AND HONORARIA Student Travel N.C. Bot Garden Aquatic Biology Student Research Certificates/Plaques TOTAL AWARDS 2,774.37 100.00 100.00 500.00 14.00 3,488.37 6. MISCELLANEOUS AIBS Affiliation Assoc. Syst. Coll. Local Committee Miscellaneous TOTAL MISCELLANEOUS 273.90 100 00 456.00 210.50 1040.40 TOTAL DISBURSEMENTS S24.639.33 V. ENDING BALANCE $13,867.18 VL NET CHANGE FOR 1994 -82,053.12 190 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 3, 1995 THE ASSOCIATION OF SOUTHEASTERN BIOLOGISTS ENRICHMENT FUND 1 JANUARY - 31 DECEMBER 1994 L BEGINNING BALANCE IL RECEIPTS 1. GIFTS 2. INTEREST TOTAL HI. TOTAL RECEIPTS AND BEGINNING IV. TOTAL DISBURSEMENTS V. ENDING BALANCE VL NET CHANGE FOR 1994 S12.660.80 1,860.00 456.00 2,316.00 ,ANCE 14,976.80 0.00 $14,976.80 2,316.00 CASH ON HAND December 31, 1994 ASB Fund Enrichment Total Merrill Lynch CMA Money 12,704.58 1,869 80 14,574.38 Gov't Securities 0.00 13,107.00 13,107.00 First National Bank 1,162.60 0.00 1,162.60 Total 13,867.18 14,976.80 28,843.98 Category REPORT ON MEMBERSHIP December 31, 1994 1993 1994 Student 191 199 Active 720 700 Emeritus 70 63 Library 59 55 Contributing 9 6 Family 36 37 Sustaining 3 3 Patron 4 4 Complementary 15 15 Total 1107 1082 Membership Expiration 1993 410 174 1994 582 383 1995 41 566 1996 59 89 1997 0 29 >1997 15 15 Total 1107 1082 ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS 191 THE ASSOCIATION OF SOUTHEASTERN BIOLOGISTS 1995 PROPOSED BUDGET L BEGINNING BALANCE EL RECEIPTS Regular Dues $18,400.00 Patron Dues 2,000.00 NC Botanical Garden 100.00 Wildco 100.00 Exhibition Fee 4,500.00 Enrichment 600.00 Page Charges 100.00 BSA Reimbursement 250.00 Sales 250.00 Interest 260.00 Total Receipts 26,560.00 RECEIPTS AND BEGINNING BALANCE DISBURSEMENTS 1. Dues Notice 400.00 400.00 2. Publications No. 1 Bulletin 3,500.00 No. 2 Bulletin 8,600.00 No. 3 Bulletin 3,800.00 No. 4 Bulletin 2,700.00 18,600.00 3. Office Expenses 400.00 400.00 4. Official Travel 760.00 760.00 5. Awards Student Travel 3,100.00 Speaker Honorarium 500.00 Speaker Travel 0.00 N. C. Bot Garden 100.00 Aquatic Biology 100 00 Plaques 100.00 Research Awards 1,000.00 4,900.00 6. Miscellaneous Affiliates 400.00 Local Committee 500.00 Symposium 600.00 1,500 00 TOTAL DISBURSEMENTS V. NET BALANCE FOR YEAR VL BALANCE FORWARDED $13,867.18 26,560.00 40,427.18 26,560.00 0.00 $13,867.18 192 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 3, 1995 1995 Research Awards ASB RESEARCH AWARD: $500/plaque sponsored by The William C. Brown Publishing Co. was presented by Dr. Dwayne Wise to Dr. Timothy P. Spira for his paper: The timing and effectiveness of sequential pollinatons in Hibiscus moscheutos (co-authored by A. A. Snow and M.N. Puterbough. Dr. Spira is Associate Professor of Biological Sciences at Clemson Universtiy. STUDENT RESEARCH AWARD: $500 supported by the Martin Microscope Co. of Easley, SC was presented by Dr. C. Jolls to David W. Martin for his paper: Small scale distribution and salinity tolerance of Juniperus virginiana on a Virginia barrier island (co-authored with D. R. Young), (see ASB Bull. Abstr. 115, 42(2) 1995). EUGENE P. ODOM AWARD: $250/plaque was presented by Dr. A. Ash to John M. Young for the paper: The genetic architecture and ecology of cliff-side northern white cedar (Thuia Occident alis L.) from its southern disjunct range (co-authored with E. E. C. Clebsch and G. L. Walker), (see ASB Bull. Abstr. Ill, 42(2) 1995). SOUTHERN APPALACHIAN BOTANICAL SOCIETY AWARDS: RICHARD AND MINNIE WINDLER AWARD The Richard and Minnie Windier Award recognizes the best systematic botany paper published in Castanea , The Journal of the Southern Appalachian Botanical Society, in the past year. The awardees for 1994 are presented by Dr. L. Mellinchamp to Patricia Cox and Lowell E. Urbach. ELIZABETH ANN BARTHOLOMEW SERVICE AWARD The Elizabeth Ann Bartholomew Award is presented to individuals who have distinguished themselves in professional and public service that advances our knowledge and appreciation of the world of plants and their scientific, cultural and aesthetic values. This award was presented by Dr. G. Ramseur to Dr. James Matthews, Professor of Biology, The University of North Carolina-Charlotte, Charlotte, NC. N.C. BOTANICAL GARDEN AWARD was presented by Dr. B. Collins to R.A. Cook and Patricia Parr for the paper: Dynamics of a Delphinium exaltatum population, (see ASB Bull. Abstr. 165, 42(2) 1995). SE DIVISION, AMERICAN SOCIETY ICHTHYOLOGISTS AND HERPETOLOGISTS awards were presented by Dr. R.W. VanDevender in: Ichthyology (a tie) to David J. Eisenhour for the paper: Status and identification of the "chucky madtom," Norturus (Rabida) sp. (co-authored with B.M. Burr and J.M. Grady) (see ASB Bull. Abstr. 141, 42(2) 1995) and Bernard R. Kuhajda for the paper: Discovery of a new species of snubnose darter (Percidae, Etheostoma) (co-arthored with R.L. Mayden)(see ASB Bull. Abstr. 80, 42(2) 1995) Herpetology to James W. Barron for the paper: Natural history of the anurans in the green Bottom Wildlife Management Area, Cabell County, West Virginia, with special consideration for Rana plaustris and Rana pipiens. (co-arthored with T.K. PauleyXsee ASB Bull. Abstr. 177, 42(2) 1995). ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS 193 AWARD FOR RESEARCH IN MOLECULAR. CELL AND DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY: $500 certificate for equipment by Fisher Scientific Co. was presented by Dr. K. Shull to Karl H. Joplin for the poster: Cloning of diapause specific genes of the flesh fly, Sarcophaga crassipalpis (co-authored with R.D. Flannagan and D.L. Denlinger), (see ASB Bull. Abstr. 15, 42(2) 1995). NECROLOGY Dorothy J. Hubbard, Roslyn, PA EDITOR'S REPORT FOR 1994 A total of 216 pages, versus 224 in 1993, was published in ASB Bulletin Volume 41. One full paper of seven pages appeared in the volume. Society items, book reviews (33), News of the Southeast and abstracts (66 pages) accounted for the balance of the pages of the volume. STUDENT TRAVEL AWARD RECIPIENTS Twenty-three students received funds to assist them in attending the Knoxville, TN ASB meetings. The number following each name refers to the abstract as found in the ASB Bulletin 42(2) 1995. Rebecca Adkins C. Jason Bennett James Barron Mark Basinger Carol Bnston Timothy Brophy John Campbell Jonathan Campbell Cynthia Caplen Judith Caspa Edward Crawford Scott Franklin Yvonne Hall Robert Jarrett Brent Johnson David Martin Robin McCall Candice Steed Dale Suiter Ronald Tipton Kathryn Tolliver Mark Turner Kevin Yokum 194 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 3, 1995 1995-1996 Officers of the Association of Southeastern Biologists. The Student Research Award is presented to David W. Martin by Claudia Jolls. Tim Spira receives the 1995 Faculty Re¬ search Award from Dwayne Wise. ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS 195 Award winners Rebecca Cook, Pat Parr and Jim Mat¬ thews with presenters Larry Melenchamp and Claudia Jolls. Jim Ross takes over the reins from Mike Bar- anski. Whit Gibbons is honored with the Meritorious Teaching Award presented by Jim Hardin. Mike Baranski, Jim Ross and Jim Matthews already hard at work. CALL FOR PAPERS, IMPORTANT DEADLINES, AND ANNOUNCEMENTS The 57th Annual Meeting Host: Georgia Southern University Statesboro, Georgia Date: 10-13 April 1996 Please note the following deadlines which are to be met before our 57th Annual Meeting hosted by Georgia Southern University, Statesboro, Georgia. 30 October 1995 . 15 November 1995 15 November 1995 1 February 1996 . 1 February 1996 . Nominations for ASB officers and executive committee. Blue abstract forms will appear in the October 1995 issue of the ASB Bulletin. Application for student research awards. Application for student research award aquatic biology. Applications for travel awards for graduate students. ANNOUNCEMENTS ASB Student Research Awards 1996 Encourage your undergraduate and graduate students to begin manuscript preparation now for the 1996 ASB Student Research Award ($500), sponsored by Martin Microscope Co., Easley, SC, and die ASB Student Research Award in Aquatic Biology ($100) sponsored by Wildlife Supply Company (Wildco) of Saginaw, Michigan. Both awards will be described in detail in the October 1995 ASB Bulletin. In general, these awards require: - Students must be first author on a journal-ready manuscript worthy of publi cation, not published (may be in press) prior to the 1996 annual meeting. - The student and faculty/professional co-author must be members of ASB. - The author(s) must submit an abstract by the 15 November 1995 deadline. - The paper must be presented orally by the author(s) at the annual April 1996 meeting. - By 1 February 1996, the student must submit: 1) three typed or printed copies of the manuscript 2) a brief biographical sketch, and 3) a letter from the faculty /professional sponsor confirming their student status and sponsorship for the award Manuscripts are evaluated on the basis of 1) significance of ideas, 2) validity of hypotheses, 3) quality and creativity of methodology, 4) validity of results, 5) soundness of conclusions, 6) clarity, completeness, organization, and 7) contribution to the field. Recent awards have been of extremely high caliber. Please help us maintain active participation. Send inquiries to: Julia K. Wade, Biol. Dept., Milligan College, P.O. Box 9, Johnson City, TN 37682, (615)461-8908. 196 ANNOUNCEMENTS 197 "TRAVEL" SUPPORT AWARDS FOR GRADUATE STUDENT MEMBERS OF ASB DEADLINE: 1 FEBRUARY 1996 Limited funds are available to partially defray the expenses of graduate students attending the Annual Meeting. The awards are for lodging and meals only. Departments are urged to provide transportation for their graduate students. Recipients must be members of ASB. The guidelines for application are as follows: (a) The recipient is a current member of ASB. (b) The recipient must be presenting a paper or poster at the Annual Meeting and must include a copy of the abstract of the paper or poster to be presented. (c) The recipient must be currently enrolled as a graduate student in the department where he/she conducted this research. (d) Give a conservative, itemized estimate of meeting expenses including transportation. Student travel awards are granted on a competitive basis. Applicants must document expected expenses and list other sources of financial support for this meeting, including institutional aid, shared lodging and shared transportation. (e) In a paragraph, give a brief history of your education to date; indicate how many years you have been in graduate school and the expected date of completion of work for the degree, your major field of study and research, publications including those in press and in preparation, degree sought, name of major professor and any other pertinent details. (f) Give your source(s) of support while in graduate school; e.g. NSF, NIH, USDA, Teaching Asst., Research Asst., etc. (g) Include a letter of recommendation for an ASB support award from your faculty research advisor. This letter should comment on the work being presented and indicate the financial need of the student presenter. It should also indicate whether any departmental or other funding is available to the student. (h) Send application, with supporting letter, all in triplicate, to: Carol Howel, Rt. I, Box 1634, Hwy. 97, Clarksville, GA 30523-9760, (706)947-3710 (i) Applicants will be notified of the decision of the Committee as soon as is practical. Recipients of the award will receive their checks at the meeting. 198 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 3, 1995 CALL FOR NOMINATIONS The Society for College Science Teachers and Kendall/Hunt Publishing Company are soliciting nominations (including self-nominations) for the 1996 Outstanding Undergraduate Science Teacher Award. This national award, recognizing an outstanding teacher of natural science at the undergraduate level, will be presented at the 1996 SCST/NSTA annual convention in St. Louis, Missouri in March 1996. The Outstanding Undergraduate Science Teacher Award recognizes and rewards achievements and contributions in the enhancement of science education by teachers of undergraduate science. Nominees must have been actively engaged in teaching undergraduate science over the past five years. The award consists of a $1,500 monetary award, a plaque attesting to the awardee’s accomplishment, a compli¬ mentary joint SCST/NSTA one-year membership, an invitation to speak at the 1996 SCST/NSTA College Luncheon in St. Louis, and up to $500 for reimbursement of expenses incurred in travel to the 1 996 SCST/NSTA National Convention in St. Louis, Missouri for the awards ceremony. Additional travel funds of up to $500 will be provided for travel to the 1997 SCST/NSTA National Convention where the recipient will present the Maijorie Gardner Lecture. The awardee will be selected based on achievements and contributions made in the following categories: TEACHING EXCELLENCE evidenced through teaching philosophy and effectiveness, teaching innovations, and course and curricula development: SCHOLARSHIP evidenced through publications in science education, presentations, grants re¬ ceived, and other forms of scholarship, and; SERVICE to science education, students, the profession, scientific & educational organizations, the awardee’s institution, local teachers and their school systems, and the general public with the overall goal of enhancing understanding of scientific issues. Selection of the awardee by the Executive Board of SCST is based upon recommendation by the Outstanding Undergraduate Science Teacher Award Committee. This committee consists of SCST members and a representative from the Kendall/Hunt Publishing Company, who review and evaluate the documentation provided by the nominee. Information detailing the specific materials to be sub¬ mitted will be sent to all nominators and nominees. To nominate yourself or a colleague complete the enclosed coupon and mail it no later than 22 September 1995. ANNOUNCEMENTS 199 NOMINATION FORM SOCIETY FOR COLLEGE SCIENCE TEACHERS (SCST) AND KENDALL/ HUNT PUBLISHING CO. 1996 OUTSTANDING UNDERGRADUATE SCIENCE TEACHER AWARD I nominate the person named below for the SCST-Kendall/Hunt 1996 Outstanding Undergraduate Science Teacher Award. If nominating a colleague, I will inform him or her of my intention to nominate and will assist the candidate in assembling and forwarding the documentation to the Chair of the Award Committee in a timely manner for a confidential review by the Committee. I further agree to sen e as a contact person on the candidate’s behalf. Nominee’s Name _ Title _ Department _ College University _ Street _ City _ State _ Zip _ Nominator’s Name _ Title _ Department _ College/University _ Street _ City _ State _ Zip _ Mail by 22 September 1995 to: Dr. Eileen Gregory, Chair, Outstanding Undergraduate Science Teacher Award Committee. Rollins College. 1000 Holt Avenue, Winter Park, FL 32789-4499, FAX: (407) 646-2479. BETA BETA BETA ABSTRACTS DISTRICT I Tammy Jo Jones, Tau Eta, Catawba College — The geometry of the yeast-pseudohyphal transition. The ascomycete yeasts Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Schizosaccharomyces pombe, and Saccharomycodes ludwigii when cultured on complete medium develop round colonies with smooth margins and a topological dimension of one. These same yeasts when cultured on nitrogen-limited medium develop colonies with an irregular margin and have a fractal dimension of ~1.2. The irregular outline in nitrogen-limited medium is caused by a transition from unicellular yeast growth to multicellular pseudohyphal growth. Initially, yeast colonies on nitrogen-limited medium resemble those on complete medium; but, as the local nitrogen supply is depleted, pseudohyphae form and a dimension > 1 is produced. The fractal dimension of yeast colonies on nitrogen-limited medium is typical of other biological structures adapted for absorption. Julie Flatter, Tau Eta, Catawba College— Complexity of Physarum cytoplasmic streaming in the cell cycle. Physarum polycephalum is a true slime mold in the Division Myxomycota. The coenocytic plasmodial stage of P. polycephalum migrates by means of cytoplasmic streaming and contains numerous syn¬ chronously dividing nuclei. The direction of streaming reverses at intervals of about 60 seconds. Time intervals between reversals were determined and the resulting time series were the basis for all further analysis. The dynamics of cytoplasmic streaming reversal exhibit the characteristics of a complex system; including nonlinear dynamics, power law (1/f-like) behavior, and a chaotic attractor in phase space. The Lyapunov exponent from the time series is negative but approaching zero, suggesting a periodic system approaching self-organized criticality, “the edge of chaos.” The synchronous mitosis in P. polycephalum allows easy assessment of the state of all nuclei in the plasmodium. Nuclei were examined by differential interference contrast and fluorescent microscopy to determine their stage of the cell cycle. The dynamics of cytoplasmic streaming reversal were determined during different stages of the G2, M, and S periods of the cell cycle. Monica Eiland, Tau Iota, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill — Ocular photoreceptors are not necessary for magnetic orientation in the spiny lobster (Panulirus argus). Many animals, such as honeybees, birds, sea turtles, and spiny lobsters, can sense the earth’s magnetic field. The physiological mechanism(s) underlying magnetic field detection, however, have not been determined. One hypothesis is that magnetoreception occurs in photoreceptors of the eye and involves a complex sequence of biochemical reactions that are weakly influenced by the orientation of the earth’s field relative to the animal. To determine whether ocular photoreceptors are necessary for magnetic orientation in spiny lobsters, we studied the orientation of lobsters whose eyestalks had been extirpated. Each lobster was subjected to thirty minutes in one of two conditions: the earth’s field and a null (cancelled) field. Each lobster’s body axis alignment was measured at one minute intervals and averaged. Lobsters in the geomagnetic field were significantly oriented relative to magnetic north, whereas lobsters tested in the null field did not orient significantly in any direction. The distributions in the two field conditions were significantly different. Thus, the results indicate that lobsters do not require ocular photoreceptors in order to sense the geomagnetic field. Susan K. Pell, Tau Rho, St. Andrews Presbyterian College— Vascular flora of the Edwin P. Morgan Nature Park, Scotland County, North Carolina. The E. P. Morgan Nature Park, Scotland County, North Carolina, includes approximately 1,400 acres of land on the inner coastal plain. The park was established in the early 1970’s and is listed with the 200 BETA BETA BETA ABSTRACTS 201 North Carolina Forest Stewardship Program. In Spring 1994, a survey of the vascular flora of a portion of the park was initiated. Areas of pocosin, bay, longleaf pine — turkey oak — wire grass, and Atlantic white cedar swamp vegetation were included. Nineteen collecting trips were made between May 6 and October 22. with continued collecting now in progress. Based on 1994 collection yields, 375 to 400 species are expected to be identified. Among the species identified to date, two are of particular interest: shellbark hickory ( Carya laciniosa), a species characteristic of the Ohio and Mississippi River Valleys and reported from two other counties in North Carolina, and Rhynchospora alba, a sedge reported from bogs in the mountains of northwestern North Carolina. Jonathan H. Hegler, Tau Nu, The Citadel — A laboratory investigation of factors affecting oviposition in Aedes taeniorhynchus. the black salt marsh mosquito. A laboratory investigation was conducted involving the oviposition (egg laying) behavior of Aedes taeniorhynchus, The Black Salt Marsh Mosquito. The study quantitatively compared the number of microorganisms in 1 gram of soil before and after the burning of an ovisposition site in the salt marsh. This study was correlated to a study comparing oviposition between burned and non-bumed plots in the Salt Marsh. Michael Frick. Tau Chi, Armstrong State University —Erpobdella punctata as phoronts on a pop¬ ulation of Ambystoma maculatum. During a study of the benthic fauna from a temporary pond in southern Beaufort County in South Carolina, the attachment of the leech Erpobdella punctata on the spotted salamander Ambystoma maculatum was frequently observed. In the present study, the association of host sex and body length on the occurrence of E. punctata was examined in a population of A. maculatum. In February 1994, 57 salamanders were collected using minnow traps and examined for leeches. The main attachment site was near the trunk surface of the forelimb of the salamander. The percentages of salamanders used as phoretic symbionts by the leeches were as high as 49.12% (28/57); only male salamanders served as symbionts. The mean intensity of occurrence was 1 .03. No significant difference in occurrence was observed based on host body length; nor were the body lengths of the host correlated with those of the phoronts. This salamander-leech association appears to be a phoresis relationship. Phoresy may provide the leech with mobility within and out of the original habitat as well as with food particles which are expelled by the salamander during feeding. This is the first record of E. punctata using a salamander as a phoretic symbiont. Amber M. Shults, Sigma Gamma, Erskine College— Callus production from petal tissue of Camellia japonica. This study focused on generating callus cultures from petals of Camellia japonica. Petal tissue is an unusual source for callus generation. Inner petals from buds of C. japonica were used as explants. The initial investigation compared Anderson’s Rhododendron with Murashige and Skoog Minimal Organic as the base medium for establishing the cultures. The percentage of cultures yielding callus was greater on Anderson’s Medium which was used for subsequent cultures. Subcultures of petal callus were successfully maintained on Anderson’s Medium amended with varying concentrations of kinetin and 2,4-D. Callus was also subcultured and evaluated on media amended with varying concentrations of benzyl adenine. Camellia japonica blossoms are susceptible to infection with the blossom blight fungus Sclerotinia camelliae. Petal derived callus cultures were established for the long term goal of studying the infection process of this fungus in vitro. Jay Clark, Sigma Gamma, Erskine College — Home range distribution of the eastern box turtle. Increasing urbanization and habitat fragmentation in much of the box turtle's range have created a critical need for scaled-down investigations to assess how turtle populations fare on shrinking habitat islands and how human encroachment affects these long-lived animals. This study addresses the 202 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 3, 1995 behavioral ecology and population dynamics of a robust box turtle population inhabiting an 8-ha “island woodland” in the center of a residential neighborhood located in the piedmont of South Carolina. Approximately 50 box turtles have been marked and located since 1993 and 7 of these turtles currently carry radio transmitters, allowing us to locate, map, and observe them on a daily basis. Data have been obtained on population size, activity patterns, reproductive and foraging be¬ havior, and home range for these individuals. Radio telemetry has allowed us to quantify seasonal and year-to-year variation in home range size and hibernation sites. Size of home range does not appear to be sex-dependent. Frequently turtles returned to the same hibernation site but some turtles selected different sites although it was clear that they recognized the location of their earlier hibernation site. Bret Estep, Tau Eta, Catawba College— Biodegradation of creosote by selected bacteria. Creosote is one of the most widely used wood preservatives in the United States. Many of the compounds making up creosote have been found to be toxic. One of its main components is naph¬ thalene. A number of species of bacteria are capable of degrading naphthalene. Numerous soil samples were taken from local sites that have been exposed to creosote. Samples were plated on a minimal media enriched with naphthalene to select for degraders. Several other tests were performed to confirm degradative abilities including catechol and indole tests. In addition, the degradation of naturally occurring aromatic compounds was analyzed in order to examine the function of these bacteria in subsurface environments. A better knowledge of the ecology of these degradative bacteria could be beneficial in the improvement of bioremediation techniques. Gina W. Scearce, Tau Eta, Catawba College— Management of the sweetpotato whitefly, Bemisia tabaci on poinsettia. Whiteflies are serious pests of commercial greenhouse poinsettias. The rising costs of insecticides and whitefly resistance to insecticides necessitate finding alternative control methods. This research was conducted to determine the effectiveness of greenhouse screening and biological control (the parasitic wasp, Encarsia formosa) in the management of the sweetpotato whitefly, Bemisia tabaci. Greenhouse screening resulted in higher whitefly counts than in unscreened greenhouse areas. E. formosa was found to be parasitic on whitefly pupae; however, as poinsettias are a short term crop and E. formosa were released late in the growing season, the results of the use of E. formosa as a biocontrol are inconclusive. The timing of parasitic wasp releases, as determined by life cycle stages of the whitefly, was found to be crucial in the control of whitefly populations. Sharon E. McDaniel, Tau Tau, Queens College — An in vitro study of intervertebral disc cells; Optimization of growth conditions. Present clinical treatment of intervertebral disc malfunction is limited and often ineffective. A method of autologous disc cell transplantation could be a plausible alternative and more effective treatment. Disc cell growth in vitro must be optimized to achieve this method. This experiment attempts to define ideal serum percentage for cell growth and to observe the effects of ascorbic acid and transforming growth factor-beta (TGF-B) supplements on cell proliferation. Under standard conditions, cells from the nucleus pulposus were grown in minimal essential media (MEM) and aMEM supplemented with 10, 20, and 25% fetal bovine serum (FBS) or Nu-serum. MEM and aMEM were also tested with supplements of ascorbic acid. In addition, cells were grown in media supplemented with 0.5 ng/ml and 5 ng/ml TGF-B. According to the student T-test, 20 and 25% FBS in MEM showed a significant increase in cell density compared to 10% FBS ( P = 0.02). Nu-serum and ascorbic acid supplements appeared to significantly depress cell growth compared to FBS MEM without ascorbate. In comparing the different media, the cell density in MEM was 40% higher than in alpha-MEM. Supplemented TGF-B also showed a significant increase (P = 0.03) in cell number compared to the control. This study shows that cells responded best to enrichment of MEM with 20-25% FBS and 5.0 ng/ml TGF-B. BETA BETA BETA ABSTRACTS 203 Tammy Plyler and Kathleen A. Kron, Beta Rho, Wake Forest University— Phylogenetic relation¬ ships of the deciduous azaleas based on sequences of nrDNA internal transcribed spacer (ITS) regions. The deciduous azaleas (Rhododendron sect. Pentanthera) include fifteen species characterized by five anthers. Previous morphological data indicating the phylogenetic relationships among these azaleas were tested in this study using the molecular sequence of the noncoding internal transcribed spacer regions of 18-26S nrDNA. ITS sequences were compared for nine species of this section and were analyzed by PAUP version 3.1.1 using the heuristic option, TBR, and ten random replicates. Both insertions deletions and base mutations were scored. The results show little resolution among the sequences, suggesting that there is little variation among the azaleas of section Pentanthera. To test for monophylv of this section and to further explore the relationships of these azaleas to other lineages within Rhododendron. ITS sequences of representative species from the eight subgenera of the genus were included in the analysis. The results show little resolution of the relationships within Rhodo¬ dendron. Most of the changes occur as insertions and deletions, possibly indicating recent evolution. Apparently the azaleas are displaying parallel evolution on a molecular level in the ITS region. The addition of other molecular characters such as chloroplast tm-L intron sequences may be useful in the resolution of the phylogenetic relationships among the azaleas. Kathryn Huyvaert, Beta Rho, Wake Forest University— Exploitation competition in ground-nesting Galapagos seabirds. On the island of Espanola in the Galapagos Archipelago of Ecuador two pelagic seabirds, the Masked Booby (Sula dactrylatra) and the Blue-Footed Booby (Sula nebouxii), nest within 200 meters of the high tide line. The nesting distributions of the two species are segregated on Espanola: the blue-footed boodies occupy hot, inland nest sites while the masked boobies take advantage of more windy, cooler coastal nest sites. On other islands where masked boobies are not present, blue-footed boobies occupy desirable coastal sites. This study took advantage of an unusually high density of blue-footed boobies during the normal period of low masked booby density. I found that nesting segregation persisted under this atypical demand for good nesting space. Hypotheses implicating several abiotic factors (soil composition, wind speed, and air temperature) as separators of the two species’ fundamental niches were all rejected. Instead, the species' realized niches differ. Experiments indicate that the persistent absence of blue-footed boobies from desirable nesting habitat is best explained by aggressive behaviour of masked boobies toward blue-footed booby nestlings. Darcy Meadows, Dana Salmon and Melanie Thompson, Tau Epsilon, Kennesaw State College- Antibacterial activity of laundry detergents. In this report, we present a method for comparing the antibacterial activity of laundry detergents. The bacterium used was Staphylococcus aureus, a normal skin flora frequently contaminating clothing and other fabrics. Cotton cloth squares, one square centimeter each, were seeded with identical amounts of 5. aureus. Experimental and control squares were treated with either a dilute detergent solution or with deionized water. Viable bacteria left after the treatment were quantified by dilution and plating techniques. The results indicated that general-purpose high-suds detergents were the most effective. Detergents designed for “gentle-cycle” use were the least effective, with activity about equal to that of deionized water. This experiment suggests an approach for comparing different methods for the sanitation of fabrics, an important factor in preventing the transmission of disease. Elke A. Kaiser and Richard N. Henson, Beta Psi, Appalachian State University — Color morphology and birth behavior in the scorpion Centruroides vittaus. Centruroides vittatus was once considered to be three species based on differences in color morphology . Recently the three color morphs were grouped together under the name Centruroides vittatus. On 18 May 1994 a pregnant female was brought in from the field, and gave birth to a mixed litter of striped and unstriped young. Total length of parturition was three hours and 45 minutes, which is faster than other times cited in the literature, which may have been due to the stress of being captured. Young 204 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 3, 1995 were born on average every seven minutes. There were 15 striped and 1 1 unstriped young, in ap¬ proximately a 1 : 1 ratio. This color ratio suggests either that sex-linkage is involved, or, that the mating was between a heterozygous individual and a homozygous recessive individual. It is not known whether striped or unstriped is the dominant allele(s). As far as we know, this is the first observation of a mixed litter and is strong evidence that Centruroides vittatus really is one species exhibiting different color morphologies. DISTRICT II Linda Kuddes, Mu Iota, Northern Kentucky University— Emergence and survivorship trends in amur honeysuckle seedlings relative to light environment. Amur honeysuckle (Lonicera maackii) is an invasive Asiatic shrub found in open and forested habitats of Eastern U.S. This study was completed to determine how enhanced light affects germination and survival. This light response will determine potential persistence in forest habitats. Openings were cut into the Amur honeysuckle canopy of a forest on the Northern Kentucky University campus. The tree canopy was left intact. Ten circular areas of 5 m diameter were cleared. Ten circular plots of 5 m diameter were established in the forest as controls. Two 1 m2 plots were marked in each of the cleared areas. Seedlings already established in the plots were then censused and measured. Seeds from two open populations and from one forest population were started in the greenhouse. Five seedlings from each population were transplanted into rows in the cleared and control plots in the forest. Eleight and survivorship of seedlings from both studies were monitored on a monthly basis. The seedlings grew more and survived better in the cleared areas. The results indicate that Amur honeysuckle is not a shade tolerant shrub. Cynthia R. Calisi and Lynnette Brooks, Mu Gamma, Western Kentucky University— The effect of selenium on the immune response of mice to Trypanosoma cruzi. Trypanosoma cruzi, the etiologic agent of Chagas' disease, can cause severe pathology in humans. Selenium (Se) has been found to function as an antioxidant which may enhance immunity. To test the effect of Se on the immune response to Chagas’ disease, 5 groups of C3HeB/FeJ mice were infected with 101 trypomastigotes while receiving Se supplementations of 2 ppm, 6 ppm, 8 ppm, or 16 ppm in tap water with one group receiving tap water only. After 64 days of infection, survival rates ranged from 0 to 60% with groups receiving 6 ppm and 8 ppm exhibiting 60% survival and the group without Se exhibiting 0% survival. The Se supplemented groups exhibited a mean peak parasitemia of 1.8 x 106 parasites/ml. The unsupplemented group mean peak parasitemia was 5.32 x 106 parasites/ml. Serum antibody levels were measured by using an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay. Antibody titers were greatest in groups receiving 6 ppm, 8 ppm and 16 ppm of Se (titers of 1/128) compared to a titer of 1/64 for the group receiving 2 ppm Se. These results demonstrate that Se supplementation can influence the survivorship and immune response of mice infected with a lethal dose of T. cruzi. Juli McCay, Mu Gamma and Jeanette Gibson, Western Kentucky University— Circadian rhythm of brain GABA levels in the cockroach Leucophaea maderae. Bram levels of the inhibitory neurotransmitter gamma aminobutyric acid (GABA) were determined at three-hour intervals in roaches acclimated to a 12-hour light/ 12-hour dark cycle (light onset 0600 h) at 25 ± 2 C using high performance liquid chromatography coupled with fluorometric detection. GABA levels were found to be highest at noon and lowest at 1 800 h. When the animals were subjected to total darkness, a difference between the high and low levels at these two times remained indicating that GABA does indeed exhibit a circadian rhythm. The fact that brain GABA levels were highest at a time of day when the roach was not active is consistent with electrophysiological evidence that clock output is greatest at a time approximately 180 degrees out of phase with peak levels of locomotor activity. BETA BETA BETA ABSTRACTS 205 Amy Lobrano and Jana Holm, Eta Lambda, Loyola University — Fluctuations asymmetry in Ondatra zibethicus skulls as wetland quality indicators. A morphological study was done in order to determine if the muskrat. Ondatra zibethicus, could be used as a habitat quality indicator. Skulls of Ondatra zibethicus were measured from the Sabine and Delacroix regions of Louisiana using the computer program, Morphosys. Skull measurements were taken in order to discover the presence of any deviation from bilateral symmetry, namely fluctuating asymmetry, directional asymmetry, or antisymmetry. Statistical analysis using Biostat 1 and 2 was used to detect these types of asymmetry. Fluctuating asymmetry has been associated with poor en¬ vironmental conditions. Any detection of asymmetry in these skulls was then compared to a similar study done in the 1940’s. The presence of differences in results from then and now would indicate worsening wetland conditions and not merely genetic factors. Thao P. Luu, Eta Lambda. Loyola LTniversity — Clonal differences among Phragmites australis within the Mississippi River delta and nearby regions. The dominant plant within the marshes of the Mississippi River delta is Phragmites australis. It colonizes huge areas in the periphery of the delta. Previous work on these marshlands of P. australis revealed varying degrees of morphological differences among the 1 1 clones found, using only culm data. This project reports on the differences between these clones using not only culm data but also inflorescence length and weight data. Additionally, this project compares the morphology of three new stands (Shortlb, Gulf4, and Gulf5) to the previous 11 clones. ANOVA and Principal component analysis showed that Gulf4 and Gulf5 are very different morphologically from shortlb and distinct from the original 11 clones. The ANOVA’s using inflorescence data also show striking differences among the clones. The ordinations (PCA) using the two sets of morphological data, culm and inflo¬ rescence, will be compared. Dana M. Brantley, Eta Phi, Maryville College — Apolipoprotein E synthesis by transplanted bone marrow derived cells in apo E-deficient mice. Apolipoprotein E (apo E) is a surface protein associated with several lipoprotein classes, such as chylomicrons, very low density lipoprotein (VLDL), and high density lipoprotein (HDL). Serving as a ligand for the low density lipoprotein (LDL) receptor and the LDL receptor-related protein (LRP), apo E mediates the binding and internalization of lipoproteins by various cell types, including he- patocytes, adipocytes, and macrophages. Transplantation of apo E-deficient mice, which develop hyperlipidemia and atherosclerosis, with normal murine bone marrow made possible the investigation of lipoprotein and cholesterol metabolism specifically by macrophages and possibly other marrow derived cells, excluding hepatic and other metabolic pathways. Apo E biosynthesis by resident mac¬ rophages in liver, kidney, lung, spleen, and brain tissues was comparatively investigated in apo E-defi- cient mice three months after transplantation through an RNase protection assay. Virtually no apo E mRNA was detected in resident macrophages of the liver and brain. Apo E mRNA levels in spleen macrophages were comparable to levels in normal control mice. Elevated levels of apo E mRNA were detected in renal and pulmonary macrophages, supporting the link between atherosclerosis and glom¬ erulosclerosis and the proposed role for the macrophage in pulmonary surfactant metabolism. Beth Nuchols, Eta Phi, Maryville College — A nine-month comparative investigation of Fort Lou¬ doun and Tellico lakes using selected trophic parameters. A nine-month, comparative, limnological study of Fort Loudoun and Tellico lakes was accomplished by assessing various trophic parameters, including zooplankton analysis, chemical concentrations, and oxygen/temperature relationships. Seven zooplankton genera were collected and counted using a plank¬ ton net and 36-square, integrid petri dish, respectively. Chemical analyses and the oxygen/temperature correlations were determined according to HACH chemical methods. In all but two organisms of study. May was the month with the most zooplankton; and the relationships between plankton genera varied within the months of study. Fort Loudoun and Tellico lakes were similar in the presence of chemicals, but Tellico exhibited slightly reduced concentrations of many of the chemicals. Both lakes 206 ASH BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 3, 1995 demonstrated summer stratification, but Tellico showed cooler temperatures and higher oxygen sat¬ uration than Fort Loudoun Lake. Analyses suggest that Fort Loudoun Lake exists in the late meso- trophic or early eutrophic stage, while conditions suggest that Tellico Lake is late oligotrophic. Carrie Gillen, Mu Iota, Northern Kentucky University — Degradation of prey protein and polysac¬ charides by bacteria. Bacteria from pitcher plants have the ability to degrade many types of proteins, polysaccharides, and lipids. My research has shown that they can degrade blood and collagen. These are very important chemicals in the makeup of the insect body. These same bacteria also have the ability to degrade chitin and chitosan. For the colonies specific for both chitin and chitosan degradation, I have done further research on the smaller oligosaccharides that are formed by these degradations. The smaller the oligosaccharide, the further the bacteria is able to degrade the insects’ exoskeleton. LaSandra D. Robinson, Eta Mu, Southern University— Microbial metabolism of decayed cell matter. Certain microbes at the U.S. Department of Energy’s (DOE) Hanford site are capable of degrading or slowing the spread of toxic contaminants such as carbon tetrachloride in the site’s groundwater and soil. Recently, researchers at U.S. DOE Battelle Pacific Northwest Laboratory constructed a mathe¬ matical model describing the kinetics of carbon tetrachloride degradation by these microbes and compared its predictions to experimental data. To construct a more accurate model, a ten-week study was conducted to determine if the Hanford microbes’ decayed cell matter (dead biomass) had a vital role in their metabolism and growth during carbon tetrachloride degradation. The parameters mon¬ itored in this study were the uptake of the dead biomass as an electron donor and/or electron acceptor concurrently with nitrate or acetate. It was found that the microbes uptook nitrate plus decayed cell matter for survival but not the acetate plus decayed cell matter. Chris Neal and Frosty Levy, Pi Delta, East Tennessee State University— Spatial and temporal structuring of chloroplast genomes in Phacelia dubia. Each of three spatially isolated populations of Phacelia dubia var. georgiana shows several restriction fragment length polymorphisms among chloroplast genomes. Individuals either display the type D or type G genome. A molecular approach was used to survey the plastome type of many individuals within each of three populations. I am testing the hypothesis, that spatial and temporal sub-structuring occurs within these populations, as a means to assess the relative roles of selection and genetic drift in shaping population structure. Southern blots of genomic DNAs were probed using digoxigemn labeled chloroplast DNA. Plastome type was determined by using autoradiography. The three pop¬ ulations differed in frequency of plastome type. There was a high level of spatial structuring within each of the populations. Over a five year time period, the frequency of plastome types in one population was stable while variation was found in another population. Local spatial structuring within populations and differences among populations suggest genetic drift and local seed dispersal play major roles in influencing the frequency and distribution of chloroplast genomes. Danny A. Milner, Jr. and Rutwij K. Jotani, Kappa Psi, Birmingham-Southern College— Charac¬ terization of cholinesterase activity from the Urochordate Slyela plicata. Vertebrates possess both globular and asymmetric forms of acetylcholinesterase (AChE) and butyr- ylcholinesterase (BuChE), which appear to have evolved through a gene duplication event early in chordate evolution. Additionally, experiments suggest amphioxus, a cephalochordate, possesses two cholinesterases, which also exist in globular and asymmetric forms. In contrast, invertebrates appear to contain only one cholinesterase, which is found only in globular forms. To obtain more information on the timing of the gene duplication event and the appearance of asymmetric forms during evolution we have studied the cholinesterase activity of the urochordate Styela plicata. Preliminary data indicate that the cholinesterase of S. plicata resembles AChE. The enzyme hydrolyzes acetylthiocholine pref¬ erentially, but a small amount of butyrylthiocholine activity has been observed. Pharmacological BETA BETA BETA ABSTRACTS 207 studies also support the conclusion that the enzyme is an AChE, but the pharmacological profile does not parallel either AChE or BuChE. The cholinesterase activity has been found to sediment at 7.2 S; which is characteristic of the dimeric globular form G2. We will discuss the implications of these results for the evolution of the cholinesterases in the chordates. Jennifer A. Wong, Ginny Boyd and Stephen d'Sumey, Beta Kappa, University of Mississippi — Hemoglobin polymorphisms in large mouth bass (Micropterus salmoides). Hemoglobin polymorphisms in largemouth bass Micropterus salmoides were examined by means of isoelectric focusing. Polymorphisms are the occurrence of several different phenotypes associated with alleles of one gene family. The technique used to differentiate the polymorphisms, isoelectric focusing, relies on separation on a polyacrylamide gel due to differing pH values. In this way, hemoglobin proteins were examined and allelic differences could be qualitatively determined. In this study, he¬ moglobin alleles were found to be conserved throughout the species. This meaning that the hemoglobin did not exhibit polymorphisms. Secondly, the AAT enzyme was examined using the method of cellulose acetate electrophoresis. The locus of the AAT enzyme indicates the subspecies of Micropterus sal¬ moides. Northern (non Florida genotype) and Florida genotype of largemouth bass show different gene loci. With this information, any integration that has occurred may be determined. Within the study, differing degrees of integration were observ ed between Florida large mouth bass stocked versus un¬ stocked lakes. Brett Ferman, Mu Beta, Mississippi College— Golgi studies of the basilar pontine nuclei of Galago senegalensis. Over fifty nuclei in the brain send fibers to the basilar pons, and most cerebral cortical information that the cerebellum receives travels first through the basilar pons. This suggests an important motor- related function for the basilar pons. Previous studies on the rat, cat, and monkey have revealed two types of neurons in the basilar pons, the projection neuron which provides an output to the cerebellum, and the local circuit neuron (LCN). The LCN dendrite has axon-like processes that contain vesicles filled with gamma-aminobutyric acid, normally an inhibitory neurotransmitter. Presence of neuro¬ transmitter vesicles is a departure from typical dendritic structure and suggests an on/off or modulating function for LCN and an integrative function for the basilar pons. This experiment was to determine if LCN are present in the phvlogenetically primitive galago. Golgi and Fox-Golgi methods which allow for staining of entire neurons demonstrated two neuron types in the basilar pons of galago, one of which fits the description of LCN previously reported in primates higher on the phylogenetic scale. This work supports the hypothesis of Mihailoff that LCN integrate multiple cerebral and peripheral afferent signals and influence activity of those output neurons that project to the cerebellum, and also identifies LCN in a primitive member of the primate phylogeny. Paul Andrew Griffin, Mu Iota, Northern Kentucky University— The effects of interferon-beta on the growth of human tumor cells and their invasive potential. We have established that interferon-beta (IFN-d) has an antiproliferative effect on the metastatic human tumor HT1080. Using this information we are currently exploring the mechanism of action IFN-d has on HT1080 cells. I began my study by examining the effect IFN-d has on the invasive potential of HT 1080 cells. This was done using a Membrane Invasion Chamber System (M1CS). The HT1080 cells were grown on the M1CS and treated with the same concentration of IFN-d that was determined to display the best antiproliferative effect. The HT1080 cells were allowed to grow on the membrane and were harvested every 24 hours. Any migration through the membrane of the MICS was defined as invasive behavior. The results of the study indicate that IFN-d has an inhibitory effect on the HT1080 cell's ability to migrate through the membrane. The reason for this may lie in 1FN- d's ability to induce transcription. There is evidence that IFN-d has a repressive effect on the expression of genes that code for the assembly and breakdown of a tumor cell's cytoskelcton. Further studies on the expression of these genes may lead to a better understanding of IFN-d’s antiproliferative behavior 208 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 3, 1995 Gwendolyn Steffen, Mu Iota, Northern Kentucky University— The effects of tamoxifen on trans¬ forming growth factors beta expression. In the United States each year, over 43,000 women die as a result of breast cancer. This fact suggests that the current methods of treatment for breast cancer (i.e. radiotherapy and/or chemotherapy) have not improved the chances of long term survival. Currently, the best candidates for the chemoprevention of breast cancer include triphenylethylene anti-estrogens. An example of an anti-estrogen compound is tamoxifen which has been shown to increase the synthesis and secretion of members of the Trans¬ forming Growth Factors Beta (TGF-B) family of peptides. TGF-B was initially identified as a factor that stimulates the anchorage-independent growth of rodent fibroblasts. Later, TGF-B was found to act as a growth inhibitor for most cell types. Also, previous in vitro data have shown that tamoxifen can induce autocrine secretion of TGF-B in human breast cancer cells, in which it acts as an inhibitor of growth. Lisa M. Zikovich and Clark R. Smith, Mu Theta, Belmont University— Fecal coliform and water chemistry in the Little Harpeth River, Williamson County, Tennessee. Pollutants found in rivers can cause increases or decreases in naturally occurring substances that can subsequently affect the dynamic equilibrium of the biology within the water. Analyses of naturally occurring chemicals such as nitrates and phosphates and of concentration levels of dissolved oxygen (DO) and biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) were used in assessing water quality of the Little Harpeth River. Additionally, levels of fecal coliform bacteria were used as indicators of the presence of asso¬ ciated harmful pathogens. Using the data collected, statistical tests were made and correlation graphs were produced in various combinations of the five elements— pH and temperature were also consid¬ ered. Results and correlations are presented in tabular and graphic form. Evelyn Weedman, Beta Zeta, University of North Alabama — Identification of microorganisms in composts of poultry litter. Management of solid wastes in our country as well as the entire world is becoming an increasingly urgent matter that, if not addressed in our lifetime, will have an effect on the quality of life for generations to come. One possible method of controlling this problem is microbiological degradation through composting which allows nature to handle the problem. To develop efficiency in composting, three factors must be understood about the microbial population's response which are temperature, ventilation, and moisture content. Temperature is the best understood, most widely researched, and is the major means of pathogen control in composted materials. Species diversity must be considered with all three parameters. This research was directed to a compost mixture (pine or hardwood sawdust, yard waste, cotton gin waste and/or newspaper) operating under standard conditions. A joint AUTRC (Alabama Universities/TVA Research Consortium) grant (#93-19) between the University of North Alabama (UNA) and Tennessee Valley Authority (TVA) was undertaken to identify organisms in poultry litter compost. TVA provided the composting environment. The compost samples were iden¬ tified at TVA using a Gas Chromatography MicroID system. The samples were sent to UNA for analysis with the Biolog MicroStation System. Samples from TVA were categorized as Salmonella (S) series and species diversity (SD) series. The organisms most often identified in the S series were Alcaligenes, Enterobacter, Klebsiella, and Providencia. The organism most often identified in the SD series was Bacillus. Salmonella was identified in both series, but further confirmation must be made by serology. John B. Bishop, Kappa Psi, Birmingham-Southern College— A material culture study in garbology measures: The effectiveness of recycling. The effectiveness of recycling for a given environment can be measured using modem techniques commonly known to archaeologists as “material culture” studies. During an eight week period, trash was collected and analyzed from male and female dormitories on the campus of Birmingham-Southern College. The small college environment provided an ideal location for small scale garbological studies. The amount of recyclable material collected in female garbage was significantly lower than that of BETA BETA BETA ABSTRACTS 209 males. In the male housing. 44.6% of all garbage collected was recyclable aluminum, plastic, glass, or paper compared to 32.5% in the female trash. The data analyzed also had social implications as 67.3% of all aluminum and glass collected in the male quarters was alcoholic compared to 21.0% collected in female quarters. Gender differences were evident in the amount of diet products as 55.6% of female aluminum and plastic was diet oriented compared to only 2.6% of male material. The next step for this project includes questionnaires that assess both personal attitudes toward recycling and personal perceptions about trash discard. Results from these surveys, combined with the collected data, will reveal a more accurate account of the recycling effort promoting a more uniform and efficient recycling program on campus. Jamie G. Oakley, Pi Delta, East Tennessee State University — Architecture of the motile male gamete of Haplomitrium mnioides. The spermatozoid of Haplomitrium mnioides was observed using standard TEM techniques. The small coiled sperm cells of this liverwort average 3.7 ^m in diameter, are biflagellated and contain minimal cytoplasm. The basal bodies are staggered at the front of the cell and the flagella extend posteriorly, coiling with the cell body for approximately IVi gyres. The anterior mitochondrion (AM) subtends the locomotory apparatus and overlaps with an anterior beak of the nucleus. Spline microtubules (MTs) number 29 at the front of the cell and increase to approximately 100 MTs in the mid-region from which they progressively decrease in number towards the back of the cell. The nucleus is entirely condensed, cylindrical and coils for approximately 1 'A gyres. It measures a maximum of 1.6 am in diameter at its mid-region and is overlain by a wide spline that extends at a tangent beyond its left margin. The posterior basal body rests on this lateral spline extension, with the posterior axoneme emerging from the cell behind the AM and to the left of the nucleus. Two posterior mitochondria (PM) are positioned between the nucleus and two nearly parallel plastids. A single elongated starch grain fills each plastid. Compared to most hepatic sperm cells, those of Haplomitrium are smaller and contain a broader nucleus. Unlike any other bryophyte examined to date, this cell contains two mitochondria and two plastids, a unique feature in comparison to the standard single PM and mon- oplastidic state of bryophyte spermatozoids. Jason M. Pass, Pi Delta, East Tennessee State University — Spermatogenesis in Conocephalum conicum and actm in the differentiation process. The complete development of spermatozoids of Conocephalum conicum was detailed at the ultra- structural level. Actin arrays were visualized with fluorescence microscopy after rhodamine-phalloidin staining, and correlated with TEM images. The young spermatid contains a rounded nucleus with actin evenly dispersed in the surrounding cytoplasm. As spline microtubules elongate, the nucleus assumes a somewhat comma-shaped outline with a pointed anterior and a broad posterior. Actin filaments aggregate in the cytoplasm among the organelles and are associated with the ends of the nucleus. As the nucleus elongates and coils, the single plastid and posterior mitochondrion are relocated toward the distal extremity of the cell. Well-defined actin arrays outline the nucleus and the posterior organelles. Continued elongation of the spline and nucleus occurs concomitantly with elongation of the plastid at the rear of the cell. Actin is associated specifically with these organelles in this final shaping process. Actin localizations correlated with developmental stages observed in the TEM suggest that the role of this cytoskeleton protein in spermatogenesis of this liverwort is in organellar shaping and positioning. Robert M. Vezzetti, Aravinda Rao and Peter J. Cuartas, Eta Lambda, Loyola LIniversity — Molecular taxonomy of scorpions (Arachnida: Scorpiones): Application of the polymerase chain reaction. Polymerase chain reaction (PCR) is widely used in studies of evolution. Scorpions, the most ancient group of terrestrial animals, evade phylogenetic analysis due to the lack of “good" characters. We extracted DNA from scorpion tissues and applied PCR with subsequent direct sequencing. We used primers for the cytochrome oxidase I region of the mtDN A corresponding to the positions 2 1 70-2 1 8^ and 2569-2588 of the Drosophila yakuba genome. Amplified DNA was concentrated/purified and sequenced. PCR product (344 bp) aligned completely with Drosophila sequence. Sequence divergence 210 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 3, 1995 among scorpions of the American genus Centruroides (Buthidae) was estimated for four taxa: C. vittatus (Cvi) from Missouri, USA and three Mexican populations tentatively belonging to C. exdicauda (Cex). Sequence comparison results in genetic distance between Cvi and three Cex populations 12.2 to 12.5%; distance between Sonora population and either of two Baja populations 8.7%, and distance between two Baja populations 2.9%. These data suggest that Sonora and Baja lineages, isolated geo¬ graphically, may belong to different species. Cladogram built via PAUP phylogenetic program confirms this suggestion. Kim Xuan Nguyen, Eta Lambda, Loyola University — A phylogenetic analysis of four species of Synurophyceae inferred from ITS 2 and 5.8S DNA sequences. Traditionally, based on scale morphology, Synura sphagrucola is believed to be more closely related to S. echimdata than to S', petersenii or S’, glabra. Recently, Wee et al. (1993), in a cladistic analysis based on scale development, found that S. sphagrucola is more closely related to S. petersenii and S. glabra than to S. echimdata. These opposing phylogenetic hypotheses were tested with sequences from the Internal Transcribed Spacers (ITS) 2 and 5.8S subunit of the ribosomal DNAcistron. Amplification products obtained from Polymerase Cham Reaction for the entire ITS region of these four Synuro- phycean species ranged from 530-618 basepairs. Partial nucleotide sequences (350 bp) of 5.8S and ITS 2 were determined using PCR primers with cycle sequencing. The sequences were aligned and pairwise comparisons of percent divergence values were determined. The relationships were analyzed using parsimony (PAUP) and maximum likelihood (PHYLIP) approaches. REVIEWS Meffe. G. K. and C. R. Carroll. 1994. Principles of Conservation Biology. Sinauer Press, Sunderland, MA. $46.95. 600 p. This excellent textbook, written by Meffe and Carroll (of the University of Georgia’s Savannah River Ecology Laboratory and Institute of Ecology), provides a comprehensive overview of the science of conservation biology. It includes chapters, essays, and case studies written by a diverse array of experts including Lovejoy, MacMahon, Noss, Orians, Pulliam, Raven, Wilson, Zedler, and many others. The book's 18 chapters are organized into four main parts. The first part discusses the history and characteristics of conservation biology, the value and ethics of conservation, taxonomy and conservation, and patterns of biodiversity. The second part focuses on population-level concerns such as the role of genetic variation and demographic processes while part three examines system-level aspects including community level conservation, habitat fragmentation, and the design of conservation reserves. The final part describes practical applications and human concerns such as conservation management, ecological restoration, political and economic issues, sustainable development, and current and future objectives. Meffe and Carroll note in the introductory chapter the strong link between conserving biodiversity and controlling human population growth and suggest several reasons for optimism (e.g. some countries have significantly lowered their population growth rate over a short period of time and education and appropriate kinds of economic development can greatly reduce population growth rates). The authors suggest that conserv ation problems should be viewed within an evolutionary framework, that processes of change should be incorporated into conservation efforts (“species should not be protected as though they were static museum pieces”), and that humans must be considered in conservation decisions. Conservation values and ethics are presented in the second chapter, including western and non- western religious viewpoints. The next chapter also has a philosophical bent — the basis for grouping or separating organisms into taxonomic units, and the ramifications for conservation. The next two chapters cover global biodiversity. Orians discusses patterns and processes in biodiversity including how species nchness has changed over geologic time, and how various evolutionary and ecological factors influence species richness. Myers then discusses losses in biodiversity (including a number of informative summary tables) and points out that while extinction can occur very rapidly, the time required to produce new species is much longer. Myers’ chapter, unlike others, emphasizes plants more than animals. The chapter on genetics provides a succinct but useful account of the importance of genetic variation, factors that promote or diminish it, and its relevance to conservation concerns. Similarly, a concise chapter on demographic processes summarizes mechanisms of population regulation and introduces the concept of population viability analysis. Meffe, Carroll, and Pimm discuss, in Chapter 8, how the loss of keystone species or mutualists can have drastic negative effects on communities as can the addition of exotic species. The next chapter explains how habitat fragmentation reduces biodiversity, the kinds of species most vulnerable to fragmentation and options for counteracting the effects of fragmentation. Three chapters focus on conservation management: the first two discuss principles and applications while the third provides an in-depth look at five case studies. Three of the case studies are on high profile endangered species (black-footed ferrets, sea turtles, and spotted owls) while two focus on how conservation areas are managed (the La Selva Biological Station and the Costa Rican National System of Conservation Areas). Collectively, these studies vividly illustrate the many problems and challenges faced by conservation managers. Ecological restoration, including examples in tropical dry forest, strip-mined landscapes, native prairies, and aquatic systems, is described in Chapter 14. While the interface of conservation with politics and economics is often discussed with interesting results elsewhere, I found the brief summaries of economic theory from a historical perspective in Chapter 15 to be rather dry. In contrast, the role of institutions and policy making in conservation (Chapter 16) was particularly interesting. A major theme throughout the book is that the stewardship of natural biodiversity requires that conservation biology be coupled with environmentally sustainable development. Six case studies in Chapter 17 on potentially sustainable systems are described which illustrate the complexities of managing interacting systems of humans and nature. Here, and throughout the book, a nice mix of 21 I 212 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 3, 1995 temperate and tropical examples is presented. The final chapter emphasizes the importance of trans¬ forming conservation knowledge into human lifestyle changes that better reflect the limitations of the natural world. An eloquent essay by L. Tangley discusses one of the most important things conservation biologists can do — convince others that conserving biodiversity is important. Figures and tables are used frequently and are generally excellent, although some of the photos are small and of poor quality. Almost 40% of the more than 1,000 references cited in the text were published since 1990. Each chapter ends with a series of questions (a useful starting point for class discussions) and a list of a half dozen or so additional references, mostly books. The 1 70 terms defined in the glossary are likely to enrich the vocabulary of most readers, as it includes terms used in environmental philosophy (e.g. Romantic-Transcendental Conservation ethic, deep ecology, instru¬ mental value), economics (e.g. monetizing, option value, efficient allocation) and conservation (e.g. hot spots, secondary extinctions, population viability analysis). I found only two minor mistakes in this book of 600 pages. In summary, this is the most comprehensive and up-to-date conservation biology text that I have come across. It would make an excellent textbook for either a graduate or upper level undergraduate course for students with a basic background in ecology. Moreover, practicing conservation biologists will want to read this book and keep it within arm’s reach on their library shelf. Timothy P. Spira, Department of Biological Sciences, Clemson University, Clemson, SC 29634. Ritz, K., J. Dighton, and K. E. Giller. 1994. Beyond the Biomass. John Wiley & Sons, NY. $95.00. 275 p. When the editor called me to review this book, I did my best to weasel out of it. I am no biomass expert and I envisioned another book with a brown cover, full of equations, all in small print. The editor persisted. I'm glad he did; this book is indeed my cup of tea. First things first. The title of this book is too cryptic for me ( Beyond the Biomass what?) and is rescued only by its non-alliterative (but dreary-to-read) subtitle. Compositional and Functional Analysis of Soil Microbial Communities. The word “microbial” is a loose term here and refers to organisms that pass through a 2-mm sieve, so readers more interested in soil animals should not be discouraged that there is nothing in this book for them. Of course, the book cover is brown — books about soil don’t seem to inspire publishers to much else— but they did add a red bullseye and some line drawings of soil microorganisms (and a tidbit of DNA) to the cover as well. Those wild and crazy artists. All the book’s 26 short chapters are based on oral presentations given by researchers at an inter¬ national symposium held at Wye College in Kent, U.K. in March 1993. As the subtitle suggests, the rationale for the conference was to acknowledge the diversity and function of microorganisms from a soil community standpoint. This is fine. Although the biomass concept has been widely adopted by soil scientists since Jenkinson proposed it in 1966 and this, in turn, has led to major advances in our understanding of nutrient cycling, the concept also forced the same scientists to generalize about the heterogeneity of soil populations. Some enormous heterogeneity is being masked: as the book points out, we know 69,000 of an estimated 1,500,000 fungal species, 3,000 of the estimated 30,000 bacterial species, 5,000 of the estimated 130,000 viral “species”. Who are these missing players and what do they do? To help the reader, the editors divided the book into five parts: i) review of the microbial biomass concept, ii) characterization of soil microbial communities, iii) tracking specific components of mi¬ crobial communities, iv) functional interactions of soil communities, and v) overview. The first and last parts consist of one chapter each; they serve as admirable “bookends”. The major focus of the book is on molecular ecology. A full 1 3 chapters, constituting almost all of Parts ii and iii, deal with various “molecular” methods to clarify community diversity and function. These methods include DNA extraction, flow cytometry, molecular probes, metabolic quotients, 16S rRNA, plasmid transfer, polymerase chain reaction (PCR), reporter genes, oligonucleotide probes, metabolic markers, and metabolic fingerprinting with Biolog plates. Except for the absence of FAME (fatty acid methyl ester) analyses, this is a pretty thorough treatment of the current molecular approaches to ecology. Most of the remaining chapters are on various interactions: microbes and mesofauna, bacteria and microfungi, microorganisms and nutrients, microorganisms and spatial distributions. These chapters comprise more traditional research and do not focus on methodology so much. Several chapters, particularly the overview by D. C. Coleman and the editors, have considerable philosophical content. In our increasingly crowded world, what are the consequences of a loss of REVIEWS 213 microbial diversity? Does a loss of diversity result in a loss of function? Is there even a connection between microbial quantity and quality? What a pleasure it is to read this! It is also interesting that the problems faced by soil microbiologists and ecologists here parallel the problems that soil scientists face with determining soil quality. Many of the authors also speculate about future research. This is great. Not only does this help set the stage for the next generation of researchers, but it also serves as a nice counterpoint to all the scientific reductionism that seems to have squeezed every last microgram of speculation out from many of the scientific journals. If this is one consequence of thinking holistically, then we need more of it. This is a nice, clearly written book. For a few chapters, I wish the editors had insisted on getting abbreviations to a convenient spot for the reader. Of course, there are the odd chapter that doesn’t fit in very well (i.e. a chapter on marine ecosystems) and the odd absences (e.g. nothing on hard-to- study anaerobe populations), but these are minor criticisms; overall the editors have integrated the chapters well, kept the book focused on soil, and kept the authors to a consistent, readable style. I would recommend the book for serious researchers in the field of soil microbiology and soil ecology, particularly those interested in molecular ecology. Peter G. Hartel. Department of Crop and Soil Sciences, University of Georgia, Athens, GA 30602. Patrick, Ruth. 1994. Rivers of the United States. Volume 1, Estuaries. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., NY. $89.95. 825 p. This book is one of six volumes describing the structure and function of riverine systems in the United States. The stated objective of this book is to provide pertinent information to elucidate estuarine structure and function. There is no doubt that a large quantity of information has been compiled and published in this book. The first portion of this book deals with the physical charac¬ teristics of estuaries and is divided into nine sections. Four of these sections, dealing with types of estuaries, water movement, sediments, and marshes, provide basic descriptive information for a student or investigator initiating biological studies of estuaries. Four sections dealing with basic circulation and mixing, indices and equations for classifying estuaries by water mixing, classification by energy input, and flushing and effects of pollution were difficult for me to comprehend as they were cluttered with mathematical equations. A knowledge of quantitative physical oceanography appears to be necessary to fully understand these sections. This material would be more useful if presented more descriptively such as Pickard and Emery (1982). The second portion of this book deals with estuarine ecosystems along the Atlantic, Gulf of Mexico, and Pacific coasts of the contiguous United States. Included in the discussion of each estuarine ecosystem is an exhaustive fauna and flora species list. From the perspective of a fishery biologist, I see value in these lists particularly as a reference to taxa below the Phylum Chordata. However, recent publications by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration’s Estuarine Marine Resources Program (e.g. Jury et a!. 1994) might be more useful in describing the abundance and distribution of fishes and invertebrates in estuaries along the Atlantic, Gulf of Mexico, and Pacific coasts. I have reviewed in detail two ecosystems that I have some familiarity with — southeastern estuaries (particularly North Carolina estuaries), and south Florida seagrasses (particularly Florida Bay). The discussion of southeastern estuaries, and in particular. North Carolina estuaries, depends upon studies of the Newport River estuary, a relatively small system, which is in close proximity to numerous marine laboratories. Unfortunately, there is little information on Pamlico and Albemarle sounds, which is the second largest estuarine complex in the United States. The section on south Florida seagrasses contains references to only 1982 and therefore numerous studies especially in Florida Bay are omitted (e.g., Bulletin of Marine Science, 1989; Volume 44, Number 1). The objective of the author to elucidate the structure and functioning of estuaries is worthwhile, but I believe this book falls short of achieving that objective. And, although the author intended information in this book to be useful to students, researchers, planners, conservationists, and for people recreating on or near the water, I believe this relatively expensive book grossly lacks current literature, and is rather difficult to read. Therefore, its usefulness to the intended constituent may be limited. LITERATURE CITED Jury, H. S., J. D. Field, S. L. Stone, D. M. Nelson, and M. E. Monaco. 1994. Distribution and abundance of fishes and invertebrates in North Atlantic estuaries. ELMR Rep. No. 13. NOAA NOS Strategic Environmental Assessments Division, Silver Spring, MD. 221 p. 214 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 3, 1995 Pickard, G. L. and W. J. Emery. 1982. Descriptive physical oceanography, 4th ed. Pergamon Press, Elmsford, NY, 247 p. Allyn B. Powell, National Marine Fisheries Service, Beaufort Laboratory, Beaufort, NC 28516. Patrick, Ruth. 1995. Rivers of the United States. Volume II. Chemical and Physical Characteristics. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., NY. $89.00. 237 p. Man has recognized the importance of flowing, fresh waters for sustenance, transportation, and trade for thousands of years. In the past few decades, human population and land use practices have greatly impacted this valuable and fragile natural resource. With the passage of the Clean Water Act and the implementation of management programs, there has been renewed interest in understanding the physical, chemical, and biological properties of these systems. Ruth Patrick has undertaken the monumental task of summarizing our current state of knowledge in a comprehensive six volume set entitled Rivers of the United States. This review is limited to Volume II. Chemical and Physical Characteristics. Volumes III— V (which are still in preparation) will focus on the geographical distri¬ bution and characterization of riverine ecosystems and Volume VI will explore pollution control methods and interactions between chemicals and aquatic life. I have not seen the other volumes, making it impossible to evaluate the work was a whole. Therefore, my comments are limited the information presented in Volume II. The book is cloth bound (16 x 24 cm), well-constructed, and printed on good quality (acid-free) paper. The font style is clear and easy on the eyes. Subheadings for topics within each chapter are excluded from the table of contents. The book does not contain a list of figures, list of tables, or a glossary of terms. Each chapter has a brief summary that reiterates the main points and explores the biological implications of the processes discussed in the chapter. The index is comprehensive (ca. 600 entries) and provides good coverage for the 228 pages of text. Although there are no photographs, there are many line-art illustrations. Most of these illustrations are reproduced from previously pub¬ lished works. The graphics quality is generally very good, but there are several figures in which the text is nearly unreadable, either because of text size or poor quality reproduction. I also located several minor errors. For example, the summation of drainage area in Table 2.3 should be 7,841,549.8 (rather than 7,821,769.8). Figure 6.10 is mislabeled with the legend for Table 6.1 1 (and vice-versa). I did not detect any spelling errors. Patrick explains in the preface that this volume “concerns itself with the general characteristics rather than the specific characteristics of any riverine system” and should “serve as a basis for evaluating the structure and functioning of the ecosystems in the particular rivers that are discussed.” Chapter titles are Topography of the Landscape, Pattern and Form of Riverine Systems, Sources of River Flow, Characteristics of Flowing Water, Sediments and Sediment Loads, Wetlands, and Chemicals in Rivenne Water. It's obvious from the chapter titles that the book deals primarily with the physical characteristics of rivers. Patrick uses tables, illustrations, and equations to complement explanations of the physical processes responsible for shaping riverine systems. Her approach is to carefully and clearly explain a physical process, then use examples from a variety of river systems in the continental U.S. I found the concepts to be easily understandable and suitable for biologists that want an intro¬ duction to physical processes in riverine systems. However, the information is non-technical and would not be useful to hydraulic engineers. Patrick covers the basics and succeeds in providing necessary background information for understanding the structure and function of riverine ecosystems. The most informative chapter in the book (Chapter 6: Wetlands) discusses the distribution, hydro- logical characteristics, formation, hydraulics, and formation of peat in wetlands. Patrick provides a detailed Table (14 pages long) showing the distributions and characteristics of 20 different wetland types in the continental U.S. (Alaska, Hawaii, and Puerto Rico were excluded). Numerous illustrations complement the concepts covered in the text. Patrick successfully links physics, chemistry, and biology into an informative and useful treatment of wetlands. The chapter on river chemistry (Chapter 7: Chemicals in Riverine Water) is not very informative and provides only a cursory treatment of biologically-mediated chemical cycling. Most of the chapter is devoted to trace metals. However, the information on trace metals is fairly comprehensive and discusses the sources and biological importance of many of these elements. My primary criticism of this volume is that the references seem grossly outdated. With very few REVIEWS 215 exceptions, the references span the period from 1940 to 1975. To me, this indicates that the basis for most of the information in the text is at least 20 yr old! I find it hard to believe that there have been no new limnological concepts in the past 20 yr. In addition, most of the references are taken from secondare literature or obscure government technical reports. Several of the references are cited as "not seen." I expected many more articles from the primary literature. The absence of recent references limits the utility of this volume for students and professionals. As a whole, the six volume set may prove to be very useful. One should not judge the overall value of a multivolume series without seeing the complete work. I am confident that the value of the whole will be greater than the simple sum of its parts. J. Pinckney, University of North Carolina, Institute of Marine Sciences, Morehead City, NC 28557. Daniel, Wayne W. 1 994. Biostatistics. A Foundation for Analysis in the Health Sciences. 6th ed. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., NY. $70.95. 780 p. It would seem safe to assume that any textbook that has attained the status of a sixth edition has both satisfactorily filled some niche in the world of education and publishing, and benefited from a continuing evolutionary cycle of criticism and revision. The niche in the case of this volume is, as the subtitle suggests, that of a comprehensive elementary statistical text to serve students and profes¬ sionals in the health sciences. The selection of topics for inclusion is similar to that found in many elementary statistical texts and runs the gamut from descriptive statistics, through analysis of variance and regression, to analysis of frequencies and nonparametric approaches. The only additional topics included that would seem to more specifically address the particular needs of the health scientist are the odds ratio, the Mantel- Haenszel statistic, relative risk, logistic regression, and a brief chapter on vital statistics. All but the last of these are new to the text with this edition. So, the focus of the textbook toward the health scientist is developed not so much by selection of statistical topics, as by generous use of examples and exercises drawn directly from the health science research literature. The structure of the book reflects the value that the author obviously places on immediately following the discussion of a topic, with one or more examples of its application to data from the health sciences. I am willing to believe that this approach will reinforce in the mind of the student the "healthy” notion that health science research and statistical analysis are inextricably bound together, thicker than thieves. I found some of the information, in examples and exercises, of direct personal interest. For example, as one who suffers from sleep apnea, I examined with interest some evidence (p. 474) that a sufferer may reduce the severity of the apnea by losing weight. (Why do all lines of evidence seem to converge on my need to lose weight?) The main body of the book is 645 pages in length and composed of text discussing statistics (about 36%), examples of applications of methods (about 25%), exercises and review questions (about 30%) and literature references (about 9%). An additional 1 1 1 pages are devoted to one appendix on MIN¬ ITAB commands, and a second of statistical tables. A particular strength of the book is the author’s use of scientific literature as more than simply a source for relevant data for examples. In the text the author often reminds his reader of his necessarily limited treatment of any particular topic, but then points to more comprehensive discussions of that topic in other books and technical journals. The references section at the end of each chapter typically lists references cited, other relevant journal articles, books, and other publications, and, “Applications References.” The applications references are typically citations of recent articles in medical, public health, and physiology journals in which one or more analytical methods discussed in that chapter are applied to research data. I should think that encountering the applications references would help answer the aspiring health science student’s question as to whether one should bother to master the material or not. Scattered throughout the text are very welcome, cautionary statements about concepts and methods. For example, after discussing the characteristics of the normal distribution the author states (p. 107) “Although its importance in the field of statistics is indisputable, one should realize that the normal distribution is not a law that is adhered to by all measurable characteristics occurring in nature." Indeed, some skeptics might change “by all measurable characteristics" to “by any measurable char¬ acteristics.” 216 ASH BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 3, 1995 On page 1 50 there is an all too brief discussion of the fact that in practice it may be impractical, if not impossible, to randomly select samples, and therefore the necessary role of non-statistical con¬ siderations in making generalizations from non-random samples should be recognized. I would have liked to have seen the author extend those comments and point out, for example, that while tables associated with particular statistical tests commonly allow one to obtain probabilities to several decimal places, those probabilities apply only in an approximate sense when the test is applied to data from an actual experiment. In theory, statistical hypothesis testing has the allure and appeal of being capable of delivering exact, unequivocal answers, whereas in practice it is, to varying degrees, inexact and equivocal. For a statistician that may be stating the obvious, but for an aspiring health science student, chances are it is not. We are told in the preface that changes appearing in the sixth edition include a greater emphasis on use of computers for statistical analysis. As computers more and more become an inseparable part of statistical analysis, one wonders how much longer textbooks will devote a large amount of space (107 pages in this case) to statistical tables. Sample printouts from MINITAB and SAS are scattered throughout the text in kind of token fashion, but I question their value for any student with access to the software and manuals. After all, the fact that digital computers can carry out calculations formerly either done on calculators or by hand and print out the results, should hardly impress a student in the mid 1990's. No, instead what is important is that the computer has provided a means of extending statistical analysis in entirely new (computer intensive) directions that were previously impossible. And, as researchers, shouldn't we celebrate the astonishing advances in computer graphics that allow us to go far beyond calculated sample means and variances and see data in its entirety, with all its interesting pattern and complexity? What unprecedented power for gaining insights! What I found most disappointing in the book was the inadequacy or absence of discussion of some fundamental concepts. How can a student understand and appreciate the vital importance of replication unless the student first gains a clear notion of what a sampling unit is and what an experimental unit is? How otherwise can the student distinguish replication from pseudoreplication? Earlier I made reference to random sampling. Wouldn’t it be refreshing to encounter in an elementary text like the one under review, a discussion of the fact that even some of the finest mathematical minds have found the meaning of the term “random” to be elusive, and that it has recently been the focus of some fascinating mathematical research by Diaconis and others? Or to learn that while Fisher may have viewed the incorporation of randomization into experimental design as perhaps his greatest contri¬ bution, not all have agreed with his point of view on the matter? I would argue that with such an approach, a student would come to think of statistics more as a vibrant, ever-developing discipline, and less as a dry, static system of concepts and methodologies. With all my reservations aside, Daniel’s book offers anyone a fair amount of statistics for the buck. If I already owned the fifth edition, I wouldn’t spring for the sixth. But if I were a student in the health sciences, I think I would find it a good and useful investment, and the applications references therein a source of inspiration. Now, if I can just manage to lose some weight, I may be able to both sleep and breathe at the same time . . . David R. Colby, Southeast Fisheries Science Center, Beaufort Laboratory, Beaufort, NC 28516. Zomlefer, Wendy B. 1994. Guide to Flowering Plant Families. UNC Press, Chapel Hill, NC. $55.00 hardback, 27.50 paperback. 430 p. This is a book of detailed botanical drawings, executed with a great deal of careful observation and refined artistic skill. The accompanying text describing 1 30 families of Angiosperms representative of eastern United States. The families are listed in phylogenetic order, mostly following Thome (1992). Each treatment includes a family diagnosis, an approximate number of genera and species worldwide, a listing of major genera within the U.S. and Canada, an indication of species of economic importance, commentary highlighting significant taxonomic aspects, and selected references. In many cases, it is valuable to have the recent literature; and it is interesting to wonder at the choices of family delim¬ itation. For example, the Urticaceae include the Moraceae, but the Cannabaceae are separate; the Viscaceae supplant the Loranthaceae in our flora\ the Sapindaceae include the Aceraceae and the Hippocastanaceae; the Fabaceae are kept whole in their broadest sense, as are the Rosaceae; the Saxifragaceae s.s. are split up, but only the Hydrangeaceae and Escalloniaceae are treated here; the REVIEWS 217 Comaceae include the Nyssaceae; the Apiaceae include the Araliaceae; and the Apocynaceae include the Asclepiadaceae. The reasons for the various alignments are explained with references to the literature and there is nothing really new here. An outstanding feature is the numerous comparison charts indicating the diagnostic characteristics of closely related families or, in the case of the Aster- aceae, tribes. Introductory chapters outline the basis for the treatments; and there is a chapter on cladistics, using the separation of Dicots and Monocots as an example. The illustrations are beyond description and are simply excellent. Each family plate combines a number of plant features, including floral structure, habitat, vegetative structure, and sometimes stem anatomy. As I went through the book I felt like I was experiencing a visual feast with a smorgasbord of delightful particulars. A sampling of a few random items that attract the reader would include a drawing of a branched sclerid from the leaf of Gordonia lasianthus, the male and female flowers of Aesculus', a floral diagram of a papilionaceous flower; the curious form of a Hamamelis flower; the indication of how a helicoid cyme is formed; the root nodules in Myrica\ and the hidden buds on the stem of Platanus. The detailed drawings will astound you and should stimulate your imagination as you "think about what they might look like” from your everyday experiences. The book ends with the best illustrated glossary I have seen; an alphabetical listing of the families treated with summaries of their features; and a detailed index. This book is quite well done and would be invaluable to students and teachers at all levels of botanical experience. There are many lessons in here that would apply to plant taxonomy or advanced plant biology courses. I think you should have several copies: in the herbarium, in your office, and one at home. If nothing else, studying these extraordinary drawings causes you to remember what intricate and beautiful subjects plants are. T. Lawrence Mellichamp, Biology Department, University of North Carolina at Charlotte, Charlotte, NC 28223. Pollard, E. and T. J. Yates. 1993. Monitoring Butterflies for Ecology and Conservation. Chapman & Hall, London, UK. $24.95 paperback. 274 p. This remarkable book focuses entirely on the British Butterfly Monitoring Scheme, an effort directed by the authors for the last 20 yr to assess the annual abundance of butterflies at sites throughout the British Isles. There are some 2,500 species of Lepidoptera in the British Isles but of these, only 58 are resident or common migrant butterflies. Despite this relative poverty, the British butterfly fauna is amply called the most thoroughly studied in the world. More books have been published on British butterflies than any other country’s Lepidoptera fauna, and these efforts started over two centuries ago, with the popularity of natural history among the wealthier classes. The British Butterfly Monitoring Scheme began in the area of Monks Wood in May 1973, a count made by J. A. Thomas and E. Pollard. Tens of thousands of butterflies have been counted annually, with the participation of hundreds of amateurs and professionals. During these two decades, there have been dramatic contractions in the ranges of many of the rarer species. Two extinctions have occurred during this century, the Black-Veined White and the Large Blue. The aim of this book is to fully describe the methods and results of this intensive survey effort, and to provide the basis by which observers in other parts of the world may conduct similar intensive monitoring studies of butterflies. The authors begin with a survey of the current status of British butterflies, including migratory species and contractions of ranges. The second chapter deals with the aims and methods of monitoring, while the third reviews the validation of the monitoring method that has been followed in this research. Chapter 4 deals with sites, site selection, and the question of effective national monitoring. Chapters that follow then cover the results on such subjects as local distribution, fluctuation in numbers, colonization and extinction, effect of weather on numbers, migration, and the flight periods of British butterflies. A detailed discussion of several widespread butterflies of the countryside, and rare and localized species of butterflies, follows. The authors then look at specific site studies, such as Monks Wood, Picket Wood, and four other sites. The next two chapters in the book deal with population ecology, including a framework for butterfly population biology, and a discussion of climatic warming, including its long-term effects. The final chapter provides a synopsis of this scheme and other studies on butterflies, and the future of butterfly conservation in relation to this monitoring scheme. Three appendices cover life cycles, foodplants, and behavior; sites and recorders in the butterfly monitoring scheme; and the Latin names of plants mentioned in the text. This 274-page book is liberally illustrated with line drawings, graphs, and half-tone figures of habitats 218 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 3, 1995 and butterflies alike. This work will be of interest to any population ecologist working with Lepidoptera, especially those working in temperate areas of the world. ThomasC. Emmel, Departments of Zoology and Entomology', University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida 32611. Ernst, C. H., J. E. Lovich, and R. W. Barbour. 1994. Turtles of the United States and Canada. Smithsonian Inst. Press, Washington, DC. $60.00. 578 p. A new Turtles of the United States and Canada by Ernst, Lovich, and Barbour now replaces the 22-year old earlier volume by Ernst and Barbour. This 578-page volume, updated and vastly crammed with information, treats 56 freshwater and marine turtles found in the United States and Canada, 13 of which are on the United States Endangered and Canadian Government Organization Act lists. The introduction briefs us by discussing reptile evolution, turtle evolution and systematics, turtle morphology, turtle distribution in North America, turtle habitats, activity periods, turtle reproduction biology, growth and longevity, feeding habits, importance of turtles, and status and conservation. A dichotomous key to all species occupies pages xxxv to xxxviii. Seven families: Chelydridae (2 species), Chelonidae (5), Dermochelyidae (1), Trionychidae (5), Kinosterinidae (9), Emmydidae (3 1 ), and Testudinidae (3) are treated similarly by: recognition, karyo¬ type, fossil record, distribution, geographic variation, confusing species, habitat, behavior, reproduc¬ tion, growth and longevity, food habits, predators and defense, population, remarks, and a distribution map. Karyology and mitochondrial DNA information are new features added to each species. Treat¬ ment, depending on the vastness of information available, varies by species. Fifty-six excellent color plates enhance this volume and are located between pages 354 and 355. Two hundred eighty-eight black and white photos depict dorsal, ventral, and/or head aspects of each species, and distribution maps. A glossary of scientific names and their syllabication helps with their pronunciation. An excellent bibliography of papers, published between 1 January 1960 and 1 October 1990, complements this volume. Only selected references are listed for sea turtles as recent over¬ whelming additions to the literature treating those species would overtax the literature cited section. The authors and many of the recent papers cited point out that many ranges and abundances of many turtles have declined disastrously, as a result of habitat degradation, development, and destruc¬ tion. This has been compounded by over-collecting of most species for sale by the commercial pet trade, even though protection by laws against possession or sale exist. Interesting tidbits dot the text, i.e. the greatest number of species occur east of the Mississippi River and on the Gulf Coast (35), 16 are related to the Mississippi River Valley, 27 occur along the Atlantic coastal states, 29 occur in Texas, the least number of species occurs west of the Rocky Mountains (12), and only three occur in Canada. Two species have been introduced into Elawaii from the United States and three from elsewhere. A number of species have very restricted ranges, i.e. Sternotherus depressus occurs only in the Black Warrior river system of west central Alabama, Graptemys oculifera occurs in the Pearl River and its major tributaries of Mississippi and Louisiana, while Graptemys flavimaculata occurs only in the Pascagoula River in Mississippi. Also, did you know that sperm storage in some species can be for four years and still yield fertile eggs after just one mating? That most turtles lack heteromorphic sex chromosomes? That Trionyx spinifera and Clemmys insculpta have homomorphic sex chromosomes and genetic sex determiners? Incubation temperatures play a role in determining the sex of marine turtles? Mating by the green sea turtle may take up to 52 hours while loggerhead sea turtles can hold their breaths for 20 hours? That the snapping turtle, like other aquatic animals, has shown a recent uptake and storage of chemical toxicants within its body? The only faults I register are that no general subject index was included and the misalignment of Wibbel’s et al. reference on p. 562. I was disappointed that no mention was made of the interesting attempts to repopulate the Chesapeake Bay by relocating North Carolina diamondback terrapins to Maryland and the pens at Crisfield, Maryland by the late R. V. Truitt of Maryland. These efforts may account for the wide variation in coloration, etc. noted today for specimens captured throughout the Chesapeake Bay system. At $60 most herpetologists, professional or student, should possess this volume for where else can you find so much information on one of the world’s reptile faunas. Let’s hope that, with new knowledge gleaned therein, species may rebound and habitat destruction and loss is reversed so man may continue REVIEWS 219 to encounter these interesting reptiles, whether they be eating a worm in the garden, crossing a road, or swimming in the world's oceans. Frank J. Schwartz, Institute of Marine Sciences, Univ. North Carolina, Morehead City, NC 28557. Caplan, Arthur. 1995. Moral Matters: Ethical Issues in Medicine and the Life Sciences. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., NY. $1 1.00 paper. 198 p. During the past 30 years the study of ethical issues in medicine and the life sciences has become a burgeoning industry. Along with a few leading physicians such as Willard Gaylin and Edmund Pel¬ legrino, the first persons to give serious and explicit attention to what is now widely known as biomedical ethics were a group of academic theologians. Prominent amongst these early pioneers in a new "field" were conservative Protestant Christian ethicist Paul Ramsey, the liberal Protestant theologian Joseph Fletcher, and the Jesuit scholar Father Richard J. McCormick. These early scholarly efforts met a ready response amongst other theologians, as well as amongst philosophers and medical professionals. Given the interdisciplinary nature of the issues under analysis, it soon became apparent that any serious attention to ethical issues in medicine and the life sciences would also demand the insights of biologists, biochemists, historians, anthropologists, economists, sociologists, statisticians, and literary scholars. Inasmuch as Americans have a great proclivity toward settling ethical issues and public policy questions in the courts, biomedical ethics quite naturally reached out to and included scholars in the law. Experts in all these fields are now carrying on vigorous scholarly work to illuminate ethical issues in medicine and the life sciences. But the discussion of these issues has not remained simply in the academic and professional world. The popular media of all kinds are saturated with stories of “medical breakthroughs,” abuses of human subjects in medical experimentation, and tragic choices that physicians and their patients and families must make when confronted with seemingly irresolvable ethical dilemmas in medical clinics. Despite the dangers of media over-simplification and hysteria, this popular attention has led to serious debate in American society on a number of ethical problems faced by modem medicine. An exemplary instance of this debate is the series of short articles written by Arthur Caplan for the Minnesota newspaper, the St. Paul Press, over a number of years, and here collected into one volume under the title Moral Matters. Now Director of the Center for Bioethics, and Trustee Professor of Bioethics at the University of Pennsylvania, Caplan wrote most of these articles while holding a similar position at the University of Minnesota. Written in a jocular journalistic style, often giving attention to issues ofimmediate media popularity, Caplan's essays are rooted in historical knowledge, serious attention to contemporary trends and fashions, and thoughtful ethical and public policy analyses of the substantive issues he addresses. As Caplan himself points out in his introductory remarks, his essays give the lie to four popular American myths: (1) that ethics is a mere matter of private opinion, thoroughly relativistic in nature; (2) that ethical decisions should be made by “experts in ethics” rather than by a wide-based public understanding; (3) that ethics cannot possibly keep up with the rapid developments in science, tech¬ nology. and medicine, and must therefore always be REACTIVE in its stance; (4) and that persons who “do ethics” never show their hand with reference to what they believe to be right or wrong. Caplan’s essays, whatever the subject, always express his opinion about what is right and what is wrong. But he makes substantive arguments for his judgments, inviting his readers to assess critically his presentation of facts and the reasonableness of his rationale. Several of his articles take a proactive stance of anticipating ethical issues that will emerge fully only in the future, witness particularly his pieces dealing with the developing knowledge of human genetics. And Caplan’s views (correct in my judgment) that ethics decisions should not be left to the experts, is confirmed by the very fact of his having written these weekly articles for the general public over a period of years. Although the pieces in this collection do not lend themselves readily to easy organization, they are nevertheless roughly grouped in ten categories. Some of these “chapters” deal with issues that have been ethically sensitive throughout the history of medicine, particularly Chapter 3, “Relationships Between Health Care Providers and Those in Their Care.” Others deal with “old issues writ new": Chapter 1, “Abortion, Contraception, Sexuality and the Family”; and Chapter 6, “AIDS, Epidemics. Public Health and Population.” Still other chapters have a distinctive suggestion of the brave new world of modernity: Chapter 2, “Infertility and Technological Reproduction”; and Chapter 5. "Defining Death, Euthanasia and the Right to Die.” Chapter 4 is given to a distinctly American version of 220 ASH BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 3, 1995 human rights in health care, “The Right to Refuse Medical Treatment”; while Chapter 9 deals with “The Ethics of Experimentation.” Chapters 7 and 8 look at issues already upon us, but which will play increasingly important roles in our immediate and long-term future: “Genetics” and “Rationing and the Distribution of Scarce Medical Resources,” respectively. Chapter 10 is not quite convincingly called “Virtue and Vice in Biomedical Science.” Many of the essays give voice to widely-held American perceptions: “For many of us, there are things in life that are worse than death. For too many who practice in the health care field, the only thing to worry about is death. Unless our health care system begins to take hope, independence, comfort and pain more seriously there is every reason to fear that the public will insist upon laws and legislation that let those who are seriously ill choose death as the lesser evil” (p. 78). Caplan is scathingly critical of “Jack Kevorkian, ex-pathologist, self-appointed visionary and artiste extraordinaire” (p. 83) whom he first introduces in the article “Dr. Jack’s Back, and This Guy is Really Scary” (p. 81). But Caplan is no ideologue with reference to how physicians should help persons die, as indicated by his sympathetic treatment of Dr. Timothy Quill in “Doctor Stayed Involved in Life, Not Suicide” (pp. 85-86). Caplan is critical of the American illusion that such controversial ethical and public policy issues as physician-assisted suicide and so-called euthanasia can be successfully settled by the law. He predicts, rightly I believe, that if we insist on legal resolution of these issues, they will probably divide society in a way analogous to the Roe v Wade decision. In most of the articles, Caplan is deliberately provocative in his tone, his idiom, and even in his ideas. He often goes against the grain of much American mythology, flying in the face of popular opinion. A casual reading would suggest to some an unpleasant dogmatism in the author. But on second thought, the essays achieve an admirable effect: a personal engagement that requires a rethinking of our ethical views, and particularly our bases for the positions we take. This gives us some hope that the national debate on crucial medical issues will go beyond mere partisan rhetoric and stereo¬ typical name-calling. But in some interesting ways, these essays reveal even more important things about us than they address directly. The titles of the pieces, and the issues they take up, show how radically American culture has been medicalized. And this medicalization of our lives is revealed as both bane and blessing. The successes of medicine have become a kind of nemesis threatening many of our historical values. These essays reveal also the urgency with which, in our post-theistic cultural pluralism, we demand that the law bring some order out of our moral chaos. An unspoken premise of the articles is that in the same way that we cannot legitimately demand that medicine be a cure for death, we also cannot expect the law to relieve us of our moral insensitivity and our ethical contradictions. And although Caplan himself has a fundamental ethical stance that is consistent throughout his essays, these writings show with clarity that -we have no genuine consensus, either in medicine itself, or in the wider culture, concerning the legitimate ends and the necessary limits of the medical enterprise. Given this profound ethical and religious/philosophical pluralism both in medicine and in American culture in general, perhaps the best we can hope for is that the law can establish the minimal standards necessary for ordered liberty in a society that maximizes tolerance for diversity through respect for personal autonomy and choice. Such a peaceful resolution of our divisive convictions would be no mean achievement! This book makes a substantial contribution toward that end. W. D. White, Department of Social Medicine, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, NC 27599. Iverson, Edwin S., Donald M. Allen, and James B. Higman. 1993. Shrimp Capture and Culture Fisheries of the United States. Halstead Press, NY. $59.95. 247 p. This is a survey book, written by three of the “old-time” names in shrimp research and management. They bring to the subject matter a breadth of experience rarely encountered in a single source in the literature. The book is presented in three sections: Part 1 : Warm-water shrimps (eight chapters de¬ scribing biology, commercial food and bait shrimping and associated harvest gear, recreational shrimp¬ ing, fisheries management, aquaculture, and predictions of future trends); Part 2: Cold-water shrimps (two chapters describing biology, commercial fisheries and limited aquaculture potential); and Part 3: Sources of Additional Information (six helpful appendices — bibliographies, relevant organizations, taxonomy, list of species taken in bycatch, shrimp processing equipment, and aquaculture planning REVIEW'S 221 checklist). The text is clearly written, easily understandable, well illustrated and appears to have been written with the non-specialist or student in mind. However, the wealth of historical information presented will be very useful to anyone involved with shrimp, whether fisherman, scientist, student, aquacultunst or fishery manager. The principal and most serious short-coming of the book is that it is severely dated. While it provides an excellent summary of the literature from the 1930’s through the mid- 1980’s, I found only nine references from 1988 onward cited in the extensive literature lists, six dealing with warm-water shrimp and three with cold-water species. Even the illustrations appear to be predominantly from earlier than the mid- 1980’s. Thus, virtually every section is woefully out-of-date with current information. The sections dealing with aquaculture, disease, fisheries management, and controversies such as those involving the use of Turtle Excluder Devices (TED’s) and finfish bycatch in particular suffer from the lack of more recent information. Nevertheless, this book provides an excellent overview of the shrimp fishery and aquaculture industries in the U.S., and a historical perspective useful in understanding events and controversies in both industries today. It also includes a brief description of the shrimp fishermen themselves, a human dimension usually missing in technical texts. Overall it is a quality presentation, and the listing of literature by major topic area at the end of each chapter will be exceptionally useful to students and others not familiar with the field. I recommend this book to anyone with an interest in the history and development of shrimp fishing and farming in the U.S. PaulA. Sandifer , Marine Resources Division, South Carolina Department of Natural Resources, P.O. Box 12559, Charleston, SC 29422. Blancard, D. 1994. A Color Atlas of Tomato Diseases: Observation, Iden¬ tification, and Control. Manson Ltd., John Wiley & Sons, Inc., NY. $89.95. 212 p. Plant disease diagnosticians are always on the prowl for illustrated manuscripts to aid them in the process of determining the causal agent(s) responsible for a syndrome they are investigating in the clinic. In many cases and for various reasons, diagnosticians find it difficult to get out into the field to actually witness personally a plant disease syndrome as it unfolds, or to collect a quality represen¬ tative sample for processing back at the laboratory. Blancard’s atlas is a valuable resource to help the lab-bound diagnostician narrow the field of inquiry by comparing the particular disease syndrome displayed by a sample submitted to the clinic with those illustrated in the book, and thereby proceed with some proper direction in the diagnostic process. Positive comments: 1 . Excellent, sharp illustrations! Pictures show the variability in the syndromes encountered in real life field settings to a better degree than most similar publications. Not just the common but also the seldom-encountered syndromes are covered. Illustrations are better and more informative than those in the APS Compendium of Tomato Diseases (at approximately 4x the price, however). There is always a danger in illustrating the perfectly developed disease syndrome. Such “textbook” encounters are really the exception rather than the rule in my experience. Nevertheless, the illustrations contained in this book have the ring of authenticity to them — representative, but not artificially so. 2. The “How to use this book” section amply introduces the book’s format to the reader to make sure the author and the reader are using the same vocabulary and visualizing the same concepts before actually going ahead with an attempt at identifying causal agents. The reader is trained in what to look for, where to look for it, and how describe it to communicate with others. 3. Sound advice, p. 6: “Before beginning your diagnosis”: a. “Select good quality samples” i.e. representative samples of whole plants if possible, showing the entire syndrome, both early and late. Poor samples are the major impediment to accurate diagnosis at every clinic I know. b. “Collect as much information as possible, etc.” The diagnostic process often hinges on the complete knowledge of cultural information concerning the sampled plants. Know your plant . . . what’s normal and what’s not. Look for distribution patterns in the crop and learn the timing of syndrome development. I get excited when I see reinforcement of such good advice regarding sample 222 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 3, 1995 collection! These essential aspects of plant disease diagnosis are all too frequently treated frivolously, overlooked, or ignored altogether. 4. Acceptable hardback binding (cover beginning to work loose from frontpieces on my review copy), on excellent glossy stock. Negative comments: 1 . The diseases described are geared specifically to Mediterranean tomato production problems. 2. Ranges ofdiseases/pests are not always given. This information is important to regulatory plant pathologists. 3. Taxonomy of Alternaria is archaic and inconsistent (p. 157). Neergaard uses Alternaria porn f.sp. solani, not A. dauci f.sp. solam in his 1977 volumes on Seed Pathology. Most authorities recognize A. solani Sorauer as the proper binomial. Consult CMI Description #475. 4. Typographical error: p. 1 5 1 , P. syringae pv. tomato at bottom of second column, p. 1 62 de Bary. 5. The disease caused by Xanthomonas campestris pv. vesicatoria is almost universally known as bacterial spot, not “bacterial scale” as stated on p. 152. 6. There is no information on Burkholderia ( Pseudomonas ) solanacearum, bacterial wilt. 7. Taxonomy of Bemisia is outdated. The tobacco or sweetpotato whitefly is Bemisia tabaci, while the sweetpotato whitefly Type B, best known now as the silverleaf whitefly (B. argentifolii), has supplanted B. tabaci in much of its former range, at least in the Western Hemisphere. 8. There is much blank space on many pages. 9. The reader must beware of the potential for confusion between page number references and illustration number references. 10. Page referral erroneous— on page 143 (“description 31 on page 190” should be “. . . on page 191”). 1 1 . Illustrations of a syndrome may require several stops throughout the book to see all views. (I have no good ideas to get around this.) Overall analysis: Many of the criticisms are petty compared to the overwhelmingly positive aspects of the book. Despite the dangerous temptation to engage in “picture-keying” by the novice diagnostician, this book greatly assists a scout, grower, or diagnostician to narrow down the possible causal agents for a timely, reasonably accurate, and potentially useful diagnosis. Combined with a good resource for more detailed biological information about the diseases and pests illustrated, one has an unbeatable combination for the tomato grower, scout, or diagnostician. This book is worthwhile for the superb illustrations alone. Tim Schubert, Florida Department Agriculture and Consumer Service, Gainesville, FL 32614. Behr, J.-P. (ed.). 1994. The Lock and Key Principle. John Wiley & Sons, NY. $130.00. 325 p. This book celebrates the centenary of the first model describing how enzymes might function. Written by Emil Fischer in 1 894, the original article focused on the ability of enzymes to bind the correct substrate, and introduced the concept of lock and key to simulate the binding interactions between the enzyme’s catalytic site (the lock) and the unique substrate that can bind there effectively (the key). A century later, we now enjoy the benefits of an explosion of information in the last 20 yr, and this volume summarizes our current understanding of how molecules bind to each other. This volume has the correct title, for while enzymes are central to Fischer’s model, the present focus is on how binding interactions are a foundation to all of macromolecular biochemistry and life. As detailed in this volume, we now see such binding interactions as essential for the formation of the DNA-RNA duplex in the polymerase chain reaction (PCR), or the interaction of antibodies with ligands, or the formation of crystals. The eight chapters are written by experts in the many facets of this field. While there is some variation in the style, this format makes the information absolutely current. For readers unfamiliar with the subject, an early chapter provides a very good introduction to the concept of affinity and binding, and then continues with a clear presentation for quantitating and analyzing experimental results to develop a model for such binding interactions. All forms of REVIEWS 223 ligand-binding represent a reversible association of two molecules. The affinity of each partner for the other partner should be high enough to ensure correct and specific binding, but not too high since this would impede the function of all dynamic interactions. Changes in these binding affinities can occur naturally, and evolution is based on exploring such changes in the binding interaction of some protein (via mutations in the DNA that codes for the protein). In addition, scientists have become more adept at chemical modification of potential binding molecules. This approach is described for the synthesis of chemical catalysts that can mimic some enzymatic reaction. The benefit expected of such artificial catalysts is that, unlike enzyme proteins, these novel catalysts would be stable at extremes of pH or temperature, and thus be much more useful in industrial processes for the synthesis of drugs. The synthesis of artificial ligands is routine in modem molecular biology, where site-specific oli¬ gonucleotides are used to bind at a unique site on a template DNA or RNA, to initiate the synthesis of an exactly defined section of the template. Another novel research area is the exploration for naturally produced antibodies that are capable of performing a specific catalytic reaction. Antibodies have evolved to be very good at binding a specific ligand, and the immune system can generate an antibody to bind any ligand-antigen. If this artificial antigen mimics the critical event in a catalytic reaction, then the antibody produced for binding this compound may mimic the selected enzymatic reaction by stabilizing the unfavorable high energy complex intrinsic to this reaction, thereby favoring the conversion of a reactant to product. Twelve examples of such artificially selected antibodies are described. As yet. they are slow enzymes. However, it is amazing that they show rate enhancements of up to 10,000 fold over the uncatalyzed reaction. A major chapter in this book is a remarkable model that uses the principles for affinity and binding to formulate a system for the origin of life. The model is developed in an abstract and conceptual fashion, using symbolic building blocks and catalytic entities to define the essential components that are consistent with the origin, and continued self-replication, of informational macromolecules. In the development of the model, the authors continue to focus on likely weak points, and then seek for logical solutions. As their model reaches completion, it includes variants of the original molecules which now are specialized for particular functions. When this conceptual model has been fully elab¬ orated, it is only then compared to the existing macromolecular components of cellular life, which now provide information storage (DNA), message transmission (RNA), and catalytic function (protein). An inherently attractive feature of this model is the necessity for the first macromolecule to have stable structure, information content, and limited function. These features are completely consistent with our current understanding of RNA, which is now seen as the first macromolecule in the process leading to the origin of life, because it is a stable molecule that contains information, and still retains certain unique enzymatic reactions that are essential. The duplex hairpin structure that is presented as desirable for the earliest simple self-replicating molecules (before cellular life) is still widely evident in existing transfer RNA (tRNA) and ribosomal RNA’s (rRNA) which constitute central components of the existing ribosomal assembly on which proteins are synthesized. The antiparallel double-stranded structure of such single chain RNA's predates, and probably determined, the antiparallel double- stranded structure of DNA. A final section in the above chapter on the origin of life presents a well developed argument for the origin of our current genetic code. This model develops by a logical and parsimonious sequence of incremental changes. Again, the evolution of coding RNA is based on proper affinity binding for base¬ pairing which initially had to be influenced by the strength of base pairs. This suggests that purines were used first, since G-C pairs have 3 hydrogen bonds, and proceeds to show us how structural needs could be maintained while increasing complexity to enhance increased information content. It is the latter feature that required 4 different nucleotides, and 3 adjacent nucleotides as the optimum size for a codon. A fascinating feature of this model is their explanation that shows which amino acids could have been used in the initial stages of this evolving macromolecular machinery, and why methionine and tryptophan were the last two amino acids to become included in the current set of 20 building blocks used for proteins. Here their model is plausible because the amino acids that arc found most readily in abiotic chemical reactions, such as alanine and glycine, also have GC or GG containing codons. This suggests that the most stable RNA carriers would have formed first, and adapted to the most abundant amino acids available. Overall, this book provides us with the latest information in this field, combined with some critical thinking to build a current model for the importance of affinity and binding to macromolecular processes. Thomas W. Traut, Biochemistry and Biophysics, University of North Carolina. School of Medicine. Chapel Hill. NC 27599. 224 ASH BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 3, 1995 Brum, Gil, Larry McKane, and Gerry Karp. 1994. Biology: Exploring Life. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., NY. $58.95. 1,030 p. This reviewer has 30 yr experience teaching introductory biology to majors, non-majors, and com¬ bined classes. Numerous introductory texts have been reviewed during this time. The procedure followed is to read the preface and any information to the students about the book. This gives the reader and reviewer some insight into the authors’ approach to the subject of biology. Next the brief and detailed indexes are examined. From here this reviewer examines the entire book page by page to obtain an overall impression of the contents. Special attention is paid to graphics of all kinds. The final item of review is to read several selected portions of text ranging from a few paragraphs to full chapters. Usually this reviewer then has several students in the class to review the book using the procedures described above, but this was not done in this case. This is a text directed towards introductory biology. It is primarily for majors, but would be usable by some non-majors classes. This text would be in direct competition with texts authored by Starr and Taggart, Postlethwait and Hopson, etc. It would have difficulty competing with texts authored by Campbell, Curtiss, and others whose texts are very encyclopedic. The preface to instructors explains the approach and purpose of the text. It also discusses the graphics and supplements which are typical of other texts in this category. The authors do say this book is “concept” oriented. The Student Guide to the use of the text explains the orientation of the book and what the authors considered special features. What they do not tell the reader is the basis for this color coding system used throughout the book. They do identify icons for the five concepts of the book. These icons show up throughout the text wherever applicable. This is a useful feature. The Student Guide should follow the Preface to Instructors which comes before the tables of contents. The tables of contents are similar to those of other texts. Color coding is used here with no explanation of what the colors represent. The topics are organized in a sequence that begins with the cell and progresses to the organism. There is no mention of tissue, organ, and organ system levels. These levels of organization occur in the text but are not identified as such. That leaves a huge gap for the students to badge. The text does include information on levels of organization above the organism. In an effort to be “concept” oriented the authors have omitted vital information to provide a logical and complete picture of biology. The chapters begin with what is referred to as “Steps to Discovery,” vignettes of how a given piece of scientific knowledge was obtained. Topic headings within each chapter are clearly evident and specific concepts or thoughts are blocked off and bolded. Chapters also include “boxes” examining the human perspective of the chapter topics. Chapters end with a synopsis of the chapter, a list of key terms, review questions, critical thinking questions, and a list of additional readings. Three chapters in this book stand out abo.ve most books of this type. The chapter on water is very good and covers a very important aspect of biology. It is unfortunate that other books do not treat this topic as well. The other chapters that are very good are chapters 34-35 on evidence for evolution. In particular, the coverage of continental drift and the theory of plate tectonics is excellent. While three chapters are outstanding and many are not significantly better than other texts, there are numerous errors and omissions in this text. Some graphics are incompletely labeled, others are mislabeled, and some have labels for things that cannot be identified. Examples of each are Fig. 6-7 that has no label for the “energy of activation” of an enzyme; Fig. 1 on page 366 is labeled a “bristle cone pine” when it is clearly a redwood tree; and Fig. 2 on page 366 identifies creosote bushes which cannot be identified in the picture. Other graphics give misinformation such as Fig. 20- 13a indicating that the fleshy part of a mature apple is the receptacle when most of the fleshy part of an apple is floral tube. Moving to specific topics, this reviewer cannot understand why the authors insist on explaining diffusion and osmosis in terms of concentrations when the energy level approach is much less confusing. This book explains diffusion with the illustration of bouncing balls in a room. It is then necessary to state that unlike molecules, the balls lack kinetic energy. Osmosis is then explained in terms of the solute rather than the solvent. It is the solvent, water in biological systems, that moves in osmosis. Is it any wonder that students have difficulty understanding these two processes? The chapter on plant hormones is atrocious. The authors use the very archaic term “bended” rather than bent. There are several references that “plant hormones are like animal hormones.” Yet, there is not the reciprocal statement in the chapter on animal hormones. Besides, plant hormones are not like animal hormones beyond meeting the definition of a hormone. This chapter can be noted for what is missing more than what is included. Discussion of synthetic hormones is limited to one REVIEWS 225 paragraph on Agent Orange. Numerous synthetic hormones are used commercially in many areas of agriculture and home gardening. Reference is made to work done by the USDA at Beltsville, MD in the 1950's regarding the role of phvtochromes in seed germination and completely ignores the work done there in the 1920's on tobacco to identify photoperiodism in flowering plants. This book has totally obliterated any concept of classification of organisms. There is no classification of organisms of the sort usually found in appendices. There is indiscriminate use of terms that are official taxa mixed with terms that are not official taxa. Terms such as Protozoa, Ciliata, angiosperm, and algae are not identified taxonomically. The fungi are classified as to class with no identification of fungal divisions. The sections of "algae" begin with “green algae” followed by the term “chlorophyta” bolded without capitalization of the initial beginning letter. Chlorophyta is an official taxon. The brown algae's official taxon name is uncapitalized and in regular print. Very inconsistent. In the phylum Arthropoda the organisms are divided into "groups" which are the classes of the Arthropoda. Why not identify these taxa as classes? The authors place the primates into “three groups” which are then further separated into other categories with no identification of the taxonomic level being discussed. This reviewer finds the lack of proper taxonomic identification throughout the book very confusing and makes the relationship of organisms nearly impossible to follow. What must it be like to be a student reading this text? There are lots of text books that can be used in the nearly endless variety of introductory biology courses. I would not recommend this book for any of them. There are two books that are much better and several others that are somewhat better. There are also books that are worse than this one, but not many. R. Dean Decker, Biology’ Department, University of Richmond, Richmond, VA 23173. Casti, John L. and Anders Karlqvist (eds.). 1995. Cooperation and Conflict in General Evolutionary Processes. John Wiley and Sons, NY. $69.95. 448 p. The book is a compilation of the formal version of views on the "twin problems of cooperation and conflict in evolutionary processes” presented by participants at the annual meeting of the Swedish Council for Planning and Coordination of Research convened in Abisko, Sweden. The book’s 12 chapters, embedded with numerous mathematical equations (the very simplest of which is adaptation = heredity + variation + selection) covers the views of contributors from a diversity of fields (e.g. philosophy, physics, biology, economics, mathematics, and English). In discussing evolutionary pro¬ cesses in areas like economic and urban organization, biological evolution, and the evolution of language, many explore the theme that the essence of evolution is a “finely balanced highwire act between individual self interest and collective group interests.” For example, chapter topics include: urban systems and evolution; modeling errors and parasites in the evolution of primitive life; coop¬ eration as the ghost in the machinery of evolution; randomness in arithmetic and the decline and fall of reductionism in pure mathematics; narratives on evolution and the evolution of narratives; bio¬ logically bound behavior, free will, and the evolution of humans; a hierarchy of complex behaviors in microbiological system; chaotic dynamics of linguistic-like processes at the syntactic and semantic levels; cooperation and Chimera; minimal properties for evolutionary optimization; a perception machine built of many cooperating agents; and language, evolution, and the theory of games. The cloth book, set in easily read type, has four color photographs, 105 black and white figures, a useful 1 1-page index, and for the most part ample references at the end of each chapter. Researchers and modelers in the fields of biology, chemistry, physics, mathematics, economics, and individuals involved in philosophy and linguistics, will find interesting and stimulating new materials to further their own disciplines. Eugene G. Maurakis. Science Museum of Virginia, Richmond, VA 23220. Maitland, P. S., P. J. Bacon, and D. S. McLusky (eds.). 1994. Proceedings of the 50th Meeting of the Scottish Freshwater Group. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Chichester. $89.95. 639 p. The book celebrates the first 25 years of the Scottish Freshwater Group and is intended to be a current account of the status of the fresh waters of Scotland. The book is divided into four sections and 31 chapters. Section I, Defining, Classifying and Evaluating the Resource has 15 chapters on a 226 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 3, 1995 wide range of subjects that include history, geology, palaeolimnology as well as the use of Scottish waters by various groups of plants and animals. Section II has four chapters that address using the resource. Section III discusses pressures on the resource in seven chapters and Section IV deals with Integrating Conservation and Development in the final five chapters. Most of the chapters were presented as papers at the 50th meeting of the Scottish Freshwater Group held at the University of Stirling on 2-3 February 1993. The book is well edited, I found one spelling error, with an attractive color cover, and frontispiece that make those of us who have spent time in Scotland long to return. The text tables and figures are, for the most part, well laid out. Each chapter in the book can stand alone so that a person interested in a specific subject, such as fish, could read three or four specific chapters and cover the subject fairly well. For those cover to cover readers the book is organized so that it progresses from history and description of the resources to using the resource and conserving and managing the resource. There is some duplication between sections and chapters that acts as a continuing thread tying them together. The writing styles of the authors make the readability of the chapters quite different, but this is to be expected. I think it is fair to say that this book is not light reading and, depending on one’s specific interests, some chapters move rather slowly. I found the chapters in section IV, Integrating Conservation and Development, to be the most interesting. Perhaps the most valuable function of the book is as a source of information, and to that end there are extensive references associated with each chapter. I would recommend the book to libraries with an interest in both freshwater and coastal marine waters and to individuals with a specific interest in the freshwaters of Scotland. Donald E. Hoss, Southeast Fisheries Science Center, Beaufort Laboratory, Beaufort, NC 28516. Simpson, M. B., Jr. 1994. Bird Life of North Carolina’s Shining Rock Wil¬ derness. Occ. Pap. No. Car. Bio. Serv., NC St. Mus. Nat. Sci. 1994-1. $5.00. 32 p. Shining Rock Wilderness, located in the southeast corner of Haywood County, North Carolina, is an 18,500 acre wilderness tract that is part of Pisgah National Forest and managed by the USDA. Elevations range 975-1,841 m. Thirty-two species ofbirds have been recorded inhabiting or frequenting the wilderness and its variety of forest types. Forest alterations have had dramatic influences on the avian fauna. FJS NEWS OF BIOLOGY IN THE SOUTHEAST JON R. Fortman - News Editor Division of Science and Mathematics Mississippi University for Women Columbus, MS 39701 ABOUT PEOPLE AND PLACES GEORGIA The University of Georgia, Savannah River Ecology Laboratory. The Central Savannah River Area has acquired a new environmental education and conference center. It offers a variety of programming and educational opportunities for area students, teachers and citizens. The 5,000 square-foot center is located at the Savannah River Site (SRS) and will be operated by the Savannah River Ecology Laboratory. Dr. Gene Rhodes and Michelle Boone revealed in the American Midland Naturalist that wintering flocks of eastern wild turkeys on the SRS maintain significant levels of genetic diversity. Excessive hunting, diseases and habitat destruction almost wiped out wild turkey populations in the U.S. by 1940. Since then, wildlife management officials have successfully re-established the species in much of its former range, but only recently has research shown that wild turkey populations restocked with animals from the SRS should have a better chance of recovery. SRS wild turkey populations make excellent research subjects because they live in a protected area of 300 square-miles, a reservoir for wild turkeys and other species that need restocking elsewhere. Agnes Scott College. Department of Biology. Mr. J. Phil Gibson has been appointed Assistant Professor of Biology. Mr. Gibson will receive his Ph.D. from the University of Colorado, Boulder in May and join the department in the Fall. He has southeastern ecosystem experience through his master's degree work at the University of Georgia. He is a plant reproductive biologist by training, and will teach ecology, systematics of Southeastern flora, and contribute to introductory biology sections. He will also be involved in a new course on critical thinking in biology. MISSISSIPPI University of Southern Mississippi. Department of Biological Sciences. The Second Annual Southeastern Regional Yeast Meeting was held in March on the USM campus and was organized by Dr. Joanne Tornow and Dr. George Santangelo. Seventy molecular and cell biologists with research interests in yeast attended. The Center of Molecular and Cellular Biosciences is holding two faculty enhancement workshops in molecular biology this summer. The first session will be in May and the second session will be taught from 7 to 11 August, 1995. It is entitled Protein Chemistry and Immunochemistry. Participants may also submit mini-grant proposals of up to $1,000 to help facilitate the incorporation of workshop ideas into their respective curricula. Delia Anderson recently co-authored (with Nina Parker and Steven Woests) the "Instructor's Manual and Test Bank' to accompany Principles of Microbiology by Ronald M. Atlas. A recent book entitled Carbon Monoxide and Human Lethality: Fire and Non-fire Studies, has as one of the editors, a USM faculty member. Dr. James B. Larsen. Dr. Larsen authored a chapter entitled “Physiological Effects of Carbon Monoxide" and also co¬ authored the chapter 'Carbon Monoxide and Fatalities: a Case Study of Toxicity in Man.' Mississippi College. Biology Department. The department has received a $1,000,000 grant from the Howard Hughes Medical Institute. The four year grant provides summer training for high school teachers in genetics and molecular biology, undergraduate research support, and equipment. Dr. Prentiss Cox, head of the department, is grant director and Drs. Robert Hamilton and Bill Stark are the other faculty members with major involvement. Mississippi State University, Department of Biological Sciences. Dr. Armando A. de la Cruz has returned to the department after a two year assignment in Indonesia. While in Indonesia, he served as technical advisor to a higher education development support project NORTH CAROLINA 1995 marked the first year that the University of North Carolina Board of Governors awarded Excellence in Teaching Awards. One award was given on each of the sixteen campuses in the University of North Carolina System. Of the sixteen awards, four were received by biology faculty. These were: Dr. Mary Connell. Appalachian State University, Dr. Bonnie Kelley, Pembroke State University, Dr. Michael Stuart, Umwrsity of North Carolina- Asheville, and Dr. William McKee Kier, UNC-Chapel Hill. 227 228 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 3, 1995 Appalachian Stale University, Department of Biology. Dr. Richard Henson was named Outstanding Teacher in the College of Aits and Sciences. East Carolina University, Department of Biology. New faculty include Dr. Annette Rogers (teaching Microbiology and Principles of Biology), Dr. Jean-luc Scemama (Visiting Assistant Professor teaching Principles of Biochemistry and Cellular Physiology) and Dr. Don Callihan (Visiting Assistant Professor teaching General Biology and Principles of Biology.) Dr. Mark Brinson and Mr. David Knowles received a National Park Service Grant for Development of a Water Resource Management Plan for the Congaree Swamp National Monument. Dr. Lisa Clough received two research awards from Bates College. Dr. Margit Scmidt has left for a position at the Karolonski Institute in Stockholm, Sweden. Mr. James Moore has been hired as the Storeroom Manager and Laboratory Coordinator. Mr. Daniel Barnes , Greenhouse Manager, has resigned and is entering creative landscaping. Mrs. Dee Standish is updating and rewriting the Biology 1051 Laboratory Manual which serves 55 laboratory sections. TENNESSEE The University of Memphis, Dnision of Ecology and Organismal Biology. Dr. S. Reza Pezeshki joined the faculty from the Wetland Biogeochemistry Institute, Center for Coastal Energy and Environmental Resources at Louisiana State University where he was an associate professor. He developed and is teaching "Environmental Plant Physiology" this spring and "Wetland Ecology" in the fall of 1995. His research on the effect of differing soil oxygen concentrations on the physiological function of bottomland trees is supported by a grant from the USDA. Dr. Jack Grubaugh also joined the faculty after receiving the Ph.D. from the University of Georgia. His research and teaching interest focus on freshwater invertebrate biology, stream and large river ecology, and biological monitoring of aquatic ecosystems. VIRGINIA Virginia Commonwealth University, Biology Department. In January 1995 Dr. Jackson Jeffrey , former chairman of the department, died at his son's home in Florida. During his tenure of more than 35 years of service. Dr. Jeffrey served as Department Chair during three different critical periods of academic development. He was instrumental in directing this school's growth from a professional institute (RPI) to its present recognition as a major university. A memorial service was held for Dr. Jeffrey late in January of this year at VCU. WEST VIRGINIA NBS Leetown Science Center, Kearneysville. Dr. J. Larry laidke , formerly Director of the Science Center, has been named Regional Director of the U.S. Department of the Interior's National Biological Service (NBS), Southern Region in Lafayette, LA. As Regional Director, Dr. Ludke will direct and oversee services to customers of NBS within the Southern Region. He began his Dept, of the Interior career in 1971 with the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. He received his Ph.D. in animal physiology in 1970 from Mississippi State University. MUSEUMS AND BOTANICAL GARDENS ALABAMA Anniston Museum of Natural History, Anniston. In June, the Museum presented "Herpfest: A Celebration of Reptiles and Amphibians." Live animals were displayed, along with presentations by reptile scholars. GEORGIA The Columbus Museum, Columbus. Some of the exhibitions for 1995 include: William H. Johnson: A Retrospective; "My People": The Portraits of Robert Henri; Our Land/Ourselves: American Indian Contemporary Artists; Tales and Traditions: Storytelling in Twentieth-Century American Craft; Of Earth and Cotton; White Mountain Painters 1834-1926. ASB MEMBERSHIP DUES STRUCTURE Please complete the information below, eclose check or money order payable to Association of Southeastern Biologists, and mail to Janies C. Hull, Department of Biological Sciences, Towson St. Univ., Towson, MD 21204-7097. The mailing lable shows the year through which you are paid -- for example, if the date is 1993, you need to pay for 1994 and 1995. Please contact Jim Hull if there is an error (410- 830-4117; E-mail E7B2HUL@TOE.TOWSON.EDU). Thank you for your support. Name _ Address City _ State _ Country _ Zip code _ - _ Telephone ( ) _ FAX ( ) _ EMAIL _ _ Regular — $20; or Regular for 3 years — $50 _ Family — $25 _ Student — $10 _ Emeritus -- $10 _ Contributing — $50 _ Sustaining — $100 _ Patron — $500 _ Library — $30; or Library for 3 yeears ~ $85 _ Enrichment Fund Contribution (we have a $2,000 challenge grant for the current year) _ Total Enclosed: Paid for 1995 _ ; 1996 _ ; 1995-97 _ CONTENTS THE ASB BULLETIN VOLUME 42, NUMBER 3, JULY 1995 President's Message . 181 Editor's Message . 182 Association Affairs . 183 Announcements . 196 Beta Beta Beta Abstracts . 200 Reviews . 211 News of Biology in the Southeast . 227 Cover Photo - Niels Lundquist, Instiute of Marine Sciences, University of North Carolina, Morehead City, NC 28557 The ASB BULLETIN Volume 42, Number 4 October 1995 AST CALL FOR PAPERS -DEADLINE: November 15 QH301 v. 42 no. 4 October L995 Hollow spheres of unknown composition and function adjacent to the nucleolus of a meiocyte of Lilium. X24,800. The Official Quarterly Publication of The Association of Southeastern Biologists ASB Bulletin (issn 0001-2386) The ASB Bulletin (ISSN-OOOl-2386) is published quarterly in January, April, July, and October by the Association of Southeastern Biologists, Department of Biology, Appalachian State University, Boone, NC 28608. Second class postage paid at Morehead City, NC and additional office. Postmaster: send address changes to the business manager, J. Hull, Dept. Biol., Towson St. Univ., Towson, MD 21204-7097. All contributions should be sent to the Editor. News items should be sent to the News Editor. Inquiries about missing numbers and other matters should be addressed to the Editor, Dept, of Biology, Appalachian St. Univ., Boone, NC 28608. Printed by Allen Press, 1041 New Hampshire St., Lawrence, KS 66044. Editor: Ken Shull, Dept, of Biol., Appalachian State University, Boone, NC 28608 (704)262-2675; FAX (704)262-2127; E-Mail SHULUK@APPSTATE.EDU Associate Editor: Beverly Collins, Savannah Riv. Ecol. Lab., Aiken, SC 29802 (803)725-2472 Business Manager: J. Hull, Dept. Biol., Towson St. Univ., Towson, MD 21204-7097 (410)830-4117 News Editor: Jon Fortman, Div. of Sci. and Math., Mississippi University for Women, Columbus, MS 39701 Book Review Editor: Frank Schwartz, Inst, of Marine Sci. 3431 Arendell St., Univ. of North Carolina, Morehead City, NC 28557 (919)726-6841 Officers of the ASB President- James W Ross, Cumberland College, Williamsburg, KY 40769, (606)549-2200; E-mail JROSS@CC.CUMBER.EDU President-elect - James S. Fralish, Dept, of Forestry, So. Illinois Univ., Carbondale, IL 62901; (618)453-7466 Vice-President - Cliff R. Hupp, U.S. Geol. Survey, National Center, Mail Stop 430, Reston, VA 22092, (703)648-5207, CRHUPP@WRDMAIL.ER.USGS.GOV Past President - Michael Baranski, Catawba College, Salisbury, NC 28144, (704)637-4442, E-mail MMBARANSK@CATAWBA.EDU Secretary - Beverly Collins, Savannah Riv. Ecol. Lab., Aiken, SC 29802, (803)725-2472 Treasurer - James Hull, Dept. Biol., Towson St. Univ., Towson, MD 21204-7097; (410)830-4117, E7B2HUL@TOE.TOWSON.EDU Archivist - Donald J. Shure, Dept, of Biol., Emory University, Atlanta, GA 30322 (404)727-4209. Executive Committee Members-at -Large: 1996: Claudia L. Jolls, East Carolina Univ., Greenville, NC 27858-4353 (919)328-6295 Howard S. Neufeld, Appalachian St. Univ., Boone, NC 28608 (704)262-2683 1997: Mary U. Connell, Appalachian St. Univ. Boone, NC 28608 (704)262-2671 James F. Matthews, Univ. No. Car.- Charlotte, Charlotte, NC 28223 (704)547-4061 1998: Phil Robertson, So. III. Univ., Carbondale, IL, 62901 (618)453-3236 Bob Haynes, Univ. of Alabama, Tuscaloosa, AL 354 87 (205)348-1826 The ASB encourages, in the broadest and most liberal sense, the advancement of biology as a science by: the promotion of research, the increase and diffusion of knowledge of biology, emphasis of the relationship of fundamental knowledge of biology to the solution of biological problems, the preservation of biological resources, and by its meetings, reports, discussions, and publications to promote scientific interests and inquiry, thereby adding to the health, happiness and knowledge of all peoples. The Association meets annually on the campuses of universities and colleges located throughout the southeast. Affiliated organizations meeting with the Association are: Southern Appalachian Botanical Society, SE Section of the BoL Soc. of Amer., SE Region of Beta Beta Beta, SE Div. Amer. Microscopical Society, SE Chapter of the Ecol. Soc. of Amer., SE Div. of the Amer. Soc. of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists, SE Fishes Council, SE Soc. of Parasitologists and the SE Chapt. of the Soc. of Wetland Scientists. The ASB has representation in Section G Committee of the AAAS. Varying types of membership are available to individuals and institutions. Members receive the Bulletin. Time and Place of Future Meetings 1996 April 10-13 Georgia Southern University, Statesboro, GA 1997 April 16-19 Furman University, Greenville, SC 1998 April Northeast Louisiana University, Monroe, LA Patron Members Breedlove, Dennis and Associates, Inc. Orlando, FL W. C. Brown Publ. Co., Dubuque, IA Carolina Biological Supply Co., Burlington, NC Martin Marietta Energy Corp., Oak Ridge, TN Martin Microscope Co., Easley, SC Saunders College Publishing Co., Philadelphia, PA CALL FOR PAPERS THE 57th ANNUAL MEETING HOST: GEORGIA SOUTHERN UNIVERSITY MEETING SITE: STATESBORO, GEORGIA DATE: 10-13 APRIL 1996 Please note the following deadlines which are to be met before our 57th Annual Meeting hosted by Georgia Southern University. 15 November Titles and abstracts of papers and posters (use blue abstract form). This will be the only call for papers. They must reach the program chairman by this date. 15 November Nominations for ASB officers and executive committee. 15 November - 1 February Submissions for research awards. 1 February Application for student travel awards. Anytime Membership application (see the October issues of the ASB Bulletin). Please encourage your graduate students, colleagues on the faculty, and your institutional librarian to join. 229 ASB MEETING CALL FOR PAPERS & POSTERS FOR 1996 MEETING DEADLINE: 15 November 1995 Individuals presenting papers or posters are expected to be members of ASB! This form, along with the original (blue) and one photocopy of the abstract must be addressed to the Chairman of the Program Committee, Dr. Stephen Vives, Department of Biology, Georgia Southern University, Landrum Box 8042. Statesboro, GA 30460, and received no later than 15 November 1995 if the title is to appear on the program and the abstract published in the April 1996 ASB Bulletin. In the event of a last-minute absence, notify either Dr. Vives (phone: 912-681-5954; email: svives@gasou.edu) or Dr. Lome Wolfe (phone: 912-681-0848; email: wolfe@gsvms2.cc.gasou.edu). Information on the meeting and the session schedules will be available via the Internet (www.bio.gasou.edu). Please type or laser print 1. Author(s): 2. Institution's): 3. Phone: Fax: 4. E-mail: 5. Title (omit higher taxa—see No. 6 below): 4. Check: Q Paper or Q Poster (see guidelines in January ASB Bulletin) 5. PROJECTION EQUIPMENT: Q 35 mm slides, Q Overhead Q Other TIME LIMIT for presentations and questions is 15 minutes (plan on speaking for 10-12 minutes to leave time for questions) 230 CALL FOR PAPERS 231 6. RECOMMENDED SECTION. Check appropriate section(s) to which your paper should be assigned. RANK sections as to your preference (with "1" being first preferred) if you check more than one. Indicate Higher Taxon to help program committee in arranging papers (omit these from the tide unless necessary): _ Animal ecology _ Ichthyology/ Herpetology _ Animal physiology _ Invertebrate zoology _ Aquatic ecology _ Microbio logy /Parasitology _ Cell/Molecular biology _ Plant ecology _ Cryptogamic botany _ Plant physiology _ Cytology/Genetics _ Plant systemadcs _ _ Developmental biology _ Teaching biology _ Evolution _ Other: _ Paper sections will be established based on needs. 7. ABSTRACT: Since abstracts will be reproduced in the April ASB Bulledn by photo-offset, it is critical that abstracts must be printed carefully in the box on the blue form, following the directions there in detail. Please use Times Roman 12 point font. Do not use a dot matrix printer. Additional copies of the form may be obtained from the Editor (Dr. J. K. Shull, Phone: 704-262-2675, Fax: 704-262-2127; Email: shulljk@conrad.appstate.edu). DO NOT PHOTOCOPY the blue form for an original. PLEASE FOLLOW THE DIRECTIONS ON HOW TO PRESENT YOUR ABSTRACT. OTHERWISE YOUR ABSTRACT MAY NOT BE INCLUDED IN THE ASB BULLETIN. 8 NOTE: If you wish to be notified of the day and time of your presentation, please include a self-addressed, stamped post card with this Title Sheet. Indicate title, your name, and leave a blank for day and time. Alternatively, you can be notified by email if you include your email address above. The presentation schedule will also be available on the World-Wide Web at www.bio. gasou.edu. P lease select one of these choices: Q Inform me by email. Q Inform me by post. Ql I don't need to be informed. 9. AWARDS: If you intend to submit an abstract and manuscript, please select from the following categories (see January ASB Bulletin for instructions): Q ASB Student Research Award ($500) Q ASB Faculty Research Award ($500) Q Odum Award ($250) Q Aquatic Biology Student Research Award ($100) Q NC Botanical Garden Award ($100) 10. Reprints of abstracts are not available. You may duplicate the printed abstracts from the ASB Bulletin 11. Important: In case of error in your name or title when printed, or questions about your presentation, please notify either of the Program Co-Chairs, Drs. Steve Vives or Lome Wolfe as soon as possible — not the moderator of your paper session. REVIEWS Deyrup, Mark and Richard Franz (eds.). 1994. Rare and Endangered Biota of Florida. Vol. IV. Invertebrates. University of Florida, Gainesville, FL. $39.50 paperback. 798 p. I am not current on statewide efforts to document conservation statuses of invertebrates, but it is difficult to imagine a more sophisticated program than Florida’s, the most critical east coast state because of its subtropical climate and the large number of species that do not occur elsewhere in the U.S. This laudable work, a necessity for specialists studying Floridian invertebrates, sets a standard in depth of coverage that other states will have difficulty matching. An updated and expanded version of an earlier edition (R. Franz, ed., 1982, Rare and Endangered Biota of Florida. Vol. Six. Invertebrates) and one of six volumes in the new series (mammals, herps, and fishes have been published; birds and plants are in preparation), the invertebrate volume treats three phyla, eight classes, 24 orders, and over 85 families inhabiting Florida’s marine, freshwater, and terrestrial environments. Coverage is necessarily skewed towards taxa for which specialists exist and whose Floridian representatives have been studied. This results in lengthy chapters on moderate-size insect orders like Trichoptera and Odonata and may generate the false impression that these taxa are the most jeopardized. Because of the lack of collection-based information, only five terrestrial gastropods are listed, in contrast to nine aquatic snails and 29 aquatic bivalves, but a summary section argues that the entire land snail faunas north of Marion and south of Palm Beach counties warrants Of Special Concern status because of habitat destruction from agriculture, urban and recreational development, and pollution. In what must surely be a first for endangered species rosters, this volume even considers ectoparasites and an infamous disease vector, as 34 species of chewing lice (Mallophaga) are listed along with the Central American malaria mosquito, Anopheles (Nyssorhynchus) albimanus. The principal transmitter of human malaria in the Neotropics, this dipteran is restricted to the Keys and is cited as Endangered even though it also occurs at Brownsville, Texas, and is common in the Bahamas, Caribbean Islands, and from Mexico to northern South America. • Dedicated to two deceased southeastern naturalists, the arachnologist Henry K. Wallace and the astacologist Horton H. Hobbs, Jr., the volume provides a brief history of the Florida Committee on Rare and Endangered Plants and Animals (FCREPA), definitions of the status categories— endangered, threatened, rare, special concern, undetermined, recently extirpated, and recently extinct— and de¬ scriptions of major Florida habitats. Characterizations of the 12 terrestrial and wetland biotopes are repeated from the mammal and herp volumes, while those of the five freshwater habitats come from the fish volume; three coastal/near shore environments (mangrove swamps, coastal marshes, and coral reefs) and two specialized habitats (caves/interstitial groundwater, and animal and plant hosts) are new to the invertebrate volume. A general introduction addresses special problems pertaining to this work and provides excellent justification for concern about invertebrates. When asked why the loss of a fly or clam is a problem, readers could hardly improve on the four reasons cited on pages 4-5. Ensuing chapters treat corals and sea fans, mollusks, crustaceans, arachnids and a diplopod, and insects, with an introductory narrative for each phylum, class, and most families. As a taxonomist, I applaud the editors' decision to organize by taxa and subdivide by status category, rather than pre¬ senting chapters on each status and intermingling taxa. Species accounts include brief characterizations of the anatomy, distribution, and habitat; paragraphs on life history, ecology, and specialized or unique characters; the basis for the status assignment; and the name(s) and address(es) of the author(s). The volume is copiously illustrated with habitus drawings or photographs of most species, which enhance the visual appeal of the text. The editors emphasize that FCREPA is strictly voluntary and not an advocacy or governmental organization; its opinions and recommendations have no legal standing, and apparently Florida lacks an endangered species statute. This book has much to offer and is well worth purchase, but what struck me on first perusal were the mind-numbing redundancies. While such listings typically assign authorships for each account, there is a veritable obsession here with providing affiliations and addresses, complete with zip codes, for the least input, all of which are repeated in the concluding list of contributors. For example, all 29 unionid mollusk accounts are authored by James D. Williams and Robert H. Sutcliffe, whose names and addresses are provided 29 times, once after each account. The same holds for the authors of the 34 Trichoptera, 55 Lepidoptera and 33 Odonata accounts. Authors and affiliations are provided 232 REVIEWS 233 for all introductions, some of which are so minor as to comprise less than six lines and two to three sentences; such narratives contain general information and hardly justify repetitive citations. That on gnaphosid spiders (p. 228) is only three lines and one sentence, barely longer than the two lines of the authorship citation. The editors also wrote numerous accounts and narratives; consequently Franz’s affiliation with the Florida Museum of Natural History appears 28 times, and if I counted correctly, Deyrup's address at the Archbold Biological Station is provided an incredible 126 times, twice on four pages (479, 703, 709, and 732)! Readers may forget which species are listed in this comprehensive work, but they will long remember the zip code of the Archbold Biological Station (33852) because it is literally pounded into the subconscious mind. The authorship citations are inconspicuous in the vertebrate volumes because there are fewer species and the accounts are longer and more detailed, typically running two to four pages, but this inordinate repetition dominates the invertebrate text, where accounts average around one page and many introductions are a short paragraph. Retaining a format for the series is important for continuity, but flexibility is still necessary, and abbreviated accounts are another idiosyncrasy of the invertebrate volume. In this particular case, why not provide authors’ initials for each account and list the full names, addresses, and affiliations ONCE, in the concluding list of contributors? By my rough measurements, the equivalent of 25-30 pages is wasted on these uninformative citations. The editors admittedly exerted minimal control over the authors’ writings to produce a readable and informative text, but this decision also results in unsubstantiated claims and inconsistent, some¬ what unpolished narratives. For example, as a diplopodologist, I would like to know why “it would not be surprising to find narrowly distributed (millipede) species in the Apalochicola River Basin” (p. 254), an unsupported assertion that follows a factual statement on Appalachian endemism. I would indeed be surprised because of the lack of supportive evidence in published distributional data or unpublished samples in American repositories. Like other southeastern regions, the Apalachicola area in a broad sense, the contiguous comers of Alabama, Georgia, and Florida, has faunal attributes (for example the genus Caralinda (Polydesmida; Xystodesmidae)), but I know of no reason to expect higher diplopod endemism in the Basin per se than in similar coastal drainages like the Altamaha of Georgia or the Pearl in Mississippi/Louisiana. Greater editorial control would also enhance clarity, particularly in the introductory narratives, as the book is plagued by overuse of the nebulous word, “group,” in many cases, in lieu of a precise noun. For example, millipedes (p. 254) are characterized as an “ancient ‘group’ of arthropods” when they are specifically an ancient class of arthropods. Only once does an accepted scientific usage appear, in the reference to the “ Lycosa lenta species ‘group’” in the introduction to spiders (p. 227), but this accuracy is offset by ambiguities in the same paragraph, where the word refers to vague assortments of spiders (families, genera?). The phrase, “with spiders, as with most major ‘groups’ of arthropods . . . ,” references nebulous arthropod assemblages, presumably at the ordinal level because spiders comprise an order, but possibly also meaning class, as we do not know how this author distinguishes major vs. minor. By my count, there are six usages in the volume at the ordinal level, five at the familial, and one at the generic. The word, “group,” is even used for invertebrates collectively (pp. 1, 9), so 95% of the animals on earth, a mind-boggling diversity of life, comprise a single gigantic assemblage. However, vertebrates must also belong to this assemblage because they are coordinate with two chordate invertebrate subphyla, Urochordata and Cephalochordata, and this “group" also has a precise name, the Kingdom Animalia. The most inscrutable usages are ecological, employed in references to the insect order Trichoptera (p. 501), “like some other ‘groups’ of aquatic insects . . . ,” and to decapod Crustacea (p. 180) — "the second ‘group’ (secondary burrowers) . . . ,” “the third ‘group’ rarely burrows . . . ,” and "certain sur¬ face crayfish ‘groups’ . . . .” Statements in the introduction to amphipods (p. 1 67) are also meaningless: “A few ‘groups’ are parasitic. . . .” and “one ‘group’ called whale lice . . . similarly, certain Florida Lepidoptera (p. 571) are described as being . . most closely related to ‘groups’ centered in the southwestern United States. . . .” The introduction to Corals and Sea Fans (p. 25) contradicts itself because of misuse of this word. At the outset we are told, “Corals are a diverse ‘group’ of strictly marine . . . ,” clearly referencing a single assemblage; however, two paragraphs later we learn that two Cnidarian classes contain corals, Hydrozoa and Anthozoa. Consequently, corals must comprise two assemblages, not one, a conclusion that is confirmed on p. 26, where hermatypic corals are contrasted to “the other ‘group,’ ahermatypic corals. . . .” Thus in the introduction to corals, this word is employed confusingly and inconsistently for the organisms collectively and for two biological subassemblages. Ten listed species, nine insects, and one bivalve mollusk are currently undescribed; manuscript names and descriptions are available for five cebrionid beetles (genus Selonodon), and a formal diagnosis is being developed for the mollusk, Anodonta sp., the Apalachicola Floater. Of these 10 234 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 4, 1995 species, two are Undetermined, the Florida cebrionid and slave-making ant, Polyergus sp.; one is Of Special Concern, the tortoise burrow dance fly, Drapetis ( Crossopalpus ) sp.; six are Rare — the Keys Green June beetle, Cotinus sp.; the Ocala claw-cercus grasshopper, Melanoplus sp.; and the Archbold, Santa Rosa, Similar, and Rusty Cebrionids— and one is Endangered, the Apalachicola Floater. Ac¬ cording to its account, the Keys Green June Beetle (p. 382) was listed as threatened in the first edition (Franz 1982, op. cit.) and may now be extinct, as it is endemic to the area of Islamorada and has not been collected in several years. The account does not explain how a potentially extinct species can be downlisted from Threatened to Rare, and Florida entomologists appear content to watch this beetle disappear because in 1 3 years no one has formally named and described it nor is anyone doing so now. If potentially imminent extinction is insufficient motivation to provide formal taxonomic status, why even have the FCREPA program? How can biologists justify the paradox of fighting for the spotted owl and alienating segments of the general public, and protesting the loss of undiscovered invertebrates in the Amazon rain forest, when we cannot name and describe American species of concern including one whose deteriorating status has been known for over a decade? The “Recom¬ mendations” categories for all the unnamed species emphasize habitat preservation and studying distribution and abundance, but no one advocates the first step in biological research, publishing a formal description and validating a scientific binomial! Indeed, the subgenus of the Of Special Concern tortoise burrow dance fly (pp. 707-709) contains many undescribed species, and we learn that we may have to wait “a long time before this particular species is described.” Why, if it truly warrants this status? Will the fly still be extant when this “long time” passes and someone finally describes it, or will it be represented only by “fossils,” pinned insects in a drawer? When we engage in such incon¬ sistencies, we invite controversy and hand opponents a legitimate issue to diminish our public image and question our motives and sincerity. Astute attorneys and TV talk show hosts would quickly seize this opportunity to ridicule us. In summary, this comprehensive text contains valuable information and is worth purchase; my problems with redundant addresses, editorial oversight, and undiagnosed species do not diminish its utility as a reference. A third edition will be needed in 10-15 yr, and I suggest prepublication review by a detached zoologist to detect flaws that may be overlooked by persons close to the project. I also wonder if listing a disease vector and assigning it Endangered status is prudent, particularly when the organism is merely peripheral. Even if justified by the status definition, few citizens will lament the loss of the malaria mosquito from the eastern United States; consequently, the wiser course may be to omit it in the future to avoid potential damage to our public image. One can envision Rush Limbaugh citing fatality statistics and exploiting this listing to categorize preservationists as extremists who are detached from mainstream America. The endangered species concept is under enough threat without its proponents providing additional ammunition through imprudent listings, even in a state program that lacks statutory authority. Cautious, judicious action, in accord with the prevailing political climate, seems advisable. There are too many beneficial invertebrates of legitimate concern to jeopardize their acceptance by also citing injurious organisms that cause human suffering and death. I thank W. F. Adams and D. S. Lee for helpful comments on an early draft. Rowland M. Shelley, Curator of Invertebrates, North Carolina State Museum of Natural Sciences, Raleigh, NC 27626. Jordan, Carl F. 1995. Conservation. John Wiley & Sons, NY. $61.95. 340 p. The book is geared to a general introduction to curricula in conservation, emphasizing the effects of mankind on the environment. Unlike many specialized texts on the subject that may spend several chapters explaining basic ecological principles, this book uses a holistic approach to conservation, with perspectives not only from concepts in management of natural resources and organismal ex¬ tinctions, but those from economics, politics, and culture that affect conservation issues and man¬ agement strategies. The strategic change in the concept of conservation, from resource-centered con¬ servation (“ quantity of resource production") to man-centered conservation (“ quality of life") as a goal of global conservation management, not expounded in many texts of this nature, is emphasized in the text. Specific examples of problems and proposed solutions in conservation, and a variety of conservation practices in the world are illustrated in photo essays. The book is divided into eight chapters: Conservation History; Environmental Trends; Ecological Economics; Policies for Conservation; Management of Natural Resources; Preservation of Biodiver¬ sity; and Culture. Each Chapter begins with a “Chapter Contents,” an overview, and chapter principle. THE CENTER TWO PAGES OF THIS ISSUE CONSTITUTE A POSTER THAT YOU CAN REMOVE. PLEASE POST THIS ANNOUNCEMENT IN YOUR DEPARTMENT. FEEL FREE TO PHOTOCOPY IT AND PLACE SEVERAL ANNOUNCEMENTS IN VARIOUS PLACES. BY DOING THIS YOU CAN HELP BUILD INTEREST IN ASB. w w KK H H H * H I— ( in Pi W no > ^ ON Z O «N (D J 1 O r-H H-l P o P4 o P3 a i o o n o o < * < 33 U £ < w co w tf h 2 W Q D h co CQ CO < < £ < EC U O 2° w2 gs m 2 u ►— i H n 2 < W D Q O' cog PQ CO < o (N ^O- H 2 PQ Q D oo >h PQ Q PQ H 2 PQ oo PQ Q ^ 2 °- H o o J o u PQ W oo PQ PQ ED Q O £ w o ED W o o H ^e- 52 W Q 2 < a hJ < u HH < H O PQ < £ M H-l o cc < u EC 9 ps < 0£ £ < w EC H w 5 H PL| O PQ CO H CO hH O o o >"• EC H EC U o o o o T— I 1— H ^O- CO Q 2 < £ < 05 W &< < ^ ft! Di H W W 2 Dh Oh y O ^ E < < M PQ /-S ^ >uS OO 5oo° J J “ShZOO w H Q h K 2 Z D P < < O P o CO ♦ ♦ 00 w £ w 3p §P gjo o» K w ffi 00 ^ H ~ § Ph «§a sgs Wu^ H ,-H 00 REVIEWS 239 and ends with a conclusion section and a suggested reading list. Set in clear type, the 340-page book also contains 22 color and 69 black and white photographs, four photo essays, 20 tables, 73 illustrated figures, list of references, and two indices (author and subject). I agree with the author that the book is appropriate for environmental literacy requirements for liberal arts majors, and can serve as a general reference for the layperson. It is sufficiently broad and detailed to cover most aspects in conservation, biodiversity, resource management, ecological economics, environmental pollution, environmental ethics, and cultural anthropology. Eugene G. Maurakis, Staff Scientist, Science Museum of Virginia, 2500 West Broad Street, Richmond, VA 23220. Bewley, J. D. and M. Black. 1994. Seeds: Physiology of Development and Germination. Second edition. Plenum Press, NY. $39.50 (pkb). xv + 445 p. This second edition of “Seeds . . .” is a revision of a book first published in 1985, which was a condensed version of the authors’ two-volume monograph on seed physiology and biochemistry (The Physiology and Biochemistry of Seeds in Relation to Germination, Springer- Verlag, 1978, 1982). The Preface of the first edition of “Seeds . . .” indicates that, in particular, it was written for use as a text in seed biology courses. Although the intended audience of the second edition is not stated, presumably it was written for the same purpose. The material in the book under review is covered in nine chapters; the second edition contains 78 more pages than the first. Titles of chapters are: 1) Seeds: Germination, structure, and composition; 2) Seed development and maturation; 3) Development-regulation and maturation; 4) Cellular events during germination and seedling growth; 5) Dormancy and the control of germination; 6) Some ecophysiological aspects of germination; 7) Mobilization of stored reserves; 8) Control of the mobi¬ lization of stored reserves; and 9) Seeds and germination; Some agricultural and industrial aspects. All of the chapters except number three have the same titles as those in the first edition. Quite a bit of the material covered in chapter three of the first edition has been put into chapter nine of the second edition. Chapter three of the second edition contains material that was in this and other chapters of the first edition. The section on imbibition in chapter three of the first edition has been moved to chapter four of the second edition. Although most of the topics covered in the two editions are the same, some new ones have been added to the second edition: “Expression of storage protein genes” (chapter 2), “Molecular action of ABA” (2), “Gene expression and dormancy” (5), “Regulation of a-amylase genes” (8), and “Somatic embryogenesis” (9). A list of “Useful Literature References” is included at the end of each chapter; these are not referenced in the text. There is a useful 25-page combined subject and plant species index. Although a good amount of new(/.e. post- 198 5) information (graphs, tables, illustrations) is included in the chapters/sections dealing with the biochemistry and molecular biology of seeds, this is not the case with the material on the ecological aspects of seed dormancy and germination. For example, none of the 19 graphs in the section entitled “The external controls” [of germination] (chapter 5), and only one of the 17 graphs in chapter 6 (“Ecophysiology . . .”), are new to the second edition. The only new data in the chapter on ecophysiology of germination (chapter 6) is a graph showing the correlation between seed nitrate content and germination, in a new section (p. 289) on “Chemicals in the natural environment.” Thus, although certain sections of the second edition present new material, others are not much different from those in the first edition. Regarding breaking of hard (impermeable to water) seed coat dormancy in nature, Bewley and Black still think that, “Microbial attack is thought to be important, as well as abrasion by soil particles.” However, I know of no evidence to support these claims. Will these “myths” ever be purged from the literature on seed germination ecology? Chenopodiaceae do not have water-impermeable seed coats. The book essentially is free of typos/misspellings (Xanthium pensylvanicum, not Xant Ilium penn- sylvanicum and Veronica hederaefolia, not Veronica hederofolia). However, on several graphs data points indicated by open circles or open squares did not reproduce well in my review copy. This second edition of Seeds: Physiology of Development and Germination is quite suitable for use as a text in a graduate course in seed biology that puts primary emphasis on physiology, biochemistry, and molecular biology of seed development and germination. Jerry M. Baskin, School of Biological Sciences, University of Kentucky, Lexington. KY 40506. 240 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 4, 1995 Hopkins, W. G. 1995. Introduction to Plant Physiology. J. Wiley & Sons, NY. $75.95. 464 p. William G. Hopkins brings 30 yr of teaching experience in plant physiology to his new textbook, Introduction to Plant Physiology’. The text was written for the undergraduate student taking a first course in plant physiology and who has some background in basic botany and chemistry. For students going on in the field, the text provides a foundation in physiological principles. The author states that the text would also be appropriate for a student taking a first course in advanced study of plant physiology, environmental physiology or physiological plant ecology. After examination of this book, this reviewer believes the text should more than fulfill these goals. Because plant physiology is such a broad discipline, the author has struck a balance between a largely molecular physiology approach or an environmental physiology approach. The text consists of 22 chapters, the first of which reviews plant cells and tissues. There are four sections: Part I — Plants, Water and Minerals which deals with water relations in plants; Part II— Plants, Energy and Carbon which covers energy transduction and carbon metabolism; Part III — Regulation of Plant Development, and Part IV— Stress Physiology and Biotechnology. Each of these four sections is introduced with a “Preview” page giving an overview of the topic covered there. The author states that he has departed from tradition in the organization of the textbook material. He stresses the significance of roots and root-soil interaction in Part I. In Part II the individual photosynthetic and respiratory pathways are covered in detail while maintaining the overall theme of carbon metabolism. An entire chapter in Part II is devoted to “Translocation and Distribution of Assimilates”. The last chapter of Part II relates photosynthesis, respiration, and translocation to measurement of plant productivity. Part III reviews patterns of development. Two chapters cover the roles of plant hormones in development. The author has focused on the development of the hormone concept in plants and the principles of hormone action. Another chapter in Part III deals with pho¬ tomorphogenesis and the physiology of phytochrome. A useful and attention-grabbing feature of the text is the introductory material of each chapter. There is some type of appropriate quote from a well-known plant physiologist or other personality. The reader is introduced briefly to the chapter theme and told of its significance. The introduction ends with a list of principal topics to be addressed in the chapter. Key Words are high-lighted in black throughout the chapter and are listed in alphabetical order at the end of each chapter. Ending each chapter are Chapter Review questions which delineate important concepts. The References Cited include both current literature as well as classical work in plant physiology. The Further Readings section provides more in-depth information for the student with an interest in a particular topic. There is no chapter summary. Most textbooks have a glossary and appendices at the back, but this text lacks these. A glossary of terms is a feature which I believe might be useful to students enrolled in their first course of plant physiology. Many of the new textbooks today have “information boxes” that cover topics of interest. The author has utilized 18 of these boxes, shaded in green, throughout the text. Some of the topics include: enzymes, lectins, terpenoids, the discovery of photosynthesis, and the discovery of plant hormones. Many useful line-drawings and black and white photographs add to a student’s understanding and interest of the subject matter. The only color photographs within the text are on two pages at the center and relate to various topics in the chapters. The front and back covers contain very attractive color photographs of the Wild Red Passion flower. Passiflora coccinea. The cost of the text is approximately $75. All book prices today seem too high. However, a beginning plant physiology student can look at it as an investment. The student will no doubt want to keep the book because it will serve as an invaluable reference. The textbook is well-written, well-illustrated, and reader-friendly. Carefully-planned organizational features and end-of-chapter study aids will help students learn plant physiology concepts and perhaps even enjoy themselves while doing so. Sue Trammell, Biology Instructor, Rend Lake College, Ina, IL 62846. Janick, Jules (ed.). 1994. Horticultural Reviews, Vol. 16. John Wiley & Sons, NY. $110.00. 406 p. Horticultural Reviews is published annually under the sponsorship of the American Society for Horticultural Science, the “umbrella society” for those engaged in all types of research, outreach, and REVIEWS 241 teaching involving the physiology, genetics, botany, production, harvest and postharvest management of fruits, vegetables, and ornamental plants. Volume 16 is another fine contribution in this series. The book is a practical hard cover, attractively bound in olive green imitation leather and printed on acid free paper for a long useful life. It contains 406 pages, and measure 9*4 high by 6'4 long by 1 inch wide, a good compact size for shelving near the workspace. The combination of good quality paper and 1 0 point type makes the book comfortable to read. The book proffers excellent black and white photographs and nicely reproduced line drawings, graphs, and tables. The reviews are written in clear, easy to understand language, and each begins with a concise outline which is followed through the body of the text in numbered, bold faced headings, making the articles logical to follow. Teachers using the articles for class readings will appreciate the pedagogic life cycles and physiological flow charts. Janick has a reputation in Elorticultural circles as a stringent editor, and no obvious typo¬ graphical errors were encountered. The book is a compilation of literature reviews with evaluations, comments, and perspectives on future research needs, of the type commonly found in “Reviews of. . in most fields of science. The topics covered represent areas of contemporary research, new fields of study, or current reviews of older topics not treated in the last 10 years. There is a good distribution of papers on basic versus applied research. Volume 16 has eight reviews: “Molecular and Genetic Approaches to the Study of Plant Elormone Action” by Mark J. Guiltinan and Jill Deikman; “Cellular Mechanisms of Salt Tol¬ erance in Plant Cells” by Marla L. Binzel and Moshe Reuveni; “Truffles and Their Cultivation” by G. Giovannetti, N. Roth-Bejerano, E. Zanini, and V. Kagan-Zur; “Presowing Seed Priming” by Carlos A. Parera and Daniel J. Cantliffe; “Sapindaceous Fruits: Botany and Horticulture” by H. D. Tindall; “Apple Flavor” by Elhadi M. Yahia; “New Concepts in Pruning Grapevines” by J. V. Possingham; and "Mechanical Harvesting of Berry Crops” by Adam Dale, Eric J. Hanson, David E. Yarborough, Ronald J. McNicol, Elden J. Stang, Rex Brennan, and Justin R. Morris. The authors of the reviews are contemporary experts in their fields, and hail from across the United States, Canada, Mexico, Europe, Israel, and Australia, giving the book a broad international representation and appeal. All contributions are by invitation only, are done by the recognized leaders in that area of study, and are critically peer reviewed. One of the most important evaluations of a “Review” of this type is how thoroughly the literature was examined. Among the eight chapters there was an average of 165 references cited per review, with a high of 347 cited in “Mechanical Harvesting of Berry Crops.” Researchers and students will find this book a good entry point into the literature for the topics covered. One of the most useful features of the book is a cumulative subject matter index through volumes one to 16, where one finds ready access to literature on topics as diverse as bacteriophages, drip irrigation, ethylene, ginseng, mycorrhizae, pollination. Pseudomonas spp., water relations and wood¬ chucks! Reading this index makes me wish that I owned all of the volumes, which would comprise an encyclopedic reference set for the plant sciences. I especially enjoyed the broad historical background given in a number of the reviews. In “Mechanical Harvesting of Berry Crops” the history of cranberry harvesting is traced back to the 1800's, with delightful photographs of Chippewa Indians harvesting cranberries in Wisconsin in 1911, and antique wooden cranberry “scoops” of the early 1900’s. The thorough biological background information given in a number of articles was also appreciated. In “Truffles and their Cultivation” a fine review of the biology of symbiotic mycorrhizal Ascomycetes is presented with a detailed drawing of the life cycle of the fungus and host. My few criticisms are rather petty: the botanical illustrations in “Sapindaceous Fruits . . .” are rather poor; those of the fruits and seed of Litchi chinensis (Fig. 5.3, f, g, h) are abysmal. At $1 10.00 (cost). Horticultural Reviews Volume 16 would be a worthwhile purchase for students, researchers, field stations, and libraries. Previous volumes are available, and horticultural workers should consider accumulating a complete set for ready reference. Alice B. Russell, Department Forestry’ Extension, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, NC 27695. Tate, R. L. 1994. Soil Microbiology. J. Wiley & Sons, NY. $59.95. 398 p. This book is divided into 14 chapters ranging in topics that include the complexity of the soil matrix, methods of microbial analysis, basic microbial physiology, soil enzymology. microbial inter- 242 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 4, 1995 actions, the rhizophere and mycorrhizae, the carbon and nitrogen cycles, and the biogeochemical cycle of sulfur and related metals. The positive aspects of this book are: (1) it brings an up-to-date presentation on the current status of soil microbiological research, and (2) the inclusion of a chapter on soil enzymology. An up-to-date text in soil microbiology has long been needed since the publication of Martin Alexander’s second edition of “Introduction to Soil Microbiology” in 1977 (J. Wiley and Sons, New York). The only other currently available text is the third edition of “Microbial Ecology: Fundamentals and Appli¬ cations” by R. M. Atlas and R. Bartha (1993, Benjamin/Cummings Publishing Company, Redwood City, California). However, this latter text is broad based and does not specifically address (in detail) all topics in soil microbiology. Additionally, Atlas and Bartha do not cover the subject of soil enzy¬ mology in their text. The negative aspect of Tate’s book is that it lacks the detailed discussion of the different microbial groups (bacteria, actinomycetes, fungi, algae, protozoa, and viruses) in soil as presented by Alexander (1977). This is particularly important for students enrolled in a soil microbiology course, especially if their background is in the Plant and Soil Sciences, Forestry, or Botany where their training in microbiology may be weak. I realize that the author is trying to conserve the number of pages in the text (as it is evident in other chapters lacking detail), however this omission detracts from the text. Similarly, detailed information is lacking on: (1) the decomposition of starch, hemicellulose, cellulose, aliphatic/aromatic hydrocarbons, lignin, and xenobiotic compounds; and (2) the degradation of pro¬ teins, urease activity, and the pathways of assimilatory/dissimilatory nitrate and sulfate reduction. The author does cite references for such detailed information, but its actual presentation would be preferred. Additionally, there are some glaring errors in the text which may confuse a student weak in either soil science or microbiology. For example, page 56 reads, “The bulk density of most mineral soils range from about 0.9 to 1 .2.” The textbook, “The Nature and Properties of Soils” by N. C. Brady (tenth edition, 1990, Macmillan Publishing Company, New York) lists the bulk densities of several mineral soils that range from 0.95 to 1.72 g/cm3. Another error is found on page 104. “Each microbe growing in soil can synthesize a portion of the growth factors for biomass production (auxotrophs). . . . Alternatively, supplies of the growth factor become available to prototrophs (those requiring the growth factor) upon death and lysis of the auxotrophic cell.” These terms, auxotroph and prototroph, have been reversed in their meaning and would confuse anyone lacking a background in microbiology if they were to read other texts in microbiology, especially microbial genetics or physiology. The misuse of these terms is also found on page 1 53. Lastly, the author from time to time writes long paragraphs that may confuse the reader. As an example, on page 261: “The obvious question in the situation relates to the apparent contradiction associated with the accumulation of mineral nitrogen in the field when the carbon/nitrogen ratio of the decomposed substrate approaches the 30/1 carbon/nitrogen ratio of the growth substrate when the 10/1 mean carbon/nitrogen ratio of the microbial biomass predicts that a mineral nitrogen deficit should occur until the ratio approaches that characteristic of the microbial biomass.” I am not optimistic that the beginning student in soil microbiology would understand this statement. Overall, I would rate this text book as an excellent reference resource to those who already have a background and an understanding of soil microbiology. I would not recommend this text for use in the classroom. Brian P. Klubek, Department of Plant and Soil Sciences, Southern Illinois University at Carbondale, Carbondale, IL 62901. NEWS OF BIOLOGY IN THE SOUTHEAST Jon R. FoRTMAN-News Editor Division of Science and Math Mississippi University for Women Columbus, MS 39701 ABOUT PEOPLE AND PLACES GEORGIA Armstrong State College, Department of Biology. After thirty years on the faculty, Mrs. Tee Brower will retire at the end of Fall 1995 quarter. Dr. Linda Hyde (Ph.D. North Carolina State University) will join the biology faculty. MISSISSIPPI Gulf Coast Research Laboratory. Ocean Springs. A new $538,000 dining hall will soon be under construction. This past summer, 37 colleges in 16 states were represented in summer programs. Biologists Ken and Lidia Stuck have volunteered their assistance in the development of a molecular biology curriculum for advanced placement biology classes at Ocean Springs High School. The largest carcinogenicity test ever conducted began last Spring as part of a study supported by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency to determine dose response relationships at low carcinogen concentrations. Director and Assistant Director are Dr. William W. Walker and Dr. William E. Hawkins, respectively. Researchers are exposing 9,000 medaka in each of four consecutive exposures for a total of 36,000 specimens. James S. Franks has been appointed to the Gulf of Mexico Fishery Management Council Special Oceanic and Migratory Species Scientific and Statistical Committee. Dr. Richard W. Heard and Sara LeCroy both made presentations this past Spring at an international meeting in Mexico City. NORTH CAROLINA Appalachian State University, Department of Biology. Mr. Ed Lickey received the Zigli Award for the outstanding thesis proposal in the university. The award is given to financially support graduate research. The department's graduate program, headed by Dr. Gary Walker, was named the outstanding graduate program for the university. The fourth Boone Chromosome Conference was held on the campus May 18-20, 1995. Participants from all over the United States and eight foreign countries attended. Organizers were Dr. Kenneth Shull, Appalachian State University, Dr. Dwayne Wise, Mississippi State University, Dr. Terry Ashley, Yale University, and Dr. Steven Stack, Colorado Stale University. East Carolina University, Department of Biology. Dr. Jean-Luc Scemama (Biology) along with Drs. Patrick Brocket, Vernon Ragan and Edward Seidel (Medicine) presented the papers "ID Sequence Containing Genes are Expressed in Response to the Polyamine Putrescine" and "Polyamine Binding to Intestinal Bmsh-Border Membranes Suggests the Existence of Multiple Transporters" at Experimental Biology '95 in Atlanta. Dr. Mark Brinson was chosen as the winner of a 1995 National Wetlands Award in the Science Research category. The award is presented to individuals who exemplify excellence and innovation in wetlands protection, restoration and education. SOUTH CAROLINA Winlhrop University, Department of Biology. Mr. John M. Schmidt joined the faculty this past August. He has the M.S. degree from The University of Nebraska and is currently completing requirements for the Ph D. in Botany at Indiana University. Dr. Richard D. Houk retired in January 1995 after nearly 30 years on the Winthrop faculty. 243 244 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 42, NO. 4, 1995 TENNESSEE University of Memphis. Department of Ecology and Organismal Biology. Dr. Reza Pezeshki presented a paper entitled "Vegetative propagation characteristics of bald cypress (Taxodium distichum) at the annual meeting of the Society of Wetland Scientists, Cambridge, MA. He has recently been appointed to a 3-year term as Associate Editor of the international journal Emiron mental and Experimental Botany. The University of Tennessee, Knoxville. Department of Botany. Dr. Stanley A. Cain passed away April 1, 1995, in Santa Cruz, California. He was 92 years old. He received his doctorate from the University of Chicago and held teaching positions at Butler College, Indiana University, and at the University of Tennessee, Knoxville. Because of his work as a pioneer in conservation, he was appointed Assistant Secretary of the Interior for Fish, Wildlife, and Parks by President Lyndon B. Johnson in 1965. In 1968, he became Head of the Institute for Environmental Quality and retired from that position in 1972. MUSEUMS AND BOTANICAL GARDENS MISSISSIPPI Mississippi Museum of Natural Science. Jackson. The 1995 Legislature authorized funds to build a new facility at LeFleubs Bluff State Park in Jackson, beginning a new era for natural science education and research in the state. The legislation, which provides the remaining $11 million for a total of $14 million in funds to build the facility, was signed into law by Governor Fordice on March 28, 1995. With cutting-edge exhibit designs, and access to living exhibits in the biologically diverse setting of LeFleui's Bluff, the new museum will be unique among major natural science museums in the nation. The new facility will have more than 60,000 sq. feet of research and educational space to better accommodate peak visitation of 40,000 general public visitors and 60,000 school children annually from across Mississippi. The Museum expects 250,000 visitors annually with the new building. ********** ****** ****** ****** ****** ****** ****** ****** ****** ****** ****** ** ASB Meritorious Teaching Award Winners 1952 Mary MacDougall 1974 Grace J. Thomas 1953 Orland E. White 1975 L. M. Outten 1954 Wool ford Baker 1976 Jonathan J. Westfall 1955 John N. Couch 1977 Margaret L. Gilbert 1956 Hugo Blomquist 1978 Albert E. Radford 1957 Ezda M. Deviney 1979 Eugene P. Odum 1958 Henry R. Totten 1980 Robert B. Short 1959 Margaret N. Hess 1981 William D. Burbanck 1960 Ora C. Bradbury 1982 Fred H. Norris 1961 Warren Deacon 1983 Frederick T. Wolf 1962 Septima C. Smith 1984 Robert H. Mohlenbrock 1963 Patrick Yancey 1985 Margaret Y. Menzel 1964 Ruskin S. Freer 1986 Lafayette Frederick 1965 H. P. Sturdivant 1987 Stewart Ware 1966 Charles Ray, Jr. 1988 Elsie Quarterman 1967 H. J. Oosting 1989 John M. Herr, Jr. 1968 Wade T. Batson 1990 J. Charles O'Kelley 1969 William L. Mengebier 1991 James Hardin 1970 Elton C. Cocke 1992 no award 1971 Earl L. Core 1993 Eloise Carter 1972 Aaron J. Sharp 1994 T. Larry Mellichamp 1973 H. H. Hobbs, Jr. 1995 J. Whitfield Gibbons The ASB bulletin AM. MUS. NAT. HIST. LIBRARY Received on: 10-12-95 59.06 CONTENTS THE ASB BULLETIN Volume 42, Number 4, October 1995 CALL FOR PAPERS . 229 Reviews . 232 Poster Insert (Detach) . 236 News of Biology in the Southeast . 243 Cover photo - J.K. Shull, Appalachian State University, Boone, NC The ASB BULLETIN Volume 43, Number 1 GH301 . A78* v. 43 no. 1 In this issue: January 1996 PROPOSED NEW CONSTITUTION AND BY-LAWS FOR ASB See Page 1 The Official Quarterly Publication of The Association of Southeastern Biologists ASB Bulletin (ISSN 0001-2386) The ASB Bulletin (ISSN-OOOl-2386) is published quarterly in January, April, July, and October by the Association of Southeastern Biologists, Department of Biology, Appalachian State University, Boone, NC 28608. Second class postage paid at Morehead City, NC and additional office. Postmaster: send address changes to the business manager, J. Hull, Dept. Biol., Towson St. Univ., Towson, MD 21204-7097. All contributions should be sent to the Editor. News items should be sent to the News Editor. Inquiries about missing numbers and other matters should be addressed to the Editor, Dept, of Biology, Appalachian St. Univ., Boone, NC 28608. Printed by Allen Press, 1041 New Hampshire SL, Lawrence, KS 66044. Editor: Ken Shull, Dept, of Biol., Appalachian State University, Boone, NC 28608 (704)262-2675; FAX (704)262-2127; shulljk@appstate.edu Associate Editor Beverly Collins, Savannah Riv. Ecol. Lab., Aiken, SC 29802 (803)725-2472 Business Manager J. Hull, Dept. Biol.. Towson St. Univ., Towson, MD 21204-7097 (410)830-4117 News Editor: Jon Fortman, Div. of Sci. and Math., Mississippi University for Women, Columbus, MS 39701 (601)329-7379; FAX (601)329-7238; jfortman@sunmuwl.muw.edu Book Review Editor Frank Schwartz, Inst, of Marine Sci. 3431 Arendell St., Univ. of North Carolina, Morehead City, NC 28557 (919)726-6841 Officers of the ASB James W. Ross, Cumberland College, Williamsburg, KY 40769, (606)549-2200; jross@cc.cumber.edu James S. Fralish, Dept, of Forestry, So. Illinois Univ., Carbondale, IL 62901; (618)453-7466 fralish@siu.edu Vice-President - Cliff R. Hupp, U.S. Geol. Survey, National Center, Mail Stop 430, Reston, VA 22092, (703)648-5207, crhupp@usgs.gov Michael Baranski, Catawba College, Salisbury, NC 28144, (704)637-4442, mbaransk@catawba.edu Beverly Collins, Savannah Riv. Ecol. Lab., Aiken, SC 29802, (803)725-2472 collins@srel.edu James Hull, Dept. Biol., Towson St. Univ., Towson, MD 21204-7097; (410)830-4117, e7b2hul @toe.towson.edu Donald J. Shure, Dept, of Biol., Emory University, Atlanta, GA 30322 (404)727-4209. Executive Committee Members-at-Large: 1996: Claudia L. Jolls, East Carolina Univ., Greenville, NC 27858-4353 (919)328-6295 bijolls@ecuvm.cis.ecu.edu Howard S. Neufeld, Appalachian St. Univ., Boone, NC neufeldhs@appstate.edu 28608 (704)262-2683 1997: Mary U. Connell, Appalachian St. Univ. Boone, NC 28608 (704)262-2671 connellmu@appstate.edu James F. Matthews, Univ. No. Car.- Charlotte, Charlotte, NC 28223 (704)547-4061 jmatthews@unccvm.uncc.edu 1998: Phil Robertson, So. III. Univ., Carbondale, IL, 62901 (618)453-3236 probertson @ plant.siu.edu Bob Haynes, Univ. of Alabama, Tuscaloosa, AL 35487 (205)348-1826 rhaynes@biology.as.ua.edu President- President-elect Past President Secretary - Treasurer - Archivist - The ASB encourages, in the broadest and most liberal sense, the advancement of biology as a science by: the promotion of research, the increase and diffusion of knowledge of biology, emphasis of the relationship of fundamental knowledge of biology to the solution of biological problems, the preservation of biological resources, and by its meetings, reports, discussions, and publications to promote scientific interests and inquiry, thereby adding to the health, happiness and knowledge of all peoples. The Association meets annually on the campuses of universities and colleges located throughout the southeast. Affiliated organizations meeting with the Association are: Southern Appalachian Botanical Society, SE Section of the Bot. Soc. of Amer., SE Region of Beta Beta Beta, SE Div. Amer. Microscopical Society, SE Chapter of the Ecol. Soc. of Amer., SE Div. of the Amer. Soc. of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists, SE Fishes Council, SE Soc. of Parasitologists and the SE Chapt of the Soc. of Wetland Scientists. The ASB has representation in Section G Committee of the AAAS. Varying types of membership are available to individuals and institutions. Members receive the Bulletin. Time and Place of Future Meetings 1996 April 10-13 Georgia Southern University, Statesboro, GA 1997 April 16-19 Furman University, Greenville, SC 1998 April Northeast Louisiana University, Monroe, LA Patron Members Associated Microscopes, Inc. Burlington, NC Breedlove, Dennis and Associates, Inc. Orlando, FL W. C. Brown Publ. Co., Dubuque, IA Carolina Biological Supply Co., Burlington, NC Martin Marietta Energy Corp., Oak Ridge, TN Martin Microscope Co., Easley, SC Saunders College Publishing Co., Philadelphia, PA Whereas the current Constitution and By-Laws have proven inadequate as documents reflecting the tme nature and functions of the Association and most especially the legal obligations incumbent upon the Association by the Articles of Incorporation, the Executive Committee recommends that these current documents be abolished and replaced with the new Constitution and By-Laws presented here. The Executive Committee requests that each member carefully examine these documents and forward any concerns or suggestions for changes to President Jim Ross. The final documents will be presented for approval by the membership at the Annual Meeting. Each member attending will at that time be furnished with a ballot on which to cast a vote to accept or to reject adoption of these new documents. Constitution of the Association of Southeastern Biologists Article I - Organization Section 1. The name of this organization shall be The Association of Southeastern Biologists. Section 2. The purpose of this Association shall be to promote the advancement of Biology as a science by encouraging research, the imparting of knowledge, the application of knowledge to the solution of biological problems, and the preservation of biological resources. Membership and Dues Membership shall be open to all persons interested in the biological sciences. Membership shall be granted to any eligible individual, institution or corporation upon receipt of a written application and dues payment for the current year. Each member shall pay annual dues in accordance with her/his category of membership. Annual dues include a year's subscription to the ASB Bulletin and/or other publications of the Association. Article III - Officers Section 1. The Officers of the Association shall be the President, Vice President, President-elect, Past President, Secretary, and Treasurer. Section 2. The term of office is three (3) years for the Secretary and Treasurer and one year (1) for the other offices. Article IV - Executive Committee Section 1. The officers of the Association, six (6) Members-at-Large elected by the membership, the Editor of the ASB Bulletin, and the Archivist of die Association shall constitute the Executive Committee. The Editor and Archivist shall be ex officio, nonvoting members with the right to discuss all issues and to propose motions. Members-at-Large shall serve terms of three (3) years with two (2) members elected each year. Section 2. The Executive Committee shall meet in the fall of each year and in die spring during die annual meeting of the membership. Article II - Section 1. Section 2. Section 3. ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 1, 1996 Article V - Section 1. Section 2. Section 3. Section 4. Annual Meeting The annual meeting of the Association shall be held in April at such place as may be recommended by the Executive Committee and approved by the membership. The date of the meeting shall be determined by the Executive Committee. The Executive Committee may change the time and place of the annual meeting and may call special meetings of the Association. Notice of all special meetings shall be sent to each member at least two weeks before the dates on which such meetings are to convene. Fifty (50) members of the Association shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at the annual meeting or at any special meeting. Article VI - Disposition of Property In the event of the dissolution or termination of the Association of Southeastern Biologists, title to and possession of all assets of the Association shall be assigned forthwith by the Executive Committee to a non-profit organization similar to the ASB in its overall goals or other biological organizations operated exclusively for charitable, educational, or scientific purposes. Article VII - Incorporation The Association of Southeastern Biologists is incorporated as a non-profit, scientific and educational organization without capital stock and one solely engaged in lawful activity as permitted by Section 501 (c) (3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended, and by Chapter 55A-86 of the General Statutes of the State of North Carolina. No member shall have any title or interest in the property of the Association and no dividends or profits shall be declared or paid to any member. Article VIII - Audit Section 1. The fiscal year for the Association is January 1 through December 31. Section 2. The financial records of the Treasurer and of the Board of Trustees of the Enrichment Fund shall be audited at least once each year by the Auditing Committee. Article IX - Archives The Archives of The Association of Southeastern Biologists shall be maintained permanently at Emory University, Atlanta, Georgia. Article X - Amendments Section 1. This Constitution may be amended at any annual meeting by a three- fourths majority of those present, provided due notice has been sent by the Secretary to the membership at least thirty (30) days in advance of the meeting, provided the amendment has been proposed by the Executive Committee or by a committee authorized by the Association at a previous annual meeting, and provided that so long as the Association shall be or remain an organization exempt under Section 501 (c) (3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended, no amendment shall be made to Article I, Article VI, or Article VII of this constitution without consent having been obtained from the Internal Revenue Service and having been reported to the North Carolina Department of State. Section 2. Amendments to this constitution shall take effect as soon as adopted by vote of the membership. CONSTITUTION AND BY-LAWS 3 Article I ■ Section 1. Section 2. Section 3. Section 4. Section 5. Article II Section 1. Section 2. Section 3. Section 4. Section 5. Section 6. Section 7. By-Laws of the Association of Southeastern Biologists ■ Membership and Dues Annual dues shall be set by the membership on recommendation by the Executive Committee for the following categories of regular membership: Individual, Student, Sustaining, Contributing, Family, Life, Emeritus, Patron, and Library. Any member who has been a regular member of the Association for ten (10) or more consecutive years and who has retired from professional duties may be elected to Emeritus membership by the Executive Committee. An Emeritus member shall have the same rights and privileges as a Regular Member. Any individual or organization that contributes funds each year, in an amount set by the Executive Committee and approved by the membership, to sponsor an ASB award or otherwise support the Association shall be known as a Patron Member of the Association. Any organization with a focus on the biological sciences may become an affiliate of the Association of Southeastern Biologists upon recommendation of the Executive Committee and approval of the membership attending the annual meeting. Affiliation does not confer individual membership in the Association on the members of the affiliated organization. Annual renewal of membership shall require the payment of dues by the first of January. Any member with dues in arrears on the first of July shall be dropped from the membership roster. Members must pay past dues to maintain continuous membership. - Election of Officers Annually the Nominating Committee shall prepare a multiple slate of nominees for each office to be filled. Members may recommend to the Nominating Committee persons for any office. The slate of nominees shall be presented to the membership prior to the Annual Meeting, and the election shall be held during the business session of the Annual Meeting. Nominations will be received from the floor. The Secretary shall prepare ballots which shall be distributed and collected by three tellers appointed by the President A majority vote will constitute election to office. Where more than one person is to be elected to a position (e.g., Members-at- Large of the Executive Committee), the two or more receiving the highest number of votes shall be declared elected. During the Annual Meeting, those elected shall be presented to the membership. All ballots shall be deposited with the Secretary who shall retain them for one year. A President-Elect shall be elected annually and shall become President at the close of the next Annual Meeting. A Vice President shall be elected annually. Neither the President nor the Vice President shall be eligible for reelection for the year following her/his term of office. A Secretary and a Treasurer shall each be elected for a three -year term and shall be eligible for reelection. 4 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 1, 1996 Article in - Duties of Officers The President shall be the executive officer of the Association, shall perform the duties usual to the office, and shall appoint, with the advice of the Executive Committee, regular committees, special committees authorized by the Executive Committee, and where appropriate, Association Representatives to other organizations. The President shall notify Emeritus members of their election. The President-Elect shall organize the program for the plenary session of the Annual Meeting and shall be responsible for promoting membership in the Association. In the event that the President-elect cannot complete her/his term of office, the person who received the next highest number of votes shall become President-Elect. If this person is unable to serve, the Executive Committee shall nominate two candidates for the office, one of whom to be elected by the membership by mail ballots. The Past President, in order to provide continuity in the governance of the Association, shall serve as advisor to the President on matters of past policy. He/She shall serve as Chair of the Resolutions Committee and of the Past- Presidents' Council. The Vice President shall be the public relations officer of the Association In the absence of the President from any meeting, the Vice President shall discharge the duties of the office, and in the event that the President cannot complete her/his term of office, the Vice President shall become President of the Association. The Secretary shall keep records of the meetings of the Association and of the Executive Committee, conduct routine business pertaining to the office, prepare and distribute ballots, serve ex officio as Associate Editor of The ASB Bulletin , and report the activities of the office to the Association at the Annual Meeting. In the absence of the Treasurer, the Secretary shall assume the duty to authorize by signature any financial transactions belonging to the Treasurer's office. Section 6. The Treasurer shall receive and disburse all funds of the Association, keep records of dues received and funds expended, serve ex officio as Business Manager of the ASB Bulletin, and report the activities of the office annually to the membership. He/she is authorized to reimburse the Secretary for expenses incurred in attending the Annual Meeting and interim meetings of the Executive Committee and may be authorized by the Executive Committee to reimburse other officers for expenses incurred in attending one Executive Committee meeting per year. Article IV - The ASB Bulletin. Section 1. The ASB Bulletin , the official publication of the Association, shall be published quarterly or at other regular intervals as may be determined by a vote of the membership upon recommendation by the Executive Committee. Section 2. The Editor, responsible for editing and publishing the ASB Bulletin , shall be a member of the Association appointed by the Executive Committee for a term of three (3) years. He/She shall be eligible for reappointment for successive three-year terms. Section 3. Upon the recommendation of the Editor, the Executive Committee may appoint a Circulation Manager who would assist the Editor in matters related to the distribution of the Bulletin. Section 4. The ASB Bulletin shall be supplied to all members of the Association. Organizations may subscribe to the Bulletin at a rate set by the Executive Committee not to exceed the rate for contributing members, but such subscriptions will not carry the privileges of membership in the Association. Section 1. Section 2. Section 3. Section 4. Section 5. CONSTITUTION AND BY-LAWS 5 Section 5. Major changes in editorial policy proposed by the Editor shall be subject to approval by the Executive Committee. Article Section Section Section Section V - Executive Committee 1. The Executive Committee shall be in charge of the affairs of the Association and shall direct the expenditure of the Association's funds. The committee shall establish the policies for the Association with the approval of the membership and shall record all policies in effect in the "Handbook for Officers and Committee Members". 2. The Members-at-Large are eligible for reelection. Should a Member-at- Large leave office prior to expiration of the term, the Executive Committee shall appoint a replacement to serve until the next election. 3. The Executive Committee shall appoint an Archivist who shall be custodian of the permanent records or archives and, with the approval of the Executive Committee, make appropriate arrangements for the collection, care, and maintenance of such records. The Archivist shall serve a term of three (3) years and shall be eligible for reappointment for successive three- year terms. 4. For all meetings of the Executive Committee seven (7) voting members shall constitute a quorum. Article VI - Standing Committees Section 1. The following standing committees shall serve the Association: A. Auditing Committee B. Committee on Women, Minorities, and the Disabled C. Conservation Committee D. Education Committee E. Finance Committee F. Graduate Student Support Award Committee G. Local Arrangements Committee H. Meritorious Teaching Award Committee I. Nominating Committee J. Past-Presidents' Council K. Patron Member and Exhibitor Committee L. Place of Meeting Committee M. Publications Committee N. Resolutions Committee O. Senior Research Awards Committee P. Student Research Awards Committee Section 2. Committee members, except for those who serve ex officio, shall be appointed by the President upon the approval of the Executive Committee. The composition and duties of the standing committees shall be as follows: A. The Auditing Committee shall examine the records of the Treasurer prior to the Annual Meeting of the Association and shall report the condition of the accounts to the membership at the business session of this meeting. In accordance with Article VIII, Section 7., the committee shall audit the accounts of the Enrichment Fund. The committee shall consist of three (3) members appointed for terms of three (3) years, with a member appointed annually and serving as Chair in the third year. B. The Committee on Women, Minorities, and the Disabled shall promote career opportunities in the biological sciences for women, minorities, and individuals with disabilities and implement programs to eliminate barriers that restrict the access of underrepresented groups to biological careers. The committee shall consist of three (3) members appointed for 6 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 1, 1996 terms of three (3) years, with a member appointed annually and serving as Chair in the third year. C. The Conservation Committee shall accumulate facts about environmental issues, shall, where it deems appropriate, disseminate such information to the membership, and shall bring resolutions addressing issues of significance to the Executive Committee for presentation to the membership through the Resolutions Committee. The committee shall consist of three (3) members appointed for terms of three (3) years, with a member appointed annually and serving as Chair in the third year. D. The Education Committee shall explore ways and means by which the Association might contribute to improved biological education at all levels. Where feasible, the committee shall organize symposia and workshops for the Annual Meeting designed to acquaint the membership with new pedagogy and critical issues in biological education. The committee shall consist of six (6) members appointed for terms of three (3) years with two members appointed annually and serving as Co¬ chairs in the third year. E. The Finance Committee shall review the finances of the Association, prepare budget projections for future years, and recommend actions regarding dues structure and other financial matters to the Executive Committee. The committee shall consist of the ASB Treasurer (Chair), Past President, President-elect, and a member of the Enrichment Fund Board of Trustees. F. The Graduate Student Support Award Committee shall make monetary awards to assist graduate students to attend the Annual Meetings of ASB. The committee shall consist of three (3) members appointed for terms of three (3) years, with a member appointed annually and serving as Chair in the third year. G. The Local Arrangements Committee shall make arrangements for the Annual Meeting including receipt and scheduling of scientific papers to be presented and making arrangements for registration, exhibits, field trips, and social activities. The committee shall also provide information of available transportation, parking, and accommodations. Meeting statistics collected shall be forwarded to the next Local Arrangements Committee. Members of the committee shall include a Chair, selected by the host institution, and the Chairs of subcommittees he or she designates. H. The Meritorious Teaching Award Committee may each year select a member of the Association to receive the award for meritorious teaching. The committee shall consist of three (3) members appointed for terms of three (3) years with a member appointed annually and serving as Chair in the third year. I. The Nominating Committee shall, with due consideration of suggestions received from the membership, prepare a multiple slate of nominees for each office to be filled. The committee shall consist of three (3) members, one of whom is a recent past president who shall serve as the Chair. J. The Past-Presidents' Council, composed of the Past Presidents attending the Annual Meeting with the current Past President serving as Chair, shall review and discuss major issues under consideration by the Executive Committee and, where appropriate, shall share its consensus view with the Executive Committee on the resolution of these issues. CONSTITUTION AND BY-LAWS 7 K. The Patron Member and Exhibitor Committee shall communicate with patron members and exhibitors, provide local arrangement committees with information and recommendations regarding potential exhibitors, and promote an increase the number of patron memberships and Annual Meeting exhibitors. The committee shall consist of a Chair (three-year term) appointed by the President with option to reappoint to successive terms. Vice Chair (three-year term) elected by the Executive Committee from its membership at the end of the first year of the Chair's term, the ASB Vice President, and the Past Chair of the Local Arrangements Committee. L. The Place of Meeting Committee shall recommend to the Executive Committee the locations for each Annual Meeting and shall actively seek potential host institutions throughout the Southeastern states. The committee shall consist of three (3) members appointed for terms of three (3) years, with a member appointed annually and serving as Chair in the third year. M. The Publications Committee shall provide oversight of the Association's publications, consider requests for special publication activities, and recommend any alteration of publication policy to the Executive Committee for approval and subsequent approval by the membership. The committee shall consist of three (3) of the Members-at-Large of the Executive Committee, and the Editor (ex officio). N. The Resolutions Committee shall formulate and, with approval of the Executive Committee, present to the membership such resolutions as may be considered worthy of action by the Association. The committee shall be served by the Past President as Chair and two additional members with terms of one (1) year. O. The Senior Research Awards Committee may each year select a recipient of the Association Research Prize for the meritorious presentation of original research by a member (student members excluded) at the Annual Meeting. The committee shall consist of three (3) members appointed for terms of three (3) years, with a member appointed annually and serving as Chair in the third year. P. The Student Research Awards Committee may each year select a recipient of the Association Research Prize for the meritorious presentation of original research by a student member at the Annual Meeting. The committee shall consist of three (3) members appointed for terms of three (3) years, with a member appointed annually and serving as Chair in the third year. Article VII - The Annual Meeting Section 1. An Annual Meeting hosted by colleges, universities, or scientific institutions throughout the Southeast shall be convened in April for the purposes of conducting Association business; sharing scientific information through symposia, paper and poster sessions, and workshops; and strengthening social and professional ties among Southeastern biologists. Section 2. All titles and abstracts of papers and posters submitted for the program shall be in the offices of the Local Arrangements Committee by the date set by the Editor and shall be presented according to the guidelines in the published "Call for Papers". Section 3. The maximal time period for the presentation of papers shall be established by the Local Arrangements Committee, and the Chairs of the paper sessions will enforce the established time period. Section 4. Papers presented at the Annual Meeting shall be read by members or persons introduced by members. 8 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 1, 1996 Article VIII - The Enrichment Fund Section 1. Section 2. Section 3. Section 4. Section 5. Section 6. Section 7. The Association shall maintain an Enrichment Fund to support long and short range objectives to advance biological education through teaching and research. The specific objectives to be supported shall be designated by the Executive Committee and approved by the membership. The Enrichment Fund shall be under joint management of a Board composed of the Executive Committee and Finance Committee and guided by a Chair appointed by the President for a term of three (3) years. This Board shall be responsible for the prudent investment of all endowment funds of the Association and for planning and directing the recruitment of funds from the membership and external sources. The Chair shall report the current status of the Enrichment Fund to the Association at the Annual Meeting. The Board shall receive and administer bequests and other property from any source and shall have the authority to buy, sell, exchange, lease, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any property, real or personal, with respect to the Enrichment fund. Bequests and gifts without specific designation (General Fund) shall be designated by the Board for any established educational objective of the Association. Bequests and gifts received for specific purposes shall be either applied directly to the intended purpose (Restricted Funds) or placed in an Endowment with only the annual earnings applied to the intended purpose in accordance with the wishes of the donors. Endowments may be named in honor or memory of individuals or for the intended purpose and may be established for existing educational objectives or others approved by the Board. Income Allocation — The General Fund, Restricted Funds, and Endowments shall be allocated income at the end of the fiscal year based on the average balance of each Fund in the total amount of Enrichment Funds invested for that year. Investment Policy — In order to protect the contributions to the Enrichment Fund for their intended objectives, the Board shall strive to invest funds only in conservative investment vehicles offering the highest interest rates or earnings at the time of purchase. Since changes in the economy and other factors greatly affect interest rates and earnings, funds shall be invested up to a period of five years unless otherwise approved by the Board. An audit of the Enrichment Fund shall be made at the close of each Fiscal year by the Auditing Committee. The committee's report shall be presented to the Association at each Annual Meeting. Article IX - Amendments Section 1. These By-Laws may be amended at any Annual Meeting of the Association by a two-thirds majority vote of those present. Section 2. Amendments to these By-Laws shall take effect at the close of the meeting at which they were adopted. 57th Annual Meeting in Statesboro, Georgia Georgia Southern University welcomes the 57th Annual Meeting of the Association of Southeastern Biologists to Statesboro, Georgia, 10-13 April 1996. All activities, except for field trips, will be held on the campus of Georgia Southern at the Fielding D. Russell Student Union or the GSU Botanical Gardens. Societies Meeting with ASB - in Statesboro American Microscopical Society, Southeastern Division (AMS) Beta Beta Beta (BBB) Botanical Society of America, Southeastern Section (BSA) Ecological Society of America, Southeastern Chapter (ESA) Society of Wetland Scientists, South Atlantic Chapter (SWS) Southern Appalachian Botanical Society (SABS) Georgia Southern University and Statesboro Georgia Southern University is the largest and most comprehen¬ sive center of higher education in the southern half of Georgia and is third in student enrollment among the state universities. The University's 14,000 students come from throughout the nation and 67 countries. Georgia Southern is emerging from a decade of expansion in size and scope which doubled the University's enrollment. National statistics ranked Georgia Southern as the fastest-growing college or university in America between 1987 and 1993. Founded in 1906 as a district agricultural school, the institution advanced to become a teachers' college, then a senior college, and in 1990 earned its status as one of the five state universities in Georgia and the first university in the southern half of the state. The University's graduate college serves the region through selected program offerings in Savannah, and graduate centers in Augusta and Brunswick. GSU's 600-acre campus is in Statesboro, a Main Street community of 25,000 located 50 miles inland from Savannah in the heart of the coastal plain. A wide diversity of natural habitats may be found in the region in¬ cluding pine flatwoods, sandhills, cypress swamps, Carolina bays, estuar¬ ies and barrier islands. Average temperatures in the area during the meeting dates range from a daytime high of 79° to an evening low of 52°F. The Department of Biology The active research programs of the Georgia Southern Biologv fac¬ ulty offer students the opportunity to learn while making research contributions of regional, national, and international significance. Faculty research emphasizes three areas: Physiology and Genetics, Ecology and 9 10 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 1, 1996 Evolution (including Animal Behavior and Taxonomy), and Medical Entomology (including Acarology). The Biology Master of Science pro¬ gram averages about 35 students per year, and 28 faculty are involved in the graduate program. Students and faculty conduct research in a variety of local habitats including sandhills, forests, marshes, bogs and cypress swamps. Faculty and students also carry out research projects at non¬ campus sites, including the barrier islands off the Georgia Coast, the Smoky Mountains, and at research and marine biological stations else¬ where. Associated with the Biology Department, Georgia Southern's Institute of Arthropodology and Parasitology houses the U.S. National Tick Collection, which is on permanent loan from the Smithsonian Institution. The Georgia Southern Botanical Garden, adjacent to campus, and a campus herbarium, maintained by the Department, boast an extensive collection of plants native to Southeastern Georgia. Travel to and Within Statesboro Automobile: Statesboro is located approximately 50 miles west of Savannah, GA. The town is easily accessed from the south by Highways 301/25, 67, or 80 - all of these connect to 1-16 which runs between Savannah and Macon. Travelers from the north may also use Highway 80 west from Augusta, or highways 321/301 north from Columbia, South Carolina. Georgia Southern University has entrances on Highway 67 and Highway 301/25 on the southern edge of town. Air Travel: Savannah International Airport is located 50 miles from Statesboro. Bums World Travel LTD., 800-342-8056 (in Georgia) 800-233-6279 (outside Georgia) can handle your airline reservations and ticketing at discounted prices. They are open Monday-Friday from 9 AM- 5:30 PM. When calling, please advise that you will be attending the Association of Southeastern Biologists meeting in Statesboro, GA. Bums has arranged a 15% discount off of the lowest excursion fair with Delta and a 10% discount with US Air. Please keep in mind that the best fares usually require a 21-day advance purchase. Please contact Bums Travel to arrange shuttle service from the Savannah airport to Statesboro (~$50 round trip), or to make reservations for rental cars at the Savannah airport. From the airport, take 1-95 South to 1-16 West to Highway 67 North to Statesboro. Ground Travel in Statesboro: Hourly shuttle service in Statesboro between hotels and the Russell Union on the campus of Georgia Southern University will be available, free of charge, and will continue into the evening to accommodate atten¬ dance at social functions. PROGRAM INFORMATION 1 1 Accommodations Blocks of rooms are available at special convention rates at selected hotels in Statesboro. These hotels are listed below with the total number of rooms blocked, the ASB room rate, and the date by which you should make reservations directly with the hotel (see also Figure 1.). After these dates, requests will be handled on a space available basis. Please mention the "ASB" when you make your booking. Also listed below is a secondary group of motels for the particularly budget minded (prices listed were quoted as "commercial rates"). Additional accommodation arrangements at hotels in Statesboro, the surrounding area and Savannah may be made by calling Burns World Travel at 800-342-8056 (in Georgia) or 800-233-6279 (outside Georgia). Other questions may be addressed to Ms. Sharon Pratt, Southern Center for Continuing Education (912-681-5555, stpratt@gsvms2.cc.gasou.edu). Hotels with Conference Block Reservations: Hotel Rooms blocked Pnce Book bv Fig- label Comments Aldred's Trellis Garden Inn 107 S. Main St. 912-489-8781 23 $46 deluxe/$49 executive (1-4 persons) 3/27 A Call collect, ask for Ms. Barbee or Mr. Durence Comfort Inn 316 S. Main St. 800-221-2222, 912-489-2626 40 $45 king/dbl., $55 Jacuzzi, $60 efficiencies 3/27 B Includes continental breakfast Days Inn 461 S. Main 800-329-7466, 912-764-5666 12 $42 dbl. 3/10 C Hampton Inn Fair Rd. & Hwy. 67 800-426-7866, 912-681-7700 30 $45 dbl. (1-4 persons) 3/27 D Includes continental breakfast Holiday Inn 230 S. Main St. 800-465-4329, 912-764-6121 75 $43 3/1 E Includes full hot breakfast Jameson Inn Hwy. 301 S. 800-541-3268, 912-681-7900 25 $46 (1-4 persons) 3/17 F Includes complimentary breakfast Economy Motels: Motel # of rooms Price Fig. label Crossroads Motel 225 N. Main St., 912-764-5651 30 $24-$26 a Eagle Inn 458 S. Main St., 912-764-9117 21 $26-$28 b Pine Trace Inn 109 N. Main St., 912-764-5631 42 $28 c Stiles Inn 453 S. Main St., 912-764-9633 30 $25-30 d 12 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 1, 1996 Parking: In order to park on campus, dash passes will be required. These complimentary passes will be available on request from the registration desk and will permit parking in an ASB-dedicated lot behind the Russell Student Union and Biology Building as well as in any of a variety of un- gated lots (maps included with parking pass). Please direct any questions or special requests to Dr. Kelly McLain, Dept, of Biology, 912-681-5480, dk_mclain@gsvms2.cc.gasou.edu PROGRAM INFORMATION 13 Pre-Registration and Registration A pre-registration form is provided with this copy of the Bulletin. Th^deadlin^oiM-eceivingpre-re^istra[tion^iaterial^^^^arcl^996^^ Your pre-registration will allow us to plan facility needs and services for the meeting. Pre-registration packets and late registration will be at the Russell Student Union on Wednesday from 12:00 PM until 9:00 PM, on Thursday from 8:00 AM until 5:00 PM and on Friday from 8:00 AM until 12:00 PM. Pre-registration is necessary to ensure the most effective planning for field trips, meals, and social events. Note that costs for students are much lower than costs for non-students. Late tickets for social events and meals may not be available at the meeting. Pre-registration fees are fully refundable provided we receive notification of cancellation by 5:00 PM on 25 March 1996. Program Information Please bring your April 1996 ASB Bulletin containing the detailed program and abstracts to the meeting. Copies will be sold at the registra¬ tion desk for $4.00. Detailed program information and the schedule of talks will also be available via the Internet on the world-wide web in December, 1995 (www.bio.gasou.edu). Wednesday Evening ASB Social A complimentary wine-and-cheese social will be hosted by the Department of Biology from 7-10 PM. Thursday Evening Low-Country Boil The Thursday evening gathering will be held from 6-10 PM at the Georgia Southern University Botanical Garden near campus. The event will feature an "all you care to eat" low-country boil (shrimp, sausage, potatoes, com...), beer, soft drinks and live music. Friday Evening Mixer and ASB Banquet The ASB Banquet will feature a choice of entrees (beef, seafood, or pasta), seated table service, and complimentary wine with dinner. The ticket price for the banquet also includes two beverages of choice at the mixer prior to the banquet. Those persons who will not be attending the banquet, but who do wish to have beverages at the mixer, should pur¬ chase tickets to the mixer on the included pre-registration form. 14 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 1, 1996 Local Alcohol Mores Beer and wine may be purchased in selected restaurants and pack¬ age stores in Statesboro. Distilled liquor is not sold in the City or in Bulloch County. Beverages may be served at social events on campus as long as they are complimentary or are included in the ticket price for the event. Tickets must be purchased in advance, thus participants are urged to pre-register for social events using the attached form. Tickets will not be available at the door. Two different means of identification as proof of age may be required. Tentative General Schedule All Events will take place at the Russell Student Union on the GSU campus unless otherwise noted. Wednesday, April 10 Field Trips: depart front mezzanine of the Russell Union next to the parking area. Registration Noon-9:00 PM ASB Executive Committee Meeting 3:00-7:00 PM SABS Council Meeting 4:00-7:00 PM ASB Wine-and-Cheese Social: Biology Building 7:00-10:00 PM Continuation of ASB Executive Committee Meeting (if necessary) 8:30-10:30 PM Thursday, April 11 Past Presidents' Breakfast 7:00-8:00 AM Late Registration 8:00 AM-5:00 PM Placement Service 8:00 AM-5:00 PM General Plenary Session: 8:30-9:45 AM Welcome by Dr. Nicholas Henry President, Georgia Southern University Announcements by Local Committee Plenary Lecture PROGRAM INFORMATION 15 Workshop: Biology Education Exhibits Paper and Poster Sessions SWS Luncheon Symposium: Riparian Wetland Vegetation and Water Quality Functions in the Southeastern U.S. BBB Field Trip AMS Social 10:00 AM-Noon 9:45 AM-5:00 PM 10:00 AM-5:00 PM Noon-1 :30 PM 1:00-5:00 PM 2:00-6:00 PM 5:00-6:00 PM ASB Social & Supper Low-Country Boil at the GSU Botanical Garden Friday, April 12 SABS & BSA Breakfast & Business Meeting Placement Service Late Registration Exhibits Paper and Poster Sessions Symposium: Carolina Bays Integrating Historical, Physical and Biological Processes BBB Book Display BBB Business Meeting ASB Business Meeting & Election of Officers BBB Luncheon ESA Luncheon & Business Meeting AMS Business Meeting BBB Paper Sessions 6:00-10:00 PM 7:00-8:30 AM 8:00 AM-5:00 PM 8:00 AM-Noon 8:00 AM-12 Noon 8:00 AM-5:00 PM 8:00 AM-5: 00 PM 8:00 AM-5: 00 PM 11:00 AM-Noon 11:30 AM-12:30 PM Noon-1 :30 PM 12:30-2:00 PM 12:30-2:00 PM 1:30-5:00 PM 16 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 1, 1996 Social Hour 6:00-7:30 PM ASB Banquet & Awards 7:30-10:00 PM Saturday, April 13 ASB Executive Committee Meeting 7:00-9:00 AM Field trips: depart from the front mezzanine of the Russell Union next to the parking area. Guidelines for Poster Sessions Poster sessions have been incorporated as a regular means of scientific presentation at the annual ASB meetings. This type of presenta¬ tion provides a more informal environment that encourages a direct inter¬ change of ideas and discussion between presenter and audience. Adherence to the following guidelines will help ensure the effec¬ tiveness of poster sessions. Posters will be organized by subject matter and numbered sequentially in accord with abstract listings in the ASB Bulletin. Posters will be on display all day, although authors are required to be with their posters only from 3-4 PM. A 120 x 120 cm, cloth backed board and pins will be provided for each presenter. Posters should be carefully planned to maximize clarity and sim¬ plicity in conveying information. Arrange for a heading including a title, author(s) name, and author(s) institution(s) to be placed at the top in letters no less than three cm high. The body of the poster should be self- explanatory and should include figures, tables, graphs, maps, or pho¬ tographs displayed in a well organized and coherent sequence from top to bottom. Do not crowd the display. All materials, including text legends and captions on figures or tables, should be legible from a distance of about two meters - use fonts that are 18 pt. or larger. Each illustration should be captioned. A limited degree of text can be included, but care should be taken not to overwhelm the audience. Authors may choose to post a large typeset copy of the abstract at the top of the poster and in¬ clude a clear listing of specific conclusions at the bottom. PROGRAM INFORMATION 17 Field Trips Transportation and, with the exception of Savannah trips, box lunches will be provided for all field trips. Departures will be from the front mezzanine of the Russell Union next to the parking area. 1. Cumberland Island National Seashore Tuesday, 9 April, 4:00 PM - Wednesday, 10 April, 7:00 PM Sponsored by the Southeastern Chapter of the Ecological Society of America Cumberland Island, accessible only by passenger ferry, is the site for this hiking tour. This trip will provide opportunities to see the cultural and natural resources of one of the finest barrier islands along the Southern Atlantic coast. Transportation for this trip will depart Georgia Southern at approximately 4:00 PM Tuesday for travel to a motel near the ferry (participants are responsible for their own motel costs; a block of reduced-rate rooms will be reserved). The ferry will transport participants to Cumberland Island at 9:00 AM the next morning and return at 2:45 PM that afternoon. Participants will return to Georgia Southern at approxi¬ mately 6:30 PM Wednesday. Limit: 15. Cost: $25.00. 2. Upper Coastal Plain Vegetation Wednesday, 10 April, 8:30 AM - 4:30 PM Within a fifty mile radius of Statesboro there are several interesting and rich plant communities. This trip will visit pitcher plant bogs includ¬ ing the Hackle Bog, various mixed pine-hardwood woodlands with Elliottia racemosa, hardwood swamps, and bay forests. Emphasis will be on floristics, ecology, management and conservation. Leaders: Drs. Don Drapalik and Don Drake, Georgia Southern University. Limit: 12. Cost: $15.00. 3. Botany and Geology of Ancient Dunes Saturday, 13 April, 9:00 AM - 5:30 PM Some of Georgia's most unusual plant communities are found on inland sand dunes formed in the Pleistocene and early Holocene. The first stop will be at the Ohoopee River dunes that harbor a scrub vegetation with scattered sand live oaks, longleaf pines, rosemary ( Ceratiola ericoides ), and impressive lichen and spikemoss beds. The trip will conclude at the Big Hammock State Natural Area that features an 800-acre linear sand dune with hammock vegetation similar to barrier island forests, as well as a dense shrub-hammock featuring myrtle oak and the unusual endemic 18 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 1, 1996 small tree, the Georgia Plume ( Elliottia racemosa). Leaders: Dr. John R. Bozeman and Tom Patrick, Georgia Natural Heritage Program. Limit: 12. Cost: $15.00 4. Historic Savannah Saturday, 13 April, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM Few cities can match the charm and rich history of Savannah. This trip will transport participants to the heart of Savannah's historic district where they will be free to follow walking tours (maps provided), shop, dine, or just relax in one of the city's famous squares to ponder if life is really "like a box of chocolates." Limit: 25. Cost: $10.00 5. Savannah National Wildlife Refuge Saturday, 13 April, 8:00 AM - 4:00 PM This trip will visit the Savannah NWR for a day of birding. Spring migration will be in full swing and the woodlands, marshes, and ponds of the refuge should attract a variety of warblers, shorebirds, and waterfowl. Likely species include Purple Gallinule and Black-necked Stilt. Led by: Ray Chandler, Georgia Southern University. Limit: 12. Cost: $15.00. 6. Historic Sites of the North Georgia Coast Saturday, 13 April, 9:00 AM - 4:00 PM This trip will visit some of the many historic and scenic sites in southeast Georgia, including Wormsloe State Historic Site, Fort Pulaski National Monument, Bonaventure Cemetery, and Tybee Island. This trip will provide the opportunity to see cultural resources as well as coastal marshes, dunes, and beaches. Leader to be announced. Limit: 12. Cost: $15.00. PROGRAM INFORMATION 19 Local Arrangements Committee Chair: J.B. Claiborne 912-681-5496, fax: 681-5868, jb@gasou.edu Program: Stephen Vives 912-681-5954, fax: 681-0845, svives@gasou.edu Lome Wolfe 912-681-0848, wolfe@gasou.edu Registration /Accommodations: Sharon Pratt Southern Center for Continuing Education 912-681-5555, stpratt@gsvms2.cc.GaSoU.edu Frank French 912-681-5593, French@gsvms2.cc.gasou.edu Oscar Pung 912-681-5857, sobiopung@gsvms2.cc.gasou.edu Don Drapalik 912-681-5494, don_drap@gasou.edir Ray Chandler 912-681-5657, chandler@gasou.edu Kelly McLain 912-681-5480, dk_mclain@gsvms2.cc.gasou.edu Ann Pratt 912-681-5489, apratt@gsvms2.cc.gasou.edu Thursday Evening Social: Don Drake 912-681-5957, ddrake@gasou.edu Host Institution, Department: Georgia Southern University Statesboro, Georgia 30460 Department of Biologv 912-681-5487 (fax) 912-681-0845 www.bio. gasou.edu Audiovisuals: Exhibits: Field Trips: Transportation: Meal functions: Meeting Headquarters: Fielding D. Russell Union Georgia Southern University 20 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 1, 1996 57th ASB Annual Meeting at Georgia Southern University Statesboro, Georgia, 10-13 April, 1996 Pre-Registration Form (Type or print; one form per registrant; Pre-registration deadline is 3/25/96) Name: _ Social Security # : _ Ofaculty Qgrad. student Qundergrad. Mailing Address: _ Institution: _ Office Phone: ( ) E-mail: Affiliation (C aeck where appropriate): I Qams □asb □bbb □bsa | Qesa □sws □sabs Registration: Regular: @$50.00 . $ Student: @$20.00 . $ (Late registration: Regular $65.00; Student $25.00) Wednesday Evening ASB Social (please fill in if you plan to attend) # of _ complimentary tickets Thursday Evening Low-Country Boil Regular: @ $20.00 x _ tickets . $ Student: @ $14.00 x _ tickets . $ Friday Evening Mixer (please see previous description of Friday Mixer) Beverage ticket (2 beverages) @ $6.00 x _ tickets . $ Friday Evening ASB Banquet Regular: @ $24.00 x _ tickets . $ Student: @ $15.00 x _ tickets . $ Please fill in the type of meal you would prefer: Beef: _ Seafood: _ Pasta: _ PROGRAM INFORMATION 21 Breakfasts: ASB Past Presidents: @ $9.00 x _ tickets . $ SABS/BSA: @ $9.00 x _ tickets . $ Executive Committee: @ $9.00 x _ tickets . $ Luncheons: BBB: @ $10.00 x _ tickets . $ ESA: @ $10.00 x _ tickets . $ SWS: @ $10.00 x _ tickets . $ Field Trips: 1. Cumberland Island: @ $25.00 x tickets . . $ 2. Upper Coastal Plain: @ $15.00 x tickets . . $ 3. Ancient Dunes: @ $15.00 x tickets . . $ 4. Historic Savannah: @ $10.00 x tickets . . $ 5. Savannah Wildlife: @ $15.00 x tickets . . $ 6. Historic GA Coast: @ $15.00 x tickets . . $ Total Amount Enclosed: . $ Make checks payable to Georgia Southern University; print your name, address, SSN, and phone number on front of check. Mail forms and check to: ASB MEETING Southern Center for Continuing Education Landrum Box 8124 Georgia Southern University Statesboro, GA 30460-8124 Please duplicate this form as needed. Note: To become a member of ASB, please complete the application form in the back of this issue and send to Jim Hull (ASB treasurer) with the appropriate dues. REVIEWS Panikov, Nicolai, S. 1995. Microbial Growth Kinetics. Chapman & Hall, London, UK. $79.95. 378p. The kinetics of microbial growth and metabolism have long fascinated microbiologists and more recently microbial ecologists. The goal of this volume is to "develop new principles of kinetic analysis which would allow us to understand the complex dynamic behavior of microorganisms both in laboratory culture and in nature". To this end, the book is a monograph containing 6 chapters which cite a large body of the kinetics literature. The volume provides a discussion and summary of many European and Russian references which may not have been readily available to some readers in the United States. The book is not for the mathematical! y faint-hearted, an appreciation of the kinetic models requires a solid background in the mathematics of biochemical kinetics and microbial growth. My copy was marred by occasional ink smudges on some of the figures and a binding which seemed unlikely to last through repeated referrals to the text. Historical development of microbial growth theory (Chapter 1, 95 pages) contains a summary of the history of microbiology and the kinetics literature from Leeuwenhoek to the present. This chapter includes a discussion of the mathematical development of the standard equations of biochemical kinetics and microbial growth (bacteria and fungi) along with a consideration of the standard ecological models of population growth, competition, and predation . The presentati on of microbiological, biochemical and ecological mathematical models in a single chapter was refreshing compared to the usual situation where one must shuffle between different chapters of different texts. Diversity of patterns of microbial growth in situ and ex situ (Chapter 2), contains a brief discussion of laboratory cultivation methods for batch culture and continuous culture. Including both free and attached organisms with continuous and discontinuous nutrient supply. Microbial growth under homogeneous conditions, is the longest chapter (Chapter 3, 126 pages) and presents the results of original research by the author using chemostats to develop a new kinetic model derived from isolates of known species growing in chemically defined media. The Synthetic Chemostat Model (SCM) is made up of a series of 19 differential equations which consider growth limitation by source of carbon and energy, by conserved substrate such as nitrogen source and by multiple substrates. The derivation of the mathematical model and identification of kinetic parameters is presented in an appendix. Heterogeneous microbial growth (Chapter 4) considers the application of the SCM model to bacterial and fungal growth on solid agar, glass microbeads and packed columns. Growth kinetics and the life strategy of microbial populations (Chapter 5), discusses life history strategy in terms of r (pioneer), K (climax) and L (stress) selected organisms. R-selected organisms represented by Pseudomonas fluarescens have high reproductive rates and survive in ephemeral, unpredictable habitats. K- selected organisms represented by Arthrobacter globiformis are characterized by long generation times and live instable, predictable environments. L-selected organisms represented by Bacillus endospore formers persist under adverse environmental conditions. The chapter concludes with the presentati on of a simulation model which uses life history strategy to predict the response of an arctic tundra microbial community to global climate change. Microbial growth in soil (Chapter 6) presents results from several microcosm studies and one field study which consider the initial and long-term effects of soil amendments on successional changes in the composition of the microbial community. Additional models consider bacterial grazing by protozoa and microbial growth associated with soil invertebrates. While the application of models derived from pure culture chemostat studies to microbial growth under field conditions will no doubt remain controversial for some time, this book is an earnest attempt to bridge the gap between laboratory and field studies. The book would be of interest to mathematically inclined microbiologists, fermentation specialist, microbial ecologists, and especially ecological modelers interested in incorporating microbial population dynamics into ecological models. Bob MURRAY, Department of Biology. Appalachian State University. Boone. NC 28608. Brum, Gil, Larry > McKane, and Gerry Karp. 1995. Biology Fundamentals. John Wiley & Sons, NY. $58.95. 605 p. There often seem to be as many general biology textbooks on the market as there are types of general biology courses. Biology Fundamentals by Gil Brum, Larry McKane, and Gerry Karp is a textbook that will 22 REVIEWS 23 likely find a niche in this crowded market, suiting especially one semester non-majors, or mixed majors, and non-majors courses. It is a brief book, only 606 pages, but it includes the topics covered in most general biology courses. The book's organization is fairly standard, beginning with a section on "The Study of Life" which has a rich introduction to such issues as Evolution, Modem Ethics, and the Process of Science. The breadth of these introductory comments lays the foundation for a presentation that is concept-based rather than a collection of facts. Basic chemistry is found in the section "Chemical and Cellular Foundations" which includes chapters 2 through 7. Part 3. Genetics (four chapters) and Part 4, Plants and Animals (10 chapters) are followed by the last two sections "Evolution and Diversity" (five chapters) and "Ecology" (five chapters). This final section includes a chapter on animal behavior. A four part appendix concludes with "Careers in Biology". This element, unusual among general textbooks, provides a sampler list of careers of California State University graduates. Students are given a John Wiley and Sons address in order to request more job resource materials. Throughout the book, interest, especially for the non-major, is promoted through a section in each chapter called "The Human Perspective" which includes essays with titles such as "The Chemically Enhanced Athlete" and 'Sexually Transmitted Diseases." Additionally, students are directed toward understanding the process of science by the inclusion of "Steps to Discovery" capsules at the beginning of each chapter. These detail some research endeavor relevant to the chapter. "Jumping Genes" introduces the gene expression chapter and information about Vitamin C leads off the chapter on "Protection, Support, and Movement." In some books these thematic insertions are intrusive and strained, but here the authors have carefully chosen interesting and pertinent topics which can serve both to preserve student interest and to foster class discussion. Chapter end material includes a synopsis; review questions which tend to be questions that merely ask the student to restate the material; and critical thinking questions, many of which are quite thought-provoking. My students like to have references for further study with each chapter, either at chapter's end or as an appendix. These are particularly useful as beginning points for those who write papers on topics from their biology course but, unfortunately, they are absent in this book. It has been this reviewer's experience that art is often the most poorly scrutinized element in the textbook editorial process and Biology Fundamentals appears to exemplify this. Chapter introductions are illustrated by poor quality, often unattractive paintings. The within-chapter photographs and graphics fail to represent the diversity of humankind. For example, the scientists shown are all white males and very few illustrations of females are included. There are, however, many beautiful photographs or organisms and some excellent instructive micrographs. On the whole. Biology Fundamentals , while not remarkably different from other general biology books, is an acceptable, interesting brief book. Jean S. DeSaix, Biology Department, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, NC, 27599-3280. Jordan, C. F. 1995. Conservation. John Wiley & Sons, NY. $62.95. 340 p. This book, according to the Preface, is “suitable for a general introduction to a curriculum in conservation [and] is appropriate for an environmental literacy requirement for liberal arts majors and preprofessional curriculums [sic], and also a reference for a layperson.” To enlighten this audience, the author stresses social institutions as the primary stumbling blocks in conservation’s pathway, instead of the general lack of management techniques. Such obstacles are found in an economic system, for example, that does not value a healthy environment or governmental policies that rely on controls instead of incentives. Jordan also hopes to refocus conservation issues from those dealing with resource production to those concerned with the quality of life at a global level. The book cites eight “principles,” each becoming the theme for one of the eight chapters. One of the shorter principles: “Policies for Conservation. Neither the state nor the market alone can meet all human needs.” Another: “Culture and Development. Development can be sustainable only in the context of culture.” Each chapter concludes with some suggested readings. A list of about 415 (m\ estimate) references appears at the end of the book. In addition to the text, Conservation includes four photo essays, three of which deal with tropical deforestation (which reflects some bias toward the author’s personal field of expertise) and the fourth with farming (in the Philippines). No scientific names appear in text or in a unified appendix. Nor is there a glossary, which one might hope for in a book designed for beginning and/or nonmajor students confronted for the first time with terms such as biomass, browse, ecosystem, and the like. The subject index is sparse (and includes the misspelling, “Audobon,” which is also repeated twice on p. 297). For example, the entry 24 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 1, 1996 for “wildlife” is followed by a single page number (p. 50, on which appears the negative attitudes of President Bush and Vice President Quayle toward endangered species and an estimate of North America’s duck population). A six-page author index concludes the book. There are trivial errors. Some samples: “is . . . data” (p. vii, instead of are . . . data), and no birth and death dates are cited for Aldo Leopold (as appear elsewhere for Gifford Pinchot, John Muir, and some others, but not for Rachel Carson), which presumably would have avoided the flaw (p. 17) that Leopold “wrote an essay” in 1949, when in fact Leopold died the previous year (the essay, part of A Sand County Almanac, was published posthumously in 1949). Also, identification of the Florida panther as the “Eastern panther” (p. 81); mention of a “Florida black wolf’ (p. 228), which is more likely a dark morph of the red wolf and, in any case, not a taxon widely recognized by contemporary mammalogists; and overlooking the much-heralded release of red wolves at Alligator River National Wildlife Refuge, NC, in 1987, among other locations, vis-a-vis a release of fewer animals in Great Smoky Mountains National Park in 1991 (p. 229). I was disappointed in my hope for greater substantive content, given the book’s focus. Moreover, I found much that seemed strange, even haphazard. For example, in the section on environmental ethics— certainly a laudable topic, and too often overlooked in favor of hard-core science— Jordan cites “Man’s Relation to Man” as one of three phases in the development of human ethics (p. 78). Flis source here is the Ten Commandments, of which he cites three as appearing in the laws of most societies. The section then simply ends, followed by another— “The Individual’s Relation to Society” — centered on a long quote from Bronowski’s Ascent of Man, along with brief mention of the New Deal, factory owners, and the like. If a point was being made about conservation, it escaped me. In the chapter Preservation of Biodiversity, Jordan lists two points of view: (1) species diversity, including genetic diversity within a species and (2) habitat preservation. Jordan discusses species diversity in the context of the Endangered Species Act, but he never returns to genetic diversity — something of an oversight when dealing with conservation biology. Subjects such as genetic bottleneck or founder effect, or examples of population genetics as occur in cheetahs or the lions of the Ngorongoro Crater are not listed in the index nor could I locate these or similar topics in the text. Happily, the discussion of habitat diversity is far better and represents a suitable introduction to the subject at hand. In sum, I And Conservation largely unremarkable. I undoubtedly will use my copy, in part, as a source of ideas and material for lectures about economic issues and tropical forestry, and perhaps those concerning ethics and culture, but I cannot recommend it with conviction for classroom use. Students— most especially those in the groups targeted by the author— deserve a more lucid text for their first and perhaps only course in conservation. Eric G. Bolen, Department of Biological Sciences, University of North Carolina at Wilmington, Wilmington, NC 28403. Gotelli, Nicholas J. 1995. A Primer of Ecology. Sinauer Associates, Inc. Sun¬ derland, MA. $18.95. (paperback). 206 pages. Undergraduate and graduate students of ecology will greatly appreciate Nicholas Gotelli’s new book A Primer of Ecology. The author has provided students and (hopefully) instructors an impeccably organized road map to understanding the development, application, and limitations of mathematical models in ecology. Largely due to a logical format and eloquent style of writing, this book attains its goal of presenting “a concise but detailed exposition of the most common mathematical models in population and community ecology.” The beauty of this book is a logical format that is used in each chapter. Models are presented by deriving them from first principles and the most important algebraic steps are included; nothing essential to the equation is taken for granted. All important equations are highlighted in gray which makes them easier to remember and refer to. Model assumptions are then given as clearly defined check lists. The next two divisions are the most enjoyable, (1) model variations, which explain how the models are modified to include, among other things, stochasticity and non-linearity, and (2) empirical examples, that include a variety of important ecological problems such as the plight of Grizzly bears in Yellowstone Park and the crash of marine fisheries. The examples are most useful when the author explains how and why models fail when applied to real-life population dynamics. REVIEWS 25 The most important aspects of the models are presented in good, sometimes excellent graphical form. A cleverly conceived problem set (with solutions) is given at the end of each chapter which forces the student to understand and apply the chapter's most important concepts. The author’s format makes differentiation and integration almost fun. Briefly, chapter one covers the exponential population growth model, the basis for most population and community models. The author takes meticulous care in presenting this material because the concepts and mathematics are essential to the next three chapters. Model variations are that of discrete population growth and environmental and demographic stochasticity. Chapter two covers the logistic population growth model and clearly explains density dependence, carrying capacity, time lags, and how variations in these factors are handled. Chapter three presents models used to describe age- structured population growth including a section on the Leslie matrix and the Euler equation. Chapter four is a timely and important introduction to metapopulation models. Chapters five and six cover competition and predation models including equilibrium solutions and the Lotka-Volterra models. In the final chapter, models of island biogeography are presented using the equilibrium model followed by the species-area effect. As the use of mathematical models in ecology becomes more popular and important to the ad¬ vancement of our field, it is essential that both beginning and weathered ecologists understand the basic mathematics and assumptions of population and community models. A Primer of Ecology’ provides a painless, enjoyable, and moderately priced introduction to model building. This book will soon be found on the shelves of most ecologists and on the desks of graduate students studying for their oral examinations. Hunter Lenthan, Institute of Marine Sciences, University of North Carolina, NC 28557. Glert, D. A/., A/. P. Greaves, and H. M. Anderson (eds.). 1995. Ecology and Integrated Farming Systems. John Wiley & Sons, West Sussex, England. $95.00. 329 p. This book is a collection of presentations (18) made at the 13th Long Ashton International Sym¬ posium "Arable Ecosystems for the 21st Century," at the IACR-Long Ashton Research Station, University of Bristol, UK, 14-16 September, 1993. The European agricultural community, like the US, is faced with the challenge of maintaining agricultural production levels and producer competitiveness while confronting problems such as off¬ site movement of soil, fertilizer, and pesticides. The objective of the Long Ashton conference was to look at European agricultural systems and propose how the management of pests and crops may be accomplished under new environmental guidelines. There are 1 8 chapters addressing agricultural policy, pest management, agricultural habitat ecology, and nutrient management. Since the objective of the symposium was to provide a platform for designing agricultural systems for the 21st century then it follows that the authors should contribute a vision of how to attain the environmental, social, and economic goals set by society. This review is based upon that premise. This publication is an interesting collection of papers. The first chapter is an explanation of the environmental policy (Common Agricultural Policy) for European agriculture. Off-site movement of pesticides, soil, and nutrients (animal and fertilizer) and resource base depletion are the major problems to be addressed by the new policy. One familiar with US agriculture will be familiar with both the nature of the problems and the proposed solutions. The next four chapters address weed pests. This is a notable deviation from most publications of this type as the usual approach is for weed management to be cither a token chapter or ignored. Since a majority of the pesticides used in agriculture are herbicides more information on weed management is a necessity. The first of the four chapters addresses plant diversity in cultivated systems. The author describes weeds as pioneer species of secondary succession exploiting the pools of nutrient rich areas made available when crops are grown. He goes on to point out that the closer the life system of the weed is to the invaded crop the more successful it will be. Further discussion is included about the potential to intercrop (more than one crop species in a field) and effects on weed species. This short chapter will not be new to anyone knowledgeable in the field and likely not enough for one unfamiliar with it. The next chapter (second of four on weed management) is on integrated weed management. This 26 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 1, 1996 is a good chapter in general but mainly deals with the idea of an economic threshold (the point at which it is economically justified to use a pesticide) for weeds. The author reviews various modeling approaches and problems associated with this method. While this is a good review the author fails to address some of the other problems with weeds (interference with harvest; affects on crop quality, etc.) that must be accounted for in any new weed management system. However, this is a minimal detraction from a good summary of the current state of economic threshold research for weed man¬ agement. Chapter 4 (third of the four weed chapters) provides a good review of the nature of crop-weed interference and efforts to model this system. Most of the chapter describes various approaches to constructing simulation models of this interaction and describes, in a realistic manner, the challenges facing this approach. For one not familiar with this area of weed management this is a good review. The last of the weed management chapters is concerned with weed management in organic (no conventional pesticides used) farming systems. Since US agricultural scientists rarely study organic farming this chapter represents new ideas in the literature. The authors provide a good overview of the weed situation on organic farms and various management tactics currently employed. The weakness in this chapter is in the authors failure to recognize that tactics should fit into an overall strategy for managing pests, especially in an organic system. In a conventional system, any weed that escapes rotation, cultivation, etc., is controlled with a herbicide. In organic systems, weeds can only be controlled mechanically by cultivating, hand weeding, etc. So the consequences of not formulating a good management plan are more costly in an organic system. Following the four weed chapters is a paper addressing general reasons for pest problems, concerns about pesticides, and a very brief look at ideas on reducing pesticide use. This author has a disturbing tendency to make statements that, to some, are controversial, and then cite himself to make his point. For anyone not familiar with agricultural systems this chapter would leave a somewhat distorted view of pesticides and their role in production. For example, citing the success of Denmark in reducing pesticide use by 50% implies that this sort of reduction is possible everywhere. However, he fails to note that US pesticide use, on a per acre basis, is already less than half of the countries cited. Reducing the volume of pesticides used in agriculture is a laudable goal but a much more difficult task for some countries than others. The following two chapters address various aspects of insects in agricultural habitats. No-till farming is the subject of the first paper and how it affects insect vectored diseases, predaceous insects, and slugs. This chapter is basically a report on specific experiments and provides no overview of the whole area of minimum tillage and impacts on pest species. From the specificity of no-till the next chapter jumps to habitat management to increase the impact of beneficial insects on insect pests. The authors provide a good overview of the basic ecosystem requirements of beneficial insects. Chapter 10 is puzzling because it seems to only remotely pertain to agriculture directly. It is a description of a study at the University of Kansas on fragmented ecological systems of various sizes. This would be highly interesting to agriculturalists if an agricultural system were included but this experiment is confined to natural succession. There may be some interest in patch size and the rate and direction of succession for agriculturalists working in no-till systems. Most natural scientists would be attracted to this sort of study but one has to wonder why this subject was included considering the objective of the conference. The following three chapters are similar in subject matter but different in what is offered. Two chapters address insect movement/distribution in fragmented agroecosystems and the third describes a new method for analyzing spatial distribution of animals or plants. The first chapter (on landscape ecology) provides a good example of how to make basic science relevant by pointing out how this research can contribute solutions to practical problems. Most of the chapter is a description of basic methods of measuring insect movements in large scale experiments. The next chapter (on farming landscapes) focuses on the effect of patchy agricultural systems on insects and provides a good summary of common features in agroecosystems. The last of these three chapters describes a new class of tests for indices of spatial pattern. Chapter 14 provides insight into what is called an “integrated farming system” (IFS). The author first defines an IFS then steps through the major features of a typical agricultural system (soils, plant diversity, landscape diversity, etc.) and describe what an IFS system would look like. It is a good basic introduction that would be better located at the beginning of the book. The following two chapters address nutrient use in organic and conventional systems, respectively. Organic systems present a challenge from a nutrient perspective because, unlike conventional fertilizers, N, P, and K, from manures are not balanced. When fertilizing a crop, if for example, P is used as the REVIEWS 27 basis for calculating application rates then too much N or K may be applied perhaps leading to off¬ site movement of nutrients. In a study reported in this chapter the authors have decided that the crop in the rotational sequence demanding the most P and K will be the basis of supplying nutrients. (The usual method of calculation would be on N needs of the crop.) Studies on nine organic farms were used to assess their approach and to determine if it is acceptable by farmers. The next chapter describes Dutch efforts to better match nutrient supply and crop demands, and more specifically, where and when nutrient supplies can be reduced. Crop nutrient needs vary both between crops and among various stages of growth. If nutrients are supplied in excess of crop needs then leaching may be a problem. This chapter includes a description of a one year study balancing crop nutrient needs and supply. They found it may be possible to significantly reduce fertilizer rates and maintain high crop productivity if nutrients are supplied at the time most needed by the crop. Chapter 17 is a report on the preliminary results of a study to determine the effects of pesticides (mainly insecticides) on non-target invertebrates and what happens if less pesticides are used. Two systems are compared: a low pesticide regime and a commonly used pesticide program. Measurements such as invertebrate numbers and species, soil microbe composition and biomass, and soil chemistry are reported. At this point of the study (two years into a six year experiment) the results are mixed. Insecticides affect invertebrates but for how long is unknown. Soil microbial biomass is variably affected by pesticides. This is an interesting study but one has to wonder why it was included with such obviously preliminary results. The last chapter begins with a description of component research that provides the basis for less intensive farming practices then explains briefly the results of a large, “whole farm” experiment. This experiment was designed to compare “integrated” and “conventional” rotational practices each of which are split into “standard” and “low input” systems. At the end of three years there has been some positive benefits to the low input system but the rotational scheme has not had a significant effect. Anyone unfamiliar with agriculture would get a comprehensive review of current issues in this book. However, pest managers and agriculturalists will find it less valuable due to the preliminary nature of many of the studies reported. The four chapters on weed management are perhaps the best part and for some may make the purchase worthwhile. Mike Linker, North Carolina State University , Raleigh, NC 27695. Pahl-Wostl, Claudia. 1995. The Dynamic Nature of Ecosystems. Chaos and Order Entwined. John Wiley & Sons, Chichester, UK. $79.95. 267 pp. In “The Dynamic Nature of Ecosystems” Claudia Pahl-Wostl addresses the fundamental questions of how natural systems are organized and how the consequences of both natural and anthropogenic perturbations can be predicted and managed. In the first chapter, the author claims that ecology is a fragmented discipline and still lacks a unifying framework to investigate the complex environmental problems that face us. A brief review of the content of the remaining six chapters in which the book is divided best illustrates the author's approach to solving the problem of a fragmented science. The author, in chapter two, presents the main theme of the book and contrasts traditional ecological approaches emphasizing equilibrium and stability with recent developments in the science of complex nonlinear systems. Ecology should move from a cause-effect, mechanistic approach to a more dynamic perspective of how the components of natural systems interact with each other. The recommended conceptual approach to studying ecosystem dynamics is extended in chapter three, to evolutionary ecology, where a similar emphasis on stability and equilibrium has traditionally dominated thinking and research. In chapter four, spatio-temporal organization of ecosystem components in dynamic non¬ equilibrium systems are proposed as an alternative to equilibrium and stability on one hand, and randomness on the other. Spatio-temporal organization is operationally defined as networks of energy and matter flows. Multi-species models are used, in chapter five, to illustrate the mutual relationship between the characteristics of species within a system and the characteristics of the system as a whole. Model results indicate that characteristics of individual species have a significant impact on the properties of the whole system, which in turn impose new constraints on the species themselves. Chapter six explains how ecosystems can be described as networks of energy and matter Hows b> focusing on their hierarchical nature. Questions and results from the previous chapters are summarized and discussed in chapter seven. 28 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 1, 1996 The author’s general conclusion is that uncertainty is an intrinsic characteristic of ecological systems. Rather than attempting to minimize uncertainty, ecologists should accept and take into account uncertainty when developing both research strategies and theoretical models. Most importantly, un¬ certainty should be the mam consideration for developing flexible management schemes. Throughout the book, the mathematical details of the proposed models are presented in separate boxes and in the two chapters of the Appendix. The reader is given the option to follow concepts in the main text and/or following the mathematical steps of models. This format allows the reader with little or no background in mathematical modeling complete accessibility to the conceptual content of the book. This book eloquently and accurately emphasizes that an important turning point in ecology is upon us. The concepts of non-linearity of natural systems, chaos and self-organization have brought about this evolution of ecological theory. The big challenge that ecologists now face is unifying these new theoretical developments with the empirical and applied aspects of ecology. Despite the repetitions and sometimes unclear writing style, this book is intellectually stimulating and nicely links a review of traditional approaches in ecology with important new ideas and modeling approaches. Fiorenza Micheli, University of North Carolina, Institute of Marine Sciences, Morehead City, NC 28557 Hutchinson, J. S. M. 1993. Controlling Reproduction. Chapman & Hall, Lon¬ don, England. $41.95. 234 p. Control of reproductive function is central to diverse issues, ranging from population level problems of policy and family planning to individual level problems of infertility, from conservation of endan¬ gered species to economics of livestock production. Many of these issues have both technical and ethical aspects. Hutchinson takes a broad approach to this field, drawing on the study of a variety of species and a number of disciplines. The expressed aim is to highlight the value of such an approach. The first three chapters provide background. Chapter 1 touches on half a dozen challenges or problems to which reproductive biology is related in one way or another (e.g., overpopulation, man¬ agement of endangered species). Chapter 2 gives a brief overview of reproductive biology, with an emphasis on types of hormones, their structure, and their action. Chapter 3 begins discussion of influences on the basic reproductive processes— effects of the physical environment (temperature, day length), exercise, nutrition — and specific causes of infertility. The background chapters present a summary of what the reader should understand in order to fully grasp the remainder of the book. But it is a summary that will serve as a review, not as an introduction for the uninitiated. An example of the assumption of the reader’s prior knowledge is the figure (p. 106) showing changes in plasma concentrations of various hormones induced by exogenous gonad¬ otrophins used in a treatment to stimulate follicular development and ovulation. It would be instructive to include an indication of how the hormone levels change over the course of the ovarian cycle in the absence of the treatment. Students who have not had considerable prior training in reproductive endocrinology will have to dig elsewhere to make the comparison, as this basic information is included in neither that section nor the background chapter. Treatment of some topics is especially cursory. For example, the section on parturition problems contains four lines of text. Inclusion of such material helps create the impression that one is reading a set of polished-up lecture notes. Furthermore, some of the material reflects outmoded ideas. Right on page 1 , for example, in pointing out the marked growth of the human population during the past couple of thousand years, the author comments that “These increases do not reflect increases in fertility and more children being bom . . and attributes the population increase to improved survivorship. This is not completely true— although mortality decline has been the dominant factor, there is now evidence that fertility in many technologically simple populations was lower than in many more “advanced” populations. And reproductive biologists have played an important role in explaining that observation. Also in the first chapter, wild mammals and humans are said to “show a number of density-dependent characteristics which enable them to reach an equilibrium with their environment . . . ” (p. 4). Well, some do. The extent to which animal populations are regulated in a density-dependent manner is still being debated by ecologists and population biologists. Indeed, there is growing evidence that some, perhaps many, ecosystems are non-equilibrial (that is, system dynamics are more controlled by abiotic factors that are not subject to feedback or density-dependent effects). Other examples could REVIEWS 29 be cited. Thus, the demography and population biology included in the book are superficial. This may be unavoidable in brief background chapters, but brevity is no virtue if it is misleading. The next four chapters constitute the meat of the book. These chapters, though still succinct, are much more useful than the first ones. Chapter 4 covers reproductive manipulations, and identifies two types of objectives of manipulation: to block reproduction and to assist reproductive function. With a few exceptions, the former is mostly associated with humans and the latter mostly with domestic species. However, infertility is a problem for some people, and aiding reproduction in wild species is of increasing interest in the context of conservation. The chapter discusses manipulation of environ¬ mental influences and physical and biochemical manipulation. The latter includes hormonal and related control methods, and the chapter touches on some aspects of the biochemistry, pharmacology, means of administration, and risks and side effects. Methods of assessment of interventions are outlined in Chapter 5, and Chapter 6 continues discussion of methods for manipulating reproduction. Methods are divided into two main groups: manipulation of hormonal control mechanisms, and manipulation of gametes and embryos (including preservation, transfer between closely related species, and control of embryo loss). Chapter 7 is a straightforward description of means of contraception. Curiously, although sterilization through partial removal of the vas deferens is mentioned, “vasectomy" does not appear in the chapter nor in the index (it is in the glossary). This would be an obvious term for students interested in control of human male fertility to try to find. Chapter 8, “Social and Ethical Considerations,” covers a range of issues, some of which generate much controversy. The most difficult and sensitive issues are of course those relating to humans. The treatment here is even-handed, but is largely limited to outlining questions and issues, not to presenting arguments associated with those issues. The author identifies three problem areas (prevention of birth, including contraception and abortion; assistance with conception, including surrogacy; manipulation of embryos). Many of the questions posed are good ones, and would provide the basis for stimulating debate in classrooms. For example, does artificial insemination by donor performed without the husband’s consent constitute adultery? Who owns “spare” embryos produced during attempts at in vitro fertilization? Do people have the same rights to conception assistance that they have to health care, or to contraception that they have to food? But there is virtually no discussion beyond the posing. The section on “Impact of and Demand for Contraception” says little about the impact — be it de¬ mographic, health, or other. In the book’s favor for use as a text is the glossary, which is substantial enough (30 pages) to be quite useful; and it includes abbreviations and acronyms. There are also extensive lists of suggested further reading for each chapter, collected at the end of the book. At the same time, the format of the book makes it more difficult to follow up on some of the material presented in the chapters. Given the brevity of discussion of many topics, coupled with the length of the list of suggested readings for each chapter, inclusion of some references in the text would be useful. For example, in Chapter 6 there is brief mention of the possible influence of acupuncture on aspects of ovarian function (p. 1 1 3). Granted, this is a minor point. But anyone wishing to pursue this intriguing tidbit is faced with reading through five pages of closely spaced citations, searching for a title that clearly relates to acupuncture. I didn't find one. Readers will face the same problem with less unusual topics. The concluding chapter contains mention of what many will find to be a startling research result — sperm counts in some Western populations have fallen by 50% in the past 50 years— but there are no citations and not even a list of suggested readings for that chapter. Another quibble is the use of “man” to refer to the whole species or even to female H sapiens. Perhaps this is not as politically incorrect in Scotland, where the author works, as it has become on this side of the Atlantic, but passages such as “in man, . . . problems which arise towards the end of pregnancy . . (p. 128) do ring oddly. The Forward claims that this is “a different kind of book that will fill an empty niche.” Perhaps it does. But I’m not sure what the demand for occupants of that niche is. It is intended as a textbook for mid-level college students. But it is too sketchy for use as a stand-alone text in a reproductive biology course, and would even require supplementation in a course on controlling reproduction. Lack of detail in most parts, coupled with lack of literature citations, preclude it's utility as a reference text It might find a place in a course on population problems or policy, but the emphasis on nonhuman species would be a limitation. The most likely niche is as a companion text to one that covers general (or mammalian) reproductive biology but that is weak on manipulation of reproduction. This book belongs in the hands of those with a prior understanding of reproductive biology who want a succinct overview of methods of controlling reproductive function, including problems and complications 30 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 1, 1996 associated with various approaches. Some will find this book quite useful; others will find it maddening. Look it over before plunking your money down. Paul W. Leslie, Department of Anthropology and Curriculum in Ecology, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, NC 27599. Announcements New Wetlands Short Courses at The University of North Carolina at Wilmington The Division for Public Service and extended Education and the department of Biological Sciences the University of North Carolina at Wilmington have increased both the number of wetland science training courses and the convenience of those courses for a wider variety of students. Four ungraded, limited enrollment courses offered in 1996 consist of the following: Wetland Delineation Theory — March 1-2; Wetland Soils and Hydrology — May 8-10; Wetland Science and Delineation — Starting March 6; Wetland Botany — August 7-9. The Division for Public Service and Extended Education will continue to offer Wetland Ecology (July 21 through August 2.) For further information write: Division for Public Service and Extended Education University of North Carolina at Wilmington 601 South College Rd. Wilmington, NC 28403 Phone (910)395-3195; E-MailTALMADGER@UNCWIL.EDU 'k'k'k'k ★★★★★★ •k’k'k'k'k’k ★★★★★★ * * Gibbs Award for Excellence in Systematic Ichthyology Nominations are invited for the American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists (ASIH) Robert H. Gibbs, Jr. Memorial Award for Excellence in Systematic Ichthyology. Prizes are awarded for an outstanding body of published work in systematic ichthyology by a citizen of a Western Hemisphere nation who has not been a recipient of the award. The award id offered annually and consists of an appropriate plaque and a cash sum. The award recipient is announced at the annual meeting of die ASIH. The award for 1995, including a plaque and $6,000, was presented to Dr. Reeve M. Bailey, Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, for his many contributions to freshwater ichthyology and ichthyological nomenclature. Nominations may be made by any ichthyologist, including self nominations, and should include die nominee's curriculum vitae , and detail the nominee's specific contributions and their impact on systematic ichthyology. Nominations must be received by March 1 of the year to be eligible for the award for that year. Nominations will be effective for three award periods. Four copies of each nomination should be sent to Dr. Dean Hendrickson, Texas Natural History Collections - R4000; University of Texas at Austin, Austin, TX 78712-1100, USA. ANNOUNCEMENTS Mountain Lake Biological Station Summer Program 1996 31 MLBS, located at an elevation of 4,000 feet in the mountains of southwestern Virginia, supports a summer community of diverse biologists. COURSES may be taken for undergraduate or graduate credit. Students may pursue the master's degree in biology by summer study, a program that is particularly suitable for teachers in secondary education. Scholarships for tuition and service awards for room and board are available. Course Title BIOLOGY OF BIRDS CONSERVATION BIOLOGY BIOLOGY OF FISHES QUANTITATIVE METHODS EVOLUTIONARY BIOLOGY FIRST TERM June 9 - July 6 Instructor Ray Chandler Assistant Professor of Biology Peter Kareiva Professor of Zoology AND Martha Groom Assistant Professor of Conservation Biology SECOND TERM July 7 - August 10 Mark Kopeny Lecturer Alistair Inman Assistant Professor of biology AND Anne Houtman Assistant Professor of Biology Doug Taylor Assistant Professor of Biology AND Rytas Vilgalys Associate Professor of Botany Home Institution Georgia Southern University University of Washington North Carolina State Univ. University of Virginia Knox College Knox College University of Virginia Duke University RESEARCH Fellowships are available for post-doctoral and doctoral students. A ten-week program supports Research Experiences for Undergraduates in which students carry out independent projects in collaboration with research biologists from a variety of universities. FURTHER INFORMATION: Director, Mountain Lake Biological Station Gilmer Hall, University of Virginia Charlottesville, VA 22903-2477 NEWS OF BIOLOGY IN THE SOUTHEAST Jon R. FORTMAN-News Editor Division of Science and Math Mississippi University for Women Columbus, MS 39701 ABOUT PEOPLE AND PLACES ALABAMA Samford University. Department of Biology. Dr. Mike Howell has been selected for the award of “Conservation Educator of the Year" by the Board of Directors of the Alabama Wildlife Federation. AWF leaders applauded Dr. Howell's life-long commitment and contributions to conservation education and the large number of students he has inspired to choose careers in science and conservation education. They were also impressed by the teaching-photographic tank he invented and patented, which allows the study of rare and endangered fish on a catch and release basis. GEORGIA Oxford College of Emory University. Department of Biology. The fourth annual Oxford Institute for Environmental Education was held on June 19-30. A total of 20 participants representing grades K-12 participated in the course. Participants received basic instruction in ecological principles and scientific investigation, emphasizing schoolyard habitats and nearby ecosystems. In a Fall follow-up workshop, participants presented ideas for the activities and projects they developed from the course. KENTUCKY Western Kentucky University, Biology Department. Three new faculty joined the department this year. Dr. Michael K. Stokes, a terrestrial vertebrate ecologist specializing in mammals, is from the University of Kansas, Lawrence, where he received his doctorate and served as Curatorial Assistant in the Division of Mammals at the Museum of Natural History. Dr. Sigrid Jacobshagen, a plant physiologist/bioche mist, received her doctorate from Free University of Berlin and recently was a Research Associate in the Department of Biology at Vanderbilt University. Dr. Jeff Jack an aquatic invertebrate ecologist, received his doctorate at Dartmouth College and recently was a Visiting Assistant Professor in the Biology Department at the University of Louisville. Eastern Kentucky University. Department of Biological Sciences. Dr. William W. Farrar and Dr. Gary K. Ritchison were awarded NSF-EPSCoR grants. Dr. Farrar's project deals with X-ray crystallography of pig and kidney liver enolases, and Dr. Ritchison's project is entitled, "The Singing Behavior of Male White-eyed Vireos: Ecological Functions and Genetic Consequences." Bryoiogist Dr. David A. Eakin's position has been converted from visiting to tenure-track Assistant Professor of Biological Sciences. Dr. Eakin's special interests include systematics of the moss genus Regmatodon and the bryological flora of Kentucky. Dr. Michael L Foster, a mammalian geneticist, joined the faculty this year. He received his Ph.D. from the University of South Carolina His dissertation was "The Effects of Heterozygosity and Interspecific Hybridization on Developmental Stability in Deermice (Peromyscus)." MISSISSIPPI Mississippi University for Women, Division of Science and Math. Dr. David Carson (Ph.D., Texas A & M) joined the faculty this Fall. He is a molecular biologist/biochemist and teaches genetics, general biology, and biochemistry. Mississippi State University, Department of Biological Sciences. Dr. Dwayne Wise attended the 12th L:‘.emational Chromosome Conference in Madrid, Spain. He presented (with Dr. B.R. Brinkley of Baylor 32 NEWS 33 College of Medicine) a paper entitled, "Mitosis in Cells with Unreplicated Genomes: Spindle and Kinetochore Behavior." Dr. Wise spent the 1994-95 academic year on sabbatical leave at Baylor College of Medicine in Houston, Texas. Dr. Lewis R. Brown and Michelle Badon attended the Annual Society for Industrial Microbiology meeting in San Jose, CA and presented a paper entitled, "An Investigation of the pH, Bacterial and Algal Populations and the Possible Use of Diuron and 3,4-Discholoroaniline in On-and-Off-Flavor Catfish Ponds." Dr. Brown was also a co-author on another paper with Jack S. Moody and Stan Thieling at the Fifth International Conference on Microbial Enhanced Oil Recovery and Related Biotechnology for Solving Environmental Problems held in Plano, Texas. Dr. Brown made a presentation entitled "MEOR Reid Test in Alabama", to the Microbial Enhanced Oil Recovery DOE/MEM Cooperative Agreement meeting in Dallas, Texas. NORTH CAROLINA Appalachian State University. Department of Biological Sciences. Dr. Jeffrey Butts assumes the position of Director of the Hubbard Faculty Development Center. Dr. Butts was chairperson of the department from 1981 to 1995. Dr. Douglas Meikle comes from Hood College and joins the faculty, becoming Chairperson of the department. Dr. Leon Lundie joins the faculty as a bacteriologist. Dr. Lundie comes here from New Mexico State University. Mr. Robert Gilley has donated 150 acres on the New River for field study. East Carolina University, Biology Department. Mr. L. Howard Ellis, Jr., citizen of Winterville, NC, donated a track of land ($66,500) for road frontage to the Otter Creek National Area used extensively by the Department. Mr. Vilay Oulavong has been hired as the Greenhouse Manager. Dr. Edmond Stellwag was recognized by the UNC Board of Governors with an Excellence in Teaching Performance Award and a monetary prize. Dr. Roger Rulifson was named director of the Reid Station for Coastal Studies at Lake Mattamuskeet. Dr. Cindy Putnam- Ewms has received a College of Arts & Sciences Research Award to study the function of the large extrinsic loop of the photo-system II protein CP-43. Assistant Professor Francis P. Belcik, Curator Publicist, Tour Guide was honored for 30 years of service to the department and University. Dr. Kyle Summers is a new member to the faculty. He is a herpetologist doing research on poison-arrow frogs. SOUTH CAROLINA Wofford College. Department of Biology. Dr. Ellen S. Goldey has joined the faculty from the Neurotoxicology Di\ision of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency at the Research Triangle Park. NC. Dr. Goldey replaced Dr. H. Donald Dobbs, who retired after more than forty years of service to the college. VIRGINIA George Mason University, Department of Biology. Daniel Boltin , Professor of Biology and Director, Center for Study of the Environment, received the Bernhard Eduard Femo Award for 1995. This Award, given alternately each year by the German Forestry Association and American Forests , recognizes outstanding contributions to international forestry. Alan H. Christensen and Dr. Mark R. Walbridge have each been promoted to the rank of Associate Professor with tenure. Francis D. Heliotis, Associate Professor, drowned off the coast of Mexico, July 8, 1994. Dr. Allen F. Sherald, Associate Professor, died August 1, 1994 of cancer. Dr. Valery N. Soyfer, Professor of Biology, received the Gregor Mendel Medal awarded by the Czechoslovakian Society for the History of Science. Presentation of the medal preceded the opening ceremony of the 1995 World Mendel Forum to which Dr. Soyfer gave the plenary lecture entitled "Power and Science, the History of the Repudiation of Genetics in the USSR." In April 1995, Dr. Soyfer was inducted into the Ukrainian National Academy of Sciences. The induction was conducted by Dr. James Watson and Mr. George Soros. Dr. George Andrykoutch, Chairman of the Department, announced final approval for the new GMU Center for Field Studies. The Center will coordinate academic field studies in the Bahamas, in the Chesapeake, and at other locations. Dr. Luther Brown is the director of the new center. Field courses on Andros Island in the Bahamas will be a major activity of the Center. Summer 1996 classes will include plant communities and two sections of field biology. For further information on these courses contact the Center for Field Studies at (703 993-1066 or E-mail LBROW4@gmu.edu Randolph-Macon Woman's College. Department of Biology. A new laboratory in Martin Science Building was dedicated on September 8, 1995, in memory of Dr. Franklin F. Flint, a biology professor who taught at the college for 40 years. Dr. Rint was chair of the department from 1960 to 1984, and in 1975 was named Charles A. Dana Professor of Biology. He was a past president of the Virginia Academy of Science and the Association 34 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 1, 1996 of Southeastern Biologists. The new laboratory is used for senior/facu Ity research in physiological biology and ecology. More than 160 alumnae, family members and friends contributed funds in Flints' memory to help support the renovation. MUSEUMS AND BOTANICAL GARDENS ALABAMA The Anniston Museum of Natural History. During September 1995, the Museum presented "Backyard Monsters and The World of Insects." Six enormous robotic insects and their entourage of real-life specimens and hands-on activities not only entertained, but gave visitors information on the insects they encounter daily. IXTIE STATES Kiuiiind Statement of Ownership, Management and Circulation (Required by 39 U.S.C. 36851 1A Title of Publication IB PUBLICATION NO 2 Dale of Filing The ASB Bulletin 0 3 2 0 13 Nov. 1995 3 Frequency of Issue 3A No. of Issues Published Annually 3B Annual Subscription Price Quarterly 4 $20 4. Cumpluto Mailing Addiess of Known Office of Publication ISltcei. Cily, County, Stulv anil ZIP I 4 Cadet (Not printer*) ASB Bulletin, J. K. Shull, 572 Rivers St., Boone, Watauga County, NC 28608 5 Complete Mailing Address of the Headquarters ol General Business Offices of the Publisher (Not printer) Dr. James Hull, Dept. Biol. Sci. ,'fowson St. University, Baltimore, MD 21204 6 Full Names and Complete Mailing Address of Publisher. Editor, and Managing Editor (This item MUST NOT be blank) Publisher (Name and Complete Moiling Address) Association of Southeastern Biologists, Towson St. Univ., Baltimore MD 21204 Editor (Name and Complete Mailing Address) J.K. Shull, Dept. Biology, Appalachian State University, Boone, NC 28608 Managing Editor [Name and Complete Mailing Address) None 7 Owner ( If owned by a corporation, its name and address must be stated and also immediately thereunder the names and addresses of stockholders owning or holding I percent or more of total umount of stock. If nut owned by a corporation, the names ami addresses of the individual owners must be given If owned by a partnership or other unincorporated firm, its name and address, as well as that of each individual must be given If the publication is published by a nonprofit organization, its name and address must be stated.) (Item must be completed ) Full Name Complete Mailing Address Assoc, of Southeas tern Biologists _ Dr^-Janiea Hull. Dept. Biol. Sci. ... _ Towson St. Univ., Baltimore MD 212Q4 8 Known Bondholders. Moitgagees. and Other Security Holders Owning or Holding 1 Percent or More of Total Amount of Bonds. Mortgages or Other Securities ( If there are none, so state ) Full Name o Complete Mailing Address 9 For Completion by Nonprofit Organizations Authorized To Mail at Special Rates (DMM Section -124 12 only) The purpose, function, and nonprofit status of this organization and the exempt status for Federal income tax purposes (Check one) (1) (2) Has Not Changed Ouring j j Has Changed During (If changed, publisher must submit explanation of Preceding 12 Months L J Preceding 12 Months change with this statement ) ^ Extent and Nature of Circulation (See instructions on reverse side) Average No Copies Each Issue During Preceding 1 2 Months Actual No Copies of Single Issue Published Nearest to Filing Dale A Total No. Copius (Net Tress Hun) 14 00 1250 B Paid and/or Requested Circulation 1 Sales through dealers and carriers, street vendors and counter sales 0 0 2 Mail Subscription ( Paid and/or requested ) 1050 1103 C. Total Paid and/or Requested Circulation (Sum of I0UI and J0B2) 1050 1103 D Free Distribution by Mail, Carrier or Other Moans Samples. Complimentary, and Other Free Copies 34 34 E Total Distribution (Sum of C and U) 1004 1137 F Copies Not Distributed 1 Office use. left over, unaccounted, spoiled after punting 316 113 2 Return from News Agents 0 0 G. TOTAL (Sum of t. FI and 2— should equal net press run shown in A) 14 00 1250 ) i 1 certify that the statements made by me above are correct and complete Signature and Title of Editor. Publisher. Business Manogor, or Owner PS Form 3526, January 1991 ASB Presidents and Vise-Presidents, 1937-1995 Presidents Vice-Presidents 1937-38 George H. Boyd H.L. Blomquist 1938-39 E.E. Reinke H.R. Totten 1939-40 H.L. Blomquist J. Speed Rogers 1940-41 R.C. Rhodes Mary S. MacDougall 1941-42 A.S. Pearse James T. Penney 1942-46 Mary’ S. MacDougall R.O. Christenson 1946-47 James T. Penney Elon E. Byrd 1947-48 Martin D. Young Howard M. Phillips 1948-49 Samuel L. Meyer Eugene P. Odum 1949-50 Howard M. Phillips H.B. Sherman 1950-51 Elon E. Byrd George C. Kent, Jr. 1951-52 W.M.A. Deacon H P. Sturdivant H.P.Sturdivant 1952-53 Margaret N. Hess C.S. Shoup 1953-54 Bruce D. Reynolds Alvin V. Beatty 1954-55 H.R. Totten Fred T. Wolf 1955-56 Alvin V. Beatty Aaron J. Sharp 1956-57 George C. Kent, Jr. Paul M. Patterson 1957-58 H.K. Wallace Horton H. Hobbs 1958-59 Mary Esther Gaulden Victor a. Greulach 1959-60 Horton H. Hobbs Royal E. Shanks 1960-61 Victor A. Greulach Walter S. Flory 1961-62 Royal E. Shanks E. Ruffin Jones, Jr. 1962-63 Walter S. Flory Robert T. Brumfield 1963-64 E. Ruffin Jones, Jr. Harold J. Humm 1964-65 William D. Burbanck Elsie Quarterman 1965-66 Harry J. Bennett B. Theodore Cole 1966-67 Elsie Quarterman Wilbur H. Duncan 1967-68 Harold H. Humm Margaret Y. Menzel 1968-69 Robert B. Short James W. Hardin 1969-70 John M. Carpenter James N. Dent 1970-71 C. W. Hart, Jr. Leland Shanor 1971-72 Grover C. Miller David J. Cotter 1972-73 Leland Shanor John D. Withers 1973-74 David J. Cotter Dorothy C. Bliss 1974-75 James N. Dent John M. Herr, Jr. 1975-76 Perry Holt Madeline P. Burbanck 1976-77 John M. Herr, Jr. Franklin F. Flint 1977-78 Madeline P. Burbanck Clarence E. Styron 1978-79 Raymond O. Flagg Beryl C. Franklin 1979-80 James W. Hardin J. Frank McCormick 1980-81 Franklin F. Flint Margaret L. Gilbert 1981-82 J Frank M'Cormick Donald J Shure 1982-83 Margaret L. Gilbert J. Kenneth Shull, Jr. 1983-84 Charles E. Jenner Mary C. Dunn 1984-85 J.C. O'Kelley Lafayette Frederick 1985-86 Lafayette Frederick Rebecca R. Sharitz 1986-87 Donald J. Shure William H. Martin 1987-88 Rebecca Sharitz Carol Baskin 1988-89 William H. Martin Frank P. Day 1989-90 Joe E. Winstead Sandra Bowden 1990-91 Frank Day Michael Baranski 1991-92 Sandra Bowden Diane R. Nelson 1992-93 C. Ross Hinkle James W. Ross 1993-94 Ken Marion James Fralish 1994-95 Michael Baranski Patt Parr 1995-96 James W. Ross Cliff R. Hupp ASB MEMBERSHIP DUES STRUCTURE Please complete the information below, enclose check or money order payable to Association of Southeastern Biologists, and mail to Janies C. Hull, Department of Biological Sciences, Towson St. Univ., Towson, MD 21204-7097. The mailing label shows the year through which you are paid -- for example, if the date is 1993, you need to pay for 1994 and 1995. Please contact Jim Hull if there is an error (410-830-4117; E- mail E7B2HUL@TOE.TOWSON.EDU). Thank you for your support Name Address City _ State _ Country _ Zip code _ - _ Telephone { _ ] _ FAX {__} _ EMAIL _ _ Regular — $20; or Regular for 3 years -- $50 _ Family — $25 _ Student — $10 _ Emeritus* -- $10 _ Contributing — $50 _ Sustaining — $100 _ Patron -- $500 _ Library — $30; or Library for 3 years — $85 _ Enrichment Fund Contribution (we have a $2,000 challenge grant for the current year) _ Total Enclosed: Paid for 1995 _ ; 1996 _ ; 1995-97 Emeritus status must be approved by the membership in a business session. The ASB bulletin AH. HUS. NAT. HIST. LI BR Received on: 01-17-96 59. 06 In This Issue The ASB Bulletin VOLUME 43, NUMBER 1, JANUARY 1996 Proposed New Constitution . 1 Proposed New By-Laws . 3 Program Information for the 1996 Meeting . 9 Reviews . 22 Announcements . 30 News of Biology in the Southeast . 32 Ownership Statement . 35 The ASB BULLETIN olume 43, Number 2 April 1996 QH301 . A78* v. 43 UNIVERSITY Host of the 57th Annual Meeting, Statesboro, Georgia The Official Quarterly Publication of The Association of Southeastern Biologists ASB Bulletin (ISSN 0001-2386) The ASB Bulletin (ISSN-OOOl-2386) is published quarterly in January, April, July, and October by the Association of Southeastern Biologists, Department of Biology, Appalachian State University, Boone, NC 28608. Second class postage paid at Morehead City, NC and additional office. Postmaster: send address changes to the business manager, J. Hull, Dept. Biol., Towson St. Univ., Towson, MD 21204-7097. All contributions should be sent to the Editor. News items should be sent to the News Editor. Inquiries about missing numbers and other matters should be addressed to the Editor, Dept, of Biology, Appalachian St. Univ., Boone, NC 28608. Printed by Allen Press, 1041 New Hampshire St., Lawrence, KS 66044. Editor: Ken Shull, Dept, of Biol., Appalachian State University, Boone, NC 28608 (704)262-2675; FAX (704)262-2127; shulljk@appstate.edu Associate Editor: Beverly Collins, Savannah Riv. Ecol. Lab., Aiken, SC 29802 (803)725-2472 Business Manager: J. Hull, Dept. Biol., Towson St. Univ., Towson, MD 21204-7097 (410)830-4117 News Editor: Jon Fortman, Div. of Sci. and Math., Mississippi University for Women, Columbus, MS 39701 (601)329-7379; FAX (601)329-7238; jfortman@sunmuwl.muw.edu Book Review Editor: Frank Schwartz, Inst, of Marine Sci. 3431 Arendell St., Univ. of North Carolina, Morehead City, NC 28557 (919)726-6841 Officers of the ASB James W. Ross, Cumberland College, Williamsburg, KY 40769, (606)549-2200; jross@cc.cumber.edu James S. Fralish, Dept, of Forestry, So. Illinois Univ., Carbondale, IL 62901; (618)453-7466 fralish@siu.edu Vice-President - Cliff R. Hupp, U.S. Geol. Survey, National Center, Mail Stop 430, Reston, VA 22092, (703)648-5207, crhupp@usgs.gov Michael Baranski, Catawba College, Salisbury, NC 28144, (704)637-4442, mbaransk@catawba.edu Beverly Collins, Savannah Riv. Ecol. Lab., Aiken, SC 29802, (803)725-2472 collins@srel.edu James Hull, Dept. Biol., Towson St. Univ., Towson, MD 21204-7097; (410)830-4117, e7b2hul ©toe.towson.edu Donald J. Shure, Dept, of Biol., Emory University, Atlanta, GA 30322 (404)727-4209. Executive Committee Mcmbers-at -Large: 1996: Claudia L. Jolls, East Carolina Univ., Greenville, NC 27858-4353 (919)328-6295 bijolls@ecuvm.cis.ecu.edu Howard S. Neufeld, Appalachian St. Univ., Boone, NC neufeldhs@appstate.edu 28608 (704)262-2683 1997: Mary U. Connell, Appalachian St. Univ. Boone, NC 28608 (704)262-2671 connellmu@appstate.edu James F. Matthews, Univ. No. Car.- Charlotte, Charlotte, NC 28223 (704)547-4061 jmatthews@unccvm.uncc.edu 1998: Phil Robertson, So. HI. Univ., Carbondale, IL, 62901 (618)453-3236 probertson@plant.siu.edu Bob Haynes, Univ. of Alabama, Tuscaloosa, AL 35487 (205)348-1826 rhaynes@biology.as.ua.edu President- President-elect Past President Secretary - Treasurer - Archivist - The ASB encourages, in the broadest and most liberal sense, the advancement of biology as a science by: the promotion of research, the increase and diffusion of knowledge of biology, emphasis of the relationship of fundamental knowledge of biology to the solution of biological problems, the preservation of biological resources, and by its meetings, reports, discussions, and publications to promote scientific interests and inquiry, thereby adding to the health, happiness and knowledge of all peoples. The Association meets annually on the campuses of universities and colleges located throughout the southeast. Affiliated organizations meeting with the Association are: Southern Appalachian Botanical Society, SE Section of the Bot. Soc. of Amer., SE Region of Beta Beta Beta, SE Div. Amer. Microscopical Society, SE Chapter of the Ecol. Soc. of Amer., SE Div. of the Amer. Soc. of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists, SE Fishes Council, SE Soc. of Parasitologists and the SE Chapt. of the Soc. of Wetland Scientists. The ASB has representation in Section G Committee of the AAAS. Varying types of membership are available to individuals and institutions. Members receive the Bulletin. Time and Place of Future Meetings 1996 April 10-13 1997 April 16-19 1998 April Georgia Southern University, Statesboro, GA Furman University, Greenville, SC Northeast Louisiana University, Monroe, LA Patron Members Associated Microscopes, Inc. Burlington, NC Breedlove, Dennis and Associates, Inc. Orlando, FL W. C. Brown Publ. Co., Dubuque, IA Carolina Biological Supply Co., Burlington, NC Martin Marietta Energy Corp., Oak Ridge, TN Martin Microscope Co., Easley, SC Saunders College Publishing Co., Philadelphia, PA Histomorphology of External and Internal Mandibular and Cheek Epidermis in Four Specie s of North American Pebble Nest-Building Minnows (Pisces: Cyprinidae) William R. McGuire St. Christopher's School, 711 St. Christopher's Road, Richmond, VA 23226 William S. Woolcott University of Richmond, VA 23173 and Eugene G. Mauralds Science Museum of Virginia, 2500 W. Broad Street, Richmond, VA 23220 Abstract External and internal mandibular and cheek epidermis in four species of North American cyprinids (Campostoma anomalum, pit digger; and Exoglossum maxillingua, Nocomis leptocephalus, and Semotilus atromaculatus, pebble-transporting, nest-building species) were examined with light and scanning electron microscopic methods. Results related the distribution of keratin and morphology of skin cells to nest-building behavior. Nuptial male species-specific behaviors during nest construction activities were reviewed and analyzed from observations and videotapes made in the field. Internal mandibular epidermal keratin in pebbie-trans porting, nest-building species and the keratinized epidermis of the cheek in S. atromaculatus protected tissues against damage during stone excavation and transportation. Campostoma anomalum, unlike pebble- transporting, nest-building species, had a thick external mandibular epidermis with extensive keratin, anchored and supported by numerous longitudinal strands of collagen, which protected the lower jaw during pushing and bulldozing stones to form a spawning pit Both microscopic techniques were essential to characterize subepi dermal and surface descriptions of the epidermis. Introduction Nuptial males of the North American cyprinid genera Exoglossum, Nocomis, and Semotilus remove and transport streambed stones with their mouths when constructing spawning nests (Woolcott and Maurakis, 1988). Conversely, males of the cyprinid genus Campostoma, facultative nest associates of Nocomis spp., dig pit nests in pebble substrates by scooping and pushing stones aside with their mouths, occasionally picking a pebble from the pit These actions may cause abrasion of the skin in or around the mouth of a fish. This study focuses on the significance of the histomorphology of the external and internal mandibular, and cheek epidermis of representative species of four genera of North American cyprinids that move stones when constructing spawning nests. Materials and Methods Campostoma anomalum, Exoglossum maxillingua, Nocomis leptocephalus, and Semotilus atromaculatus were collected from streams in Maryland and Virginia in 1990 with a pulsed D.C. electroshocker, preserved in 10 % formalin or Bouin's fluid, and cataloged into the University of Richmond Fish Collection, now housed at the Virginia Institute of Marine Science, Gloucester Point, VA. After fixation, specimens were sexed. 37 38 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 and rinsed in tap water for 48 hrs. A minimum of five mature males of each species, other than those listed in the text, were examined, as were several females and immature males of each species. Locality data for specimens are available upon request. Two samples of the external and two of the internal mandibular skin, and two of the right cheek epidermis were taken from each specimen per species and dehydrated in step series to 70 % ethanol and stored following standard histological methods. Skin on the anterior internal border of the mandible and external skin surfaces immediately ventral and posterior to the tip of the mandible were examined. Dentaries were separated at the symphysis. Dorso-ventral sectioning of one-half of a dentary provided histological sections that were perpendicular to a tangent of the curvature of the mandible. Skin samples examined with scanning electron microscopy (SEM) were dehydrated to absolute ethanol, lyophilized, mounted on 15 mm stubs, stored in a desiccator, and covered with three 6 micron gold/palladium coatings by a sputter coater. Stubs were rotated 60° between applications to ensure even coating. Surface observations were made at 15 kV, and recorded on black and white film. Tissues intended for light microscopy (LM) were dehydrated to absolute ethanol, cleared with xylene, and embedded in paraffin. Ten micron sections, cut with a rotary microtome, were mounted with gelatin fixative on hand-cleaned slides, and stained with Heidenhain's rapid step method of Mallory's collagen stain following Cason (1950). Additional staining with hematoxylin and eosin followed the methods of Humason (1967). Examination of stained slides was made with a phase contrast microscope with an ocular micrometer calibrated with a stage micrometer. Cell nomenclature follows Henrikson and Maltoltsy (1968a-c) and Whitear (1970;1984). ANOVA (SAS, 1985) and Duncan's multiple range test (Steel and Torrie, 1980) were used in analyzing variations in epidermal thickness and number of epidermal cells (p<0.05). Descriptions of substrate modification (i.e., nest-building and pit excavation), spawning, and agonistic behaviors were based on literature accounts, personal observations, and review of videotapes of fishes made in North Carolina and Virginia streams according to methods in Maura kis and Woolcott (1995). Results Mandible: Only pebble-carrying, nest-builders, E. maxillingua, N. leptocephalus, and S. atromaculatus , had keratin on the internal surface of the mandible (Fig. 1). Campostoma anomalum, the pit digger, had keratin (5-8 cell layers thick) on the external ventral epidermis of the mandible. Collagenous dermal pilli in E. maxillingua, N. leptocephalus, and S. atromaculatus extended vertically into the internal mandibular epidermis (Fig. 2). Campostoma anomalum had dermal pilli with long strands of collagen (paralleling the long axis of the fish) extending beneath and supporting the external keratinized mandibular epidermis. Collagen with keratin formed a rigid lip on the anterior margin of the mandible, making it an efficient digging tool as well as a scraping tool for removing algae and other organisms from the surface of rocks (Fig. 3). Basal cells in N. leptocephalus were short and at the time of preservation, mitotically active. Semotilus atromaculatus had an intermediate layer of prickley cells with a higher degree of stratification in the epidermis than was in skins of other species. Also unlike other species, S. atromaculatus had supporting plugs of keratinized cells that extended halfway into the epidermis (Fig. 1). Presence of acidophilic substances in the epidermis HISTOMORPHOLOGY OF MINNOWS 39 Table 1. Characteristics of mandibular and cheek epidermis of spawning male pebble-transporting, nest-builders ( Exoglossum maxillingua, Nocomis leptocephalus, and Semotilus atromaculatus), and the pit digger, Campostoma anomalum. (N)-observations/region on a single specimen/species. Underscored means do not differ significantly at p-0.05. Epidermis Species Mandible N. leptocephalus S. atromaculatus £ maxillingua C. anomalum x thickness 0.60±.15 0.31 +.13 0.19+.04 0.11 ±.03 (df“ 10, F” 13.3) (7) (6) (4) (5) N. leptocephalus C. anomalum S. atromaculatus £ maxillingua x cells (df-24; F-75.1) 60(3) 1116) L6{8) 14i6) Cheek C. anomalum N. leptocephalus £ maxillingua S. atromaculatus x thickness mm 0.28 ±.11 0.26 ±.02 0.15 +.05 0.11 ±.01 (df- 10, F-7.2) (4) (6) (4) (3) C. anomalum N. leptocephalus £ maxillingua S. atromaculatus x cells (df-25; F-49.1) 29(5) 20 (16) ilia 10 (6) 40 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 Fig. 1. Internal mandibular keratinized epidermis in Semotilus atromaculatus (BM=basement membrane; E=epidermis; DP=derma! pilli; K=keratin). Top is surface. of E. maxillingua indicated that all cells, except basal cells, contained keratin filaments (McGuire, 1993). The mandibular epidermis of N. leptocephalus was significandy thicker and had a greater number of cells than did that of other species (Table I). Likewise, epidermal thicknesses in S. atromaculatus and E. maxillingua were significandy greater than that in C. anomalum. No unicellular glands were found in tissues of any species. Cheek: Analysis widi LM revealed that the epidermis of the cheek of N. leptocephalus and C. anomalum was significandy thicker than that of S. atromaculatus and E. maxillingua (Table 1). A greater number of cells in the cheek of both species ( and larger cells in N. leptoceplmlus ) accounted for this greater thickness (Table 1). Fig. 2. Collagenous dermal pilli extend vertically into internal mandibular epidermis of Nocomis leptocephalus (DP=dermal pilli; E=epidermis; K=keradn). Top is surface. HISTOMORPHOLOGY OF MINNOWS 41 Fig. 3. External mandibular keratinized epidermis and collagenous dermal pilli in Campostoma anomalum (E=epidermis; D=dermis; DP=dermal pilli; K=keratin: M=mandible). Right is anterior. Epidermis of all species had columnar basal cells. Nocomis leptocephalus had squamate surface epithelia, whereas the epidermis of E. maxillingua had partially cuboidal polygonal-shaped cells. Surface epithelial tissue (1-3 cells thick) of S. atromaculatus was composed of nucleated squamate cells containing keratin Filaments. Nocomis leptocephalus had nucleated non- keratinized squamate and semi-squamate (with some cytoplasm) cells. Unicellular glands (serous, sacciform, and club) were abundant in the skin of E. maxillingua. Serous and sacciform cells were present in N. leptocephalus, and serous cells only were in S. atromaculatus. Birefringence (double refraction of plane polarized light by tissues) indicated that the surface of the cheek of C. anomalum was an acellular cuticle of non-uniform thickness. Neuromasts under SEM were abundant in the non-keratinized epidermis of each species, many resembling unculi described by Roberts (1982) as homy projections arising from single colls in the skins of C. anomalum, N. leptocephalus, and S. atromaculatus. Surface squamate cells interspersed with neuromasts (distinguished from surrounding epithelial cells by the presence of a stalk-like cupola and basal sensory cells) characterized the epidermis of E. maxillingua. Most neuromasts were mounds covered by a single layer of squamate cells, others occurred as a deep crater (without a cell covering) with the thread-like cupola converging into its center. Discussion The morphology and distribution of keratin in the mandibular epidermis of the three pebble-transporting, nest-building species and the keratinized epidermis of the cheek in S. atromaculatus can be correlated with species-specific behaviors of nest-building. Keratin on the internal mandibular surfaces in males of these fishes protects against damage to 42 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 tissues during excavation and transportation of stones. Pebble nest construction in N. leptocephalus, with stones ranging in size from 6-11.3 mm, is a three stage process: excavating a concavity, forming a platform, and building a mound (Maurakis et al., 1991a). Any of these activities, plus that of excavating a spawning pit after mound building, can result in abrasion of the internal mandibular surface. For example, in E. maxillingua, a male, which has a narrower lower jaw, collects smaller stones (2.5 and 6 mm size classes) with his mouth from the stream bed, and, when available, from nests of other male E. maxillingiui, and deposits them in a suitable area to form a spawning nest. Internal mandibular surfaces in male E. maxillingua, as in A. leptocephalus, are susceptible to injury during excavation, transportation of pebbles, and re-shaping of the nest (Maurakis et ah, 1991b). In S. atromaculatus, a male not only transports pebbles in his mouth, but lowering his head into the substrate using it as an auger, excavates pebbles from the streambed to form a spawning pit (Maurakis and Woolcott, 1989a; Maurakis et al., 1990). Auguring is sufficiently deep that his cheek, coated with keratin, is in contact with the surrounding substrate. Nest building in this manner produces a ridge of deposited material (stone size classes, 6, 11.3 and 23 mm) that increases in length, continually displacing the pit downstream (Maurakis et al., 1993). Histologically, the internal mandibular epidermis in the pebble-transporting, nest-builders is species-specific. The surface of the thick epidermis in N. leptocephalus is composed of keratinized squamate cells; in E. maxillingua all of the post basal epidermal cells have keratin fdaments; and in S. atromaculatus supportive plugs of keratinized cells anchor the keratinized layer as they protrude through the non-keratinized epidermis. Unlike the mound or ridge pebble nest-building species, male C. anomalum (pit digger) have a thick external mandibular epidermis with extensive keratin, anchored and supported by numerous longitudinal strands of dermal collagen. A breeding male C. anomalum forms a spawning pit by pushing and bulldozing rather than lifting and transporting stones with the external skin surface of his mandible as described by Miller (1962). Videotaped accounts of male C. anomalum digging their pits corroborate Miller's statement that inner mandibular regions rarely contact the substrate (Maurakis and Woolcott, 1989b). The longitudinal strands of dermal collagen, terminating at the lower Up, serve the function of supporting the Up for pit digging in mature males during the breeding season. Development and distribution of keratin in nuptial mature males of pebble-transporting, nest-building species demonstrate that the potential for developing keratin is restricted to males, as keratin was not observed in mandibular and cheek epidermis of females and immature males. Female and immature male C. anomalum did not have keratin in the external mandibular epidermis; however, in females the epidermis was thick, and as in mature males, laced with longitudinal, parallel dermal strands. Yet to be determined are the time of year and stage of development when keratin develops in males of all species and if it persists throughout Ufe once males reach sexual maturity. Application of a single microscopic technique is inadequate when both subepidennal and surface descriptions are required for epidermal characterization. Examination of the epidermis of these fishes by different methods of microscopy (LM and SEM) provided descriptions of ceUular morphology and composition, as well as gross morphology and distribution of other surface features. For example, uncuU described by Roberts (1982) employing SEM, as homy in his classification of cyprinids, also were observed by us with SEM. However, when we used LM the same structures appeared as either non-keratinized HISTOMORPHOLOGY OF MINNOWS 43 nucleated squamate surface epidermal cells or neuromasts. Roberts (personal comm., 1992) learning that the unculi-like structures that we observed were not homy (i.e., keratin not present), and are not present in histological sections, led him to question his previous characterization of unculi. He suggested nerve cells may act as organizers for epidermal structures, a hypothesis we are now testing. Acknowledgments We thank Drs. W. J. Hayden and G. P. Radice for their assistance with microscopic techniques, and Dr. W. R. Tenney for printing final photographs. The study was funded in part by University of Richmond, the Richard and Carolyn T. Gwathmey Memorial Trust, Science Museum of Virginia, and St. Christopher's School. Literature Cited Cason, J. E 1950. A rapid one-step Mallory- Heidenhain stain for connective tissue. Stain Tech. 25 : 225-226. Henrikscm, R. C. and A. G. Maltoltsy. 1968a. The fine structure of teleost epidermis, introduction and filament containing cells. J. Ultrastructure Res. 21:194-212. _ and _ . 1968b. The fine structure of teleost epidermis, mucous cells. J. Ultrastructure Res. 21:213-221. _ and _ . 1968c. The fine structure of teleost epidermis, club cells and other cell types. J. Ultrastructure Res. 21:222-232. Humason, G. L. 1967. Animal Tissue Techniques. W. H. Freeman and Co., San Francisco, CA. 569 p. Maurakis, E G. and W. S. Woolcott. 1989a Reproductive behavior of the Creek Chub Semotilus atromaculatus. Video, RaukWool Productions, University of Richmond, VA. _ and _ . 1989b. Reproductive behavior of Campostoma anomalum. Video. RaukWool Productions, University of Richmond, VA. _ and _ 1995. Techniques of videotaping fishes from above the surface of the water. Southeastern Fishes Counc. Proc. 31:4-6. _ _, _ , and J. T. Magee. 1990. Pebble nests of four Semotilus species. Southeastern Fishes Counc. Proc. 22:7-13. _ , _ , and M. H. Sabaj. 1991a. Reproductive behavioral phylogenetics of Nocomis species- groups. Am. Midi. Nat. 126:103-110. _ , _ , and _ . 1991b. Reproductive behavior of Exoglossum species. Bull. Alabama Mus. Nat. Hist. 10:11-16. _ , _ , and _ . 1993. Pebble nest construction and spawning behaviors in Semotilus thoreauianus (Pisces :Cyprinidae). Assoc. Southeast Biol. Bull. 40(2):27-30. McGuire, W. R., Jr. 1993. Relationships of epidermal morphology and breeding behaviors in pebble nest-building minnows (Pisces: Cyprinidae). M.S. thesis. University of Richmond, VA. 57 p. Miller, R. J. 1962. Reproductive behavior of the stoneroller minnow, Campostoma anomalum pullum. Copeia 1962(2):407-417. Roberts, T. R. 1982. Unculi (homy projections arising from single cells) an adaptive feature of the eipdermis of ostariophysan fishes. Zool. Scripta 1 1 ( 1):5 5-76. SAS Institute, Inc. 1985. SAS User's Guide: Statistics. Version 5. SAS Institute, Inc., Cary, NC. Steel, R. G. and J. H. Tome. 1980. Principles and Procedures of Statistics. McGraw-Hill Book Company, Inc., New York, NY. 633 p. Whitear, M. 1970. The skin surface of bony fishes. J. Zool., London 160:437-454. _ . 1984. The skin of fishes including cyclostomes. Chapters 2-3. p. 9-64. In: Bereiter-Hahn, J., A.G. Maltoltsy, and K.S. Richards (eds.). Biology of the Integument, Vertebrates. Vol. 2. Spring er-Vedag, Berlin. Woolcott, W. S. and E G. Maurakis. 1988. A need for clarification of the concept of nest building among cyprinid minnows. Southeastern Fishes Counc. Proc. 18:3. Program of the 57 th Annual Meeting of the Association of Southeastern Biologists Hosted by Georgia Southern University at the Fielding D. Russell Student Union in Statesboro, Georgia Societies Meeting with ASB - in Statesboro American Microscopical Society, Southeastern Division ( AMS) Beta Beta Beta (BBB) Botanical Society of America, Southeastern Section (BSA) Ecological Society of America, Southeastern Chapter (ESA) Society of Wetland Scientists, South Atlantic Chapter (SWS) Southern Appalachian Botanical Society (SABS) 44 Association of Southeastern Biologists Schedule of Events - 1996 ANNUAL MEETING 45 V) 05 _c S & OJ 05 XT LU 2, C o ^ £ O CO CO CQ 09 CO 2 ji cl o 2 CD 9 o ■o c CO 75 _ 0 03 c n co 0 o o £ JO — Q. to jo o .2 C 05 o O w o x in > 05 O O O N 05 2 05 _ ■C t- a) c3 cm T CVJ D 5 >5 < 05 < uo -2 o x 8^ ^ UJ £ 2 J= 2 < co < o 5-0 9 <9 05 05 co C\J D >,f 05 < o o CO o CM o 2. CO CM 75 D .2 ^ to 05 £ o 05 O to C5 >* LU CO CO C C (0 CO OL CL 07 ^T LO C\l D P W CM D O - CO CM CM £ CD 0 CQ CQ o co CM D o Is- CM D (/) o £ ^ f 03 CL CL p O ? ° 0 O — CO ~ 0 0 o? > c c O (0 O CO ^ Q. ^ Q_ . . p CM 2C 2 2 .2 2 < to Q- g 0 £ ^co ^ LO 9x9 co 0 i_ x: 0 — to .2 . T3 5 75 CO c C _L _co -o .2 3 t5 co t3 £ | c § ® Ccg^ IS 2 co >. 0 3 0 = £ 2 05 co 3 .9-000 X > a co 2 O co -T CM ■ ■ si 5-0 S’? £ o £ o £ o o- CM D 1 $ “3 -|I s §» o 2 Ci co 0 co O x o ^ r-~ O CM co 3 CM => O >• — ' — 05 *3" O C50 >. _ c\j 0)03 O M 9. o 2^ co O -C X3 uj a. c ^ m o c c = _co _co 0 X X $ 5 >5 ;f : 05 : & 5 Qj • X o CO CM O — 2o >* 0. 1^ 05 — CVJ O CD -5 — O 9. 8 t o w si « co g X T LU t> o- CM D 2—2 a. >; 0 O Q IC5 co -= o- W o O 4: LU 4 c “- co O x 9 CO c ^ I •• § S!.s D O >, d nr >. ■ — O) 2 CO O CL 2 o o o 5 % CO 60 0 X 7) o a E C/5 7) Wh 0 X CO a, -a 0 3 -D C O J*L 46 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 9 o 9 g 2 LU ,5 m 9 < h~ co CD ' ' r~i 'C a. CD CD 2 ^ CD O 8S 2 2 CD O . zc ~ ^ =t o O Q ® 9 E c TO CD 3 £ m'c S o o c . . o c 'w g C/5 O CD 2 w A C\J 00 CO c . . o P O 3 05 2 111 a. os O CO CO co CN ® CD < ■" < 8§9§ 2 2 9 < < CD O CD o CD 9 DO 9 cd O CD •>- < o -g co E LO ® 2 CD ^ m 9 CD 9 CD o 5 < < in c/D r. cd 00 - < CD CD LU CD CQ CO ** CvJ o P !l O CM 9 V °- c O o CD o c\i — CD CD 2 ss 2 CD cl c O c 9 Q P ixl 2 >> 0- CD o 2 9 ix CO CO ■p ST 5 al 5 a. o3 O o o 3 O gl . CD 2 CD £ CD 9 < h» . O c o 'c 3 LLl 31 c CD o co E CD OI CD C 32 '5 CD >> CD O O CD lDI CD CD 0 XZ I— c o 'c 3 >. CD 2 c o ro o o S9 cm rr ScS is o o §1 CD 3 I o- < 15 O 3 CO CD * CD I § 8 o §° 2 LU < t- ° o 9 a. 0. C 2 O -2 cu o « o lo o V: 2 CD 9 P8 cm CD ^ 2 0. Cl 2 < CD £= CD O d; 1 m O g C3 CD o cl 9 Q_ ' co :> 2 o 9 E CM < co O’ CM 3 CD — C 2 •■= CX CD O ® 9 ^ UT5 CO 5 £ CL CD O 3 CO co ..2 o ro ^ CD — CO < c o-g 9 co 00 05 5 CL O « 9 g 5 W CL CD O 3 9 < in o CD CD ->j CD 2^ < C 3 5 ° I o o g 9 o O 3 i 2 o g 2 ra CL OJ O CD 5 CD CL CD o o CM CD CD CD 0> S’ | S | So ^ o > o o c O 3 'V cS is 9^ CD 05 £j E S o CL CD O - 9 3 P CD I X 2 LU !t CD 9 CD 9 < oo CD co CD CD g CD s: 5 9 CL T3 o S o 2 <3 °5 3l § CD CD fj < CO c o 5 0 o> 0 2 > 0- c s ^ 1 2 < 0 CD 2 o 9 o co co CL o X co 2 C/5 LO CD "a, C/5 C/5 o Cm C/5 C/5 05 c *U5 3 ca ^5 ■3 «50 e-s C 05 o ® U S C/5 60 _C 05 05 CO fD L 2 (D 05 L* CQ co 60 _C 05 05 c o 05 2 CD C 3 2 co ‘C H IS "S ANNUAL MEETING 47 Figure 1. Statesboro is located in SE Georgia, ~50 miles west of Savannah. Figure 2. The 1996 ASB Meeting will be held on the campus of Georgia Southern University. The campus is located near the intersection of highways 301 & 67. Statesboro Hwy. 301 N (Irom Hwy. 321 & Columbia. SC ) U S. 80 E. t (from 1-95 & Savannah) Figure 3. The main meeting site is the Russell Union (RU). Some events will take place in the Department of Biology (B), Williams Center (W) and GSU Botanical Garden (BG). When driving to the RU, enter via Forest Drive off of Hwy 67. Exit the RU via Chandler Road. Please note the map orientation change from Figure 2. Hwy. 301 S. V 5 (Irom U0, 1-75, Atlanta) Hwy 97 S. (Irom 1-10, 1-95. Savannah General Information Registration: Registration information and pre-registration forms appear in the January issue of the ASB Bulletin. Pre-registrants may pick up their registration packets at the ASB registration desk. Tickets for social events, breakfasts, luncheons and banquets will be included in the packets. A limited number of tickets may be available for late registrants upon arrival. The ASB registration desk will be located on the first floor lobby area of the Russell Union (Figure 3; "RU"). The desk will be staffed from noon to 9:00 PM Wednesday, April 10; from 8:00 AM to 5:00 PM on Thursday, April 11; and from 8:00 AM to noon on Friday April 12. Late registration will be possible at these times. See the January issue of the ASB Bulletin for pre-registration information. Additional copies of the ASB Bulletin may purchased for $3.50 at the ASB information desk next to the exhibitor area in the Russell Union ballroom. Arriving by Automobile: Statesboro is located approximately 50 miles west of Savannah, GA. (Figure 1). The town is easily accessed from the south and west by Highways 301/25, 67, or 80 - all of these connect to 1-16 which runs between Savannah and Macon. Take 1-16 exit 26 from Savannah or exit 25 from Macon. Travelers from the north may use Highway 25 south from Augusta, or highways 321/301 south from Columbia, South Carolina. Georgia Southern University has entrances on Highway 67 and Highway 301/25 on the southern edge of town (Figure 2). Arriving by Air: Savannah International Airport is located 50 miles from Statesboro. Burns World Travel LTD., 800-342-8056 (in Georgia) 800-233-6279 (outside Georgia) can handle airline reservations and ticketing. They are open Monday-Friday from 9 AM - 5:30 PM. When calling, please advise that you will be attending the Association of Southeastern Biologists meeting. Bums has arranged discount fairs with Delta and US Air. Burns Travel will also arrange shuttle service from the Savannah airport to Statesboro (~$50 round trip per person) or make reservations for rental cars at the Savannah airport. From the 48 GENERAL INFORMATION 49 airport, take 1-95 South to 1-16 West to Highway 67 (exit 26) north to Statesboro. Ground Travel and Parking in Statesboro: Hourly shuttle service between Statesboro hotels and the University Union on the campus of Georgia Southern University will be available, free of charge, and will continue into the evening to accommodate attendance at social functions. In order to park personal vehicles on campus, dash passes will be required. These complimentary passes will be available on request from the ASB registration desk and will permit parking in an ASB-dedicated lot (Figure 3; "Ps") behind the University Union as well as in any of a variety of ungated lots (Figure 3; "P"). Because of a general shortage of campus parking, you are urged to take advantage of the shuttle service; or if you do drive, arrive early as lots are often full by 9:00 AM. Dining Facilities: Five campus dining facilities are available in and near the Russell Union. Statesboro also has numerous restaurants within walking distance of hotels and campus. Your registration packet will include a detailed listing. Accommodations: Blocks of rooms are available at special convention rates at selected hotels in Statesboro. Please see the January ASB Bulletin for details. Meeting Activities Job Placement and Message Boards, Electronic Mail: Placement and message boards will be located near the ASB information desk next to the exhibitor area in the Russell Union ballroom. Public access computers with connections to the Internet (telnet, e-mail, WWW services) are available in the Learning Resources Center, Henderson Library, on the GSU campus. Social Activities and Events: Consult the program schedule for time and place of various events, meetings and meals. Your registration packet will contain tickets to the events which you have pre-registered. A limited number of tickets may be available at the registration desk for those 50 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 who did not pre-register. To continue the tradition of encouraging student participation at these events, students will be offered a significant discount. Wednesday Evening ASB Social- Once again, the Wednesday night mixer will be a chance to see "old" friends and make new ones. A complimentary wine-and-cheese social will be hosted by the Department of Biology (Figure 3; "B") from 7-10 PM. Thursday Evening Low-Country Boil- The Thursday evening gathering will be held from 6-10 PM at the Georgia Southern University Botanical Garden near campus (Figure 3; "BG"). The event will feature an "all you care to eat" low-country boil (shrimp, sausage, potatoes, corn...), beer, soft drinks and live music. Special low rates are available for students. The gardens are a ~10 minute walk from the Russell Union. Throughout the evening, a complimentary shuttle service will also circulate between the Russell Union, Botanical Garden and hotels. Limited parking will be available on the garden grounds. Friday Evening Mixer and ASB Banquet- The mixer and banquet will be held in the Russell Union Ballroom. The banquet will feature a choice of entrees (beef, seafood, or pasta), seated table service, and complimentary wine with dinner. Special low rates are once again available for students. The ticket price for the banquet also includes two beverages of choice at the mixer prior to the banquet. Those persons who will not be attending the banquet, but who do wish to have beverages at the mixer, should purchase tickets to the mixer at the registration desk. Additional mixer tickets for those persons attending the banquet may also be purchased in this manner. Please note: these tickets will not be available for purchase cm the day of the mixer (Friday). See the January ASB Bulletin for information on local alcohol mores. Field Trips: Field trips depart from the rotunda near the parking lot in front of the Russell Union (Figure 3; "Ps"). Details regarding each trip appear in the January ASB Bulletin. GENERAL INFORMATION 51 Useful Contact Information Chair, Local Arrangements: J.B. Claiborne 912-681-5496, fax: 681-5868, jb@gasou.edu Program: Stephen Vives 912-681-5954, fax: 681-0845, svives@gasou.edu Lome Wolfe 912-681-0848, wolfe@gasou.edu Registration/Accommodations: Sharon Pratt Southern Center for Continuing Education 912-681-5555, stpratt@gsvms2.cc.GaSoU.edu Audiovisuals: Frank French 912-681-5593, French@gsvms2.cc.gasou.edu Oscar Pung 912-681-5857, sobiopung@gsvms2.cc.gasou.edu Exhibits: Don Drapalik 912-681-5494, don_drap@gasou.edu Field Trips: Ray Chandler 912-681-5657, chandler@gasou.edu Meal Functions & Thursday Evening Social: Ann Pratt 912-681-5489, apratt@gsvms2.cc.gasou.edu Parking & Transportation: Kelly McLain 912-681-5480, dk_mclain@gsvms2.cc.gasou.edu Department of Biology Office John Averett (Chair) 912-681-5487, (fax) 912-681-0845, www.bio.gasou.edu Burns World Travel LTD. 800-342-8056 (in GA), 800-233-6279 (outside GA) ASB CANDIDATES FOR OFFICE — 1996 The nominating Committee, composed of Ken Marion, Chair, Larry Davenport, and Joe Winstead, has selected the following slate of nominees for the ASB offices to be filled in 19%. Additional nominations will be received from the floor. Voting will take place at the Annual Business Meeting at 11:00 AM, Friday, 12 April, 1996. please plan to attend President-Elect: Vice President Treasurer Executive Committee: J. Whitfield Gibbons Univ. of Georgia's Savannah River Ecology Laboratory, Aiken, SC. Cliff R. Hupp, U.S. Geological Survey, Reston, VA. Eloise Carter, Oxford College of Emory University, Oxford, GA Howard Neufeld Appalachian State University, Boone, NC S. K. Ball al, Tennessee Technological University, Cookeville, TN Gerhard Kalmus East Carolina University, Greenville, NC George Middendorf George Rayner David Whetstone Dwayne Wise Howard University, Washington, DC Wofford College, Spartanburg, SC Jacksonville State University, Jacksonville, AL Mississippi State University, Starkville, MS President-elect Whit Gibbons Cliff Hupp 52 CANDIDATES FOR OFFICE 53 Cliff R. Hupp — Dr. Hupp is a senior research scientist with the U.S. Geological Survey in Reston, Virginia and Project Chief of the Vegetation and Georaorphic Relations Project of the National Research Program, which contains the USGS Tree-Ring Laboratory. From 1992 until 1995, he was the Southeast Region, Regional Biologist, U. S. Geological Survey in Norcross, Georgia directing biological activities (riparian and aquatic invertebrate, fish, algal, and vegetal community assessments) associated with the National Water Quality Assessment. He received his B.A. in biology and M.S. in plant systematics and ecology from George Mason University, Fairfax, Virginia and his PkD. in Plant Ecology and Geomorphology, in 1983, from the George Washington University, Washington, DC. His research interests include the plant ecology of the riparian zone, vegetation and geomorphic relations, wetland sedimentation and vegetation, stream ecology, and tree-ring studies. In addition to teaching at George Mason University (1978-1986) he has published over 45 research papers. Dr. Hupp is the recipient of the 1993 W. S. Cooper Award of the Ecological Society of America for his paper on the ecology and fluvial geomorphology of channelized streams. He is presently Vice President of the Association of Southeastern Biologists. He has served on the Executive Committee of the ASB (1993-95) and was Chair of the Publications Committee, ASB (1994-95) and has served on the ASB Nominations Committee and as Chair of the Conservation Committee, ASB (1991-93). He served as Secretary (1992-94) of the Southeastern Chapter of the Ecological Society of America, as Chair of the Bartholomew Award Committee (1992-94) of the Southern Appalachian Botanical Society, and still serves on the Steering Committee of the Binghamton Geomorphology Symposia Series. In addition to the above organizations, he is a member of the American Geophysical Union, American Water Resources Association, British Geomorphic Research Group, Geological Society of America, Society of Wetland Scientists, and the Torrey Botanical Club. J. Whitfield Gibbons — Whit Gibbons is Professor of Ecology at the University of Georgia's Savannah River Ecology Laboratory (SREL) in Aiken, SC, and Head of the Environmental Outreach and Education Division. He received his B.S. (1961) and M.S. (1963) degrees in biology at the University of Alabama and his Ph.D.(1967) in zoology at Michigan State University. He accepted a post-doctoral position at SREL in 1967 and joined the UGA faculty the following year. He spent sabbaticals at the Museum of Zoolog y, University of Michigan (1975-76) and Herpetology Division at the Smithsonian Institution (1985-86). Although he holds a research position, he has taught courses in population ecology and herpetology in Athens. He has been major professor for 18 Master's and doctoral students. He is author or editor of eight books on herpetology and ecology and has published scientific articles on conservation ecology, fisheries biology, and vertebrate population ecology. He is also author of several popular articles on ecology in magazines and newspapers, including a weekly environmental column distributed by the New York Tunes Regional Newspaper Group. He is a commentator on National Public Radio (WUGA in Athens, GA, and "Living on Earth" at the national level). He recently wrote Reptile and Amphibian Study, merit badge booklet for the Boy Scouts of America. Dr. Gibbons is currently Chairman of the Governor's Heritage Trust Advisory Board for South Carolina's Department of Natural Resources and is Curator of Herpetology for the Alabama Museum of Natural History. He has served ASB as Chairman of the Research Award Committee, Chairman of the Conservation Committee, and member of the Executive Committee. He was awarded the ASB Meritorious Teaching Award in 1995. 54 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 Vice President Howard S. Neufeld — Dr. Neufeld is an Associate Professor in the Department of Biology, Appalachian State University, Boone, NC. He received his B.S. degree in Forestry from Cook College, Rutgers University in 1975, a M.F. degree in 1977 from the Yale School of Forestry and Environmental Science, and his Ph.D. in Botany from the University of Georgia in 1984. Upon completion of his doctorate, he was a postdoctoral research fellow in the Biology Department at New Mexico State University, where he worked on salinity tolerances of range grasses, and adaptive aspects of light interception in creosote bushes. From there he accepted a National Research Council Postdoc at the U.S. EPA Lab in Corvallis, OR where he worked with Drs. David Tingey and Bill Hogsett on the responses of various tree species to ozone exposure. He has been a member of ASB since 1982, and is currently finishing a three year term on the Executive Committee. He has served as Chair of the Place of Meeting Committee and has served on the Patron Members and Exhibitors and Resolutions committees. He was Program Chair for the 1991 ASB meeting in Boone, NC. He received the ASB Research Award in 1992 for his paper, published in Plant Physiology, on sugarcane water relations. He and his students have presented their work at ASB, having given over 30 presentations in the past 10 years. He is a member of the Ecological Society of America, Sigma Xi, Torrey Botanical Club, and WorldWatch. Since coming to Appalachian State University, he has done research on spruce-fir decline in cooperation with the TV A and was the director of the ozone exposure project in Great Smoky Mountains National Park, funded jointly by the NPS and EPA. His currently teaches Introductory Biology for non-majors. Plant Physiology, Organismal Ecology, and General Ecology, while maintaining an active research lab that includes five graduate students and three undergraduates. He has traveled to Japan, China and Mexico, where he has presented papers at the INTECOL meetings. International Botanical Garden Society Meetings, and Air Pollution Workshop, respectively. He is currendy on the Faculty Senate at Appalachian State, and an avid euphonium player in the local community band. Eloise Carter — Dr. Carter is Associate Professor of Biology at Oxford College of Emory University, Oxford, Georgia She received her A.B. from Wesleyan College, Macon, GA, and the M.S. and Ph.D. in plant ecology and evolution from Emory University. Dr. Carter taught at Agnes Scott College, Decatur, GA and Emory College of Emory University before joining the faculty at Oxford. Her research interests include community ecology of Piedmont forests and the population biology of plant species endemic to southeastern granitic outcrops. Her publications include numerous journal articles and Investigating Biology, a laboratory manual for introductory biology. Dr. Carter has been an active member of ASB since 1977 and has served on the Executive Committee, The Research Award Committee and the Board of the ASB Enrichment Fund. She is a member of the Botanical Society of America, the Ecological Society of America, Southern Appalachian Botanicals Society, the Association of Biology Laboratory Educators and Sigma Xi. She has served as Secretary of the Southeastern Chapter of ESA and various committees for the Southeastern Chapter of BSA. She participated in the ESA Ecology in Education Workshops and teaches in the Oxford Institute for Environmental Education, a summer program for K-12 teachers. Dr. Carter received the 1987 ASB Research Award and the 1993 ASB Meritorious Teaching Award. CANDIDATES FOR OFFICE 55 Treasurer Gerhard W. Kalmus — Dr. Kalmus is Professor and Director of Graduate Studies in the Department of Biology at East Carolina University, Greenville, NC. He received his B.A. degree in German from the University of California at Berkeley (1967), his M.S. in Biology from Rutgers University at Camden, NJ (1974) and his Ph.D. in Zoology from Rutgers University at New Brunswick, NJ (1977). His research interests include mechanisms of neurulation, the effect of alcohol on growth parameters during early embryonic development, and expression of cell surface molecules during morphogenesis. He has been an active member of the ASB since 1977 and has served on the Graduate Student Support Award Committee and the Patron Members and Exhibitors Committee. He is a member of Sigma Xi (Treasurer of the local chapter), AAAS, American Society of Zoologists, Society for Developmental Biology, Society for In Vitro Biology, and other professional societies. He serves as secretary of the North Carolina Academy of Science, Editor of the Collegiate Academy's journal CANCAS, co-director of the Student Academy in District VII, and faculty advisor to Beta Beta Beta. S.K. Ballal — Dr. Ballal is a professor of Biology at Tennessee Technological University, Cookeville, Tennessee. He received his B.S. in Agricultural and Natural Sciences (1959), his M.S. in Phytopathology (1961), and Ph.D. in Botany (1964). He regularly teaches courses in Cell Biology, Plant Physiology, and Evolutionary Biology. Over a span of thirty years in the academia, his research interests have ranged from taxonomy to molecular biology, fields in which he has been actively publishing all through his professional career. He has been active in the Association of Southeastern Biologists since his graduate school years at the University of Tennessee, Knoxville (1961-64). He was selected as a Shell Merit Fellow at Stanford University in 1972. Presently he is the ASB representative to the A.A.A.S. He has been the editor of Bulletin: Biochemistry and Biotechnology for the past eight years. He was elected the President of the Tennessee academy of Sciences in 198 2- 1983. He is a member of many professional societies, and has been a member of the Board of directors of the Southern Association of Agricultural Scientists since 1986. Executive Committee David Whetstone — Dr. Whetstone is Professor of Biology and Curator of the Herbarium at Jacksonville State University. He earned his B.S. and M.A. in Biology at Jacksonville State University, and Ph.D. at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. His research interests are in Nearctic Sapotaceae, floristics of the southeastern U.S. and threatened and endangered species of plants. David has received funding from several sources including the JSU Faculty Research Committee and the NSF. In addition, he has served as consultant for the U.S. Forest Service, the Fish and Wildlife Service, the Army Corps, and the Bureau of Land Management. He has been a long¬ standing member of the American Society of plant taxonomists, the Association of Southeastern Biologists, and the southern Appalachian botanical Club. He served on the editorial board of CASTANEA for several years (one as chair), and on the Editorial Committee of the Flora of North America Project since 1984. He has served as Chair of the Windier Award Committee and on the SABC Council. At JSU David has served as President of the JSU Education Association, faculty advisor of the Mu Phi chapter of Tri-Beta, and Co-director of Little River Canyon Environmental Education Center. Dwayne A. Wise — Dr. Wise is Professor and Graduate Coordinator in the Department of Biological Sciences at Mississippi State University. He attended the University of the South and received the B.A. in Biology from David Upscomb College. He holds the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in Biology from the Florida State University. He was an Instructor at Duke University before moving to Mississippi State University, where he has taught for sixteen years. His research centers around the mechanisms of mitosis and meiosis, and has been funded by the NIH, USDA and NATO. He has 56 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 been an active member of ASB since 1970, has received the ASB Research Award, has served as chairman of the ASB Research Award Committee, was co-organizer of one symposium as well as the Molecular, Cellular and Developmental Biology Interest Group of ASB. Dr. Wise was awarded the Mississippi State University Student Association Outstanding Faculty Member Award and he is an organizer of the Boone Chromosome Conference, where he has been the Margaret Y. Menzel Memorial Lecturer. He has served on NIH and NSF grant review panels, is a member of Sigma Xi, Phi Kappa Phi, The Genetics Society of America, and the American Society for Cell Biology, where he serves on the Legislative Alert Committee. His publications have appeared in Chromosoma, the Journal of Cell Biology, and Genome, among others. Douglas A. Rayner — Dr. Rayner is Associate Professor of Biology at Wofford College. Spartanburg, SC. He earned his B.S. in Zoology at the University of New Hampshire and his M.S. and Ph. D. in biology (Botany and Ecology emphasis) at the university of South Carolina. He worked for 12 years as Botanist and Inventory Coordinator for the S.C. Heritage Trust Program before coming to Wofford. His research interests are in the biology an ecology of rare and endangered plants. He has been an active member of ASB since 1977 and has served on several committees, most recently (1991-1993) the Committee on Priority in Public Affairs. He has been an active member of the Southern Appalachian Botanical Society since 1971 and has served in a number of capacities, most recently as Editor of Castanea and as a Member-at-Large. He presently serves on the following committees or boards; Scientific Advisory Committee of the S.C. Chapter of the Nature Conservancy, Site Selection Committee of SPACE (a local land trust), and Board of Directors of the Spartanburg Science Center (President 1992- 1994.) George Middcndorf — Dr. Middendorf is an Associate Professor and Chair of the Graduate Studies Committee in the Department of Biology, Howard University. He received his A.B. in psychology from Dartmouth College, M.A. in biopsychology from City University of New York, and Ph.D. in zoology from the University of Tennessee, Knoxville. After serving as a coordinator in the General Biology course at UTK for one year, he spent the greater part of the next in Panama studying crustaceans as a post-doctoral fellow with the Neural and Behavioral Sciences Program in the Department of Zoology at the University of Iowa. Immediately following this, he joined the Department of Zoology at Howard University (which merged with Botany and Geology /Geography in 1992). Although his research includes studies of crustaceans, raspberries and pitcher plants, Middendorfs interests have long been focused on the behavioral ecology of lizards. He has authored and coauthored over 20 papers and chapters. He has been active in educational efforts at Howard, in recent years working toward the development of a campus-wide environmental studies program, teaching a variety of courses, and training graduate students one of whom recently completed a Ph.D. study of heavy metal cycling in the Potomac, while four others continue Ph.D. and M.S. studies of various aspects of amphibian and reptilian biology. Middendorf is a member of numerous scientific societies, including AIBS, ASIH, Herpetologists League, SSAR, Sigma Xi, and ESA, of which he is President-elect of the Washington Chapter. Middendorf joined ASB as a graduate student and continues to be an active member of ASB, having served as a member and chair of Priorities in Public Affairs and a member of the Education Committee. Plenary Speaker William H. Martin, Ph.D. Commissioner of The Natural Resources and Environmental Protection Cabinet State of Kentucky Dr. William H. Martin, a past president of the Association of Southeastern Biologists (1988-1989), has been Commissioner of the Natural Resources and Environmental Protection Cabinet, Kentucky Department for Natural Resources, since 1992. In this position, he recommends environmental policy to the Secretary of the Cabinet who reports directly to the Governor. He also serves as Co-chair of the Kentucky biodiversity Task Force, Chair of the Heritage Land Conservation Fund Board, and Co-chair of the Technical Committee of Comparative Risk Assessment. He represents the Natural Resources and Environmental Protection Cabinet Secretary on the Kentucky River Authority. Bom and raised on a farm in Decatur County, Tennessee, Dr. Martin received his B.S. degree in Animal Science from Tennessee Technological University, and M.S. and Ph.D. degrees from the Department of Botany (Ecology Section), University of Tennessee. From 1969 to 1992, Dr. Martin was Professor of Biology and Director of the Division of Natural Areas at Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond. He is on leave from the University while serving as Commissioner. His research in the area of plant ecology has emphasized old- growth forest structure and restoration of native grasslands. He is editor of two recent books. Biodiversity of the Southeastern United States. Among his awards for his conservation efforts are the 1977 Wildlife Conservationist of the Year from the League of Kentucky Sportsmen and the 1995 Distinguished Service Award of the Kentucky Conservation Districts. He is a member of the Ecological Society of America, Society of Wetland Scientists, Society of Conservation Biology and continues to be an active member of ASB. Dr. Martin's plenary presentation will be on "Biologists, politics and Public Policy." 57 Program Summary All events are in the Fielding D. Russell Student Union on the GSU campus unless otherwise noted. Tuesday, April 9, 1996 4:00 PM Field Trip: Depart for Cumberland Island National Seashore, front rotunda of the Russell Union. See January issue of the ASB Bulletin for details and exact times. Wednesday, April 10, 1996 8:30 AM -4:30 PM Field Trip: Depart for Upper Coastal Plain Vegetation, front rotunda of the Russell Union. See the January issue of ASB Bulletin for details and exact times. Noon-9: 00 PM 3:00 PM-7:00 PM Registration, Russell Union Lobby ASB Executive Committee Meeting, Room 244 4:00 PM -7:00 PM 7:00 PM-10:00 PM SABS Council Meeting, Room 248 ASB Wine-and-Cheese Social, Biology Building 8:30 PM -10:30 PM Continuation of ASB Executive Committee Meeting (if necessary). Room 244 Thursday, April 11, 1996 7:00 AM -8:00 AM 7:00 AM-5:00 PM 8:00 AM -5:00 PM 8:00 AM-5:00 PM 8:30 AM -9:45 AM 9:45 AM -5:00 PM 2:00 PM -6:00 PM Past President's Breakfast, Room 270 Slide Preview, Room 254 Registration, Russell Union Lobby Placement Service, with Exhibits Plenary Session, Russell Union Theater Exhibits, Russell Union Ballroom Field Trip: Beta Beta Beta 58 PROGRAM SUMMARY 59 • Poster Session 7:00 AM-8:30 AM Poster Session Set-up, Russell Union Ballroom 10:00 AM-5:00 PM Poster Session 3:30 PM-5:00 PM Presenters with Posters • Morning Paper Sessions 10:00 AM-Noon Wetlands, Room 284 10:00 .AM-Noon Plant Ecology, Room 280 10:00 AM-Noon Plant Physiology, Room 270 10:00 AM-Noon Cell/Molecular Biology, Room 241 10:00 AM-Noon Parasitology, Room 247 10:00 AM-1 1:45 AM Ichthyology, Room 248 • Business and Luncheon Meetings Noon-l:30 PM Luncheon Meeting, Society of Wetland Scientists, Room 244 12:30 PM-2:30 PM Business Meeting, American Microscopical Society, Room 242 • Afternoon Paper Sessions 1:30 PM-5:45 PM Symposium: Riparian Wetland Vegetation and Water Quality Functions in the Southeastern U.S., Room 284 1:15 PM-4:45 PM Herpetology, Room 241 1:15 PM-4-.45 PM Plant Ecology I, Room 280 1:15 PM-5:30 PM Plant Ecology II, Room 247 1:15 PM-4:00 PM Evolution, Room 270 2:00 PM-3:00 PM Symposium: Educational Symposium on the Improvement of Teaching, Room 248 3:00 PM-3:45 PM Biology Education, Room 248 3:00 PM-4:30 PM Animal Physiology, Room 242 4:00 PM-5:00 PM Curators Meeting, Room 248 4:00 PM-5:00 PM Workshop: "Conversations at 4:00", Room 244 60 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 • Special Events 5:00 PM-6:00 PM American Microscopical Society Social, meet outside Russell Union Ballroom 6:00 PM-10:00 PM ASB Social & Low-Country Boil, GSU Botanical Garden 6:45 AM -8: 15 AM 7:00 AM -4:00 PM 8:00 AM -5:00 PM 8:00 AM-Noon 8:00 AM-Noon 8:00 AM -5:00 PM Friday, April 12, 1996 Breakfast and Business Meeting, Southern Appalachian Botanical Society & SE Section, Botanical Society of America, Williams Center Slide Preview, Biology Building , Room 1101B Placement Service, Russell Union Lobby Registration, Russell Union Lobby Exhibits, Russell Union Ballroom Scrapbook Display, Beta Beta Beta, Room 244 • Poster Session 8:00 AM-11:00 AM Poster Session continued, Russell Union Ballroom 11:00 AM-Noon Take down Posters Morning Paper Sessions 8:15 AM -11:30 AM 8:15 AM-11:30 AM 8:00 AM-11:00 AM 8:00 AM -11:30 AM 8:00 AM-11:15 AM Plant Ecology, Room 280 Plant Systematics, Room 270 Invertebrate Zoology, Room 241 Animal Ecology, Room 284 Aquatic Ecology, Room 242 • Business and Luncheon Meetings 10:30 AM-11:30 AM Business Meeting, Beta Beta Beta, Room 247 11:30 AM-12:30 PM ASB Business Meeting and Election of Officers, Russell Union Theater PROGRAM SUMMARY 61 Noon-1 :30 PM Luncheon, Beta Beta Beta, Williams Center 12:30 PM-2:00 PM Luncheon and Business meeting. Ecological Society of America, Room 248 • Afternoon Paper Sessions 1:30 PM-5:30 PM Symposium: Carolina Bays: Integrating Historical, Physical and Biological Processes, Room 284 1:30 PM-3:30 PM Workshop: Plant/Herbivore Interactions. Biology Building, Room 1105 1:30 PM -4:30 PM Beta Beta Beta, Room 242 1:30 PM -4:30 PM Beta Beta Beta, Room 247 1:30 PM -4:30 PM Beta Beta Beta, Room 254 1:30 PM -5:00 PM Plant Ecology, Room 280 1:30 PM -5:30 PM Plant Systematics, Room 270 2:00 PM -5:00 PM American Microscopical Society, Room 241 4:30 PM -5:30 PM Beta Beta Beta Business and Awards Meeting, Room 247 • Special Events 6:00 PM-7:30 PM Friday Evening Mixer, Russell Union Ballroom 7:30 PM -10:00 PM ASB Banquet & Awards, Russell Union Ballroom Saturday, April 13, 1996 7:00 AM -9:00 AM ASB Executive Committee Breakfast Meeting, Room 248 8:00 AM Field Trip: Savannah National Wildlife Refuge, depart from front rotunda of Russell Union. See the January issue of the ASB Bulletin for details and exact times. 9:00 AM Field Trips: Botany and Geology of Ancient Dunes, Historic Savannah, Historic Sites of the North Georgia Coast, depart from front rotunda of Russell Union. See January issue of ASB Bulletin for details and exact times. 62 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 Table of Contents - Page Numbers of ASB Paper & Poster Sessions Thursday Morning, April 11th . 63 Plenary Session . 63 Posters . .63 Wetlands . 65 Plant Ecology . 66 Plant Physiology . 67 Cell/Molecular Biology . 68 Parasitology . . . 68 Ichthyology . 69 Thursday Afternoon, April 11th . 71 Symposium. Riparian Wetland Vegetation and Water Quality Functions in the Southeastern U.S . 71 Herpetology . 72 Plant Ecology 1 . 73 Plant Ecology II . 74 Evolution . 76 Symposium. Educational Symposium on the Improvement of Teaching . . . 77 Biology Eduction . 77 Animal Physiology . 77 Friday Morning, April 12th . 79 Plant Ecology . 79 Plant Systematics . 80 Invertebrate Zoology . 81 Animal Ecology . 82 Aquatic Ecology . . 83 Friday Afternoon, April 12th . 85 Symposium. Carolina Bays: Integrating Historical, Physical and Biological Processes . 85 Plant Ecology . . 86 Plant/Herbivore Interactions . 87 Plant Systematics . . 88 Beta Beta Beta . 89 Beta Beta Beta District 1 . 89 Beta Beta Beta District 2 . 90 Author Index . 93 Institution Index . 95 ASB Paper and Poster Sessions Thursday Morning, April 11th 8:30 AM 10:00 AM Plenary Session - Russell Union Theater Nicholas L. Henry, President, Georgia Southern University. Welcoming remarks. James W. Ross, ASB President. Response. William H. Martin, Commissioner of the Natural Resources and Environmental Protection Cabinet, State of Kentucky. Invited Plenary Speaker. Posters - Russell Union Ballroom Presenters with posters 3:30-5:00 PM, April 11th 1 Barnwell, Michael, George Cline and Gary Durrant. Jacksonville State University. Preliminary analysis of a bottlenose dolphin ( Tursiops truncatus) anatomy using MRI and three-dimensional reconstruction. 2 Belbey, Barbara V., Lance A. Durden and Craig W. Banks. Georgia Southern University. Ectoparasites of the eastern woodrat ( Neotoma floridana ) and the cotton mouse (. Peromyscus gossypinus) of south central Georgia. 3 Bohall, Pamela J., Clay M. Chandler and Marion R. Wells. Middle Tennessee State University. External morphology of larval Chordodes morgani (Nematomorpha) using scanning electron microscopy. 4 Campbell, Jennifer and J.B. Claiborne. Georgia Southern University. Effects of amiloride on acid efflux in long-homed sculpin, Myoxocephalus octodecimspinosus following acidosis. 5 Davis, Elaine J., Blonka Winkfield and Linda Walker. Bowie State University. Isolation and partial characterization of the origin of transfer (oriT) region for the conjugative plasmid R64drdll. 6 Hancock, Thomas E. and Paul E. Hosier. Center for Marine Science Research University of North Carolina at Wilmington. Ecology of the threatened species seabeach amaranth ( Amaranthus pumilus). 63 64 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 7 Hermann, S.M., 1S. Allen and 1,2A. McGee. 'Tall Timbers Research Station and 2Georgia Southern University. Re- introduction of wiregrass ( Aristada stricta ): seed viability and germination. 8 Hermann, S.M., S. Powell and D. Sowell. Tall Timbers Research Station. Re-introduction of wiregrass ( Aristada stricta ): direct seeding versus containerized plants. 9 Liang, Suh-Yuen and Steven W. Seagle. Appalachian Environmental Laboratory, Center for Environmental and Estuarine Studies, University of Maryland System. Effects of white-tailed deer browsing on seedling demography of a bottomland hardwood forest. 10 McKeever, Sturgis and Daniel V. Hagan. Georgia Southern University. Mouthparts of predacious midges of the tribes Heteromyiini and Sphaeromiini (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) from eastern North America. 11 1Meeks, Thomas, 1Irene Kokkala and 2Karen McGlothlin. 'Furman University and 2Clemson University. Species abundances of tardigrades in Greenville, SC. 12 Melvin, John B. and Peter J. Smallidge. Frostburg State University. Seedling and sapling growth and diversity in oak-dominated forests of western Maryland following clearcutting and selection cutting. 13 Porcher, Richard D. Tire Citadel. Former inland rice fields of the South Carolina coastal area: documentation, preservation, and future studies. 14 Porterfield, Marcellus and Daniel Wubah. Towson State University. Biotransformation of a tetrachlorobiphenyl by indigenous microorganism in amended Chesapeake Bay sediments. 15 Rio . James R., David L. Covington and Wallace D. Dawson. University of South Car olina. Genetic linkage of the platinum coat color gene to a QTL for hybrid size in Peromyscus. 16 Stoll, Syam and Michael Little. Marshall University. Role of LDH and MDH isozymes in metabolism of cultured fish fibroblasts (Cyprinidae). 17 Stone, Peter A. and Patrick J., Gleason. S.C. Dept, of Health and Environment, and Montgomery- Watson, Inc. Everglades paleoenvironments: some implications to modem wetland management of recoveries from former natural perturbations and of overall succession. POSTER AND PAPER SESSIONS 65 Presiding: 10:00 AM 10:15 AM 10:30 AM 10:45 AM 11:00 AM 18 Talierco, Paul and Jonathan Copeland. Georgia Southern University. Reflectance spectra of decorative and foundation line silks of Argiope aurantia. 19 Taylor, Stephen and Janice Martin. Armstrong State College. Consistency of female mate choice in mosquitofish, Gambusia holbrooki. 20 Tolliver, K. S. and D. R. Young. Virginia Commonwealth University. Biotic mechanisms influencing seedling establishment during primary succession on a Virginia barrier island. 21 Vogt, Will C. and Karl H. Joplin. East Tennessee State University. Measurement of environmental stress by biological markers: characterization of heat shock protein expression in mayflies (Ephemeroptera) in response to heat shock. 22 1Wolpin, Brian and 2Allison Morrison-Shetlar. 1Wesleyan University and 2Georgia Southern University. Cloning and sequencing of the renal sodium-D-glucose cotransport system in dogfish. Wetlands - Room 284 Harry E. Shealy, University of South Carolina - Aiken 23 1Couch, Carol A., 2Joseph C. Devivo and 2Byron J. Freeman. 1US Geological Survey, Water resource division and 2University of Georgia. The role of flood plain wetlands in the short-term response of a Coastal plain steam fish assemblage to flooding caused by Tropical Storm Alberto. 24 Miller, Susan P. and Rebecca R. Sharitz. University of Georgia /Savannah River Ecology Lab. Patterns of VA- mycorrhizal infection in two grasses along a hydrochemical gradient. 25 McCarron, James K. and Kenneth W. McLeod. University of Georgia/Savannah River Ecology Lab. Effects of salinity stress on bald cypress ( Taxodium distichum) in saturated and unsaturated soils. 26 Fredenberg, Stacey C. and Howard S. Neufeld. Appalachian State University. Responses of bald cypress ( Taxodium distichum) seedling grown in sandy soils amended with cadmium under both flooded and non-flooded conditions. 27 Robertson, Jennifer L. and Howard S. Neufeld. Appalachian State University. Ecophysiological significance of carbon gain by phyllodia in carnivorous pitcher plants. 66 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 11:15 AM 11:30 AM 11:45 AM Presiding: 10:00 AM 10:15 AM 10:30 AM 10:45 AM 11:00 AM 11:15 AM 28 McLeod, Kenneth W. and Michael R. Reed. University of Georgia-Savannah River Ecology Lab. Influence of an existing willow canopy on restoration of wetland forests. 29 1Rosenquist, Colin M., 2Robert B. Atkinson, and 1John Cairns, Jr. Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University and 2Christopher Newport University. Soil nutrient pools in accidental wetlands on surface mined lands. 30 Shealy, Harry E., Jr. and Rebecca R. Sharitz. University of South Carolina- Aiken and Savannah River Ecology Lab. GIS evaluation of wetlands of the Edisto River Basin in South Carolina. Plant Ecology - Room 280 Eric W. Kjelltnark, University of North Carolina 31 1Clebsch, E. E. C., 2M. Pyne, 1H.R. Deselm, and 3D.L. Campbell. University of Tennessee, 2Tenessee Division of Natural Heritage, Dept of Environment & Conservation and 3Tennessee Field Office, The Nature Conservancy. The barrens of the southeastern highland rim of Tennessee: discoveries and rediscoveries in a threatened landscape. 32 McCoy, Roger and Philip A. Robertson. Southern Illinois University. Effects of controlled fire on sapling mortality at Atwood Ridge Research Natural Area, Union County, Illinois. 33 Helton, Rosa C., Donald J. Drapalik, Helena Cantrell, and Donald R. Drake. Georgia Southern University. The flora and vegetation of sandhill and bog habitats along a powerline corridor in Tattnall County, Georgia. 34 Taylor, David D. USDA Forest Service. Status of Platanthera integrilabia in Kentucky with emphasis on Forest Service land. 35 Kjellmark, Eric W, Patrick McMillan, and Robert K. Peet. University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. Fire-maintained vegetation of the southeastern coastal plain: A template for restoration of the longleaf pine ecosystem. 36 xJolls, Claudia L, 2Jill Johnston, and 3Francesca J. Cuthbert. xEast Carolina University, 2University of Califomia-Davis and 3University of Minnesota. Aspects of the conservation biology of three rare endemic plants of the Great Lakes shoreline. POSTER AND PAPER SESSIONS 67 11:30 AM 37 Hinkle, C. Ross and P.A. Schmalzer. Dynamic Corporation, Kennedy Space Center, Florida. The environmentally endangered lands program in Brevard County, Florida. 11:45 AM 38 Davis, J. Eric, Jr. and Lawrence S. Barden. University of North Carolina-Charlotte. The establishment of a piedmont prairie in support of the federally endangered sunflower, Helianthus schiveinitzii (Asteraceae). Presiding: Plant Physiology - Room 270 James W. Wallace, Western Carolina University 10:00 AM 39 Barger, T. Wayne and Safaa Al-Hamdani. Jacksonville State University. Effects of drought on selected physiological responses in three sorghum genotypes. 10:15 AM 40 Barnett, Jason and Jagan V. Valluri. Marshall University. Protein synthesis and ethylene production in sandalwood callus cultures exposed to drought and heat shock. 10:30 AM 41 Estime, Lunique and John Rier. Howard University. A comparative study of polychlorinated biphenyl metabolism in plant tissue culture. 10:45 AM 42 1Neufeld, Howard S. and 2David B. Joseph. Appalachian State University and 2National Park Service. When do high ozone events occur in Great Smoky Mountains National Park? 11:00 AM 43 Wallace, James W. and Chen Minghua. Western Carolina University. A phytochemical approach to understanding the filmy ferns (Hymenophyllaceae). 11:15 AM 44 Horton, Jonathan L. and Howard S. Neufeld. Appalachian State University. Photosynthetic responses of Microstegium vimineum, a C4 , shade-adapted grass, to variable light environments. 11:30 AM 45 Hofer, Cara J. and Lawrence W. Zettler. Furman University. The role of initial white light photoperiod on the in vitro seed germination of Spiranthes odorata (Nutt.) Lindley (Orchidaceae) in symbiotic culture. 11:45 AM 46 Levi, Jeff A. and William J. Pegg. Frostburg State University. Nodulation of Trifolium pratense in fluidized bed ash amended strip mine reclamation soil . 68 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 Presiding: 10:00 AM 10:15 AM 10:30 AM 10:45 AM 11:00 AM 11:15 AM 11:30 AM 11:45 AM Presiding: 10:00 AM Cell/Molecular Biology - Room 241 Jerald Hendrix, Kennesaw State College 47 Kim, David S., Daniel Wubah and Brian S. Masters. Towson State University. Molecular diversity of faculative anaerobic fungi using random amplified polymorphic DNA assay. 48 1Wolf, Joe and 2Alex Franzusoff. ^eace College and 2University of Colorado. Expression and processing of the HIV gpl60 glycoprotein in yeast. 49 Holder, Susan and Giselle Thibaudeau. Mississippi State University. Xanthophore enrichment of guanosine-treated axolotl neural crest cells in vitro. 50 Spratt, Henry G. Jr., Helen McDearman and Alex Enloe. University of Tennessee at Chattanooga. Microbial organic sulfur transformations in Missouri Ozark forest A-horizon soils. 51 Garner, Stacey, Kerri Stevens and Shelby Tobler. Kennesaw State College. Distribution of Azotobacter, a free- living nitrogen-fixing bacterium, in the rhizosphere of a clover root system. 52 Richardson, Amy, Jeffrey R. Wagner, Sara N. Bennett and Wayne A. Krissinger. Georgia Southern University. Presence of a translocation in an osmotic-sensitive mutant of Nenrospora crassa. 53 1Challinor, Regan M., 1Sara Neville Bennett, xWayne A. Krissinger and 2Brian Odom. Georgia Southern University and 2 Alderson-Broaddus College. Genetic analysis and characterization of a fungicide-resistant, osmotic-sensitive mutant of Neurospora crassa. 54 Canady, Christie E., Wayne A. Krissinger and Sara Neville Bennett. Georgia Southern University. Analysis and characterization of conidia of os-8, an osmotic sensitive, conidial separation mutant of Nenrospora crassa. Parasitology - Room 247 Lance A. Durden, Institute of Arthropodology & Parasitology, Georgia Southern University 55 Hawkins-Koch, Dorovenia and Don C. Dailey. Austin Peay State University. Iron regulated growth of Edivardsiella ictaluri. POSTER AND PAPER SESSIONS 69 10:15 AM 10:30 AM 10:45 AM 11:00 AM 11:15 AM 11:30 AM 11:45 AM 56 Burnett, Vivian P. and Frank E. French. Georgia Southern University. Laboratory transfer of Spiroplasma to tabanid flies. 57 Pietrzak, Stephanie M. and Oscar J. Pung. Georgia Southern University. Effects of Trypanosoma cruzi on raccoons ( Procyon lotor) found in Georgia. 58 Coffer, Natalie and Jeffrey A. Butts. Appalachian State University. The prevalence of Heartworm in domestic and feral dogs in Watauga County. 59 1Pung, Oscar J., Nancy E. Maxwell, 2John Robinette. Georgia Southern University and 2Savannah Coastal Refuges. Blood parasites of wood ducks (Aix sponsa) from Savannah National Wildlife Refuge, South Carolina. 60 Spears, Ronald E., Daniel V. Hagan and Lance Durden. Georgia Southern University. Ecology and behavior of ectoparasitic arthropods associated with the Brazilian free¬ tailed bat in Georgia. 61 1Durden, Lance A., xCraig W. Banks, 2Kerry L. Clark, 1Barbara V, Belbey and 1James H. Oliver, Jr. Georgia Southern University and 2University of South Carolina. Composition and origin of the ectoparasite community of the eastern woodrat, Neotoma floridana. 62 Scott, Jon B. and James E. Joy. Marshall University. Capillaria inequalis (Nematoda: Capillariinae) infections in the red-spotted newt from western West Virginia. Ichthyology - Room 248 Presiding: Frank J. Schwartz, Institute of Marine Sciences, University of North Carolina 10:00 AM 63 Diegman, Scott R. and Edward F. Menhinick. University of North Carolina at Charlotte. Evaluation of the condition factor and the liver somatic index for the bluehead chub and the redbreast sunfish. 10:15 AM 64 Gladwell, Wes and Michael Little. Marshall University. The development of genetic markers that can be used to analyze the effects of anthropogenic stress on genetic diversity of fish populations. 10:30 AM 65 1 Dinkins, Gerald R. 2Christopher E. Skelton and *Mark H. Hughes. :Roy F. Weston, Inc. and 2University of Tennessee. New distribution records of Georgia fishes. 70 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 10:45 AM 11:00 AM 11:15 AM 11:30 AM 66 Walser, Christoph A. and Henry L. Bart Jr. Tulane University. Fish community structure and land-use patterns in four watersheds of the Chattahoochee River system: Historical and present-day assessment. 67 Menhinick, Edward F. University of North Carolina at Charlotte. Fish composition of ten North Carolina Piedmont streams. 68 Schwartz, Frank J. Institute of Marine Sciences, University of North Carolina. Status of two poorly known gobies (Gobiidae) and a wormfish (Microdesmidae) from the Cape Fear River, North Carolina. 69 1Nelson, Diane R., 2Eugenie Clark and 3John S. Pohle. ^ast Tennessee State University, 2University of Maryland and 3Bellvue, NE. Behavior of Malacanthus plumieri (sand tilefish) on the barrier reef of Belize. POSTER AND PAPER SESSIONS 71 Thursday Afternoon, April 11th Symposium - Room 284 Riparian Wetland Vegetation and Water Quality Functions in the Southeastern U.S. Organized by Cliff R. Hupp & L. Katherine Kirkman, U.S. Geological Survey & J. W. Jones Ecological Research Center Sponsored by The Society of Wetland Scientists (South Atlantic Chapter) & Ecological Society of America (Southeastern Chapter) Presiding: L. Katherine Kirkman, J. W. Jones Ecological Research Center, Ichauway. 1:00 PM 70 Hupp, Cliff R. U.S. Geological Survey. Sediment and trace element trapping in forested wetlands of southeastern United States. 1:15 PM 71 Kleiss, Barbara A. U.S. Geological Survey. Sediment retention in an eastern Arkansas bottomland hardwood wetland. 1:45 PM 72 1Rybczyk, John M., 1John W. Day, 2W.H. Conner, and 3Xiaowei W. Zhang. Coastal Ecology Institute Lousisiana State University, 2 Clemson University and 3 Louisiana State University. Sediment and nutrient accumulation in a coastal Louisiana forested wetland receiving secondarily treated wastewater effluent. 2:15 PM 73 Lowrance, Richard. USDA-Agricultural Research Service. Water quality functions of riparian forests in agricultural watersheds . 2:45 PM BREAK Presiding: C. Hupp, U.S. Geological Survey 3:00 PM 74 Lockaby, B. G. Auburn University. Exchange of nutrients and solids during sheetflow events in a managed floodplain forest. 3:30 PM 75 Whigham, Dennis F., Thomas E. Jordan, David L. Correll, and Donald E. Weller. Smithsonian Environmental Research Center. The consequences of hydrologic alterations on water quality parameters in a forested floodplain. 72 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 4:00 PM 4:30 PM 5:00 PM 76 Golladay, S.W. and B.W Taylor. J.W. Jones Ecological Research Center. Hydrologic and geomorphic controls on carbon availability in a coastal plain stream: moving the flood-pulse upstream. Dunn, W. CH2M Hill. Wetland mitigations /enhancements in southeastern riparian systems. Hupp, C, SUMMARY Herpetology - Room 241 Presiding: C. Kenneth Dodd, Jr. , National Biological Service 1:15 PM 77 Cline, George, and Paul Rogers. Jacksonville State University. Bioacoustic analysis using Canary, a computer driven sound analysis program. 1:30 PM 78 Rogers, C. Paul, and George R. Cline. Jacksonville State University. Preliminary analysis of within season call variation in the gray treefrog, Hyla chrysoscelis. 1:45 PM 79 Moore, Debra S.,Michael F. Scott, and Ken R. Marion. University of Alabama at Birmingham. Determination of evolutionary distances by mtDNA sequence analysis in the genus Acris. 2:00 PM 80 Tucker, Robert B., and James E. Joy. Marshall University. A preliminary report on parasite species observed in the white- spotted salamander Plethodon punctatus Highton. 2:15 PM 81 Pennington, John L., James E. Joy. Marshall University. A preliminary report of Psendopisthodiscus americanus observed in the red-spotted newt, Notopthalmus v. viridescens. 2:30 PM 82 Tucker Robert B., and Thomas K. Pauley. Marshall University. Notes on the natural history of Plethodon punctatus in West Virginia. 2:45 PM 83 Kilpatrick, Sandra L., and Thomas K. Pauley. Marshall University. Notes on the natural history of the four-toed salamander, Hemidactyliwn scutatum, in West Virginia. 3:00 PM BREAK 3:15 PM 84 Smith, Katherine M. Middle Tennessee State University. The ontogeny of the dentition of the marbled salamander, Amhystoma opacum. 3:30 PM 85 Dodd, Kenneth C. Jr. National Biological Service. Amphibians in upland habitats of north-central Florida: conservation considerations. POSTER AND PAPER SESSIONS 73 3:45 PM 4:00 PM 4:15 PM 4:30 PM Presiding: 1:15 PM 1:30 PM 1:45 PM 2:00 PM 2:15 PM 2:30 PM 2:45 PM 3:00 PM S6 Onorato, Dave. Eckerd College. Growth rate and age distribution of Sternotherus minor at Rainbow Run, Marion Co., Florida. 87 Tuberville, Tracey D. Savannah River Ecology Laboratory/ University of Georgia. Invasion of new aquatic habitats by male freshwater turtles. 88 Mills, Mark S. S avannah River Ecology Laboratory/University of Georgia. Winter activity and movement patterns in the brown water snake, Nerodia tnxispilota. 89 Lee, John R. Savannah River Ecology Laboratory /Universtiy of Georgia. Movement patterns of the cottonmouth, Agkistrodon piscivoms. Plant Ecology I - Room 280 Nicole Tnrrill, University of Tennessee, Knoxville 90 Stalter, Richard and Eric E. Lamont. St. John's University and Riverhead High School. Ecology and flora of Native American shell rings from Southeastern United States. 91 DeCoster, James K. University of North Carolina. Forest regeneration following tornado disturbance in the North Carolina piedmont. 92 Shinn, Nancy and Lawrence S. Barden. University of North Carolina at Charlotte. Effects of soil disturbance, herbivore grazing, and rockiness of soil on seed germination, seeding growth, and survival of the federally endangered sunflower, Helianthns schweinitzii. 93 aBiswas, Indrani and 2C.K. Varshney. Turman University and 2Jawaharlal Nehru University. Study of recovery pattern in tropical tree species as an indicator of SO2 tolerance. 94 Turrill, Nicole L. University of Tennessee. Fire suppression and the decline of southern Appalachian landscape heterogeneity. 95 Allen, Bruce P., Eric F. Pauley and Rebecca R. Sharitz. Savannah River Ecology Laboratory/University of Georgia. Post-hurricane seedling dynamics of a flood-plain forest in South Carolina. 96 1Smith, George F. and 2N. S. Nicholas. University of Tennessee and 2Tennessee Valley Authority. Predicting change in southern Appalachian spruce-fir forests after thirty years of balsam woolly adelgid infestation. BREAK 74 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 3:15 PM 3:30 PM 3:45 PM 4:00 PM 4:15 PM 4:30 PM Presiding: 1:15 PM 1:30 PM 1:45 PM 2:00 PM 2:15 PM 2:30 PM 97 Penland, Kenneth I. and Steven W. Seagle. University of Maryland System. Tree seedling recruitment in a deer browsed forest patch. 98 Pauley, Eric FQBeverly S. Collins, and 2Winston P. Smith. Savannah River Ecology Laboratory and 2U.S. Forest Service. Vegetation response to gap creation in a bottomland hardwood forest. 99 Kelly, B.J. and Richard D. Porcher. The Citadel. Effects of the rediversion of the Cooper River: changing vegetation pattern in freshwater tidal marshes. 100 ^ornberger, Kathleen L., 1Heather A. McClintock, and 2Stevens Heckscher. 1Widener University and 2Natural Lands Trust. Impact of urbanization on woody species in a southern PA forest and its implications on diversity. 101 Pederson, N. and B. Palik. Jones Ecological Research Center. Disturbance history of a Coastal Plain longleaf pine landscape. 102 Basinger, Mark A. and Philip A. Robertson. Southern Illinois University. Windstorm damage in an old-growth maple-oak-hickory forest in southwestern Illinois. Plant Ecology II - Room 247 Robin K. McCall, Center for Marine Sciences, University of Southern Mississippi 103 Small, Christine J., and Thomas R. Wentworth. North Carolina State University. Characterization of montane cedar-hardwood woodlands of the southern blue ridge province. 104 Basinger, Mark A. and Philip A. Robertson. Southern Illinois University. Herbaceous vegetation and flora of an old-growth maple-oak-hickory forest in southwestern Illinois. 105 Stalter, Richard. St. John's University. Tree diversity at New York city home sites. Queens County, New York. 106 Ward, Andrea B. and Charles N. Horn. Newberry College. An Ecological Survey of Dirca palustris L (Thymelaeaceae) in the Piedmont of South Carolina. 107 Rentch, James and Ronald Fortney. West Virginia Graduate College. The vegetation of West Virginia Grass Bald communities. 108 Porcher, Richard D. The Citadel. Rare Vascular Plants of the Francis Marion National Forest. POSTER AND PAPER SESSIONS 75 2:45 PM 3:00 PM 3:15 PM 3:30 PM 3:45 PM 4:00 PM 109 Newell, Claire L. and Robert K. Peet. University of North Carolina. Plant species richness of Southern Appalachian forests. 110 Zartman, Charles E. and J. Dan Pittillo. Western North Carolina University. Vegetation of spray cliff communities of the Chattooga River basin: an inventory and ecological analysis. BREAK 111 Coulling, Philip P. University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. Phytosociology of high-elevation Quercus rubra forests in the central Virginia Blue Ridge. 112 Close, David D. and James Fralish. Southern Illinois University and Austin Peay University. Analysis of the herbaceous stratum within forest communities at Land Between the Lakes, KY and TN. 113 Carter, Robert E., Mark D. Mackenzie, and Dean H. GJerstad. Auburn University. Ecological land classification of upland sites in the Southern Loam Hills Region of south Alabama. 4:15 PM 114 4:30 PM 115 4:45 PM 116 5:00 PM 117 5:15 PM 118 Muth, Christine C. and Robert K. Peet. University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. A comparison of understory tolerance measurements for woody plants. Phillips, David L. Southern Illinois University. Factors affecting plant species distribution on seep springs of the lower Cache River valley. McCall, Robin K. and David J. Gibson. University of Southern Mississippi and Southern Illinois University. Microclimatic influences on the growth and distribution of Sorghastrum nutans and Helianthus divaricatus on southern Illinois loess hill prairies. Seagle, Steven W. and Suh-Yuen Liang. University of Maryland. Simulating the impact of white-tailed deer browsing on succession in a bottomland hardwood forest. Bray, James Jr. Southern Illinois University. Microhabitat diversity of Trichomanes petersii in Arkansas. 76 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 Evolution - Room 270 Presiding: Gail Stratton, Rhodes College 1:15 PM 119 Neal, Chris and Frosty Levy. East Tennessee State University. Spatial and temporal structuring of chloroplast genomes in Phacelia dubia. 1:30 PM 120 Wolfe, Lome. Georgia Southern University. The ecology of sex ratios: the case of a sexually flexible Mediterranean desert plant. 1:45 PM 121 Pollard, A. Joseph. Furman University. Ecological genetics of metal hyperaccumulation in Thlaspi caerulescens. 2:00 PM 122 Edwards, Adrienne L. University of Georgia /Savannah River Ecology Laboratory. Population genetics of the rare Sagittaria isoetiformis (Alismataceae): surprising preliminaries. 2:15 PM 123 McLain, Denson K. Georgia Southern University. Haploid genetic model of the evolution of mate deception and multiple mating criteria. 2:30 PM 124 1Stratton, Gail ,2Gary L. Miller, 3Patricia R. Miller and 2Edgar Leighton. 1Rhodes College,2University of Mississippi and 3Northwest Mississippi Community College. Interpopulation variation in courtship and reproductive isolation among three populations of brush-legged wolf spiders. 2:45 PM BREAK 3:00 PM 125 McElroy, Tom C., M. Lance Presley and Walter J. Diehl. Mississippi State University. Is there a genotype-specific concordance between growth early in ontogeny and indices of fitness in the earthworm Eisenia fetida. 3:15 PM 126 Diehl, Walter J., Tom C. Mcelroy, and M. Lance Presley. Mississippi State University. Air allozyme-locus genotype X environment interaction affecting growth in the earthworm Eisenia fetida? 3:30 PM 127 Worthen, Wade B. Furman University. Temperature effects on short-term responses to bi-directional selection by tropical and temperate populations of Drosophila melanogaster. 3:45 PM 128 Tamashiro, Dana A., Matthew P. Rowe, and Gary L. Walker. Appalachian State University. Population genetic architecture of a southern Appalachian disjunct: the northern saw-whet owl in the southeastern United States. POSTER AND PAPER SESSIONS 77 Symposium - Room 248 Educational Symposium on the Improvement of Teaching Organized by Robert F. Mcguire, The University of Montevallo Sponsored by ASB Education Committee Presiding: 2:00- Robert F. McGuire, The University of Montevallo 129 Juillerat, Florence. Indiana University /Purdue University. It 3:00 PM is our profession, yet it is mysteriously absent from our professional discourse. Presiding: 3:00 PM Biology Education - Room 248 Robert F. McGuire, The University of Montevallo 130 Cook, Susan J. Seward Johnson Marine Education and Conference Center. Submersibles, satellites, and seagrasses: education at Harbor Branch Oceanographic Institution. 3:15 PM 131 Aliff, John Vincent. DeKalb College-Gwinnett. Implications of the fourteen points of total quality management (TQM) for Biology Education. 3:30 PM 132 1Petersen, Raymond L. and 2Martin Mackenzie. 1 Howard University, 2U.S. Forest Service, Morgantown, WV. Forest Biology Tiers I-III. An undergraduate field course and research experience. Presiding: 3:00 PM Animal Physiology - Room 242 John Parrish, Georgia Southern University 133 Saunders, David, Michael Heffron, and John Parrish. Emporia State University and Georgia Southern University. Bioenergetics of Scaled Quail and Greater Prairie-chickens. 3:15 PM 134 James, Angela M. and James H. Oliver, Jr. Georgia Southern University. Vitellogenin synthesus and its possible hormonal regulation in the blacklegged tick, Ixodes scapidaris (Acari: Ixodidae). 3:30 PM 135 George, Sophie B. Georgia Southern University. Proximate composition of eggs and an unusual planktotropic larva of the sand dollar Encope michelini (Agassiz). 78 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 3:45 PM 4:00 PM 4:15 PM 136 Shadoan, Melanie K. and Ronald V. Dimock, Jr. Wake Forest University. Mechano- and chemoreception in glochidia larvae of the freshwater mussels Utterbackia imbecillis and Megalonais nervosa . 137 Bennett, Virginia and Jonathan Copeland. Georgia Southern University. Behavioral responses of Helisoma trivolvis to changes in aquatic environments. 138 Copeland, Jonathan and Andrew Moiseff. Georgia Southern University and University of Connecticut. Analysis of flash timing in a North American synchronic firefly. POSTER AND PAPER SESSIONS 79 Friday Morning, April 12th Presiding: Plant Ecology - Room 280 Philip Robertson, Southern Illinois University 8:15 AM 139 McGee, Alison J. and Donald R. Drake. Georgia Southern University. Seed bank and vegetation dynamics in a longleaf pine-wiregrass flatwood. 8:30 AM 140 Thompson, Dena B., 2Timothy P. Spira and 3Donald J. Drapalik. ^ish and Wildlife Branch, Ft. Stewart, Ga., 2Clemson University, 3Georgia Southern University. Reproductive aspects of Elliottia racemosa Muhl. ex Elliott (Ericaceae): a tree endemic to Georgia. 8:45 AM 141 Dabydeen, Simon. Frostburg State University. Seedling establishment to cotyledon features of Acer and Fagus. 9:00 AM 142 Stich, Tom and Simon Dabydeen. Frostburg State University. Symbiotic seed germination of Platanthera grandiflora and Plutanthera ciliaris (Orchidaceae). 9:15 AM 143 Blain, Marc and Simon Dabydeen. Frostburg State University. Aspects of Clintonia alleghaniensis (Liliaceae)-a rare plant of unknown taxonomic status. 9:30 AM 144 Mariner, Deborah J. and Lawrence W. Zettler. Furman University. The effect and importance of prolonged seed and fungus storage on in vitro symbiotic seed germination of the endangered Monkey-faced Orchid ( Platanthera integrilabia). 9:45 AM 145 Kensler, Lisa A. and Frank P. Day. Old Dominion University. Root decomposition in a created and natural wetland. 10:00 AM 146 Collins, Beverly and Gary Wein. Savannah River Ecology Laboratory. Effects of soil resource heterogeneity on early oldfield succession. 10:15 AM 147 Day, Frank P., Christine E. Conn, and Mark J. Stevenson. Old Dominion University. Belowground production and decay along a nitrogen gradient on a coastal barrier island. 10:30 AM 148 1Hermann, S.M., Jj. Risser and 2A. Carraway. ^all Timbers Research Station and 2University of Georgia. Growth patterns of longleaf pine seedlings: relationships of above- and below-ground biomass. 10:45 AM 149 Deirdre, Joy A. and Donald R. Young. Virginia Commonwealth University. Junipems virginiana as possible nurse plant for woody seedlings on a Virginia barrier island. 80 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 11:00 AM 11:15 AM Presiding: 8:15 AM 8:30 AM 8:45 AM 9:00 AM 9:15 AM 9:30 AM 9:45 AM 10:00 AM 10:15 AM 10:30 AM 150 151 Baldwin, Andrew S., Edward F. Menhinick, and T. Lawrence Mellichamp. University of North Carolina at Charlotte. The occurrence of predatory arthropods in the picher plant Sarracenia flava (Sarraceniaceae). Conrad, S.T. Southern Illinois University. A study of the reproductive ecology and diaspore bank of the liverworts of a bald cypress swamp in southern Illinois. Plant Systematics - Room 270 Virginia E. Crouch, Auburn University 152 Brack-Hanes, Sheila and Ronald F. Mente. Eckerd College. Pinus krempfii Lecompte or Ducampopinus krempfii (Lecompte) Chevalier? 153 1Smith, Gerald L., 2Michael O. Moore, and 3Walter S. Flory, ^igh Point University 2University of Georgia 3 Wake Forest University. The spider-lilies of Georgia. 154 Russell, Alice B. and James W. Hardin. North Carolina State University. Woody plants of the North Carolina barrier islands. 155 1Mickle, James E., 2Maria R.B. Lumaga, and 2Paolo De Luca, ^orth Carolina State University and 2Universita di Napoli. Cuticular micromophology in Psilotum and Tmesipteris. 156 Ewing, Eric W. and Dan K. Evans. Marshall University. A morphometric study of the Scutellaria ovata Hill (Lamiaceae) complex in West Virginia with emphasis on shale barren taxa. 157 McKinney, Landon E. Kentucky State Nature Preserves Commission. The genus Carex in Kentucky: a brief synopsis. 158 Floyd, Jennifer W. North Carolina State University. The vascular flora of Medoc Mountain State Park . 159 Crouch, Virginia E., Michael S. Golden, and John D. Freeman. Auburn University. Vascular flora of the Naheola Reserve, Choctaw County, Alabama. 160 Burks, K.C. Florida Department of Enviromental Protection. An update on the distribution of naiads ( Najas spp.) in Florida. 161 Allison, James R. Georgia Department of Natural Resources. Rediscovery of Boynton Oak, Quercus boyntonii Beadle. POSTER AND PAPER SESSIONS 81 10:45 AM 11:00 AM 11:15 AM Presiding: 8:00 AM 8:15 AM 8:30 AM 8:45 AM 9:00 AM 9:15 AM 9:30 AM 9:45 AM 162 Mohamed, Kamal I. State University of New York at Oswego. Agronomically important witchweeds: How did they evolve? 163 x'2Weldy, Troy W. and xDonna M.E. Ware. 1College of William & Mary and 2Vassar College. Vascular flora of the Corrotoman River Watershed, Lancaster Co., Virginia. 164 xCase, Martha A., 2Troy W. Weldy, xHenry T. Mlodozeniec, and xLisa E. Wallace. 1College of William & Mary and 2Vassar College. A long way from home: The current status of Cypripedium kentuckien.se including a significant range extension to eastern Virginia. Invertebrate Zoology - Room 241 Diane R. Nelson, East Tennessee State University 165 Heacock, Charles H. University of Tennessee. A study of freshwater mussels (Bivalvia: Unionidae) of Little River, Blount County, Tennessee. 166 Hutcheson, H. Joel and James H. Oliver, Jr. Georgia Southern University and University of Georgia. The question of fluctuating asymmetry in a polytypic species of terrestrial ectoparasitic arthropod having a broad geographic distribution. 167 Winstead, Joe E. and Nathan E. McWhorter. Western Kentucky University. Comparisons of caloric values of two major Orthopterans from early successional fields in south central Kentucky. 168 Claytor, Tedra M. and James E. Joy. Marshall University. Mosquitoes of West Virginia. 169 xMcGrane, Arlene and 2Cathryn H. Greenberg. University of Florida and 2USDA Forest Service. Abundance and biomass of surface-active arthropods under different silvicultural practices in zeric scrub. 170 Wells, Lenny and Daniel V. Hagan. Georgia Southern University. Effects of pine stand age and silvicultural treatment on populations of pine tip moths ( Rhyacionia spp.) and their parasites. BREAK 171 1Hamilton, R. IV, 2C.H. Nelson and XR.M. Duffield. xHoward University and 2University of Tennessee at Chatanooga. Occurrence of Plecoptera arid Megaloptera in the American pitcher plant Sarracenia purpurea L. 82 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 10:00 AM 10:15 AM 10 30 AM 10:45 AM Presiding: 8:00 AM 8:15 AM 8:30 AM 8:45 AM 9:00 AM 9:15 AM 172 Hanley, Lenonie M., 2 Harry Hunt, Bussell Duncan ’and Raymond L. Petersen. ’Howard University and 2 Prince Georges Community College. Rotifers in the pitcher plants of Big Run Bog, Tucker County, West Virginia. 173 Adkins, Rebecca and Diane R. Nelson. East Tennessee State University. Tardigrade distribution within a moss cushion. 174 ’Tarter, Donald C., 2Diane R. Nelson and ’Erica F. Midkiff. ’Marshall University and 2East Tennessee State University. New distributional records, including two state records, of tardigrades (Phylum: Tardigrada) from mosses in the Monongahela National Forest, West Virginia. 175 Furches, Lorie A. and Diane R. Nelson. East Tennessee State University. Multihabitat analysis of tardigrades (Phylum Tardigrada) on Unaka Mountain, Tennessee - North Carolina. Animal Ecology - Room 284 Mary Lang O. Edwards, Erskine College 176 ’Chandler, C. Ray and 2Mark S. Woodrey. ’Georgia Southern University and 2 Mississippi Museum of Natural Science. Habitat selection of wintering Henslow's Sparrows in Mississippi. 177 Turfler, Stacy L., Stephen Vives and John Parrish. Georgia Southern University. Evaluation of species composition and habitat diversity of Neotropical migrants in Fort Stewart, Georgia. 178 ’Hodges, Malcolm F., Jr. and 2 David G. Krementz. ’The Nature Conservancy of Georgia and 2National Biological Service, Athens Research Station. Neotropical migratory breeding bird communities in riparian forests of different widths along the Altamaha River, Georgia. 179 Goss, Jana, Stephen Vives and John Parrish. Georgia Southern University. The effect of controlled burning on neotropical migrants at Fort Stewart, Georgia. 180 Andrews, Jeffrey A., Lisa M. Andrews and Christina M. Clifton. Land Condition Trend Analysis Program, Fort Stewart, Georgia. The relationship of vegetation community types to red-cockaded woodpecker ( Picoides borealis) activity in coastal Georgia. 181 ’Waddle, J.H., ’S.M. Hermann, 2C. Guyer and ’M.G. Nelms. ’Tall Timbers Research Station and 2Aubum University. Status of gopher tortoises on private land in South Georgia. POSTER AND PAPER SESSIONS 83 9:30 AM 9:45 AM 10:00 AM 10:15 AM 10:30 AM 10:45 AM 11:00 AM 11:15 AM Presiding: 8:00 AM 8:15 AM 8:30 AM 8:45 AM BREAK 182 Edwards, Mary Lang O. Erskine College. Ecology of box turtles in a fragmented habitat. 183 Ritland, David B. Erskine College. Geographic dynamics of defensive mimicry. 184 Hahn, Daniel A. and Walter R. Tschinkel. Florida State University. Settlement and distribution of newly mated queens of the arboreal ant Crematogaster ashmeadi. 185 ^ Weeks, Jennifer A. and 2 Sharon M. Hermann. Florida State University and 2Tall Timbers Research Station. The impact of prescribed fire on the leaf miner fauna of ground cover oaks of the longleaf pine forests. 186 Phillips, J.B. and J.H. Oliver. Georgia Southern University. The role of Bobwhite quail ( Colinus virginianus ) in zoonotic cycles of the etiologic agent of Lyme Disease, Borrelia burgdorferi . 18 7 Cantrell, Helena and William Irby. Georgia Southern University. Pitcher-plant mosquitoes: relation of genetic distance to differences in autogeny. 188 Brickie Deborah, S. and Daniel V. Hagan. Georgia Southern University. Population dynamics of biting midges (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) in four distinct upland Georgia Coastal Plain communities. Aquatic Ecology - Room 242 Charles Beard, Clemson University 189 Kadivar, Somaiyeh and Henry G. Spratt, Jr. University of Tennessee at Chattanooga. Sulfate reduction in anoxic sediments of wetlands constructed to neutralize acid mine drainage. 190 Menhinick, Edward F. University of North Carolina at Charlotte. Chemical characterization of ten North Carolina Piedmont streams. 191 Gardner, Jeff and Safaa Al-Hamdani. Jacksonville State University. Interactive effects of humic substances, and A1 on selected physiological responses of Salvinia minima . 192 Burnett, Christina L., Safaa Al-Hamdani, Roger Sauterer and Gary Durrant. Jacksonville State University. Effects of ultrasound on Spirulina maxima and Azolla carolininiana. 84 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 9:00 AM 9:15 AM 9:30 AM 9:45 AM 10:00 AM 10:15 AM 10:30 AM 10:45 AM 11:00 AM 193 Beard, Charles, Peter Adler and John McCreadie. Clemson University. Seasonality of symbiotic trichomycete fungi in black flies of upstate South Carolina. 194 1Brittingham, Kevin D., 1Donald C. Tarter and 2Ted R. Angradi. Marshall University and 2Northeastem Forest Experiment Station. A comparison of the benthos in weir ponds draining watersheds of the Femow Experimental Forest. BREAK 195 1Hood, Robert W., 1Donald C Tarter and 2Ted R. Angradi. :Marshall University and 2Northeastem Forest Experiment Station. Longitudinal, vertical, and seasonal variation of the macroinvertebrate fauna within the interstitial substrate of the Elk Lick Run Drainage, on the Fernow Experimental Forest, Parsons, West Virginia. 196 Hall-Rutherford, Rebecca A. and Thomas E. Weaks. Marshall University. Periphyton of the tributaries of the New River Gorge National River. 197 Swenson, Kirby and Frank A. Romano. Jacksonville State University. A preliminary analysis of chironomid mouthpart deformities in Snow Creek, Alabama. 198 Walker, Barrett P. University of Georgia. Community-based watershed protection program: Peachtree Creek / Metro Atlanta. 199 1Hurley, Dorset H. and 2Randall Walker. Georgia Southern University and 2University of Georgia, Shellfish Aquaculture Laboratory, Marine Extension Service. The effects of larval stocking density on survival and growth of laboratory reared Spisula solidissima similis. 200 Sellers, Clay L. Broadway High School. Effects of Perkinsus marinus on molluscan estuarine rehabilitation. POSTER AND PAPER SESSIONS 85 Friday Afternoon, April 12th Symposium - Room 284 Carolina Bays: Integrating Historical, Physical and Biological Processes Organized by Vicki L. Medland & Susan P. Miller, Savannah River Ecology Laboratory Sponsored by The Society of Wetland Scientists (South Atlantic Chapter) & Ecological Society of America (Southeastern Chapter) Presiding: 1:30 PM 1:35 PM 201 Vicki L. Medland, Savannah River Ecology Laboratory Introductory Remarks Schalles, John F. Creighton University. Carolina Bay wetlands: biogeographic islands in space and time within the weathered coastal plain landscape of the southeastern United States. 1:55 PM 202 Nifong, Timothy D. North Carolina Attorney General's Office. The ecosystematics of Carolina bay vegetation in North and South Carolina. 2:15 PM 203 De Steven, Diane. University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee. Hydrologic and landscape-level structuring of vegetation in mineral-soil Carolina bays. 2:35 PM 204 Porter, Jean M. and James S. Clark. Duke University. Fire and vegetation history of Little Clear pond, Bamberg Co., South Carolina. 2:55 PM 205 Gaiser, Evelyn E. Barbara E. Taylor. University of Georgia/Savannah River Ecology Laboratory. Paleolimnological reconstructon of Holocene environments in Carolina Bays and upland wetland ponds of the Atlantic Coastal Plain. 3:15 PM 206 Lide, Robert F. Savannah River Ecology Laboratory/ University of Georgia. Carolina bay hydrology: A view from the Upper Coastal Plain of western South Carolina. 86 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 3:35 PM Presiding: 3:50 PM 4:10 PM 4:30 PM 4:50 PM 5:15 PM Presiding: 1:30 PM 1:45 PM 2:00 PM 2:15 PM 2:30 PM BREAK Susan P. Miller, Savannah River Ecology Laboratory 207 Buhlmann, Kurt A. J. Whitfield Gibbons and Robert F. Cheney. Savannah River Ecology Laboratory/University of Georgia. Terrestrial habitat use by aquatic turtles of Carolina bays: implications for upland habitat conservation. 208 Bennett, Stephen H. South Carolina Department of Natural Resources. Conservation status of Carolina bays in South Carolina. 209 1Singer, Julian H. 2Rebecca R. Sharitz. University of Georgia and 2Savannah River Ecology Laboratory. Herbaceous vegetation responses to restoration treatments in a Carolina Bay wetland. 210 1Ornes, W. H., 1T.V. Youngblood, 2H.E. Mackey and 2R.S. Riley. ^Savannah River Technology Center, Environmental Sciences Section, Westinghouse Savannah River Company. Changes in vegetation over a four year period following the cleanup and restoration of Lost Lake, a Carolina bay on the Savannah River Site, Aiken County, S.C. 211 1Hanlin, H.G., 1M.B. Dietsch, aE.D. Jones and 12L.D. Wike. University of South Carolina- Aiken and 2Westinghouse Savannah River Technology Center. Reptile and amphibian species composition in a Carolina bay following restoration. Plant Ecology - Room 280 Linda G. Chafin, Florida National Areas Inventory 212 Schmalzer, Paul A., Shannon Boyle and Hilary Swain. Dynamac Corporation, Florida Institute of Technology and Archibold Biological Station. Scrub ecosystems of Brevard County, Florida. 213 Yurish, Bradley M. and Frank S. Gilliam. Marshall University. Soil and forest floor nitrogen dynamics in a nitrogen-saturated central Appalachian hardwood forest. 214 Robertson, Philip A. and Yvonne E. Hall. Southern Illinois University. Towards a new definition for old-growth Ponderosa Pine ( Pinus ponderosa) in Colorado. 215 McCormick, Frank J. University of Tennessee at Knoxville. Sustainability and ecosysytem management. 216 Kindell, Carolyn, Carl Nordman, Linda Chafin and James Muller. Florida Natural Areas Inventory. Natural community survey of Eglin Air Force Base. POSTER AND PAPER SESSIONS 87 2:45 PM 3:00 PM 3:15 PM 3:30 PM 3:45 PM 4:00 PM 4:15 PM 4:30 PM 217 1Schotz, Alfred R. and 2Linda G. Chafin. Bahama Natural Heritage Program and 2Florida Natural Areas Inventory. Rare plant survey of Eglin Air Force Base, Florida - results and recommendations for protection and management. 218 Blackwell, Eric, George Cline, David Whetstone and Frank Romano III. Jacksonville State University. Preliminary quantitative analysis of selected plant communities from northeastern Alabama. 219 ^ly, Joseph S., 1David J. Gibson and 2Alice L. Heikens. 1Southem Illinois University and 2Franklin College. The core- satellite species hypothesis in forest openings, southern Illinois. BREAK 220 Campbell, Jonathan E., Scott B. Franklin, David B. Gibson and Jonathan A. Newman. Southern Illinois University. Interpretation of selected variance peaks derived from Two- Term Local Quadrat Variance analyses. 221 2Rea, Tracy, 1Deno Karapatakis Kristy Guy, 2John Pinder III and 2Hal Mackey, Jr. University of Georgia Savannah River Ecology Laboratory and 2Westinghouse Savannah River Technology Center. Bathometry as a controlling factor in macrophyte development: thirty years of change detection in a former reactor cooling pond. 222 MacKenzie, Mark D. Auburn University. Land use / cover classification using satellite imagery to support nonpoint source pollution research . 223 King, Catherine J. and Rebecca R. Sharitz. Savannah River Ecology Laboratory, University of Georgia. Reinvasion of woody vegetation into a severely impacted area of floodplain forest 4:45 PM 224 2Pinder, John E., 2 Ethan M. Jahnke and *Tracy E. Rea. Savannah River Ecology Laboratory and 2 Colorado State University. Sherman's march to the sea: using satellite images to examine potential residual impacts on the Georgia landscape. Workshop - Plant/Herbivore Interactions 1:30-3:30 PM, Biology Building, Room 1105 Conducted by Suzanne Koptur, Florida International University Sponsored by Southeast Section of the Botanical Society of America 88 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 Presiding 1:30 PM 1:45 PM 2:00 PM 2:15 PM 2:30 PM 2:45 PM 3:00 PM 3:15 PM 3:30 PM 3:45 PM 4:00 PM Plant Systematics - Room 270 Muriel Poston, Howard University 225 1Mickle, James E., 2Maria Rosaria Barone Lumaga 3Franco Rippa and 2Aldo Moretti. North Carolina State University 2Orto Botanico, Universita di Napoli, 3Istituto di Geotecnica, Universita di Napoli. Discovery of two fossil trunks in Fuorigrotta, Naples, Italy. 226 xMatthews, Christopher R., 1James H. Howard, and 2James F. Matthews. 1Frostburg State University 2University of North Carolina at Charlotte. Genetic variablility and population characteristics of the federally endangered Schweinitz's sunflower, Helianthus schweinitzii T&G. 227 Matthews, James F. and Christopher R. Matthews. UNC Charlotte and Frostburg St. University. Corrections of chromosome number, distribution and misidentifications of the Federally endangered sunflower, Helianthus schweinitzii T&G. 228 Hardin, James W. and Zack E. Murrell. North Carolina State University and Western Kentucky University. Foliar micromorphology in Cornus. 229 Estill, James C. and Zack E. Murrell. Western Kentucky University. Species delineation and population structure of Spiraea virginiana Britton. 230 Campbell, Jacqueline L., Muriel E. Poston, and Martin Mackenzie. Howard University. A floristic re-survey of Spruce Knob: a 20th century comparison. 231 Bray, Rebecca D. and Lytton J. Musselman. Old Dominion University. Tetraploid quillworts of Virginia's Coastal Plain and their hybrids. 232 Anderson, Loran C. Florida State University. New geographical and morphological data for the rare Sideroxylon thomei (a.k.a., Bumelia thomei). BREAK 233 Murrell, Zack E. and Jeffrey J. Baker. Western Kentucky University. Dogwood subgeneric relationships: evidence from the Internal Transcribed Spacer (ITS) region of nuclear ribosomal DNA. 234 Carroll, Patrick E. and Zack E. Murrell. Western Kentucky University. Analysis of morphological and genetic variation in Hexastylis contracta Blomquist. POSTER AND PAPER SESSIONS 89 4:15 PM 4:30 PM 4:45 PM 5:00 PM 5:15 PM 235 Baker, Jeffrey J. and Zack E. Murrell. Western Kentucky University. Blue- and white-fruited dogwoods: Internal Transcribed Spacer (ITS) region sequence data and species relationships. 236 Reed, Christopher P. and Zack E. Murrell. Western Kentucky University. Molecular analysis of directly amplified and cloned products from the Internal Transcribed Spacer (ITS) regions of nuclear ribosomal DNA in a dogwood hybrid complex. 237 Stotler, Raymond, Barbara Crandall-Stotler and Paul G. Davidson. Southern Illinois University. The liverwort Pellia X appalachiana is not a hybrid. 238 Therrien, J.P., R. E. Stotler, and B.J. Crandall-Stotler. Southern Illinois University. The Porella platyphylla (L) Pfeiff. and P. platyphylloidea (Schwein.) Lindb. species complex (Hepaticophyta). 239 Thompson, James D. Southern Illinois University. The Phaeoceros laevis (L.) Prosk, species complex in the southeastern United States (Anthocerotophyta). Beta Beta Beta The following papers are not listed in the order in which they will be presented. The schedule for these presentations will appear in the Beta Beta Beta program available at the meeting. Beta Beta Beta District 1 Safir, Leah C. Beta Psi, Appalachian State University. Seisomonastic influences on gas exchange in Mimosa pudica, the sensitive plant. Askew, Heather M. Tau Lambda, The University of North Carolina at Charlotte. The effect of calcium on metamorphosis in a primative invertebrate. Bruten, Amy. Tau Lambda, The University of North Carolina at Charlotte. The role of nitric oxide in implantation. Doster, Michael Jarod. Tau Lambda, The University of North Carolina at Charlotte. Effect of methoxychlor on developmental stability in mice. Patel, Ripa. Tau Lambda, The University of North Carolina at Charlotte. Initiation of expression and cell specific localization of nitric oxide synthase in the post-implantation mouse uterus. Blalock, Ginger. Sigma Gamma, Erskine Collge. Microflora of the eastern box turtle, Terrapene Carolina Carolina. Clark, Jay. Sigma Gamma, Erskine College. Tracking eastern box turtles, Terrapene Carolina Carolina at two sites in South Carolina. 90 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 Shults, Amber. Sigma Gamma, Erskine College. Application of tissue culture techniques to Camellia japonica. Augustine, Leon. Tau Chi, Armstrong State Collge. Selective predation by the mosshead sculpin Clinocottus on the sea anemone Anthopleura and its two algal symbionts. Park, Shay. Sigma Psi, Florida Institute of Technology. Regulation of motility of Escherichia coli: a new role for a gene at the chromosomal replication origin. Phillips, Jonathon. Sigma Psi, Florida Institute of Technology. Characteristics of islet cells in the mouse pancreas. Molina, N. Yvonne. Sigma Psi, Florida Institute of Technology. Bioactive metabolites produced by bacteria associated with the Antarctic sponge, Latrunculia apicalis. Valderrama, Gabriella D. C. Sigma Psi, Florida Institute of Technology. Timing of replication of R plasmid during the bacterial cell cycle. Wagher, Daniel Edward. Sigma Psi, Florida Institute of Technology. An NMR spectroscopy study of the effects of emersion on the metabolic rate of the killifish Rivulus marmoratus (Cyprinodontidae). Morgan, Stephanie. Tau Omega, Davidson College. Female agression and monogamy in female zebra finches ( Poephila guttata). Scott, Margaret. Tau Omega, Davidson College. Analysis of parentage in zebra finches ( Poephila guttata) using DNA fingerprinting. Stevens, Janet. Tau Omega, Davidson College. Effects of pollen addition and nutrient manipulations on male flower production in the andromonoecious herb horsenettle ( Solarium carolinense). Thakore, Chittam. Tau Eta, Catawba Collge. Fractal dimension of yeast colonies on nutient limited medium. Koklhorst, Drev/ Tau Eta, Catawba College. The effects of sodium chloride on mastitis-causing bacteria. Reed, Robyn C. Beta Rho, Wake Forest University. The role of auxin transport in lateral root initiation. Beta Beta Beta District 2 Nichols, P. and Brent R. A. Sauterer. Mu Phi, Jacksonville State University. Preliminary observations of the feeding behavior of Berghia veruccicornis (Opisthobranchiata: Nudibranchia) on Aptasia pallida (Actinian) and development of protection against nematocysts stings. Davis, Michael D. Wise. Mu Sigma, Mississippi State University. Kinetochore distribution during mitosis with unreplicated genomes. Pass, Jason M. Pi Delta, East Tennessee State University. Developmental ultrastructure of locomotory apparatus of Selaginella anstrailiensis. POSTER AND PAPER SESSIONS 91 Wallwork, Karen K. Pi Delta, East Tennessee State University. The cost of antibiotic resistance in Morexella. Dulaney, Douglas. Pi Delta, East Tennessee State University. The effect of water stress on the expression of an ANP-like gene in Phacelia dubia. Owens, Melissa A. Kappa Tau, Tennessee Technological University. Aggression and dominance behavior patterns in a resident flock of Canada geese. Marpaka, Pavin K. Kappa Tau, Tennessee Technological University. Characterization of an adhesion protein from Staphylococcus aureus . Nash, Carrie. Kappa Pi, Millsaps College. Do smooth muscle strips from the uterus of Thamnophis radix exhibit the classic length tension relationship of striated muscle? Smiley, Lane. Kappa Pi, Millsaps College. What effects do oxytocin and prostaglandins produce on the spontaneous motility of a Thamnophis radix uterus made refractory to autonomic nervous system neurotransmitters. Chandler, Michael. Kappa Pi, Millsaps College. Mussels of small creeks in the Pearl River and Big Black River drainages in Mississippi. Cao, LeThu Jeannette. Eta Lambda, Loyola University. Interactions between Trypanosoma cruzi and Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) at the molecular level. Guillot, Monique. Eta Lambda, Loyola University. Optimization of a PCR assay for Trypanosoma cruzi. Nowling, Jena. Eta Lambda, Loyola University. Optimizing conditions for locating the Human T-cell Lymphotrophic Virus gene. Crawford, Katherine A., J. A, Ballenger, and W. S. Birkhead. Mu Omicron, Columbus College. A survey of small mammals at Oxbow Meadows, Columbus, Georgia. McCollum, Susan. Mu Omicron, Columbus College. Community structure of aquatic birds at the Oxbow Meadows Environmental Park, Columbus, Muscogee County, Georgia. Knight, Torrey O. and H. Eikaas. Mu Omicron, Columbus College Thermoregulation by gopher tortoises ( Gopherus polyphemus ) relocated to Eldorendo, Decatur County, Georgia from a nearby highway (U.S. 27) right-of- way. Knight, Torrey O. (Mu Omicron, Columbus College). Burrow status for a population of gopher tortoises ( Gopherus polyphemus) located on a powerline right-of-way in Decatur County, Georgia, before and after the introduction of relocated tortoises. Scriven, Lecrecia and W. Hollis. Mu Omicron, Columbus College. A coliform survey of six lakes at Oxbow Meadows. 92 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 Unwin, Matthew M. and J. A. Ballenger. Mu Omicron, Columbus College. A comparison of population genetic structure using isozyme analysis between a rare endemic, Hexastylis shuttleworthii, and its congener, Hexastylis arifolia (Aristolochiaceae). Stringfellow, R. Carson, J.A. Ballenger, D.R. Schwimmer and G. Stanton. Mu Omicron, Columbus College. A preliminary survey of the freshwater mussel community at Harding Reservoir, Harris County, Georgia. Barnes, Lajoyce M., J. A. Ballenger, and R. A. Champion. Mu Omicron, Columbus College. Effects of mulch color on pansies. DeLay, Jamie. Kappa Phi, Southern College. Bacterial Acquisition by Rhodnius prolixius. Author Index Adkins, R. 173 Adler, P. 193 Al-Hamdani, S. 39, 191, 192 Aliff, J.V. 131 Allen, B.P. 95 Allen, S. 7 Allison, J.R. 161 Anderson, L.C. 232 .Andrews, J. A. 180 Andrews, L.M. 180 Angradi, T.R. 194, 195 Atkinson, R.B. 29 Baker, J.J. 233, 235 Baldwin, A.S. 150 Banks, C.W. 2, 61 Barden, L.S. 38, 92 Barger, T.W. 39 Barnett, J. 40 Barnwell, M. 1 Basinger, M.A. 102, 104 Beard, C. 193 Belbey, B.V. 2, 61 Bennett, S.H. 208 Bennett, S.N. 52, 53, 54 Bennett, V. 137 Biswas, I. 93 Blackwell, E. 218 Blain, M. 143 Bohall, P.J. 3 Boyle, S. 212 Brack-Hanes, S. 152 Bray, J.J. 118 Brav, R.D. 231 Brickie, D.S. 188 Brittingham, K.D. 194 Buhlmann, K.A. 207 Burks, K.C. 160 Burnett, C.L. 192 Burnett, V.P. 56 Butts, J.A. 58 Caims, J. 29 Campbell, D.L. 31 Campbell, J. 4 Campbell, J.E. 220 Campbell, J.L. 230 Canady, C.E. 54 Cantrell, H. 33, 187 Carraway, A. 148 Carroll, P.E. 234 Carter, R.E. 113 Case, M.A. 164 Chafin, L. 216 Chafin, L.G. 217 Challinor, R.M. 53 Chandler, C.M. 3 Chandler, C.R. 176 Cheney, R.F. 207 Claiborne, J.B. 4 Clark, E. 69 Clark, J.S. 204 Clark, K.L. 61 Claytor, T.M. 168 Clebsch, E.E.C. 31 Clifton, C.M. 180 Cline, G. 1, 77, 78, 218 Close, D.D. 112 Coffer, N. 58 Collins, B. 98, 146 Conn, C.E. 147 Conner, W.H. 72 Conrad, S.T. 151 Cook, S.J. 130 Copeland, J. 18, 137, 138 Correll, D.L. 75 Couch, C.A. 23 Coulling, P.P. Ill Covington, D.L. 15 Crandall-Stotler, B.J. 237, 238 Crouch, V.E. 159 Cuthbert, F.J. 36 Dabydeen, S. 141, 142, 143 Dailey, D.C. 55 Davidson, P.G. 237 Davis, E.J. 5 Davis, J.E. 38 Dawson, W.D. 15 Day, F.P. 145, 147 Day, J.W. 72 De Steven, D. 203 DeCoster, J.K. 91 Deirdre, J.A. 149 Deselm, H.R. 31 Devivo, J.C. 23 Diegman, S.R. 63 Diehl, W.J. 125, 126 Dietsch, M.B. 211 Dimock, R.V. 136 Dinkins, G.R. 65 Dodd, K.C. 85 Drake, D.R. 33, 139 Drapalik, D.J. 33, 140 Duffield, R.M. 171 Duncan, R. 172 Durden, L.A. 2, 60, 61 Durrant, G. 1, 192 Edwards, A.L. 122 Edwards, M.L.O. 182 Ely, J.S. 219 Enloe, A. 50 Estill, J.C. 229 Estime, L. 41 Evans, D.K. 156 Ewing, E.W. 156 Flory, W.S. 153 Floyd, J.W. 158 Fortney, R. 107 Fralish, J. 112 Franklin, S.B. 220 Franzusoff, A. 48 Fredenberg, S.C. 26 Freeman, B.J. 23 Freeman, J.D. 159 French, F.E. 56 Furches, L.A. 175 Gaiser, E.E. 205 Gardner, J. 191 Gamer, S. 51 George, S.B. 135 Gibbons, J.W. 207 Gibson, D.B. 220 Gibson, D.J. 116, 219 Gilliam, F.S. 213 GJerstad, D H. 113 Gladwell, W. 64 Gleason, P.J. 17 Golden, M.S. 159 Golladay, S.W. 76 Goss, J. 179 Greenberg, C.H. 169 Guy, K. 221 Guyer, C. 181 Hagan, D.V. 10, 60, 170, 188 Hahn, D.A. 184 Hall, Y.E. 214 Hall-Rutherford, R.A. 196 Hamilton, R.1. 171 Hancock, T.E. 6 Hanley, L.M. 172 Hanlin, H.G. 211 Hardin, J.W. 154, 228 Hawkins-Koch, D. 55 Heacock, C.H. 165 Heckscher, S. 100 Heffron, M. 133 Heikens, A.L. 219 Helton, R.C. 33 Henry, L.B. 66 Hermann, S.M. 7, 8, 148, 181, 185 Hinkle, C.R. 37 Hodges, M.F. 178 Hofer, C.J. 45 Holder, S. 49 Hood, R.W. 195 Horn, C.N. 106 Homberger, K.I.. 100 Horton, J.L. 44 Hosier, P.E. 6 Howard, J.H. 226 Hughes, M.H. 65 Hunt, H. 172 Hupp, C.R. 70 Hurley, D.H. 199 Hutcheson, H.J. 166 Irby, W. 187 Jahnke, E.M. 224 James, A.M. 134 Johnston, J. 36 Jolls, C.L. 36 Jones, E.D. 211 Joplin, K.H. 21 Jordan, T.E. 75 Joseph, D.B. 42 Joy, J.E. 62, 80, 81, 168 Juillerat, F. 129 Kadivar, S. 189 Karapatakis\, D. 221 Kelly, B.J. 99 Kensler, L.A. 145 Kilpatrick, S.L. 83 Kim, D.S. 47 Kindell, C. 216 King, C.J. 223 Kjellmark, E.W. 35 Kleiss, BA. 71 Kokkala, 1. 11 Krementz, D.G. 178 Krissinger, W.A. 52, 53, 54 Lamont, E.E. 90 Lee, J.R. 89 Leighton, E. 124 Levi, J.A. 46 Levy, F. 119 Liang S.-Y. 9, 117 Lide, R.F. 206 93 94 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 Little, M. 16, 64 Pauley, E.F. 95, 98 Stich, T. 142 Lockaby, B.G. 74 Pauley, T.K. 82, 83 Stoll, S. 16 Lowrance, R. 73 Pederson, N. 101 Stone, P.A. 17 Luca, P.D. 155 Peet, R.K. 35, 109, 114 Stotler, R. 237, 238 Lumaga, M.R.B. 155, 225 Pegg, W.J. 46 Stratton, G. 124 Mackenzie, M. 132, 230 Peril and, K.I. 97 Swain, H. 212 Mackenzie, M.D. 113, 222 Pennington, J.L. 81 Swenson, K. 197 Mackey, H. 210, 221 Petersen, R.L. 132, 172 Talierco, P. 18 Mariner, D.J. 144 Phillips, D.L. 115 Tamashiro, D.A. 128 Marion, K.R. 79 Phillips, J.B. 186 Tarter, D.C. 174, 194, 195 Martin, J. 19 Pietrzak, S.M. 57 Taylor, B E. 205 Masters, B.S. 47 Pinder, J.E. 221, 224 Taylor, B.W. 76 Matthews, C.R. 226, 227 Pittdllo, J.D. 110 Taylor, D.D. 34 Matthews, J.F. 226, 227 Pohle, J.S., 69 Taylor, S. 19 Maxwell, N.E. 59 Pollard, A.J. 121 Therrien, J.P. 238 McCall, R.K. 116 Porcher, R.D. 13, 99, 108 Thibaudeau, G. 49 McCarron, J.K. 25 Porter, J.M. 204 Thompson, D.B, 140 McClintock, H.A. 100 Porterfield, M. 14 Thompson, J.D. 239 McCormick, F.J. 215 Poston, M.E. 230 Tobler, S. 51 McCoy, R. 32 Powell, S. 8 Tolliver, K.S. 20 McCreadie, J. 193 Presley, M.L. 125, 126 Tschinkel, W.R. 184 McDearman, H. 50 Pung, O.J. 57, 59 Tuberville, T.D. 87 Mcelroy, T.C. 125, 126 Pyne, M. 31 Tucker, R.B. 80, 82 McGee, A. 7, 139 Rea, T. 221, 224 Turfler, S.L. 177 McGlothlin, K. 11 Reed, C.P. 236 Tumll, N.L. 94 McGrane, A. 169 Reed, M R. 28 Valluri, J.V. 40 McKeever, S. 10 Rentch, J. 107 Varshney, C.K. 93 McKinney, L.E. 157 Rice, J.R. 15 Vives, S. 177, 179 McLain, D.K. 123 Richardson, A. 52 Vogt, W.C. 21 McLeod, K.W. 25, 28 Rier, J. 41 Waddle, J.H. 181 McMillan, P. 35 Riley, R.S. 210 Wagner, J.R. 52 McWhorter, N.E. 167 Rippa, F. 225 Walker, B.P. 198 Meeks, T. 11 Risser, J. 148 Walker, G.L. 128 Mellichamp, T.L. 150 Ritland, D.B. 183 Walker, L. 5 Melvin, J.B. 12 Robertson, J.L. 27 Walker, R. 199 Menhinick, E.F. 63, 67, 150, 190 Robertson, P.A. 32, 102, 104, 214 Wallace, J.W. 43 Mente, R.F. 152 Robinette, J. 59 Wallace, L.E. 164 Mickle, J.E. 155, 225 Rogers, C.P. 77, 78 Walser, C.A. 66 Midkiff, E.F. 174 Romano, F.A. 197, 218 Ward, A.B. 106 Miller, G.L. 124 Rosenquist, C.M. 29 Ware, D.M.E. 163 Miller, P R. 124 Rowe, M.P. 128 Weaks, T.E. 196 Miller, S.P. 24 Russell, A.B. 154 Weeks, J.A. 185 Mills, M.S. 88 Rybczyk, J.M. 72 Wem, G. 146 Minghua, C. 43 Saunders, D. 133 Weldy, T.W. 163, 164 Mlodozeniec, H.T. 164 Sauterer, R. 192 Weller, D.E. 75 Mohamed, K.I. 162 Schalles, J.F. 201 Wells, L. 170 Moiseff, A. 138 Schmalzer, P.A. 37, 212 Wells, M R. 3 Moore, D.S. 79 Schotz, A.R. 217 Wentworth, T.R. 103 Moore, M.O. 153 Schwartz, F.J. 68 Whetstone, D. 218 Moretti, A. 225 Scott, J.B. 62 Whigham, D.F. 75 Morrison-Shetlar, A. 22 Scott, M.F. 79 Wike, L.D. 211 Muller, J. 216 Seagle, S.W. 9, 97, 117 Winkfield, B. 5 Murrell, Z.E. 228, 229, 233, 234, Sellers, C.L. 200 Winstead, J.E. 167 235, 236 Shadoan, M.K. 136 Wolf, J. 48 Musselman, L.J. 231 Sharitz, R.R. 24, 30, 95, 209, 223 Wolfe, L. 120 Muth, C.C. 114 Shealy, H.E. 30 Wolpin, B. 22 Neal, C. 119 Shinn, N. 92 Woodrey, M.S. 176 Nelms, M.G. 181 Singer, J.H. 209 Worthen, W.B. 127 Nelson, C.H. 171 Skelton, C.E. 65 Wubah, D. 14, 47 Nelson, D.R. 69, 173, 174, 175 Small, C.J. 103 Young, D.R. 20, 149 Neufeld, H.S. 26, 27, 42, 44 Smallidge, P.J. 12 Youngblood, T.V. 210 Newell, C.L. 109 Smith, G.F. 96 Yurish, B.M. 213 Newman, J.A. 220 Smith, G.L. 153 Zartman, C.E. 110 Nicholas, N.S. 96 Smith, K.M. 84 Zettler, L.W. 45, 144 Nifong, T.D. 202 Smith, W. 98 Zhang, X.W. 72 Nordman, C. 216 Sowell, D. 8 Odom, B. 53 Spears, R.E. 60 Oliver, J.H. 61, 134, 166, 186 Spira, T.P. 140 Onorato, D. 86 Spratt, H.G. 50, 189 Omes, W.H. 210 Stalter, R. 90, 105 Palik, B. 101 Stevens, K. 51 Parrish, J. 133, 177, 179 Stevenson, M.J. 147 Institution Index Alabama Natural Heritage Program 217 Alderson-Broaddus College 53 Appalachian Environmental Laboratory, University of Maryland System 9 Appalachian State University 26, 27, 42, 44, 58, 128 Archibold Biological Station 212 Armstrong State College 19 Auburn University 74, 113, 159, 181, 222 Austin Peay University 55, 112 Bowie State University 5 Broadway High School 200 Center for Marine Science Research University of North Carolina at Wilmington 6 Christopher Newport University 29 Clemson University 11, 72, 140, 193 Coastal Ecology Institute Lousisiana State University /2 College of William & Mary 163, 164 Colorado State University 224 Creighton University 201 DeKalb College-Gwmnett 131 Duke University 204 Dynamac Corporation 212 Dynamic Corporation, Kennedy Space Center, Florida 37 East Carolina University 36 East Tennessee State University 21, 69, 119, 173, 174, 175 Eckerd College 86, 152 Emporia State University 133 Erskine College 182, 183 Fish and Wildlife Branch, Ft. Stewart, Ga. 140 Florida Department of Enviromental Protection 160 Florida Institute of Technology 212 Florida Natural Areas Inventory 216, 217 Florida State University 184, 185, 232 Franklin College 219 Frostburg St. University 227 Frostburg State University 12, 46, 141, 142, 143, 226 Furman University 11, 45, 93, 121, 127, 144 Georgia Department of Natural Resources 161 Georgia Southern University 2, 4, 7, 10, 18, 22, 33, 52, 53, 54, 56, 57, 59, 60, 61, 120, 123, 133, 134, 135, 137, 138, 139, 140, 166, 170, 176, 177, 179, 186, 187, 188, 199 High Point University 153 Howard University 41, 132, 171, 172, 230 Indiana University/Purdue University 129 Institute of Marine Sciences, University of North Carolina 68 Istituto di Geotecnica, Universita di Napoli 225 J.W. Jones Ecological Research Center 76 Jacksonville State University 39, 77, 78, 191, 192, 197, 218 Jawaharlal Nehru University 93 Jones Ecological Research Center 101 Kennesaw State College 51 Kentucky State Nature Preserves Commission 157 Land Condition Trend Analysis Program, Fort Stewart, Georgia 180 Louisiana State University 72 Marshall University 16, 40, 62, 64, 80, 81, 82, 83, 156, 168, 174, 194, 195, 196, 213 Middle Tennessee State University 3, 84 Mississippi Museum of Natural Science 176 Mississippi State University 49, 125, 126 National Biological Service 85 National Biological Service, Athens Research Station 178 National Park Service 42 Natural Lands Trust 100 Newberry College 106 North Carolina Attorney General’s Office 202 North Carolina State University 103, 154, 155, 158, 225, 228 Northeastern Forest Experiment Station 194, 195 Northwest Mississippi Community College 124 Old Dominion University 145, 147, 231 Orto Botanico, Universita di Napoli, 225 Peace College 48 Prince Georges Community College 172 Rhodes College 124 Riverhead High School 90 Roy F. Weston, Inc. 65 S.C. Dept, of Health and Environment, and Montgomery- Watson, Inc. 17 Savannah Coastal Refuges 59 Savannah River Ecology Lab 24, 25, 28 Savannah River Ecology Laboratory 30, 87, 88, 89, 95, 98, 122, 146, 205, 206, 207, 209, 221, 223, 224 Seward Johnson Marine Education and Conference Center 130 Smithsonian Environmental Research Center 75 South Carolina Department of Natural Resources 208 Southern Illinois University 32, 102, 104, 112, 115, 116, 118, 151, 214, 219, 220, 237, 238, 239 St. John's University 90, 105 State University of New York at Oswego 162 Tall Timbers Research Station 7, 8, 148, 181, 185 Tenessee Division of Natural Heritage, Dept of Environment & Conservation 31 Tennessee Field Office, The Nature Conservancy 31 Tennessee Valley Authority 96 95 96 The Citadel 13, 99, 108 The Nature Conservancy of Georgia 178 Towson State University 14, 47 Tulane University 66 U.S. Forest Service 98 U.S. Forest Service, Morgantown, WV 132 U.S. Geological Survey 70, 71 Universita di Napoli 155 University of Alabama at Birmingham 79 University of Califomia-Davis 36 University of Colorado 48 University of Connecticut 138 University of Florida 169 University of Georgia 23, 24, 25, 28, 87, 88, 89, 95, 122, 148, 153, 166, 198, 205, 206, 207, 209, 221, 223 University of Georgia, Shellfish Aquaculture Laboratory, Marine Extension Service 199 University of Maryland 69, 117 University of Maryland System 97 University of Minnesota 36 University of Mississippi 124 University of North Carolina 91, 109 University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill 35, 111, 114 University of South Carolina 15, 61 University of North Carolina at Charlotte 38, 63, 67, 92, 150, 190, 226, 227 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 University of South Carolina-Aiken 30, 211 University of Southern Mississippi 116 University of Tennessee 31, 65, 94, 96, 165 University of Tennessee at Chattanooga 50, 171, 189 University of Tennessee at Knoxville 215 University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee 203 US Geological Survey, Water Resource Division 23 USDA Forest Service 34, 169 USDA-Agricultural Research Service 73 Vassar College 163, 164 Virginia Commonwealth University 20, 149 Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University 29 Wake Forest University 136, 153 Wesleyan University 22 West Virginia Graduate College 107 Western Carolina University 43 Western Kentucky University 167, 228, 229, 233, 234, 235, 236 Western North Carolina University 110 Westinghouse Savannah River Technology Center 210, 211, 221 Widener University 100 ABSTRACTS BARNWELL, MICHAEL. GEORGE CLINE. AND GARY DURRANT. Jacksonville State 1 University - Preliminary analysis of a bottlenose dolphin ( Tursiops truncatus ) anatomy using MR1 and three-dimensional reconstruction. Cetaceans, including Tursiops truncatus. have counter-current heat exchange systems that control the blood supply to the extremities, testis, and brain. The rete mirabilia regulate blood flow during deep diving and thermoregulation, which prevent excessive loss of heat from the body core and prevent overheating in selected organs. By using Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) and three-dimensional reconstruction, the internal structures of dolphins can be studied without gross dissection. Magnetic Resonance Images are transformed into three-dimensional images by Spyglass software. These images are then manipulated to observe and measure the internal structures, such as rete mirabilia. The potential for using MRI as a tool for taxonomic studies is also discussed. BELBEY, BARBARA V„ LANCE A. DURDEN, CRAIG W. BANKS. Georgia Southern Umversity- Ectoparasites of the eastern woodrat (Neotoma flondana) and the cotton mouse (Peromvscus gossvpinus) of south central Georgia. Ectoparasites were collected from eastern woodrats and cotton mice live-trapped dunng 1995-1996 at Broxton Rocks, a Nature Conservancy reserve; Coffee County, GA. Captured rodents were anesthetized and visually searched for ectoparasites which were stored in ethanol and later identified. The chiggers Eutrombicula alfredduaesi. E. batatas and Euschoengastia peromvsci. the mesotigmaud mites Omnhonv.ssu.s bacoti. Eulaelaps stabulans and Androlaelaps fahrenholzi. the uck Dermacetor variahilis. and the flea Polvgenis gwvm were collected from the woodrats. The ticks D vanabilis and Ixodes scapulans. the tlea Orchopeas leucopus. the sucking louse Hoplopleura hesperomvdis. and the mesotigmaud mites Haemogamasus liponvssoides, A. fahrenholzi. Q. bacoti .were recovered from the cotton mice. Except for Q. leucopus and Hoplopleura hesperomvdis. both of which are specific parasites of Peromvscus spp., none of these ectoparasites are host specific associates of either of these two rodents. Tissue samples from the rodents and Ixodes ticks were checked for the Lyme disease spirochete. BOHALL, PAMELA J . , CLAY M. CHANDLER, AND MARION R. WELLS. Middle Tennessee State 3 Univesity - External morphology of larval ClnondodeA monga.ru (Nematomorpha) using scanning electron microscopy. The external features of ChondodU mongaru. larvae (Gordoidea) were examined using scanning electron microscopy, and the morphological details observed were compared with previous light microscopic studies of similar genera. Characteristics observed that were not reported previously include: 1) range of 22 to 24 visible segments per larva, 2) distinct body curvature twoard the ventral double hooklet. We suggest that any redescription of C. moKga.ru. larvae include these new details. CAMPBELL, JENNIFER and CLAIBORNE, J. B. Georgia Southern University and the Mount Desert 4 Island Biological Laboratory — Effects of amiloride on acid efflux in long-homed sculpin. \f\o.\i>cepinilu\ octodecimspinosus following acidosis. Previous experiments support the hypothesis that a Na+/H+ exchanger may be present within the gills of the long-homed sculpin, Myoxocephalus octodecimspinosus. Amiloride is known to block some isoforms of the Na+/H+ exchanger and was used in the present study to test for the presence of this exchanger in the branchial epithelium. Following a control period, fish were acid loaded and then exposed to water containing 1.0 x I O'4 M amiloride. Water samples were collected to measure transfers of HCO3', NHa+ and H+ between the fish and the ambient water. After the control period, each fish was infused with 2.0 mmole kg'1 of 0. 1 N HC1. and acid-base parameters were measured for a 3 hour post-infusion period, a 3 hour amiloride period, and finalh a 1.5 hour recovery period. After introducing amiloride, the mean H+ excretion rate decreased from 0.43 ± 0.05 to 0.10 ± 0.03 mmole kg-1 hr1 ( X± SE, N= 5, p < 0.01) during the amiloride period even though the sculpin had only excreted an average of 65% of the infused acid load in the previous 3 hour period During the recovery period the H+ excretion rate increased to 0.33 ± 0.01 mmoles kg'1 hr1 Clearly, amiloride did inhibit acid excretion presumably secondary to blocking Na+/H+ exchange. Future research is underway lo 97 98 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 characterize the specific Na+/H+ isoform at the molecular level as well as comparative studies on other euryhaline species. Research supported by NSF REU 93-22221 to J.C. and NSF RUI 94-19849 to J.B.C. DAVIS, ELAINE J„ BLONKA WINK FIELD AND LINDA WALKER. Bowie State University - 5 Isolation and partial characterization of the origin of transfer (oriT) region for the coniugative plas¬ mid R64drd\ 1. The origin of transfer ( oriT) region for the I-like transmissible plasmid R64drdl 1 was localized and cloned into the vector pBR322. The Hin dl 1 1 generated fragment, containing the oriT nucleotide sequence, had an approximate total kilobase (kb) size of 8.912 and was composed of three - 4.448, 3.86 and 0.578 kb- fragments. Both of the larger fragments exhibited transfer properties when subcloned, independently, into the pBR322 vector. Triparental matings and restriction endonuclease analyses demonstrated that the oriT region was located within the 3.86 kb frament on a 1.74 kb fragment. A partial restriction map of the 8.912 kb fragment does not imply duplication of genetic information. Instead, it appears that for the R64drd\ 1 plasmid DNA molecule two oriT regions exists. Subsequent hybridization and sequencing procedures applied to both fragments will help in better understanding the two apparent oriT sites. HANCOCK, THOMAS E. AND PAUL E. HOSIER. Center for Marine Science Research University of North Carolina at Wilmington - Ecology of the threatened species seabeach amaranth ( Amaranthus pumilus). Seabeach amaranth (Amaranthus pumilus ) is a pioneering annual plant found on the foredunes of the Atlantic coast of the United States. Seabeach amaranth, a nationally threatened plant, is no longer present in three-fourths of its historic range. This study presents habitat and germination requirements of seabeach amaranth and determines if certain biotic and abiotic factors influence populations in North Carolina. Ninety-four percent of seabeach amaranth plants, found in transects taken across a North Carolina barrier beach, were located in overwash flats. Plants were contagiously distributed and positively associated with wrack material and sea rocket ( Cakile edentula). Highest germination of seabeach amaranth (87%) was obtained for seeds that were scarified and incubated at 35°C. Seeds that were incubated at 35°C but not scarified exhibited much less germination (2%). Seedlings emerged from less than one cm when buried in dune sand. The majority of seabeach amaranth mortality in density quadrats was due to storm tides that resulted in saltwater inundation of seedlings. The average shoottroot ratio was 7.10 (S.D.=5.32). This study found no evidence for biological control of seabeach amaranth populations. HERMANN, S.M.1, S. ALLEN' AND A. MCGEE12. 'Tall Timbers Research Station and 7 2Georgia Southern University - Re-introduction of wiregrass (Aristida stricta ): seed viability and germination. Lightning-season fire is known to stimulate flowering in wiregrass but there is little understanding of the significance of the exact timing of the fire or of seed maturation. We present data collected from sites in North Florida and South Georgia. There does not appear to be one specific time for prescribed fire that will ensure high seed viability. Germination rates are generally low (often < 20%) but do vary among sites and years. Preliminary field trial results indicate that survivorship is less dependent on timing of germination and more dependent on proximate weather conditions (moisture and/or minimum temperature). HERMANN, S.M., S. POWELL AND D. SOWELL. Tall Timbers Research Station, 8 Rt 1 Box 678, Tallahassee, FI 32312-Re-introduetion of wiregrass (Aristida stricta): direct seeding versus containerized plants. Wiregrass is an important component of the ground cover of many longleaf pine forests. This dominant grass is pyrogenic and often supplies much of the fuel in lightning- season fires. Many land management agencies are interested in re-introducing wiregrass on disturbed upland sites. Until recently this has been problematic; challenges include the lack of seed production and an inability to effectively disperse seed over large areas. We have explored many ways to overcome these problems and report on techniques that offer the most promise for cost-effective restoration. ABSTRACTS 99 Direct seeding can be accomplished with modification of a broadcast spreader, however success may be limited by the low viability of seed. Use of container-grown plants is an option although it may be expensive. LIANG, SUH-YUEN AND STEVEN W. SEAGLE. Appalachian Environmental Laboratory, Center 9 for Environmental and Esnianne Studies. University of Maryland System, Frostburg, MD 21532 USA - Effects of white-tailed deer browsing on .seedling demography of a bottomland hardwood forest. Effects of white-tailed deer ( Odocoileus virginianus) browsing on seedling demography were investigated through permanent plot surveys and an exclosure experiment on the Patuxent Environmental Science Center, Maryland. Plot surveys examined 1) the abundance and distribution of tree seedlings (< 1 m in height), 2) environmental factors including soil moisture, percent cover of leaf litter and herbaceous layer, leaf area index, and forest gap ratio, and 3) species-specific browsing intensities. The exclosure experiment was used to monitor the mortality and recruitment of tree seedlings in fences and control plots for four consecuuve years. Results from these studies suggest random fluctuation of annual seedling recruitment. Percent cover of leaf litter and forest gap ratio were the major environmental factors correlated with species distribution. However, both factors represented only 36% and 23% of the variation in overall species distribution, respectively. Long-term deer browsing had significant effect on seedling mortality and species composition. Seedling demography of this forest is regulated by combined effects of selective deer browsing, variation in seedling recruitment rate, and species-specific mortality. McKEEVER, STURGIS and DANTEL V. HAGAN. Georgia Southern University-Mouthparts of >0 predaceous midges of the tribes Heteromviini and Sphaeromiini (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) from eastern North America. Females of Heteromyiini and Sphaeromiini are insectivorous and prey upon Nematocera, normally males of Chironomidae and other Ceratopogonidae that they capture from mating swarms. Mouthparts of twelve species of female predaceous midges representing eight genera of Heteromyiini and Sphaeromiini were compared by light and scanning electron microscopy to determine whether they exhibited generic and/or specific differences. Structures examined were: mandibles, labium, hypopharynx, laciniae, and maxillary palp organ. Characters of these structures considered were: for mandibles, total length, maximum width, width at basal tooth, length of longest tooth, pitch and camber of fifth medial tooth, number of coarse medial teeth, number of small basal teeth, and number of lateral teeth; for labrum and hypopharynx, total length and number of spicules; for laciniae, total length and maximum width; and for maxillary palp sensory organ, number of sensilla per organ and total length of sensilla. On the basis of combination of characters examined, the mandibles and maxillary palp sensory organ were generic and species specific, the labium and hypopharynx were generic but not species specific, and the laciniae were neither generic nor species specific. MEEKS, THOMAS1, IRENE KOKKALA1, and KAREN McGLOTHLlN2. 'Dept, of Biology, Furman University, Greenville, SC 29613 and 2Dept. of Biological Sciences, Clemson University, Clemson, SC 29631- Species abundances of tardigrades in Greenville. SC. A preliminary study on the ecological distribution of tardigrades was conducted at four sites near Greenville, SC. Aquatic and terrestrial samples were taken from two sites at Furman Lake and two sites along the Reedy River during each month over a one year period. The terrestrial samples were taken from lichens on trees near the freshwater bodies. Also, air and water temperatures and rainfall totals were measured to determine possible correlations of these climatic variables with the distribution of each species and with the general species richness during different months. A total of 299 tardigrades were collected from terrestrial samples and nine different species were identified. Milnesium tardigradum was the most abundant species identified. No tardigrades were found in aquatic samples. A positive correlation was demonstrated between the abundance of Macrobiotus hufelandi and rainfall totals. In addition, the abundance of Minibiotus intermedius was found to be significantly positively correlated with the abundance of both Macrobiotus harnsworthi and Echiniscus mauccii. However, overall the distribution of most species appeared to be independent of rainfall, temperature, and the abundance of other species. Species richness was found to be unrelated to rainfall and temperature as well. 100 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 7 MELVIN, JOHN B. AND PETER J. SMALLIDGE. Frostburg State University - Seedling and sapling growth and diversity in oak-dominated forests of western Maryland following dearcutting and selection cutting. Forests in western Maryland developed following large-scale disturbances that included clearcutting and fire, and resulted in oak-dominated forests. Recent increases in tree mortality associated with gypsy moth epidemics have prompted forest managers to consider various silvicultural methods to increase forest tree diversity to reduce the risk of subsequent defoliation events. In 1995, we evenly distributed 60 sample points among 3 recent clearcut and 3 recent selection cut stands to assess diversity and height growth of sapling and shrub species. Species composition, terminal annual growth increments, and stand structure were measured at each sample point. Acer rubrum, A. pensylvanicum. and Prunus serotina dominated the sapling layer of clearcuts (63% IV), while A. pensylvanicum. Benda lenta, and Nyssa sylvatica dominated the sapling layer of selection cuts (53% IV). Hamamelis virginiana and A. rubrum were the two most abundant species in the seedling and shrub layer of clearcuts, while Kalmia latifolia , A. rubrum , and Vaccinium spp. dominated the seedling and shrub layer of selection cuts. Rubus spp. importance was considerably greater in clearcuts than in selection cuts. Clearcuts and selection cuts had similar values of diversity and richness for stems in the sapling size class, while diversity and richness of the seedling and shrub layer was slightly greater in selection cuts than clearcuts. Mean percent height growth for most species was greater in clearcuts than selection cuts from 1993 to 1995. The mean percent growth of Robinia pseudoacacia for 1993 was similar between silvicultural methods, but growth of this species in clearcuts has exceeded growth in selection cuts dunng 1994 and 1995. Mean percent cover of shrubs and seedlings and mean annual growth increments for saplings were greater in clearcuts than selection cuts. Porcher, Richard D. The Citadel - Former Inland Rice Fields of the 13 South Carolina Coastal Area: Documentation. Preservation, and Future Studies . Rice growing began in the Carolina coastal area in 1685 and continued until the early 1900 's. Initially rice was grown as an upland crop; however, once it was realized the value of flooding, rice growing was shifted to inland swamps. Reservoirs were created by banking the swamp. Lower down the swamp two banks, an upper and lower bank, were created to hold the water on the field. Swamp vegetation was cleared, ditches and inner banks created and rice was planted. Water from the adjacent reservoir was used to flood the field. Inland rice culture ended at the end of the Revolution. The inland fields and reservoirs were abandoned; today they have reverted back to a variety of forest types. Only two inland fields have been studied and mapped: one at The Bluff Wildlife Sanctuary on the Cooper River in Berkeley County, and one at Tea Farm County Park in Charleston County. Numerous additional inland systems have been located but not mapped. No studies of the floristics of these two systems have been conducted, nor have studies been made of the many other abandoned inland systems throughout the coastal area. This paper suggests that one of the coastal area's most valuable and interesting botanical resources have largely been ignored by botanists. PORTERFIELD, MARCELLUS and DANIEL WUBAH Department of Biological Sciences, 14 Towson State University, Towson, MD 2 1204. -Biotransformation of a tetrachlorobiphenvl by indigenous microorganism m amended Chesapeake Bay sediments Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) are widespread contaminants of soils, sediments and landfills they bioaccumulate at all levels of the food chain and they cause possible harmful health effects Congeners of PCBs are among the xenobiotic compounds that have been reported from sediments collected at contaminated sites of the Chesapeake bay. Previous studies have shown that indigenous microorganisms in contaminated sediments from the Great Lakes can be stimulated to degrade the recalcitrant PCB congeners The objective of this study was to determine the presence of dechlorinating microorganisms in Chesapeake bay sediment Sediments from a tributary of the bay were spiked with 12 5, 25, 50, and 100 /ig/ml 3,3',4,4'- tetrachiorobiphenyl by the indigenous microorganisms into lesser chlorinated congeners. Autoclaved sediment in which the microorganisms were killed did not dechlorinate this PCB congener The extent of dechlorination was directly related to the concentration of the congener that was added RICE, JAMES R„ DAVID L. COVINGTON and WALLACE D. DAWSON. Dept. Biological Sciences, University of South Carolina, Columbia, SC 29208 Genetic linkage of the platinum coat color gene to a QTL for hybrid size in Peromyscus Reciprocal Fj hybrids of the allopatric species Peromyscus maniculatus (deer mouse) and P. polionoms (oldfield mouse) produced in captivity differ markedly in mature body weight and other ABSTRACTS 101 traits reflective of growth and size. F; bom to P. polionotus mothers are almost twice the six-month weight of those from the reciprocal cross. Two sets of interspecfic backcross progeny consisting of a total of more than 300 individuals indicate that there is no significant association between hybrid size effect and the blonde coat color (bln), serum albumin (Alb), transferrin (Trf), erythrocytic esterase (Es-3), the non-specific esterase (Es-1,2, 5, 6) loci. However, about 65% of the hybrid size effect is associated with the platinum coat color (pit) locus. A more detailed map of the platinum linkage group is under construction using PCR-based RAPD and microsatellite markers. Since DNA imprinted chromosomes typically affect reciprocally-expressed growth effects in other mammals, we hypothesize that the pit locus is linked to an imprinted chromosomal region. STOLL, SYAM and MICHAEL LITTLE. Department of Biological Sciences, Marshall University, Huntington, WV 25755 - Role of LDH and MDH isozymes in metabolism of cultured fish fibroblasts [ Cypr inidae 1 . Fish inhabit a variety of aerobic and near anaerobic environments. They have responded to the stresses of these environments by developing a variety of morphological, physiological, and metabolic adaptations. These include altering the activities of enzymes such as LDH and MDH that have important functions in cellular energy transactions. In this work, we compared LDH and MDH isozyme patterns from cultured fibroblasts to isozyme patterns from heart, muscle, brain, and liver tissues. Fibroblasts and whole tissues were taken from the cyprinid fishes, Rhinxchthys cataractae and Nocomls micropogon, that had been acclimated to 20° C. Five isozymes were produced by LDH in liver, heart, brain, and muscle tissues with the homopolymer LDH-B predominant in liver, heart, and brain, and the homopolymer LDH-A predominant in skeletal muscle. Cultured fibroblasts responded to the low oxygen levels of culture media by producing the LDH-A homopolymer and the LDH-A3 , LDH-B1 heteropolymer and by suppressing the production of MDH. STONE, PETER A. and PATRICK J. GLEASON. S.C. Dept, of Health and Environment, and 17 Montgomery- Watson, lnc.--Everqlades paleoenvironments: some implications to modem wetland management of recoveries from former natural perturbations and of overall succession. The Everglades peatland holds a sedimentary and fossil record of many aspects of its past environment and ecology, and of the succession to its ultimate predrainage natural condition. Ecological shifts include pronounced and prolonged stages and reversals with both external forces and internal feedbacks indicated. Some natural occurrences resembled modern human disturbances: drainage and subsidence, deeper flooding, and cattail abundance. Natural recoveries to an accreting, relatively soft-water and low-nutrient status, emergent marsh peatland subsequent to these past conditions have obvious potential lessons (and offer encouragement) for restoration of the present degraded system. For instance, the most ambitious “target" for restoration attempts- the Everglades of around 1850-1900-represents a system that had already experienced severe perturbations. Conditions that facilitate peat deposition appear to be critical in the recoveries. It helped impose, and after disturbances helped reimpose, fairly ombrotrophic conditions by burying and isolating carbonates and nutrients and limiting nutrient recycling. Because the entire peatland record lies within the late-Holocene period of essentially modern climatic conditions, the climate- forced hydrologic changes presumably can readily recur; thus there are lessons also for water- supply and other environmental planning. TALIERCO, PAUL and JONATHAN COPELAND. Georgia Southern University-Reflectance spectra of 18 decorative and foundation line silks of Areiope aurantia. Certain orb web-spinning spiders in the genus Areiope produce both catching and decorative silks which differ significantly in light energy reflectance. Craig has proposed that Argiope forage selectively for pollinaung insects by constructing decorative silk patterns on their absorptive webs Catching silks have been reported to absorb ultra-violet(UV) light and to be spectrally flat in the visible range of pollinaung insects. Decorative silks, reflecting light in the visual range of pollinating insects, are present on the absorptive webs. My research quantifies the reflectance spectra of fliese two silks of a known species and compares these spectra to the absorbance spectra of known insect visual pigments. The reflectance spectra of decorative and foundauon line silks, of Areiope aurantia. were recorded using a incident-light microspectrophotometer. Foundation line silk was found to reflect a negligible amount of light throughout the spectrum, however, decorative silk was exceptionally spectrally active. Decorative silk optimum normalized reflectance occurs in the same range as the absorbance maxima of some insect visual pigments This may provide a selection pressure on pollinaung insects and may further support Craig's hypothesis. 102 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 TAYLOR, STEPHEN AND JANICE MARTIN. Dept, of Psychology, Armstrong State College, 19 Savannah, GA 31419 -Consistency of female mate choice in mosquitof ish , Gambusia holbrooki . Some mosquitofish populations contain melanistic as well as normally pigmented males. In mate preference experiments females prefer normal males, although there is variation in preference strength. We conducted test-retest mate choice experiments to determine the relative contribution of between- and within-f emale variation to the total variation in preferences. The apparatus was an 85L aquarium. Stimulus males (normal and melanistic) were presented to females in small tanks secured in the upper portion of each end. Three measures of proximity to males were recorded. In Experiment 1 ( N= 12) significant preferences for normal males were observed. There was some evidence of consistency; test-retest correlations for proximity measures were positive, although weak. In Experiment 2 females at the extremes of the preference distribution were studied. Forty females were tested yielding 8 high preference females (>89% of time with normal males) and II low preference females (<61% of time with normal males) for retesting. ANOVA and correlation analyses indicated that females were inconsistent and tended to reverse their preferences upon retesting. Results are discussed in terms of heritability of mating preferences. TOLLIVER, K S and D R YOUNG Virginia Commonwealth University -Biotic mechanisms 20 influencing seedling establishment during primary succession on a Virginia barrier island Elucidating mechanisms influencing the establishment of woody species is essential for understanding community dynamics and successional processes on barrier islands. The relative intensity of facilitation and inhibition of grasses on seedling establishment of two woody species common to Atlantic Coast barrier islands, Myrica cerifera (N-fixer) and Baccharis hahnufolia , were examined in a grassy swale on Hog Island Physiological responses were quantified in a factorial experiment that included above-ground clipping and root exclosure treatments In addition, insect herbivore damage was categorized by degree of above-ground tissue damage, and mortality was monitored. Soil surface temperature decreased and both soil water content and plant water status increased in the presence of grasses During periods of water stress, both net photosynthesis and growth for AT. cerifera were greater in treatments without above or below-ground competition. Herbivore damage and mortality decreased for B halimifolia with grasses; however, herbivore damage was greater and growth was reduced for AT cerifera Facilitation and/or inhibition by grasses, as well as herbivory may be important mechanisms influencing woody seedling establishment, though relative intensities may vary temporally and between species. 21 VOGT, WILL C. and KARL H. JOPLIN. East Tennessee State University — Measurement of environmental stress by biological markers: Characterization of heat shock protein expression in mayflies (Enhemeroptera ) in response to heat shock. The purpose of this study is to characterize the heat shock protein (hsp) expression in mayfly larvae as a model system for measuring stress in the environment. Heat shock proteins are differentially expressed in response to an increase in temperature beyond normal tolerances of an organism. Other environmental insults, such as heavy metal exposure, also induce hsp expression. Heat shock proteins are thought to be associated with an organism's ability to survive these environmental stresses. We dissect mayfly larval tissues and label protein expression with a pulse label of 35S methionine at different temperatures. Proteins are separated on SDS-PAGE and the labeled proteins are detected with autoradiography. In larvae collected from a 19°C stream, hsp are expressed from 24 to 35°C, with no protein expression after 40°C. The expression of hsp in response to cadium exposure will be used to determine when stress induces these markers. Levels of hsp expression will serve as the basis of a biomarker for determining stress induced by other pollutants. WOLP1N. BRIAN W.1 and ALISON I. MORRISON-SHETLAR2 Wesleyan University' and Georgia 22 Southern University2 -Cloning and seQuencing of the renal sodium-D-glucose cotransport system in dogfish. The sodium-D-glucose transport (SGLT) protein is located in the renal proximal tubule membrane and is responsible for the transport of sodium and glucose molecules into the cell. The purpose of this project was to ABSTRACTS 103 clone and sequence the SGLT from the kidney of the dogfish. Messenger ribonucleic acid (mRNA) coding for expressed proteins specific for the function of the renal cells was'isolated from homogenized kidney cells using an oligo dT affinity column chromatography. Complimentary deoxyribonucleic acid (cDNA) was chemically synthesized for the mRNA , size selected by column chromatography, ligated into a vector, pSPORTl. and transformed into bacteria to make a cDNA library. Simultaneously, a radioactive probe was synthesized from a section of dogfish sequence that was known to code for part of the SGLT. This probe was used to hybridize to the cDNA library (500.000 clones screened) in order to locate clones containing inserts of interest. In Southern blots, the same segment of dogfish DNA was used for the probe as in the above cDNA screening. Seven positive clones were obtained and sequenced using the Sanger method. In addition, PCR was used to verify that each of the clones contained inserts with identical sequences and to do direct PCR sequencing. The data obtained to date indicates that the SGLT may be coded for by a family of genes each represented by the same translated region (as shown by the PCR results) but regulated by differing non-translated sequences (as found by sequence data). Once the complete sequence coding for the SGLT in the kidney has been determined, it will be compared with the sequences known for the human and the rabbit. By this comparison, conserved, and therefore important , regions can be identified, leading to the identification of binding sites for sodium and glucose and the protein’s functional characteristics. Additionally, the full sequence will allow expression and transport experiments to be carried out to characterize further this protein. COUCH. CAROL A.', JOSEPH C. DEVIVO2, AND BYRON J. FREEMAN2. 'United States Geological Survey, Water Resources Division, Atlanta, GA and 2 Institute of Ecology, University of Georgia, Athens, GA- The role of flood plain wetlands in the short-term response of a Coastal Plain stream fish assemblage to flooding caused bv Tropical Storm Alberto. Lime Creek, a fourth-order tributary of Georgia's Flint River, experienced record flooding during July 3-7, 1994 with daily mean discharge increasing from 1.4 m2/s to 170 m2/s. In the vicinity of Lime Creek, Flint River discharge exceeded the 500- year recurrence-interval. Fish assemblage surveys conducted in June 1993 and May 1994 by the US Geological Survey's National Water-Quality Assessment Program were compared with surveys conducted approximately one, two, ten and twelve months after the flood. Twenty-five species were found in pre-flood collections, with only Ericymba buccata not present post-flood. Thirty species were found post-flood, with seven species not present in pre-flood collections. Six of these seven species were not persistent in the stream reach and had flood plain ponds as preferred habitat. Morisita's Index of Similarity between pre-flood and one and two month post-flood collections was .34 to .48, and .72 to .88 ten months after the flood. Cyprinids dominated the fauna with 9 species comprising 50 and 60 percent of individuals in pre- and post- flood collections, respectively. Species such as Notropis texanus appeared to benefit from the flood with strong post-flood recruitment. Flood plain wetlands of this low-gradient Coastal Plain stream may have provided refugia and food resources to flood-exploitative species. 2 ^ MILLER, SUSAN P. AND REBECCA R. SHARITZ. University of Georgia Savannah River Ecology Lab. - Patterns of VA-mvcorrhizal infection in two grasses along a hvdrochemical gradient. The Carolina bays of the Southeastern US Coastal Plain are an excellent system for studying the role of mycorrhizae in wetland environments. In terrestrial systems, mycorrhizae are thought to be important in phosphorus nutrition of plants. Because the Carolina bays are dystrophic (dilute in nutrients), they are more likely to be phosphorus-limited than other types of wetlands. Our sampling indicates that two of the dominant grasses in the bays (Pcmicum hemilomon and Leersia hexandra) are mycorrhizal, with infection rates varying between 0 and 60%. The objective of our study is to determine if infection is correlated to important wetland variables, such as hydroperiod, soil pH, phosphorus availability, and soil texture. We collected soil and root samples from eight Carolina bays dominated by the two aforementioned grasses on different soil types in the Savannah River drainage. These samples were collected from 5-cm water depth intervals along four replicate transects in each wetland for a total of approximately 300 samples This study explores the role of VA-mycorrhizae in wetland plant nutrition by elucidating the relationship between habitat parameters and infection rate in wetland grass roots. MCCARRON, JAMES K AND KENNETH W MCLEOD Savannah River Ecology Laboratory. University of Georgia, Aiken, SC 29802 - Effects of salinity stress on bald cypress ( Evcodium Jisnchum) in saturated and unsaturated soils Hurricanes produce storm surges that push saline water into coastal riverine and low-lying terrestrial ecosystems Pre-surge precipitation which saturates the soils may lessen the infiltration of saline water Therefore, the impact of an annual saltwater surge and recovery on photosynthesis of bald cypress growing in 104 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 both saturated and unsaturated soils was examined Soils were saturated 48 hours before a surge of 32 ppt salinity occurred For plants grown in unsaturated conditions, saltwater surge decreased photosynthesis (A), stomatal conductance ( gs ) and pre-dawn xylem potentials {xpp) within 48 hours Reductions in A andgj were due to lower xpp for plants in unsaturated soils Plants grown in saturated soils showed no initial response to the surge By the 19th day, plants growing in saturated or unsaturated soils, which had received the surge, had lower A and gs Pre-dawn xpp was lower only for plants in saturated soils. Plants in all treatments recovered by the next spring The saltwater surge was repeated the following year to determine cumulative effects of saltwater stress Soil saturation preceding the surge, delays and potentially dilutes a plant’s exposure to saltwater reducing the effect of the hurricane storm surge FREDENBERG, STACEY C. AND HOWARD S NEUFELD Appalachian State University, Boone, NC 28608 - Responses of bald cypress (Taxodium distichum ) seedling grown in sandy soils amended with cadmium under both flooded and non-flooded conditions. In previous studies we have showed that cypress trees grown in organic soils were probably protected from the toxic effects of cadmium by the binding of this heavy metal to organic compounds in the soil Cypress also grows on sandy soils which have a lower binding capacity than organic soils The present study was carried out to determine the effects of cadmium on the growth of bald cypress ( Taxodium distichum (L.) Rich var distichum) grown in sandy soils under both flooded and non-flooded conditions. Seedlings were grown for 13 weeks in sandy soils amended with 0, 10, 20 and 40 pmol Cd/liter free water under both flooded and non-flooded conditions Periodic leaf gas exchange and water potential measurements were made during the experiment Height and diameter were measured biweekly At the conclusion of the experiment, seedlings were harvested and separated into leaves, stems, and roots and dried at 65°C. Photosynthesis and water potential were significantly lowered as soil cadmium increased Height, diameter and biomass all showed significant reductions due to increased cadmium concentrations under both flooded and non-flooded conditions The results of our experiments suggest that cypress grown in organic soils would be able to withstand high levels of cadmium contamination, but trees grown in sandy soils would be adversely affected by even low levels of cadmium pollution. 27 ROBERTSON, JENNIFER L. and HOWARD S. NEUFELD, Appalachian State University - Ecophvsiological sienificance of carbon gain by phvllodia in carnivorous pitcher plants. Sarracenia is a genus of carnivorous pitcher plants endemic to North America. Among the ten species of pitcher plants, only three closely related species (S. flam, S. leucophvlla , and S. oreophila ) produce phyllodia: specialized leaf-like structures not involved in capturing insects, as occurs with pitchers. The ecological significance of these structures is not well understood, nor is it clear why only these species produce them. Therefore we decided to study the ecophysiological significance of phyllodia production in Sarracenia. In this paper we report preliminary results of our initial investigations. Gas exchange measurements were made on pitchers and phyllodia of S. flam in the fall of 1995 at the Carolina Sandhills National Wildlife Refuge in McBee, South Carolina. Pitchers and phyllodia were also analyzed for chlorophyll content, and leaf segments were taken for future anatomical study. Phyllodia had higher chlorophyll contents, higher photosynthetic rates, and higher stomatal conductances than pitchers. Within a pitcher, the rib had a higher chlorophyll content than either the hood or the sides. The lowest photosynthetic rates and stomatal conductances were found in the hood of the pitcher. However, water use efficiency did not differ between phyllodia and pitchers. Since phyllodia in other species of plants are often more water use efficient than regular leaves of those plants, this suggests that phyllodia in pitcher plants may be produced primarily to augment carbon gain over what could be achieved by pitchers alone. MCLEOD, KENNETH W. AND MICHAEL R. REED. Savannah River Ecology 28 Laboratory, University of Georgia - Influence of an existing willow canopy on restoration of wetland forests. Large stands of Salix nigra (black willow) exist as a result of secondary succession across the delta of Four Mile Creek, a highly disturbed stream on the Savannah River Site. These low density willow stands may compete with outplanted seedlings for available nutrients, light and water or act as a "nurse" crop, providing shelter in this high light environment. This experiment examined the response of containerized seedlings of 4 tree species outplanted into 3 treatments (1) under a willow canopy, 2) with ABSTRACTS 105 the willow canopy removed, and 3) in an adjacent grass area without any willow canopy] . During the first 2 years, the presence of the willow canopy did not reduce survival of Quercus lyrata (overcup oak) , Taxodium distichum (baldcypress) and Carya aquaCica (water hickory) . Overall survival of Q. lauri folia (laurel oak) was very low due to 3 floods during the first growing season, which ultimately eliminated this species by the end of the second year. Height growth of T. distichum seedlings planted under the willow canopy was lower in contrast to seedlings where the willow canopy had been removed. Height growth of C. aquatica or Q. lyrata was not affected by willow removal. In this example, low density willow stands did not reduce survival of the planting stock used in this restoration project, but did reduce the height growth of one species. COLIN M. ROSENQUIST1, ROBERT B. ATKINSON2, and JOHN CAIRNS, JR.1 'Dept, of ■9 Biology, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, Blacksburg, VA 24061 and 2Dept. of Biology, Chemistry and Environmental Science, Chnstopher Newport University, Newport News, VA 23606-2998-Soil nutrient pools in accidental wetlands on surface mined lands. Prior to federal regulations enacted in 1977, wetlands formed accidently in small depressions which were left following contour surface mining throughout the Appalachian Mountains. Once surface mining terminated at a site, high sedimentation rates led to reduced infiltration and longer hydroperiods. As watersheds revegetated, sedimentation rates decreased and hydrophytic vegetation colonized the depressions. Twelve accidental wetlands in Wise County, Virginia were studied between 1992 and 1995. In the facultative wetland and obligate wetland communities within each accidental wetland, three replicate 0.25m2 plots were excavated to the depth of compacted mine spoil and analyzed for nutrients, and above- and below-ground biomass. Soil samples were double sieved (#10 and #80 mesh) and total carbon was estimated via dry combustion, total nitrogen was estimated via (TKN) analysis, and the Bray P-2 method was used to estimate available phosphorus. In the facultative wetland community, mean percent carbon was 4.00, percent nitrogen was 0.213, and available phosphorus was 1.70 ppm. In the obligate wetland community, mean percent carbon was 4.04, percent nitrogen was 0.231, and available phosphorus was 1.06 ppm. Since these wetlands range in age from 10 to 30 years, they provide clues to nutrient dynamics during depressional wetland ontogeny. 30 SHEALY, HARRY E., JR. AND REBECCA R. SHARITZ. University of South Carolina-Aiken and Savannah River Ecology Lab - GIS Evaluation of Wetlands of the Edisto River Basin in South Carolina. Through the Water Resources Division of the SC Department of Natural Resources, the Edisto River Basin Project was created to evaluate the various resources of the Basin which included economic, cultural, recreational, ecological as well as wetlands. With fifteen expert committees each of the resources was evaluated using Geographic Information Systems (GIS) technology. The Wetlands Expert Committee was charged with evaluating wetland areas suitable for supporting ecological functions that enhance environmental quality in the Basin. The committee defined the “universe” of wetlands resources in the Basin as the union of two sources of mapped information, hydric soils derived from the US Natural Resource Conservation Service, and the 1989 National Wetlands Inventory (NWI). In order to evaluate the Basin's wetlands resources, the committee chose seven criteria that reflect common functions or features of the wetlands. They include: 1)floodwater velocity reduction, 2)organic material transport, 3)nutrient filtration and processing, 4)flood water storage, 5)special features, 6)hydrologically intact conditions, and 7)opportunity for water quality improvement. These criteria emphasize riverine wetland functions, therefore the wetlands identified as most significant in the Basin are those associated with the rivers, streams, and estuaries. However, other isolated, non-riverine wetlands are identified as highly significant. CLEBSCH, E.E.C.1, M. PYNE2, H.R. DESELM1, AND D.L. CAMPBELL5. 'Botany Dept.. The 31 Univ. of Tenn., Knoxville 37996-1100; ’’Tennessee Division of Natural Heritage. TN Dept, of Environment & Conservation, Nashville; and Tennessee Field Office, The Nature Conservanc\ Nashville — The barrens of the southeastern Highland Rim of Tennessee: Discoveries and rediscoveries in a threatened landscape. The oak barrens of the Highland Rim of Tennessee have long been known as places w here rare plants occur. The largest block of undisturbed barrens is currently on Arnold Air Force Base (AAFB) in Coffee 106 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 and Franklin counties. Rare plant surveys conducted in 1992-94 produced 49 species which are listed by Tennessee or federally. Three of those (Clethra alnifolia, Gentiana puberulenta, and Vaccinium elliottii) were new to the state. Helianthus eggertii is proposed for federal listing as threatened. Five other species are federal category 2 candidates. Disjunctions include those from western prairies (the gentian), the New Jersey ( Carex barrattii and Muhlenbergia torreyana) and the southeastern coastal plains (the Clethra , the Vaccinium and many others). A swamp community dominated by oaks with a ground cover of Carex barrattii is globally rare. Concentrations of rare plants in powerline rights of way and a few ponds pose a problem in the interpretation of the historical biogeography of the barrens. Coastal plain disjuncts also occur among birds, reptiles, and amphibians. A research program on the management of regionally rare species, communities, and ecosystems is being planned. 32 MCCOY, ROGER AND PHILIP A ROBERTSON Southern Illinois University at Carbondale - Effects of controlled fire on sapline mortality at Atwood Ridge Research Natural Area. Union County. Illinois. It is believed that fire was common in the mid-western oak-hickory forest before European settlement. To restore and maintain the presettlement forest condition, the U S. Forest Service allows for prescribed burning of the Atwood Ridge Research Natural Area After a March, 1995 burn at Atwood Ridge, saplings were sampled in 27 0.04 ha circular plots. Ninety-five percent of the plots showed light to moderate fire intensity. Each individual was scored based on its condition (unaffected, damaged by fire, sprouting, dead by fire, dead for other reasons). All species of oak and hickory combined comprised five percent of saplings sampled. Sugar maple saplings comprised five percent, while beech accounted for 13% of all saplings sampled. Seven percent of the sugar maple saplings and six percent of beech saplings sampled were killed by fire. Approximately 25% of both beech and sugar maple saplings were sprouting. Seven percent of the hickory saplings sampled were killed by fire while there was no oak sapling mortality. Over 40% of the hickory saplings, and 67% of oak saplings were sprouting. 33 HELTON, ROSA C.. DONALD J. DRAPALIK. HELENA CANTRELL, AND DONALD R. DRAKE. Georgia Southern University - The flora and vegetation of sandhill and bog habitats along a powerline corridor in Tattnall County. Georgia. The object of this study was to describe the plant communities and obtain a complete list of all vascular plant species found within a floristically diverse powerline corridor located approximately 1 km northeast of Manassas, GA. Data were collected from November 1993 to December 1995. Specimens of all vascular plant species were collected, preserved, and identified, and habitat information was recorded. In addition, plant cover in two of the area's habitats, bog and sandhill, was quantified in fall 1994 using the point-intercept method. The dominant species in the bogs were Selena reticularis (Nutrush) with 28% cover and Panicum longifolium (Panic Grass) with 16%; the dominant species in the sandhills were Aristida stricta (Wiregrass, 45%) and Pteridium aquilinum (Bracken Fern, 12%). Species richness was higher in the bogs than in the sandhills. Over 260 plant species were recorded from the study site. This is the first detailed account of the many rare, carnivorous plants, including some endangered and protected species, found in Tattnall County. Carnivorous plants included three Sarracenia (Pitcher Plant) species, three Utricularia (Bladderwort) species, one Drosera, (Sundew) and one Pinguicula (Butterwort). TAYLOR. DAVID D. USDA Forest Service. - Status of Platanthera integrilabia in 34 Kentucky with emphasis on Forest Service land. Intensive surveys of Platanthera integrilabia populations and habitats were conducted in 1995. Most of the known sites in Kentucky were surveyed. Individual plants and clumps of plants were tagged to track population dynamics over time. Over 500 flowering plants and over 2000 vegetative plants were documented. Recent reproduction was documented in two sites. Several colonies appear reproductivelv stagnant. Two new colonies were found during the survey, both part of a megasite consisting of seven distinct colonies in two populations. Occupied habitat ranged from open bog-like sphagnum mats to wooded, seasonally flooded depressions. ABSTRACTS 107 KJELLMARK, ERIC W., PATRICK MCMILLAN and ROBERT K. PEET. Department of Biology, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill-Fire-maintained vegetation of the Southeastern Coastal Plain: A template for restoration of the longleaf pine ecosystem. At the time of European settlement, fire-maintained longleaf pine forests dominated the Southeastern U.S. coastal plain. Subsequent logging, agriculture, and fire suppression have reduced the extent of longleaf forests to small and often degraded remnants. In order to save the remaining diversity of longleaf types and restore degraded areas, comprehensive information is needed on distribution and relative abundance of their component species. To collect this data, a series of 130 20x50m plots were sampled in the best remaining examples of fire-maintained longleaf forest on the coastal plain of South Carolina and Georgia. The presence and cover of all vascular plant species was recorded at 7 different spatial scales ranging from 0.1m2 to 1000 m2. Ordination methods and numerical classification were used to group plots by species composition and relate the variation among groups to environmental variation in moisture, geographic position and soil texture. Species diversity varies with soil type, fire history, and geographic location of the sample sites. Mesic, frequently burned sites with fine-textured soils tend to be more diverse than drier, sandier, sites, or ones with a history of fire suppression. 3q IOLLS, CLAUDIA L.1, JILL JOHNSTON2 .AND FRANCESCA J. CUTHBERT3 'Dept of Biology, East Carolina University, Greenville, NC 27858, 2Dept. of Botany, University of Califomia-Davis, CA 95616 and 3Dept. of Fisheries and Wildlife, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, MN 55108 - Aspects of the conservation biology of three rare endemic plants of the Great Lakes shoreline. The Great Lakes basin has been identified recently as center of biodiversity, having 131 community types or plant and animal taxa that are imperiled on a global scale, nearly 30% associated with the coastal shore ecosystem. Two of the unique natural communities of the Great Lakes shoreline ecosystem are the open dunes and interdunal wetlands, particularly vulnerable to habitat destruction from development and recreation. These dune communities harbor two federally threatened plants, Pitcher’s thistle ( Cirsium pitcheri) and Houghton’s goldenrod ( Solidago houghtonii), as well as the endemic Lake Huron tansy ( Tanacetum huronense). Since 1993, we have investigated aspects of the ecology of these plant species in a 12 county area in northern Michigan along the Lakes Michigan, Huron and Superior shorelines. Despite the distinctive life histories and rmcrosite requirements of these taxa, all three depend on metapopulation dynamics for persistence We here report patterns of abundance and distribution, demography, reproductive ecology, species interactions and natural and anthropogenic threats to these taxa. We recognize multi-species assemblages of rare taxa of the Great Lakes shoreline, including the federally endangered Piping Plover and the Lake Huron locust to identify common threats and species interactions on a larger spatial and temporal scale. Our goal is to shift regional protection efforts from a single species perspective to a dynamic ecosystem approach to biodiversity conservation, 37 HINKLE, C. ROSS AND P A. SCHMALZER. Dynamac Corporation, Kennedy Space Center. Florida. The Environmentally Endangered Lands Program in Brevard County, Florida. In 1990, the citizens of Brevard County, Florida voted for an ad valoreum tax increase of 0.25 mil over 20 years to generate up to S55M dollars for the acquisition and management of environmentally endangered lands. A science-based, volunteer selection committee was established prior to the referendum, and has directed the program for five years. That committee identified the major ecological features in Brevard County, and developed criteria for selecting areas for acquisition based upon species, natural community, and landscape/ecosystem features as well as educational and passive recreational potential. The acquisition strategy was developed to optimize the protection of biodiversity based on local, state, regional, national, and international elements as a primary goal. Three major acquisition efforts (Mantime Hammock Initiative, Scrub Refugia Project and Indian River Lagoon Project) were established to leverage program acquisition dollars for matching monies available from State and National programs. Approximately 1300 ha of environmentally sensitive lands have been acquired with over 5000 ha targeted for acquisition under this program. Ecosystem management plans and long term management strategies are being developed for the sanctuary network established by this program. , u DAVIS, J. ERIC JR. AND LAWRENCE S BARDEN Univ. North Carolina Charlotte - The establishment of a Piedmont prairie in support of the federally endangered sunflower. Helianthus schweinitzii (Asteraceae) . The Piedmont prairie is an endangered ecosystem Once scattered throughout the Piedmont, these eastern grasslands are now relegated to disturbed sites such as roadsides and power line rights-of-way While lightning 108 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 fires were probably the original cause of the Piedmont prairie. Native Americans maintained it with a prescribed burning regime to open the land for agriculture, travel, hunting, and defense. Early European explorers documented many open areas and the winter season bums. When European immigrants moved into the region in the 17 50's, the prescribed bums ceased This fire suppression led to the near eradication of the Piedmont prairie. Many plants with prairie affinities, such as the federally endangered sunflower, Helicmthus schweinitzii, are clinging to fragments in uncertain locations. The sunflower seems restricted to remnant Piedmont prairies; all populations occur within 100 kilometers of Charlotte, North Carolina. The recovery plan for the sunflower includes the establishment of self-supporting populations on protected land. The Piedmont Prairie Restoration Plan is designed to re-establish the Piedmont prairie ecosystem. A 34-acre site within a county park was chopped and burned during the summer of 1995, and half a million seeds were planted in the fall as part of the recovery effort. BARGER, T. WAYNE SAFAA AL-HAMDANI . Dept, of Biology, 39 Jacksonville State University, Jacksonville AL 36265- Effects of drought on selected physiological responses in three sorghum genotypes.- This study was conducted to examine the effect of water stress on selected physiological responses of three sorghum varieties (ROKY 62 bloom, bloomless, and sparse bloom.) The water stressed varieties was shown to have lower relative water content (RWC) , cell membrane stability (CMS) , lower concentrations of chlorophyll a, b, and carotenoid, and higher carbohydrate accumulation in comparison to the control plants. In addition, the water stressed plants were shown to have a higher activity of sucrose synthase (SS) , invertase (INV) , and lower activity of sucrose phosphate synthase (SPS) . BARNETT, JASON and JAGAN V. VALLURI . Department of Biological Sciences, Marshall University, Huntington, WV 25755 - Protein synthesis and ethylene production in sandalwood callus cultures exposed to drought and heat shock. Plant cell cultures exposed to environmental stress conditions synthesize a unique group of stress proteins. These proteins seem to play a role in protecting the plant cell. A knowledge of the molecular responses such as gene expression during cellular adaptation would be helpful and might lead to the identification of the altered putative genes. Sandalwood callus was maintained on Murashige and Skoog medium supplemented with 1 mg/L 2,4-D and 1 mg/L benzy ladenine . A group of rapidly growing sandal call! were exposed to elevated temperatures ranging from 32C to 45C. Another group of calli were subjected to low water potentials ranging from -0.4 MPa to -2.5 MPa. Protein synthesis induced by heat shock and drought stress were assessed by SDS-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis. After 48 h of exposure to stress, a 30% reduction in callus volume was observed in both groups of calli. In vivo labelling of stressed tissue was J5S-methionine revealed a diverse array of low molecular weight proteins on SDS-PAGE gels at 36, 40 and 45C after 6 to 8 hours of heat shock. Although most appeared to be synthesized only during heat shock, some were detectable at low levels in control tissue. New protein synthesis was also detected in tissue subjected to low water potentials. At low water potentials and elevated temperatures ethylene production was greatly inhibited. ESTIME. LUNIQUE AND RIER, JOHN. Dept. Biology, Howard University, Washington, D.C. 20059. -A comparative study of poivchlonnated biphenyl metabolism in plant tissue culture. Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB's) have wide industrial usage including as dielectric fluids, refrigerants, and plasticizers. Molecules of PCB's consist of a biphenyl nucleus containing 1 to 10 chlorines. It is reported that there are 209 possible PCB congeners that differ in the position and number of the chlorines. The environmental persistence of PCB's and their demonstrated toxicity to humans have made these compounds a focal point of environmental concern worldwide. Biodegradation of PCB’s aerobically and anaerobically by bacteria has been established, however, little attention has been given to the attributes of plants in this remedial process. In this study, we have attempted to detemine whether Gingko biloba, a gymnosperm. and Vetiver zizanioides, an angiosperm, possess the ability to metabolize congeners with either low or high numbers of chlorines. Both tissues were grown in continuous culture at 25C under 12 hr LD photoperiods. During the ABSTRACTS 109 phytoremediation experiments, the tissues were grown separately in liquid culture containing a six congener PCB cocktail. Analysis of cell extracts from both tissues and their media by Gas Chromatography indicated the disappearance of all the congeners. These results demonstrate that G. biloba and V. zizanioides possess the ability to degrade PCB's aerobically. ^ HOWARD S. NEUFELD' AND DAVTD B. JOSEPH2. 'Appalachian State University and 2National Park Service- When do high ozone events occur in Great Smoky Mountains National Park? Modelling the effects of ozone on native plants requires an understanding of exposure dynamics in relatively undisturbed ecosystems, such as those found in Great Smoky Mountains National Park. In this paper we compare ozone dynamics between high and low elevation sites for the years 1988-1994. We have shown earlier that high elevation sites have flatter diurnal ozone profiles, and greater total exposures, than low elevation sites, due mainly to elevated ozone concentrations in the morning hours. However, when the data are analyzed in 10 ppb ozone concentration classes, peak ozone values occur between 2-4 pm in low elevation sites, no matter what concentration. At high elevations though, low concentrations (50-70 ppb) occur with almost equal frequency at any time, day or night Higher concentration classess (> 70 ppb) occur less frequently during the day, until at the highest classes (100 ppb or above) they are found only during the night. These patterns have implications for plant response, since plants take up ozone only when their stomata are open. Thus, even though ozone exposure might be greater at high elevations, acutely high concentrations appear to be limited to periods when stomata are normally closed, and the ozone is therefore probably not absorbed. This may partially explain the relatively low level of injury seen in high elevation plants in the field, and suggests that any models of injury must take into account not only amount, but dynamics as well. 43 WALLACE. JAMES W. AND CHEN MINGHUA. Western Carolina University, Cullowhee, NC 28723 -A phvtochemical approach to understanding the filmy ferns (Hvmenophvllaceae). A survey for flavonoids was conducted for 36 species of the filmy ferns; these represent most of the groups proposed by Copeland and Morton. The results of the research indicate the existence of two relatively inclusive groups of species; those of Trichomanes, which are characterized by C-glycosylflavones and to a lesser degree by flavone-O-giycosides, and those of Hymenophyllum, which are characterized by flavonoi-0- glycosides. However, of interest was the discovery of a few atypical species of Trichomanes , which contain flavonol derivatives and a few species of Hymenophyllum which contain derivatives of C-glycosylflavones and/or flavones. Based on chemical data an argument is made that species of Trichomanes represent the more primitive members of the filmy ferns and that species considered as Hymenophyllum have arisen in a polyphyletic manner from those of Trichomanes. HORTON, JONATHAN L and HOWARD S NEUFELD, Department of Biology, Appalachian State 44 University, Boone, NC, 28608 - Photosvnthetic responses of Microstezium vimmeum. a C,. shade- adapted grass, to variable light environments Microstegium vimmeum (Trin.) A. Camus, has spread throughout the Eastern United States since its introduction in 1919 This species invades disturbed understory habitats along streambanks and into surrounding mesic forests, and has become a major pest in areas such as Great Smoky Mountains National Park The focus of this study was to characterize the photosynthetic induction responses of M. vimmeum , specifically its ability to utilize low light and sunflecks, two factors that may be critical to its survival in the understory Plants were grown under 25% and 50% full sunlight, and photosynthetic responses to both steady-state and variable light were determined. Plants grown in 50% full sun reached maximum photosynthesis at about 800 PAR and had higher rates than those grown at 25% full sun, which showed only slight increases in photosynthesis above 500 PAR Both groups of plants induced to 50% of the steady-state rate in 3-5 minutes, while it took 10-13 minutes to reach 90% of maximum rates, under both flashing and steady-state light For both groups of plants, conductance during induction reached maximum rates in 6-7 minutes after which rates decreased slightly Rates of induction loss were similar in both groups of plants, with both induction state and stomatal conductance decreasing by 50% after two minutes of low light. Rapid induction and the ability to induce under flashing light may enable this species to invade and dominate mesic understory habitats, while rapid induction loss due to stomatal closure prevents excess water loss when low light constrains photosynthesis ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 1 10 HOFER, CARA J. and LAWRENCE W ZETTLER - Furman University, Greenville, SC - The role 45 of initial white light photoperod on the in vitro seed germination of Spiranthes odorata (Nutt.) Lindlev (Orchidaceae) in symbiotic culture. The Fragrant Ladies’ Tresses, Spiranthes odorata , is an uncommon native orchid that prefers wet and shaded habitats in the eastern United States. Like all temperate terrestrial (hardy) orchids throughout the world, it requires naturally-occumng, symbiotic fungi to complete its life cycle, particularly during seed germination and seedling (protocorm) development. The use of such fungi to germinate orchid seeds in vitro has received considerable attention in recent years as a means of cultivation, especially for those species threatened with extinction Unfortunately, there are conflicting reports that argue both for and against the use of a white light photopenod during the initial incubation of orchid seeds in vitro. At least two reports suggest that light has a stimulatory effect upon germination, but for unrelated taxa. In this study, seeds of S. odorata were inoculated with a fungus (Epulorhiza sp.) isolated from a second orchid species (Platanthera ciliaris) and immediately exposed to one of two light photopenods (8 and 14 hrs per day; irradiance = 28 pmol/nF/s'1) for a duration of one week followed by 2 weeks w complete darkness. Germination was compared with inoculated seeds that remained m complete darkness during the 3 week period (control). Seed germination and seedling (protocorm) development were then scored weekly for a duration of 6 weeks. Seeds incubated in complete darkness had a significantly higher (P < 0.05) percent germination (29,2 %) than either of the two light regimes (8 and 14 hrs). Seeds exposed to the shorter photopenod (8 hrs) had a significantly higher percent germination ( 19.2 %) than those under a 14 hr photopenod (10.5 %). This would suggest that light has an adverse effect on seed germination during the initial establishment of a symbiosis in S. odorata. LEVT, JEFF A AND WILLIAM J PEGG Frostburg State University-- Nodulation of Tri folium 46 pratense in fluidized bed ash amended strip mine reclamation soil Stnp mine reclamation soils require amendments of fertilizers and buffers to increase the success of revegetation efforts. Seeds of Trifolium pratense were surface sterilized and germinated in varying mixtures of stnp mine reclamation soil (SMRS) and fluidized bed ash (FBA) of known chemical concentration, and sterile SMRS and FBA. Each mixture was inoculated with commercial symbiotic Rhizobtum The following amendment ratios (wt/wt) were used: 0 to 100% (wt/wt) FBA/SMRS and FBA/sterile SMRS at 10% increments. Each sample was exposed to greenhouse conditions with ambient light, and daily temperatures averaging 23°C. Seeds germinated in all samples in approximately 3 days. After four weeks of growth seedlings had reached the trifoliate stage and were harvested. The number of nodules was recorded and the mean per treatment calculated Mean nodule counts were highest in the 50 and 60% FBA/SMRS mixtures (3 and 4 nodules per plant respectively), and 80 and 90% FBA/sterile SMRS mixtures (5 and 3 nodules per plant respectively). At 10, 20, and 30% FBA/SMRS and FBA/sterile SMRS mixtures, a mean of 1 nodule per plant was observed. 47 Kim David S., Daniel A. Wubah, and Brian S Masters. Towson State University - Molecular diversity of facultative anaerobic fungi using random amplified polymorphic DNA assay. Facultative anaerobic rumen fungi are transient fungi introduced into the gastrointestinal tract of ruminants through feed and water. Eleven facultative anaerobic fungal isolates were obtained from the rumen digesta of a cannulated Holstein cow housed at the University of Maryland Agricultural Research facility in Clarksville, Maryland. Of the eleven isolates, two were morphologically similar but different from the other nine isolates. Further characterization was done with random amplified polymorphic DNA (RAPD) technique to determine the phylogenetic relationship among the 1 1 isolates. The molecular data obtained supported the results from the light microscopic studies; morphologically similar isolates had similar banding patterns. This study indicates that molecular data can be used to confirm morphological characteristics of the facultative anaerobic rumen fungi. WOLF, JOE1 AND ALEX FRANZUSOFF-. 1 Peace College, Raleigh, NC 27604 and 48 2Uni versity of Colorado Health Sciences Center, Denver, CO 80262 - Expression and processing of the HIV gp!60 alvcoprotein in yeast. The surface glycoproteins of enveloped viruses bind to target cell receptors and trigger the membrane fusion event needed for infection. The human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) envelope glycoproteins gpl20 (CD4 binding protein) and gp41 (transmembrane fusion protein) are initially synthesized as a ABSTRACTS 111 gpl60 precursor polypeptide in infected T cells. The intracellular cleavage of gpl60 by a T cell protease during transit through the secretory pathway is essential for viral infectivity. We report that gpl60 biogenesis, protein processing, and cell-surface expression have been successfully reproduced in the yeast. Saccharomyces cerevisiae. Genetic and biochemical approaches are used to show that the Golgi protease, Kex2p, is responsible for HIV gpl60 processing in yeast. This yeast system represents a powerful strategy for characterizing and inhibiting the corresponding T cell protease that is required for HTV infectivity and AIDS. HOLDER, SUSAN AND GISELLE THIBAUDEAU. Mississippi State Universitv-Xanthophore 49 enrichment of guanosine-treated axolotl neural crest cells in vitro The factors and mechanisms that guide the migration/differentiation of cells during embryonic development remain largely unknown. Cells of the neural crest (NC) arise early during vertebrate embryogenesis and give rise to a number of important cell types including the pigment cells. Developmental mechanisms involved in pigment cell development are by necessity, associated with mechanisms involved in NC cell migratory behavior and differentiative capabilities. The axolotl possesses three pigment cell types-melanophores synthesize melanin (black), xanthophores synthesize pteridines (yellow), and iridophores synthesize reflecting platelets (structural color). It is the specific developmental sequence which dictates where and when chromatophore types differentiate. Embedded in a single lineage of the crest which further becomes restricted to one of three pigment cell types is the opportunity to examine the potential for a NC stem cell population and transdifferentiation events. Axolotls, when treated with guanosine, a precursor to purine and pteridine pigments, exhibit altered pigment phenotypes in which melanization is suppressed and deposition of yellow pigments is enhanced. Results from and interpretation of experiments of drug-treated and mutant animals implicate transdifferentiation events as a possible mechanism leading to observed phenotypes. Here we present results from recent in vitro studies of NC cells designed to identify parameters surrounding xanthophore differentiation events. We demonstrate that the differentiation of xanthophores is enhanced while the melanophores are inhibited in guanosine supplemented NC cultures. Results from statistical analysis suggest that the increase in one NC cell population is at the expense of another. Among the vertebrates, there are few if any better examples of multipotential stem cells that play critical roles in patterning than the embryonic NC, which gives rise to all of the pigment cells of the skin. We hope to establish the axolotl NC cell system as a model for studies of stem cell biology and trandifferentiation events. SPRATT, HENRY G„ Jr., HELEN MCDEARMAN, AND ALEX ENLOE. The University of 50 Tennessee at Chattanooga - Microbial organic sulfur transformations in Missouri Ozark forest A- honzon soils. Sulfur transformations were determined for A-honzon soils collected from Missouri State Forests near Ellington, Missouri. Samples were collected from 27 permanent plots during Aug and Dec 1993, and Mar and Jun 1994, by stripping back the litter, and removing the top one cm of soil, limited to the A-honzon. Sulfur pools determined included: total S (TS), water soluble sulfate (WS), and adsorbed sulfate (AS). Organic S (OS) was determined by difference. Short-term S transformations were quantified using trace additions of Na235SC>42- to sieved soils, followed by 48 hour aerobic incubations at field temperatures. Total S ranged from 22.8 + 1.5 to 28.7 + 1.4 //mol/g dry soil (+ 1SE, n=27) for all plots and dates. The total S was composed primarily of OS, ranging from 22.1 + 1.0 to 27.5 + 1.0 ^rnol/g dry soil (+ 1SE, n=27), with small amounts of both WS (2.3% to 3.3% of TS) and AS (0.6% to 0.8% of TS) present. Incubation of the soils with 35S042- lead to incorporation of the radiolabel in WS, AS, and OS fractions. Calculation of production rates of OS by soil microbes was made by assuming isotopic dilution within the AS pool, and ranged from 6.3+ 0.1 to 9.8 + 0.1 nmol/g dry/da (+ 1SE, n=27). The greatest rates of microbial OS production occurred in Jun and Aug, while the greatest concentration of OS in the soil occurred during Dec. This data along with OS pool data suggests that plant-derived OS. associated with litter drop, is mineralized by the early spring, with stable OS concentrations maintained by microbial production throughout the rest of the year. GARNER, STACEY, KERRI STEVENS, AND SHELBY T03LER . Dept, of BioLogical ’ 1 and Physical Sciences, Kennesaw State College, Marietta, GA 30061 - Distribution of Azotobacter. a free-living nitrogen-fixing bacterium. in the rhizosphere of a clover root system . Microorganisms form associations with plants. This association provides plants with essential nutrients such as nitrogen. Through the process of nitrogen fixation, certain microorganisms can reduce atmospheric nitrogen to ammonia. One such organism is Azotobacter, a free-living, aerobic, nonsymb iotic bacterium commonly found ir. soil. Although Azotobac ter is considered to be a free-living nitrogen fixer, the distribution of Azotobacter populations can differ with respect to location around a plant root system. In this study, the concentration o f Azotobacter was determined in soil samples collected at increasing distances away from a clover root system. With increasing distance from 112 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 the clover root system, the Azotobacter population decreases. This study suggests that free-living n i t r oge n- f ix i ng bacteria may Contribute significantly to the nitrogen cycle in plant rhizospheres. RICHARDSON, AMY, JEFFREY R. WAGNER, SARA N BENNETT, and WAYNE A. KRISSINGER. Georgia Southern University-Presence of a translocation in an osmotic-sensitive mutant of Neurnspnra crassa. SS-656, an osmotic-sensitive mutant of N. crassa, was isolated in the Georgia Southern Neurospora Genetics Laboratory following UV irradiation of wild type comdia. Whereas typical morphological characteristics of osmotic-sensitive mutants include short cropped hyphae with increased pigmentation and few or no comdia, the morphology of SS-656 resembles that of the wild type strain. Preliminary genetic analysis showed linkage of SS-656 to two linkage groups which suggested the possibility of a translocation in the mutant strain. Analysis of a cross of SS-656 to the tester strain fluffy (fl) indicated 21% of shot ascospores were white rather than the normal black. Further examination of 220 unordered tetrads from the same cross produced black to white ascospore ratios of 8:0 (58.2%); 6:2 (15.5%); 4:4 (23.6%); 2:6 (1.8%); 0:8 (.9%). These results further supported the presence of a translocation in SS-656. Strains with translocations are useful in helpmg to establish the architecture of the chromosomes involved. Challinor, Regan M.,1 Sara Neville Bennett,1 Wayne A. Knssinger,1 and C. Brian Odom.2 53 Georgia Southern University1 and Alderson-Broaddus College2'Genetic analysis and characterization of a fungicide-resistant, osmotic- sensitive mutant of Neurospora crassa. One problem associated with the use of chemicals to control fungal pathogens in crops is the development of fungicide-resistant organisms. Studies of mutants which are resistant to fungicides may lead to the idenufication of the mechanism by which the mutant acquired resistance. Examination may also elucidate the mode of action of the fungicide and lead to the development of more effective fungicides. Mutants of the genetically well known, but non-pathogenic fungus Neurospora crassa, offer an ideal system in which to study fungicide resistance. A mutant, KT-27, resistant to the dicarboximide fungicide vinclozolin, was isolated m the Georgia Southern Neurospora Genetics Laboratory. KT-27 was found to be osmotic sensitive, and this trait co-segregated with vinclozolin resistance. Complementation tests and a cross of KT-27 to os-1 supported allelism of the two strains. Neither biomass nor rate of growth of the mutant was reduced by a concentration of 100 pg/ml vinclozolin, whereas wild type failed to grow at the same concentration. KT-27 also differed from wild type in pigmentation and morphology. 54 Canady, Christie E., Wayne A. Knssinger, and Sara N. Bennett. Georgia Southern University - Analysis and charactenzation of comdia of os-8, an osmotic sensiuve, comdial separation mutant The osmotic sensitive mutant os-8 was isolated in the Georgia Southern University Neurospora laboratory. Gross morphology of this mutant resembled that of wild type Neurospora crassa and was unlike the morphology of typical osmotic mutants, os-8 failed the tap test which suggested that comdia of os-8 did not separate from the procomdial chains. In contrast, the comdia of wild type N. crassa do separate creating a cloud of comdia upon tapping. However when placed in water, the comdia of os-8 did separate. To begin characterization of comdia of os-8, comdial size was determined microscopically. Comdia of os- 8 were compared to those of wild type, os-1 , and two other mutants, eas and csp-2, which also fail to separate comdia when tapped. Mean conidial size of the five strains was found to be consistent with previously published reports of macrocomdial size in N. crassa. Variation in size was also noted among the five strains examined in the study. Ratios of length to width also suggested that conidial shape varied among strains. HAWKJNS-KOCH. DOROVENIA .AND DON C DAILEY Dept Biology, Austin Peay State 55 University - Iron regulated growth of EduarJsie/la ictaluri. Edwardsiella icialuri is the leading cause of septicemia in farm-raised catfish. This disease is responsible for an extreme economic burden on the catfish aquaculture industry Iron is well documented as an important regulator of virulence in numerous bacterial pathogens that cause septicemia. The importance of iron to the growth of£. ictaluri was investigated. Culturing of the bacterium in the presence of the iron chelator, 2,2-dipyridle, resulted in a dramatic reduction in growth of E. ictaluri When the chelated media was supplemented with exogenous iron, the ABSTRACTS 113 arowth of the bacterium was restored; therefore, E. ictaluri is dependent upon iron for growth The protein profiles of bacterial cells cultured in the presence and absence of iron were analyzed bv SDS-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis to identify iron-regulated proteins in the bacterium A 250 KD protein is only expressed under iron deplete conditions and an 80 KD protein was only obsen ed in the cells grown in the presence of iron. These data demonstrate that there are iron- responsive proteins in E. ictaluri BURNETT, VIVIAN P. and FRANK E. FRENCH. Georgia Southern University — Laboratory transfer 56 of Smronlasma to tabanid flies. Three species of tabanids, Tabanus fulvulus, T. lineola, and T. longisculus (Diptera), were captured in Bulloch Co., Ga., and were assigned equally to four lots. Lot A was offered Spiroplasma sabaudiense (Mollicutes: Entomoplasmatales) in a 50 |il drop of 5% sucrose. Similarly, lot B was offered spiroplasma strain EC-1, lot C was offered strain HYOS-1, and lot D was offered only sugar water for controls. Viscera were cultured from the flies of lot A and S. sabaudiense was recovered from 4 of 15 flies, lower than the experimental infection rates of lots B and C, Of2 = 25.23, df = 2, P = <0.001). EC-1 was recovered from all 15 flies in lot B and HYOS-1 from 14 of 15 flies of lot C. From 14 flies of control lot D, 3 cultures of natural spiroplasma infections were obtained. These natural infections were determined by serological deformation tests to be other than S. sabaudiense, EC-1 and HYOS-1. The cultures of HYOS-1 required 1.3 + 0.5 days to acidify MID broth and the EC-1 cultures 2.6 ± 1.3 days, both strains naturally occur in tabanids. 5. sabaudiense required 6.5 ± 2. 1 days, significantly slower than that of strains EC-1 and HYOS-1 (ANOVA, F = 24.1, df = 2,25, P = <0.001). Natural 5. sabaudiense infections are known only from mosquitoes. In this test, cultures were made from sub-samples from each lot of tabanids 2 to 14 days after contact with the spiroplasmas. HYOS-1 was recovered up to 14 days post infection, EC-1 up to 9 days, control wild strains up to 9 days, and S. sabaudiense up to 5 days post infection. The lower infection rate and slower culture growth of S. sabaudiense in tabanids indicate that natural infections of this spiroplasma do not occur in wild tabanids and laboratory infections in tabanids may be temporary. Nevertheless, subsequent passage in tabanids may select rapidly for a tabanid adapted strain of S. sabaudiense. PIETRZAK, STEPHANIE M , and OSCAR J PUNG Georgia Southern University-Effects 57 of Trypanosoma cruzi on raccoons (Procvon lotor) found in Georgia. Trypanosoma cnm is a hemofla gel late protozoan parasite and the agent of American trypanosomiasis. This illness, also known as Chagas' disease, is the major cause of heart disease in Latin America. T.cruzi frequently infects wild and domesticated mammals in the United States, but little is known about the effect of this parasite on these hosts. To study the effects of T, cruzi on raccoons from Georgia, hearts and urinary bladders from ten infected and two uninfected raccoons were fixed, sectioned, stained and mounted on glass microscope slides. The slides were studied for inflammation and for the presence of T. cruzi pseudocvsts in the tissues. Though tissues appeared to be mildly inflamed, no T. cruzi pseudocysts were observed. Therefore, either raccoons infected with T. cruzi from Georgia may be naturally resistant to this strain of the parasite or the parasite itself is avirulent. 5g COFFER, NATALIE AND JEFFREY A. BUTTS. Appalachian State University-The prevalence of Heartworm in domestic and feral dogs in Watauga County. Data on the prevalence of Dirofilaria immitis in feral and domestic dogs in Watauga County, North Carolina, were collected to determine if either group exhibited a higher prevalence of infection. Blood samples from feral dogs housed by the Watauga County Humane Society and Animal Control facilities were tested for heartworm andgen with the IDEXX Canine Heartworm Antigen Test (IDEXX Laboratories, Westbrook, ME). An additional l-2cc of blood from feral dogs was stored in Knott's solution and later examined for microfilariae. Cooperating veterinarians in Watauga County supplied records of heartworm tests performed on domestic dogs during the same time period. Data were analyzed using the Fisher's Exact Probability test to determine if feral and domestic dogs could be associated with prevalence of the parasite. Currently, results show that domestic and feral dogs do have a different prevalence of Dirofilaria immitis. 114 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 59 PUNG, OSCAR J.,1 MAXWELL, NANCY E.,1 and JOHN ROBINETTE.2 Georgia Southern University1 and Savannah Coastal Refuges2-Blood parasites of National Wildlife Refuge. South Carohna. Wood ducks represent over 20% of waterfowl harvested in the Atlantic Flyway and diseases that impact wood duck populations are of interest to wildlife managers. To determine the prevalence of blood parasite tnfections in southeastern wood ducks, we examined blood from 157 ducks trapped at Savannah and Hams Neck National Wildlife Refuges during spnng and summer, 1994 - 1995. Thirteen ducks (8.3%) were infected with hematozoa including Haemoproteus greineri. H, nettioms. Leukocvtozoon simondi. and microfilariae. This is the first record of H. greineri in the wood duck and the first report of this parasite in anatids from the southern portion of the Atlantic Flyway. Eleven of the 13 hematozoa-infected birds were adult males trapped during the spnng when wood duck populations consist of both northern migrants and southern resident birds. The latter finding supports previous reports indicating the probable absence of suitable vectors for wood duck blood parasites in the southern United States. RONALD E. SPEARS, DANIEL V. HAGAN and LANCE A. DURDEN. Georgia Southern 60 University-Ecology and behavior of ectoparasitic arthropods associated with the Brazilian free-tailed bat-in Georgia. Brazilian free-tailed bats, Tadarida brasiliensis, were captured during the period (May 1994- May 1995) from a roost in Jenkins County, Georgia and examined for ectoparasites. Seven species of arthropods (six species of mites) were found infesting the bats, in five families: Macronyssidae, Cheyletidae, Sarcoptidae, Rosensteiniidae and Uropodidae. The hemipteran bat bug, Cimex adjunctus was collected from the roost and bats, but was collected most frequently from the roost. Chiroptonyssus robustipes was the most abundant mite species collected from the bats. The predatory cheyletid mite, Cheletonella vespertilionis, was also collected from the bats, and this is the first report of this mite from Georgia. Of the 45 free-tailed bats examined, females (n=30) were most highly infested (100%) and fourteen males (n= 15) were infested (97%). In addition, 23 bat anatomical areas were identified and all mites counted to ascertain host site anatomical preference. Anatomical site preferences were observed for the macronyssid mites (n=2,509) living on the Brazilian free-tailed bats. Mites were significantly (P^0.05) more abundant in two sites (right and left ventral wing membrane areas posterior to the radius-ulna, and the lower torso). DURDEN, LANCE A.,1 CRAIG W. BANKS,1 KERRY L. CLARK, 2 BARBARA V. BELBEY,1 and 61 JAMES H. OLIVER, JR.1 Georgia Southern University1 and University of South Carol ina2- -Compos it ion and origin of the ectoparasite community of the eastern wood r a t , Neotoma f lor idana . Woodrat species in western north America support a diverse assemblage of ectoparasites many of which are host specific to these rodents. Various species of sucking lice, fleas, ticks and parasitic mites all are host specific ectoparasites of western woodrats . However, the ectoparasite community of the eastern woodrat, Neotoma f loridana, is character ized by several species of generalist (i.e., not host specific) ectoparasites and very few host specific ectoparasites. This phenomenon will be documented with eastern woodrat ectoparasite collection data from three sites in the southeastern United States. The generalist ectoparasites associated with eastern woodrats in this region include the flea Polyqenis qwyni . the chigger Eutrombicula al f redduqes i . the mesost igmat id mite Orni thonvssus bacot i and the ticks Dermacentor variabi 1 is and Ixodes scapular is . Two host specific ectoparasite species, the astigmatid mite Listrophorus neotomae, and the flea Orchopeas sexdentatus have been collected. The absence of a diverse community of host specific ectoparasites associated with the eastern woodrat may be related to the zoogeographical origin of this rodent in relation to that of its ectoparasites. SCOTT, JON B. AND JAMES E. JOY. Marshall University - Capillaria inequalis (Nematoda: Capillarunae) infections in the red-spotted newt from western West Virginia. The gastrointestinal tracts of 104 (48 females and 56 males) Notophthalmus v. viridescens (Rafinesque) individuals were examined for Capillaria inequalis (Walton). Hosts were collected at Shoals marsh in Shoals, WV from February through October of 1995. Capillaria inequalis individuals were found in 57.7% (60 of 104) of the hosts examined. Prevalence of the infection was highest in the fall and lowest in the spring. Seasonally, mean intensities (as mean number of nematodes per infected host) were 3.67 (± 1 SD = 3.09) in the spring, 3.1 1 (± 1.83) in the early summer, 3.00 (± 1.67) in late summer, and 3.00 (± 2.08) in the fall. There was no significant difference between seasonal means (ANOVA; F05(356, = 0.315, P > 0.05). The most commonly infected area was the duodenum (36 hosts), followed by the small intestine (32 hosts), and the large intestine (seven hosts). ABSTRACTS 115 - , DIEGMANN, SCOTT R. AND EDWARD F. MENHINICK. Dept, of Biology, University of North Carolina at Charlotte, Charlotte, NC 28223. Evaluation of the condition factor and the liver somatic index for the bluehead chub and the redbreast sunfish Fishes were collected from ten streams tributary to Rocky River (east of Charlotte, NC) which had drainage areas of approximately 50 square miles each. These streams differed in substrate: four were cobble- bedrock; six were silted streams with a sand-gravel substrate. Two of the sandy streams had a waste treatment plant upstream, and a reservoir was being constructed on another. The bluehead chub, Nocomis leptocephalus, is an important detritivore which provides forage for other fishes and constructs gravel nests used for spawning by several minnows. The redbreast sunfish, Lepomis auritus, is a carnivore. These two species are relatively large and are among the most common fishes in medium-sized Piedmont streams of North Carolina. Fishes were collected every six weeks from June, 1993, to April, 1994. Health was expressed as the condition factor (whole body weight x 105 divided by standard lengths), and the liver somatic index (percent liver weight divided by the excised body weight- liver, gut and gonad removed). The condition factor of chubs decreased from summer to fall and reached a low in October, after which it increased to peak in April. The percent liver weight was low in summer and fall, and then increased beginning in January to peak in March and April. The condition factor of redbreast sunfish was low in January and a peaked in June and July, indicative of an extended spawning period. As with the chub, the percent liver weight was low in summer and fall, and increased beginning in January to peak in March and April. There were few differences between sizes of both species. Differences between sexes were not as apparent for chubs, even during reproductive seasons. Female redbreast sunfish often had a higher indices than males. GLADWELL, WES and MICHAEL LITTLE. Department of Biological Sciences, Marshall University, Huntington, WV 25755 - The development of genetic markers that can be used to analyze the effects of anthropogenic stress on genetic diversity of fish populations. Recently, investigators have documented a relationship between environmental disturbance and loss of genetic diversity. These studies have used starch gel electrophoresis to assay allelic numbers and genotype frequencies for fish populations and have associated genetic decline with a reduction in environmental quality. Although starch gel electrophoresis is an effective method that can be used to assay genetic diversity of a large number of loci, the allelic identifications obtained from one study are not easily applied to another. This is a serious problem in environmental assessment that may involve several studies conducted over a long period of time. In this study, we used isoelectric focusing to isolate enzymes of LDH, MDH, PGM, and EST of the fantail darter, Etheostoma flabellare , from two streams, the South Branch of the Potomac River and the Greenbrier River. Both streams have a history of anthropogenic stress. The isoelectric points of these enzymes have been labeled relative to protein standards and recorded as PI values. 65 DINKINS, GERALD R.1, CHRISTOPHER E. SKELTON2, and MARK H. HUGHES'. 'WESTON, Inc. Oak Ridge, TN 37830, and JUniversity of Tennessee, Knoxville 37996 - New Distribution Records of Georgia Fishes. Recent fish surveys at 144 locations in 111 streams across six river systems (Tennessee, Coosa, Apalachicola, Ochlockonee, Aucilla, Suwanee) in Georgia have revealed new distribution records for numerous species, most notably Norropis chrosomus , Rhinichthys arratulus, Lucania goodei, Cenrrarchus mucropteriis. Microptcrus coosae , Etheostoma ditrema, E. fusiforme , E. scorri, and Percina antesella. All specimens were curated at the University of Tennessee Research Collection of Fishes in Knoxville. In Georgia, Lucania goodei (bluefin killifish) was known only from two barrier islands. Our collection of this species from Fish Pond Drain, a small, heavily vegetated tributary to Lake Seminole, represents the only known mainland population in the state. A single specimen of E. ditrema (coldwater darter) was collected in Lake Creek, a small, spring-fed tributary to the Coosa River in Polk County. Prior to this discovery, the coldwater darter was known only from five distinct populations in Georgia. Of particular interest is the rediscovery of a reproducing population of the federally threatened P. antesella (amber darter) in Shoal Creek, a large tributary to Alatoona Reservoir (Etowah River) in Cherokee County. The amber darter was last collected from Shoal Creek in the early 1950’s, and was presumed to have been extirpated by the formation of Alatoona Reservoir. WALSER, CHRISTOPH A., AND HENRY L. BART JR. Tulane University-Fish community structure and land-use patterns in four watersheds of the Chattahoochee Riser system: Historical and present-dav assessment. We analyzed historical and present-day effects of land use on fish community composition and present-day effects of land use on in-stream habitat heterogeneity and sediment loading in four 1 16 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 watersheds of the Chattahoochee River system. Fish collection data were arranged in five-year time intervals from 1960-1995. In 1995, 52 historical sampling localities were revisited to supplement the historical fish data and to measure sediment loading and in-stream habitat heterogeneity. Land use patterns were interpreted from aerial photographs and digitized into a Geographic Information System (GIS). After controlling for stream size, there was a significant decrease (p < 0.05) in species richness with increasing agriculture/ pasture cover. Relative abundances of Ericymba buccata and Luxilus zonistius were lower in tributaries draining deforested areas. Ordination analysis of sample sites based on fish species representation indicate that land cover is an important predictor of fish community structure. In-stream habitat complexity was lower in streams draining deforested watersheds. We found a significant relationship (p < 0.05) between the percent of stream bottom covered in sediment and percent of the watershed in agriculture/pasture. The results suggest that watershed land-use practices affect fish community structure via alteration of in-stream habitat characteristics. g -j MENHINICK, EDWARD F. Dept, of Biology, University of North Carolina at Charlotte, Charlotte, NC 28223. Fish composition of ten North Carolina Piedmont streams. Fish surveys were made of ten streams tributary to Rocky River (east of Charlotte, NC) which had drainage areas of approximately 50 square miles each and an average non-runoff discharge of 100 to 400 L/sec. Streams were sampled approximately every six weeks from June, 1993, through October, 1994. These streams differed in substrate (rocky, heavily silted), pollution (polluted, non polluted), and discharge (permanent, temporary). A total of 38 species were taken in the 10,000 species examined in the study. Total number of species from individual streams varied from 19 to 29. Rocky streams with continuous flow had the highest species diversity (S/log N). Five species preferred rocky substrate; three preferred silted streams; five species avoided low flow streams, three preferred them. Average numbers of species occurred in the two streams directly below waste water treatment plants; three species avoided them and 4 occurred in higher numbers there. A silted stream used as a source of drinking water had an unusually high diversity of 25 species. Species evenness indices, species variety indices, and IBI indices were determined for each stream and were compared with the characteristics of the streams. SCHWARTZ, FRANK J. Institute of Marine Sciences, University of North Carolina -Status of two poorly known gobies (Gobiidae) and a wormfish (Microdesmidae) from the Cape Fear River. North Carolina. Twenty-four gobies (Gobiidae) and a wormfish (Microdesmidae) occur in North Carolina's estuarine and ocean waters. Eight gobies and the pink wormfish (Microdesmus longipinms) frequent estuarine portions of the Cape Fear River. Distribution and ecologies of two gobies (lyre goby, Evorthodus lvricus. and green goby, Microgobius thalassinus) and the wormfish are poorly known. Varied gear sampling (over 1 1 ,000 efforts) between 1972-present produced only two wormfish, 26 lyre gobies, and 249 green gobies. Wormfish (110 and 240 mm standard length (SL) were captured between February and March 1977 at mud substrate channel buoy stations 18 and 19; salinities were 12 and 25 °/oo, water temperatures 7.5 and 11°C. Lyre gobies (30-64 mm SL) were captured between 1974-1980 at 10 muddy substrate tributary stations from Barnard Creek south to the river mouth; salinities 0-15 7 oo, water temperatures 2-28°C. Green gobies (10-40 mm SL) were captured between 1975 and 1978 at 44 river or shallow mud and sand sites between Snows Cut south and the river mouth; salinities 10-337oo, water temperatures 7-28. 5°C. Most green gobies (144) were collected 17 August 1978 in Cape Creek (Bald Head Island) near the river mouth; salinity 25°/oo, water temperature 28°C. NELSON, DIANE R.1, EUGENIE CLARK", AND JOHN S POHLE3. 'East Tennessee State 69 University, "University of Maryland, and "Bellevue, NE - Behavior of Malacamhus plumien (Sand Tilefishl on the Barrier Reef of Belize Widespread in sandy areas of the West Indies, the sand tilefish, Malacanthus plumien (Bloch), builds elaborate burrows and mounds Its behavior was observed during an expedition to the barrier reef of Belize, near Hat Caye 2, January 15-20, 1995 The research trip was conducted from the M. V Wave Dancer with underwater observations by scuba divers recording data on slates or with video at a depth of 28 feet Ten consecutive observations of one minute each were made throughout the day between dawn and dusk Feeding and mound-building activities were recorded after the fish emerged from the burrow and continued until it returned to the burrow near sunset. These activities included ''feed/pick, rubble drop, rubble place, visit burrow entrance, and enter burrow." Malacanthus plumien is a monandric ABSTRACTS 117 protogynous hermaphrodite A male may have up to seven females in his harem and may mate with each of them daily Dives were made at dusk to study courtship and mating behaviors, include "looping, lordosis, cnss-crossing, paired rises, and broadcast spawning." Males and females normally maintain separate burrows and may also have alternate burrows. HUPP, CLIFF R. United States Geological Survey, 430 National Center, Reston, Virginia 22092 - Sediment and trace element trapping in forested wetlands of southeastern United States. Many rivers on the Coastal Plain of southeastern United States are bordered by riverine or palustrine forested wedands. These landscapes may trap up to 3 cm of vertically accreted fine sediment annually. Deposits of fine sediment typically contain substantial concentrations of associated contaminants and trace elements. For example, a 2 km reach of the Chickahorruny River below the city of Richmond, Virginia, annually traps 7.6 million kg of fine sediment, 1,270 kg zinc, 430 kg lead, 270 kg chromium, and substantial amounts of other trace elements. Studies in West Tennessee and southeast Virginia suggest that the volume of sediment trapped per unit area is related to wedand vegetation type, hydroperiod, channel gradient, stream modifications, topographic relief, and distance from agricultural or urban areas. The sediment and contaminant trapping function of wedands is commonly acknowledged despite limited understanding of the transport and deposition of sediment, and rarity of consistent mass-balance studies. Continued quantification of this wedand function will enhance our understanding of the role forested wedands play in maintenance of water quality and allow for better management of this valuable resource. KLEISS. BARBARA A. U.S. Geological Survey - Sediment retention in an eastern Arkansas 71 bottomland hardwood wetland. One of the often-stated functions of wetlands is their ability to remove sediments and other particulates from water, thus improving water quality in the adjacent aquatic system. However, actual rates of suspended sediment removal have rarely been measured in freshwater wetland systems. To address this issue, suspended sediment dynamics were measured in a 85-km2 bottomland hardwood (BLH) wetland adjacent to the highly turbid Cache River in eastern Arkansas during the 1988-1990 water years. A suspended sediment mass balance was calculated using depth-integrated, flow-weighted daily measurements at wetland inflow and outflow points. Over the three year period, suspended sediment load decreased an average of 14% between upstream and downstream sampling points. To test the idea that the suspended sediments were retained by the adjacent wetland and to determine what portion of the BLH forest was most responsible for retaining the suspended sediments, concurrent measurements of sediment accretion were made at 30 sites in the wetland using feldspar clay marker horizons, sedimentation disks, the l37cesium method and dendrogeomorphic techniques. Sedimentation rates exceeding 1 cm/yr were measured in frequently flooded areas dominated by Nyssa aqiiatica and Taxodium distichum. Maximum sedimentation rates did not occur on the natural levee, as expected, but in the cypress/tupelo, where hydrologic retention time reached a maximum. Multiple regression was used to relate sedimentation rates with several physical and biological factors. A combination of flood duration, distance from the river, and tree basal area accounted for 89% of the variation in sedimentation rates. RYBCZYK, JOHN M1., JOHN W. DAY1, W.H. CONNER2, AND XIAOWEI W. ZHANG3. 'Coastal Ecology Institute, Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge, LA 70803, "College of Forest and Recreation Resources, The Belle W. Baruch Forest Institute, Clemson University, Georgetown, SC 29442, and 3Dept of Agronomy, Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge, LA 70803 -Sediment and nutrient accumulation in a coastal Louisiana forested wetland receiving secondarily treated wastewater effluent. Insufficient sedimentation, coupled with high rates of relative sea level rise (RSLR), are two important factors contributing to wetland loss in coastal Louisiana. We hypothesized that adding nutrient rich wastewater effluent to selected coastal forested wetlands could promote vertical accretion through increased organic matter production and deposition, and at the same time, improve water quality through wetland nutrient uptake and removal mechanisms. To test this hypothesis, we measured sediment and nutrient accretion and accumulation, and selected water quality parameters, in a coastal forested wetland in Louisiana receiving wastewater effluent and in an adjacent control site, both before and after effluent applications began. Rates of accretion increased significandy after wastewater application began in the treatment site (from 7.8 to 1 1.4 mm/yr), and approached the estimated rate of RSLR (12.0 mm/yr). No corresponding increase was observed in the control site. Concentrations of N and P in the sediment were not significandy different between two sites after two years of wastewater application, however, nutrient accumulation and storage were significandy higher in the treatment site because of the higher rates of accretion. Water column nutrient reduction from the effluent inflow to outflow (1600 meters) ranged from 100% for NO3-N to 66% for Total P. 118 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 LOWRANCE, RICHARD. Southeast Watershed Research Lab, USDA- 73 Agricultural Research Service, Tifton, GA. Water quality functions of riparian forests in agricultural watersheds. Riparian forests help control many aspects of surface water quality on smaller streams and creeks. Control of the stream environment occurs due to shading, stream bank stabilization, and provision of litter and coarse woody debris. Control of nonpoint source pollution depends on biological, chemical, and physical processes which remove and or transform waterborne pollutants. Control of nonpoint source pollution can be especially important in agricultural watersheds where riparian vegetation is either preserved or restored between agricultural lands and streams. The importance of the nonpoint pollution control functions is largely determined by the nature and degree of hydrologic connection between the pollutant source and the pollutant sink (riparian forest buffer) . Studies from portions of the Georgia Coastal Plain will be presented which show effective control of agricultural nonpoint source pollutants in a hydrologic setting where riparian forests exert maximum control over both watershed hydrology and chemical transport. Results from ongoing studies of the effects of managed and restored riparian forest buffers on pesticide and nutrient transport will be summarized. EXCHANGE OF NUTRIENTS AND SOLIDS DURING SHEETFLOW EVENTS IN A MANAGED FLOODPLAIN 74 FOREST LOCKABY, B.G. Auburn University Nutrient and sediment source/sink relationships were examined during sheetflow events in a floodplain forest subjected to partial harvests. Water samples were collected prior to and after contact of sheetflow with sections of (1) undisturbed forest and (2) areas partially harvested. Pre- vs. post-contact samples were compared in terms of inorganic and organic forms of N and P, inorganic forms of S, K, Ca, Mg, and Cl, and solids. In addition, sediment deposition was evaluated using feldspar clay markers. Results indicated that: - TDS export was stimulated by harvest. - N source/sink relationships vary considerably in undisturbed floodplain forest on annual basis. Harvests have less effect than yearly variation. - Undisturbed floodplain acts a source for base cations. Harvests exacerbate this tendency. - Clay markers indicated that harvested areas retained less sediment in the first year after harvest than did undisturbed. 75 WHIGHAM, DENNIS F., THOMAS E. JORDAN, DAVID L. CORRELL, AND DONALD E. WELLER. Smithsonian Environmental Research Center, Edgewater, MD 21037 - The consequences of hydrologic alterations on water quality parameters in a forested floodplain We use results from short and long-term studies of a forested floodplain on the Inner Coastal Plain of Maryland to examine the influences that hydrologic modifications have had on water quality parameters. Historical alterations of the floodplain resulted in the development of three distinct wetland habitats. A forested area, upstream of a highway, floods regularly while a downstream forested area rarely floods. An emergent wetland, dominated by herbaceous species, occurs downstream of the road and floods for extended periods of time. Twice a month for two years, we collected grab samples of surface water entering and leaving the three habitats. Groundwater was sampled monthly from shallow wells in each habitat. Surface water quality changed the most in transit through the herbaceous wetland. Ammonium and phosphate concentrations were reduced during the spring and winter months but increased during the summer when temperatures were high and when anoxic conditions occurred. Concentrations of oxidized forms of nitrogen and phosphorus (e.g., phosphate and nitrate) in groundwater were significantly higher in the forested portion of the wetland where surface flooding rarely occurred. Stream water leaving the wetlands has also been monitored with automated samplers for almost ten years. Water quality data from the automated monitors provide a long-term comparison for the two years of grab sampling. ABSTRACTS 119 76 GOLLADAY. S.W. AND B.W. TAYLOR. J.W. Jones Ecological Research Center, Newton, GA 31770. Hydrologic and geomorphic controls on carbon availability in a coastal plain stream: moving the flood- pulse upstream. The role of floodplain forests in providing nutrients to large rivers during seasonal floods is well recognized. However in the S.E. coastal plain, extensive floodplain forests may extend well into the headwaters of river systems. The contributions of these forests to stream metabolism is not well understood, nor has it been incorporated into regional conservation programs. Since September 1993, water samples have been collected along a 5th-order Gulf-coastal stream and analyzed for dissolved (DOC) and particulate (POC) carbon content. Headwaters of the stream have broad floodplain forests which increase in width through midreaches. Downstream the channel becomes incised and riparian forest is limited to isolated hammocks at irregular intervals. Sampling included an extended dry period, spnng runoff, record flood, and recovery. Carbon concentrations were sensitive to hydrologic conditions. Dunng annual spnng floods and the record flood, POC and DOC concentrations were elevated at all sites. Concentrations were reduced during the record drought. Ripanan geomorphology also influenced POC concentrations with highest concentrations consistendy measured in areas of greatest floodplain development. The results indicate that floodplain forests, regardless of their position within a stream drainage, are important sources of carbon to streams. Substantial transfer of material occurs as floodplain forests are innundated during floods. As a consequence, management activities that alter the structure or extent of floodplain forests will also significantly alter stream ecosystem structure and function. CLINE. GEORGE, AND PAUL ROGERS. Jacksonville State University - Bioacoustic analysis using 77 CANARY, a computer driven sound analysis program. Acoustic signals are produced by such diverse groups as insects, fish, amphibians, birds, and mammals. These signals are used to settle agonistic and territorial encounters, and/or for attracting mates. In the past, quantification of acoustic signals has been expensive, time consuming, or both. CANARY is a computer program designed to digitize and analyze sound using a Macintosh computer. The program is demonstrated using sounds from several different taxa. System requirements and costs are discussed. ROGERS. C. PAUL, AND GEORGE R. CLINE. Jacksonville State University - Preliminary analysis of 78 within season call variation in the gray treefrog. Hvla chrysoscelis. Many studies have shown that frog calls are influenced by a number of biotic and abiotic factors. Many of these factors change over the summer. Thus, there is the potential for systematic changes in the biotic and abiotic environment to cause changes in the calls of frogs with Ions breeding seasons. The gray treefrog Hvlci chrysoscelis, is such a species. The calls of each calling Hyla chrysoscelis were recorded at a pond near Jacksonville, AL. Air temperature at the perch site, and the snout-vent length were recorded for each individual. Six call parameters were analyzed using the CANARY sound analysis program: duration, pulse repetition rate, number of pulses, and the first three broadcast frequencies. Pulse repetition did not change over the breeding season, but each of the other five characteristics changed. While broadcast frequency is related to body size, changes in body size could not account for the obscured changes. The biological significance of these observations are discussed. 79 MOORE, DEBRA S. ^ , SCOTT F. MICHAEL". AND REN R. MARION ^ ^ Department of Biolouy and "Department of Microbiology, University of Alabama at Birmingham. Birmingham. AL 35294 - Determination of evolutionary distances bv mtDNA sequence analyses in the eenus Acris. The genus Acris is comprised of two closely-related species with a broad geographic range across Eastern United States into Northern Mexico. These two species are further divided into five putative subspecies The evolutionary distances between the species and between the subspecies groups themselves can be determined using polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and sequence analysis to allow direct comparison of a portion of the mitochondrial DNA. Analysis of the sequence of a part of the cytochrome B gene provides a means to delineate between species and within subspecies groups. The degree of similarity in the sequences can be quantified and subjected to parsimony analysis. A comparison of the status of subspecies previously recognized based on morphology can be made. 120 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 TUCKER, ROBERT B. AND JAMES E. JOY. Marshall Uni versi ty--A preliminary report on 80 parasite species observed in the White-spotted salamander Plethodon punctatus Hi ghton. The intestinal tracts of 21 Plethodon punctatus Highton (7 females and 14 males) were examined for parasites. Hosts were collected during June and July of 1995 at higher elevations (> 970 m) on Shenandoah Mountain in Pendleton County, West Virginia in the eastern panhandle. The astomatous ciliate, Cepedietta michiganiensis (Woodhead, 1928) Corliss, de Puytorac and Lorn, 1965, was observed in 66.7% (14 of 21) hosts. Most infections were exclusive to the duodenum, but in a few cases ciliates were noticed throughout the small intestine. An oxyurid nematode, Thelandros magnavulvaris (Rankin, 1937) Shad, 1960, was found in 61.9% (13 of 21) host individuals with a mean intensity (i.e. mean number of nematodes per infected host) of 3.38. Plethodon punctatus represents a new host species for both C. michiganiensis and T. magnavulvaris . This study will continue through 1996 as part of a larger natural history study of the host species, Plethodon punctatus. PENNINGTON, JOHN L. AND JAMES E. JOY. Marshall University - A preliminary report of 1 Pseudopisthodiscus americanus (Digenea: Paramphistomatidae) observed in the red-spotted newt, Notopthalrnus v. viridescens. The gastrointestinal tracts of 104 (48 females and 56 males) Notopthalrnus v. viridescens were examined for Pseudopisthodiscus americanus ( Yamaguti). Hosts were collected at Shoals marsh at Shoals, WV from February through October of 1995. Pseudopisthodiscus americanus individuals were found in 58.6% (61 of 104) of the Notopthalrnus v. viridescens examined. The prevalence of infection was highest (86.4%) in the fall and lowest (36.8%) in the winter-spring collections. Mean intensities per season (mean number of trematodes per host) were 3.47 (+ 1SD = 3.87) in the winter-spring, 8.22 (+ 10.1) in the early summer, 4.44 (+ 2.85) in the late summer, and 3.11 (+ 2.13) in the fall. There was no significant difference between seasonal means (ANOVA: F05(3 57] = 2.70; P > 0.05). The only infection site was in the large intestine. g2 TUCKER, ROBERT B. and THOMAS K. PAULEY. Department of Biological Sciences, Marshall University, Huntington, WV 25755 - Notes on the natural history of Plethodon punctatus in West Virginia Forty sites on Shenandoah and Great North Mountains in West Virginia were examined for Plethodon punctatus from May through September during 1995. Plethodon punctatus was observed in 16 of the 40 sites. Forty-two P. punctatus were observed in the 16 sites. In 13 of the 16 sites, P. punctatus was found in symaptry with P. clnereus . Plethodon clnereus was the most common species in the P. punctatus sites with a ratio of 17:1. The major cover objects of P. punctatus were rocks (71.4%) and logs (28.6%). Most specimens were found on north-facing slopes (92.8%). All specimens were found over 3,000 ft. with most found between 3,400 and 3,700 ft. Major prey items of P. punctatus included Hymenoptera (ants), Coleoptera, Acarina, Araneida, Hemiptera, Polydesmida, and Collembola. By seasons (month) the most common prey items were: (1) Spring (May) — Hymenoptera (ants), Coleoptera, and Acarina; (2) Summer (June and July) — Hymenoptera (ants) and Coleoptera. KILPATRICK, SANDRA L. and THOMAS K. PAULEY. Department of Biological Sciences, Marshall University, Huntington, WV 25755 - Notes on the natural history of the four-toed salamander. Hemidactvlium scutatum, in West Virginia. Nesting habits and larval development of Hemldactylrum scutatum were examined in West Virginia. Fifty-four nests were observed at four sites in the northern part of the state. Nest sites included a riparian pool, vernal pool in a bog, vernal pool in a deciduous forest, and a permanent pool in a bog. Of the 54 nests observed, 34 were in Sphagnum, 11 were in Sphagnum and grass mixed, and 9 were in other species of moss. Environmental data collected revealed that the mean pH of the nests was 4.25 and mean temperature of the nests was 19.8 °C. The mean minimum distance between nests was 16.0 cm and the mean maximum distance was 281.0 cm. Nests were found at a mean minimum distance of 10.8 cm from the water's edge and at a mean maximum distance of 32.7 cm. Eggs were deposited between the second week of April and the first week of May. The mean number of eggs per nest was 30. The number of females found on nests ranged from 0 to 3, and the mean number of eggs per female in nests was 28. Most females left their nest by mid-June, but one female was observed with eggs on the 7/03/95. Most eggs hatched early to mid June, and larvae transformed to juveniles by early September. ABSTRACTS 121 SMITH, KATHERINE M. Middle Tennessee State University - The ontogeny of the dentition of the marbled salamander, Ambvstoma opacum. Studies of salamanders routinely include descriptions of adult tooth morphology as a means of making systematic comparisons. The teeth of adult salamanders can vary greatly between species, yet the ontogeny of the dentition of salamanders has not been documented methodically in the literature, especially in premetamorphic stages. This study considers the ontogeny of the dentition of early hatchling through metamorphosing larvae of Ambystoma opacum. Larvae were double-stained preferentially for bone and cartilage. Dentigerous bones were removed and examined using scanning electron microscopy. This study provides a model of an ambystomatid, allowing others to look closely at differences between species and higher groups for taxonomic and evolutionary studies. DODD, C. KENNETH, JR. National Biological Service, -5 Gainesville, FL - Amphibians in upland habitats of north- central Florida: conservation considerations . Most studies of aquatic-breeding amphibians focus on their life- history at or near breeding ponds. However, individuals likely spend a large amount of time away from the ponds. Little is known concerning the extent of habitat use by pond-breeding amphibians in upland habitats, or the distances that amphibians travel to reach these habitats. From April to November, 1989 and 1990, a total of 506 individuals of 12 amphibian species was captured in wire mesh funnel traps during sampling of two upland communities in north-central Florida. Amphibians were found as far as 914 meters from the nearest potential breeding site. No correlation was found between the total number of amphibians captured per trap and trap distance to nearest water body. Most amphibians (83%) were found < 600 m from a potential breeding site, but sampling biases hinder the use of this figure as a buffer zone estimate. Upland communities are used extensively by amphibians. As such, management programs need to include surrounding uplands if amphibian declines are to be prevented. ONORATO, DAVE. Collegium of Natural Sciences, Eckerd College, St. Petersburg. FL 33733 and Florida Marine Research Institute, St. Petersburg, FL 33701 - Growth rate and age distribution of Sternotherus minor at Rainbow Run. Marion Co.. Florida. Between January 5, 1990 and August 27, 1992, a total of 482 Sternotherus minor were marked at Rainbow Run, Marion Co., Florida. Sex-specific and size-specific growth rates (plastron and carapace length) of S'. minor were determined using data from a mark-release-recapture study. Growth rates decreased with increasing carapace and plastron lengths, with no significant differences in specific growth rates between males and females. Ages of all marked turtles were estimated using a von Bertalanffy growth equation calculated from the recapture data on carapace lengths. Age estimates for S. minor were then used to determine the age distribution of the population at Rainbow Run. Young 5. minor of 5 years or less comprised over 65% of the population while it also appeared that some of these turtles reach ages of 21 or more years. TUBERVILLE, TRACEY D. Savannah River Ecology Laboratory and University of Georgia. - Invasion of new aquatic habitats bv male freshwater turtles. Studies on aquatic turtle populations have been conducted for more than 25 years on the Savannah River Site (SRS) near Aiken, South Carolina. One conclusion from these studies is that adult males residing in small, isolated wetlands have a higher probability of moving overland and moving greater distances than do females, particularly during the breeding season. Therefore, colonizing or invading nonresident species should have male-biased sex ratios relative to established resident species. Using 25 years of drift fence captures at Ellenton Bay, sex ratios of six established resident species were compared to those of two nonresident species, Kinostemon baurii and Chrysemys picta. Of the 2708 mature resident animals captured from 1967-1993 , 45-64% were males, depending on the species. The 30 K. 122 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 baurii and 5 C. picta captured were all males. The six resident species at Ellenton Bay occur abundantly at several nearby aquatic habitats, but the closest breeding populations of K. baurii and C. picta are greater than three kilometers from the bay. We conclude, therefore, that the occurrence of K. baurii and C. picta at Ellenton Bay is a result of relatively recent invasion by adult males that have made long-range excursions not typically undertaken by females. MILLS, MARX S. Dept, of Zoology, University of Georgia, and Savannah River Ecology Laboratory, Drawer E, Aiken, SC 29802 -Winter activity and movement patterns in the brown water snake, Nercxiia taxispilota 1 implanted radiotransmitters into ten brown water snakes ( Nerodia taxispilota, 5 males, 5 females) from the Savannah River Site, South Carolina, as part of a study on the habitat use and movements of this species. I recorded mass for all snakes prior to release in October 1994. I located individuals several times a week during autumn and winter, and recaptured and weighed all snakes between 3 January and 5 April 1995 All but one individual decreased in mass (mean ± SD = -1 49 ± 1.71 g/week). Snakes moved a mean of 5.4 m/day (range = 0 to 123 m/day) and a mean total distance of 348 m (range = 7.5 to 1365 m) from late October to the first week of January. Individuals became relatively sedentary the last week of November after mean daily temperature dropped below 10 C and the mean weekly temperature was < 15 C. Change in mass (-4 88 to 0. 16 g/wk), mean observed body temperature (12.8 to 18.9°C), and distance moved (0 1 to 13.2 m/d) were significantly correlated (r-values = 0 83 to 0.92; P-values < 0.002). The individuals that moved farthest and maintained high body temperatures lost the most mass. Ultimately, the two snakes that maintained the highest body temperatures (18.9 ± 7.2 and 18.3 ± 5.4 °C), moved the longest distances (13.2 and 7 0 m/d), and had the greatest decrease in mass (- 4.88 and -4.22 g/wk), both died. Increased exposure to predation and the decrease in mass associated with increased winter activity could affect future survival or reproduction. LEE, JOHN R. Savannah River Ecology Laboratory/University of Georgia - Movement patterns of the cottonmouth. A ckistrodon ptscivorus Movement patterns of wetland animals may be influenced by a variety of factors. Environmental factors, such as changing water levels, may influence the overall movements of entire populations, while individual factors, such as reproductive behavior, may influence the movements of single animals. I measured the movement patterns of 14 cottonmouths, Agkistrodon pisavorus, from the summer of 1994 to present. The study site was in the Savannah River swamp on the Savannah River Site near Aiken, South Carolina. I used radiotelemetry to locate the snakes once every 72 hours and recorded their location with a global positioning system (GPS). A geographic information system (GIS) determined daily movement rates for each snake from the GPS data. Dataloggers at the study site recorded environmental conditions and water level in the swamp. I found that the highest rates of movement in the cottonmouths was related to falling water levels in the swamp I interpret this finding as a response of the snakes to changing food availibility associated with prey found trapped in isolated pools. I also compared movement rates by season and found highest male movement rates in late summer Non-gravid females had uniform movement rates throughout the active season, while those of gravid females decreased up to parturition, then greatly increased. I intrepreted these finding as being related to mate-searching in the males, and gestation effects in the females. Human activity (i.e , dams), through the direct and indirect effects of water levels on movement patterns, food availability, and reproductive activity, may ultimately affect the survival and fitness of wetland animals. STALTER, RICHARD1, and ERIC E. LAMONT.2 St. John's University1 and Riverhead High School2 — Ecology and flora of Native American shell rings from Southeastern United States. Shell rings from coastal South Carolina to Florida are ring or arc¬ shaped ridges consisting primarily ofshellfish remains, constructed by prehistoric Native Americans. All known shell rings are located at or near estuaries or tidal creeks approximately 40 kilometers north of Charleston, South Carolina, to 10 kilometers north of St. Augustine, Florida. Rings occur in complexes as well as isolated structures. The vascular flora at ten shell rings was sampled over two growing seasons, 1993 and 1994. Two hundred forty eight species in 167 genera in 68 families have been identified. The largest ABSTRACTS 123 families are the Poaceae (31 species) and Asteraceae (23 species), while Panicum (13 species) is the largest genus. Calciphiles such as_the rare Saaeretia minutif lora occur at 5 shell rings. Soil salinity and tidal flooding effect the distribution of plants at tidal shell rings. 91 DeCOSTER, JAMES K. University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, NC 27599 -Forest regeneration following tornado disturbance in the North Carolina piedmont. While the North Carolina piedmont has been used as a model for understanding old field succession, forest recovery following natural disturbances has not been well documented in this region. A tornado passed across the North Carolina piedmont in November 1988, creating a corridor of severely damaged trees. As a part of a larger study in understanding the impacts of the tornado on the forest tree damage, mortality and sprouting, seedling plots were established 3 1/2 years after the disturbance to record the initial stages of forest regeneradon. Seedling density and the average seedling height in the seedling plots were analyzed as a function of the amounts of canopy removal, microheterogeneity of the forest floor and edaphic factors. Increased seedling density and average seedling height are shown to be associated with increases in the degree of canopy removal, decreases in the amount of coarse woody debris, and changes in soil fertility and topographic position. Although seedling data cannot be used to predict pathways of forest succession, the high variability among plots will undoubtedly have implications for the recovery of the forest from the disturbance. SHINN, NANCY AND LAWRENCE S. BARDEN. University of North Carolina at Charlotte - Effects of soil disturbance, herbivore grazing, and rockiness of soil on seed germination, seedling growth, and survival of the federally endangered sunflower. Helianthus schweinitzii . We studied factors which may be limiting populations of H. schweinitzii, particularly seed germination and seedling survival. Our first study was a two-factor randomized complete block experiment excluding deer and disturbing soil in ten blocks. Excluding deer had no effect on germination or survival but disturbing soil significantly increased germination rate. Our second study used paired plots to test whether rockiness of the soil surface affected seed germination and survival. We placed quartz pebbles on disturbed soil before sprinkling seeds on the plots. The pebble treatment significantly increased both the number of germinations and the first season’s growth of seedlings. BISWAS, INDRANI1 and C. K. VARSHNEY2 ^Department of Biology, Furman University, 93 Greenville, SC and ^School of Environmental Sciences, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, India - Study of recovery pattern in tropical tree species as an indicator of SCh tolerance. The adverse effects of SCb on plants are manifested when the plants ability to withstand the pollutant load is exceeded. Some plant species are highly sensitive to SO2 while others can tolerate SCb stress to a considerable extent. Variation in the sensitivity of plants to SCh has a genetic basis which is reflected as biochemical and physiological differences among species. The ability to recover may be an important factor determining survival of plants where increased SCb levels are episodal. Very few studies have focused on the recovery pattern of plants after withdrawing SO2 stress. The objective of this study was to examine recovery patterns in four tropical tree species namely Azadirachta indica A Juss, Melia azadirach Linn, Morus alba Linn, and Syzygium jambolina Lamk, by measuring chlorophyll content, buffering capacity, peroxidase activity, superoxide dismutase activity and ethylene emission from these plants immediately after SO2 exposure and for varying lengths of time after withdrawal of stress. Results indicate that recovery was more in the tolerant species as compared to the sensitive ones. Also the rate of recovery was faster in the tolerant species. These are reported in the form of graphs and tables. TURRILL, NICOLE L. Dept, of Ecol. and Evol. Biol.. The University of Tennessee. Knoxville. TN 37996 - Fire suppression and the decline of southern Appalachian landscape heteroeenein Years of fire suppression have lead to the decline of southern Appalachian fire dependent ecosystems. An aerial photo of a montane, pine-oak region (18,600 ha) of the George Washington and Jefferson National Forest. 124 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 Covington, VA. was digitized as to cover type using a 24x24 cell grid. Furthermore, a 5 1 7 ha Pinus rigida subsection was digitized with a 12x12 cell grid. These data were analyzed using SPAN. All woody stems >2.5 cm dbh were measured in 16 0.02-ha plots located within the P rigida stand. For both regional and local scales, cover types were not clumped and the greatest amount of edge occurred between pine-hardwood and hardwood areas. Hardwood patches were most complex in shape followed decreasingly by pine-hardwood and pine. On the regional scale, pine-hardwood and hardwood occupied the greatest proportion of the landscape (52.3 and 45.7%. respectively). Average patch size was greatest for pine-hardwood (617.05 ha) followed decreasingly by hardwood (419.02 ha) and pine (86.10 ha). On the local scale, hardwood occupied 59.7% of the area followed by pine-hardwood (38.2%) and pine (2.1%). Average patch size was 77.19, 33.03. and 3.59 ha for hardwood, pine-hardwood, and pine, respectively. Pinus rigida was the most important canopy species of the sampled stand followed decreasingly by Quercus coccinea and Q. marilandica. All P rigida stems were >10 cm dbh whereas most Quercus stems were <10 cm dbh. These data strongly suggest that the pine component of the southern Appalachian landscape is being replaced by hardwoods on both local and regional scales. Reintroducing fire into the landscape would restore these ecosystems and, thus, restore landscape heterogeneity. ALLEN, B.P., E.F. PAULEY and R.R. SHARITZ. Savannah River Ecology Laboratory, Aiken, SC 29802-Post-hurricane seedling dynamics of a floodplain forests in South Carolina. The old-growth bottomland hardwood (BLH) and slough communities of the Congaree Swamp National Monument, Columbia, SC, were in the path of Hurricane Hugo and exposed to winds of up to 155 km/h. Within four 1 ha plots, 30 1/300 ha seedling plots were established to monitor post¬ hurricane seedling dynamics. Woody seedling densities were monitored annually beginning in 1991. In BLH, total density more than doubled in 1993, mostly from germination pulses of Celtis laevigata, Fraxinus spp., and Ulmus spp. Densities have remained high both from new germinants and persistence of earlier cohorts. Asimina triloba has maintained high densities of larger stems. These taxa were poorly represented in the canopy. In Sloughs, total seedling density increased 4-fold in 1993 but has since declined nearly to its prior level. These changes were mosdy from germination of Nyssa spp., Fraxinus spp., and Taxodium distichum, all of which are dominant trees in these sites. Seedling dynamics in BLH appear to be responding mostly to canopy disturbance from the hurricane. In sloughs, one drought year (1993) induced only a transient pulse in seedling density, suggesting strong hydrologic control over understory composition. 96 SMITH, GEORGE F 1 AND N S NICHOLAS2 'Graduate Program in Ecology, University of Tennessee, Knoxville, TN 37916 and 2Tennessee Valley Authority, Norris, TN 37828- Predicting change in southern Appalachian spruce-fir forests after thirty years of balsam woolly adelgid infestation The southern Appalachian spruce-fir forests form a unique montane ecosystem rich in endemic species, including Fraser fir (Abies fraseri (Pursh) Poir ), the dominant tree species at the highest elevations. An exotic insect, the balsam woolly adelgid (Adelges piceae Ratz.), invaded over thirty years ago and has since decimated adult Fraser fir Fir survival is in danger throughout its native range and the structure of the spruce-fir community is changing rapidly. This study predicts future relative abundances of Fraser fir, red spruce (Picea rubens Sarg.), hardwoods, and shrubs. In 1990 and 1991, all size classes of these taxa were sampled in 36 400 m2 permanent plots on five peaks in the Great Smoky Mountains National Park. A Markov chain model, a nonspatial model based on multiplication of transition probability matrices, was used to predict future community composition The proportion of overstory and seedling fir declined over time while sapling fir, seedling spruce, and hardwoods increased If the model assumptions are met, fir populations will be reduced in number and stature. Less shade-tolerant taxa will increase in response to greater canopy openness from the death of overstory fir PENLAND, KENNETH I. AND STEVEN W. SEAGLE. Appalachian Environmental Laboratory, Center for Environmental and Estuarine Studies, University of Maryland System, Frostburg, MD 21532 - Tree seedling recruitment in a deer browsed forest patch. White-tail deer ( Odocoileus virginianus) are believed responsible for inhibiting tree regeneration within the interior of small forest patches at the Goddard Space Flight Center in Greenbelt, ABSTRACTS 125 Maryland. Lack of advanced regeneration was described using 30 16 meter radious plots randomly located within the two largest forest patches. To experimentaly examine browing impacts, ten three by six meter plots were established and randomly assigned, with equal replicates, to fenced (closed) or open (control) treatments. Each plot was further subdivided into meter square sampling areas. All plants within each plot were individually identified, measured and mapped annually, from 1993 through 1995. Statistical analyses showed increasing numbers of plant from year to year for both treatments. However, the highest seedling success was observed in the closed plots where deer browsing was eliminated. 9g PAULEY, ERIC F.', BEVERLY S. COLLINS' AND WINSTON P. SMITH;. 'Savannah River Ecology Laboratory, Aiken, SC 29802 and "USDA Forest Service-TLMP, Juneau, AK 99801 - Vegetation response to nap creation in a bottomland hardwood forest. Management of bottomland hardwood forests in the southeastern United States would benefit by understanding herb/tree seedling interactions along disturbance gradients. We examined the early effects of creating gaps of different sizes (7, 10, 14, 20, 29, 40 m radius) in a bottomland forest on the Savannah River Site, South Carolina. Gaps were created in winter 1994 by mechanized logging, and acoms of commercially important cherrybark oak ( Quercus falcata var. pagodaefolia Ell.) were planted in plots with or without herb layer competition. More than 100 herb taxa had appeared in the gaps by fall 1995; most were previously absent. Most major herb taxa were favored by medium or larger gap sizes. Woody seedlings were mostly taxa of medium or high shade tolerance whose densities were highest in smaller gaps with more exposed mineral soil. Cherrybark oak survived best in medium-sized gaps, partly reflecting spring acorn predation. Neither removal nor addition of herbs affected oak seedling survival or growth. Canonical correspondence analysis suggested that both gap size and mineral soil exposure had community-level effects. Several major woody taxa were negatively associated with total herb cover. These results suggest that gap size influences initial vegetation response by differentially favoring establishment of herbaceous or woody taxa. Kelley, B.J., and Richard D. Porcher, The Citadel - Effects of The 99 Rediversion of the Cooper River: Changing Vegetation Patterns in Freshwater Tidal Marshes. Freshwater flow into the Cooper River near Charleston, South Carolina, was reduced in 1995 from an average of approximately 126 m3/sec (15,000 CFS) to an average of approximately 126 m3/sec (4,500 CFS) by rediverting water to the Santee River. Lowered water levels, as much as 15 cm in some locations have accelerated vegetational succession in the freshwater tidal marshes that now occupy abandoned rice fields that border the upper portion of the river. Most of the bordering marshes and tidal swamp forests of the upper Cooper River were diked and then cleared for rice cultivation during the 18th and 19th centuries. These fields were abandoned in the early 1900's. By 1995 all but a few of the old rice fields have breached dikes with daily tidal flow. Each field along the river was photographed at ground level and at low levels from the air. Four of the fields have been sampled for species composition, frequency and biomass/species at intervals beginning in 1982. Through the combination of on-the-ground sampling and analysis of aerial photography (NAPP color IR's and color slides), changes in percent cover and community composition have been documented for the period 1979-1995. Using the sampling results, a successional series has been developed for the rice fields. HORNBERGER, KATHLEEN L. 1 , HEATHER A. MCCLINTOCK 1 , AND STEVENS 100 HECKSCHER2 'Dept. Biology, Widener University, Chester, PA 19013 and -Natural Lands Trust, Wallingford, PA 19086 - Impact of urbanization on woody species in a southeastern P A forest and its implications on diversity Observations in the past two to three decades have shown a decline in summer neotropical migratory bird species in North America. Forest fragmentation coupled with overbrowsing by deer could be changing dynamics in the region. Our study at Crow's Nest Farm, Chester Counter PA, a Natural Lands Trust property, analyzed 30 randomly-selected plots (30m2). Woody species, which included trees >2m tall and vines were identified and DBH recorded within a 15m circle from the center of each plot Frequency, density, dominance, and importance values for each species were calculated along with species richness, evenness, and 126 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 a Shannon index for each plot Preliminary analysis indicates that a high woody species diversity is positively correlated with a high bird diversity, and that dominance is shifting from oak-hickory to beech-maple This could indicate a dynamically unstable system. PEDERSON, N. AND B PALIK. Jones Ecological Research Center, Box 2324, Ri. 4, Newton, GA, 31770. Disturbance history of a Coastal Plain loneleaf pine landscape. Procedures using tree establishment dates and dendroecological techniques to determine forest disturbance history have rarely been used in the open canopy forests dominated by the relatively intolerant longleaf pine (Prnus palustns). These techniques were developed in closed canopy forests primarily consisting of tree species that are tolerant of competition and respond to overstory disturbance with significant increases in growth Using these techniques we examined recruitment dates and tree- ring chronologies from 1260 trees in 70 stands in a Coastal Plain forest to reconstruct post-settlement disturbance history and note if dendroecological techniques are applicable in longleaf pine forests. Ordination of all stands using age structure data distinguished 9 age groups. Though most stands were multi-aged, maximum recruitment occurred between 1915 and 1939 and ensuing recruitment was reduced after 1945 in many age groups. However, simple recruitment patterns did not accurately reflect disturbance history. Major growth releases (> 100% increase in growth) occurred between 1890 and 1919 reflecting major canopy disturbance during initial cutting in the study area. The frequency of disturbance peaked between 1945 and 1959 followed by a second peak in the early 1980's. Despite increased opportunities for establishment after canopy disturbance, regeneration has been limited. Stand age structures were a result of an interaction of canopy disturbance, longleaf pine reproduction patterns, and past burning regimes. Longleaf pine is highly responsive to overstory canopy disturbance making it an excellent tree species for reconstruction of forest disturbance history. 102 BASINGER, MARK A. AND PHILIP A. ROBERTSON Southern Illinois University at Carbondale - Windstorm damage in an old-growth maple-oak-hickorv forest in southwestern Illinois Effects of a windstorm at Weaver's Woods on June 8, 1995 were investigated to identify tree species damaged, cause (wind or another tree) and mode of damage (uprooted, snapped, etc.), and factors related to the damage. Twenty-nine permanent 0.04 ha plots were surveyed to identify each woody taxon (>6.6 cm dbh) damaged during the storm, A total of 359 trees (12.4 trees/plot) of 25 different species were damaged from this windstorm, 23 1 (64.3%) were Acer saccharvm, the dominant woody species, followed by Fagus grandifolia (22/6 2%) and Carya ovata (20/6 1%) Fifty-four trees (15 0%) died as a result of this windstorm. Fifty-two Onerous and Carya species were damaged ( 1 7 died) in the windstorm, these trees damaged an additional 100 trees in being uprooted, snapped, or losing a major branch Using a Wilcoxon paired-sample test, the number of woody species damaged was significantly higher on the west slope (17.0 trees/plot) compared to the east slope (8.8 trees/plot) of the forest (P < 0.01). This indicates that a large edge effect from forest fragmentation contributed to increased wind damage on the west slope SMALL, CHRISTINE J., and THOMAS R. WENTWORTH. North Carolina State University- Charactenzation of Montane Cedar-Hardwood Woodlands of the Southern Blue Ridge Province. Montane Cedar-Hardwood Woodlands, eastern red cedar (, Juniperus virginiana) dominated plant communities in the southern Appalachian Mountains, occur on steep south and southwest facing slopes of circumneutral rock outcrops. Permanent tenth hectare plots were established in these and neighbonng communities in the Southern Blue Ridge Province of North Carolina to quantitatively characterize the vegetation, dynamics, and environment of the communities. Vascular plant species were inventoried using a nested quadrat sampling method. Common Woodland canopy species included J. virginiana, Carya glabra, C. alba, and Quercus montana, with an herbaceous layer dominated by Solidago spp., A ndropogon spp., Schizachyrium scoparium, Sorghastrum nutans, and Carex spp. Basophilic species such as Dodecatheon meadia, Amelanchier sanguinea, Lonicera flava, and Sedum glaucophyllum were also common. Patterns of compositional similarity were explored among stands using cluster analysis and other methods of numerical classification to segregate those stands most typifying the Cedar-Hardwood Woodlands and to identify those species most effective in distinguishing between the Woodlands and other community types. Gradient analytical techniques were used to explore environmental relationships and to better understand the relative position of Cedar-Hardwood Woodlands along regional compositional and environmental gradients. ABSTRACTS 127 104 BASINGER, MARK A. AND PHILIP A. ROBERTSON. Southern Illinois University at Carbondale - Herbaceous vegetation and flora of an old-growth maple-oak-hickorv forest in southwestern Illinois. The herbaceous vegetation of Weaver’s Woods was sampled in May and August of 1995 to determine compositional and seasonal changes. One-hundred sixteen 4 nr quadrats were sampled for frequency and percent cover using modified Daubenmire cover classes. Dominant taxa in the spring were Podophyllum peltatum, Galium aparine , Corydahs flavula , and Phryma leptostachya while Pilea pumila , Impauens capensis, Phytolacca ctmericana , and Eupatorium rugosum were dominant in late summer Using a Wilcoxon paired-sample test, species richness (7.7 to 3.8/quadrat) and percent cover (34 6 to 20,7%/quadrat) significantly decreased (P < 0 01) from spring to late summer It is thought that an increase in canopy shade from Acer saccharum and Asimma triloba, past and present grazing, and edge effects from forest fragmentation are the most important factors in explaining the current herb composition. A floristic survey from April through October identified 1 52 herbaceous taxa Pilea and Podophyllum were the only abundant species, and 1 13 taxa were either infrequent or rare in the forest. Stalter, RICHARD, St. John's University, Jamaica, N.Y. — Tree diversity at New York City home sites. Queens County. New York. The objective of the present study, mapping identifying and measuring the DBH of trees at 40 home sites, New York City, Queens County, New York, is the first of its kind in the northeast¬ ern United States. Sites were selected for study after obtaining the home-owner's permission and if the property contained mature trees when the home was constructed, 1929-1953. Tree diversity, 36 species, is greater than that reported in larger samples of arborescent vegetation within New York City Parks. Eighteen non¬ native species were planted at urban home sites while seventeen native species occur naturally. Two native species, Cornus f lorida and Ouercus palustris and one non-native tree, Acer olatanoides , were mostly planted but are regenerating. The most abundant trees at the home sites are Ouercus velutina . C . f lorida and Ouercus ruba though many CD. f lorida were probably planted. Ouercus velutina . 0 ■ rubra and alba rank 1-3 in relative dominance. The composition of arborescent vegetation at urban home sites is similar to that reported in urban parks within New York City and is similar to the vegetation observed by Dutch settlers, 350 years ago. 106 ANDREA B. AND CHARLES N. HORN. Governor’s School of Science and Mathematics, and Biology Department, Newberry College. - An Ecological Survey of Dirca palustris L. (Thvmelaeaceael in the Piedmont of South Carolina. An ecological survey was conducted during 1995 at each of seven sites where Dirca palustris (leatherwood) is known to grow of South Carolina. Vegetation analyses using transect lines laid through the populations were used to determine the importance values of tree species based on the sum of relative frequency, relative dominance, and relative density. Most of the surveyed populations were located in mesic mixed hardwood forests where Pinus taeda (loblolly pine) and Liquidamber styraciflua (sweet gum) are the prevalent canopy trees. Soil analyses which included soil texture and pH determination were conducted at each site. Plants were found in well drained sandy loams along streams. Dirca palustris is typically known to grow in alkaline soils in other regions of its range; however, the populations in South Carolina were associated with slightly acidic soils. Populations sizes were generally around 100 plants, with a range of 1 1 plants at one site to over 500 plants along several hundred meters of stream bank at another site. RENTCH, JAMES AND RONALD FORTNEY, West Virginia Graduate College, South Charleston, WV - The Vegetation of West Virginia Grass Bald Communities . Six high elevation areas in West Virginia historically considered grass balds were examined with respect to site conditions, species composition and dominance, and community similarity, using the criteria established by 128 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 Mark (1958) . All occur above 1150m in elevation in the transition zone between red spruce ( Picea rubens) and northern hardwood forests. Bald size varied widely. Five of six sites had similar aspects and slopes. The impact of human disturbance was significant at all sites. Herbaceous dominants were primarily mountain oat grass ( Danthonia compressa ) , although other grasses were abundant; at two sites weedy perennials, primarily Asteraceae, were dominant. Blueberries ( Vaccinium spp . ) were dominant in the shrub strata at all sites. When vegetation of WV and southern Appalachian balds were compared, the following differences were noted: While balds of the two regions shared some dominants, WV balds were more diverse in the herbaceous layer, with lower levels of dominance than southern balds. WV balds had a more highly developed shrub layer. Community similarity indices, cluster analysis, and detrended correspondance analysis all suggest that grass balds of the two regions are distinctly different plant communities. 108 Porcher, Richard D. The Citadel - Rare Vascular Plants of the Francis Marion National Forest. The Francis Marion National Forest consists of 250,000 acres in Berkeley and Dorchester counties. South Carolina. Included in the forest are a wide variety of plant communities. Community types include, for examples, longleaf pine flatwoods and savannas; bottomland and upland swamp forests; evergreen shrub bogs; and a variety of deciduous forests. Because of this diversity, a significant number of rare vascular plants have been documented on the Forest. Categories of rare plants documented include two federally endangered species; seven federally listed category 2 species; five disjunct species; and forty-five species considered rare in the state or coastal plain. Data recorded for each species in a report to the United States Forest Service include habitat description, herbarium citations, location on topographic maps, 2x2 color slides, management recommendations, history of occurrence on the Forest, literature references, and cultural and/or economic uses . NEWELL, CLAIRE L. AND ROBERT K. PEET. Department of Biology, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, NC 27599-3280. - Plant species richness of Southern Appalachian forests. Although the Southern Appalachians are famous for their plant community diversity, few studies have quantified species richness or the factors that influence it. Our objective was to determine how the plant species nchness of Appalachian forest communities varies with geography, habitat and scale of observation. Vegetation was sampled using standard methodology across the range of habitats in six study areas distributed across the North Carolina mountains. Species richness of each of the 600+ samples was determined at seven scales between 0.01 and 1000m'. For each of the study areas, species richness of plots > l.m' had strong correlations with soil pH, base saturation, Ca and Mn. Topographic characteristics such as slope, aspect and digitally derived variables were most strongly correlated with richness at smaller scales ( 10 m2) was highest in slope forests dominated by Quercus and Carya. Lowest diversity occurred on infertile sites, particularly Truga-dominated slopes. Within a particular community type, diversity levels varied between study areas and tended to be lower in regions with typically less fertile soils. ZARTM AN, CHARLES E., AND J. DAN PITTILLO. Dept, of Biology, Western Carolina University, Cullowhee, NC. 28723-Vegetation of Spray Cliff Communities of the Chattooga River Basin: An Inventory and Ecological Analysis. The steep topography and southerly aspect of the southeastern Blue Ridge Embayment contribute to the consistently high precipitation levels within this region. Such unique geographic and climatic characteristics of the Embayment provide habitat for an uncommon assemblage of endemic, disjunct and relict plant species, and this phenomenon is dramatically represented in proximity to the spray of cascades and waterfalls where restrictive plant species inhabit these stable microclimates. Described as spray cliff communities, the vegetational composition of these sites is unique to the southern Appalachians primarily because it includes plant species at the extreme southern limit of their north temperate population centers coexisting, with plant taxa exhibiting strong tropical affinities. The Chattooga River Basin, which drains the western portion of the Embayment region, was chosen as the study site based on both the density and environmental heterogeneity of spray cliff sites within the watershed. The vegetation at 14 sites was sampled to 1) compile information on the ABSTRACTS 129 flora of spray cliff communities, 2) analyze the relationships between plant composition and environment, and 3) evaluate the role of certain physical parameters such as area, and distance between spray sites on species richness. Vegetation was recorded through multiple 1 x 1 m plots situated randomly within the site, and the number of plots per site varied between 5 and 9 depending on the heterogeneity of the site. The survey revealed a total of 307 plant species representing 41 species as southern Appalachian endemics- 7 of which are primarily restricted to the Embayment Region, 15 species as tropically disjunct taxa, and 42 species as cosmopolitan distributions. COULLING, PHILIP P. University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill - Phvtosociology of high-elevation j j j Ouercus rubra forests in the central Virginia Blue Ridge. Stands dominated by northern red oak ( Quercus rubra) are widespread at higher elevations in the central Blue Ridge mountains of Virginia, but there are few published studies of the vegetation of this region. This paper presents results of an analysis of vegetation -environment relationships in 52 red oak stands. These stands are distributed across 35 km of latitude, over 300 m of elevation, and three types of parent material, with the largest concentration on metamorphosed plutonic rock. Vegetation was sampled using 4- to 10-are rectangular plots. Within each plot the presence of all vascular plant species was recorded and percent cover estimated in each of four 100 nr modules. Stand ordination using Canonical Correspondence Analysis revealed strong relationships between ordination axes and measured soil variables: the first axis correlates most strongly with soil pH, the second with soil cations, as well as elevation. These results are consistent with previous analyses of vegetation in the southern Appalachians, although the percent variance in species composition explained by measured environmental variables is low. Species richness peaks on the most base-rich sites and is lowest on the least fertile sites (those underlain by metasedimentary substrate). On plutonic sites richness is lowest at the highest elevations and in stands with a dense fern understory; > 40% of plutonic sites have average fern cover >25%. In general there is a negative correlation between species richness and percent cover of ferns, but the least fertile and most species-poor sites lack ferns altogether. Ericaceous shrubs have highest cover values on the least fertile sites. CLOSE, DAVID D .AND JAMES FRALISH Southern Illinois University and Austin Peay University -Analysis of the herbaceous stratum within forest communities at Land Between the Lakes. KY and TN Since 1986, research on the forest communities of LBL has been conducted by Center for Field Biology, Austin Peay State University and the Department of Forestry, Southern Illinois University In the past, the focus of research has been placed on the woody vegetation Data have been collected on the canopy and midcanopy, but not on the herbaceous stratum During the summer of 1995, the herbaceous component was sampled on permanent plots used to collect canopy and midcanopy data Percent cover by species was estimated using 10 two square meter quadrats located in representative stands of each community type A coenocline of herbaceous species across an implied soil moisture gradient was developed and compared to coenoclines of canopy and midcanopy species The dominant species found in the canopy, midcanopy, and herbaceous strata were used to develop an ecological land classification system for LBL forest communities Apparently historical activities such as iron mining and land clearing for agriculture and charcoal production have greatly impacted species richness I13 CARTER, ROBERT E„ MARK D. MACKENZIE, AND DEAN H. GJERSTAD. School of Forestry, Aubum University, Auburn, AL 36849-5418 -Ecological land classification of unland sites in the Southern Loam Hills Region of south Alabama. A landscape scale classification of ecosystems was undertaken on the Conecuh National Forest in south Alabama. This area is part of the former longleaf pine belt that stretched from Virginia to Texas. The classification procedure follows the hierarchical framework of ecological units being developed by the US Forest Service. Three upland landtype associations have already been identified in the region. These types are: 1) the Pine Hills, historically a longleaf pine/wire grass type; 2) the Dougherty Plain, similar to the Pine Hills but influenced by limestone geology; and 3) Wet Pine Flatwoods, dominated by grasses and sedges with scattered longleaf and slash pines. In the first phase of the study, trees, saplings, shrubs, seedlings, and herbaceous vegetation as well as soil and landform parameters were sampled in mature stands throughout the Conecuh National Forest. Preliminary results of this field study suggest that the landtype associations identified by the Forest Service are valid and that landtype and landtype phase units can be identified by interrelating soils, vegetation, and landform variables. Identifying and describing these ecological units may aid in the restoration of longleaf pine ecosystems. 130 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 MUTH, CHRISTINE C. AND ROBERT K. PEET. Department of Biology, University of North 1 14 Carolina at Chapel Hill -A comparison of understorv tolerance measurements for woody plants. Tolerance has been defined as the ability of a plant to survive and grow in a forest understory. A variety of methods have been developed for measuring tolerance in terms of physiological traits, canopy architecture, and understory density. This study suggests and alternative index of tolerance based on survival and growth of understory saplings. This index is compared to four commonly used methods for tolerance determination: dark respiration rate, bifurcation ratio, number of branch orders, and density of understory individuals. Species tolerance rankings differ with the method used. Tolerance also varies spatially between sites and temporally as an individual matures. A series of new tolerance tables is presented to aid foresters and ecologists in land management, forest modeling, and studies of comparative ecology. PHILLIPS, DAVID L Southern Illinois University at Carbondale, Illinois-Factors affecting plant species distribution on seep springs of the lower Cache River valley Natural freshwater seep springs are unique biological systems. The characteristic substrate, limnology, and hydroperiod are major factors that help determine the unique flora of many seep springs The Cypress Creek National Wildlife Refuge of southern Illinois, located in the extreme southern portion of the state, contains many seeps which contribute water to the wetlands of the area Some of the oldest woody vegetation in Illinois is found in these wetlands Eighteen seep springs were chosen for vegetation and limnological analysis based upon ( 1 ) their proximity to one of Cypress Creek’s major wetlands and (2) their relative lack of major disturbance Percent cover of herbaceous vegetation was measured in 216 l-m2 plots, 12 per seep spring Nitrate-nitrogen, pH, water temperature, conductivity, and alkalinity data were measured from seep water In addition, plot shading, hydropenod, and presence of woody vegetation were determined for each seep spring Ninety-eight herbaceous species were found on the seeps The seep spnngs had an average species richness of 12 Fifteen woody species were found Moisture and disturbance gradients are thought to contribute to species variance McCALL, ROBIN K.. AND DAVID J. GIBSON. CENTER FOR MARINE SCIENCE, UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN MISSISSIPPI AND DEPARTMENT OF PLANT BIOLOGY. SOUTHERN ILLINOIS UNIVERSITY AT CARBONDALE-Microclimatic influences on the growth and distribution of Sortrhastrum nutans and Helianthus divancatus on southern Illinois loess hill prairies. Microclimatic variables were monitored on three southern Illinois loess hill prairies in an attempt to determine which factor(s) had the greatest influence on the growth and distribution of Sorghastrum nutans and Helianthus divaricatus. Fifty-seven herbaceous species were identified in conjunction with the two target taxa. Detrended correspondence analysis and one-way ANOVA showed that overstory canopy coverage and slope angle were the two factors having the greatest influence on species distribution. For both taxa slope angle alone was the best indicator for tiller height and percent ground cover. It is suggested that a regimen of controlled burning and gradual elimination of overstory canopy forming taxa followed by periodic sampling be implemented to maintain and increase the size of loess hill prairies at Ozark Hill Prairies Research Natural Area. 117 SEAGLE. STEVEN W AND SUH-YUEN LIANG Appalachian Environmental Laboratory, Center for Environmental and Estuarine Studies, University of Maryland System, Frostburg, MD 21532 - Simulating the impact of white-tailed deer browsing on succession in a bottomland hardwood forest Increasing numbers of white-tailed deer (OJocoileus virginianus) in many areas of the eastern United States has resulted in severe loss of advanced forest regeneration. Predicting impacts of this loss on forest succession are difficult because of logistical limits on experimental studies To address potential long-term impacts, we have modified a forest gap model to simulate bottomland hardwood forests on the Patuxent ABSTRACTS 131 Environmental Science Center (PESC), Maryland. Primary modifications include greater detail of seedling demography, soil water impacts, adjustment of photosynthetic algorithms to reflect multiple species, and development of algorithms to simulate browsing The model successfully simulates PESC forest composition and was also verified using independent data from a different site Application of the model to multiple browsing scenarios indicates that white-tailed deer will not alter the general direction of forest succession even with heaw browsing However, the rate of succession may change considerably These results arise from the interaction of browsing with the life history characteristics of the dominant forest species, and thus are difficult to generalize to all forest types and stages of succession without similar studies being conducted 118 BRAY, JAMES JR. Southern Illinois University at Carbondale - Microhabitat diversity of Trichomanes petersii in Arkansas. Trichomanes petersii has typically been found as an epiphyte in the Gulf Costal plain, with northern extensions now known in Arkansas. After reviewing habitats reported in the literature, field work was expanded in Arkansas to include additional microhabitats. This survey expanded the known sites in Arkansas with the addition of Clark and Hot Spring counties. Also, the range of the Gulf Coastal habitat of T. petersii , growing as an epiphyte, was extended inland ca. 200 km. Of more importance, however, was the discovery of a transinonal habitat, namely, novaculite. Outcrops of this metamorphic rock are abundant in the Ouachita mountains extending to the southern range of the interior highlands in Arkansas. While visiting these areas, with seeps and a moderate canopy, multiple populations were found. These areas are intermediate between the full exposure of the epiphytic populations of the Gulf Coastal plain and the highly protective saxicolous habitats afforded by the sandstone rockhouses in the plant's nonhem range. NEAL, CHRIS and FROSTY LEVY. Dept, of Biological Sciences, East Tennessee State University, 119 Johnson City, TN 37614 - Spatial and temporal structuring of chloroplast genomes in Phacelia dubia Each of three spatially isolated populations of Phacelia dubia var. georgiana show several restnction fragment length polymorphisms among chloroplast genomes. Individuals either display the type D or type G genome. A molecular approach was used to survey the plastome type of many individuals within each of three populations. We tested the hypothesis, that spatial and temporal sub-structuring occurs within these populations, as a means to assess the relative roles of selection and genetic drift in shaping population structure. Southern blots of genomic DNAs were probed using digoxigenin labeled chloroplast DNA Plastome type was determined by using autoradiography The four populations showed significant differences in the frequency of plastome types. Furthermore, there was a high level of local spatial structuring within each population Over a seven year period, the frequency of plastome types in two populanons were stable while temporal variation was found in the other two populations. Local spatial structuring within populations and plastome frequency differences among populations suggest genetic drift and limited seed dispersal play major roles in influencing the frequency and distribution of chloroplast genomes. 120 WOLFE, LORNE. Georgia Southern University, Statesboro, Georgia. - The ecology of sex ratios: the case of a sexually flexible Mediterranean desert plant The main goal of this study was to examine the evoluuon of sexual dimorphism in Ochradenns baccaras, an Israeli desert shrub with extremely variable sex expression. Populations are gynodioecious and typically consist of two sexual morphs: females reproduce only via ovule and seed production while 'males' are sexually "flexible (termed inconstant males). Some individuals produce only pollen, while others produce both pollen and seed. Previously published models concerned with the evolution of sexual dimorphisms have predicted that: 1) the frequency of inconstant males should be inversely related to the frequency of females, and; 2) if the degree of male inconstancy is influenced by environmental factors, then seed production in males should decline "along with habitat quality. 1 found support for both of these predictions. Although the sex ratio did not differ significantly from 1:1 in 19 of 24 populations surveyed along a latitudinal rainfall gradient, the fraction of males that produced fruit declined on a north-south gradient that reflected a three-fold decline in rainfall. Among populauons, the frequency of females was negatively correlated with the frequency of inconstant males, these results demonstrate that there is feedback between the propensity of males to set fruit and that the reproductive behavior of males (and therefore the sex ratio) is conditional on environmental parameters. POLLARD, A JOSEPH. Department of Biology, Furman University, Greenville, SC 29613 - 121 Ecological genetics of metal hvperaccumulation in Thlaspi caerulescens Approximately 400 species of plants are known to accumulate exceptionally high concentrations of heavy metals in their leaves, a phenomenon known as hyperaccumulation These studies investigated Thlaspi 132 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 caerulescens, a European species that hyperaccumulates Zn, Cd, and Ni, and attempted to determine whether hyperaccumulation may have evolved as a defense against herbivory. Evolution of a defense mechanism requires the existence of intrapopulation genetic variation, as well as deterrence of feeding by herbivores. T. caerulescens seedlings from two populations in England were grown as sib families in zinc-amended hydroponic solutions, and assayed for dry weight and foliar zinc concentration. Both characters showed significant genetic variability both between and within populations, based on heritability analysis. Three species of herbivores showed strong avoidance of high-zinc foliage in pairwise choice feeding trials. These results suggest that herbivores could select for the evolution of metal hyperaccumulation in naturally variable populations. They are also significant in attempts to exploit hyperaccumulating plants as tools for phytoremediation of metal-contaminated soils. 122 EDWARDS, ADRIENNE L University of Georgia/Savannah River Ecology Laboratory- Pooulation genetics of the rare Saaittana lsoetiformis lAlismataceae): Surprising preliminaries. Saar tt ana isoetiformis (Smith) is an herbaceous aquatic perennial plant restricted primarily to Carolina bays and limesinks in Alabama, Georgia, Florida and the Carolinas Because these isolated habitats experience extreme fluctuations in hydrology, severe droughts may cause local extinctions that influence the levels and distribution of genetic variation in this species A preliminary population genetic survey of 15 loci in 7 populations revealed that populations are distinct across a wide geographic range (G^ - 0.21), with an average of 3 5 alleles for 12 polymorphic loci. Mean expected heterozygosity (iig ■ 0.30 ) and total gene diversity (iiT • 0 41 ) were very high, with most of this variation found within populations (hs ■ 0.30 ). Nei's genetic identity among populations ranged from 0.80-0 97 and correlated well with geographic distances Two additional populations were excluded from the summary statistics reported above. First, a population from the northern extreme of the geographic range had a low average genetic identity to the other populations (7 . 0.72 ) and may represent a cryptic species. In addition, a population from the eastern edge of the range had several duplicated loci suggesting autopolyploidy, a condition that has not been reported in the genus Sagittaria. 123 MCLAIN, DENSON K. Georgia Southern Univereitv-Haploid genetic model of the evolution of mate deception and multiple mating criteria. A two-locus, deterministic, haploid genetic model is analyzed to determine conditions for the evolution of dishonest advertising (mate deception) by males. The loci followed are: (1) a preference locus expressed in females and with alleles causing or not causing a preference for one of two variable male traits and (2) a deception locus with alleles causing or not causing the facultative exaggeration of one male trait. Female preferences are based on environmentally-determined male phenotypes which can be associated with the enhancement of female fecundity when not deceptively expressed. When present, expression of the allele for deception occurs in males experiencing such a poor environment that normal development of preferred traits is curtailed. The deception allele exaggerates the male phenotype at one preferred trait only, mimicking development in a good environment, but at the cost of the male's ability to contribute nuptial rewards that enhance female fecundity. Simulations of the model in basic reveal that the allele for deception cannot coevolve from low frequency with a preference allele for the same trait. However, deception at a male trait can evolve once the preference allele acquires a modest frequency under direct fecundity selection. With the evolution of dishonest advertisement, fecundity selection on females favors alleles producing alternative mating preferences. 124 STRATTON, GAIL', GARY L. MILLER2, PATRICIA R. MILLER3 AND EDGAR LEIGHTON2 i RHODES COLLEGE, MEMPHIS, TN 2 UNIVERSITY OF MISSISSIPPI 3 NORTHWEST MISSISSIPPI COMMUNITY COLLEGE - Interpopulation vartation in courtship and reproductive isolation among three populations of brush-legged wolf spiders. Brush-legged Schizocosa species (S. mocreata) were collected from three populations representing two physiographic regions in central Mississippi (Miss. River Delta and Loess Bluffs) to experimentally determine the extent of reprodudve isolation (RI) among the populations. Previous studies have shown a high degree of variation in male courtship behavior among populations with apparent RI between many populations. Ten homotypic and 10 heterotypic pairings of mature males and females were made among all three populations. Each courtship bout was videotaped. The two populations from the Delta region (Leroy Percy S.P. and Stoneville Woods) appear not to be RI with a comparable number of heterotypic and homotypic matings occurring between each pairing. Males from Stoneville and Leroy Percy courted females from the Loess Bluffs (Grenada) with slightly less frequency than they courted their own females. Grenada females generally showed aggression toward males of both LP and ST, however, in one instance a mating occured between a Grenada female and a ABSTRACTS 133 Stoneville male. Viable offspring were produced from this mating. Grenada males would only court Grenada females. This study suggests that the LP and ST populations are not RI from each other but are strongly so from the Grenada population. However, there appears to be genetic compatiblity between Grenada and the Stoneville population. We are currently examing morphlogy, phenology, populations density and geoloigic history to determine the mechanisms and patttems of species differentiation in brush-legged wolf spiders in Mississippi. MCELROY, TOM C., M. LANCE PRESLEY, AND WALTER J. DIEHL. Dept. Biological Sciences, Mississippi State University, Mississippi State, MS 39762 - Is there a aenotype- soecific concordance between growth early in ontogeny and indices of fitness in the earthworm Eisenia fetida ? Growth (A fresh weight), survivorship (weeks), and fecundity (cocoons per earthworm per week) were measured throughout the life history of E. fetida raised in 3 soil moistures (2, 3, 4 ml H^O/g dry peat moss) at 20°C. Total fitness was calculated as the product of the probabilities of survivorship and fecundity summed over the life history of each earthworm. Genotypes of Gpd2 and Pgm were resolved by horizontal starch-gel electrophoresis. Other studies have shown that genotype and the environment interact to affect growth in E. fetida. Further, it has been shown that growth early in ontogeny (weeks 3-13) is a good predictor of fitness across temperature and moisture gradients. In the present study, genotypes of Gpd2 and Pgm interact with the environment to affect growth, survivorship, and fecundity. However, for these loci there is no genotype -specif ic concordance between growth early in ontogeny (weeks 3-9) and indices of fitness after the effects of the environment have been taken into account. The effect of genotype on growth may be different from the effect of genotype on fitness. The biochemical and physiological mechanisms by which genotype affects growth or fitness may be different from the mechanism by which the environment affects growth or fitness. Supported by NSF grant DEB-9221094 to WJD. DIEHL. WALTER J., TOM C. MCELROY, AND M. LANCE PRESLEY. Dept. Biological Sciences, 125 Mississippi State University, Mississippi State, MS 39762 - An allozvme-locus genotype X environment interaction affecting growth in the earthworm Eisenia fetida . Biweekly growth (A fresh weight) of E. fetida (3-13 weeks old) was measured in all combinations of 3 soil moistures (M: 2, 3, 4 ml H20/g peat moss) and 4 temperatures (T: 15, 20, 25, 28°C; total N = 1369) . Genotypes at 7 polymorphic allozyme loci were detected by starch-gel electrophoresis. There was a significant interaction ( P< 0 . 0 5) between genotype and the environment (M X T) that affected growth (repeated measures ANOVA, Wilkes A.) at 6 of these loci after the effect of environment alone was taken into account. There were no significant correlations (P>0.05) between multilocus heterozygosity (MLH) and growth within any combination of constant moisture and temperature, suggesting that a heterogeneous environment is required for MLH-growth relationships. Genotype X environment interactions for each locus were evaluated by computing the fitness of each genotype (mean growth of the genotype divided by the maximal mean growth among genotypes) within each environment. For each of the 6 loci, the mean fitness of the heterozygous genotype among environments was at least marginally greater than that of one homozygous genotype. This difference in fitness among genotypes and environments is sufficient to maintain polymorphisms at these loci in earthworms that experience fine-grained, environmental variation if each combination of environments is sampled equally. Supported by NSF grant DEB- 9221094 to WJD. WORTHEN, WADE B Furman University - Temperature effects on short-term responses to 1 -7 bi-directionai selection bv tropical and temperate populations of Drosophila melanosaster In 1992, Rohde suggested that latitudinal biodiversity gradients are influenced by higher radiation in the tropics, which would increase evolutionary speed by increasing mutation, decreasing generation time, and increase divergence under selection. I tested this hypothesis by conducting bi-directional selection experiments for geotaxis on tropical and temperate populations of Drosophila melanogaster cultured at 1ST. 21.5°C, and 25°C. Selected lines from the tropical population raised at 25°C (7 generations of selection) diverged more than lines from the temperate population raised at 18°C (3 generations of selection) Realized heritabilities did not differ. Therefore, greater divergence in the tropical population was not the result of disproportionate response to selection but was the result of greater cumulative selection over more generations; supporting Rohde’s hypothesis. When the responses of both populations at all three temperatures were analyzed, realized heritabilities and the number of generations both increased with temperature for the temperate population, resulting in greater divergence at high temperatures For the 134 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 tropical population, there was no difference in divergence across temperature treatments. Realized heritabilities decreased as temperature increased, counteracting the generation time effect and contradicting Rohde’s hypothesis. In the context of population-specific stress which increases phenotypic variability, realized heritability can counteract or augment temperature effects. TAMASH1RO, DANA A., MATTHEW P. ROWE, AND GARY L. WALKER. Appalachian State 128 University-Population uenetic architecture of a southern Appalachian dismnct: the northern saw-whet owl in the southeastern United States. Red spruce ( Picea rubens ) and Fraser fir (Abies fraseri) forests form an archipelago along the Appalachian Mountains. These islands are located in West Virginia and the Appalachian Mountains of North Carolina, Tennessee and Virginia. Many of the avian species inhabiting these islands are typically found further north. One of these is the northern saw-whet owl (Acgolius ac adieus subspp. acadicus Gmelin). Nonhem saw-whet owls appear to be strongly associated with these forests and have a similar island-like distribution-a large "mainland" population in the nonhern United States and southern Canada and two smaller southern populations. As spruce-fir forests have been disjunct from the larger expanses of boreal forest in the nonh for -10,000 years, southern Appalachian saw-whet owls may also be disjunct and genetically distinct. To test this, we are using allozyme electrophoresis to elucidate the genetic structure of this species' populations in the eastern United States. We have collected blood samples from the southern Appalachians, West Virginia, Wisconsin and Okanagan Valley, British Columbia. Blood from a recognized subspecies inhabiting the Queen Charlotte Islands, BC, the Queen Charlotte saw-whet owl (A. a. brooksi Fleming), was taken to provide an estimate of subspecific genetic distances in this species. Eleven loci were analyzed at ten enzyme systems. Low levels of variation were observed at two polymorphic loci. Rare alleles were held at heterozygous loci in the southern Appalachian and West Virginia populations and were absent in Wisconsin and Okanagan Valley owls. Further work, using microsatellite DNA, is being conducted. JUILLERAT, FLORENCE. Indiana University/Purdue University at Indianapolis - It is our profession, vet it is mysteriously absent from our professional discourse. What does our lack of conversation about pedagogy mean to students, the public, and us? Mostly it says something about value and commitment. We do what we value. Research in science education has produced a large body of knowledge about specific concepts and processes we should be addressing in the biology classroom, how these should be approached, and how we measure progress in teaching and learning. Instructional materials, laboratory activities , and testing at the college level should be grounded in principles of instructional design that reflect this research. This session will summarize the large body of research in science teaching that addresses concept development, higher order thinking skills, and human relationships in the classroom. While faculty set the learning agenda and students must choose to learn, there are ways we can help students learn how to learn biology. Classroom reform, however, requires more than tinkering with student management via the project - centered approach- it takes leadership. An agenda for professional discourse, grounded in a data base and history, will be outlined for systemic change in the college biology classroom. Cook, Susan/ J. Seward Johnson Marine Education and Conference Center 130 Submersibles, Satellites, and Seagrasses: Education at Harbor Branch Oceanographic Institution All college faculty who lead student field trips to Florida should be aware that there is a new marine education facility where they can cost-effectively introduce their students to careers in oceanography as well as to the marine ecology and geology of east central Florida Slides and videos will introduce the J. Seward Johnson Marine Education and Conference Center at Harbor Branch Oceanographic Institution in Ft. Pierce. ] 3 j ALlFF, JOHN VINCENT. DeKalb College - Gwinnett, 1301 Atkinson Rd„ Lawrenceville, GA 30243 - Implications of the Fourteen Points of Total Quality Management (TOM) for Biolotrv Education. Educational reformers are applying Total Quality Management theory. A synopsis of the points of TQM and implications follow. Point #1 : Establish a moral purpose of the institution. Implications include replacing ABSTRACTS 135 the traditional priority on the "survival of the fittest" biology students with egalitarian inclusiveness. Points #2. #7. #1 1, and #14: Use cooperative efforts instead of individual efforts. Implications include increased responsibilities and time spent by faculty to take over functions currently done by middle management and less time spent by faculty to take over functions currently done by middle management and less time for entrepreneurial research. Because TQM theory asserts that individual rewards and recognition undermine team work, competition for classroom grades and professional recognition would be eliminated. Points #3, #7 and #8: Stop the practice of using inspection of the product to maintain quality. Implications include drastically reducing or eliminating testing, eliminating outcome-based education and merit pay. TQM proposes that grading of students and student evaluations of instructors produce "fear in the work place.” Points #4, #5 and #7: Continuously improve the system and its product. Implications include adopting active learning techniques to replace lecture, and to continuously and anonymously assess learning as a process rather than teaching. Point #6 and #13: Implement employee education and self-improvement. Implications include requirements (sic) to maintain tenure. PETERSEN, RAYMOND L.1 AND MARTIN MACKENZIE2 . 'Department of Biology, j3-i Howard University, Washington, DC and 2U.S. Forest Service, Morgantown, WV.- Forest Biology Tiers I -III. An undergraduate field course and research experience. Forest Biology is an award-winning, interdisciplinary field biology/ecology program for undergraduate students in the high mountains of the Monongahela National Forest, West Virginia. The program is offered jointly by Howard University and the U.S. Forest Service along with other participating institutions: University of the District of Columbia, Prince Georges Community College, Delaware State University, and the University of Maryland Eastern Shore. This program over the past three years has trained 65 students and has involved the active participation of over a dozen academic and Forest Service scientists as instructors. This is a multilevel program with Forest Biology Tier I presenting incoming students with an intensive hands-on experience in plant and animal identification and basic ecological principles and techniques. Forest Biology Tier II offers the second year, returning student a full research experience including identification of the research problem, experimental design, data collection, research presentation, manuscript preparation for publication. In Tier III students have the possibility of summer employment with the Forest Service involving full-participation in ongoing research projects. SAUNDERS, DAVID, MICHAEL HEFFRON, AND JOHN PARRISH Empona State University and Georgia Southern University— Bioenergetics of Scaled Quail and Greater Prairie-chickens. Scaled quail ( Callipepla squamata) and Greater Prairie-chickens (Tympanuchus cupido) were captured from fields in Kansas. Birds were maintained in individual metabolism cages under simulated winter conditions (5C, 10L:14D). Birds were maintained on Purina diets and test-fed individual domestic and wild seeds in order to determine feed consumption and energy availability for each bird group Based on apparent metabolizable energy (AME), energy utilization (%UE), and body weight changes during 4-day feeding trials, the following recommendations could be made to game managers For Scaled Quail, plantings of milo, Pearlmillet, sunflower, pigweed, sanddrop seed, and switchgrass are recommended, since AME exceeded 50 kcal/bird/dav, UE was about 70%, and quail maintained body weight on those diets Quail lost weight on canarygrass and Korean lespedeza For prairie- chickens, we recommend plantings of soybean, com, wheat, milo, and sunflowers, since chickens had AME's above 100 kcal/bird/day on those diets. In contrast, chickens lost weight and poorly metabolized Pearlmillet, Lespedeza, pigweed, and buckbrush seeds Support was provided by the Kansas Department of Wildlife and Parks JAMES, ANGELA M. and JAMES H. OLIVER, JR. Georgia Southern University --Vitellogenin 134 synthesis and its possible hormonal regulation in the blacklegged tick. Ixodes scupulans (Ac.in: Ixodidael Vitellogenesis or yolk deposition is a heterosynthetic process in insects and other arthropods. This process involves the production of yolk protein precursors from an extraovarian source, such as the fat 136 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 body in insects. Vitellogenin, yolk protein precursor, is transported by the hemolyraph to the ovary and accumulates in the oocytes where it is altered into vitellin. Vitellogenin synthesis is usually dependent on the interaction of juvenile hormones, ecdysteroids and neuropeptides in arthropods. In acarines, vitellogenin and vitellin have been electrophoretically and immunologically characterized in several species including Ornithodoros moubata, Dermacentor variabilis and Rhipicephalus appendiculatus. Currently, it is thought that the fat body is the major site of vitellogenin synthesis in argasids and the midgut and fat body are sites of vitellogenin production in metastriates. Ecdysteroids, juvenile hormone and synganglion factors have been implicated to be involved in vitellogenesis in ticks. We have determined the site of vitellogenin synthesis in the first prostriate tick, Ixodes scapularis, from tissues incubated in vitro with a radiolabelled amino acid and supplemented by imraunocytochemistry. Vitellogenin synthetic activity in the fat body was monitored throughout feeding using a radiolabelled amino acid. Moreover, evidence indicates that ecdysteroids may play a role in the regulation of vitellogenin production. GEORGE, SOPHIE B. -Georgia Southern University-Proximate composition of eggs and an unusual planktotrophic larva of the sand dollar Encope michelini (Agassiz) The protein and lipid content of the eggs, fed and starved larvae of Encope michelini were examined in the laboratory and results compared with those of some other obligate planktotrophs. The protein and lipid content of the eggs of E. michelini were higher, and the lipid:protein ratios were four to eight times higher, than in any of the obligate planktotrophs examined. Increase in larval size and development to the 8-arm stage, was accompanied by a decrease in protein and lipid content for starved larvae, but an increase for fed larvae. The main advantage of producing planktotrophic eggs with a high protein and lipid content is that it reduces the amount of endogenous food that must be obtained by feeding to construct the complete set of larval arms. This reduces the total time spent in the plankton and thus the risk from being eaten. SHADOAN, MELANIE K„ AND RONALD V. DIMOCK, JR. Wake Forest University - 136 Mechano- and chemoreception in glochidia larvae of the freshwater mussels Utterbackia imbecillis and Meealonais nervosa. The stimuli involved in the attachment of larvae of freshwater mussels to fish hosts are almost completely unknown. Larvae with hooked shells typically attach to fins and opercula, while hookless larvae attach to gills. Prolonged attachment of both types of glochidia presumably results in part from direct contact with fish blood or tissue. The responses of glochidia of Utterbackia imbecillis (hooked) and Megalonais nen’osa (hookless) to mechanical and chemical stimulation were monitored. Sensory hairs of the mantle of U. imbecillis larvae were mechanically stimulated with a 30nm glass micropipet in a micromanipulator. Larvae of both species were exposed to 7-20 amino acids (pH~6.5) and to physiological concentrations of putative components of fish mucus: heparin, sialic acid, mannose, and galactose. Mechanical stimulation caused immediate tonic closure (25 + 2.4s duration). All amino acids induced rhythmic adductions at lO'-M, whereas only glutamic acid, histidine, and tryptophan elicited a response at lO'^M. M. nervosa was more sensitive than U. imbecillis. responding to all tested amino acids at lO'-^M. U. imbecillis exhibited a significant increase in rhythmic adductions when exposed to sialic acid; however, larvae of M. nervosa were significantly more sensitive to sialic acid than were U. imbecillis. BENNETT, VIRGINIA and JONATHAN COPELAND. Georgia Southern University-Behavioral 137 responses q[ Helisoma tnvolvis t£> changes in aquatic environments. With an interest m behavioral toxicology, the freshwater snail, Helisoma tnvolvis . is being examined for its usefulness as an indicator organsim. Certain freshwater snails have been found to respond to chemical cues by climbing out of the water. Laboratory reared Helisoma trivolvis were tested for similar responses. Individual snails were placed in small bowls, one with water from the home aquanum and one with freshly prepared water. The snail location was noted as on the glass, on the rocks, or in the center. Snails in the water from the home aquarium moved more often to the sides and water surface of their test chamber than did the snails in freshly prepared water chambers. Movement may be a search response due to chemoreception. COPELAND, JONATHAN1 and ANDREW MOISEFF- Georgia Southern University1 and Umversity of Connecticut^- Analysis of flash timing in a North American synchronic firefly. Synchronously flashing Photinus carolinus were studied at an Elkmont, TN study site. Two types of localized synchronous flashing were seen, called unison synchrony and wave synchrony. Unison synchrony was the ABSTRACTS 137 predominant behavior observed in the flat areas of the study site. Wave synchrony was the predominant behavior observed on a steep hillside. Low-light level videography and subsequent frame-by-frame analysis of the two synchronies revealed that the flash parameters (e.g., interburst interval, interflash interval, and phase coupling) associated with the two forms of synchrony were similar. We have begun to study the control of synchrony by using computer-based photometry, which provides better temporal resoluuon (< msec) than videography, stimulus-response experiments employing synthesized flash patterns, and isolated males. Our data suggested that unison and wave synchrony were the result of the same underlying neural processes and that line-of-sight determined which form of synchrony occurred. Our current model for synchrony suggests that anticipatory synchrony, the ability to "count" triggered flashes, and an invarient interflash interval lead to both types of synchrony in these fireflies. Supported by grants from National Geographic Society and Georgia Southern University. . ;y ALISON J. MCGEE AND DONALD R. DRAKE. Georgia Southern University- Seed hank and vegetation dynamics in a longleaf pine-wiregrass flatwood. The purpose of this study was to examine the role of fire and seasonal variation in determining the composition of the vegetation and the soil seed bank in a longleaf pine-wiregrass flatwood. Study sites were located in a pine flatwood consisting of herbaceous and woody species 10 mm, but arthropods 5-10 mm mean width had the highest biomass. Total arthropod abundance and biomass were greatest from late May through November. WELLS, LENNY and DANIEL V. HAGAN. Georgia Southern University-Effects of pine stand age 170 and silvicultural treatment on populations of pine tip moths (Rhvacionia spp.) and their parasites. Pine tip moths ( Rhyacionia spp.) may cause severe damage to loblolly pine ( Pinus taeda) stands including shoot deformation, stunted growth, and cone crop reduction. The effects of pine stand age, levels of competing vegetation, and pesticide treatment on the abundance of pine tip moths and their parasites were examined. Immature and adult pine tip moths as well as their parasites were sampled from five different aged and silviculturally treated pine stands in eastern Bulloch County, GA from May-November 1995. Larvae and adult moths were significantly (P^0.05) more abundant in a two year old, normally cultured pine stand. Six parasitic species (including members of the families Tachinidae, Eulophidae, Braconidae, and Chalcididae) were discovered, however, differences in age of site, levels of competing vegetation, and pesticide treatment did not reveal trends in determination of parasite population levels. The eulophid wasp, Hyssopus rhyacioniae, was the most abundant parasite, constituting 77.6% of all parasitic species discovered during the course of this study. HAMILTON, R. IV1, C.H. NELSON2, AND R.M. DUFFIELD1 . ’Dept, of Biology, 171 Howard University, Washington, D.C. 20059 and 2Dept. of Biological and Environmental Sciences, University of Tennessee at Chattanooga, TN 27403 -Occurrence of Plecoptera and Meqaloptera in the American pitcher plant Sarracenia purpurea L. The American pitcher plant, Sarracenia purpurea L. , hosts a variety of insects and other arthropods. Some of the inhabitants are better documented than others. Leaves of pitcher plants within Big Run Bog, Tucker County, West Virginia were sampled and several species of insects from the orders Plecoptera and Megaloptera were recovered. Eight alderfly larvae (Sialidae) and two species of stoneflies (Leuctridae) were identified in the contents of 99 leaves collected in May 1994. Adult alderflies in the bog were identified as Sialis joppa Ross. The stonefly specimens were identified as Leuctra duplicata Classen and Leuctra maria Hanson. This is the first report of Plecoptera in pitcher plants, and the first report of Leuctra maria in West Virginia. In May, 1995, 107 leaves form the same population were sampled. Two dead dobsonfly (Corydalidae) larvae were recovered, both belonging to the genus Chauliodes. One was identified as Chauliodes pectinicornis . This is the first reported finding of Chauliodes in S. purpurea. Several specimens from all the aforementioned groups were covered by a water mold from the genus Saprolegnia (Saprolegniaceae) . Support from the U. S . D .A. -Forest Service. HANLEY, LENONIE M.1, HARRY HUNT2, RUSSELL DUNCAN1, AND RAYMOND L. 172 PETERSEN1. ’Department of Biology, Howard University, Washington, D.C. and Prince Georges Community College, Largo, MD. -Rotifers in the pitcher plants of Big Run Bog, Tucker County, West Virginia. Water samples from 78 pitcher plants (Sarracenia purpurea L.) from Big Run Bog, Tucker County, West Virginia were examined microscopically, and two species of rotifer of the Class Diogonontoa (Bdelloidea) were observed in some of the samples. The rotifers have been tentatively identified as members of the genera Proales sp. and Colurella sp. Interestingly, the Proales species was found to occur in 70% of all leaves sampled with no difference in occurrence between young and old leaves. Variations in abundance were detected from very few/ sample to rather high concentrations. Again, like the presence or absence, abundance was not associated with leaf age. The Colurella species was found in only one sample and at a very low density. As only one particular species of rotifer predominated in the pitcher plant water samples reported herein, it is tempting to speculate ABSTRACTS 147 that the presence of Proales sp. may represent an endemic association. Such endemism has already been reported by other researchers for two dipteran species, a mosquito and a midge. To determine if the assumption that one species of rotifer is particular to this species of pitcher plant is correct, additional S. purpurea populations will be investigated and, of course, the identification of the rotifer will have to be completed. ADKINS, REBECCA AND DIANE R NELSON East Tennessee State University -Tardigrade distribution within a moss cushion. 173 Tardigrades are microscopic invertebrates commonly found in mosses To determine microhabitat selection within a moss cushion, distributions of species of three tardigrade genera (Macrobiotus, Milnesium, and Echmiscus) were analyzed. Moss samples were collected from concrete caps on brick fence posts in Johnson City, TN. The samples were separated into two layers: (1) the canopy layer and (2) the combined stem and rhizoid layers Samples were collected May-September 1995 during both wet and dry periods All tardigrades found in these samples were removed and identified to species. Desiccation tolerances and activity patterns of the species may contribute to the distribution patterns found TARTER, DONALD C.', DIANE R. NELSON2, and ERICA F. MIDRIFF1 . 'Dept, of Biologi¬ cal Sciences, Marshall University, Huntington, WV 25755 and :Dept. of Biologi- cal Sciences, East Tennessee State University, Johnson City, TN 37601 - New distributional records, including two state records, of tardigrades (Phylum: Tardigradal from mosses in the Monongahela National Forest, West Virginia. The Monongahela National Forest stretches over 830,000 acres of the Allegheny Mountain Range in West Virginia. The Forest is mountainous; elevations range from 900-4860 feet. Mosses were collected from trees and rock3 in the following areas: (1) Cranberry Glades Botanical Area (34001), a land covered with a bog, bog forest, shrubs and mosses, and (2) Dolly Sods Wilderness Area (40001), a tundralike region that forms the eastern section of the Allegheny Plateau. Two state records were established; Echmiscus virginicus Riggin and Macrobiotus spallanzanii Maucci were identified from the moss Ulota crispa collected from the back of a birch tree in the Cranberry Glades Botanical Area. New distributional records from this area include Pseudechiniscus suillus Ehrenberg and Macrobiotus hufelandi Schultze. Twelve species of tardigrades have been identified from this area. Additionally, Minibiotus inter- medius (Plate) has been recorded for the first time from the Dolly Sods Wilderness Area. Eight species of tardigrades have been reported from this area. Altogether, 26 species of tardigrades have now been identified from the Monongahela National Forest. Elevational and slope trends will be made of the tardigrade fauna from the Monongahela National Forest. FURCHES, LOR1E A. AND DIANE R. NELSON East Tennessee State University Multihabitat 175 analysis of tardigrades (Phylum Tardierada) on Unaka Mountain. Tennessee-North Carolina Species diversity and multihabitat distributions of tardigrades were determined from samples collected on Unaka Mountain, Unicoi County, Tennessee, and Mitchell County, North Carolina In 1925. the mountain was subjected to a severe forest fire that burned most of the north face of the mountain to bedrock However, two islands of the climax vegetation, spruce-fir forest, survived the fire This provided an opportunity to study the effects of forest fire succession on tardigrade species diversity Additional sites were selected to examine tardigrade distributions in different microhabitats and at different altitudes. A total of six sites were sampled in October and November, 1994 The sites included the two spruce-fir islands, a site at the base of the mountain, and three sites which were severely burned in the 1925 forest fire. Samples were collected from trees, rocks, and leaf litter The samples were soaked in water for 24 hours, and specimens were then killed and preserved in boiling ethanol Each sample was then searched under a stereodissecting microscope Individuals were mounted singly on slides, in Hoyer's mounting medium, for identification Species diversity and distribution were analyzed, and specimens of eggs and individuals were photographed with phase and DIC microscopy 176 CHANDLER, C. RAY and MARK S. WOODREY. Georgia Southern University and Mississippi Museum of Natural Science— Habitat selection of wintering Henslow's Sparrow', m Mississippi. Some of the best remaining examples of coastal pine savanna are found in southern Mississippi and are managed as habitat for the endangered Mississippi Sandhill Crane (Grus canadensis). However, these savannas are also known to be wintering habitat for the Henslow's Sparrow t Ammodramus henslowu). a 148 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 species being considered for federal listing as threatened. There is a need to know how habitat management (burning, selective cutting) of increasingly isolated savannas is likely to affect Henslow's Sparrows. Therefore, during the winters of 1994-95 and 1995-96 we quantified the habitat use of Henslow's Sparrows on the Mississippi Sandhill Crane NWR in Jackson County, Mississippi. Between management units, Henslow's Sparrows numbers were highest on those units with low tree density and high coverage of herbaceous vegetation below 1 m. Thus, savannas burned within the previous year, and those burned more than 4-5 years earlier, were generally unsuitable for Henslow's Sparrows. Within management units, Henslow's Sparrows tended to occupy sites with thicker herbaceous and woody vegetation than random sites on the same unit. Henslow's Sparrows use densely vegetated sites within relatively open savannas. This species appears to occupy a narrow window of habitat availability ranging from the initial regrowth of vegetation after a fire (about 1 year post-fire) until excessive encroachment of woody vegetation (approximately 4-5 years post-fire). 177 TURFLER, STACY L , STEPHEN VIVES, and JOHN PARRISH Georgia Southern University- Evaluation Georgia i and habitat i Neotropical migrants are species that breed in North American temperate zones and migrate South of the continental United States during non-breeding seasons Due to declines in the numbers of these species, point counts and habitat assessments have been conducted in order to establish baseline data for the number of migrants in this geographic area Population surveys will provide information on suites of migrant birds, with emphasis on communities and ecosystems as a whole A total of 469 Neotropical migrants have been found in one or more of 120 experimental plots located in Fort Stewart, Georgia. Of these 120 experimental plots, seven habitat types have been defined via vegetation analysis. Analysis of species composition via habitat type indicate no difference exists between the numbers of Neotropical migrants found in habitat type 1 (LLSO) longleaf pine-slash pine, and habitat type 2 (MPHW) mixed pine-hardwood Further studies will be needed in order to determine if species numbers are declining in Fort Stewart, Georgia. I78 HODGES, JR., MALCOLM F ,' and DAVID G. KREMENTZ 2 The Nature Conservancy of Georgia1 and National Biological Service, Athens Research Station3 — Neotropical migratory breeding bird communities in riparian forests of different widths along the Altamaha River, Georgia We surveyed riparian forest corridors of different widths along the lower Altamaha River, Georgia in 1993 and 1994 to investigate the relationship between forest corridor width and neotropical breeding bird community diversity and abundance. Species richness and abundance of three of six focal species increased with increasing forest corridor width. If neotropical breeding bird communities are a target group, we suggest that land managers consider leaving a 100-meter buffer strip along riparian zones. GOSS, JANA, STEPHEN VIVES, and JOHN PARRISH. Georgia Southern Um\er.sity-The effect of 179 controlled burning on neotropical migrants at Fort Stewart. Georgia. Neotropical migratorv birds all breed (at least partially) in North American temperate zones and migrate (at least partially) south of the continental United States during nonbreeding seasons. During the past several vears, this group of birds has been in decline. The study at Fort Stewart will attempt to determine if the managed burning to maintain Red-cockaded Woodpecker habitat on the base effects the total population of Neotropical migrants. To obtain data to determine the effect of burning, point counts in six separate bum year categories (burned in 1994. 1993, 1992, 1991, 1990. and <1990) were done. The categories were based on the last year each plot, that was surveyed, was burned. Five counts were done for each of the six bum v ears for a total of thirty data points. The areas burned in 1992 had the highest population number of Neotropical migrants (32.0 ± 0 8), while the plots burned in 1994 had the lowest population number of Neotropical migrants (9.0 ± 0.8). The difference in the populations of Neotropical migrants found in the bum years 1994 and 1992 was significant (Tukey-Kramer test; f = 0.019) Further study will be necessary’ to determine the reasons for the differences. ABSTRACTS 149 ■ANDREWS. JEFFREY A.. LISA M. ANDREWS. .AND CFIRISTINA M. CLIFTON. Land Condition 180 Trend .Analysis Program. Fort Stewart, Georgia - The relationship of vegetation community types to red-cockaded woodpecker ( Picoides borealis) activity in Coastal Georgia. The relationship between vegetation community types and active and inactive red-cockaded woodpecker (Picoides borealis) clusters was studied on Fort Stewart located in the coastal plains of Georgia. Currently, Fort Stewart has a total of 246 clusters; 170 active and 76 inactive with 1 13 breeding pairs. Between June and August of 1995. a random sample of 20 active and 20 inactive clusters were selected to compare community types. Active cluster plots were located 50m from the most active cavity tree on an azimuth corresponding to the cavity. The most active tree was determined by the presence of fresh pitch on the trunk. Inactive cluster plots were located in the same manner using what appeared to have been the most active tree. .All vascular flora was surveyed by layer in a 400m; releve plot to determine community composition. Additional data on basal area, total cover, colony size, and spatial relationships to bodies of water and other clusters were obtained. WADDLE. J.H.1, S.M. HERMANN1, C. GUYER2 and M.G. NELMS'. 'Tall Timbers Research 181 Station, Rt 1 Box 678 Tallahassee, FL 32312 and department of Zoology and Wildlife. Auburn University. Auburn. AL - Status of gopher tortoises on private land in South Georgia. The gopher tortoise ( Gopherus polyphemus ) is a species of special concern in many southeastern states. Much of our knowledge of this animal comes from studies on public land, however there is very little upland habitat in public ownership in South Georgia. We randomly selected appropriate properties from six county soil maps and eventually gained access to almost 50,000 acres of land on over 50 tracts. The survey data indicate that tortoise density is highest in population on large forested tracts where the primary land use is timber production and/or hunting. The frequent use of prescribed fire is a common management tool on these properties. On small tracts, active protection of the animals by landowners may compensate, in part, for native habitat loss and/or degradation. EDWARDS. MARY LANG O. Dept, of Biology. Erskine College, Due West, SC 29639 — - Ecology of box turtles in a fragmented habitat. Eastern box turtles ( Terrapene c. Carolina), which face increasing pressure due to habitat destruction and a burgeoning global pet trade, are being studied in an 8-ha woodlot surrounded by a suburban development. The major goal is to elucidate how habitat fragmentation and the creation of habitat ''islands" impact the behavioral and population ecology of box turtles. Spatial and temporal dynamics of home range and hibernation site have been monitored for three years via radio telemetry, involving up to 10 turtles at a time. Preliminary data indicate a mean home range area of 3600m2 (range 2600-3800m2), with little difference between male and female home range sizes and little year-to-year variation. However, a seasonal pattern of microhabitat preference, apparently related to foraging opportunities, is evident. During the study period, most turtles exhibited surprising hibemaculum site fidelity, with 78% returning to within 2m of the previous year's hibernation site. RUTLAND, DAVID B. Dept, of Biology, Erskine College, Due West, SC 29639 — Geographic 183 dynamics of defensive mimicry. In its most familiar manifestation, defensive mimicry involves an otherwise defenseless prey species (the mimic) that gains protection from predators through its resemblance to a protected prey species (the model). The Viceroy butterfly (Limenitis archippus) is well known as a striking and purportedly defenseless mimic of a chemically defended and aposematic model, the Monarch ( Danaus plexippus). However, viceroy populations in both the southeastern and southwestern U.S. appear to have "switched" phenotypically from mimicking the Monarch to mimicking two subspecies of a darker and less-defended model, the Queen ( Danaus gilippus). Combining field censuses, computerized wing-color analysis, and laboratory predation studies, I provide evidence supporting this "model-switching" hypothesis. Specifically, in the southeastern U.S., a latitudinal cline in viceroy wing color is correlated with a latitudinal shift in relative abundance of Monarchs and Queens, and laboratory studies suggest that a selective advantage accrues to viceroy phenotypes that more closely mimic the locally predominant "model." In addition. I show that because of geographic variation in larval hostplant utilization, and therefore adult butterfly palatability. Viceroy mimicry comprises a spatial mosaic of local model-mimic relationships differing in character and symmetry. In some cases, the traditionally accepted roles of "model" and "mimic" appear to be reversed. 50 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 HAHN, DANIEL A. AND WALTER R. TSCHINKEL , Department of Biological Science, 184 Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL, 32306-Settlement and distribution of newly mated queens of the arboreal ant Crematogaster ashmeadi. Crematogaster ashmeadi is an arboreal ant that occurs in a variety of habitats through¬ out the Southeast. C. ashmeadi is the dominant arboreal ant species in the longleaf pine forest of the Apalachicola National Forest, Franklin, Leon, Liberty, and Wakulla Counties, Florida, and comprises a large portion of the diet of the endangered Red- cockaded Woodpecker. Newly mated queens disperse from their parental colonies during the summer. Queens preferentially choose to found colonies in young longleaf pines. A combination of individual tree characteristics and flight range of the queens limits the number of trees available for founding which contributes to the patchy distribution of incipient colonies of C. ashmeadi in the longleaf pine forest. WEEKS, JENNIFER A.1'2 AND SHARON M. HERMANN2. 1 Depar9tmen t of Biological 185 Science, Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL, 32306 and 2Tall Timbers Research Station, Route 1, Box 678, Tallahassee, FL, 32312-The impact of prescribed fire on the leaf miner fauna of ground cover oaks of the longleaf pine forests. The natural history of the leaf miner fauna of the ground cover oaks in old-growth longleaf pine forests has not been well-documented. Less is known about the effects of fire on population and community dynamics of these herbivorous arthropods in areas that historically experienced frequent, low-intensity, fires during the summer months. We are examining the leaf miner fauna on 4 species of oaks occurring as shrubs in the ground cover of a longleaf pine forest in 3 areas under different prescribed burn regimes. We are investigating the effect of season-of-burn as well as response to growing-season fire on these insect assemblages. 186 PHILLIPS, J. B. & J. H. OLIVER. Georgia Southern Umversitv-The role of Bobwhite quail ( Cnlinus vireinianus ) in zoonotic cycles of the etioloeic agent of Lvme Disease. Borrelia burgdorferi. The roles of native, ground-feeding birds as natural maintenance reservoirs of Lyme Disease in the Southeastern United States has not been clearly defined. The causative agent of Lyme Disease, Borrelia burgdorferi (Burgdorfer, et al., 1982), has been isolated from birds and ticks that have fed on them (Anderson, 1988; Anderson.et al., 1990). Bobwhite quail were injected with Borrelia burgdorferi , then were fed on by non-infected Ixodes scapularis larvae. The infected nymphs from that feeding were then fed on non-infected Bobwhite quail to test for transrrussability and vector competence. 187CANTRELL, HELENA and WILLIAM IRBY. Georgia Southern University- Pitcher -plant mosquitoes: Relation of genetic distance 12 differences in autogenv. Pitcher-plant mosquitoes (Wveomvia smithh) exhibit differences in blood-feeding behavior that appear to follow a geographic cline. Northern mosquitoes are autogenous and southern mosquitoes are anautogenous. This study correlates the variability in behavior with underlying genetic differences. Mosquito larvae were collected from pitcher plants (Sarr'acema purpurea) at three sites; Tattnall Co., GA; Highlands NC; and Apalachicola FL. The Tattnall County population represents a range extension. Larvae from all populations were reared to adulthood in the laboratory. Blood feeding behavior was observed. Isozyme gel electrophoresis was performed using adults. Nei’s genetic distance was calculated and correlated with differences in autogeny among populations. BRICKLE, DEBORAH S. and DANIEL V. HAGAN. Georgia Southern University-Population 188 dynamics of biting midges fDiptera: Ceratopogonidae) in four distinct upland Georgia Coastal Plain Biting midges, Culicoides sp., are known vectors of various pathogenic organisms; thus, factors influencing their distribution and abundance within the community are important to scientists and medical personnel. Collections were made at least once each week using CDC miniature light traps, baited with l-octen-3-ol, for a 5 month period (June-Nov. 1995), at 4 study sites (freshwater lake, Carolina bay, riverine habitat, hardwood forest) within Bulloch County, GA. Species present included: C. arboricola Root & Hoffman, C. ABSTRACTS 151 bigumtus (Coquillett), C. crepuscularis Malloch, C. debilipalpis Lutz, C. furens (Poey), C. haematopotus Malloch, C. hinmani Khalaf, C. juddi Cochrane, C. mulrennani Beck, C. nanus Root and Hoffman, C. spinosus Root and Hoffman, C. stellifer (Coquillett), C. venustus Hoffman. Population densities at each site correlated significantly with meterological and other environmental factors, including air/ soil temperature. 189 KAD1VAR, SOMAIYEH, AND HENRY G. SPRATT, Jr. University of Tennessee at Chattanooga - Sulfate reduction in anoxic sediments of wetlands constructed to neutralize acid mine drainage. Sulfate reduction was measured in two wetlands constructed to neutralize acid mine drainage on tributaries of North Chickamauga Creek, approximately 30 km northwest of Chattanooga, TN, in Oct. 1995. One of the wetlands. Rattlesnake (RS), was constructed in 1989, while work on the other wetland, Sandifer #\ (SF), was completed in June 1995. Triplicate cores representing the top 10 cm of the sediments were collected, minimizing exposure to O2, and transported to a laboratory where 35S tracer techniques were used to quantify sulfate reduction rates. Surface water pH entering / midway through / below the wetlands was as follows: RS wetland, 3.59 / 3.94 / 4.65; SF wetland, 3.08 / 3.58 / 5.29. Sulfate concentrations entering / midway through / below the wetlands were as follows: RS wetland, 1.23 / 1. 12 / 0.98 (mM); SF wetland, 2.70 / 2.86 / 2.60 (mM). Sediment porewater pH and S042- concentrations indicated that intense acid neutralization was occurring in RS wetland sediments (e.g., 0-5 cm: pH=7.34 + 0.26, S042- 0.55 + 0.13 mM; 5-10 cm: pH=8.61 + 0.30, SO42-=0. 12 + 0.07 mM). In SF wetland sediment porewater acid neutralization was less than in RS wetland (e.g., 0-5cm: pH=4.55+ 1.56, S042=1.96 + 0.51 mM; 5-10cm: pH=5. 13 + 1.75, S042-=1.64 + 1. 10 mM; + 1SD, n=3). Rates of sulfate reduction in wetland sediments also varied by site and depth: RS 0-5 cm=7.6, RS 5-10 cm=4.5, SF 0-5 cm=4.4, and SF 5-10cm=0.6 (/imoles/gWet/da). These data indicate that in the newly constructed SF wetland acid neutralization is primarily by dissolution of CaCOj, while the acid neutralization occurring within RS wetland appears to be primarily due to bacterial sulfate reduction. ^ qq MENHLNICK, EDWARD F. Dept, of Biology, University of North Carolina at Charlotte, Charlotte, NC 28223. Chemical characterization of ten North Carolina Piedmont streams. Chemical analyses were made of ten streams tributary to Rocky River (east of Charlotte, NC) which had drainage areas of approximately 50 square miles each. Streams were sampled approximately every six weeks from June, 1993, through October, 1994. These streams differed in substrate: four were cobble-bedrock; six were silted streams with a sand-gravel substrate. Two of the sandy streams had a waste treatment plant (WWTP) upstream, and a reservoir was being constructed on another. Tests included DO, BOD, conductivity, alkalinity, pH, turbidity, and an ICP analysis of 31 elements in ppb. Bear Creek, the purest stream sampled, had unusually high levels of cadmium only. Rocky River and Mallard Creek which are located less than two miles below a WWTP had above-normal levels of 26 and 25 respectively of the 31 elements. Both had very high levels of molybdenum, boron and phosphorus. Average concentrations of elements for all streams combined increased over the sampling period. From June, 1993, through March, 1994, only three elements averaged over 2 times the normal values; in April, 1994, there were 9, in June there were 10, and in October there were 6. Thus, pollution appears to be increasing in this rapidly developing part of the state. Crooked Creek is located several miles below a WWTP and yet had relatively pure water, even during periods of low discharge, indicating that large amounts of pollutants are entering the groundwater. 191 GARDNER. JEFF AND SAFAA AL-HAMDANI. Jacksonville State Universitv - Interactive effects of humic substances, and A1 on selected physiological responses of Salvinia minima. The interactive effects of humic substances and aluminum (Al) concentrations of 2.5, 5.0, 10.0, and 20.0 mg/1 on selected physiological responses of Salvinia minima were examined. In general, Salvinia increased the pH of the growth media within two days to near neutral in the presence or absence of Al with and without humic substances. However, the greatest increases in pH occurred in the absence of Al and at the low Al concentrations (2.5 and 5.0 mg/1) with and without humic substances. In most cases, Al in the absence of humic substances reduced Salvinia growth, chlorophyll a and b concentrations, and carotenoid concentrations. Humic substances alleviated some of the toxic effects of Al . Anthocyanin concentrations of Salvinia were increased in treatments 152 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 receiving A1 . The accumulation of soluble sugars, starch, and total nonstructural carbohydrates (TNC) were significantly increased in the presence of 20.0 mg/1 Al without humic substances. 192 BURNETT, CHRISTINA L , SAFAA AL-HAMDANI, ROGER SAUTERER, AND GARY DURRANT Dept of Biology, Jacksonville State University, Jacksonville, AL 36265-Effects of ultrasound on Spiraling maxima and Azolla carvlininiana The effect of ultrasound treatments of 5, I, 0.5, 0 25 min (22 W and 50 kHz) on the cyanobacterium Spmilina maxima was studied for two weeks The treatments were applied at the beginning of the experiment and every other day The growth, chlorophyll content, and protein concentration in ultrasound treatments was decreased significantly comparing to the untreated In a separate experiment, the effects of the above ultrasonic treatment on Azolla camlmtniana, was studied Results was shown that chlorophyll a, chlorophyll b, anthocyanin, and carotenoid contents and plant growth were insignificantly affected BEARD, CHARLES, PETER ADLER, AND JOHN MCCREADIE. Clemson University Seasonality of symbiotic trichomycete fungi in black flies of upstate South Carolina. Most larval black tires in the upstate area of South Carolina harbor obligate symbiotic trichomycete fungi. The ecology of trichomycetes, especially in Diptera, has not been explored previously. While screening black flies for the presence of trichomycetes, we found that some of these fungi exhibit seasonal variations. This study was initiated to document and characterize these variations. Two sites with year-round populations of the black fly Simulium pictipes were used. The midgut trichomycete Harpella melusinae was found in these populations at all times of year, even when the abundance of the black flies was low. Hindgut trichomycetes of the genus Paramoebidium were also found year round in these populations. Hindgut trichomycetes of the genera Pennella, Simuliomyces, and Smittium were most abundant in winter and spring. BRITTINGHAM, KEVIN D.1, DONALD C. TARTER1, and TED R. ANGRADI2. 'Dept, of Biological Sciences, Marshall University, Huntington, WV 25755 and 2 North¬ eastern Forest Experiment Station, Parsons, WV 26287 - A comparison of the benthos in weir ponds draining watersheds of the Fernow Experimental Forest. A comparison of the benthos in weir ponds draining watersheds of the Fernow Experimental Forest, Parsons, West Virginia, was conducted in October and November of 1971 and 1994. The collection in 1971 was done by Steve Harris for his thesis work at West Virginia University. Organisms collected with an Ekman dredge were keyed to genus and densities calculated for a m2. Taxa density and taxa richness were compared among ponds and between studies (1971 vs. 1994). Data showed that the collection in 1971 had fewer numbers but greater taxa richness when compared to the collection in 1994. It also showed that there was no correlation between the 1971 and 1994 collections when used in a Spearman's rank correlation test. For the 1994 data, there was a correlation between the fauna of the control weir 4 to weir 1 and 3, but no correlation with weir 6. Overall there are some significant differences in the weir pond populations when comparing 1971 to 1994 collection dates. _ HOOD, ROBERT W.1, DONALD C. TARTER1, and TED R. ANGRADI2. 'Dept, of Biological Sciences, Marshall University, Huntington, WV 25755 and 2 Northeastern Forest Experiment Station, Parsons, WV 26287 - Longitudinal, vertical, and seasonal variation of the macroinvertebrate fauna within the interstitial substrate of the Elk Lick Run Drainage, on the Fernow Experimental Forest. Parsons, West Virginia. Multi-level basket samplers were placed in the substrate on first through fourth order streams on the Fernow Experimental Forest, Parsons, West Virginia. Samplers were colonized by macroinvertebrates over three month intervals, collected and are in the process of being analyzed. Seasonal, longitudinal, and vertical distribution are being analyzed to better understand the structure and function of the macroinverte¬ brate community within the interstitial substrate and important influencing factors. Surber samples were also taken for comparison between surface and artificial basket samples. Weekly routines measuring temperature, dissolved oxygen, depth and surface velocities were taken to characterize conditions at each sampler. Monthly water samples were taken at each site along with seasonal inter-gravel flow measurements using a calcium sulfate dissolution techniques. Preliminary data shows most macroinvertebrates decreasing in number with depth, and the family Chironomidae increasing in relative abundance with depth. ABSTRACTS 153 HALL-RUTHERFORD , REBECCA A. and THOMAS E. WEARS. Department of Biological Sciences, Marshall University, Huntington, WV 25755 - Periphyton of the tributaries of the New River Gorge National River. Periphyton community structure was studied in ten tributaries of the New River Gorge National River. This area is a large tourist attraction for West Virginia for sporting, recreation, white water rafting, etc. Five of these streams receive moderate to high levels of industrial and domestic organic pollutants. Industrial waste are primarily generated by white-water rafting operations. The other five streams do not receive industrial waste and are generally free of domestic pollutants. The streams were sampled four times during the year. The pH, chlorophyll, temperature, dissolved oxygen, turbidity, conductivity and alkalinity was measured. Periphyton was identified and the cell density was established for each stream. Periphyton community indices and coefficients was calculated for water quality indicators in order to identify possible pollution sources. SWENSON. KIRBY AND FRANK A. ROMANO. Dept, of Biology Jacksonville State University. '97 Jacksonville. AL 36265 - A preliminary analysis of chironomid mouthpart deformities in Snow Creek. Alabama. Chironomids, aquatic midge larvae, are excellent bioassay organisms because of their intimate relationship with sediments and algae. These organisms can account for a large portion of the benthic biomass of streams and are preyed upon by many organisms. Thus, chironomids are important in the food webs of fresh water streams. Dickman, et. al. (1992) studied polluted and unpolluted portions of the Niagara River watershed in New York State and Canada and found that teratogenic chemicals cause multiple deformities of chironomid mouthparts (menta and ligula). In polluted waters they found deformity rates as high as 14%. In unpolluted streams they found a 2-3% deformation rate (used as a background rate). A recent study of a local stream. Snow Creek (an urban stream that flows through Anniston, AL), found a high concentration of polychlorinated biphenyls. For this reason Snow Creek was chosen as a study area. Three sites were chosen; site 3, near the headwaters, 2, a kilometer downstream from Site 3, and 1, near the mouth, a few hundred meters above its confluence with Choccolocco Creek. All animals were collected and preserved in alcohol. The heads were removed after softening in a KOH solution, mounted on microscope slides, and the mouthparts examined. Site 1 had a 6.5% deformation rate, and Site 2 had a 20.8% deformation rate. Site 3 was chosen after the other two sites were evaluated and data is currently being collected. WALKER, BARRETT P University of Georuia-Communitv-based watershed protection program. Peachtree Creek /Metro Atlanta To help address the health of streams draining Metropolitan Atlanta, a demonstration community-based watershed protection project has been proposed within the Peachtree Creek Basin The project will begin in a headwater tributary and consist of three initial components 1 ) a physical and biological monitoring program 2) a paired watershed study evaluating the effects of urban stormwater, and 3) application and evaluation of stormwater control structures designed to mimic natural systems The ultimate goal of the project is rehabilitation of Peachtree Creek and the Chattahoochee River beginning in the tributaries Remnant populations of eleven native fish species and a protected forest within the watershed make urban Peavine Creek a good tributary in which to commence rehabilitation efforts A description of the project along with preliminary stream monitoring results will be presented HURLEY, DORSET H.and RANDAL WALKER, Georgia Southern University, 199 andUniversity of Georgia,Sheilfish Aquaculture Laboratory, Marine Extension Service. The effects of larval stocking density on suiwival and growth of laboratory reared Spisula solidissima similis. Survival and growth of Spisula solidissima similis (Sav. 1822) larvae, stocked at densities of 10, 20 ,30 and 50 larvae per ml were determined under laboratory conditions to ascertain the optimum stocking density for the culture of this subspecies. Twenty four hour old larvae were stocked at the above densuites in 500 mfffasks containing seawater at 25 ppt and 20°C - BYT in a temperature controlled room. All treatments received a daily food ration of 100,000 cells per ml of Tahitian strain Isochrvsis sjj.per day, with complete water exchange per flask every two days. Three replicates per treatment were subsampled (n=5), on days 1.5.9,15 and 27. No significant differences (p = .3539) in survival occured between stocking densities at day 27 with percent survival ranging from 61% for the 10 larvae per ml to 32% for the 50 larvae per ml treatments. Larval size (um) was significantly different for all treatments on days 9 (p < 0.0001: 50,7=88.4 < 20.7=95.0 < 30,7 = 101.8 < 10,7=117.0) and day 27 (p < ().(XK)1: 50.7=145.8 < 30,7 = 175.6 < 20.7 = 195.7 < 154 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 10,)r=263.0). A higher percentage of animals had undergone complete metamorphosis at day 27 in the lower stocking density treatment of 10 (87%) than in the higher stocking density treatments of 20, 30, and 50 larvae per ml ( 13%, 3.6% and 0%, respectively). In conclusion, optimal stocking densities for cultured S* & similis larvae, should not exceed 20 larvae per ml under normal bivalve larval hatchery conditions of food ration level, and water exchange. SELLERS, CLAY L. Broadway High School, Broadway, VA 22815 - Effects of Perkinsus marinus 200 on molluscan estuanne rehabilitation. The eastern oyster, Crassostrea virginica, was once a Chesapeake Bay fishing mainstay. Oyster filtration capacity lessened the harmful effects of sedimentation and eutrophication in the Bay ecosystem. The oyster provides a crucial link between benthos and photosynthetic zone. The protozoan Perkinsus marinus has caused estuanne oyster stocks to plummet m recent years. P. marinus distnbution m oyster populations is well documented, however, elucidation of parasite pathogenicity is necessary. P. marinus infects oysters during filter feeding. The parasite secretes proteases increasing its dissemination by impeding host defense mechanisms, i.e., hemocyte phagocytosis. Protease inhibitors that block enzyme activity hold promise in the potential control of P. marinus. The efficacy of the protease inhibitors macroglobulin and bacitracin was investigated. Suppression of parasite growth could augment natural host defense mechanisms. The health of the Chesapeake Bay depends in part on efforts to restore the buffering capacity of oyster reefs. 201 SCHALLES, JOHN F. Creighton University - Carolina Bay wetlands: biogeoeraphic islands in space and time within the weathered coastal plain landscape of the southeastern United States. Carolina bays are abundant, shallow depressional wetlands within the nutrient poor, well weathered interfluvial uplands of the Southeastern Atlantic Coastal Plain. Dynamic water levels, acidic and soft water chemistries, different degrees of peat accumulation, and varying mixtures of herbaceous and woody plants with low to moderate production lead to distinctive spatial and temporal patterns. This talk will introduce key geomorphology, biogeochemistry, and community attributes using ordination factors and natural history observations revealed during several decades of study by various workers and myself. Site intensive and synoptic regional survey data reveal behaviors in water chemistry and plant and animal populations which are related to local hydrology, position on the coastal plain, and human disturbances. N1FONG, TIMOTHY D. North Carolina Attorney General's Office, Environmental Division, -02 Raleigh, NC 27602 - The ecosvstematics of Carolina bav vegetation in North and South Carolina. The terms "pocosin" and "bay vegetation" were long used synonymously to describe the plant communities characteristic of the elliptical, directionally aligned "Carolina bay" depressions occurring on the southeastern coastal plain. However, Carolina bay depressions exhibit remarkable vegetational diversity in terms of species composition and abundance, and site physiognomy, including submergent aquatic communities, brackish and freshwater marsh, evergreen shrub bogs (pocosins), cypress swamp, gum swamp, cypress savanna and pine savanna. Through both direct and indirect site influences, hydrologic regime (i.e., the depth and duration of inundation during the growing season) is the single most important environmental factor controlling Carolina bay vegetation. Though all Carolina bays are wetlands, site hydrologic regimes vary widely, ranging by degree across the spectrum from permanently inundated to permanently exposed. Depression hydrology is usually directly reflected in the site soil class. Other significant factors influencing Carolina bay vegetational community types include fire frequency and duration, and human disturbance history. In terms of site species dominants and physiognomy, Carolina bay vegetation is generally predictable over a particular "site type". Intra-site species richness is highly variable across the spectrum of bay site types, and may vary markedly from year to year. In addition, Carolina bay depressions often contain relatively enormous populations of both rare and common wetland species. ABSTRACTS 155 203 DE STEVEN, DIANE. University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee - Hydrologic and landscape-level structuring of vegetation in mineral-soil Carolina hays. Across the southeastern Atlantic Coastal Plain, Carolina bay depressions support diverse wetlands with variable hydrologies. At the broadest landscape scale, there are gradients in basin size and soils, from smaller, mineral-soil bays on the Upper Coastal Plain to large, organic-soil bays on the Lower Coastal Plain. Bays also vary at a regional landscape scale. In mineral-soil bays on the Upper Coastal Plain of South Carolina, the dominant vegetation ranges from aquatic macrophytes to herbaceous marsh/meadow to hydric or mesic forest. To identify the major physical and historical factors structuring such diversity, the vegetation of 28 bays on the 800 km2 Savannah River Site was surveyed for plant composition. The wetlands were sampled across a landscape- level gradient of topography and soil types from upland sands to alluvial-terrace clays. Ordination analysis was used to assess the influence of seasonal hydroperiod, soil type, and historic landuse on vegetation pattern. The results indicated that the principal influence on wetland composition is hydroperiod, which in turn appears correlated with soil type. However, species composition was also differentiated spatially across this landscape in relation to both soils and past disturbance history. These relationships may provide a basis for a predictive model of bay vegetation. PORTER, JEAN M. AND JAMES S. CLARK. Botany Department, Duke University, Durham, NC 27708 - Fire and Vegetation History of Little Clear Pond. Bamberg Co.. South Carolina. Interactions among fire, vegetation, and climate control distributions of modem and past biomes. Evidence of past vegetation and associated fire regimes is recorded in sediments of small continuously- inundated Carolina Bays. A biome transformation occurred throughout the Southeast between 9,000 and 5,000 years ago. Early Holocene oak woodland, prairie grasses, and herbs gave way to modem pine communities, pocosins, and swamps. We are investigating the importance of fire around the oak/pme transition by analyzing pollen and charcoal from Carolina Bay sediments. Charcoal particles are recovered from contiguous samples, counted, and measured by image analysis. Accumulation rates are determined from the sedimentation rate. Analysis of particle size distributions indicate the proximity of fire to the lake. Large particles (> 100 /im diam.) reflect local source area. Small particles have a longer residence time in the atmosphere, remain suspended over a greater distance, and reflect regional fire. The temporal patterns of fire and vegetation are related to regional climate changes. Preliminary results from Little Clear Pond show variability in charcoal accumulation over the last 10,000 years. High influx at the bottom of the sediment indicates this may be a peat-burn lake. Peaks of accumulation occur intermittently in the oak zone. Lower, less variable influx in the pine zone suggests fire may have been less intense and more frequent. Differences in particle size distributions between samples with high and low accumulation rates suggest local and regional fire signals can be distinguished. GAISER, EVELYN E. AND BARBARA E. TAYLOR. University of Georgia Savannah River Ecology Laboratory, Aiken, SC 29802 - Paleolimnological reconstruction of Holocene environments in Carolina Bavs and upland wetland ponds of the Atlantic Coastal Plain, The sequence of climatic events affecting landscapes of the Southeastern Atlantic Coastal Plain following the deglaciation of more northern latitudes several thousand years ago have not been well elucidated. This is due partly to the paucity of sites where peats and associated microfossils are well preserved. However, we recendy found well preserved siliceous microfossils in sediments of Carolina Bays and other upland wetland ponds on the Upper Coastal Plain of Western South Carolina. These systems are attractive candidates for paleolimnological research because they are non-fluvial precipitation basins whose sediments should direcdy reflect local climate. We are identifying fossilized diatoms, sponge spicules and plant phytoliths in vertical sequences in sediment cores extracted in horizontal transects through these ponds in an attempt to reconstruct local Holocene envimoments. Meaningful inferences of past environments from fossil assemblages are dependent upon the existence and assessment of the relationship of the fossilizing organisms and their environment We developed a model from the contemporary distribution of diatoms across hydrologic gradients that will allow a reliable prediction of hydroperiod from fossil diatom assemblages. Together with physical and biological settings suggested by other fossilized organisms this data is being used to reconstruct the sequence of environmental changes that occurred in this region of the Southeast during the Holocene. LIDE, ROBERT F. Savannah River Ecology Laboratory, University of Georgia - Carolina bay 206 hydrology; A view from the Upper Coastal Plain of western South Carolina. Carolina bays and similar depression wetiands are important foci of plant and animal diversity on the Atlantic Coastal Plain of the southeastern United States. Hydrology, especially the depth, duration, and timing of ponding of water, is a dominant factor in the ecological functioning of these 156 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 wetlands. At the Savannah River Site (SRS), a 780 km2 area located on the Upper Coastal Plain of western South Carolina, hydrologic data from Carolina bays have been collected sporadically over the years. Routine monitoring of water levels in ten bays began in 1989. In May 1995, monitoring of water levels was expanded to a total of fifty-three bays. Data show that hydrologic conditions among bays range from sites that are rarely flooded to those that contain semi-permanent ponds. Previous investigations at Thunder Bay (Bay 83) have suggested continuous connection to the water table with episodic ground-water discharge to the bay. In contrast, data from Julian’s Bay (Bay 93) suggest that it is always perched above the water table. Correlation analysis using data from seven bays revealed weak to strong relationships (r = 0.40 to 0.95; p < 0.05) between precipitation and change in pond stage. A climatic water balance for Thunder Bay indicated that precipitation and evapotranspiration mostly explained fluctuation in pond stage. Given the same regional climate, variation in hydroperiod among bays at the SRS may be due to a combination of differences in vegetation, permeability of sediments, micro-climatic conditions, and connectivity to ground water. BUHLMANN, KURT A., J. WHITFIELD GIBBONS, AND ROBERT F. CHENEY. Savannah 207 River Ecology Laboratory, University of Georgia, Drawer E, Aiken, SC 29802 - Terrestrial habitat use bv aquatic turtles of Carolina bays: implications for upland habitat conservation. During August 1994-March 1995 we monitored the terrestrial movements of aquatic turtles associated with a Carolina bay on the Upper Coastal Plain of South Carolina. Using a 1200m aluminum drift fence that completely encircled the bay, we captured turtles in late summer/autumn and attached thread bobbins to their shells as they exited. Thread lines of 86 turtles of the species Deirochetys reticularia, Kinostemon subrubrum, Stemotherus odorants, Clemmys guttata, and Chetydra serpentina were followed to their destinations. Most turtles buried themselves 50-250 m from the bay. A majority of the turtles selected an older pine/live oak forest, while fewer entered a 5-year-old clearcut. Most turtles that buried in the forest did not move until they returned to the bay in March, but several that buried in clearcuts changed their location at least once. We used Hobo dataloggers to continuously record soil temperatures in which the turtles buried. Soil temperatures showed greater variance in clearcuts than in forests. Our results show that upland habitats are used by freshwater turtles in their yearly cycle, and also suggest that human alteration of upland habitats may have consequences on survival and hence the long-term persistence of turtle populations. 208 BENNETT, STEPHEN H. South Carolina Department of Natural Resources, Columbia, SC Conservation status of Carolina bays in South Carolina. Carolina bay wetlands have been identified as high priority protection projects by the South Carolina Heritage Trust Program. A 1991 study documented 97% of the 2651 bays examined as significantly altered. Thirty -six protection projects, comprising either single bays or bay complexes (clusters) were approved for protection under the Heritage Trust Program. To date 12 projects providing protection for Carolina bays have been completed. Eight projects comprise single Carolina bays and 4 projects comprise multiple bays Conservation of Carolina bays in South Carolina has resulted in the acquisistion of 1 1,440 acres of bay habitat, including upland buffer Four additional Carolina bays have been protected through registration agreements. Nine communities associated with Carolina bays have been protected and 5 plant species, including one federally endangered species have been protected Protection efforts aimed at conserving Carolina bays in South Carolina are continuing. SINGER, JULIAN H 1 AND REBECCA R SHARITZ2 'Dept, of Botany, University of Georgia, 209 Athens, GA 30602 and 2Savannah River Ecology Laboratory, Drawer E, Aiken, SC 29802 - Herbaceous vegetation responses to restoration treatments in a Carolina Bay wetland. Carolina Bay wetlands offer potential for wetland restoration due to the number of bays on the eastern coastal plain landscape and the extent to which they have been degraded or converted to non-wetland usage Information regarding the restoration of Carolina Bay wetlands is lacking The vegetation of a bay in Barnwell County, South Carolina that had been drained and converted to non-wetland, woody vegetation forty years ago was sampled before and after restoration treatments Restoration consisted of closing the drainage ditch coupled with removal of woody species and burning in portions of the bay In the two years following ABSTRACTS 157 treatments, patterns of initial recovery of the herbaceous vegetation were analyzed. Species richness increased greatly in the first year As the hydrologic gradient became more pronounced during the second growing season the relative abundance of wetland and non-wetland species shifted, reflecting their flood tolerances. An examination of the seed bank revealed that germinating wetland species were an important component of the initial vegetauon response to restoration treatments ,10ORNES,W.H.', T V YOUNGBLOOD1, H E MACKEY2, AND R.S RILEY2 'Department of Biology and Geology, University of South Carolina- Aiken, Aiken, SC 29801 and Associated Faculty School of the Environment, USC Columbia 2Savannah River Technology Center, Environmental Sciences Section, Westinghouse Savannah River Company, POB 616, Aiken, SC 29808 -Changes in vegetation over a four year period following the cleanup and restoration of Lost Lake, a Carolina bay on the Savannah River Site. Aiken County. SC. A contaminated Carolina bay was cleaned up and restored. Changes in densities and per cent cover of both planted and non-planted vegetation have been monitored since 1991 among eight, low, medium, or high soil and fertilizer treatment zones Overall, the terrestrial vegetation is dominated by non-planted, nonwetland (wetland defined by either OBLWet or FACW) species such as Eupatorium, Agalinus, Aster, Digitana, Solidago, and Andropogon. Typha and Nymphoides are dominant in the open water areas Species planted in 1991 were Pamcum, Eleocharis, Scirpus, Pontedena, Nymphaea and seeds of Sagittaria. By 1995, only Pamcum and Scirpus have significant presence. Pamcum had the greatest growth response to treatments (present in 30% of the low-treatment plots with 23% cover and present in 53% of the high-treatment plots with 56% cover). Scirpus responded negatively to increased treatments (present in 9% of low treatment plots with 1 1% cover and present in only 7% of high treatment plots with 5% cover). HANLIN. H. G.1. M. B. DIETSCH1, E. D. JONES1. AND L. D. WIKE1'2. 'University of South 211 Carolina-Aiken and "Westinghouse Savannah River Technology Center - Reptile and amphibian species composition in a Carolina bay following restoration. Although wetland restoration is now a common occurrence. Carolina bays have only recently received the attention of restoration ecologists. Lost Lake, a chemically contaminated seven hectare Carolina bay on the Savannah River Site, underwent restoration between 1987 and 1991. In 1993 we began to examine the effects of restoration on the existing herpetofauna and to document the colonization of new reptile and amphibian species. To date. 50 species have been found, and reproduction within 17 of these species has been confirmed. Because pre-restoration herpetofaunal studies at Lost Lake were not as intensive as this study, many of the 16 previously undocumented species were likely to have inhabited the then-forested wetland. The data also indicate that conversion from a mesic forest to a regenerating "old-field” wetland accounts for the loss of one amphibian species with specific habitat requirements, Eurycea quadridigitata (dwarf salamander). Two additional species, Terrapene Carolina (eastern box turtle) and Micrurus fulvius (eastern coral snake) found in previous studies have not as yet been encountered. We predict that, as the wetland vegetation undergoes further succession, available habitats will become more complex and allow colonization by additional species. SCHMALZER, PAUL A., SHANNON BOYLE, AND HILARY SWAIN. Dynamac Corporation, Florida Institute of Technology, and Archbold Biological Station - Scrub ecosystems of Brevard County, Florida. Brevard County, on the east coast of central Florida, contains regionally important scmb ecosystems; these occur on four major landscapes with different geologic ages and soils. The landscapes are: Cape Canaveral and the recent barrier islands, Memtt Island, the Atlantic Coastal Ridge, and the Ten Mile Ridge. Cape Canaveral is < 7,000 years old with calcareous, circumneutral. sandy soils. Merritt Island is ca. 30,000 years old with low ridges of acid, sandy soils. The Atlantic Coastaf Ridge is ca. 120.000 years old with high ridges of acid, sandy soils. The Ten Mile Ridge is >120.000 years old with low ridges of acid, sandy soils. Distribution of scrub types differs across these landscapes. Coastal strand and scrub predominate on Cape Canaveral. Oak-saw palmetto scrub and scrubby flatwoods occur on well drained ndges of Merritt Island. The Atlantic Coastal Ridge supports sand pine scrub in addition to oak-saw palmetto scrub and scrubby flatwoods. Oak -saw palmetto scrub and scrubby flatwoods occur on the Ten Mile Ridge. Five of eleven listed or candidate threatened or endangered scrub plants occur only on the recent barrier islands, three on Memtt Island and one or more mainland ridges, one on both 158 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 mainland ridges, and one only on the Atlantic Coastal Ridge. Soil pH, soil drainage, and probably fire and dispersal history have affected the distribution of scrub types and species. ^ YUR1SH, BRADLEY M. and FRANK S. GILLIAM. Marshall University - Soil and forest floor nirrooen ~13 dynamics in a nitrogen-saturated central Appalachian hardwood forest. The potential for excess nitrogen (N) deposition to disrupt biogeochemical cycles, reduce water quality, and potentially induce forest decline has been recognized. This study examined N dynamics in mineral soil over three years (and in 02 horizons over one year) in three watersheds of the Femow Experimental Forest, WV: WS7 (25 yr-old. untreated); WS4 (mature, untreated); WS3 (25 yr-old, treated). WS3 has received aerial applications of (NH4)2S04 since 1989 (-54 kg N/ha/yr). Samples of mineral soil and organic (02) horizons were incubated in situ using buried polyethylene bags. Although there were few significant differences among watersheds for monthly rates of net nitrification and mineralization for soil or 02 horizon, seasonal patterns of these rates exhibited consistently increasing trends over the 3-yr study, regardless of treatment. Available N pools (NH4+ and N03‘) for soil were generally significantly higher on WS3 than on untreated watersheds throughout the growing season for all 3 yr. Lack of differences in rates of mineralization and nitrification among watersheds support conclusions of earlier studies that the untreated watersheds had become N saturated prior to the initiation of this study, apparently the result of high ambient inputs of N in this region. Data also show that further increases of N deposition to a N-saturated system can increase substantially NH4+ and N03 pools in the mineral soil. Finally, close correlation of seasonal N03’ pools with seasonal changes in concentrations of stream N03 and Ca++ suggest that later stages of N saturation in central Appalachian hardwood forests may result in base cation depletion from the soil. ROBERTSON, PHILIP A AND YVONNE E HALL Southern Illinois University at Carbondale - opiTowards a new definition for old-growth Ponderosa Pine (Pimts ponderosa ) in Colorado The current definition of old-growth for Ponderosa Pine is inadequate in that it does not consider differences in site productivity, omits consideration of tree crown architecture as it relates to declining vigor of the tree and lacks estimates of Coarse Woody Debris (CWD) Research currently underway is attempting to redefine the criteria for the old-growth condition in this species in the Front Range and southwest mountains of Colorado. The new definition will allow a smaller minimum diameter on sites with very low productivity (20 vs 40 cm) for trees greater than 200 years of age. Since fire frequency is normally high in this forest type, CWD estimates are quite variable and will be used in conjunction with standing dead to assess old-growth conditions. CWD should be greater than 5 m3/ha unless evidence of recent fire exists. Additionally, crown architecture should show declining vigor by having a lower crown density (< 60%), crown height ratio (< 65%), a less conical crown form and a smaller proportion of the terminal branches occupied by needles. Some trees in the stand should have needles tufted on the terminal 15 cm or less of the branch and crowns with a flat-topped appearance. Using this new definition of old growth, the full range of old-growth ponderosa pine can be identified MCCORMICK, FRANK J. University of Tennessee, Knoxville - Sustainability and 215 Ecosystem Management. Sustainability is a goal, a goal too seldom achieved. Sustainability has become the primary goal of both economic development and natural resource management. In both endeavors we evaluate alternative action plans in terms of their long term consequences. Sustainable development is development which: integrates economic, environmental and social values during planning; distributes benefits equitably across socioeconomic strata and gender upon implementation, and ensures that opportunities for continuing development remain undiminished to future generations. Just as pro-life advocates argue that the unborn have a right to life, advocates of sustainability argue the unborn have a right to an environment capable of sustaining life, and sustaining it at a level of quality enjoyed by the present generation. Of all forms of stewardship, ecosystem management embodies strategies and methods best suited to achieving sustainability. Ecosystem management is an attempt to manage entire ecological systems rather than individual and fragmented components such as timber, fish or wildlife species. Ecosystem management provides a framework within which we can derive the optimal balance of multiple values, as perceived by multiple and diverse resource users. The goal of sustainability, and ecosystem management as a strategy for achieving this goal, are totally defendable in terms of good science, good ethics and good economics. It would appear that, to do otherwise, is quite indefensible. ABSTRACTS 159 216 KINDELL, CAROLYN. CARL NORDMAN. LINDA CHAF1N AND JAMES MULLER. Florida Natural Areas Inventory -Natural Community Survey of Eglin Air Force Base. Located in northwest Florida, Eglin Air Force Base is the largest military-owned installation in the U.S. (460,000 acres). As part of Eglin's ecosystem management program, the Florida Natural Areas Inventory embarked on a natural community survey of the base. Eglin is one of the most biologically diverse and significant public land areas in Florida, harboring 37 of the state's 82 natural community types, including the most extensive old growth longleaf pine communities in the Southeast. The natural community survey had two major goals. The first objective was to inventory the base for the remaining highest quality natural communities. The second objective was to map the base lands according to four major classes, or "tiers." of ecological condition related to vegetation characteristics. Much of Eglin's landscape is composed of fire-dependent natural communities with variable land use histories. Placement of an area into one of these "tiers" depended upon the intensity of past disturbance to the vegetation and its restoration potential. A digital map of Eglin according to these "tiers" of ecological condition was produced and will be shown. An overview of these two aspects of the Eglin Natural Community Survey project will be given. SCHOTZ, ALFRED R. AND LINDA G. CHAFIN. Alabama Natural Heritage Program and -17 Florida Natural Areas Inventory — Rare plant survey of Eglin Air Force Base, Florida - results and recommendations for protection and management, Eglin Air Force Base, located in the Florida Panhandle, was surveyed fron 1992-94 for federally listed endangered, threatened, and candidate plant species, state-listed endangered and threatened plant species, and other rare plant taxa tracked by the Florida Natural Areas Inventory (FNAI). Because of its large size (463,448 acres), history of relatively low impact land uses, and high diversity of natural communities, Eglin supports a significant proportion of Florida's rare flora. More than 1900 occurrences of 64 taxa were documented. Thirty-three rare taxa not previously known from Eglin were discovered during this survey. Thirty-three of Eglin's rare taxa are either candidates for federal listing or are federally listed; 21 are listed as endangered or threatened by the State of Florida. Twenty-one of Eglin's rare plant taxa are endemic or near-endemic to the Florida Panhandle. All occurrences of rare plants found during the survey are documented in FNAI ' s GIS files and on 1:24,000 scale U.S.G.S. topographic maps. Field data are recorded on element occurrence records for each occurrence found and are stored in the FNAI electronic and manual data bases. Recommendations for the protection and management of each rare taxa and its habitat are provided. BLACKWELL, ERJC, GEORGE CLINE. R. DAVID WHETSTONE. AND FRANK ROMANO III. 218 Preliminary quantitative analysis of selected plant communities from northeastern Alabama. Relatively few studies have quantitatively analyzed plant communities in the southern Appalachians, and fewer still have examined communities in northeastern Alabama. The data presented here represent part of the ground truthing effort for a study of remotely sensed landcover patterns. Study plots were established at 86 sites along the middle reaches of the Coosa River. Each study plot was 1/10 hectare. The diameter breast height (DBH), and the number of individuals was recorded for each tree species over 5cm DBH in each of the ten, 10m x 10m sub-plots. Within each 10m x 10m sub-plot were 5m x 5m, and lm x lm nested sub-plots to asses shrub and transgressive tree species, and herbaceous species, respectively. Relative Density, Relative Dominance, and Relative Frequency values were used to compare the study communities using multivariate techniques. This research was supported by a NASA EPSCoR grant to the Alabama Space Grant Consortium. ELY. JOSEPH S.1, DAVID J. GIBSON1, AND ALICE L. HEIKENS-. 'Dept, of Plant Biology. 219 Southern Illinois University at Carbondale, Carbondale, IL 62901-6509 and -Dept, of Biology. Franklin College, Franklin, IN 46131 - The core-satellite species hypothesis in forest opening. southern Illinois- The search for rules which define how species assemble themselves into communities has been extensive during the past couple of decades. Assembly rules are hypothetical restrictions on the ways in which species can assemble into communities. The ability to measure or determine these rules has yet to be demonstrated. Numerous models and hypotheses have been developed that attempt to explain how communities assemble themselves. The core-satellite species hypothesis (model) suggests that a certain number of core species determine community structure, and that satellite species (rare species) till in the gaps that core species do not occupy. This explicitly implies that the frequency distribution of species 160 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 regional distribution is bimodal. Further, this explains regional patterns of species abundance and distribution. To test the core-satellite hypothesis in southern Illinois, frequency data were tabulated on twenty-two natural forest openings. Polynomial regression models were constructed and were found to be significant (p < 0.05) among selected sites. This trend was also observed at higher spatial scales. The core-satellite species hypothesis can provide insights on species assemblages in natural communities. CAMPBELL, JONATHAN E, SCOTT B FRANKLIN, DAVID J GIBSON, & JONATHAN A NEWMAN Southern Illinois University at Carbondale — Interpretation of selected variance peaks derived from Two-Term Local Quadrat Variance analyses Several methods of determining spatial pattern are currently available Indeed, Two-Term Local Quadrat Variance (TTLQV Hill 1973) has been shown to be a robust method available to determine spatial pattern in both plant and animal communities However, current rules for determining the significance of variance peaks derived by TTLQV are somewhat arbitrary In fact, variance peaks at block size one and at block sizes greater than 50% of transect length are the only peaks whose use is explicitly prohibited Although use of block sizes found at greater than 10% of the transect length have also been warned against, many researchers interpret them regardless Through the use of randomization and permutation analyses however, we show that variance peaks at block sizes at one, two, and three occur frequently by chance when analyzing a single transect of contiguous plots Such information suggests that those block sizes are probably not indicating biologically meaningful patterns, rather are just a reflection of random data 221 REA, TRACY1, DENO KARAPATAKIS1, KRISTY GUY1, JOHN PINDER HI1, AND HAL MACKEY, JR2. ‘University of Georgia Savannah River Ecology Laboratory and 2Westinghouse Savannah River Technology Center-Bathometry as a controlling factor in macrophyte development: thirty years of change detection in a former reactor cooling pond. Change detection procedures were applied to aerial photography obtained during growing seasons of 1966 to 1995 in order to analyze macrophyte development in Pond B, a former cooling pond at Savannah River Site in the southeastern United States. Pond B was constructed in 1961 and used as a reactor cooling pond until 1964. Since 1964, the pond has developed the water chemistry and displayed the fluctuating water levels that are typical for southeastern ponds and reservoirs. Aerial photographs were scanned at one meter resolution and georegistered to UTM coordinates. The border of the pond was masked to preclude upland sites. The masked images were classified as macrophytes present or macrophytes absent. A bathyometric model was developed and used to obtain measures of water depth, slope, aspect, and fetch. The rates of macrophyte development derived from change detection analyses were related to bathometry and proximity to existing macrophyte vegetation through time. MACKENZIE, MARK D. School of Forestry, Auburn University, Auburn, AL 36849-5418 - Land 222 use/cover classification using satellite imagery to support nonpoint source pollution research. Land use/cover has been linked to stream water quality and has been shown to be important in determining the nature of nonpoint source pollution. Any attempt to understand sources and impacts of nonpoint source pollution in a region and/or attempts to develop meaningful best management practices must first incorporate a thorough understanding of land use/cover patterns. Satellite remote sensing represents a cost effective method for developing land use/cover inventories over large regions. This paper describes a methodology to classify land use/cover types for the Coastal Plain of Alabama using Landsat-5 Thematic Mapper satellite imagery. The study area is the Sepulga River basin located primarily in Butler County, AL. This river basin contains a wide variety of land use/cover types including agriculture, silviculture, light industry, and urban/suburban development. Temporal changes in land use/cover (circa 1970 vs. current) are also discussed. The results described in this paper represent part of a larger study involving spatial analysis of land use/cover, best management practices, and nonpoint source pollution at a watershed or drainage scale. ABSTRACTS 161 -,,3 KING, CATHERINE J. AND REBECCA R. SHARITZ. Savannah River Ecology Laboratory, University of Georgia. Reinvasion of woody vegetation into a severely impacted area of floodplain forest. A bottomland hardwood and swamp forest on the floodplain of the Savannah River received thermal effluent from a nuclear production reactor on the Savannah River Site for 30 years. The elevated water temperature and increased sedimentation resulted in tree mortality, leaving a severely impacted delta, approximately 90 hectares in size, consisting mostly of exposed sediments and water. We examined the recovery of woody vegetation (trees, shrubs) following reactor shut down in 1985 in 65 hectares of the central portion of the delta using color-infrared aerial photography and a geographic information system. Woody vegetation had reinvaded the delta at an average rate of 3.8 hectares per year from 1985 to 1993. Four percent of the delta was covered with woody species in 1985, compared with 34 percent in 1990 and 52 percent in 1993. The classified images indicated that much of the woody vegetation is invading near adjacent seed sources surrounding the delta. PINDER, JOHN. E.1, ETHAN M. JAHNKE2, AND TRACY E. REA1 . ‘Savannah River Ecology 224 Laboratory, Aiken, SC and 2Colorado State University, Ft. Collins, CO. - Sherman's march to the sea: Using satellite images to examine potential residual impacts on the Georgia landscape. The distribution of land use and land cover classes within a landscape is influenced by geomorphology, settlement patterns, economic influences and disasters and disturbances which include the effects of war. Sherman's march from Atlanta to Savannah is an example of war-time activities that could have a lasting impact on the landscape due to: destruction of transportation and agricultural infrastructure; population displacement; confiscation and destruction of wealth such as livestock or objects that could be converted to investment capital. The results of these activities could affect the transition of the area from a plantation-based to a share-cropper based economic system and leave a lasting impact on the region. To identify potential residual effects of Sherman's march, Landsat MSS data from April, September and December of 1988 were used to produce a classification of evergreen forest, deciduous/swamp forest, fallow lands, and various agricultural management units for the Upper Coastal Plain of Georgia. The routes of Sherman's units were reconstructed from historical maps, and the Upper Coastal Plain divided into areas impacted by Sherman and neighboring areas not directly impacted by Sherman. Comparisons of the proportions of different land covers, the sizes of land management units, and the shapes of land management units among areas indicated north to south gradients across the Upper Coastal Plain but no pronounced differences between the areas visited or not visited by Sherman. 225 MICKLE. JAMES E.1, MARIA ROSARIA BARONE LUMAGA2, FRANCO RIPPA3 AND ALDO MORETTI2. 1 Dept. Botany, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, NC 27695 USA; 2Orto Botanico, Universita di Napoli, via Foria, 223, 80139 Napoli, Italy; 3Istituto di Geotecnica, via Claudio 21, Universita di Napoli, 80125 Napoli, Italy - Discovery of two fossil trunks in Fuongrotta, Naples, Italy. Two fossil tree trunks were uncovered during construction in the Fuongrotta section of Naples, Italy. The samples were buried by a pyroclastic flow from the eruption of Monte Spina 4400 years ago. The trunks were 30-40 cm diameter and lying at the same elevation about 30 m from each other. The wood was carbonized and highly fragile, with most breakage occurring radially along rays. Samples were studied using the dissecting microscope and SEM. Pieces were snapped or cut with a sharp razor blade to create new surfaces. Wood of both trunks was ring porous. Multiseriate rays had 5-10 vessels between them. Vessels in early wood were about 200 pm in diameter and 400 pm long; vessels in late wood had a marked decrease in diameter. Vessels showed circular bordered pits, with simple perforations, and pits were 10 pm in diameter. Vessels were sometimes blocked by tyloses. Features of the samples suggest that the woods belong to Quercus sp. (deciduous group). 226 MATTHEWS, CHRISTOPHER R ', JAMES H HOWARD1, and JAMES F MATTHEWS2 Frostburg State University1 and University of North Carolina at Charlotte2— Genetic variability and population characteristics of the federally endangered Schweimtz’s sunflower. Hclmnrhu\ schwemitzii T&G. Helianthus scbveinitzii is a perennial wildflower found in 73 small populations, all occurring within 100 km of Charlotte, NC. Historically, Schweinitz's sunflower grew in open fields called Piedmont 162 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 praines, however, agriculture and development have destroyed this habitat such that primary habitats now consist of power line right-of-ways and roadsides. In 1991, H. schweinitzii was listed as a "Federally Endangered Species" and a recovery plan was drafted to conserve and manage these populations Mitigation is involved in the recovery of this plant and therefore it is important to examine the generic variation of these populations Starch gel electrophoresis was used to examine phenotypes of 12 isozyme systems in 25 geographically distinct populations of H. schweinitzii. Additionally, we examined two outgroups, H. giganteus and H. mtcrocephalus. Allelic frequencies and levels of polymorphism were calculated using BIOSYS-1. MATTHEWS, JAMES F. AND CHRISTOPHER R. MATTHEWS. Dept. Biology, UNC 227 Charlotte and Dept. Biology, Frostburg St. Univ. , Frostburg, MD. - Corrections of chromosome number, distribution and mi s ident i f icat ions of the Federally endangered sunflower, Helianthus schweinitzii T&G. Hel ianthus schweinitzi i is an endemic, with all populations within 100 km of Charlotte, N.C. Over the past five years we have conducted extensive investigations into the biology of this species. Following the original description by Torrey and Gray in 1843, little was known about the species until the monumental work by Heiser et al (1969) on North American sunflowers. However, due to an incomplete understanding of the species in the wild and its distribution, the literature contains several incorrect facts and inferences. Data will be presented on the current distribution, 10 counties in North and South Carolina. In addition, there is a correction of the chromosome number to 2n=68, rather than 2n= 102 reported by Heiser et al. A new chemical compound has been mistakenly attributed to this species, when in fact it should have been reported for H. floridanus. HARDIN, JAMES W. AND ZACK E. MURRELL. Dept, of Botany, North Carolina 228 state University, Raleigh, NC 27695 and Dept, of Biology, Western Kentucky University, Bowling Green, KY 42101. - Foliar micromorphologv in Cornus. The 50+ species of dogwoods exhibit a Laurasian distribution pattern with centers of diversity in eastern Asia, North America, and Central America, and a few scattered species in Africa, Europe, and South America. The genus is treated here sensu lato although some earlier treatments split it into nine genera. Foliar micromorphology, using SEM, shows a wide range of variation in several features. Epidermal cells vary from flat or slightly convex to papillose. Cuticle is smooth to striated, ridged, or coronulate. Epicuticular wax may be present or absent. The basic and most common trichome is the flat, symmetrical, dolabrate type with calcium carbonate crystals on the surface. Seven modifications are formed by the asymmetry and orientation of the two arms and the elongation of the basal stalk. These trichome modifications are considered to be derived (apomorphic) and form various vestiture types ( strigillose , strigose, pilose) possibly reflecting adaptations to different environmental pressures and/or insect predation. Although foliar micromorphology and vestiture can be diagnostic at the species level, they do not appear to be a strong indicator of evolutionary relationships. ^ ESTTLL, JAMES C. AND ZACK El MURRELL. Western Kentucky University - Species 229 delineation and population structure of Spiraea virginiana Britton. Spiraea virginiana Britton is a rare rhizomatous shrub found in heavily scoured areas of high gradient streams in the southern Blue Ridge and Appalachian Plateau Provinces, as well as the edge of the Blue Grass Province in Kentucky. Although distributed in six states, the majority of known individuals occur in Kentucky, Tennessee, and West Virginia. An intensive field search for Spiraea virginiana in Tennessee has yielded twenty -two new populations to add to the thirteen previously known Tennessee populations. Seventeen new populations were located in four drainages that contained known populations, and five populations were found in three "new" drainages. Three known populations were not relocated, and are presumed extirpated. All other known populations were relocated and appeared relatively unchanged in number and density since they were last surveyed. Examination of molecular and morphological character variation suggests that the three species of section Calospira found in southeastern North America, S. corymbosa. S. japonica, and S. virginiana, can be recognized as segregate species. Previous germination ABSTRACTS 163 studies, examination of total seed production, and field analyses of populations suggest that S. virginiana is limited to asexual reproduction. Ongoing studies utilizing molecular markers address the issues of population and drainage genetic identity of S. virginiana. CAMPBELL, JACQUELINE L. , MURIEL E. POSTON, AND MARTIN MACKENZIE. Biology Dept. , Howard University, Washington, DC 20059 - A floristic re-survev of Spruce Knob: a 20th century comparison . A floristic re-survey of Spruce Knob was performed in order to examine the stability of the flora compared to the previous surveys by Brooks (1911), Core (1929), and Robinson (1959). At 4861 ft., Spruce Knob, part of the Monongahela National Forest, is the highest point in West Virginia. Brooks had identified 14 families with 28 species while Robinson's survey approximately 50 years later listed 19 families and 38 species. Core identified a stunted hemlock, Tsuaa canadensis: Robinson could not find this representative species, so he concluded that the species had disappeared the locality. The hemlock has been relocated and aged. A re-census of Spruce Knob in June, 1995 indicates that the number of new species has increased by 100 representing primarily exotics. The increase in the number of species appears to be due to the development of approximately 50,000 sq. ft. of parking lots and recreation areas within the last five years. ■!31REBECCA D. BRAY AND LYTTON J. MUSSELMAN. Department of Biological Sciences, Old Dominion University, Norfolk, Virginia 23539-0266- Tetraploid Quillworts of Virginia's Coastal Plain and their Hy- brids . Two tetraploid (n=44) Isoetes are found in the coastal rivers and marshes of Virginia: J. hyemalis and I. saccharata. These two species were subsumed in I. riparia in Flora North America as well as recent regional treatments of the genus. We are unaware of any documented occurence of I. riparia in Virginia. Isoetes saccharata may be endemic to fresh water tidal marshes of the Chesapeake Bay where its distribu¬ tion is threatened by development and pollution. The triploid (n=33) hybrid between I. saccharata and I. engelmannii is described for the first time. Isoetes hyemalis is a widespread and common quillwort of non-tidal streams in Virginia and adjoining states. Its hybrid with I. engelmannii is I. X bruntonii (n=33) . Isoetes riparia , I. hyemalis , and I. saccharata can be separated on megaspore ornamentation. ANDERSON, LORAN C. Honda State University, Tallahassee, FL 32306 - New geographical and 232 morphological dam lor the rare Sideroxvlon ihornei (a.k.a. Bumelin ihornei ). Thome’s buckthorn is a category 2 species in the federal register, which means it is perceived as rare, but more information is needed about its biology and abundance for proper listing. Some data are gi\ en here. The species was first descnbed from four sites in three counties of southwestern Georgia, it was subsequently reported from southeastern Georgia, but those specimens proved to be S. lanuginosum X S. redinaiwn. Thome’s buckthorn is now known from a few sites in neighbonng Alabama and Honda as well as from some additional counties in southwestern Georgia. The additional specimens show that leaves and fruits can be larger than previously documented. Its ran tv makes S. ihornei a worthy candidate for listing as threatened or endangered MURRELL, ZACK E. AND JEFFREY J. BAKER. Western Kentucky University - Dogwood ‘ 3 subeeneric relationships: evidence from the Internal Transcribed Spacer (ITS) region of nuclear ribosomal DNA. Molecular sequence data from the internal transcribed spacer region (ITS) of 18-26S nuclear ribosomal DNA have been derived for eight subgenera of the genus Cornus , as well as representatives of the putative outgroups Nyssa , Alangium, and Davidia. These sequences show extreme variation in length, from 250 to 350 bases in both ITS I and ITS H. Attempts have been made to align these data using the computer program CLUSTAL, as well as manual alignment, and the results suggest that multiple repeats and length 164 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 variation are difficult to align using CLUSTAL. The manually aligned complete data set was analyzed using PAUP, and subsets of this data set, omitting the INDELS, were also analyzed and compared to the total data set. The results of these analyses support the monophyly of the blue fruited dogwoods, and the sister relationship of the big bracted dogwoods and the cornelian cherries. The evolutionary positions of Cornus oblonga, Cornus peruviana , and Comus volkensii in relationship to the remainder of the genus Comus is equivocal, largely due to the extreme length variation of these three taxa, and the effects of long branch attraction. CARROLL, PATRICK E. AND ZACK E. MURRELL. Western Kentucky University - 234 Analysis of morphological and genetic variation in Hexastylis contractu BlomquisL Hexastylis contracta Blomquist is a herbaceous evergreen plant in the family Aristolochiaceae. Hexastylis contracta is generally restricted to remnant old growth hemlock forests in the Cumberland Plateau of Kentucky and Tennessee, with three disjunct populations in western North Carolina. Extensive field work identified eighteen new populations of H. contracta in Tennessee. Apparent hybrids were identified that appear to be the result of crosses between H. contracta and H. arifolia (Michaux) Small. The genetic variability within H. contracta and the putative hybridization between H. contracta and H. arifolia are the subjects of ongoing molecular analyses of the internal transcribed spacer (ITS) regions of nuclear ribosomal DNA. The putative hybrid exhibits floral and leaf similarities with H. arifolia , but the fleshy perianth has a flare at or below the middle that is very similar to the H. contracta perianth structure. The hypothesis of hybridization is explored through morphometric analyses of leaf and perianth structure of the putative hybrid and the parent species. BAKER, JEFFERY J. AND ZACK E. MURRELL. Western Kentucky University - Blue- and 233 white-fruited dogwoods; Internal Transcribed Spacer (ITS) region sequence data and species relationships. The genus Cornus is currently recognized with eight segregate subgenera and approximately 55 species. The blue- and white-fruited dogwoods exhibit a Laurasian pattern of distribution and include about 38 species that have traditionally been segregated, on the basis of leaf position and branching patterns, into opposite-leaved (subg. Kraniopsis) and alternate-leaved (subg. Mesomora ) groups. Recent studies have separated the Asian blue-fruited species, C. oblonga, and the South American blue-fruited species, C. peruviana, into segregate subgenera or sections. This study involves the analysis of relationships in the genus Cornus using the internal transcribed spacer (ITS) regions of nuclear ribosomal DNA. The sequences were generated using cycle sequencing on an automated sequencer, aligned using CLUSTAL, and analyzed using PAUP. The alignments, with the exception of length variation in C. oblonga and C. peruviana, showed a high degree of similarity. The trees produced by the PAUP analyses suggest that the blue-fruited dogwoods are monophyletic, with the exceptions of C. oblonga and C. peruviana , which appear to be basal lineages within the genus Cornus. Within the monophyletic clade of blue- and white- fruited dogwoods, there is strong support for an alternate-leaved clade and an opposite-leaved clade. The opposite¬ leaved clade can be divided into two monophyletic groups, the "stolonifera group" and the "stricta group." The support for these groups based upon molecular data is in agreement with morphological data from plant architecture and leaf venation patterns. REED, CHRISTOPHER P. AND ZACK E. MURRELL. Western Kentucky University - 236 Molecular analysis of directly amplified and cloned products from the Internal Transcribed Spacer NTS') regions of nuclear ribosomal DNA in a dogwood hybrid complex. The distributions of two species of blue- fruited dogwoods, Cornus amomum Miller and Cornus obliqua Rafi, have a broad area of sympatry, from Maine to Tennessee. Within this area, putative hybrids have been identified on the basis of several morphological characters. Although the habit, periderm, and inflorescences are similar in Cornus amomum and Cornus obliqua, the leaf pubescence and abaxial epidermal protruberances can be used to separate the two species, and these characters are intermediate in the putative hybrids. Molecular sequence data derived from the internal transcribed spacer regions (ITS) of 18-26S nuclear ribosomal DNA has been generated for the putative hybrids using Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) and standard dideoxy sequencing. Initial sequence data exhibits double banding at several nucleotide sites, suggesting a lack of uniformity among a putative hybrid's multiple ITS copies. Ongoing cloning studies of ampified PCR products from the putative hybrids are exploring this multiple copy region. Initial sequence data comparing the hybrid and putative parents indicates that variation is present between the three groups. This aspect of the research is an attempt to test the use of cloned PCR amplified products as a method to detect hybrids and hybridization. ABSTRACTS 165 STOTLER. RAYMOND1, BARBARA CRANDALL-STOTLER1 AND PAUL G. DAVISON2 237 Southern Illinois University at Carbondale and ^University of Nonh Alabama - The liverwort Pellia X appalachiana is not a hybrid. Collections of the liverwort Pellia X appalachiana R. M. Schust. from near the type location, Lake Jocassee at the North Carolina/South Carolina border, have been analyzed to assess the validity of its hybrid origin. Morphologically, this taxon displays a blend of expressions between P. epiphylla and P neesiana according to Schuster (1991, J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 70: 145-146). Samples of each of five populations were prepared for SEM study of diagnostic characters and subsamples were established in a common garden environment, with populations of both putative parents, P. neesiana and P epiphylla . collected from Dry Falls, Nonh Carolina. After 6 months of growth, all three taxa assume slender, vegetauve morphologies; however P. X appalachiana remained distinct from both "putative parents." Diagnostic characters of the taxon include larger cells in both wing and costa than either of the other taxa, brown, spherical to ovoidal oil bodies that range to 10 pm diameters, a thallus midrib composed completely of undifferentiated cells and crisped to undulate thallus wings. Ventral slime papillae arise from a shon stalk cell, rhizoids are brown and the plants have a Conocephalum-hke aroma. Four of the five populations were strictly female. In these, the perichaetium consists of a posterior flap, with a lobulate/incised margin, covering the archegonia. The single male population, which was intermixed with a few females of the above morphology, possessed antheridial chambers arranged in two to three irregular rows on older parts of the midrib. These experimental studies provided no evidence of hybridization. Finally, isozyme surveys of the original five populations coupled with analyses of the populations of both putative parents were undertaken. No additive profiles were observed. Rather, Pellia X appalachiana remained distinct with no evidence of hybridization. 238 THERRIEN. J. P„ R. E. STOTLER, AND B J. CRANDALL-STOTLER. Southern Illinois University at Carbondale - The Porella planplnila CL.) Pfeiff. and P nlarvnhvlloidea (Schwein.l Lindb. species complex (Hepancophvta). Porella plaryphylla (L.) Pfeiff. and P. plaryphylloidea (Schwein.) Lindb. have been regarded as distinct species in the leafy liverwort genus Porella L. However, specimens have been collected in several Nonh American locations that are intermediate in character expression. Thus, the species have not been consistently treated because circumscription of the taxa is unclear. An assessment of vanation in morphological characters has been made using herbarium specimens representing the entire North American range of the taxa. Voucher specimens from living populations that have been collected throughout the range have also been measured as pan of the morphological analysis. The living populations were placed in an environmental chamber and the same morphological characters have been remeasured following six months of growth to assess the amount of morphological similarity or difference among these populations when grown in an identical environment. Additionally, isozyme analysis of the living populations have been conducted to allow for genetic comparison of these representative populations. The isozyme data show that there are two distinct clusters of genotypes. However, these genetic species do not correlate with the sporophytic morphological characters traditionally used to separate the two taxa. The morphological characters exhibit a high degree of plasticity and do not provide for separation of the two taxa. These results suggest that there is cryptic specianon present within this species complex. 239 THOMPSON, JAMES D. Southern Illinois University at Carbondale - The Phaeoceros laevis iL.) Prosk, species complex in the southeastern United States ('Anthocerotophvta'). The Phaeoceros laevis (L.) Prosk. complex includes the following species : P carolinianas (Michx.) Prosk., P . mohrii (Aust.) Hassel, P. oreganus (Aust.) Hassel, P. microsporiis (Aust.) Hassel, and Anthoceros reaculatus Steph. Traditionally, spore characters have been emphasized for species circumscription but these features may be highly variable according to researchers such as Proskauer and Schuster. On the other hand, Hassel and Hasegawa assert that there is very little variation in spore features within a species. Despite these contrasting views, no attempts have been made to quantify levels of vanation for these characters. The objectives of this study were to define species parameters, quantify the level of variation, and determine character stability. Herbarium specimens and living populations of each taxon have been studied and for each specimen nine qualitaove and 15 quantitative features have been scored, including spore wall ornamentation data obtained via SEM. These data suggest that two prevalent spore patterns are discernible between populations, but the patterns vary little within a population. Additional morphological characters vary within as well as between populations, thus appearing not to be diagnostic at the species level. Second International Symposium and World Congress on the Preservation and Conservation of Natural Science Collections: "Natural Science Collections - A Resource for the Future" The Geological Conservation Unit and the Department of Earth Sciences of the University of Cambridge are organizing the Second International Symposium and World Congress on the Preservation of Natural History Collections to occur 20-24 August 1996, at St. Johns College, Cambridge, UK. The Congress is co-sponsored by several collections support organizations, including the association of Systematics Collections and the Society for the Preservation of Natural History Collections. For more information, please contact: Chris Collins Natural Sciences Congress '96 Geological Conservation Unit Department of Earth Sciences Downing Street Cambridge, CB 2 3EQ United Kingdom Telephone: (0223) 62522; Fax: (0223) 60779. •k-k'k'k-k'k-k-k'k-k’k'k-k’k'k-k-Jc-k-k-k-k-k-k-k’k'k-k-k-k-k-k’k'k'k-k-k-k-k-k'k-k'k'k'k-k'k-k-k-k-k-k-klt-k'k ★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★■it NEW CONSTITUTION AND BY-LAWS FOR ASB THE MEMBERSHIP OF ASB WILL VOTE ON THE PROPOSED NEW CONSTITUTION AND BY-LAWS AT THE BUSINESS MEETING AT 11:30 AM, FRIDAY, APRIL 12. THESE NEW DOCUMENTS WERE PUBLISHED IN THE JANUARY ISSUE OF THE ASB BULLETIN . PLEASE TRY TO ATTEND THIS IMPORTANT MEETING. 166 REVIEWS Severs, Nicholas J. and David M. Shotton. (Eds.). 1995. Rapid Freezing, Freeze Fracture and Deep Etching. Wiley-Liss, Inc. NY. $125.00. 372p. This fine book features an international cast of experts who provide in depth information on both practical and theoretical aspects of low temperature preparative techniques for electron microscopy. These techniques have greatly advanced our understanding of the functional organization of the cell, in particular the three dimensional organization of biological membranes and the cytoskeleton and the 'capturing' of transient membrane-mediated events as disparate as exocytosis in protozoa and vesicular transmitter release at the neuromuscular junction. It will be particularly useful for beginners in the field and a frequently consulted reference for those with some expertise in cryotechniques. For instance, the chapter by Kiss and Staehelin would have been extremely valuable a few years ago when I had occasion to use a Baker's high pressure freezing devise as a visiting scientist at another laboratory. The volume is the second in a series. Techniques in Modem Biomedical Microscopy. The editors largely succeed in their stated goal of providing the reader with both the principles supporting the techniques and their application in biology and medicine as well as the advantages and limitations of the various methodologies. The book is divided into three sections. An introductory section on base principles consists of two chapters on freeze fracture, deep etching and rapid freezing, a chapter on equipment available for freeze fracture followed by a chapter on reviewing artifacts. The second section forms the main body of the text and is concerned primarily with advanced techniques including hyperbaric freezing (Chapter 5), time- resolved analysis of rapid events (Chapter 6), correlative confocal microscopy and grid-mapped freeze fracture (Chapter 7), and freeze-drying and surface replication of cell monolayers (Chapter 8). Consideration of various probes (cytochemical, colloidal gold. Clip in/di git on in) of cell molecular structure that can be used in conjunction with freeze fracture techniques are the subject of Chapters 9-11. The last section documents various applications of these techniques in the characterization of lipid model membranes, studies of exocytosis and the extracellular matrix in deep etched cells and the visualization of individual monomers and supramolecular assemblies of the components of the basement membrane. The section is concluded with two chapters on medical cell biology, an illustration of early events in atherosclerosis and a study on mechanisms of viral infection. Each chapter is considered complete in itself, opening with a table of contents and closing with a list of references. The reproduction of the micrographs and illustrations is excellent, the index thorough and the type clear if a little small. For the most part the writing is good and although there is some repetition of subject material, an attentive but net overbearing editorial style produces a coherent and understandable text WILLIAM C. Dewel, Department of Biology, Appalachian State University, Boone, NC 28608. Pillay, T.V.R. 1994. Aquaculture Development: Progress and Prospects. Halsted Press: John Wiley & Sons, Inc., NY. $59.95. 182 p. The author sets the stage for the discussions in this book with his mentioning the growth and progress that aquaculture has made in the last 30 to 40 years. During this period it is estimated that aquaculture production increased from about 1 million metric tons to somewhere between 15 and 20 metric tons, world- wide. The author clearly states that the book is primarily based on his own experience and is not intended as a complete review of the subject As a former program director for aquaculture development for FAO, the author provides the reader with broad background experience to review the subject. He uses 13 references of his own research to illustrate several major points in the book The book consists of 1 1 chapters: 2) Conceptual Basis of Aquaculture, 3) Planning, 4) The Assessment 167 168 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 of Development Potential, 5) Input Production, 6) Integrated Farming and Polyculture, 7) Structure of the Aquaculture Sector, 8) Production and Marketing, 9) Risks and Insurance, 10) Environmental Concerns, 11) Legal Support, and 12) External Aid and a short introduction. I found chapters 2 and 10 to be the most interesting for me. Discussions on species selection, introduction of non-native species, questions of aquaculture for food vs. enhancing native stocks, and the environmental impacts of aquaculture could enhance any fishery biology class. Chapter 3 on planning in aquaculture is regrettably short; much more information on the failure of many aquaculture interests to conduct adequate planning and avoiding similar actions in the future could easily have been included. Long-term planning problems, such as species selection and local availability and quality of feed are discussed in Chapter 5 with analysis of feeding receiving most attention. Sources and transport of brood stock, particularly eggs and larvae, was a particularly interesting discussion. Also well done was some feeding ecology in reviewing the rationale of different polyculture schemes used throughout the world. The author has some harsh words for aquaculture research in Chapter 7, noting "However, the view has emerged that the results of biological studies that constitute much of the aquaculture research are of limited utility in the design and running of practical applications," and further criticizing that "The inadequacies of present-day aquaculture research have led some to argue that scientific research has so far contributed little to development" I wonder how much agreement there is in world-wide aquaculture with these strong statements. Perhaps because they were not directed at my professional interests, I found Chapters 8, 9, 1 1, and 12 too dry and somewhat dull. The chapter on risks and insurance could easily have been folded into one of the existing chapters. Even though the author states that the book was not intended as a review in aquaculture, he provides a reasonable list of references that included recent works. The book is well put together, with some interesting photographs. I could find no typographical errors, although 1 am sure if you checked hard enough, there might be a few. Even though I liked the book, 1 am not sure to whom I would recommend it. The price probably precludes it being used as supplemental reading in a fishery course where it could provide some excellent background reading on aquaculture for students, yet it is not extensive enough to be a semester-long textbook. Hopefully this problem will not keep the book from being used. BRUCE A. THOMPSON, Coastal Fisheries Institute, Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge, LA 70803. Tannock, G.W. 1995. Normal Microflora. Chapman and Hall, NY. $34.50. 115p. Normal Microflora by G.W. Tannock is a review of the supposed normal microflora of the human. Chapter One, "More than a smell: the complexity of the normal microflora," introduces the normal microflora. The title of this chapter comes from the fact that the normal microflora contribute to body odor and bad breath but tries to begin to educate the reader to the fact that the flora is much more complicated and important. It starts with the estimation that the normal microflora consists of 1014 cells which outnumbers the approximately 1013 human cells that make up the body. The author then makes a good case that the correct name for the bacteria that inhabit our bodies should be the "indigenous microbiota" since "it infers a collection of microscopic creatures that are native to the body." He then uses "normal microflora" because this name has been in common usage for many decades and is not likely to change. The chapter then is broken into the skin, the respiratory tract, the oral cavity, the esophagus, the gastrointestinal tract, and the urogenital tract. Tables are included in each section which show the microflora isolated from each area. Many interesting facts are presented. The skin provides about two square meters in the average human and because perspiration contains salt, the major microbial populations in this site are salt tolerant. Staphylococci will grow in media containing 7.5% NaCl under laboratory conditions. The estimate is presented that air inside buildings contains 500 microbes per cubic meter and the average human male inhales about eight microbes per minute or about 10,000 per day. Nasal hair acts as a filter and also causes turbulence which causes any particles above 10 micrometers to be deposited on the mucosa. Small particles of 5 micrometers or less can reach the alveoli of the lungs. In the posterior nares Neisseria can be isolated. N. meningitidis is detected in about 5% of healthy humans, increasing to 20% during epidemics of meningitis caused by this organism. The oropharynx contains an extensive number of bacterial species but the numerically dominant organisms are REVIEWS 169 Streptococci. The majority from a healthy oropharynx are alpha hemolytic or nonhemolytic. Fifty to 70% of cases of bacterial endocarditis are caused by these bacteria. The principal microbes in the stomach and upper bowel are Lactobacilli and Streptococci which are considered to be merely passing through. Helicobacter pylori is presented briefly as a possible "normal" stomach inhabitant which can, under certain conditions, also cause disease. The large bowel is the main site of microbial colonization in the intestinal tract with about 1010 bacteria per gram of fecal wet weight. Microbial cells make up about 55% of the solids in colon contents. Forty species are commonly detected and at least 400 species have been isolated. Anaerobes are 100-1000 times more common than aerobes. The second chapter is "Happy birthday: the acquisition of the normal microflora," which reviews animal and human data about how the bacteria become established starting with the newborn who picks up his first bacteria during birth. The third chapter is "Sticky microbes: the association of microbes with host surfaces." The fourth chapter is "Invisible forces: the influence of the normal microflora on host characteristics." This chapter has a review of axenic (bacteria-free) animal techniques and provides a table of the differences between axenic and conventional rodents. There are brief reviews of the effects of bacteria on mammalian nutrition, enterohepatic circulation, and microbial interference. Chapter 5, "Undesirable company: the role of the normal microflora in disease," includes sections on anaerobic infections, sepsis due to enterobacteriaceae, inflammatory bowel disease, contaminated small bowel syndrome, growth depression, antibiotic resistance genes, and cancer of the colon. The final chapter, "Internal renewal: the potential for modification of the normal microflora," reviews probiotic research. The author's bias may appear in the statement "Probiotic products that are presently available can be criticized for their lack of sound scientific basis, but future research may rectify this situation." Obviously future research may also confirm the lack of basis for some of these treatments. He then presents three areas of research that he considers promising: fermented milk products for the lactose-intolerant subjects, influence of lactobacilli on enzyme activities in the large bowel, and the inoculation of chickens with normal flora at birth to avoid salmonella infections later in life. The book is written as a review and contains no footnotes or references other than a list of additional readings for each chapter. Only a few tables contain citations. This is a serious deficiency since many interesting facts are presented that might cause the reader to want additional information That information is difficult to obtain without reading the suggested reading material looking for the source. This fact, plus the relatively high price for such a small text, makes the book much less useful than it might have been It remains a succinct overview for someone who is approaching this interesting topic for the first time, such as an undergraduate college student. THOMAS E. Hamm, Jr., Laboratory Animal Resources , North Carolina State University, Raleigh, NC 27695. Palmer, W.A. and A.L. Braswell. 1995. Reptiles of North Carolina. Univ. No. Car. Press, Raleigh, NC. $39.95. 412 p. (cloth: alk. paper.) The authors identify two audiences for Reptiles of North Carolina, the primary one being "herpetologists, professional biologists, and serious students." They perceive the potential secondary audience to include "private/public resource managers, environmental consultants, and reptile hobbyists." Although its hard cover, large size and alkaline paper make it unsuitable to carry into the field, this moderately priced book provides more natural history information than other herpetofaunal guides available for the region The combination of superb color photographs, excellent dichotomous keys, and thorough descriptions within the species account, make identification of specimens easy. These features, coupled with an extensive bibliography, make it an invaluable tool for further investigation The book will be a useful resource in the study of reptiles throughout much of the southeastern United States. The introductory section provides useful background information relevant to the study of herpetofauna in the state, being both helpful and thorough. The initial description of the major geographic provinces of North Carolina, includes a map of the counties encompassed within each province. One inconsistency in this section is the status of the sandhills, which is designated as a separate province on the map but is downplayed within the text and considered part of the coastal plain province. 170 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 An additional section in the introduction discusses the history of herpetology in the state, with an excellent decade-by-decade summary of published anecdotes, observations, and studies. Palmer and Braswell also describe changes in herpetofaunal components since recorded history, including species extirpated, introduced and established, recently added to the state's species list or threatened by human conflict. No information is provided on the reptiles represented in the state's fossil record, but the literature review for extant species is current, so that such issues as the taxonomic status of Pseudemys floridana and P. concinna can be properly considered (Seidel, 1994). The authors appropriately acknowledge the role of amateurs in monitoring herpetofaunal biodiversity and changes. The section on conservation, which addresses common attitudes of people toward nature and reptiles and how these are changing for the better, is particularly well done. A synopsis of current state laws regarding collection and possession of reptiles is provided. In addition, the authors present a wise conservation ethic to the readers, with such statements as "Responsible use, conservation, and protection of a resource requires detailed knowledge of that resource." The book is a significant contribution toward this goal. The authors briefly address inadvertent and purposeful releases but appear to ignore how reptile conservation might be hindered by over-collection by reptile hobbyist for personal enjoyment or for the pet trade. The topic warrants mention as the authors indicate hobbyists as a potential audience for then- work. A description is given for each heading found under the species accounts, which are alphabetized under families. Each species account includes sections titled Definition, Variation, Distribution in North Carolina, and Habitat and Habits. The latter provide autoeclolgical information on daily and seasonal activity patterns, diet, predators, and occasionally on the species' importance in the ecological community. A lengthy description is given of each order followed by a dichotomous key to the species. The identification keys are excellent, logically organized and easy to follow. Individuals less familiar with the standard terminology will appreciate the elegant, conveniently placed line drawings, which clearly illustrate terminology or descriptions given within the key. In addition, the black and white illustrations do not mislead the inexperienced herpetologist to false identifications base on color, which can vary geographically and among individuals. Beyond the general overview given in the introduction, the conservation status of individual species is not addressed. As the organizing theme of the book is at the species level, it might have been appropriate to list conservation problems of each under a special heading. However, one might argue that conservation considerations are implicit, given the extensive information provided on distribution, habitats and habits of each species. Reptiles of North Carolina should be in the library of every professional and amateur herpetologist and would be appropriate as a supplement in a college general herpetology class in the southeastern region. We indeed hope that the authors will produce a similar version on amphibians in the near future. Seidel, M.E 1994. Morphometric analysis and taxonomy of cooler and red-bellied turtles in the North American genus Pseudemys (Emydidae). Chelonian Cons. Biol. 1:117-130. Tracey D. Tuberville and J. Whitfield Gibbons. Savannah River Ecology Laboratory, Drawer E. Aiken, SC 29802. Arditti, Joseph (ed.) 1994. Orchid Biology: Reviews and Perspectives, IV. John Wiley and Sons, NY. $115. 610 p. In keeping with the original purpose of the review series Orchid Biology, Arditti edits another compilation of papers which cover a wide variety of topics relevant not only to orchidologists interested in thorough reviews of primary literature but also orchid enthusiasts interested in the practical implications of the research conducted on orchids. This text offers well-illustrated chapters to both groups of orchidophiles providing common ground with the historical perspectives which pervade throughout and a compendium useful to anyone growing orchids for research or trade. The opening chapter concerning the life of Andree Millar, provides an autobiographical account of this orchidologist who lived in New Guinea beginning in the late 1940's. Her account is enjoyable to read as REVIEWS 171 it captures the essence of orchid collecting in tropical regions which was quite a lively as well as problematic experience at that time. From the constant threats of poisonous snakes and crocodile attacks, to the problems of simply knowing what species or even genus of orchid she had collected, we can appreciate her contribution to orchidology in which she provided numerous herbarium specimens and living collections for botanical gardens. Undoubtedly many species have become known to science thanks to her work. We gain insights into the psyche of this remarkable woman through her descriptions of expeditions into remote areas using single engine planes which were forced to land on narrow and short "airstrips" of grass and even the four inch nails she used to barter with locals for orchids they would collect. The enthusiasm on tropical orchid collecting we get from the author's adventures is certainly infectious and all who read this will be filled with the excitement that comes from such expeditions. From Papau, New Guinea, the reader shifts to Europe during times of antiquity through the 17th century. This chapter is a scholarly piece in which PieTre Jacquet traces the history of orchids in Europe. This thorough review is relevant to any botanist interested in the history of taxonomy as the earliest major contributors to this discipline are included. We are introduced to the first references to orchids by humans and it is evident that even as early as 500 B.C. these plants were treasured, although at that time it was due to their medicinal and magical powers rather than their beauty. It is obvious that many orchids have earned the Greek-derived, phallic root name, orchis, due to the predominantly sexual uses ascribed to these plants. A common theme throughout the chapter is the historical medical uses of orchids; therefore, it is not surprising that many of these early botanists were considered great doctors. The entire treatment gives one a strong appreciation for early botany and how perceptions of the orchids have changed through time. The woodcuts and copper engravings reproduced in the chapter are a nice addition as most people may never see them elsewhere. The historical account of orchids is followed by several chapters which may be divided broadly into those concerning insect/orchid interactions and others which review flower physiology. The reviews of plant/animal interactions focus on fascinating systems in which the sexuality attributed to orchids by humans, as documented in Jaquet's chapter, is extended to insects which are aroused by them as well. One chapter discusses ant/orchid relationships in which pollination, housing, protection and nutrient gain may be outcomes of their interaction. The chapter is a critical review which distinguishes between "evolutionary storytelling" and more rigorous studies which are based upon the scientific method. One well-documented interaction is that in which one of several ant species is provided shelter and nectar, while Schomburgkia libicinis receives protection from herbivores (in some cases) and nutrients. Pollination by ants is a fascinating phenomenon with which the author, Rod Peakall, is intimately familiar. Surprisingly, in one case discussed, male ants receive no reward for the pollination they may effect as they attempt to copulate with the flowers of Leporella fimbriata. The chapter is enjoyable to read and culminates in a discussion of the evolution of various ant/orchid interactions. The other chapter involves a survey of fly pollination in the Orchidaceae. Dorte Christensen describes all reported cases of pollination by flies, including the types of flies involved and the pollination syndromes exhibited by the flowers throughout the entire family. One of the interesting cases involves species of Pterostylis in which male gnats become trapped inside the flower after being attracted to the appendage of the labellum which may mimic a female gnat. It is a nice compilation which expands and updates the previous reference written on the topic in 1966. Many curious orchid floral morphologies are better understood after reading this account. The chapter is refreshing as it discusses many orchids which are often ignored, particularly in horticulture trade, due to the inconspicuous flowers (especially the ill scented sapromyiophylous ones) possessed by many of the species. Although many questions concerning the interaction remain unanswered, it is interesting to consider that perhaps 25% of all orchids are pollinated by flies, yet those which have received the most attention to date have focused on bees. The two chapters covering physiology reveal the complexity of floral development in orchids and include discussions of phenomena unique to them. The first specifically coveis resupination (flower twisting to become inverted) and the second generally reviews all aspects of orchid flower physiology. Both will appeal to plant physiologists as some of the basic research conducted to date has application to other plant systems. One virtue of the chapters is that the results of the earliest studies are presented so that we can follow the development of the thinking of scientists intrigued by the floweis at that time. More recently, those initial hypotheses have been refined with the aid of more modem techniques. In the 172 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 first chapter, Robert Ernst and J. Arditti review the factors affecting resupination and discuss several species -specific cases. While this process is commonly observed in orchids, the gravitropic response is understood only to a limited extent in terms of cellular and molecular mechanisms responsible for it. On a practical level, growers will realize the importance of minding orientation of an inflorescence with respect to the earth in order to produce a properly oriented set of flowers. Flower physiology is well studied in the Orchidaceae and in the second chapter results of critical studies are compiled by P.N. Nageswara, H. Nair, J. Arditti, and C.S. Hew, (all authorities in collaboration.) The paradigm which has resulted is that pollinated orchid flowers are adapted to recycle and/or produce nutrients in order to support fruit development. Throughout the chapter many of the post-pollination phenomena studied document that these organs undergo a series of changes due to the effects of hormones revealing an efficiency of resource use. Prom induction of respiration and photosynthesis in the ovary to mobilization of nitrogen from senescing perianth parts to the ovary, it is obvious that these processes will aid fruit production so that the plant can support the several thousand seeds which may develop. These results are of particular relevance to the orchid grower who will want to avoid those practices which may induce changes such as flower wilting and senescence. These two chapters summarize our current understanding of these topics toward which much research has been directed. The results have produced intimate understanding in some cases, but also point to new directions in which research will progress. The implications have already been implemented in the orchid trade and further study will only improve conditions. The two remaining chapters concerning orchid trade and orchid pests illustrate the strong ties which exist between commercial orchid trade and basic research. The chapter on cut flower production in ASEAN countries is nicely placed within the book. Coy S. Hew documents many practices of the cut- flower industry and how those practices have been affected by results of studies such as those presented elsewhere in the book. Although seemingly out of place in Orchid Biology, this chapter documents the importance of the orchid flower industry to a part of the world where many species, which have provided stock for hybrids, originated. It seems that the ASEAN countries will only increase their contribution to the cut-flower industry with time. The final chapter is a compendium of orchid pests provided by S.K. Chuo, R. Ernst, J. Arditti, and C.S. Hew. It is provided for the use of orchid growers with an important key for identification of pests, and an index for referencing pests (and control measures for them) and should find a place on all growers' book shelves. It is easy to use due to several figures of pests, as well as the damage they inflict; particularly relevant is information on common chemicals and a safety guide for insecticides. Overall, the text is interesting reading for almost anyone interested in orchid. It includes 64 tables (some of which are quite long, i.e. 23pp) and 106 figures and this is probably the reason for the high cost, which is one drawback to this book. Although the figures are very informative, many tables could be referenced from original sources by interested readers and omitted from this text to lower production costs. On the other hand, justification for inclusion is that it is quite convenient to have the data at hand when considering the conclusions presented in the text and certainly makes this a valuable reference which can stand alone. The editor should be applauded for this most recent addition to the series in which long overdue reviews and practical information will complement the existing volumes. Todd J. Barkman, Department of Botany, University of Texas, Austin, TX 78713 NEWS OF BIOLOGY IN THE SOUTHEAST Jon R. FORTMAN-News Editor Division of Science and Math Mississippi University for Women Columbus, MS 39701 ABOUT PEOPLE AND PLACES FLORIDA University of Florida, Department of Botany. After 37 years on the faculty, Dr. Daniel B. Ward retired at the end of 1995. For the past few years he has been leading a "Champion Tree" project in Florida measuring nominated specimens all over the state. As a result he can calculate the means and variance of critical measurements of most of the largest individuals of many tree and shrub species in Florida. We now know how big many of these species can be and so can estimate whether the largest of each species is truly exceptional or just happens to be at the extreme of the range of large specimens. The department continues to recruit highly qualified graduate students who are finding jobs in the plant sciences. Of the 65 masters and doctoral students graduated during the past ten years, 56 are in jobs or are self-employed in botany. GEORGIA The University of Georgia, Savannah River Ecology Laboratory. The laboratory has recently begun a magazine, "Biodiversity: Prospect & Promise for the Savannah River Site, A National Environmental Research Park". It is written for a general audience, and contains many little known facts, such as: the Savannah River Site is home to 101 species of reptiles and amphibians, more than liave been recorded on any other federal land area; Virtually all of the more than 50 species of mammals native to the Upper Coastal Plain of South Carolina occur on the SRS; one of the most inland, naturally occurring bald cypress forests on the Atlantic Coastal Plain can be found in the area around the SRS; the diversity of aquatic insects in Upper Three runs Creek is the second highest in the world. The magazine also contains formation about conserving the biological diversity of the SRS and how it can help scientists and others understand some of what remains of Earth's biological diversity. To order a magazine please enclose a SI. 00 per magazine charge to cover shipping and handling. Fax requests to: 803-725-3309 or 725-3397. You may write: Environmental Outreach and Education Div., Savannah River Ecology Lab., P.O. Drawer E, Aiken, S.C., 29802. Georgia Southwestern College, Department of Biology. Dr. Jack Carter has retired after 28 years of service to the department Dr. J. Thomas Wright has joined the department as the Russell and Margaret Thomas Endowed Chair in Biology. Dr. Wright comes to GSC from the U.S. Dept, of Agriculture's Richard B. Russell Research Laboratory in Athens, Georgia MISSISSIPPI University of Mississippi, Department of Biology. Dr. Gary L Miller has been appointed Acting Chair of the Department to replace Dr. James Kush lan who has taken a leave of absence to work with the National Biological Survey in Maryland. Dr. Rebecca Holberton (Ph.D. SUNY, Albany) and Dr. Cynthia Jackson (Ph.D. California, Davis) joined the faculty two years ago. Dr. Holberton area of interest is the endocrinology and behavior of bird migration and Dr. Jackson's research area is hypertension. Dr. Steve Brewer (Ph.D. JJiU), a plant ecologist, joined the faculty in January 1996 after completing a postdoctoral position at Brown University. Dr. Marge Holland (Ph.D., Amherst, Massachusetts) began this fall as Associate Professor of Biology and Director of the Univ. of Miss. Biological Field Station. Dr Holland 173 174 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 2, 1996 worked previously as Director of the Washington, D.C. office of the Ecological Society of America and with the EPA-EMAP program in North Carolina. For the third year, the department sponsored the NSF, Young Scholars’ Program. The program is directed by Dr. Lucile McCook. Dr. John Rodgers was recently elected to the Board of Directors of the Society of Environmental Toxicology and Chemistry. Dr. Paul Lago was selected as the Cora Lee Graham Outstanding Teacher of Freshman for 1994-95. NORTH CAROLINA East Carolina University, Department of Biology. Dr. Donald Stanley received $84,484 for a water quality monitoring project," Texas Gulf Efficient Monitoring and Water Quality in the Pamlico River Estuary." Dr. Cindy Putnam-Evans chaired the Graduate Student Awards Committee at the Southern Section Meeting of the American Society of Plant Physiologists in Knoxville, TN. She also presented a research paper at the meeting. Dr. Hal Daniel presented the paper "Otitis Media and Homeopathy" at the Sixth International Symposium on recent advances in Otitis Media in Fort Lauderdale. Three faculty members have received supplemental research awards: Drs. Roger Rulifson, Richard Rheinhardt and Mark Brinson. Dr. Edmund Stellway and Dr. Marjorie Gallagher presented "Aspects of Metabolism Relating Ontogenetic Stage and Protein Requirements in Fish" at the UNC Institute of Nutrition Research Symposium. Dr. Jean-LucScemama, Dr. Edmund Stellwag and Dr. Edward Seidel (Medicine) were awarded a UNC Grant for "Putrescine Stimulates I.D. Sequence Transcription." The UNC Sea Grant Program awarded $5,000 to Dr. David Griffith and Dr. Roger Rulifson for "Characterization of the N.C. Recreational Shrimp Travel Fishery." Campbell University, Department of Biological Sciences. Dr. Michael Larsen has joined the department to continue the development of a minor in environmental science. He is an aquatic ecologist with much experience with the toxic dinoflagellate Pfi ester iapiscicida. TENNESSEE The University of Tennessee, Knoxville, Department of Botany. Dr. Ronald 11. Petersen has been awarded a NSF "PEET" grant for$5 60,000 for five years for the training of "Experts-in-T raining in Monographic Research." VIRGINIA George Mason University, Department of Biology. The American Type Culture Collection is moving from its Rockville, Maryland location to Manassas, Virginia where it will cooperate with the new Institute for Molecular Biology and Technology on the George Mason University Prince William Campus. The ATCC will occupy some GMU space and also have their own adjacent building. The Institute plans to establish a state-of-the-art, multi-user facility for research and development and to foster advancement of the biotechnology industry, as well as to develop educational programs on several levels. A search is underway for a permanent director for the Institute. Although best known as a depository for cultures of plant and animal cells, viruses, algae, protozoa, fungi, and yeasts, the ATCC has active research and educational programs. Beginning this summer, some ATCC scientists will offer courses under the auspices of the GMU Biology department. The first such offering will be a workshop on recombinant DNA techniques to be taught in May 1966. Such workshops will carry graduate credit, but be open to advanced undergraduates as part of the Biotechnology Track in the B.S. in Biology. Call 703-993-1045 for further information on courses. ASB MEMBERSHIP DUES STRUCTURE Please complete the information below, enclose check or money order payable to Association of Southeastern Biologists, and mail to Janies C. Hull, Department of Biological Sciences, Towson St. Univ., Towson, MD 21204-7097. The mailing label shows the year through which you are paid -- for example, if the date is 1993, you need to pay for 1994 and 1995. Please contact Jim Hull if there is an error (410-830-4117; E- mail E7B2HUL@TOE.TOWSON.EDU). Thank you for your support. Name Address City _ State _ Country _ Zip code _ - _ Telephone ( ) _ FAX _ EMAIL _ _ Regular — $20; or Regular for 3 years -- $50 _ Family — $25 _ Student -- $10 _ Emeritus* — $10 _ Contributing — $50 _ Sustaining -- $100 _ Patron — $500 _ Library — $30; or Library for 3 years — $85 _ _ Enrichment Fund Contribution (we have a $2,000 challenge grant for the current year) _ Total Enclosed: Paid for 1995 _ ; 1996 _ ; 1995-97 _ *Emeritus status must be approved by the membership in a business session. The ASB bulletin AM. MUS. NAT. HIST. LIBRARY Received on: 03-19-96 59. 06 In This Issue The ASB Bulletin VOLUME 43, NUMBER 2, APRIL 1996 Histomorphology of external and internal mandibular and cheek epidermis in four species of North American pebble nest-building minnows (Pisces: Cyprinidae) . 37 Program of the 57th Annual Meeting . 44 General Information . 48 ASB Candidates for Office — 1996 . 52 Plenary Speaker . 57 Program Summary . 58 Poster and Paper Sessions . 63 Author Index . 93 Institution Index . 95 Abstracts . 97 Announcements . 166 Reviews . 167 News of Biology in the Southeast . 173 The ASB BULLETIN Volume 43, Number 3 July 1996 The Official Quarterly Publication of The Association of Southeastern Biologists CALL FOR PAPERS -DEADLINE: November 15 Bluets ( Houstonia caerulea L.) in April ASB Bulletin (ISSN 0001-2386) The ASB Bulletin (ISSN-0001 -2386) is published quarterly in January, April, July, and October by the Association of Southeastern Biologists, Department of Biology, Appalachian State University, Boone, NC 28608. Periodicals postage paid at Greeneville, NC and additional office. Postmaster: send address changes to the business manager, Gerhard Kalmus, Dept, of Biol, East Carolina University, Greenville, NC 28785 All contributions should be sent to the Editor. News items should be sent to the News Editor. Inquiries about missing numbers and other matters should be addressed to the Editor, Dept, of Biology, Appalachian St. Univ., Boone, NC 28608. Printed by Alien Press, 1041 New Hampshire St., Lawrence, KS 66044. Editor: Ken Shull. Dept, of Biol., Appalachian State University, Boone, NC 28608 (704)262-2675; FAX (704)262- 2127; shulljk@appstate.edu Associate Editor: Beverly Collins, Savannah Riv. Ecol. Lab., Aiken, SC 29802 (803)725-2472 Business Manager: Gerhard Kalmus, Dept, of Biol, East Carolina University, Greenville, NC 28785 News Editor: Joti Fortman, Div of Sci. and Math., Mississippi University for Women, Columbus, MS 39701 (601 >329-7379; FAX (601 >329-7238; jfortman@sunmuw I muw.edu Book Review Editor: Frank Schwartz, Inst, of Marine Sci. 3431 Arendell St., Univ. of North Carolina, Morehead City, NC 28557 (919)726-6841 Officers of the ASB President- James S. Fralish, Dept, of Forestry, So. Illinois Univ , Carbondale, 1L 62901; (618)453-7466 fralish@siu.etlu J Whifield Gibbons, Savannah Riv. Ecol. Lab., Drawer E, Aiken, SC 29802; (803)725-3533 gibbons@srel.edu Eloise Carter, Dept. Biol. Oxford College, Oxford, GA 30267; (770)784-8343 ecarter@emory.edu James W. Ross, Cumberland College. Williamsburg, KY 40769, (606)549-2200; jross@cc.atmber.edu Beverly Collins, Savannah Riv, Ecol. Lab , Aiken, SC 29802, (803)725-2472 collins@srel.etlu Gerhartl Kalmus, Dept, of Biol, East Carolina University, Greenville, NC 28785 Donald J. Shure, Dept, of Biol., Emory University, Atlanta, GA 30322 (404)727-4209. Exeaitive Committee Members-at-Large: 1997: Mary U. Connell, Appalachian St. Univ. Boone. NC 28608 (704)262-2671 connellmu@appstate.edu James F. Matthews, Univ. No. Car. at Charlotte, Charlotte, NC 28223 (704)547^4061 jmatthews@unccvm.uncc.etlu Phil Robertson, So. III. Univ., Carbondale, IL, 62901 (618)453-3236 probertson@plant.siu.edu Bob Haynes, Univ. of Alabama. Tuscaloosa, AL 35487 (205)348-1826 rhaynes@biology.as.ua.edu Douglas A. Rayner, Dept. Biol., Wofford College, Spartanburg, SC Dwayne Wise, Dept, of Biol. Mississippi State University, Drawer G, Mississippi State, MS 39762-5759; (601)325- 7579. daw@ra.msstate.edu. President -elect Vice-President Past President Secretary - Treasurer - Archivist - 1998: 1999 The purpose of this Association shall be to promote the advancement of Biology as a science by encouraging research, the imparling of knowledge, the application of knowledge to the solution of biological problems, and the preservation of biological resources. The ASB has representation in Section G Committee of the AAAS. Varying types of membership are available to individuals and institutions. Members receive the Bulletin. Time and Place of Future Meetings 1997 April 16-19 1998 April 1999 April Furman University, Greenville, SC Northeast Louisiana University, Monroe, LA University of North Carolina at Wilmington, Wilmington, NC Patron Members Associated Microscopes, Inc. Burlington, NC Breedlove, Dennis and Associates, Inc. Orlando, FL W. C. Brown Publ. Co., Dubuque, IA Carolina Biological Supply Co., Burlington, NC Lockheed Martin Energy Research Corporation, Oak Ridge, TN Martin Microscope Co., Easley, SC Saunders College Publishing Co., Philadelphia, PA PRESIDENT'S CORNER A VIEW FROM HERE It was most gratifying to liave the ASB membership respond and meet the Enrichment Fund challenge of $2000 presented to you at the 1996 annual meeting. Please accept my personal thank you. Due to your generosity, the enrichment fund has increased by at least $6000 since the 1995 meeting. There is no question that as scientists, educators, and working professionals, we all care a great deal for ASB and the opportunity it presents as a forum for exchange of ideas as well as education of potential scientists. I see it as a strong professional organization, and the membership, Board of Directors and officers continuously work toward making it an even better organization. In that regard, the building of the Enrichment Fund allows us to work toward a more influential organization. Therefore, in a future issue of the ASB Bulletin there will be a new challenge for 1997. It has been said that to remain static in our present dynamic society is to fall backwards. In this regard, the ASB Bulletin has remained essentially unchanged for a long period of time. It has been the basic communication instrument for the Association for many years, and although die Executive Committee has asked, moreover pleaded, for scientific articles, even including the offer of waiving page charges, few articles have been forthcoming. It is time for a change. We presently have a relatively expensive newsletter, and yet die most popular publications have been those that contained a coordinated group of articles emanating from a symposium. We should learn from that experience and take advantage of the existing newsletter to enhance the professionalism of die organization. Therefore, I have asked a number of past presidents and Executive Committee members to join on an ad hoc basis with the Publications Committee to consider some rather drastic changes to move the Bulletin to journal status without reducing die effectiveness of die internal communication of ASB. The possibilities for topics witliin a journal format are extensive. The Southeast has a rich history of solid research not only in terms of new information but in terms of the scientists who do die work. It seems that ASB, as probably the largest, strongest and more cohesive regional research organization in die United States, has the unique opportunity to integrate this history with current research thrusts and results. If you have any suggestions, please forward your comments to me and I will relay them to the committee. Sincerely, James S. Fralish, President Association of Southeastern Biologists 175 ASB Bulletin , VOL. 43, NO. 3, 1996 Unusually Large Pinfish, Lagodon rhomboides (Pices: Sparidae) Caught in North Carolina Waters Frank Schwartz, Institute of Marine Science University of North Carolina, Morehead City, NC 28557 Pinfish, Lagodon rhomboides (Pisces: Sparidae), occur along the North American coast from Cape cod to Yucatan, Mexico, and Bermuda (Boschung 1992; Boschung el al. 1983; Robins and Ray 1986). Caldwell's (1957) life history study, especially its age and growth (maximum age 7, 328 mm Total Length (TL)) remains the most comprehensive study of the species (Darcy 1985). Maximum reported sizes ranged between 355 and 437 mm TL (Boschung el al. 1983, Robins and Ray 1986; Simmons 1957). Gordon (1957) documents a 362 mm TL pinfish caught 8 June 1955 off Point Judith, Rl. This paper examines the length- weight, standard length SL/TL, TL/SL, and age relationships of 12 large pinfish caught between 1973 and 1995 from North Carolina and nearby Atlantic Ocean waters. Methods : Twelve large pinfish, 230 to 398 mm TL, were captured between August 1973 and October 1995 in 12 m semi-balloon otter trawls or by hook and line (Table 1). Standard length (SL) and TL's were measured in millimeters; body weights were in grams (g) (Table 1). Scales taken from above the lateral line and below a specimen's dorsal fin were aged following Caldwell (1957) and Hansen (1969). Length-weight relationships were expressed using the formula log w = a + b log L. All but the 1981 caught specimens were preserved and curated in the UNC fish collection, Morehead City, North Carolina (Table 1). Observations and Discussion: Caldwell (1957) noted Florida pinfish length/weight relationships were log w = 2.9126 log L -4.3734 while those from Texas were log w + 2.9030 log L -4.3530 (Cameron 1969). Schwartz el al. (1979) examined 730 (30-239 mm SL) pinfish from the Cape Fear River, NC, and gave the length-weight regression as log w = 3.10 log L -4.73. The SL/weight regression for the recent large North Carolina pinfish was log w = 3.05 log L -4.59, r = 0.9647 and the data extended size and weight limits to 331 mm SL, 398 mm TL, and 1358.4 g. One large 1020.6 g North Carolina pinfish (length not known), captured off Harkers Island, NC in 1992 was unavailable for analysis. Aging of 1 1 of the large North Carolina pinfish revealed that the smallest (183 mm SL) was four years old, other ages 5-7, and the largest eight years old (Table 1). Conversion factors of 0.78 for SL/TL and 1.51 for TL/SL relationships (Table 1) agreed with those noted by Cameron (1969) and Jorgenson and Miller (1968) for Texas and Georgia pinfish. Capture dates suggested that summer-fall-winter caught pinfish were near or in the open ocean prior to their winter spawning offshore. Acknowledgments: William Buck, Wrightsville Beach, NC, provided the large 1995 caught pinfish, F. Rohde, NC Marine Fisheries, Wilmington, NC, transported it to Morehead City for study. J. Guthrie, NC Marine Fisheries, Morehead City, NC, permitted examinations of his Cape Lookout mounted specimen. C. Barans, SC Dept. Natural Resources, Charleston, SC, searched unsuccessfully South Carolina data bases for large pinfish captures. L. White typed the manuscript. 176 Table 1. Standard (SL) and total (TL) lengths (mm), ages, weights, (g) and SL/TL, TL/SL conversion factors for 12 large pinfish caught in North Carolinian waters between 1973 and 1995. (T = otter trawl, HL - hook and line) Date Location UNC N Capture SL TL Weight Age SL/TL TL/SL Catalogue Method Number Tf vo r- O' O' r- dodo rj ID 'O D Tf O) OO ON oo ci lei ici o- 04 no co -< (N m id 3 3 S SOO u~l CQ & oo O ^ o oo ON O 04 cn VO 04 04 H H £ ASB Bulletin , VOL. 43, NO. 3, 1996 Literature Cited Boschung, H.T. 1992. Catalogue of freshwater and marine fishes of Alabama. Bull. Alabama Mus. Nat. Hist. No. 14, 266 p. _ , J.D. Williams, D.W. Gotscall, D.K. Caldwell, and M.C. Caldwell. 1983. National Audobon Society field guide to North American fishes, whales, and dolphins. A. A. Knopf, NY. 848 p. Caldwell, D.K. 1957. The biology and systematics of the pinfish, Lagodon rhomboides (Linnaeus). Bull. Fla. St. Mus. 2(6): 77- 133. Cameron, J .N. 1969. Growth, respiratory metabolism and seasonal distribution of juvenile pinfish ( Lagodon rhomboides ) in Redfish Bay, Texas. Contr. Mar. Sci. 14:19-36. Darcy, G.H. 1985. Synopsis of biological data on the pinfish, Lagodon rhomboides. NOAA Tech Rep. NMFS, 23, 32 p. Gordon, B.L. 1960. The marine fishes of Rhode Island. Book and Tackle Shop. Watch Hill, RI 136 p. Hansen, D.J. 1969. Food, growth, migration, reproduction, and abundance of pinfish Lagodon rhomboides and Atlantic croaker, Micropogon undulatus near Pensacola, Florida, 1963-1965. Fish. Bull. 68:135-146. Jorgenson, S.C. and G.L. Miller. 1968. Length relations of some marine fish from coastal Georgia. USFWS SSR-F 575, 16 p. Robins, C.R. and G.C. Ray. 1986. A field guide to Atlantic coast fishes of North America. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston, MA 354 p. Schwartz, F.J., P. Perschbacker, L. Davidson, K. Sandoy, J. Pate, M. McAdams, C. Simpson, J. Duncan, and D. Mason. 1979. An ecological study of fishes and invertebrate macrofauna utilizing the Cape Fear River estuary, Carolina Beach Inlet, and adjacent Atlantic Ocean. Carolina Power Light Pub!., Raleigh, NC. 326 p. Simmons, E G. 1987. An ecological survey of the Upper Laguna Madre of Texas. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci. Texas 4(2): 156-200. Frank J. Schwartz Institute of Marine Sciences University of North Carolina Morehead City, NC 28557 178 REAUTHORIZATION OF THE ENDANGERED SPECIES ACT A message from the Conservation Committee of ASB, Alvin Braswell, Chair The Endangered Species Act (ESA) was a bill passed by Congress several years ago to protect threatened and endangered species in the United States. The act has: ♦ improved environmental quality and promoted health and economic benefits that only a healthy environment can provide for current and future generations; ♦ protected and promoted the recovery of species and ecosystems; ♦ prevented the loss of diversity that extinction brings, thereby preserving resources for future generations and human use; This act had a built-in expiration date of 1996, and it must be reauthorized to remain in effect. The present Congress placed a moratorium on the addition of new species, but President Clinton removed this moratorium in April. This authority came out of a compromise struck with Congress to end the budget impasse. Although there is still strong opposition to the ESA, and determined efforts to neuter it will undoubtedly continue, the atmosphere in Congress is shifting to a more moderate attitude toward environmental issues. Reauthorization is required for the ESA not only to give the government the authority to protect these species, but also to fund the necessary offices to add species and to enforce the law. There are plans in the House and Senate to introduce moderate, bipartisan bills in this Congress to reauthorize the ESA. Senators and Representative need to know what their constituents want them to do about this important legislation. It is important for YOU to let the people who represent YOU know how you feel about the reauthorization. Please write to your Senators and Representatives. Addresses for writing your Senator and Representative are as follows: The Honorable fyour Representative] The Honorable [your Senator] U S. House of Representatives United States Senate Washington, DC 20515 Washington, DC 20510 A letter to President Bill Clinton, The White House, Washington, DC 20500, letting him know how you feel about his lifting the moratorium would also be good. A strong show of support for his action would help convince additional members of Congress to change their votes, while a lack of support may well convince members that there is little support for this act. Please take the time to write letters and support issues important to you, your profession, and society. Policies and directions to be decided soon have far-reaching implications, and your voice is important. While you are composing letters, one to the editor of your local newspaper could be useful also. 179 ASB Bui lain, VOL. 43, NO. 3, 19% NEW CONSTITUTION AND BY-LAWS APPROVED At the business meeting of the 57lh annual meeting of the Association in Statesboro, Georgia the new Constitution and a new set of By-laws, each of which appeared in die January, 1996 issue of the ASB Bulletin, were unanimously approved with one amendment to the Constitution and two amendments to the By-laws. The amendments that were approved were as follows: Constitution Article VI -Disposition of Property In the event of the dissolution or termination of the Association of Southeastern Biologists, title to and possession of all assets of the Association shall be assigned forthwith by the Executive Committee to a non¬ profit organization similar to the ASB in its overall goals or other biological organizations operated exclusively for charitable, educational, or scientific purposes. Change to read: Article VI - Disposition of Property In the event of the dissolution or termination of the Association of Southeastern Biologists, title to and possession of all assets of the Association shall be assigned forthwith by the Executive Committee to one or more non-profit organizations similar to the ASB in its overall goals and qualified for exemption under the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 as amended, or other biological organizations operated exclusively for charitable, educational, or scientific purposes. By-laws Article VI - Standing Committees Section 2. Committee members, except for those who serve ex officio, shall be appointed by the President upon the approval of the Executive Committee. The composition and duties of the standing committees shall be as follows: E. The Finance Committee shall review the finances of the Association, prepare budget projections for future years, and recommend actions regarding dues structure and other financial matters to the Executive Committee. The committee shall consist of the ASB Treasurer (Chair), Past President, President-elect and a member of the Enrichment Fund Board of Trustees. Change to read: E. The Finance Committee shall review the finances of the Association, prepare budget projections for future years, and recommend actions regarding dues structure and other financial matters to the Executive Committee. The committee shall consist of the ASB Treasurer (Chair), Past President, President-elect and a Memher-at-Large of the Executive Committee appointed by the President, 180 CONSTITUTION AND BY-LAWS Article VIII - The Enrichment Fund Section 2. The Enrichment Fund shall he under joint management of a Board composed of the Executive Committee and Finance Committee guided by a Chair appointed by the President for a term of three (3) years. This Board shall be responsible for the prudent investment of all endowment funds of the Association and for planning and directing the recruitment of funds from the membership and external sources. The Chair shall report the current status of the Enrichment Fund to the Association at the Annual Meeting. Change (a read: Article VIII - The Enrichment Fund Section 2. The Enrichment Fund shall be under the management of a Board composed of the Executive Committee and guided by a Chair appointed from either the Executive Committee or the general membership by the President for a term of three (3) years. This Board shall be responsible for the prudent investment of all endowment funds of the Association and for planning and directing the recruitment of funds from the membership and external sources. The Chair shall report the current status of the Enrichment Fund to the Association at the Annual Meeting. The full text of the both the Constitution and the By-laws, before amendments, can be found beginning on page 1 of the January, 1996, ASB Bulletin , volume 43, number 1, or can be obtained by contacting the Editor of the ASB Bulletin. The Executive Committee wishes to express its gratitude to Dr. John Herr for his work on the revision of the Constitution and By-Laws. The new documents are almost entirely the product of his efforts. The Association is in far better condition due to his excellent work. FROM THE ARCHIVES From the ASB Bulletin 3(2), June, 1956: Proceedings of the Durham Meeting: "The seventeenth Annual Meeting of the Association of Southeastern Biologists was held at Duke University in Durham, North Carolina, April 19-21, 1956. . . . There were 229 registrants. On Friday, April 20, 47 papers were presented in 6 sessions (ed. note: there was only the one day of presentation of papers. J.K.S.). . . . Voted to membership were 39 biologists making the total membership of ASB 594. . . . There was discussion of liability insurance for the ASB to cover injuries to registered members attending the annual meetings. It was estimated that $15.00 to $20.00 would provide adequate liability coverage." Officers elected were: President elect - Howard K. Wallace, University of Florida; Vice President - Paul M. Patterson, Hollins College; Treasurer - A.W. Jones, University of Tennessee; Executive Committee Walter Flory, University of Virginia and I.C. Kitchin, University of Mississippi. Recipient of the Meritorious Teaching Award was H.L. Blomquist of Duke University. The award was $100. Winner of the ASB research prize was A. A. Humphries of Emory University for his paper: "A Study of Meiosis in Coelontic and Oviductual Oocytes of Triturns viridescens, with Particular Emphasis on the Origin of Spontaneous Polyploidy and Effects of Heat Shock on the First Meiotic Division." The award was $100. .. . The treasurers (J. Paul Reynolds) report listed $3,037.50 in receipts and $1,144.90 in total expenses for the year. News of Biology in the Southeast: "Royal E. Shanks, professor of botany at the Uiversity of Tennessee and graduate students John Koranda and Edward Clebsch will study the vegetation of the Arctic coastal plains of Alaska during the summer of 1956." 181 ASB Bulletin , VOL. 43, NO. 3, 1996 ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS ASB Officers and ASB Bulletin Staff, 1996-1997 Telephone numbers, FAX numbers and E-mail addresses can be found on the inside front cover of each issue of the ASB Bulletin. President President-elect Vice-President Past President Secretary Treasurer Archivist ASB Officers James S. Fralish, Dept, of Forestry, Southern Illinois Univ., Carbondale, IL 62901 Whit Gibbons, Savannah Riv. Ecol. Lab., P.O. Drawer E, Aiken, SC 29802 Eloise Carter, Dept of Biology, Oxford College of Emory University, Oxford, GA 30267 James W. Ross, 7196 College Station Dr., Cumberland College, Williamsburg, KY 40769 Beverly Collins, Savannah Riv. Ecol. Lab., P.O. Drawer E, Aiken, SC 29802 Gerhard Kalmus, Dept, of Biol, East Carolina University, Greenville, NC 28785 Donald J. Shure, Dept, of Biol., Emory University, Atlanta, GA 30322 Executive Committee Members-at-Large 1997: Mary U. Connell, Dept. Biol., Appalachian St. Univ., Boone, NC 28608 James F. Matthews, Dept. Biol., Univ. No. Car.- Charlotte, Charlotte, NC, 28223 1998: Robert R. Haynes, Dept. Biol., Univ. of Alabama, Tuscaloosa, AL 35487 Phil Robertson, Dept. Plant Biol., So. 111. Univ., Carbondale, IL 62901 1999: George Rayner, Dept, of Biology, Wofford College, Spartanburg, SC 29301 Dwayne Wise, Dept, of Biol. Mississippi State University, Drawer G, Mississippi State, MS 39762-5759 ASB Bulletin Staff Editor Associate Editor Business Manager News Flditor Book Review Editor J. Kenneth Shull, Jr., Department of Biology, Appalachian State University, Boone, NC 28608 Beverly Collins, Savannah Riv. Ecol. Lab., PO Drawer E, Aiken, SC 29802 Through August, James Hull, Dept. Biol., Towson St. Univ., Towson, MD 21204-7097; From September 1, Gerhard Kalmus, Dept, of Biol, East Carolina University, Greenville, NC 28785 Jon Fortman, Division of Science and Mathematics, Mississippi University for Women, Columbus, MS 39701 Frank Schwartz, Institute of Marine Sciences, University of North Carolina, 3431 Arendell St., Morehcad City, NC 28557 182 ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS RESOLUTION OF APPRECIATION TO GEORGIA SOUTHERN UNIVERSITY, FACULTY, STUDENTS, STAFF AND LOCAL ARRANGEMENTS COMMITTEE FROM THE ASSOCIATION OF SOUTHEASTERN BIOLOGISTS WHEREAS Georgia Southern University and its Chancellor, Dr. Nicholas L. Henry, graciously invited the Association of Southeastern Biologists to hold its 57th annual meeting in Statesboro, Georgia on 10-13 April, 1996 and; WHEREAS the University and the immediate community have extended to the membership of the Association cooperation and assistance, in addition to hospitality and friendship, and; WHEREAS the Local Arrangements Committee Chair, Dr. J.B. Claiborne and Program Co-Chairs, Dr. Steven P. Vives and Dr. Lome M. Wolfe of the Department of Biology, Chair, Dr. John E. Averett, other members of the Local Arrangements Committee, biology students and staff of the Fielding D. Russell Student Union have given generously of their time, expertise and enthusiasm to organize and conduct a most enjoyable and productive meeting; THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED that the members of the Association of Southeastern Biologists extend their gratitude to Georgia Southern University and the Department of Biology for contributing to the continued success of our organization. 1996 Research Awards ASB SENIOR RESEARCH AWARD: ($500/plaque) sponsored by The William C. Brown Publishing Co. was presented by Dr. Frank Romano to Dr. Walter Diehl for his paper: An allozyme-locus genotype X environment interaction affecting growth in the earthworm Eisenia fetida, ASB Bui. Abstr. 126, 43(2), 1995 (co-authored by Tom C. McElroy and M. Lance Presley.) Dr. Diehl is Professor of Biological Sciences at Mississippi State University. STUDENT RESEARCH AWARD: ($500) supported by the Martin Microscope Co. of Easley, SC was presented by Dr. Julia Wade to Jonathan Horton for his paper: Photosynthetic responses of Microstegium vi mine um, a C4, shade-adapted grass, to variable light environments, ASB Bui Abstr. 44, 43(2), 1995 (co-authored with Howard S. Neufeld.) Mr. Horton is a graduate student at Appalachian State University. EUGENE P. ODOM AWARD: ($250/plaque) was presented by Dr. John Aho to Jonathan Horton for his paper: Photosynthetic responses of Microstegium vimineum , a C4, shade-adapted grass, to variable light environments, ASB Bui Abstr. 44, 43(2), 1995 (co-authored with Howard S. Neufeld.) Mr. Horton is a graduate student at Appalachian State University. 183 ASB Bulletin , VOL. 43, NO. 3, 19% Left: Outgoing President Jim Ross hands over the gavel to President Jim Fralish Below: Julia Wade presents the Student Research Award to Jonathan Horton Below: The officers of ASB. Front row left to right: Jim Matthews, Beverly Collins, Gerhard Kalmus, Eloise Carter, Mary Connell, Douglas Rayner. Second row: Jim Ross, Ken Shull, Dwayne Wise, Robert Haynes, Jim Hull. 184 ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS SOUTHERN APPALACHIAN BOTANICAL SOCIETY AWARDS: RICHARD AND MINNIE WINDLER AWARD The Richard and Minnie Windier Award recognizes the best systematic botany paper published in Castanea, The Journal of the Southern Appalachian Botanical Society, in the past year. The awardee for 1995 was presented by Dr. Larry Mellinchamp to Paul Cabe of St. Olaf College for his paper: The Trillium pusillum Michx. (Liliaceae) in Virginia. I. Morphhological Investigations. Castanea 60:1-14. ELIZABETH ANN BARTHOLOMEW SERVICE AWARD The Elizabeth Ann Bartholomew Award is presented to individuals who have distinguished themselves in professional and public service that advances our knowledge and appreciation of the world of plants and their scientific, cultural and aesthetic values. This award was presented by Dr. Larry Mellinchamp to Dr. John M. Herr, Professor of Biology, The University of South Carolina, Columbia, SC. SABS STUDENT RESEARCH GRANTS THE SABS STUDENT RESEARCH GRANTS are competitive awards for graduate research in plant science. Three awards of $300 each were presented by Dr. Larry Mellinchamp to Nicholas Drozda of Western Kentucky University, Gerry Moore of Vanderbilt University and William Noel of Clemson University. NORTH CAROLINA BOTANICAL GARDEN AWARD was presented by Dr. Stephanie Wyle to Andrea Ward and Charles Horn of Newberry College for their paper: An ecological survey of Dirca palustris L. (Thymelaeaceae), ASB Bui. Abstr. 106, 43(2), 1995. STUDENT RESEARCH AWARD IN AQUATIC BIOLOGY ($200) sponsored by Wildlife Co. (Wildco) was presented by Julia Wade to Tracey Tuberville of the Savannah River Ecology Laboratory/University of Georgia for her paper: Invasion of new aquatic habitats by male freshwater turtles, ASB Bui. Abstr. 87, 43(2), 1995. 185 ASH Bulletin , VOL. 43, NO. 3, 1996 Jim Ross presents the Senior Research Award to Walter Diehl Charles Horn receives the North Carolina Botan¬ ical Garden Award from Stephanie Wyle John Herr is honored with the Elizabeth Ann Bar¬ tholomew Service Award which was presented by Larry Mellinchamp Jonathan Horton receives his second award of the evening as John Aho presents the Eugen P. Odom Award. 186 ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS Necrology Rexford Daubenmire Janies J. Friauf Fred T. Wolf Editor's Report for 1995 A total of 244 pages, versus 216 pages in 1994, was published in the ASB Bulletin Volume 42. There were no full research papers published. Society items, book reviews (37), News of the Southeast and abstracts (95 pages) accounted for the entire volume. Dr. Frank Schwartz was the editor of numbers 42(1) and 42(2) for 179 pages, and Dr. J. Kenneth Shull, Jr. was the editor for numbers 42(3) and 42(4) for 65 pages. Student Travel Award Recipients Thirty-three students received funds to assist them in attending the Statesboro, GA ASB meetings. The number following each name refers to the abstract as found in the ASB Bulletin. Rebecca Adkins 173 Jennifer Floyd 158 David Phillips 115 Michael Barnwell 1 Stacey Fredenberg 26 James Rice, Jr. 15 Mark Basinger 102, 104 Lorie Furches 175 Jennifer Robertson 27 Eric Blackwell 218 Robert Hood 195 Paul Rogers 77, 78 Pamela Bohall 3 Jonathan Horton 44 Christine Small 103 James Bray, Jr. 118 Deidre Joy George Smith 96 Pat Carroll 234 Lisa Kensler 145 James Therrien 238 Robert Carter, Jr. 113 Sandra Kilpatrick 83 James Thompson 239 David Close 112 David Kim 47 Tracey Tuberville 87 Natalie Coffer 58 Roger McCoy 32 Robert Tucker 80, 82 Shawn Conrad 151 Thomas MrElroy 125, 126 Brad Yurish 213 Joe Ely 219 Emeritus Membership At the annual business meeting these members were granted Emeritus status: Edward Clebsch, David J. Cotter, Edward A. Crawford, Richard D. Houk, Charles H. Warton, C. Wymer Wiser, William S. Woolcott The Executive Committee voted to waive the registration fee for all future annual meetings for Emeritus members. Statesboro Meeting Wrap-up Six hundred and twenty-one people attended the 57lh annual meeting at Georgia Southern University in Statesboro, Georgia, with 239 posters or papers presented at the ASB meeting and 37 papers presented at the Beta Beta Beta meeting, for a total of 276 papers and posters. The society appreciates the work diat went into such a successful meeting. J.B. Claiborne has added some photographs from the meeting to the Georgia Southern World Wide Web page. To see these go to the following World Wide Web address: HTTP//WWW.BIO. GASOU.EDU/ASB. HTML. It is a nice touch to end the meeting. 187 ASB Bulletin, VOL. 43, NO. 3, 1996 Call for Papers, Important Deadlines, and Announcements The 58th Annual Meeting Host: Furman University Greenville, South Carolina Date: 16-19 April, 1997 Please note the following deadlines which are to he met for our 58th Annual Meeting hosted by Furman University, Greenville, South Carolina. 30 October, 1996 . . 15 November, 1996 15 November, 1996 15 January, 1997 . . 1 February, 1997 . . 1 February, 1997 . . Nominations for ASB officers and executive committee. Blue abstract forms due for all papers and posters. These will appear in the October, 1996 issue of the ASH Bulletin. Application for senior and student research awards. Full papers due by 15 January, 1997. Receipt of manuscripts and application materials for Senior Research Award. Receipt of manuscripts and application materials for Student Research Award and Student Research Award in Aquatic Biology. Application for student "travel" awards. Special Call for Nominations and Awards Applications As at all Annual Meetings of the Association, the membership at the April 1997 Annual Meeting will recognize outstanding research and meritorious teaching among the members of ASB. It is not too early to begin thinking about applying for the research awards or nominating an outstanding teacher for the Meritorious Teaching Award. ASB Meritorious Teacher Award In 1996 ASB gave no Meritorious Teaching Award. This was not for the lack of outstanding teachers in the Society; on the contrary, the influence of excellent teaching is everywhere evident in the fact that all of us owe our careers, our understanding of science and often our interest to teachers who cared, who taught us how to examine life, and how to think about the world around us. The Meritorious Teaching Award Committee takes nominations from the membership for a member of ASB who has exemplified excellent teaching. (See Page 244 of the October, 1995 issue of the ASB Bulletin for a list of previous winners.) This past year there were not enough letters nominating any individual to warrant the bestowing of the award. The award is not given on the basis of who receives the most letters, but to the person who, as judged by die content of the letters, has had the greatest impact on the writers. Even so, unless there are enough letters 188 ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS of support for an individual, it is not possible to make such a judgement. Think back on your education. Which teacher had the greatest impact on you and your career? Which of your teachers do you try to emulate in teaching style and education of your own students? Nominate that person and encourage other former students of the individual and his/her colleagues to write letters of nomination. Help ASB to give its highest honor to an outstanding teacher in 1997. One nominator should collect all nominations and send them, along with other required information and the following form to:: Dr. Diane Nelson, Chair Meritorious Awards Committee Department of Biology, East Tennessee State University Johnson City, TN 37614-0703 NOMINATION - ASB MERITORIOUS TEACHING AWARD, 1997 NAME: ADDRESS: TEACHING INTERESTS: NOMINATOR NAME/ADDRESS: Supporting documentation: (enclosed, in triplicate) letter of nomination supporting letters curriculum vitae additional information (list) Research Awards The deadlines for research awards will be in November, and the specific dates will be announced in the October ASB Bulletin. ASB and affiliated organizations recognize research in several areas. Specific details of the application procedures for these awards will appear in the October issue of the ASB Bulletin. Among the awards are: 189 ASB Bulletin , VOL. 43, NO. 3, 19% ASB Student Research Award ($500) and ASB Senior Research Award ($500) Given for especially meritorious manuscript presented orally by the author(s) at the Annual Meeting. In order to qualify for presenting the paper, the author(s) must submit an abstract by the November deadline. Papers submitted for die competition must be received in triplicate and in their entirety by the January deadline and must be journal- ready manuscripts worthy of publication. The student award is given to the senior audior if she/he is a graduate or undergraduate student at die time of presentation. Papers may be in press, but not published prior to the previous annual meeting. Committee chairs: Senior Lawrence S. Barden, Department of Biology, University of North Carolina at Charlotte, Charlotte, NC 28223, (704)547-4059. Student Terry Richardson, Department of Biology, UNA Box 5212, University of North Alabama, Florence, AL 35632-0001, (205)760-4429 Eugene P. Odum Award ($250) Given by the Southeastern Chapter of the Ecological Society of America, for the best ecological paper presented by a student. Undergraduate and graduate students are eligible and the student must be die sole or senior author. The paper must deal with a clearly ecological topic and should be presented in any of die following sessions: Aquatic Ecology, Plant Ecology, or Animal Ecology. ASB Student Research Award in Aquatic Biology ($100) The purpose of the award is to encourage excellence in research in aquatic biology by undergraduate and graduate students. Students who are members of ASB and whose research is sponsored by a faculty member or biology professional who is also an ASB member are eligible. The paper must be based on research designed and completed by the student and the paper must be presented orally by the student as senior author in a regular paper session at the annual meeting. The manuscript must conform to die style and general content of peer-reviewed journals in the area of aquatic biology. It is intended diat aquatic biology be broadly interpreted; for example, the research could involve an entomological project or an aquatic insect. The North Carolina Botanical Garden Award ($100) Given by NCBG (through the Southeastern Section of the Botanical Society of America and the Southern Appalachian Botanical Society.) This is awarded for a paper presented at the annual ASB meetings that best advances our understanding of the biology and conservation of die soudieastem plants and thus contributes to die mission of the North Carolina Botanical Garden. Of special interest to die Garden are die rare plant species of the Southeast: why they are rare; how they interact with plants, animals, and their environment; and what can be done to ensure their survival. The paper may deal with a broad area including systematics, ecology and conservation. All individuals who are eligible to present at the ASB meetings are eligible for this award. They may be students, faculty or others. Awards Committee Chair: Dr. Peter White, Department of Biology, CB3280, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, NC 27599. 190 ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS Southeastern Division of tiie American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists Outstanding Student Paper Awards Ichthyology Paper ($100); Herpetology Paper ($100) Given for the outstanding student papers in die disciplines of ichthyology and herpetology paper presented by a student. Undergraduate and graduate students are eligible and the student must be the sole or senior author. The paper must clearly deal with a topic concerning ichthyology or herpetology. Changes in Addresses, ZIP Codes and Area Codes From time time the post office changes ZIP Codes, the telephone companies add Area Codes and change area codes for some cities, and addresses change due to cities and towns adopting 911 emergency service. The names and addresses of all ASB committee members will appear in the October issue of the ASB Bulletin. If you serve on an ASB committee or are an officer in the Association and your address, ZIP Code or Area Code has changed in the past year, please notify the editor so that no incorrect information will appear in the next issue of the Bulletin. All members should send any change of address to the treasurer as soon as the change becomes effective. The ASB Bulletin is sent to you according to the address on file with the treasurer. 191 ASB Bulletin , VOL. 43, NO. 3, 1996 THE ASSOCIATION OF SOUTHEASTERN BIOLOGISTS TREASURERS REPORT 1 JANUARY - 31 DECEMBER 1995 I. BEGINNING BALANCE $13,867.18 II. RECEIPTS Regular Dues $17,843.00 Patron Memberships $2,225.00 Interest 910.14 N.C. Botanical Garden Wildco BSA Reimbursement Meeting Revenue Exibition Fees, T-Shirt Sales, Registration Sales Page Charges Enrichment TOTAL RECEIPTS 100.00 0.00 0.00 20,506.55 136.20 150.00 132.00 $42,004.89 III. TOTAL RECEIPTS ANI) BEGINNING BALANCE $55,872.07 IV. DISBURSEMENTS 1. MEMBERSHIP 2. PUBLICATION ASH Bulletin 42(1) 3,628.30 ASB Bulletin 42(2) 7,714.13 ASB Bulletin 42(3) 4,375.94 ASB Bulletin 42(4) 1,969.26 Miscellaneous 186.74 TOTAL PUBLICATION $309.71 17,874.37 3. OFFICE EXPENSES 285.59 4. OFFICIAL TRAVEL 289.65 5. AWARDS AND HONORARIA Graduate Student Support Grants 2,495.00 N.C. Botanical Garden Award 100.00 Aquatic Biology Award 0.00 Speaker Honorarium 500.00 ASB Research Award 500.00 Student Research Award 500.00 Certificates/Plaques 103.40 TOTAL AWARDS 4,198.40 6. MISCELLANEOUS AIBS Affiliation 293.70 Association of Systematics Collections 100.00 Symposium 131.87 Bank Charges, Refunds 248.00 TOTAL MISCELLANEOUS TOTAL DISBURSEMENTS 843.77 $23,801.49 V. ENDING BALANCE $32,070.58 VI. NET CHANGE FOR 1995 $18,203.40 192 ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS THE ASSOCIATION OF SOUTHEASTERN BIOLOGISTS ENRICHMENT FUND 1 JANUARY -31 DECEMBER 1995 I. BEGINNING BALANCE $14,976.80 II. RECEIPTS 1. GIFTS $2,702.20 2. INTEREST 866.00 TOTAL $3,568.20 III. TOTAL RECEIPTS AND BEGINNING BALANCE 18,545.00 IV. TOTAL DISBURSEMENTS 132.00 V. ENDING BALANCE $18,413.00 VI. NET CHANGE FOR 1995 CASH ON HAND December 31, 1995 $3,463.20 ASB Fund Enrichment Total Merrill Lynch CMA Money Fund $26,318.00 0.00 26,318.00 CM A Cash 3,735.84 765.00 4,500.84 Government Securities 0.00 17,648.00 17,648.00 Subtotal 30,053.84 18,413.00 48,466.84 First National Bank 2,016.74 0.00 2,016.74 Total 30,070.58 18,413.00 $50,483.58 REPORT ON MEMBERSHIP December 31, 1995 Category 1993 CURRENT 1994 1995 Student 191 199 192 Active 720 700 717 Emeritus 70 63 51 Library 59 55 53 Contributing 9 6 3 Family 36 37 33 Sustaining 3 3 3 Patron 4 4 6 Complementary 15 15 15 Total 1107 1082 1073 MEMBERSHIP EXPIRATION 1993 1994 1995 1993 410 1994 582 383 1995 41 566 468 1996 59 89 441 1997 0 29 91 1998 15 15 44 1999 13 2000 >2000 14 Total 1 107 1082 1073 193 ASB Bulletin, VOL. 43, NO. 3, 1996 THE ASSOCIATION OF SOUTHEASTERN BIOLOGISTS 1996 PROPOSED BUDGET 1. BEGINNING BALANCE $32,070.58 II. RECEIPTS Regular Dues $18,100.00 Patron Memberships $2,000.00 Interest 1100.00 N.C. Botanical Garden 100.00 Wildco 100.00 BSA Reimbursement 250.00 Meeting Revenue: Exibition Fees 2,500.00 Sales 250.00 Registrati on 3,500.00 Page Charges 100.00 Enrichment 600.00 TOTAL RECEIPTS $28,600.1X1 III. TOTAL RECEIPTS AND BEGINNING BALANCE $60,670.58 IV. DISBURSEMENTS DUES NOTICE $400.00 400.00 PUBLICATION ASB Bulletin 43(1) 3,940.00 ASB Bulletin 43(2) 8,600.00 ASB Bulletin 43(3) 4,420.00 ASB Bulletin 43(4) 2,740.00 TOTAL PUBLICATION 19,700.00 OFFICE EXPENSES 400.00 400.00 OFFICIAL TRAVEL 800.00 800.00 AWARDS AND HONORARIA Graduate Student Support Grants 3,200.00 N.C. Botanical Garden Award 100.00 Aquatic Biology Award 100.00 Speaker Honorarium 500.00 Speaker Travel 500.00 Research Awards 1,000.00 Certificates/Plaques 100.00 TOTAL AWARDS 5,500.00 MISCELLANEOUS Affiliations 400.00 Local Committee 500.00 Symposia, Workshops 900.00 TOTAL MISCELLANEOUS 1,800.00 TOTAL DISBURSEMENTS $28,600.00 V. NET BALANCE FOR YEAR 0.00 VI. BALANCE FORWARDED $32,070.58 194 RESEARCH OPPORTUNITIES RESEARCH OPPORTUNITIES This is the first in a series of occasional articles which will highlight research facilities and opportunities in the Southeast. The articles will be designed to encourage biologists in our geographical area to apply for time at these facilities to pursue research goals that they cannot accomplish at their home institutions. If you know of such research facilities that you would like to see highlighted contact the editor of the ASB Bulletin. Oak Ridge National Laboratory The Oak Ridge National Laboratory (ORNL), located at Oak Ridge, Tennessee, 30 miles west of Knoxville, maintains eleven experimental science facilities that are available to guest researchers. These facilities, designated "user facilities," include two that are of special interest to biologists, the Bioprocessing Research Facility, and the National Environmental Research Park. The Office of Guest and User Interactions exists to encourage interaction between guest researchers and ORNL staff scientists. The facilities offer visiting researchers access to protected natural areas, unusual or expensive research equipment and laboratories in which to carry on research. The "Oak Ridge User Facilities" brochure describes the Bioprocessing Research Facility (BRF) as including "laboratories for the investigation of advanced bioprocessing concepts using stirred-tank and columnar bioreactors and a fermentation pilot plant for large-scale batch and columnar experiments." BRF equipment allows researchers to conduct experiments requiring bioreactors from bench-size to more titan 500 liters capacity and can produce up to kilogram quantities of bux’hemicals and microorganisms. A wide variety of sophisticated analytical and preparative equipment is available. Experiments can be conducted using tissue culture, recombinant DNA and/or microorganisms and may be concerned with microbial selection, genetic manipulation, biotreatment of wastes, among many others. The National Environmental Research Park is maintained on the Department of Energy reservation and is available for various types of ecological and biodiversity studies. The 12,400 acres (5,008 ha) is in an eastern deciduous forest encompassing streams and reservoirs. Three types of areas are maintained: 1. Natural areas, which are protected, provide habitats for a variety of rare or endangered species of many organisms. 2. Reference areas from which baseline data can be used as reference populations of southern Appalachian communities. 3. Environmental Sciences Division research areas which are available for field research. Various parameters can lx measured and recorded with the on-site instrumentation. An extensive database, which can be accessed by visiting scientists, is available for the area. This area is one of seven maintained around the U.S. by the Department of Energy. 195 ASB Bulletin, VOL. 43, NO. 3, 19% For information on access to die Oak Ridge user facilities interested scientists should contact one of the following offices: Office of Guest and User Interactions Building 6026E Oak Ridge National Laboratory P.O. Box 2008 Oak Ridge, TN 37831-6034 (615)576-2014 Bioprocessing Research Facility Building 4505 Oak Ridge National Laboratory P.O. Box 2008 Oak Ridge, TN 37831-6226 (615)574-6775 or (615)576-8522 National Environmental Research Park Building 1506 Oak Ridge National Laboratory Oak Ridge, TN 37831-6034 (615)576-8123 This summary was compiled from information found in die "Oak Ridge User Facilities" brochure, which was produced by Berta S. Swain of the Office of Guest and User Interactions of ORNL. REVIEWS Harper, D.M. and AJ.D. Ferguson (cds.). 1995. The Ecological Basis for River Management. J. Wiley and Sons, N.Y. $89.95. 6l4p. Until recently, management of flowing aquatic ecosystems (streams and rivers) subscribed to the "man vs. nature" concept, i.e. largely dominated by physical manipulations aimed at satisfying water supply, flow and human use demands. During the past few decades, however, hydorlogically-driven river management has given way to more intense scrutiny of biogeochemical and trophic consequences of physical alterations. Increased focus on chemical and biotic features of flowing waters can largely be attributed to increased awareness and perception of the ecological and socioeconomic values embodied in our streams and rivers. No longer are they merely considered hydrological conduits connecting watersheds to lakes, reservoirs, estuaries and costal waters; they are integral and critical components of watershed biogeochemical and trophic processing of inorganic and organic matter. Flowing waters are now recognized as unique, invaluable, and irreplaceable functional entities supporting a vast array of biotic community interactions, warranting consideration and management on the ecosystem level. As such, lentic systems have attained a level of process-related attention paralleling that previously reserved for lakes and estuaries. In many respects, this volume conveys the current state of awareness and recognition of flowing waters as highly complex, interactive physico-chemical-biotic units. Equally significant is the broadly -shared conclusion among chapters that management of flowing waters requires careful, thorough, and highly integrative (in time and space) and biotic (species diversity, community interactions) factors in the context of environmental controls of and limitations on microbial, plant and animal production, composition, and trophic state. This volume represents one of the first comprehensive efforts at considering stream and river management on the ecosystem level. It should be viewed and valued as an evolutionary stepping stone towards a more holistic evaluation of streams and rivets as internally-organized, yet open water bodies that intricately respond to and are controlled by a broad range of external environmental variables. Many of these variables are at the mercy of upstream or upwind anthropogenic activities, and as such require functional (i.e.) process-level) clarification, scrutiny and management. While some conceptual and technical "holes" in the makeup, composition and comprehensiveness of individual and grouped chapters addressing environmental controls on river structure and function exist, this volume is a well-conceived, useful, and thoroughly documented treatise representing contemporary approaches to and evaluations of riverine management. The editors have logically and effectively linked traditional physical approaches to river management (construction of dams, impoundments, diversions for flow and flood control) with considerations of 196 REVIEWS physical/chemical substrate, biota, habitat and biogeochemical responses over a range of relevant spatial ami temporal scales. This is accomplished by organizing groups of brief (5-10 p.) chapters along related but complementary research and management lines, including; 1) quantitative aspects of river function and structure (hydrology, geomorphology, chemistry and ecology) (chapters 1-10), 2) considerations of riverine habitat quality, including evaluations of "natural," "acceptable," and "desirable" anthropomorphically-impac ted systems (chapters 11-17), 3) the development and application of quantitative and qualitative tools and criteria ("indices") for evaluating water quality of systems impacted by a variety of human activities ( e.g . acidification, accelerated nutrient and sediment loading, flow and substrate alterations, 4) riverine management approaches based on information conveyed in chapters 1-17 (chapters 18-25), 5) management of biotic resources considered most valuable by humans, including fisheries, recreational use (chapters 26-35), and 6) the incorporation of broad, watershed-based socio-economic, carrying capacity and "sustainability" considerations in the management of rivers on local and regional levels (chapters 36-40). The contributing authors are highly regarded in their respective research and management areas and represent diverse disciplinary backgrounds (academic, industry, public agencies), perspectives, and biases. Well-developed and tested British riverine management approaches emphasizing the functional linkage between hydrology and ecology are complemented with geographically-dive rse expertise in the areas of hydrology, catchment, landscape and sediment dynamics, habitat alteration and restoration, nutrient and toxin pollution and cycling, and watershed-level monitoring and management. Common themes readily emerge among the contributions. Specifically, a strong emphasis on considering and incorporating (in management schemes) appropriate spatial and temporal scales in physical, chemical and biotic assessments of hydrological, biogeochemical and trophic dynamics and their controls underlies virtually all chapters. The important challenge of being able to define and discern "natural" from anthropogenically-altered habitats in the context of what, when, where and how to manage riverine resources and systems is conveyed throughout the volume. An equally strong emphasis on considering hydrodynamic and geomorphometric alterations in the context of their impacts on river function (i.e. production, biogeochemical cycling, trophic interactions) and structure (i.e. biodiversity, spatial, and seasonal distributions of populations and communities, community interactions) pervades all chapters. Lastly, recognizing and understanding the ecological bases for and responses to physical/chemical alterations of flowing waters is a mutual concern. When examining the compendium of physical, chemical, biotic, resource, socio-economic chapters, it is evident that conceptual and process-level modeling is the critical unifying "glue" facilitating our understanding of how lentic ecosystems "work" and respond to environmental factors. Throughout the book, emphasis is placed on the utility of employing modeling as a tool for evaluating management approaches and options. Despite the broad endorsement of modeling, no single or grouped chapters are dedicated to model development and testing. Perhaps the field has yet to evolve to the level of multi -parameter ecosystem models such as those commonly used in lake and reservoir management of nutrient and sediment inputs. Clearly, modeling is needed to enhance synthesis and predictability. Several chapters do touch on the utility of modeling in management of physical/chemical factors (e.g. salinity, flow, nutrient and toxin discharge) known to control biogeochemical and trophic characteristics of streams and rivers. In particular, our understanding of the complex physicochemical controls of epiphytic and planktonic algae, macrophytes, benthic invertebrates, fish, and mammalian communities could benefit from the application of models. Numerous chapters address the important issue of developing and utilizing descriptive and functional indices of water quality, trophic state, biotic resources and richness. Indicator (of water quality) species and communities have proven to be invaluable in this regard. Large-scale multivariate "inventory" analyses and geographic information systems based on aircraft and/or satellite data are playing an important role on the watershed and habitat levels. On the sub-habitat community and population scale, ecophysiological and molecular measures of organismal productivity, composition and health are rapidly becoming "on the shelf" technologies that can additionally serve inventorial roles. In particular, indicators of microbiotic and macrobiotic biodiversity, based on relatedness in nucleic acid sequences among widely distributed and phylogenetically-conserved structural and functional genes (e.g. rRNA-based phylogenies), are unequivocal tools for assessing biodiversity (and changes therein) in natural ecosystems. In addition, the complimentation of traditional descriptive measures of plant community composition with biochemical and physiological indicators based on centrally-important bioactive molecules (chlorophylls, carotenoids, phycobilins, photosynthetic enzymes such as ribulose 1,5 diphosphate carboxylase) will prove useful in evaluating ecosystem assimilative capacity, overall health and trophic states. 197 ASR Bulletin , VOL. 43, NO. 3, 1996 These technologies are now broadly available as part of the "arsenal" of indicators of riverine biotic status and trends. Future iterations of this and related volumes will undoubtedly incorporate these evolving technologies in holistic analyses of riverine structure and function. Several chapters address issues of socio-economic "relevance" and "sustainability" in considerations of riverine management, protection, reclamation and restoration. As natural scientists contributing technological know-how to management, we often ignore or sidestep these critical and highly relevant public issues. As we aim to restore anthropogenically-impacted lentic systems to what society deems to be desirable and resourceful conditions, economic "feasibility" and "reality" form central and critical parts of any management strategy. After all, the availability of public fluids, which is largely dictated by environmental prioritization, is the ultimate "limiting factor" controlling the degree and extent of river management. The importance of blending technical needs and approaches with the development of a rational, cost-effective investment of public and private funds is conveyed in the last five chapters of this volume, these chapters prove to be essential components of a comprehensive analysis of watershed-level management of flowing waters and the resources they embody. Overall, this volume is a valuable treatise of authoritative, complementary contributions addressing essential scientific and socio-economic questions, issues and approaches for riverine management. I highly recommend it as a general reference for aquatic ecologists, stream and riverine hydrologists, biologists, planners and managers. The cost is reasonable when one considers that this highly integrative volume represents a compact, yet comprehensive, "mini library" of contributions linking hydrology to ecology as we analyze and evaluate natural vs. anthropogenically-impacted flowing ecosystems. Hans W. PaeRL, Institute of Marine Sciences, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, Morehead City, NC 28557 Barnes, Jay. 1995 North Carolina's Hurricane History. The University of North Carolina Press. Chapel Hill, NC. $34.95 hardcover, $16.95 paperback. 206p. This book is about the historical, sometimes awesome visits to North Carolina by hurricanes, a term derived from the Caribbean Indian word translated as "big wind" or "storm god." In addition, some mention is also made of "northeasters" or winter storms that can cause high tides, widespread flooding, and extensive beach erosion. As a resident of central Florida, the information in this book brings to light the extent of damage these mighty storms can bring to an area or even region, the areas of impact are not always limited to the costal zones, especially in cases of category 5, or"superstorms" like Hurricane Hugo in 1989, which swept a path from Charleston, South Carolina through Charlotte, North Carolina. The Introduction gives an overview of the history of the major storms to hit North Carolina. Chapters 1 and 2 give an overview of the formation processes of these storm systems and storm effects, including high winds, storm surges, heavy rainfall and resulting flooding, and tornado formation. Chapter 2 gives a very good view of these impacts, with anecdotal descriptions and pictures from various storms. This chapter concludes with the Saffir-Simpson scale of storm characterization and a discussion of the nature of the storm system as it approaches and passes an area. Chapter 3 deals with the description of the storm-watching networks. These include reconnaissance aircraft and personnel that concern themselves with tracking the formation and movement of the powerful storm system. Chapters 4 through 8 follow with the heart of the book; a detailed accounting of the major storms to hit North Carolina from 1526 through Hurricane Emily in 1993. Chapter 4 deals with the"early" hurricanes from 1526 to 1861 with a rich historic flavor. Chapter 5 ("Tar Heel Tragedies") deals with the period from 1875 through 1900 with very good archival information of the period's ten major storms. Chapter 6 ("The New Century") discusses the eleven major storms from 1900 to 1950. Chapter 7 ("Hurricane Alley") covers the period 1950 to 1960 with nine major storms from Barbara (1953) to Donna (1960). Finally, Chapter 8 ("The Modem Era") starts with Ginger (1971) and covers Agnes (1972), David (1979), Diana (1984), Gloria (1985), Charley (1986) and ends with Hugo (1989) and Emily (1993). All of these chapters describe the wide range of impacts from these major storms in both words and pictures. 198 REVIEWS Chapter 9 covers the winter storms known as "nor' easters" including "The Storm of the Century" in March of 1993. Once again, the coverage is very good at describing the impact of these mostly winter storms. Chapter 10 concerns the impacts of these storms on vegetation and wildlife. Chapters 11 and 12 finish off with a treatment of lessons learned, emergency planning and preparedness, and storm survival. Finally, the Appendix presents tabular information on the deadliest, costliest and most intense storms in the United States from 1900 through 1993 and the most severe North Carolina storms since 1879, a map of North Carolina, and a Hurricane Tracking chart. This book is a well-written, well-documented coverage of the impacts of one of nature's most powerful storms with a rich historic treatment. It should appeal to the general public interested in a brief, but fairly detailed coverage of the major storms to hit North Carolina over the last 467 years, and could also be useful to ecologists, landscape ecologists and planners on the whole eastern seaboard, as the impacts of these "big winds" can be far-reaching and devastating indeed. In order to be of more use to ecologists, data on strike probabilities and the extent of the catastrophic damage from individual storms would have been a nice addition to this book. John H. Drese, Dynamic Corporation, Kennedy Space Center, FL. 32899 Abt, J.R., F.B.J. Barends, S.T. Maynard, and K.W. PHarczyk. 1995. River, Coastal, and Armourstone. C.R. Thorne et al (eds.). J. Wiley and Sons, NY. $149.95. 776 p. Erosion of ocean, river and lake shorelines has been a problem since humans began relying on such water bodies for transportation and siting structures near the water's edge. There are many ways to respond to erosion, but the most prevalent has been some type of structural control to stabilize the shoreline with seawalls and armor protection, or to divert the forces causing erosion. This book focuses on the methods, issues and problems associated with the protection of waterways and coasts using riprap and armor stone. The book is a well-organized compilation of papers presented by researchers and practitioners at the "International Riprap Workshop" at Colorado State University in July, 1993. The first Section contains ten chapters devoted to erosion and erosion control in river channels. The second Section contains eight chapters with information about erosion forces along coastlines. They devote the third section to discussions of geotechnical forces affecting the design and success of riprap structures. The fourth Section examines the physical properties of materials used as riprap and why such properties must be considered as part of a structure's design. These first four sections of the book are highly technical and contain both empirical and analytical approaches to design methodologies and selection of materials. There are design examples applied to different cases and physical environments taking into account cost, safety and effectiveness. The fifth Section of the book has six chapters devoted to the environmental aspects, both positive and negative, of the use of riprap. Case studies are used to examine various design and construction methods to enhance environmental, aesthetic and recreational values of rock structures. Much of the information pertains to improving habitats for invertebrates and fishes. The environmental section would have been more thorough with some discussion of the offsite physical impacts of shoreline hardening and how they can mitigate such impacts. The final two Sections of the book describe practical experience s of constructing riprap protection in different physical environments around the world. Two chapters also present information on structure maintenance and the equipment commonly used for construction. This book will be a good reference source for information about the design of a large scale shoreline protection project. Preston P. Pate, Jr. North Carolina Division of Coastal Management. Morehead City, NC 28557 199 NEWS OF BIOLOGY IN THE SOUTHEAST Jon R. Fortman-News Editor Division of Science and Math Mississippi University for Women Columbus, MS 39701 Phone 601-329-7379. FAX 329-7238 Home Page: http://www.muw.edu/~jfortman ABOUT PEOPLE AND PLACES GEORGIA The University of Georgia, Savannah River Ecology iMhoratory. Twenty-eight years of study have led to the discovery of a unique adaptation in the nesting patterns of chicken turtles, a thriving species that is serving as a model organism in the conservation of small, seasonal wetlands in the Southeast. Unlike other North American turtles, chicken turtles nest in the fall and winter. To compensate for this unusual trait, females of the species can retain their eggs for more than six months and then deposit them in the late winter if environmental conditions become unsuitable for nesting in the fall. ILLINOIS Southern Illinois University, Department of I'lant Biology. James Fralish , an Associate Professor of Forestry, received the 1996 Sturgis Public Service Award. Fralish has been active in the Carbondale soccer program as a coach, president, referee and member of the Board of directors. He also started Carbondale Soccer Inc., a youth soccer program. He is also involved with the Audubon Society and the preservation of Lusk Creek Canyon in Pope County. MISSISSIPPI Gulf Coast Research IMhoratory, Ocean Springs. Four members have been appointed to the newly-created editorial board for Gulf Research Reports by Dr. Robert T. Van Alter, GCRL's interim director and acting editor. Chairman is Dr. Mark Peterson, the fisheries coordinator. Other members are Dr. Marius Brouwer, aquatic toxicologist; Dr. Jeff l-otz, head of the marine shrimp farming program, and Dr. Julia Lytle, senior environmental chemist. Gulf Research Reports publishes a paper dealing with the results of original research in any of the marine sciences, chiefly of the Gulf of Mexico and adjacent waters. Researchers interested in submitting a manuscript for consideration may contact: Susan Griggs, Managing Editor, GCRL, P.O. Box 7000, Ocean Springs, MS 39566-7000, phone: 601-872 -4273 or fax 601-872-4204. A new study headed by Larry C. Nicholson will examine potential growth and survival differences between Gulf and Atlantic race striped bass in Mississippi's coastal tributaries. The five Gulf states have been working to restore depleted striper populations in Gulf rivers for two decades. Two genetic races of stripers, Atlantic and Gulf, have been used for restoration stocking. Associate research scientist Dr. Jeffrey M. hitz was invited by the Asian Fisheries Society to present a keynote address to the Third Symposium on Diseases in Asian Aquaculture in Bangkok, Thailand. He spoke on disease control and pathogen status assurance in a specific pathogen free (SPF) based shrimp aquaculture industry. Dr. William W. Walker, Assistant Director for Research, has been appointed to a three-term on the Society of Environmental Toxicology and Chemistry and Technical Committee. 200 NEWS NORTH CAROLINA Appalachian Slate University, Department of Biology. Dr. Sandra Glover and Dr. John Bond have retired after long tenures in the department. Dr. Bond received the Student Government Outstanding Teacher Award. Dr. Mary Connell was named to membership in the College of Arts and Sciences Academy of Outstanding Teachers. Joining the faculty are Dr. Terry Carroll who transfers from the College of Education at Appalachian State as a Science Education specialist. Dr. Robert Creed, an aquatic biologist coming from Hood College, Dr. Coleman \FCIeneghan, a mycologist who recently earned her Ph.D. at the University of Tennessee, and Dr. Mark Venable, a cell biologist who received his Ph.D. form the Bowman Gray School of Medicine and then completed post doctoral studies at Duke University School of Medicine. The department recently completed a greenhouse complex consisting of three greenhouses, a head house and research and teaching laboratory space. University of North Carolina at Charlotte, Department of Biology. Dr. Jim Matthews retired from the department on June 30, 1996. He will be Professor Emeritus, continuing his activity in the herbarium and in Natural Heritage surveys. He has joined with Dr. Larry Mellichamp in forming a consulting group, Habitat Assessment and Restoration Program, Inc. He has been at UNC Charlotte for 32 years, starting the herbarium, and finishing his career as Chair of the Department. During his career, he received the NationsBank Teaching Excellence Award, the 1995 Environmental Excellence Award from the Mecklenburg County Environmental Protection Commission, the 1994 Governor's Award for Excellence and the 1995 Elizabeth Ann Bartholomew Distinguished Service Award from the Southern Appalachian Botanical Society. East Carolina University, Department of Biology. Dr. Carolyn H. Hampton has retired after 32 years of service. She was connected with the Department of Science Education and was the College of Arts and Sciences Associate Dean for Research and Graduate School and the Sponsored Programs Office. During 1995-96 she served as Acting Dean of the newly formed School of Health and Human Performances. Dr. Jean C. Mangun has resigned and taken a tenure-track position at the Department of Forestry at Southern Illinois University at Carbondale. Dr. Donald Stanley has received $97,350 for continuation of his research in monitoring water quality and phosphate effluent in the Pamlico River Estuary. The department also received a grant for purchase of microbial ecology laboratory supplies. Dr. Joseph J. I.uczkovich and Dr. Stephen F. Norton with Phillip J. Motta ( Department of Biology, University of South Florida) and Karel F. Idem, edited a book, Ecomorphologv of Fishes, published by Kluwer Academic Publishing Group. The department has received grant money to support a protein purification lab. Co-directors are Drs. Cindy Putnam-Evans and Mary Farwell. Dr. W. James Smith, a biochemist is the project director. MUSEUMS AND BOTANICAL GARDENS ALABAMA Anniston Museum of Natural History, Anniston. The exhibit "Birds in Flight" was presented from 2 March until 14 April, 1996. Stop action photography captured the incredible details of birds in flight. It featured 32 color photographs by New England naturalist /photographer, Russ Hansen. "Herpfest: A Celebration of Reptiles and Amphibians" was on display June 22. There were live reptiles and amphibians on hand to help visitors gain knowledge and a greater appreciation of reptiles and amphibians. From June 21 until August 18, the exhibit, "American Wildfowl Decoys" is scheduled to coincide with the Olympic Games. Forty-five examples of decoys dating from the 1870's through the 1960's trace the history and production of decoys in North America. 201 ASB Bulletin, VOL. 43, NO. 3, 1996 BETA BETA BETA ABSTRACTS DISTRICT I Leon Augustine, Armstrong State College— Selective predation by the mosshead sculpin Clinocottus globiceps on the sea anemone Anthopleura elegantissima and its two algal symbionts. This project investigated the predatory role of the mosshead sculpin Clinocottus globiceps on the sea anemone Anthopleura elegantissima that contains two different algal symbionts, zooxanthellae and zoochlorellae. Anemones harboring predominantly zooxanthellae derive a substantially greater nu¬ tritional benefit from these symbionts; zoochlorellae are considered less valuable. During feeding experiments, sculpin selectively fed on zooxanthellae anemones over zoochlorellae anemones and algae-free anemones. Viability of the symbiotic algae after passage through the fish gut was examined by l4C uptake and chlorophyll content of algae in fish feces. Photosynthetic productivity of fecal zooxanthellae was significantly lower than that of freshly-isolated controls (93% less), while the pro¬ ductivity of fecal zoochlorellae was not significantly different from that of freshly-isolated control algae. Chlorophyll analyses of fecal and freshly-isolated algae showed that zooxanthellae in sculpin feces had a 50% reduction in their major chlorophyll pigments (chi a and c). On the other hand, the chlorophyll content of zoochlorellae (chi a and b) did not change after passage through the fish gut. These results indicate that zoochlorellae passed through unharmed and zooxanthellae were digested, and explains the observed preference by C. globiceps for zooxanthellae Anthopleura containing zooxan¬ thellae over those containing zoochlorellae and no algae. Chittam Thakore, Catawba College— Fractal dimension of yeast colonies on nutrient limited me¬ dium. The yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae divides by budding under normal conditions on agar plates, producing round colonies with smooth margins. When cultured on nutrient limited medium, this dimorphic yeast reproduces by polar division producing chains of cells called pseudohyphae. Pseu- dohyphal growth on nutrient limited agar yields colonies on nutrient limited agar with irregular margins. The irregular margins of these colonies can best be described by fractal geometry. Fractal objects show self-similarity over a wide range of scales and have a non-integer dimension. Colonies of S. cerevisiae grown on complete medium are best described by Euclidean geometry, and have a dimension of ~1.0. Yeast grown on nitrogen-limited medium form pseudohyphae. The perimeters of these colonies have a fractal dimension of ~ 1.2. On carbon-limited medium S. cerevisiae also forms pseudohyphae and the colonies produced have a fractal dimension of ~1.1. Fractal geometry, such as that exhibited by colonies of S. cerevisiae when cultured on nutrient limited medium, is also found in other biological structures adapted for absorption. The bronchial trees, the circulatory systems of animals, the root system and leaf veins of plants are all examples of biological fractals. Fractal structures in biology have a high surface area to volume ratio allowing them to efficiently exchange materials with the environment. Katharine M. Bendt, Kate Senger, and Brent Weston, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill — The human Lewis blood group fucosyltransferase promoter. Alpha (1,3)- and alpha (l,4)-fucosylated alpha (2,3)-sialylated lactosaminoglycans are components of ligands for the cell adhesion receptors E-selectin and P-selectin. These compounds are differentially expressed on mammalian cells during leukocyte trafficking, embryogenesis, and tumorigenesis. The corresponding alpha (l,3)-fucosyltransferases (FUT’s) that construct these antigens are tissue-specific and exist as alternatively-spliced transcripts. FUT3, the Lewis blood group FUT, and FUT6, the plasma FUT, are tightly linked homologues on chromosome 1 9p 13.3. To understand the regulation of FUT3 we used a variety of analyses. cDNA clones covering the 5' end of FUT3 were recovered from kidney and liver libraries and confirmed by RACE and inverse PCR. Primer extension and 202 BETA BETA BETA ABSTRACTS 203 nbonuclease protection assays indicate one major transcription start site. Sequence analysis of the 5' flanking genomic region revealed several GC-rich regions, two CCAAT boxes, and an Spl site; a consensus sequence for a TATA box was absent. The putative promoter region was assessed using CAT reporter gene constructs in transient transfection assays. Ginger M. Blalock, Erskine College — Isolation and characterization of gut microflora of the eastern box turtle, Terrapene Carolina. Observations on foods used by the eastern box turtle, Terrapene Carolina indicate an omnivorous diet. Turtles on a fragmented habitat in the piedmont of South Carolina have been observed feeding upon arthropods as well as several species of mushrooms. A study of intestinal flora was conducted in order to characterize the bacteria and to test for the presence of chitinase producing bacteria. Cloacal contents from four actively feeding turtles were collected and analyzed. Standard plate counts were performed and twenty isolated colonies were selected for identification. These bacteria included Gram positive rods and spheres and Gram negative rods. Tentative identifications of the isolates were determined. Jay Clark, Erskine College— A comparison of the home ranges of two box turtles during a two year period. The increasing fragmentation of the habitat of the eastern box turtle, Terrapene Carolina, has led to a growing concern for the welfare of this species. As part of a larger study of a population of box turtles on a fragmented habitat, the home ranges of two turtles were compared over a two year period. One male and one female turtle were followed on a 20-acre site in Greenville County, South Carolina, using radiotelemetry during their active period in 1994 and 1995. Turtles emerged from hibernation dens early in April and were tracked until they entered hibernation again the following November. Flags were used to mark the location each time a turtle was found and its position noted on a map of the site. Size of each home range was determined and compared. No statistically significant sex- dependent differences were found. Funded in part by a grant from Beta Beta Beta Foundation. Amber M. Shults, Erskine College — Application of tissue culture techniques to Camellia japonica and Camellia sasanqua. This study is a continuation of previous research in which callus was successfully obtained from the petals of Camellia japonica. There were three main focuses of this study: determining optimal callus production conditions from petal tissue, infection of the tissue with Agrobacterium tumefaciens, and plant regeneration. Large quantities of callus are needed in order to study infection and regeneration. Optimal callus production conditions determined in this study were 2 mg/L of benzyl adenine com¬ bined with 0. 1 mg/L naphthaleneacetic acid. As a possible vector for insertion of resistance to Scler- otima camelliae, blossom blight fungus, callus and leaf disks were tested for susceptibility to infection by A. tumefaciens. Several methods for plant regeneration were investigated. The callus was exposed to 2,4-D, in levels ranging from 2-16 mg/L, and then removed to media without hormones after varying periods of time. Embryogenesis from cotyledons of C. japonica and ovules of C. japonica and C. sasanqua was also investigated. At present, none of the attempted methods have successfully produced plant regeneration. Funded in part by a Beta Beta Beta Research Grant and the American Camellia Society. Jonathan A. Phillips, Florida Institute of Technology — Patterns of pancreatic islet destruction in non-obese diabetic (NOD) mice. As insulin dependent diabetes mellitus (IDDM) progresses, the islets of Langerhern in the pancreas are destroyed by the immune system. The objective of this experiment was to determine whether there is a spatial and/or temporal pattern to the immune destruction of pancreatic islets during the onset and progression of IDDM. Three non-obese diabetic (NOD) mice from each age group: 4 weeks, and 10 weeks (15 week mice will be done later) were sacrificed. The pancreases were immediately dissected from the surrounding tissues and fixed. Two pancreases from each age group were used for 204 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 3, 1996 histological study. The remaining pancreas from each age group was saved for immunocytochemical studies. Each pancreas was sectioned and stained using a polychrome technique. The islet frequencies, distributions, and sizes are being measured. Each pancreas was normalized into thirds: anterior, middle, and posterior. Control results from non-diabetic mice indicate an average distribution frequency of 0.5 islets per anterior third of the pancreas, 3.4 islets per middle third, and 2.9 islets per posterior third. The average size of a non-diabetic islet was 30.7 microns in diameter. Shay Park, Julia Grimwade, and Alan Leonard, Florida Institute ofTechnology — MioC is a repressor of motility in Escherichia coll. In E. coli, transcription from the mioC (modulation of initiation at oriC) gene promoter is repressed immediately prior to initiation of replication, such that levels of mioC transcript fluctuate during the cell cycle. Although several studies have implicated mioC transcription as a regulator of chromosomal DNA replication initiation, mutants which do not transcribe mioC display normal cell cycles with unperturbed growth. In order to identify a role for the mioC transcript or its 16kd protein product, we have examined MioC- mutants for any altered phenotypes. We report that motility (swimming speed) of E. coli K12 strain LJ24 is modulated by varying the expression level of MioC. An isogenic MioC- (AL0659) displays increased motility, whereas increasing MioC levels in LJ24 reduced mo¬ tility. Measurements of extracellular flagellin suggest that MioC expression decreases motility by reducing the number or length of flagella on the cells. The inhibition of motility by MioC is unrelated to other known regulators of flagellin synthesis, such as the inhibition by high carbohydrate concen¬ tration and catabolite repression. We propose that control of flagellar synthesis by MioC allows a mechanism whereby the cell can couple motility with cell growth and division. Gabriela Valderrama, Joseph Bogan, and Charles E. Helmstetter, Florida Institute ofTechnology — The replication timing of R plasmid NR1 during the cell division cycle of Escherichia coli. The NR1 plasmid is a autonomously replicating plasmid which confers multiple drug resistance to the host cell. The control mechanisms of NR1 plasmid maintenance are not well understood. This has posed a cntical problem in establishing successful treatments for bacterial infections caused by pathogenic bacteria which stably carry this plasmid. In order to further characterize the control of replication of NR1 plasmid, the timing of replication of NR1 plasmid was analyzed and compared to that of chromosomal DNA replication of the host cell during the cell division cycle of E. coli by conducting temperature-shift experiments. The results of these experiments show no relationship between the timing of NR1 plasmid replication and the timing of chromosome replication. The NR1 plasmid replicates continuously in a cell cycle-independent manner. Frank G. Brooks Award Winner Christine C. Muth, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill — A comparison of understory tolerance measurements for woody plants. Tolerance has been defined as the ability of a plant to survive and grow in a forest understory. A variety of methods have been developed for measuring tolerance in terms of physiological traits, canopy architecture, and understory density. This study suggests an alternative index of tolerance based on survival and growth of understory saplings. This index is compared to four commonly used methods of tolerance determination: dark respiration rate, bifurcation ratio, number of branch orders, and density of understory individuals. Species tolerance rankings differ with the method used. Tol¬ erance also varies spatially between sites and temporally as an individual matures. A series of new tolerance tables is presented to aid foresters and ecologists in land management, forest modeling, and studies of comparative ecology. Angela R. Billings and Drew E. Kohlhorst, et al., Emory & Henry College— Effects of sodium chloride on bovine mastitis-causing bacteria. BETA BETA BETA ABSTRACTS 205 This project was based on a hypothesis by Dr. John Currin, DVM, a local veterinarian. Dr. Currin hypothesized that mastitis can be treated with intramammary injections of hypertonic saline solution. Hypertonic solutions are known to decrease swelling, and Dr. Currin hypothesized that the growth of bacterial cells could be drastically reduced or stopped completely through the use of hypertonic solutions. This hypothesis has instigated much controversy among local veterinarians. Some agree with Dr. Currin, but most say that treatment times are shortened due to the increased frequency of “milking out” the infected quarter(s). The Eta Iota chapter began testing this hypothesis in vitro in the fall of 1994. Our objective was to investigate this hypothesis as well as help local dairy operators choose an effective treatment plan. It was discovered during the course of this experiment that the null hypothesis proved to be true. (Bovine mastitis-causing bacteria are not affected by changes in osmolality within the physiological limits of the bovine udder.) DISTRICT II Michael Davis and Dwayne Wise, Mississippi State University — Mitosis with unreplicated genomes: uncoupling of anaphase and cytokinesis. When Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells are arrested in S phase by hydroxyurea, they can be forced to enter mitosis without having replicated their chromosomes by treatment with 5mM caffeine ( 1 ,3,7- trimethylxanthine). During this process, the unreplicated kinetochores are stripped away from the condensing chromatin and are fragmented. The cells then enter mitosis, construct a normal spindle and the kinetochore fragments align at the equator. Depending on the duration of caffeine treatment, the kinetochore fragments either remain at the equator and cytokinesis ensues normally, or the ki¬ netochore fragments undergo an anaphase-like partitioning. We report the results of our studies of the relative timing of anaphase-like movement and of cytokinesis. We find that these two important events of cell division can be functionally uncoupled. Carrie R. Nash, Millsaps College — Uterine contractions at various voltages and lengths of circular uterine muscle in the snake Thamnophis radix. We hypothesize that snake circular, uterine, smooth muscle exhibits the classic resting length found in striated muscle. Five female snakes (70-1 04 g) with snout to vent length (45-64 cm) were maintained on eight hour light and sixteen hour dark cycle to produce an anestrous state. Electrical stimulation of the uterus in vitro of T. radix produced a suprathreshold of 50 V with 95% confidence interval (ci) of ± 10 V. From 0-50 V, the peak increased reaching a maximum at 50V ± ci, and then declined as voltages increased to 80 V. From the length-tension experiment, the resting length was obtained using the suprathreshold voltage. The mean maximum resting length obtained was from 3-40 g/g of uterus with 95% ci of ±4. The graph increased until 5 ± ci, then it plateaued until 40 ± ci, and then it declined as the force increased to 80. From these data we conclude that there is a resting length for uterine smooth muscle, and that the contractility of the uterus does not vary within snakes or between snakes. These results suggest that experiments designed to assess the force of contractility produced by a hormone should be run at the resting length. We would like to acknowledge Sigma Xi for funding this project. Lane M. Smiley, Millsaps College — Effects of oxytocin and hexamethonium chloride on the con¬ traction of the smooth muscle of an anestrus uterus in Thamnophis radix. Does the uterine smooth muscle of an anestrus uterus contract in the response to oxytocin'.’ What effect does an autonomic nervous system (ANS) blocker have on uterine smooth muscle? Snakes were exposed to a light cycle of eight hours light and sixteen hours dark, to ensure that the snake exhibit an anestrus state. The snakes weights varied from 50 to 130 grams with snout-vent lengths varying from 40 cm to 70 cm. Oxytocin (Note: Oxytoxin is said to be 75% effective as Arginine Vasotocin) at concentrations of 2.4 x 10 J, 2.4 x 10 3, or 2.4 x 10~2 mg/ml produced no contractile changes when compared to a reptile Ringer's control solution. At the end of each experiment a concentrated 206 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 3, 1996 KC1 reptile Ringer’s solution was used to induce contractions. This is used as a control to demonstrate the muscles could contract. KC1 average induce contraction equal to 109 mg/mg of tissue. The Hexamethonium Chloride, given at a concentration of 40 g/kg body weight, relaxed the circular smooth muscle which increased the diameter of the uterus ~300% as compared to the non-blocked samples. These data suggest that the ANS accounts for a considerable amount of the resting tension that exists in the anestrus all the time. In conclusion, the presence of oxytocin has no effect on the contractility of an anestrus uterus circular smooth muscle. Jason M. Pass, East Tennessee State University— Spermatozoid ontogeny in Selaginella australien- sis. In order to evaluate the degree of structural homology among streamlined, biflagellated male gametes of Selaginella and bryophytes, we undertook a complete ultrastructural study of spermatogenesis in 5. australiensis. As in Lycopodium and bryophytes, the locomotory apparatus of Selaginella originates in the spermatid mother cell as a bicentnole. The apically situated, locomotory apparatus reaches maximum development in the early mid-stage spermatid and consists of two dimorphic, staggered basal bodies (BBs) overlying a multilayered structure (MLS), including a spline of parallel microtubules (MTs) and subtending elongated lamellar strip (LS). Beneath the MLS lies the anterior mitochondrion (AM) which elongates during development by progressive fusion of mitochondria to a length of over one cellular revolution. The BBs of Selaginella lack triplet extensions that characterize moss and liverwort sperm. Spline MTs number two at the extreme anterior portion of the cell where they are embedded in a “headpiece” and increase to a maximum of 18 MTs behind the BBs. The angle between LS plates and spline MTs ranges from 90° at the anterior to 45° at the posterior of the MLS. In the late mid-stage spermatid, the rounded nucleus compacts and coils in register with spline growth and the LS regresses. Individualization of the coils begins at the cell anterior and progresses posteriorly leaving a cytoplasmic mass in the region between cellular coils. In the final stages of development, the cylindrical nucleus shortens and the posterior mitochondrion and plastid, containing two starch grains, are positioned alongside the spline at the posterior end of the cell. The mature cell is approx¬ imately 2.5 coils in length. Development of the AM, LS orientation, spline structure and the cytoplasmic deletion process of Selaginella resemble those of ptendophytes and suggest that cellular streamlining originated independently in bryophytes and Selaginella. Leanne Barker, East Tennessee State University— Experimental approaches for myocardial regen¬ eration. Heart failure afflicts 4 million Americans and causes nearly 400,000 deaths annually. This has been attributed to the fact that adult mammalian ventricular muscle cells are terminally differentiated cells which have lost their ability to multiply by cell division. This study used autologous myogenic stem cells (satellite cells) from skeletal muscle for repair and regeneration of injured myocardium. Satellite cells were isolated from tibialis anterior muscle of 24 adult mongrel dogs before being proliferated and labeled in culture. Cells labeled with 3H-thymidine and fluorescent microspheres were harvested and implanted into the subepicardial channels of the left ventricular wall (freshly damaged by a cryoprobe). In the cell implanted channels more than 90% contain muscles with radioactive nuclei and fluorescent microspheres at 6 and 8 weeks after operation. For the control channels (culture medium), no muscle formation was observed. The newly formed muscles were labeled as satellite cells, contained similar contractile proteins as the cardiac myocytes, and had morphologic character¬ istics indistinguishable from heart muscle. When LacZ gene transfected satellite cells were implanted into ischemic (2 hr) myocardium, neomyocardium formation was also observed 6 weeks after surgery. Using autologous myogenic stem cells to improve heart function warrants further investigation. Douglas Dulaney, East Tennessee State University — Water stress regulates the expression of an ANP-like protein in plants. Recently, a protein has been identified in plants that is immunologically similar to Atrial Natriuretic Peptide. Our lab has confirmed and extended this finding by isolating a partial cDNA to this protein BETA BETA BETA ABSTRACTS 207 from Geranium root tissue. The purpose of my research is to determine if this protein is affected by water stress. I chose to work with Phacelia, vanety dubia. Two sets of Phacelia were established and one set was watered as usual and the other set allowed to wilt. Total root RNA was isolated using the Rneasy system. Using RT-PCR and a degenerative primer constructed from the human ANP sequence, I detected substantially more PCR product from dehydrated root tissue than from hydrated. This PCR product was cloned into pGEM-T vector and analyzed. This cloned product will be used as a homologous probe for Northern analysis to confirm that dehydrated plants produce more mRNA for this protein than hydrated. If confirmed, these results suggest this ANP-like protein is involved in water stress response in plants. Michele D. Simmons, Maryville College— Bird foraging behavior at suburban bird feeders. A thirteen month study was conducted in East Tennessee to observe different factors of bird foraging behavior at suburban bird feeders. Observations were conducted 2 to 3 days a month for 3 to 8 hours per observation day. Aspects that were noted were: the species present at each feeder, the number of individuals per species present and the type of feeder used by each bird. Birds had their choice of feeding at a tube feeder, box-type feeder and the ground. A Chi Square test was used to determine if birds chose their feeding sites randomly. The numbers were significant which leads to the suggestion that birds did not choose feeding sites randomly. The highest use of bird feeders occurred between April and August which is during the breeding season and when the birds are rearing young. Frank G. Brooks Award Winner Julie Cain, Maryville College— Changes in the lipid concentration over the duration of one feeding in human breast milk. Research on breast milk has shown that it is unequivocally the best nutrition for infants. However, less than half of the infants in the United States are breast-fed. Even those infants who are breast-fed after birth, most will be weaned by 6 months or be removed from one breast after a set amount of time, usually 10 minutes. Limiting the duration of nursing may deprive the infant of important lipids, which are crucial in brain development. This experiment examines how the lipid concentration of human milk changes from the beginning of a feed until the infant is satisfied and releases the nipple independently. The before nursing and after nursing lipid concentrations of five mothers were deter¬ mined; all except one had a significantly higher fat content in the milk expressed after nursing (hind milk). The fat content of the milk was not significantly related to the age of the infant or total duration of maternal lactation. These results suggest a need to re-evaluate the need for timed nursing. Jennifer Ann Stables, Maryville College — The growing problem of the prevalence of antibiotic resistance. In recent years, there has been an increase in the amount of evidence that resistance to antibiotics is spreading. Five years ago the medical community stumbled across the problem and have been battling ever since. Now the spread has surpassed medical situations and into our everyday lives. In this study, samples from five different locations on a college campus were taken and the bacteria gathered were isolated. The bacteria were then subjected to varying antibiotics utilizing the disc diffusion method. The halo size for each antibiotic used was taken as direct evidence of the bacteria's sensitivity or resistance to the antibiotic used. Escherichia coli, Citrobacter freundii, and Corynebacterium xerosis were obtained from Carolina Biological and used as controls. The data indicates that the resistance and sensitivity to the antibiotic varies according to the location of the sample. Jena M. Nowling, Loyola University — Optimizing conditions for locating the human T-cell lym- photropic virus receptor gene. We are using a molecular genetic strategy to locate the receptor gene for Human T-Lymphotrophie Virus I (HTLV-1) on host immune cells. Transfection methods using genomic DNA from mouse 208 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 3, 1996 human cell hybrids were used followed by infection. Dual selection was used to obtain primary transfectants containing the receptor. Using the generated primary transfectants we must generate secondary transfectants to isolate the receptor. Since only 1% of transfected cells receive the receptor, many pilot and optimization experiments were performed to depict the feasibility of the transfection/ infection strategy. The focus of my research was to optimize pseudotype formation within these transfection assay systems. Three experiments will be highlighted: The first is a comparison between pseudotype to target cell ratio to find the rate-limiting factor. The pseudotype producers were rate- limiting. In the second experiment the helper plasmid was added or deleted in various transfection samples to determine if the reverse transcriptase of this nonpackageable plasmid was necessary. Results concluded that helper is needed for pseudotype formation. In the third experiment results confirmed that infection is specifically mediated by HTLV envelope protein when an antibody blocking exper¬ iment was performed. Data from these and other experiments that I performed was utilized in pro¬ ducing primary transfectants with the HTLV receptor gene. Nonhlanhla C. Majola, Loyola University— Biological characterization of S034 the major Bolivian Trypanosoma cruzi strain, in a mouse model. Trypanosoma cruzi, a protozoan parasite, exists in populations of “natural clones” that differ in their biological characteristics including tissue tropism and virulence. A histopathological study was per¬ formed using T. cruzi strain S034, a predominant clone found in Bolivia. We assessed histotropism and virulence of this strain in C3H mice by measuring levels of parasitemia and by analyzing the tissues for parasites and inflammatory responses following intraperitoneal injection of parasites. Either 103 (exp. 1) or 104 (exp. 2) parasites were injected and parasitemia monitored by daily tail bleeds. The pre-patent period was 22.8 (±0.5) days (exp. 1) and 22.4 (±7.7) days (exp. 2). Overall, we observed low levels of parasitemia: between 1-3 x 105 parasites/ml in exp. 1 and 2-5 x 104 parasites/ml for exp. 2. Six weeks following the injection, the mice were sacrificed and tissues prepared for histological examination. Amastigote nests were not observed in any of the tissues. There was evidence of a very mild inflammatory response in several tissues: 70% of livers, 60% of skeletal muscles, 50% of spleens, 40% of cardiac muscle and 30% of colons. The brain was normal in all of the mice. The inflammation was characterized by lymphocyte infiltration and the presence of macrophages, fibroblasts and fibro- cytes. From these results we conclude that S034 is a low virulence strain that presents a low parasitemia with a mild to no inflammatory response. Monique N. Guillot, Loyola University— Optimization of a polymerase chain reaction assay for Trypanosoma cruzi. PCR-based protocols for detection of T. cruzi in vector and patient samples were optimized. We modified the published PCR primers, based on a comparison with sequences in GenBank, to amplify the hypervariable region of the kinetoplast DNA (kDNA) of all known T. cruzi strains. In previous studies, we had optimized the PCR reaction for vector samples by adjusting the concentrations of nucleotides and MgCL, the pH and the annealing temperature. By optimizing the level of KC1 and changing the primers, we have now attained a sensitivity level of 10~4fg of parasite kDNA. In parallel studies, we have demonstrated that parasite kDNA can be preserved in the presence of blood in 0.2 M EDTA, thus facilitating collection in the field for later amplification. Through two different methods of processing the template, we have shown that PCR amplification of parasites in blood preserved in EDTA is feasible. The methods entail DNA isolation using QIAamp columns or buffer exchange using Microcon columns. By either method, we are able to amplify as few as 10 parasites in 200/d of blood. Laura P. Eddy, University of Mississippi— The relative effects of UV(A) and UV(B) at ambient intensities on a specific predator-prey relationship. This study focused on the relative effects of ultraviolet radiation (A) (320^100 nm in wavelength) and ultraviolet radiation (B) (280-320 nm in wavelength) on the trophic level interaction between Syne- chococcus and flagellated protozoa. The relative effects of UV(A) and UV(B) on marine microbial predator-prey dynamics is unknown, despite the fact that these interactions are an important link in BETA BETA BETA ABSTRACTS 209 the food web of the most extensive ecosystem on this planet. Feeding rates of protozoa on Synecho- coccus was measured separately in the presence of visible light, UV(A), and UV(B). Predation rates in the different treatments were then compared in order to determine the relative effects of each portion of the radiation spectrum on the feeding activity of the protozoa. The removal of UV(B) was found to have little effect on the predation rate while UV(A) was attributed with the decrease of the feeding activity of the protozoa. DISTRICT III Michael Jarod Doster, University of North Carolina at Charlotte — Effects of methoxychlor on mandibular linear asymmetry of CD-I mice. Methoxychlor (MXC) is a pesticide that has been shown, in vivo; to elicit estrogenic responses in the adult mouse uterus. In addition, this organochlorine DDT derivative has been shown to have anti¬ fertility effects. Previous studies have shown that MXC at high doses inhibits normal implantation via several different mechanisms including the inhibition of normal embryonic development. The present study was done to examine if MXC given to pregnant females on days 9,10,1 1 and 12 of pregnancy induces differences in the bilateral asymmetry (right minus left side differences) of mandible characters of their offspring. Three groups of mice were used. One group received a dose of methox¬ ychlor that induces implantation in less than 50% animals, 100 jig/gBW. The second group received 100 ng/g BW. The third, control group received vehicle, com oil. The pups were weighed individually on a weekly basis. On week 1 1 the mice were sacrificed and carcasses were placed with dermestid beetles. The cleaned mandibles were removed and separated and the right and left sides were measured individually. Computer based measurements were taken and the results analyzed for statistically significant differences between right and left mandibles. Heather M. Askew, University of North Carolina at Charlotte — Effects of calcium on metamorphosis in a primitive invertebrate. Motile larvae of Hydractinia symbiolongicarpus stimulated by certain exogenous agents contract, attach to the substrate by their anterior end, and then undergo transformation into a polyp. In nature the exogenous agent is a bacterial product, but certain ions, such as cesium, can substitute for the natural inducer. It has been shown previously that calcium is not required for receipt of the stimulus, but is required for a response. This study explores the phase of the response during which calcium is required. Metamorphosis can be divided into two stages: 1) the time from the initiation of induction until attachment to the substrate occurs (Stage 1 ), and 2) the time from attachment until formation of the polyp (Stage 2). It was found that planulae that had completed Stage 1 in normal sea water were able to form a polyp. The resulting polyps lack normal stolons and elongate along the substrate rather than at right angles to the substrate. Planulae induced in normal sea water, but removed to calcium-free sea water before completing Stage 1, invariably slough cells and die. Since uninduced planulae in calcium-free sea water maintain epithelial integrity, it appears that induction affects intercellular junctions. Amy M. Bruton, University of North Carolina at Charlotte — Production of nitric oxide by estrogens and anti-estrogens in the mouse uterus. Nitric Oxide (NO) is a free radical molecule that has only recently been demonstrated to be an intracellular messenger. The role of NO as a smooth muscle relaxant and vasodilator suggest its involvement in the implantation process. In addition, NO is produced by the mouse uterus in response to estrogen, the steroid hormone that induces implantation. The present study was done to determine if the production of NO is related to the ability of compounds to induce implantation. Delayed- implanting animals were treated with either estradiol- 1 7b (E2, 20 ng/mouse), estriol (E„ 100 ng mouse) or clomiphene citrate (CC, 10 ng/mouse). Uteri were isolated one hour after treatment and cultured for four hours. Media was assayed to determine the NO production per gram of uteri dry weight for each treatment. E3 and CC induced a NO production rate that was 74.5% and 61.5% respectively of 210 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 3, 1996 the production rate induced by E2. A greater amount of NO was produced by those compounds that induce implantation (E2 = 100% implantation; E3 = 88%) than CC which does not (38% implantation). This suggests that NO plays an important role in implantation of blastocysts in mouse uteri. Frank G. Brooks Award Winner Ripa J. Patel, University of North Carolina at Charlotte — Initiation of expression and cell specific localization of nitric oxide synthase in post-implantation mouse uterus. Nitric oxide (NO) is a gas that causes smooth muscle relaxation and increases capillary permeability. Previous studies indicate the presence of NO in the uterus during late gestation periods. The earliest stages of post-implantation pregnancy studied has been day 16 in the mouse. The purpose of this experiment was to determine if nitric oxide synthase (NOS) is present in post-implantation uteri on days 5, 7 and 1 1 and in what cell types it is produced. The presence of NOS is a good indicator of the presence of NO, because NOS is the enzyme that produces NO. Uterine tissue sections were stained for endothelial NOS (eNOS). Results indicate that NO is produced in longitudinal smooth muscle on days 5, 7 and 1 1 . Stromal cells located antimesometrially on day 5 also stain for NOS. NOS is located in decidual cells on day 7. Furthermore, day 1 1 shows NOS staining in various extraembronic mem¬ branes. Cardelia A. Love, Southern University A&M and Louisiana State University— The ovariectomized retired female breeder rat as a model for postmenopausal women. The purpose of this project was to confirm accuracy with the National Institute of Science and Technology bovine liver standard and compare the values between the two methods of drying before ashing the standard: 1 st = NIST procedures, 2nd method = Human Ecology Laboratory. It is important to have standardized procedures in laboratory analysis. Samples were blocked by treatment with each ashing. The NIST bovine liver standard was used. The ashing procedure, allowing the HUEC to develop a factor associating the two different drying techniques. The experimental procedure involved: 20 samples ashed, 5 treatments in a study, 4 samples per treatment with each ashing, 8 samples per treatments in a study, 4 samples per treatment with each ashing, 8 samples per treatment with 2 ashings. The drying procedures were the NIST method of 20-25 degrees Celsius, 0.2 mm Hg for 24 hours versus the HUEC method of 350 degrees Fahrenheit for 1 hour. This experiment is very important for the analytical procedure in the ovariectomized retired female breeder rat as a model for postmenopausal women. Further testing will be done on the legs, arms, heart, and kidneys of rats. Dorinda Connelly, Columbus College — Gopher tortoise, Gopherus polyphemus, relocation from disposal area 36 to a suitable habitat at George W. Andrews Lock and Dam, Early County, Georgia. In the fall of 1994 Gopher Tortoises, Gopherus polyphemus, were found at a proposed U.S. Army Corps of Engineers disposal site located on the east bank of the Chattahoochee River in Early County, Georgia. After determining the absence of the federally threatened indigo snake (Drymarchon corais souperi) the tortoises were to be relocated in the spring. The suitability of the relocation site, located one kilometer north of the disposal area, was confirmed with the presence of active burrows. The tortoises were pitfall trapped or excavated from their burrows and their carapace length, bridge height and width, plastron length, and weight were recorded. Tortoises were marked by drilling marginal scutes and released into one of two areas (one and two hectares) that had been controlled burned and were enclosed by silt fencing. After two to five months of confinement, pitfall traps were used to capture the relocated tortoises to evaluate their condition. A total of 23 tortoises, varying in age from neonate to adults 16 years or older, had been relocated and 1 1 were recaptured. These tortoises have increased in mean length during their confinement and appear in good health. Acknowledgment: This project was funded by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. Hans Eikaas and Torrey Knight, Columbus College — Thermoregulation in gopher tortoise (Gopherus polyphemus) in winter and summer. BETA BETA BETA ABSTRACTS 211 A study on the thermoregulation in a gopher tortoise (Gopherus polyphemus) population was conducted from 7-29-95 to 8-11-95 in Miller and Decatur counties using remote thermal telemetry. Thermal data collected during winter months was compared to data collected in this most recent study. The approach taken was one of a literature search and of field study, tracking the tortoises and comparing transmitted signals per minute with calibration curves. Data was collected for the tortoise temperature, burrow temperature, direct air temperature, and indirect air temperature. For the most part tortoise temperatures appear to be unaffected by outside temperatures in the winter months, though some exceptions were noted and reported in this study. In the summer study, tortoises found outside burrows feeding were observed to have higher temperatures than tortoises found in their burrows. Acknowl¬ edgment: Funding for this study was provided by the Georgia Department of Transportation. Sandra Dean-Abbott, Columbus College— A comparison of electrofishing versus seining as a means of sampling stream fish populations. Fish communities from five different streams in the piedmont region of west central Georgia were sampled between November 5, 1995 to January 2, 1996. Each stream was measured one-thousand feet down stream (using flag markers at one hundred foot intervals) and two hundred feet upstream of a bridge. In most instances, fishes were sampled by two means: A Smith-Root Type XIA Backpack Electrofisher and ten foot by four foot seine. Alternate one-hundred foot stretches were sampled with one of the two sampling methods, with the Electrofisher always being used upstream of the seine. Fish collections obtained with the electrofisher were compared with those collected with seine only, in terms of species richness (number of species), diversity (FT), and evenness (J'). Collections obtained with the Electrofisher were greater in terms of richness, diversity and evenness. Thus it appears that Electrofishing is a more satisfactory means of collecting fishes than is seining alone. R. Carson Stringfellow, Julie A. Ballenger, David R. Schwimmer, and George E. Stanton, Columbus College— A preliminary survey of the “freshwater mussel” unionid bivalve community at Harding Reservoir, Harris County, Georgia. A preliminary survey of the freshwater mussel community at Harding reservoir was began in the fall of 1995 and is presently ongoing. The study is being conducted as part of the Environmental Science Program at Columbus College. Harding reservoir is an impoundment located on the Chattahoochee River and is north of Columbus, GA., it is bordered on the west by Lee County, AL., and on the east by Harris County, GA. The purpose of this study is to determine species diversity and distribution patterns in the benthic environment. The results of the survey data will be presented at a later date. Various methods are being employed in attempting to collect unionids, which include (1) searching along the shore and in the water for empty shells, (2) locating muskrat middens, (3) visually locating living unionids in clear shallow or lightly stained water, and (4) using a rake to dislodge the unionids from the fine gravel and sand substrate. The specimens will be identified, sorted by species, assigned individual catalog numbers recorded on the inside of each valve with India ink, and added to the collection at Columbus College. Leslie M. Sweet, Rebecca Champion, and William Birkhead, Columbus College — Turtle populations at the Oxbow Meadows Environmental Park in Columbus, GA. The Oxbow Meadows Environmental Park in Columbus, Georgia, is a multipurpose environmental center located in south Columbus on the Chattahoochee River. Prior activity at the site includes American Indian settlements, a landfill that was closed in the 1960's, and clay mining. In 1994. Columbus College biology students initiated a study of turtle populations within the complex. The initial project was instigated by the impending capping of the old Columbus landfill. The capping necessitated the filling of a small pond. During 1994, the turtles in the threatened pond were trapped, marked, and relocated to the Chattahoochee River. Data recorded included gender, species, and size. The study then expanded to six other ponds. Gender, carapace and plastron lengths, visual anomalies injuries, and weight were recorded. Also, movements of marked turtles was logged. Data front 3 of these ponds will be recorded. The following species were trapped and marked: 1) 729 Trachemys scripta (pond slider); 2) 37 Chrysemys picta (painted turtle); 3) 28 Stenotherus odoratus (musk turtle). 4) 6 Kinosternon subrubrum (mud turtle); 5) 10 Apalone spinifera (spiny soft shell); 6) S Chelydia 212 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 43, NO. 3, 1996 serpentina (snapping turtle); and 7) 2 Pseudemys floridana (river cooter). Discussion covers gender ratios, species population ratios, and noted movement between ponds. Katherine A. Crawford, Julie A. Ballenger, and William S. Birkhead, Columbus College— A survey of small mammals at Oxbow Meadows, Columbus, Georgia. A survey of small mammals was conducted between November and January at Oxbow Meadows Environmental Park in Columbus, Georgia. This area has been mined for gravel and a portion was subsequently used as an old city landfill. The survey was conducted by live trapping with baited Sherman folding traps. The traps were set in a variety of habitats in order to correlate mammal species with habitats. Of the species trapped, Peromyscus leucopus, Peromyscus gossypinus, and Sigmodon hispidus, were the most abundant. Other species recorded were M us musculus, Reithrodontomys humulis, and Orozomys palustris. Other information recorded included the sex, age, life history stage, their breeding, or any unusual body pigmentation or body injury. Environmental measurements included the phases of the moon and the ambient temperature. Peromyscus gossypinus was abundant throughout the area. Peromyscus leucopus was commonly trapped in a lowland hardwood forest heavily populated with sycamore trees and water oaks. Sigmodon hispidus inhabited areas with tall grasses and invading shrubs. On the other hand, Orozomys palustris was restricted to marshy areas. Torrey Knight, Columbus College— Burrow distribution and status for a population of gopher tortoises, Gopherus polyphemus, located on a powerline right-of-way in Decatur County, Georgia before and after the introduction of relocated tortoises. The gopher tortoise, Gopherus polyphemus, is listed as a threatened species by the state of Georgia. Although controversial, the relocation of tortoises from habitats slated for development has been conducted for some time in Florida but, until recently, relocation has not been widely used in Georgia. However, in 1 994, we participated in a tortoise relocation effort carried out by the Georgia Department of Transportation. Gopher tortoises were relocated from a highway right-of-way between Colquitt and Bainbridge, Georgia, to a powerline right-of-way that transected a thousand-acre quail preserve nearby. Immediately prior to relocation the above site was surveyed to determine the distribution and activity status of indigenous tortoise burrows. At that time, twenty-five burrows were identified: six active, eleven inactive, and eight abandoned. The property was resurveyed in May and early June 1995, to assess any changes in distribution and/or status of these burrows following the relocation of tortoises. Besides locating twenty-one of the twenty-five original burrows, nine new burrows were identified. Additionally, seven of the sixteen starter burrows constructed within temporary holding pens for translocated tortoises were occupied. Acknowledgment: This project was funded by the Georgia De¬ partment of Transportation. Kathryn Karen Wallwork, East Tennessee State University— Comparison of growth rates between antibiotic resistant and antibiotic sensitive isolates of Moraxella catharralis. In response to clinical use of antibiotics, many bacterial species have acquired antibiotic resistance genes. Presumably, cells that can detoxify an antibiotic must expend more resources thus incurring a fitness reduction in the absence of antibiotic. The hypothesis that antibiotic resistant strains should show lower growth rates (a measure of fitness) compared to antibiotic sensitive strains was tested by comparing growth rates of resistant and nonresistant isolates of Moraxella catharralis grown under identical conditions. Twelve randomly selected isolates each of Cefamandole resistant and nonresistant M. catharralis were obtained from a collection at Mountain Home VA Hospital. Colonies grown from single cells were used to inoculate three liquid media cultures for each isolate. Samples were taken through five, twenty-four hour passages by transferring one microliter of inoculum per passage into five milliliters of fresh media. To estimate growth rates, cell counts were made on days two and five using one hundred milliliters of culture media in ten-fold dilutions spread on solid agar plates. The average number of cells per milliliter of media varied widely between isolates. Growth rate does not appear to be correlated with resistance in M. catharralis. FROM THE ARCHIVES FROM THE ARCHIVES ASB Secretaries and Treasurers, 1937- 1995 Secretary-T reasurers 1937- 38 1938- 42 1942-46 James T. Penney 1947-48 Samuel L. Meyer D C. Broughton 1948-49 Elon E. Byrd Martin D. Young 1949-51 Alvin V. Beatty Secretaries 1951-55 Mary Esther Gaulden 1973-76 James C. McDonald 1955-57 J.C. Dickinson 1976-79 Jerry M. Baskin 1957-61 Harold J. Humm 1979-82 Carol C. Baskin 1961-64 Harry J. Bennett 1982-85 Rebecca R. Sharitz 1964-67 Margaret Y. Menzel 1985-88 Sandra T. Bowden 1967-69 Dorothy L. Crandall 1988-91 C. Ross Hinkle 1969-70 Dorothy Crandall Bliss 1991-94 Nancy C. Coile 1970-73 Margaret Gilbert 1994- Beverly Collins Treasurers 1951-56 J. Paul Reynolds 1972-77 Ray O. Flagg 1956-59 A.W. Jones 1977-83 J.C. O'Kelley 1959-62 Elsie Quartern! an 1984-89 Robert L. Beckmann 1962-65 Iceland Shanor 1989-92 Patricia Parr 1965-68 John Carpenter 1992- James Hull 1968-72 David J. Cotter Editors, ASB Bulletin 1954-1995 1954-58 Volumes 1-5 Victor A. Greulach 1959-60 Voluumes 6-7 Geoffrey M. Jeffery 1961-72 Vol. 8, No. 1 - Vol. 19, No. 2 C. Willard Hart, Jr. 1972-77 Vol. 19, No. 3 - Vol. 24, No. 2 Margaret Y. Menzel 1977-80 Vol. 24, No. 3 - Vol. 27, No. 2 Gary E. Dillard 1980-86 Vol. 27, No. 3 - Vol 33, No. 2 James W. Hardin 1980-95 Vol. 33, No. 3 - Vol 42, No. 2 Frank Schwartz 1995- Vol. 42, No. 3 - Kenneth Shull, Jr. 213 ASR Bulletin. VOL. 43, NO. 3, 1996 FROM THE ASR Bulletin 3(2), JUNE, 1956: Proceedings of the Durham Meeting: "The seventeenth Annual Meeting of the Association of Southeastern Biologists was held at Duke University in Durham, North Carolina, April 19-21, 1956. . . . There were 229 registrants. On Friday. April 20, 47 papers were presented In 6 sessions ( ed . note : there was only the one day of presentation of papers. J.K.S.). . . . Voted to membership were 39 biologists making the total membership of A SB 594. . . . There was discussion of liability insurance for the A SB to cover injuries to registered members attending the annual meetings. It was estimated that $15.00 to $20.00 would provide adequate liability coverage." Officers elected were: President elect - Howard K. Wallace, University of Florida; Vice President - Paul M. Patterson, Hollins College; Treasurer - A.W. Jones, University of Tennessee; Executive Committee - Walter Flory, University of Virginia and I.C. Kitchin, University of Mississippi. Recipient of the Meritorious Teaching Award was H.L. Blomquist of Duke University. The award was $100. Winner of the ASB research prize was A. A. Humphries of Emory University for his paper: "A Study of Meiosis in Coelomic and Oviductual Oocytes of Triturus vtndesrens. with Particular Emphasis on the Origin of Spontaneous Polyploidy and Effects of Heat Shock on the First Meiotic Division." The award was $100. . . . The treasurer's (J. Paul Reynolds) report listed $3,037.50 in receipts and $1,144.90 in total expenses for the year. News of Biology in the Southeast: "Royal E. Shanks, professor of botany at the University of Tennessee and graduate students John Koranda and Edward Clebsch will study the vegetation of the Arctic coastal plains of Alaska during the summer of 1956." JOB ANNOUNCEMENT The Department of Biological Sciences at East Tennessee State University is seeking a qualified botanist to teach an Algae and Fungi course and a Bryophytes, Ferns and Seed Plants course during the Spring 1997 semester. Ph.D. preferred. Master's required in a relevant field. Send curriculum vitae, letter of application, names and phone numbers of two references by August 23, 1996. For more information, please contact: Dr. Dan Johnson, Chair, Department of Biological Sciences, Box 70703, East Tennessee State University, Johnson City, TN 37614-0703; phone: (423) 439-4329; Fax: (423) 439-5958; email, johnsodm@access.etsu-tn.edu. East Tennessee State University is fully in accord with the belief that educational and employment opportunities should be available to all eligible persons without regard to age, sex, color, race, religion, national origin, or disability. 214 ASB MEMBERSHIP DUES STRUCTURE Please complete the information below, enclose check or money order payable to Association of Southeastern Biologists, and mail to James C. Hull, Department of Biological Sciences, Towson St. Univ., Towson, MD 21204-7097. The mailing label shows the year through which you are paid — for example, if the date is 1996, you need to pay for 1997 and 1998. Please contact Jim Hull if there is an error (410-830- 4117; E-mail E7B2HUL@TOE.TOWSON.EDU). Thank you for your support. Name Address City _ State _ Country _ Zip Code _ - _ Telephone { _ ) _ FAX ( ) _ EMAIL _ _ Regular — $20; or Regular for 3 years — $50 _ Family — $25 _ Student - $10 _ Emeritus -- $10 _ Contributing — $50 _ Sustaining — $100 _ Patron — $500 _ Library — $30; or Library for 3 years — $85 _ Enrichment Fund Contribution (we have a $2,000 challenge grant for the current year) _ Total Enclosed: Paid for 1997 .; 1998 _ ; 1997-98 The ASB bulletin AM. MUS. NAT. HIST. LIBRARY Received on: 09-16-96 59.06 V \ In This Issue The ASB Bulletin Volume 43, Number 3, July 1996 President's Corner . Unusually Large Pinflsh, Lagodon rhomboides (Pices: Sparidae) Caught in North Carolina Waters. Frank Schwartz . Reauthorization of the Endangered Species Act . New Constitution And By-laws Approved . I Association Affairs . I Call for Papers, Important Deadlines and Announcements . i Research Opportunities . i Reviews . 1 News . 1 Beta Beta Beta Papers . 1 From the Archives . I Cover photo - Jody Matlock, Appalachian State University, Boone, NC The ASB BULLETIN Volume 43, Number 4 October 1996 LAST CALL FOR PAPERS -DEADLINE: November 15 Rat intestine, approximately 9,800 x magnification showing microvilli and large Kupfer cell The Official Quarterly Publication of The Association of Southeastern Biologists ASB Bulletin (ISSN 0001-2386) The ASB Bulletin (1SSN-000 1-2386) is published quarterly in January, April, July, and October by the Association of Southeastern Biologists, Department of Biology, Appalachian State University, Boone, NC 28608. Periodicals postage paid at Greenville, NC and additional office. Postmaster: send address changes to the business manager, Gerhard Kahnus, Dept, of Biol, East Carolina Univexsity, Greenville, NC 28785. All contributions should be sent to the Editor. News items should be sent to the News Editor. Inquiries about missing numbers and other matters should be addressed to the Editor, Dept, of Biology, Appalachian St. Univ., Boone, NC 28608. Printed by Allen Press, 1041 New Hampshire St., Lawrence, KS 66044. Editor: Ken Shull, Dept, of Biol., Appalachian State University, Boone, NC 28608 (704)262-2675; FAX (704)262- 2127; shulljk@appstate.edu Associate Editor: Beverly Collins, Savannah Riv. Ecol. Lab., Aiken, SC 29802 (803)725-2472 Business Manager: Gerhard Kahnus, Dept, of Biol, East Carolina University, Greenville, NC 28785, (919)328-6306 News Editor: Jon Foitman, Div. of Sri. and Math., Mississippi University for Women, Columbus, MS 39701 (601)329-7379; FAX (601 )329-7238; jfortmarr@sutunuwl.rnuw.edu Book Review Editor: Frank Schwartz, hist, of Marine Sri. 3431 Arendell St., Univ. of North Carolina, Morehead City, NC 28557 (919)726-6841 OFFICERS OF THE ASSOCIATION OF SOUTHEASTERN BIOLOGISTS President: James S. Fralish, Dept, of Forestry, So. Illinois Univ., Carbondale, IL 62901; (618)453-7466 fralish@siu.edu President-elect: J. Whitfield Gibbons, Savannah Riv. Ecol. Lab., Drawer E, Aiken, SC 29802; (803)725-3533 gibbons@srel.edu Vice-President: Eloise Carter, Dept. Biol. Oxford College, Oxford, GA 30267; (770)784-8343 ecarter@emory.edu Past President: James W. Ross, Cumberland College, Williamsburg, KY 40769, (606)549-2200; jross® cc.curnber.edu Secretary: Beverly Collins, Savannah Riv. Ecol. Lab., Aiken, SC 29802, (803)725-2472 collins@srel.edu Treasurer: Gerhard Kalmus, Dept, of Biol, East Carolina University, Greenville, NC 28785, (919)328-6306; bika lmuu s @ ecuvtn .cis .ecu .edu Archivist: Donald J. Shure, Dept, of Biol., Emory University, Atlanta, GA 30322 (404)727-4209. Executive Committee Mernbers-at- Large: 1997: Mary U. Connell, Appalachian St. Univ. Boone, NC 28608 (704)262-2671 connellmu@appstate.edu James F. Matthews, Univ. No. Car. at Charlotte, Charlotte, NC 28223 (704)547-4061 jrnatthws@unccvm.uncc.edu 1998: Phil Robertson, So. Ill. Univ., Carbondale, IL, 62901 (618)453-3236 probertson@plant.siu.edu Bob Haynes, Univ. of Alabama, Tuscaloosa, AL 35487 (205)348-1826 rhayrres@biology.as.ua.edu 1999: Douglas A. Raytrer, Dept. Biol., Wofford College, Spartanburg, SC 29301 (864)597-4624 raynerda@wofford.edu Dwayne Wise, Dept, of Biol. Mississippi State University, Drawer GY, Mississippi State, MS 39762-5759; (601)325-7579. dawl@ra.rnsstate.edu. The purpose of this Association shall be to promote the advancement of Biology as a science by encouraging research, the imparting of knowledge, the application of knowledge to the solution of biological problems, and the preservation of biological resources. The ASB has representation in Section G Committee of the AAAS. Varying types of membership are available to individuals and institutions. Members receive the Bulletin. Time and Place of Future Meetings 1997 April 16-19 Furman University, Greenville, SC 1998 April Northeast Louisiana University, Monroe, LA 1999 April University of North Carolina at Wilmington, Wilmington, NC Patron Members Associated Microscopes, Inc. Burlington, NC Breedlove, Dennis and Associates, Inc. Orlando, FL W. C. Brown Publ. Co., Dubuque, IA Carolina Biological Supply Co., Burlington, NC Lockheed Martin Energy Research Corporation, Oak Ridge, TN Martin Microscope Co., Easley, SC Saunders College Publishing Co., Philadelphia, PA ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS CALL FOR PAPERS THE 57th ANNUAL MEETING HOST: FURMAN UNIVERSITY MEETING SITE: GREENVILLE, SC DATE: 16-19 APRIL 1997 Please note the following deadlines which are to be met before our 58th Annual Meeting hosted by Furman University. 15 November Titles and abstracts of papers and posters (use blue abstract form). This will be the only call for papers. They must reach the program chairman by this date. 15 November Nominations for ASB officers and executive committee. 15 November - 1 February Submissions for research awards. 1 February Application for student travel awards. Anytime Membership application (see the inside back cover of this issue of the ASB Bulletin). Please encourage your graduate students, colleagues on the faculty, and your institutional librarian to join. Notice: New Poster Award ASB and the Local Committee wish to encourage greater use of posters as an effective means of presentation. All posters will automatically be entered in a judging for a new $200 prize. Please consider whether your presentation could be given in the form of a poster. Guidelines for size limitations will be given in the January ASB Bulletin. 215 ASB Bulletin, VOL. 43, NO. 4, 1996 1997 ASB Meeting CALL FOR PAPERS & POSTERS FOR 1997 MEETING DEADLINE: 15 November 1996 Individuals presenting papers or posters are expected to be members of ASB! This form, along with the original (blue) and one photocopy of the abstract should be addressed to the Program Chairman, Dr. Joe Pollard, Department of Biology, Furman University, 3300 Poinsett Highway, Greenville, SC 29613. Forms must be received no later titan 15 November 1996 for the title to appear on the program and the abstract to be published in the April 1997 ASB Bulletin. In the event of a last-minute absence, notify Dr. Pollard at the above address or by phone, 864-294-3244, fax, 864-294-2058, or email, pollard@furman.edu. Information on the meeting and the sessions schedules will be available via the Internet, http://www.furman.edu/~pollard/ASB/. Please type or print carefully. Provide the phone/fax numbers and email address for the primary author only. 1. Author(s): 2. Institution(s): 3. Phone: Fax: ( ) ( ) 4. E-mail: 5. Title (omit higher taxa-see No. 6 below): 6. Check: Q Paper or □ Poster See notice on previous page in January ASB Bulletin. 7. PROJECTION EQUIPMENT: □ 35 mm slides, □ Overhead □ Other (specify): _ TIME LIMIT for presentations and questions is 15 minutes. Plan on speaking for 10-12 minutes to leave time for questions. 216 ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS 8. Recommended Section: Check appropriate section(s) to which your paper/poster should be assigned. If you check more titan one, rank sections as to your preference (with "1” being First preferred). Indicate Higher Taxon to help program committee in arranging papers (omit these from the title unless necessary). Paper sections will be established based on needs. Posters will be grouped by subject area. _ Animal ecology _ Animal physiology _ Aquatic/wetland ecology _ Cell/Molecular biology _ Cryptogam ic botany _ Cytology/Genetics _ Developmental biology _ Evolution _ Ichthyology/Herpetology _ Invertebrate zoology _ Microbiology _ Parasitology _ Plant ecology _ Plant physiology _ Plant systematics _ Teaching biology Other topic/higher taxon: 9. Abstract: Since abstracts will be reproduced in die April ASB Bulletin by photo-offset, it is critical that abstracts be typed carefully in the box on the blue form, following die directions in detail. Please use Times Roman 12 point font. Do not use a dot matrix printer. Additional copies of die form may be obtained from die Editor: Dr. J. K. Shull, email: sliulljk@appstate.edu; phone: 704-262-2675; fax: 704-262-2127. Please follow the directions on how to present your abstract, otherwise your abstract may not be included in the ASB Bulletin. 10. NOTE: If you wish to be notified of the day and time of your presentation, please include a self-addressed, stamped post card widi tiiis Title Sheet. Indicate title, your name, and leave a blank for day and time. Alternatively, you can be notified by email if you include your email address in section 4. The presentation schedule will also lie available on die World-Wide Web at http://www.furman.edu/~pollard/ASB/. Please select one of these choices: □ Inform me by email. □ Inform me by post. □ I don't need to be informed. 11. Awards: If you intend to submit an abstract and manuscript, please select from die following categories (see January ASB Bulletin for instructions). All posters will automatically be considered for the Poster Award ($200). Q ASB Student Research Award ($500) Q ASB Faculty Research Award ($500) Q Odum Award ($250) O Aquatic Biology Student Award ($100) Q NC Botanical Garden Award ($100) 12. Reprints of abstracts are not available. You may duplicate die printed abstracts from the ASB Bulletin. 13. Important: In case of error in your name or title when printed or questions about your presentation, please notify die Program Chair, Dr. Joe Pollard, as soon as possible - not the moderator of your paper session. 217 ASB Bulletin, VOL. 43, NO. 4, 19% [Nomination for Asb Officers and Executive Committee Positions DEADLINE: 1 NOVEMBER. 1996 To members of the Nominating Committee: I wish to suggest that you consider the following ASB member(s) in selecting nominees for officers and executive committee positions. (Please include the institutional address of each nominee.) PRESIDENT-ELECT VICE-PRESIDENT SECRETARY EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE (two will be elected for three-year terms.) MAIL To: Dr. Mike Baranski, Catawba College, Salisbury, NC 28144, (704)637-4442, mbaransk@catawba.edu NAME & ADDRESS OF NOMINATOR 218 ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS "Travel" Support Awards for Graduate Student Members of ASB DEADLINE: 1 FEBRUARY 1997 Limited funds are available to partially defray the expenses of graduate students attending the Annual Meeting. The awards are for lodging and meals only. Departments are urged to provide transportation for their graduate students. Recipients mast be members of ASB. The guidelines for application are as follows: (a) The recipient is a current member of ASB. (b) The recipient must be presenting a paper or poster at the Annual Meeting and must include a copy of the abstract of the paper or poster to be presented. (c) The recipient must be currently enrolled as a graduate student in the department where he/she conducted this research. (d) Give a conservative, itemized estimate of meeting expenses including transportation. Student travel awards are granted on a competitive basis. Applicants must document expected expenses and list other sources of financial support for this meeting, including institutional aid, shared lodging and shared transportation. (e) In a paragraph, give a brief history of your education to date; indicate how many years you have been in graduate school and the expected date of completion of work for the degree, your major field of study and research, publications including those in press and in preparation, degree sought, name of major professor and any other pertinent details. (0 Give your source(s) of support while in graduate school; e.g. NSF, NIH, USDA, Teaching Asst., Research Asst., etc. (g) Include a letter of recommendation for an ASB support award from your faculty research advisor. This letter should comment on the work being presented and indicate the financial need of the student presenter. It should also indicate whether any departmental or other funding is available to the student. (h) Send application, with supporting letter, all in triplicate, to: George R. Cline, Biol. Dept., Jacksonville State University, Jacksonville, AL 36265, (205)782- 5798. (i) Applicants will be notified of the decision of the Committee as soon as is practical. Recipients of the award will receive their checks at the meeting. 219 ASB Bulletin , VOL. 43, NO. 4, 1996 ASB Meritorious Teaching Award Each year the Association of Southeastern Biologists recognizes one of its members for especially meritorious teaching. This award of $1,000 is sponsored by Carolina Biological Supply Company, Burlington, North Carolina. The recipient is announced at the Annual Banquet and in the July ASH Bulletin. The recipient must be a member of ASB who is active or recently retired and who has taught biology in a southeastern institution for at least ten years, and must not have administrative duties beyond the departmental level. Evidence of meritorious teaching includes, but is not restricted to, awards received for outstanding teaching at the recipient's home institution, special assignments given by his/her institution concerning teaching, die number and quality of students for whom she or he provided the primary inspiration to continue in biology, especially those who later earned advanced degrees. A list of previous winners was published on page 244 of the October, 1995 issue of the ASB Bulletin (42:4.) Members are urged to nominate outstanding teachers for this award, using the following form, and include supporting documentation (biographical sketch or c.v. supporting letters, photograph of candidate, etc.) One nominator should collect all nominations and send them, along with other required information and die following form to: Dr. Diane Nelson, Chair Meritorious Awards Committee Department of Biology, East Tennessee State University Johnson City, TN 37614-0703 NOMINATION - ASB MERITORIOUS TEACHING AWARD, 1997 NAME: ADDRESS: TEACHING INTERESTS: NOMINATOR NAME/ADDRESS: Supporting documentation: letter of nomination (enclosed, in triplicate) supporting letters curriculum vitae additional information Gist) 220 ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS Research Awards ASB Student Research Award ($500) and ASB Senior Research Award ($500) Given for an especially meritorious manuscript presented orally by die audior(s) at the Annual Meeting. In order to qualify for presenting die paper, the author(s) must submit an abstract by the November deadline. Papers submitted for die competition must be received in triplicate and in their entirety by the January deadline and must be journal-ready manuscripts worthy of publication. The student award is given to the senior author if she/he is a graduate or undergraduate student at the time of presentation. Papers may be in press, but not published prior to die previous annual meeting. Committee chairs: Senior Lawrence S. Barden, Department of Biology, University of North Carolina at Charlotte, Charlotte, NC 28223, (704)547-4059. Student Terry Richardson, Department of Biology, UNA Box 5212, University of North Alabama, Florence, AL 35632-0001 , (205)760-4429 Eugene P. Odum Award ($250) Given by the Southeastern Chapter of the Ecological Society of America, for die best ecological paper presented by a student. Undergraduate and graduate students are eligible and the student must be the sole or senior author. The paper must deal with a clearly ecological topic and should be presented in any of the following sessions: Aquatic Ecology, Plant Ecology, or Animal Ecology. One copy of the title and abstract should be sent to the Program Chair by November 15, and a second copy to Dr. John M. Aho, Department of Biology, Auburn University at Montgomery, Montgomery, AL 36117, (darmioor@tango.aum.edu), phone(334)244-3787, FAX (334)244-3826. ASB Student Research Award in Aquatic Biology ($100) Sponsored by WILDCO, die purpose of the award is to encourage excellence in research in aquatic biology by undergraduate and graduate students. Students who are members of ASB and whose research is sponsored by a faculty member or biology professional who is also an ASB member are eligible. The paper must be based on research designed and completed by the student and the paper must be presented orally by the student as senior author in a regular paper session at die annual meeting. The manuscript must conform to the style and general content of peer-reviewed journals in the area of aquatic biology. It is intended diat aquatic biology lx* broadly interpreted; for example, the research could involve an entomological project or an aquatic insect. 221 ASB Bulletin , VOL. 43, NO. 4, 1996 All students entering a paper to be considered for the award should send an abstract to the program chair by November 15, 1995 and a manuscript, in triplicate, to Dr. Terry Richardson, Department of Biology, UNA Box 5212, University of North Alabama, Florence, AL 35632-0001, (205)760-4429 by January 15, 1997. The North Carolina Botanical Garden Award ($100) Given by NCBG (through the Southeastern Section of the Botanical Society of America and the Southern Appalachian Botanical Society.) This is awarded for a paper presented at the annual ASB meetings that best advances our understanding of the biology and conservation of the southeastern plants and thus contributes to the mission of the North Carolina Botanical Garden. Of special interest to the Garden are the rare plant species of the Southeast: why they are rare; how they interact with plants, animals, and their environment; and what can be done to ensure their survival. The paper may deal with a broad area including systematics, ecology and conservation. All individuals who are eligible to present at the ASB meetings are eligible for this award. They may be students, faculty or others. Awards Committee Chair: Dr. Peter White, Department of Biology, CB3280, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, NC 27599. Southeastern Division of the American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists Outstanding Student Paper Awards Ichthyology Paper ($100); Herpetology Paper ($100) These awards are given for the outstanding papers in the disciplines of ichthyology and herpetology presented by student members of the Southeastern Division of the American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists (SEASIH.) Both undergraduate and graduate students are eligible, provided they are sole or senior author and the paper clearly deals with a topic concerning ichthyology or herpetology. To be considered submit title and abstract to the ASB Program Chair by 15 November, 1996. A second copy should be sent by the same date to the SEASIH President: Dr. Floyd Scott, Department of Biology, Austin Peay State University, Clarksville, TN 37044. Winners will be announced at die ASB banquet. NOTE: A limited number of "travel" grants ($50 each) are available to selected student members of SEASIH who will be presenting papers or posters in ichthyology or herpetology at the annual ASB meeting. Students seeking travel awards should provide a brief justification for their request by 1 February 1997 to Dr. Floyd Scott at the address above. 222 ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS 1996-1997 ASB COMMITTEES AAAS Representative (Section G) - James W. Ross, Biol. Dept., 7196 College Station Dr., Cumberland College, Williamsburg, KY 40769-1382 (606)549-2200. AIDS Representative - Geraldine Twitty, Biol. Dept., Howard University, Washington, DC 20059 (202)806-6953, FAX(202)80^4564. Auditing Committee - Chair: Daniel Wubah, Biol. Dept., Towson State University, Towson, MD. 21204-7097 (410)830-3123; Luz P. Mangurian, Biol. Dept., Towson State University , Towson, MD. 21204-7097 (410)830-3125; Vincent Beilis, Jr., Biol. Dept. East Carolina University, Greenville, SC, 28785, (919)757-6296, blbellis @ ecuvm .cis.ecu.edu. Committee on Women, Minorities and the Disabled - Chair: Bonnie A. Kelley, Dept, of Biol., Pembroke State University, Pembroke, NC 28372, (910)52 1-6000; Heather Owen, Dept, of Biol., Western Kentucky University, #1 Big Red Way, Bowling Green, KY 42101, (502)745-6501; Patricia D. Parr, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, PO Box 2008, Oak Ridge, TN 37831-6034. Conservation Committee - Chair: Alvin L. Braswell, NC State Museum of Natural Science, PO Box 27647, Raleigh, NC 27611 (919)733-7451; David D. Taylor, USDA Forest Service, 1835 Big Hill Rd., Berea, KY 40403, (606)986-8434; E. Wayne Chester, Dept, of Biol. Austin Peay State University, Clarksville, TN 37044, (615)648-7781, chestere@apsu02.apsu.edu. Committee on Poster Awards (ad hoc). Chair: Robert R. Haynes, Dept, of Biol. Sci., University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa, AL 35487-0344, (205)348-1826, rhaynes@ biology. as.ua .ed; David R. Whetstone, Biol. Dept., Jacksonville State University, Jacksonville, AL. 36265, (205)782-5215; Michael E. Held, Dept, of Biol., Saint Peters College, Jersey City, NJ 07306, (201)915-9187. Education Committee - Co-chair: W. Dean Cocking, Biol. Dept., James Madison University, Harrisonburg, VA 22807, (703)568-6566; Co-chair: George Middendorf III, Biol. Dept., Howard University, Washington, DC 20059, (202)806-7289; Beverly A. Knauper, Biol. Dept., Raymond Walters College, University of Cincinnati, 9555 Plainfield Rd., Cincinnati, OH 45236, (513)745- 5608; Edward D. Mills, Wingate College, Box 2508, Dept, of Biol., Wingate, NC 28174, (704)233-8239; Rich Kopp, Dept. Biol. Sci. Georgetown College, Georgetown, KY 40324-1696, (502)836-8087; Francis Kennedy, Dept, of Biol., Agnes Scott College, Decatur, GA 30030, (404)371-6367. Finance Committee - Chair: Gerhard Kalmus, Dept. Biol., East Carolina University, Greenville, NC 28785, (919)328-6306; James W. Ross, Biol. Dept., 7196 College Station Dr., Cumberland College, Williamsburg, KY 40769-1382 (606)549-2200; J. Whitfield Gibbons, Savannah Riv. Ecol. Lab., Drawer E, Aiken, SC 29802, (803)725-3533 gibbons@srel.edu; James Hull, Dept. Biol., Towson St. Univ., Towson, MD 21204-7097, (410)830-4117, e7b2hul @toc. towson.edu. 223 ASH Bulletin , VOL. 43, NO. 4, 19% Graduate Student Support Award Committee - Chair: George R. Cline, Biol. Dept., Jacksonville State University, Jacksonville, AL 36265, (205)782-5798; Conley K. McMullen, Dept. Biol, and Cliem., West Liberty State College, West Liberty, WV 26074, (304)336-8070. Gary Walker, Dept. Biol. Appalachian State University, Boone, NC 28608, (704)262-2672. Ixical Arrangements and Program Committee for 1996 - (All in the Department of Biology, Furman University, Greenville, SC 29613.) Chair: Lewis Stratton (864)284-2084; Program Chair: Joe Pollard (864)294-3244, joepollard@funnan.edu; Exhibits Cliair: John Snyder; Social Chair: Irene Kokkala; Field Trips Chair: Wade Worthen; Parking and Transportation Cliair: Bill Blaker. Meritorious Teaching Award Committee - Chair: Diane R. Nelson, Box 70703, Dept, of Biol. Sci., East Tennessee State University, Johnson City, TN 37614- 0703, (615)929-4376; Ken W. McLeod, Savannah River Ecology Lab, P.O. Drawer E, Aiken, SC 29802, (803)725-2472; Robert F. McGuire, Biol. Dept., University of Montevallo, Station 6463, Montevallo, AL 35115, (205)665-6463. Nominating Committee for 19% - Chair: Michael Baranski, Biol. Dept., Catawba College, Salisbury, NC 28144; Edward E. C. Clebsch, Dept, of Botany, University of Tennessee, Knoxville, TN 37996 (615)974-6209; Ken Marion, Biol. Dept., University of Alabama at Birmingham, Birmingham, AL 35294, (205)934-3582. Past-Presidents' Council - Chair: James W. Ross, Biol. Dept., 7196 College Station Dr., Cumberland College, Williamsburg, KY 40769-1382 (606)549-2200. Place of Meeting Committee - Chair: Jeffrey A. Butts, Dept, of Biol., Appalachian State University, Bennie, NC 28608, (704)262-2674; B. Eugene Wofford, Botany Dept., University of Tennessee, Knoxville, TN 37996, (615)974-6212; James B. Claiborne, Dept, of Biol., Georgia Southern University, Statesboro, GA 30460-8042. Publications Committee - Chair: James F. Matthews, Dept, of Biol., University of North Carolina-Charlotte, Charlotte, NC, 28223, (704)547-4061, jmathews@unccum.uncc.edu; Philip A. Robertson, Dept, of Plant Biol., Southern Illinois University, Carbondale, IL 62901, (618)536-2331; Ken Shull, Jr., (ex officio) Dept, of Biol., Appalachian State University, Boone, NC 28608, (704)262- 2675; Gerhard Kalmus, (ex officio) Dept. Biol., East Carolina University, Greenville, NC 28785, (919)328-6306; Douglas R. Rayner, Dept, of Biol., Wofford College, Spartanburg, SC 29301, (864)597-4624. Research Awards Committee-Faculty - Chair: Lawrence S. Barden, Dept, of Biol., University of North Carolina-Charlotte, Charlotte, NC 28223, (704)547-4059; Tom J. Timmons, Dept, of Biol. Sci., Murray State University, Murray, KY 42071, (502)762-6185; Dwayne A. Wise, Dept, of Biol. Sci., Mississippi State University, Mississippi State, MS 39762, (601)325-7579, dawl@ra.msstate.edu. Research Awards Committee-Student - Cliair: Terry D. Richardson, Dept, of Biol., UNA Box 5212, University of North Alabama, Florence, AL 35632-0001, (205)760-4429; Jeri W. Higginbotham, Biol. Dept., Jacksonville State University, 224 . REVIEWS Jacksonville, AL 36265-9882, (205)782-5638; Paul A. Schmalzer, The Bionetics Corp., Mail Code Bio-2, Kennedy Space Center, FL 32899, (407)853-3281, paulschmalzer- 1 @ ksc.nasa.gov. Resolutions Committee - Chair: James W. Ross, Biol. Dept., 7196 College Station Dr., Cumberland College, Williamsburg, KY 40769- 1382; Mary U. Connell, Dept, of Biol., Appalachian State University, Boone, NC 28608, (704)262-2671, comiellmu@appstate.edu; Joe Pollard, Dept, of Biol., Furman University, Greenville, SC 29613, (864) 294-3244, joepollard@furman.edu. REVIEWS Alexopoulos, C.J., C.W. Mims, and M.M. Blackwell. 1996. Introductory Mycology. 4th ed. John Wiley & Sons, NY. $88.95 (cloth). 868p. Seventeen years have passed since the third edition of the well known and widely used Introductory Mycology was published. Mycologists and biology teachers have anxiously awaited the publication of this revision. As C. Minis and M. Blackwell point out (C. Alexopoulos died in 1986) "...mycology, perhaps more than any other discipline, is poised at the threshold of exploration and discovery." This fact can be clearly seen when the new edition is compared with the previous one. The increase in the number of pages from 631 to 868, and the revised classification, reflect the revolution that lias occurred in the field of mycology in the preceding decade and a half. Even most mycologists may not have realized the immense task that lay before them until Hawksworth (1991) pointed out that fungi are the largest group of organisms after the insects and that at best only 5% of them have been described thus far. As in the past, diis textbook has a morphological/taxonomic approach. The major change is the introduction of an up-to-date classification, showing "fungi" as a polyphyletic group with similar morphology, ecology, and a heterotrophic condition. The organisms classified traditionally as "fungi" are now assembled in tliree different groups and, following the newest International Code of Botanical Nomenclature, the category "division" has been replaced by "phylum": 1. Kingdom Fungi (phyla Chytridiomycota, Zygomycota, Ascomycota, Basidiomycota), 2. Kingdom Stramenopila (phyla Oomycota, Hyphochytriomycota, Labyrinthulomycota, and 3. protists (phyla Plasmodiophoromycota, Dictyosteliomycota, Acrasiomycota, Myxomycota, collectively formally known as slime molds). Although members of the second and third group are not closely related to Fungi sensu stricto, they are included in this treatise because they will be studied by mycologists also in the future, and they are referred to simply as fungi (with a lower case). The fourth edition has a new look, as each of die 29 chapters starts widi a figure characterizing the topic discussed. This nice feature somehow reminds one of die capital letters in illuminated books of die middle ages. The number of figures has been greatly increased and many have been prepared specifically for diis book. Notewordiy are die excellent transmission and scanning electron micrographs and the new drawings by Carol Gubbins Hahn. Two of the chapters are completely new and many others have been rewritten. The first three chapters (Introduction to fungi and their significance to humans; Characteristics of fungi; Fungal systematics) and die introductions to die specific phyla are appropriate for undergraduate or 225 ASB Bulletin, VOL. 43, NO. 4, 1996 shorter graduate courses, whereas the following material of greater complexity will be useful for higher level courses or just for reference. Each chapter closes with an extensive bibliography with entries up to 1995. The up-to-dateness of the literature is evident, for instance, in chapter 12, where over two-thirds of die cited papers were published after appearance of the third edition. As in die past editions, the etymology of technical terms is given, as well as their singular and plural. This seems particularly necessary in times when ignorance in diese matters is rampant in popular publications, but can even be found occasionally in refereed scientific journals ( e.g ., "an algae"). Among die new or expanded chapters are, for instance, Labyrindiulomycota (widi two families: Labyrinthulaceae and Thraustochytriaceae), die Laboulbeniales (now with 5 families) and die fossil fungi (expanded from one to nine pages). The phylogenetic trees in diis treatise show the progress made since publication of the previous edition, thanks to the use of molecular characters and phylogenetic analysis, in particular to circumscribe taxa at the ordinal level among Ascomycota. There are many exciting stories diat will kindle the interest even of those students who have never heard of fungi before, especially descriptions of taxa of possible economic importance, such as the genus Coelomomyces widi a potential for biological control of mosquitoes or Cryphonectria, die cause of chestnut canker, which wiped out die chestnut trees in Europe and North America. It was recently found that a virus causes virulent strains to become hypovirulent, and trees are starting to heal and recover. A reviewer of a book covering a huge field, such as mycology, is easily tempted to criticize omissions or short treatments of certain topics, in particular if his or her specialty is concerned. The following should not detract from die value of diis excellent book, but serve as a plea for increase in coverage of fungi from marine and freshwater liabitats. Tliree-quarters of die world is covered by water, and fungi found in oceans and estuaries are fascinating objects of study, morphologically, systematically, physiologically, and ecologically. It may be worth mentioning diat fungi are die main decomposers in beach detritus, in saltmarshes and mangroves, diat there are submarine lichens and obligate symbioses between fungi and macroalgae, barophilic fungi in the deep sea, and diat shipworm larvae can settle only on wood that is "predigested" by soft- rot fungi, thereby permitting diese borers to cause millions of dollars of damage. The book has an attractive binding, outlay and printing, and is produced on acid-free paper. The number of printing errors is small in view of die considerable size of diis treatise. Influorescence (on p. 334) will cause a few chuckles. The Introductory Mycology, together with die newest edition of die Dictionary of Mycology (Hawksworth et al. 1995) will be an indispensable tool for every mycologist and teacher who needs to be up-to-date on mycological matters, but will hardly be affordable to every student, as long as no paperback is available. Literature cited: Hawkswordi, D.L. 1991. The fungal dimension of biodiversity: magnitude, significance, and conservation. Mycological Research 95:641-655. Kirk, P.M., Sutton, B.C. and Pegler, D.N. (eds.). 1995. Ainsworth and Bisby's Dictionary of die Fungi. 8di ed. 616 p. Wallingford; CAB. International. Jan KOHLYMEYER, Institute of Marine Sciences, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, More head City, NC 28557. 226 REVIEWS Tucker, G.M., M.F. Heath, L. Tomialoje, and R. Grimmett. 1994. Birds in Europe: Their Conservation Status. Birdlife Cons. Ser. No. 3. Birdlife Intemat. Smiths. Inst. Press. Wash. DC. $40.00. 600 p. (paperback). This overview, the first published review of the conservation status of all die birds in Europe, represents die combined efforts of thousands of omidiologists over die last few decades and is an impressive book. At first glance this is not a book designed to appeal to die Nordi American ornithologist, but fleeting impressions can be deceptive and diis publication asks for more dian a few minutes of your time and a place on die dusty top shelf. It carries a tragic conservation message as relevant to Nordi America as it is to Europe. The message requires a little effort to extract from die densely packed pages, maps, and tables. A well- written introductory summary (also in German, French, and Spanish) sets die scene admirably and helps explain the rather extensive vocabulary of acronyms. For example: SPEC's are what this book is really all about - "Species of European Conservation Concern." These are divided into four categories of degree of concern. SPEC 1. Species of global conservation concern, i.e., classified a Globally Threatened, Conservation Dependent, or Data Deficient. Twenty-four species are listed under diis category. Three of these most endangered of all "Spec'S" breed only in die Madeiran archipelago which, for conservation control purposes, is here considered part of Europe, as is Greenland, die islands of the Azores and the Canaries, and the whole of Turkey. SPEC 2. Species concentrated in Europe and possessing an Unfavorable Conservation Status. Forty-one species are listed. SPEC 3. Species not concentrated in Europe but with an Unfavorable Conservation status. This category contains about 130 species. SPEC 4. Species concentrated in Europe and with Favorable Conservation Status (i.e., not threatened but still of concern). Eighty-diree species fall within this category. Of slighdy more dian 500 "European" breeding species (all carefully listed), approximately 5% are highly endangered, 33% endangered, 17% safe but require careful monitoring, and die remaining 45% are in good shape. Farmland habitat holds nearly 60% of all SPEC'S with an Unfavorable Conservation Status.. .And so on.. .This book is crammed with information of diis sort. The 187 individual species maps are equally full of information, each showing the breeding population trend and the number of pairs throughout Europe. The well-being of 195 species are now giving concern to ornithological organizations throughout Europe. This situation is likely to worsen as agricultural changes accelerate to die east, exacerbated by the impossibility of obtaining agreement across dozens of borders. This impressive work is being used as a tool in an attempt to jolt diose politicians into realizing that European ecosystems are failing die bird populations. Despite die packed information, die message is clear: European birds are overall under considerable threat from widespread environmental change, mainly as a result of increasing intensity of land use. Since birds are good environmental indicators, diese conclusions have serious implications for the health of die general environment. This is a message diat should be heeded world-wide and, at least in North America, political agreement should be less difficult to achieve. Although much is rightly made of die effects of agricultural change on species under direat, of the 24 most endangered, 14 are palmated, and four others are endemic to specific North Atlantic islands. 227 ASB Bulletin , VOL. 43, NO. 4, 1996 The most endangered of all, Zino's Petrel ( Pterodroma madeira) is on the very brink of extinction because of predation by, first, rats and now feral cats. Eleven sub-adults (out of a total population of about 50 birds) have been killed near the breeding ledge by cats in die past two seasons, despite all the fine words of concern spoken and written. So, whilst the overall message of this book in respect of species under threat is clear, it also appears to some of us working in the field that maybe European conservationists have abandoned to their fate some of those species which would be most expensive to save. Perhaps tliis is the right attitude, but I doubt it. Ted Gf.rrard, Museu Municipal do Funchal Madeira, Portugal. Rappole, John H. 1995. The Ecology of Migrant Birds: a Neotropical Perspective. Smith. Inst. Press, Washington, DC. $35.00 (hardbound). 269 pp. A bird like the spectacular scarlet tanager, wliich nests in forests over much of eastern North America, actually spends most of each year in South America. We have them only "on loan." Because they have no permanent home, the conservation of migratory animals faces some special problems, and these problems are probably best appreciated for birds like the scarlet tanager, a bird that migrates between North and Central or South America. A number of reports in recent decades have revealed alarming decreases in the populations of some of these Neotropical migrants. The concerns for their conservation have stimulated efforts for intemadonal cooperation in research and planning. Tins book proposes to syndiesize recently acquired information on the biology of diese birds in die nonbreeding season. Chapters address habitats, foods and feeding behavior, interactions with resident tropical species, ecology during migration, evolution of migration, population changes, and conservation. The text summarizes much of die literature on diese topics, at least for passerine birds (songbirds) in die Americas. There is passing consideration of odier important groups of Neotropical migrants, such as ducks or sandpipers, and one chapter briefly reviews the ecology of migrants in die Old World, but this book is mostly about migrant songbirds in the New World. The best sections, in my opinion, are those that summarize research conducted by Rappole himself and his collaborators. These topics include sexual differences in habitats in whiter, territoriality by wintering or migrating birds, consequences of the destruction of forests in soudiern Veracruz, and use of satellite images to monitor deforestation hi die tropics. The original reports of these results are widely scattered in die literature. It is refreshing to have tins information summarized and related to larger issues. These secdons are scattered among others diat provide much less adequate coverage. Some topics, such as evolution of age differences in plumage, fragmentation of habitats, storage of fat for metabolic reserves, and flocking, are presented without reference to much of the relevant theoretical and empirical work of recent decades. It is also discouraging for die reader that the first substantial chapter starts with a litany of die inadequacies of each mediod of censusing wintering birds. The reader is left widi die impression that no firm conclusions are possible. Nevertheless, die following discussions of habitat and interactions with resident tropical species all rest on conclusions about population densities. The same problem arises later, when the discussion of population changes begins 228 REVIEWS with such critical discussion of the mediods of censusing breeding populations that the reader is left wondering how any conclusions are possible. Although not apparent until several chapters have passed, it eventually becomes clear that this book has a particular thesis to push. Briefly, it argues that migrant birds wintering in the tropics do not exploit ephemeral resources but instead have ecological roles not much different dian resident species. Furthermore, migration has evolved as a result of dispersal of juveniles in search of breeding opportunities, and speciation of Neotropical migrants has resrdted from geographic isolation during winter rather dian during the breeding season. Regardless of whedier or not the evidence actually supports each of these hypotheses in as compelling a way as argued here, they certainly have heuristic merit. The Introduction claims diat diis book is "designed for researchers, conservation biologists, legislators, and anyone widi an interest in die biology of migratory birds." Nevertheless, most of diis book will be difficult going for non-specialists and, perhaps unfortunately, particularly for hard-pressed people like legislators. Just die problem of dealing widi innumerable scientific names (aldiough possible by frequent reference to several long appendices) will stymie most readers. There are no illustrations other dian graphs and tables of date - none except one dramatic photo of a scarlet tanager on the dust jacket. The chapter that perhaps best qualifies for this broad audience is die last one. This chapter. Conservation, is a masterful condensation of die problems confronted by populations of migratory birds. The concluding list of recommendations should be required reading for anyone with an interest in conserving an integral component of our natural heritage. R. Haven Wiley, Department of Biology, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, NC 27599-3280. Flabell, R.B., and R.B. Heap (eds.) 1993. Transgenic Modification of Gernilinc and Somatic Cells. Chapman & Hall, London. $68. 119 p. This is a book containing a collection of papers diat were presented at a two-day Discussion Meeting held in London by the Royal Society in July, 1992. The editors of diis book, who were also die meeting's organizers, conceived diese meetings hi order to bring together plant and animal researchers in the field of transgenics. The participants, for die most part, agreed diat it was a successful venture. There are a total of 13 contributed papers in die book and include topics in genome mapping, sex determination and embryo formation, epigenetic variation, gene switches and control of development, plant genome modification, stem cell manipulation, transgenic enhancement of organisms, and transgenic investigation of disease. In sticking with die theme of the meeting, the papers are either interdisciplinary (i.e., across Kingdoms) on dieir own, or are grouped with odier papers dealing with related topics on organisms from different kingdoms. For instance, an article on sex development in (flowering) plants is followed by a paper on sex determination during embryogenesis in die mouse and humans. This allows die researcher and reader a better opportunity to compare genetic programming in diverse systems. The papers diemselves are not unusual as far as review articles go, but the reader will appreciate the fact that each paper is organized in a consistent fashion widi conspicuous subheadings, and appropriate charts, figures, graphs, and plates. This makes it relatively easy to use die book as a quick and useful reference. 229 ASB Bulletin, VOL. 43, NO. 4, 19% The information in the articles is presented at a basic level providing a reader, particularly one new in the field, a good foundation of the technologies used and tire discoveries made in transgenic research. For tliis reason, 1 would consider using tliis book as one of the texts in a upper-level undergraduate/graduate course on gene expression. My criticisms of the book are minor. An active researcher using transgenics is probably not going to gain much as far as new information considering the book is based on a 1992 meeting, and "transgenics" is a rapidly advancing field. Also, the book seems to fall short in conveying the "cross Kingdoms" dieme, and the excitement that was generated among die contributors during die 1992 meeting. Nevertheless, 1 can recommend die book for scientists with a peripheral interest in gene expression (aldiough the price, $68, may be a bit on die high side), and for the university science library shelf. DoNAI.D P. Hauber, Dept, of Biological Sciences, Loyola University, New Orleans, LA 701 18. Tuffery, A. A. 1995. Laboratory Animals: An Introduction for Experimenters. J. Wiley and Sons, New York. $69.95 There is increasing public awareness and concern diroughout die world today related to die use of animals in research and educational programs widi an associated increase in legislative direction of die use of laboratory animals. One legislative requirement in a number of countries is die development and activation of training programs designed to insure that all personnel using laboratory animals have knowledge and understanding of the humane care and use of the animals and are skilled and proficient in the variety of procedures to which die animals will be subjected. According to the editor die primary objective of Laboratory Animals is to serve as a text and reference for training courses for individuals requiring licensure to use animals in research and educational programs in die United Kingdom. With die spectrum of topics covered beginning with etiiics and concluding with euthanasia the stated objective of the book, and more, lias certainly been achieved. Tliis is a comprehensive but not encyclopedic text on die subject of the care and use of laboratory animals including a chapter on legislation relevant to the use of laboratory animals in die United States which should enhance die interest in the text of research investigators in diis country. It is a well written text and the sequence in which die subject matter is presented is both orderly and logical. From die initial chapter presenting the ethical issues relating to the use of laboratory animals to die brief closing chapter on die eudianasia of animals, die text covers all significant topics associated widi the use of animals in research programs making it a very useful guide and reference text for training or other programs involving laboratory animals. It is an excellent book on this subject and will be of great interest and help to many different groups including those persons just beginning the use of laboratory animals, diose who are experienced widi die use of animals in research programs, and those who have interests in the welfare and care of animals not in research programs. WILLIAM D. Hufhnes. Department of Pathology, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, NC 27599-7525. 230 NEWS OF BIOLOGY IN THE SOUTHEAST Lighthart, B. and A. J. Mohr (eds). 1994. Atmospheric Microbial Aerosols. Theory and Applications. Chapman and Hull, NY. $95.00. 397 p. Twelve chapters on microbial bioaerosols are treated by 18 authors. A bioaerosol is a solid or liquid whose components contain, or liave attached to them, one or more live microorganisms, such as viruses, bacteria, fungi, protozoa, and algae. Chapters treat: Physics of microbial bioaerosols, atmospheric environment of bioaerosols, distributions, deposition, adhesion, and release, death mechanisms in microbial bioaerosols (with special reference to the freeze-dried analog), resuscitation, instrumentation used, dispersal molds, health aspects, regulatory aspects, and safety and containment of microbial bioaerosols. This highly technical series of papers calls attention to the various problems associated with aerosols. A must volume for the serious administrator or scientist who must deal with aerosols and how they affect the environment and humans alike. FRANK J. Schwartz, Institute of Marine Sciences, University of North Carolina, Morehead City, NC 28557. NEWS OF BIOLOGY IN THE SOUTHEAST Jon R. Fortman-News Editor Division of Science and Math Mississippi University for Women Columbus, MS 39701 Phone 601-329-7379. FAX 329-7238 Home Page: http://www.muw.edu/~jfortman ABOUT PEOPLE AND PLACES GEORGIA The University of Georgia, Savannah River Ecology Laboratory . A gopher tortoise, a state-listed endangered species believed to have abandoned the Savannah River Site more than a century ago, was found in a sandhills area by two graduate students, Amanda Allen and Tracey Tuberville. Researchers believe gopher tortoises inhabited the southern reaches of the SRS more than 100 years ago. Habitat destruction drove it away. They are "keystone species"— that is, other animals depend on tortoise burrows for their survival. Also two adult yellow-bellied slider turtles were recaptured. One was first captured and marked 28 years ago, and the other first identified 14 years ago. Both turtles were originally captured by Dr. Whit Gibbons. 231 ASB Bulletin, VOL. 43, NO. 4, 1996 KENTUCKY Western Kentucky University , Department of Biology. Dr. Joe E. Winstead has left the department after 28 years of service to assume the Headship of the Department of Biological and Environmental Sciences at Morehead State University. MISSISSIPPI Mississippi College, Department of Biological Sciences. Dr. Steven H. Denison and Dr. Cindy L. Wolfe have joined the biology faculty. Dr. Denison is a graduate of Baylor University and Baylor College of Medicine . He did three years postdoctoral study at the Royal Postgraduate Medical School, University of London. Dr. Wolfe is a graduate of Southwest Baptist University and Purdue University and has five years of postdoctoral study at the University of Louisville. Both have research interests concerning cellular mechanisms in fungi. Dr. Anne R. Meydrech has retired after 19 years and will pursue other interests. Dr. Prentiss G. Car, will retire next year. He has requested that he be relieved of department head duties and has been replaced in that position by Dr. Theodore E. Snazelle, who has been at the college for 16 years. The department has completed two years of a $1,000,000 Howard Hughes Medical Institute grant which has greatly impacted undergraduate research and in-service training for high school teachers. One of the best equipped molecular biology laboratories for undergraduates in the South is found at Mississippi College. There is also a state-of-the-art scanning electron microscope as a result of the grant. NORTH CAROLINA Appalachian State University, Department of Biological Science. Dr. Coleman McCleneghan won the student paper award in systematics at the Mycological Society meetings in Indianapolis, Indiana for her paper Systematics of Pholiota spumosa : A Taxonomic Revision. The graduate program in the department has won award for the outstanding graduate program at Appalachian State University for the second consecutive year. Chowan College, Department of Science. A new biology major was initiated with the Fall 1996 semester. Students majoring in biology may choose one of two tracks: molecular or environmental as vehicles for studying biology. The Molecular Track I is in allied health and laboratory technology and Track II is in environmental biology. Students will be able to make use of northeast North Carolina and Southeast Virginia for extensive field biology work. Emily Deaver will head the new environmental biology program, according to Dr. Garth Faile, Chairman. She has a Ph.D. from the University of Mississippi. Her research interest is in toxicology, using plants, invertebrates, and fish as indicators of contaminants. She also holds degrees from William and Mary and Old Dominion University. East Carolina University, Department of Biology . Dr. Charles E. Blank stepped down as chairman after 16 years. A Search Committee, headed by Dr. Carson Bays, has been formed. Dr. Terry West and Dr. Lisa Clough received a grant for research entitled. 232 NEWS OF BIOLOGY IN THE SOUTHEAST SOUTH CAROLINA Wofford College, Department of Biology. Dr. David I. Kuslter has been appointed Assistant Professor of Biology. He received his Ph.D. from the University of Georgia, and did postdoctoral studies at Emory University and the Moffitt Cancer Center at the University of South Florida. He is teaching introductory zoology, marine biology and toxicology. MUSEUMS AND BOTANICAL GARDENS ALABAMA Anniston Museum of Natural History. The Museum was awarded a grant to expand and renovate the Museum's educational "Traveling Trunk" program. This program began in 1979, and the materials were used by over 10,000 children and adults last year. Trunks are available to schools, churches, community groups, and home school programs. The Museum has been named to the 1996 Alabama Bureau of Tourism and Travel's Top Ten Alabama Attractions list. ANNOUNCEMENT Gibbs Award for Excellence in Systematic Ichthyology Nominations are invited for the American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists (ASIH) Robert H. Gibbs, Jr. Memorial Award for Excellence in Systematic Ichthyology. Prizes are awarded for an outstanding body of published work in systematic ichthyology by a citizen of a Western Hemisphere nation who has not been a recipient of the award. The award is offered annually and consists of an appropriate plaque and a cash sum. The award recipient is announced at the annual meeting of the ASIH. The award for 1996, including a plaque and $6,000, was presented to Dr. William A. Gosline, Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, for his many contributions to teleost phylogeny and functional morphology. Nominations may be made by any ichthyologist, including self nominations, and should include the nominee's curriculum vitae, and detail die nominee's specific 233 ASB Bulletin, VOL. 43, NO. 4, 1996 contributions and their impact on systematic ichthyology. Nominations must be received by March 1 of the year to be eligible for the award for tliat year. Nominations will be effective for three award periods. Four copies of each nomination should be sent to Dr. Dean Hendrickson, Texas Natural History Collections - R4000, University of Texas at Austin, Austin, Texas 7812-1100, U.S.A. INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS The ASH Bulletin invites submissions of research articles for publication in the Bulletin. The submissions should be of high quality and of interest to a broad spectrum of biologists. To submit a report for publication the autlior(s) should include the following: 1. A cover letter signed by all authors of the paper indicating a desire to publish the paper in the ASB Bulletin. 2. Two paper copies of the submitted article and one copy submitted on computer disk in either WordPerfect 6.0 for DOS or in an ASCII file. The use of other word processors are acceptable, but contact the editor. 3. One glossy copy and two photocopies of each photograph to be published, each with appropriate labeling. 4. The names, addresses and telephone numbers of four researchers who would be qualified to review the paper. Articles should generally include introduction, materials and methods, results, discussion and literature cited sections. Obviously, certain types of articles may not lend themselves to that format and exceptions can be made for those papers. Citations should be of the author & date style (check Genetics, American Journal of Botany or Animal Behavior for examples.) The first ten pages are free to members of the Association of Southeastern Biologists. Thereafter a page charge of $60 per page is assessed. Non-members must pay $60 per page. No color photos can be published. Research articles are published in the January, July and October issues of the ASB Bulletin , but not in the April issue. Articles accepted two months before the publication date of an issue will be published in that issue. 234 ASB MEMBERSHIP DUES STRUCTURE Please complete the information below, enclose check or money order payable to Association of Southeastern Biologists, and mail to Gerhard Kalmus, Department of Biology, East Carolina University, Greenville, NC 28785, (919)328-6306. The mailing label shows the year through which you are paid — for example, if the date is 1996, you need to pay for 1997 and 1998. Please contact Gerhard Kalmus if there is an error. Thank you for your support. Name Address City _ State _ Country _ Zip Code _ - _ Telephone ( ) _ FAX ( ) _ EMAIL _ _ Regular — $20; or Regular for 3 years — $50 _ Family — $25 _ Student -- $10 _ Emeritus -- $10 _ Contributing — $50 _ Sustaining — $100 _ Patron — $500 _ Library -- $30; or Library for 3 years — $85 _ Enrichment Fund Contribution (we have a $2,000 challenge grant for the current year) _ Total Enclosed: Paid for 1997 _ ; 1998 _ ; 1997-98 _ IS! ful^HIST. UBKARY Received on: 10-24-96 In This Issue The ASB Bulletin Volume 43, Number 4, October 1996 ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS . 215 CALL FOR PAPERS . 215 Notice: New Poster Award . 215 1997 ASB Meeting . 216 Nomination for Asb Officers and Executive Committee Positions . 218 "Travel" Support Awards for Graduate Student Members of ASB . 219 ASB Meritorious Teaching Award . 220 Research Awards . 221 1996-1997 ASB Committees . 223 REVIEWS . 225 NEWS OF BIOLOGY IN THE SOUTHEAST . 231 ANNOUNCEMENT . 233 Cover photo by Dr. Jim Ross, Department of Biology, Cumberland College, Williamsburg, KY